UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 COLLEGE OF MEDICINE 
 
 61971 
 
 . CALIFORNIA 92664
 
 MATERIA MEDICA, 
 PHARMACY, PHARMACOLOGY 
 
 AND 
 
 THERAPEUTICS.
 
 MATER1A MEDICA, 
 
 PHARMACY, PHARMACOLOGY 
 
 AND 
 
 THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 W. HALE WHITE, M.D., F.R.C.P., 
 
 PHYSICIAN TO AND LECTURER ON MEDICINE AT GUY'S HOSPITAL, LONDON ; AUTHOR OP 
 A TBXT-BOOK OF GENERAL THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 EDITED BY 
 
 REYNOLD W. WILCOX, M.A., M.D., LL.D., 
 
 PROFESSOR OF MEDICINE AND THERAPEUTICS AT THE NEW YORK POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL 
 
 SCHOOL AND ATTENDING PHYSICIAN TO THB HOSPITAL; VISITING PHYSICIAN 
 
 TO ST. MARK'S HOSPITAL ; PRESIDENT OF THE AMERICAN THERAPEUTIC 
 
 SOCIETY ; FELLOW OF THB AMERICAN ACADEMY OF MEDICINE, ETC. 
 
 FIFTH AMERICAN EDITION 
 
 THOROUGHLY REVISED 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 P. BLAKISTON'S SON & CO., 
 1012 WALNUT STREET. 
 1911. 
 
 Dr. J. Gayiord Goodrich
 
 
 Copyright, 1901, by 
 P. BLAKISTON'S SON & CO.
 
 PREFACE TO THE FIFTH EDITION. 
 
 ENDEAVORING to keep this edition abreast of the times, I 
 have revised the whole and added twelve pages of ne.w matter. 
 To Dr. E. C. Perry and other friends I am indebted for having 
 directed my attention to some misprints. 
 
 [In presenting this edition the EDITOR would acknowledge 
 his indebtedness, for numerous and valuable suggestions, to the 
 many teachers, and especially to Dr. R. H. M. Dawbarn, who 
 have used the previous editions in their classrooms, to the re- 
 viewers who have courteously, but critically, examined the book, 
 and to Dr. Henry H. Rusby and the late Dr. Charles Rice for 
 important aid, particularly in regard to the definitions. The 
 writings of most American and foreign authorities have been 
 freely consulted. To bring this work up to date, his own journal 
 files, which comprise all the periodicals devoted to the subjects 
 upon which it treats, have been carefully studied. The unofficial 
 preparations have been reviewed after consideration of the re- 
 cent literature, and his practical experience with them. Not- 
 withstanding careful condensation this edition is forty pages 
 larger than its predecessor. For the convenience of the student 
 a very complete index has been prepared by Dr. Ernest V. Hub- 
 bard, who has also kindly read the proof. Brackets [ ] are used 
 
 throughout the book to indicate additions by the Editor.] 
 
 (5)
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 PACK 
 
 DEFINITIONS 
 
 PHARMACY 
 
 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS, 3 8 
 
 Prescribing, . 
 
 Actions of Drugs, 4 
 
 Drugs acting on Processes outside the Body, . . 4 
 
 Drugs acting on the Blood, 5 1 
 
 Drugs acting on the Cardiac Mechanism, 55 
 
 Drugs acting on the Vessels, 59 
 
 Drugs acting on the Skin, 
 
 Drugs acting on the Urinary System 
 
 Drugs acting on Bodily Heat 7 1 
 
 Drugs acting on Respiration 74 
 
 Drugs acting on the Digestive Apparatus, 79 
 
 Drugs acting on the Nervous [and Muscular] Systems, ... 99 
 
 Drugs acting on the Organs of Generation, 1 12 
 
 Drugs acting on Metabolism 
 
 PHARMACOPCEIAL INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA 
 
 GROUP I. Water, II6 
 
 II. The Alkaline Metals, . . . .122 
 
 III. The Alkaline Earths, X 55 
 
 IV. Lead, Silver, Zinc, Copper, Bismuth, Aluminum, . . 165 
 
 t OQ 
 
 V. Iron and Manganese, 
 
 VI. [Gold and] Mercury, 2O 9 
 
 VII. Arsenic, Antimony, Chromium, 223 
 
 VIII. Phosphorus 2 3 6 
 
 IX. Chlorine, Iodine, Bromine, 243 
 
 X. Sulphur [and its Compounds], 2 S$ 
 
 XI. Acids 26 3 
 
 XII. Carbon and its Compounds, 2 7 6
 
 8 CONTENTS. 
 
 PACK 
 
 FHARMACOPCEIAL ORGANIC VEGETABLE MATERIA MEDICA 
 
 GROUP I. Drugs acting on the Nervous System, . . . .349 
 
 II. Drugs acting on the Heart, ...... 420 
 
 III. Drugs acting on the Respiratory Organs, . . . 448 
 
 IV. Drugs which are Antiperiodic and Antipyretic, . . 463 
 V. Purgatives, 483 
 
 VI. Volatile Oils, 514 
 
 VIL Bitters, 580 
 
 VIII. Astringents, 592 
 
 IX. Demulcents 605 
 
 X. Parisiticides, 622 
 
 XI. Diuretics, . . . 631 
 
 XII. Drugs acting upon the Uterus, ..... 637 
 
 XIII. [Colchicura], 64$ 
 
 XIV. Drugs Related to Volatile Oils, 648 
 
 XV. Drugs containing Important Acids, .... 654 
 
 XVI. [Flavoring Agents], 661 
 
 XVII. Coloring Agents, 664 
 
 XVIII. Drugs whose Action is Mechanical, .... 665 
 
 XIX. Drugs [acting on Metabolism], ..... 669 
 PHARMACOPCEIAL ORGANIC ANIMAL MATERIA MEDICA 
 
 [GROUP I. Drugs acting on the Nervous System, .... 679 
 
 II. Purgatives, 680 
 
 III. Digestants, 682 
 
 IV. Drugs which are also Foods, ..... 684 
 V. Emollients, ........ 690 
 
 VI. Coloring Agents, . 692 
 
 VII. Drugs whose Action is Mechanical, .... 692 
 
 VIII. Organic Extracts (not official), ..... 701 
 
 IX. Antitoxins and Serums (not official), .... 705] 
 
 APPENDIX I. VEGETABLE NATURAL ORDERS 713 
 
 [II. ANIMAL NATURAL ORDERS 718] 
 
 III. LATIN PHRASES USED IN PRESCRIPTIONS, . . . 719 
 
 INDEX, 721
 
 MATERIA MEDICA 
 PHARMACY, PHARMACOLOGY 
 
 AND 
 
 THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 DEFINITIONS. 
 
 Materia Medica. [The materials used in the treatment of 
 disease. 
 
 Therapeutics. The application of remedial agents in the 
 treatment of disease. It includes : 
 
 General Therapeutics. The application of curative 
 agents other than drugs and medicines. E.g., diet, 
 climate, baths, venesection. 
 
 Rational Therapeutics. Therapeutics based upon 
 Pharmaco -dynamics. E.g., the use of digitalis for 
 mitral disease. 
 
 Empirical Therapeutics. Therapeutics based upon 
 clinical experiences only. E.g. , the use of colchicum 
 for gout. 
 
 In this work we shall consider only that part of Thera- 
 peutics which is concerned with drugs. 
 
 Pharmacology. The study of Materia Medica and Thera- 
 peutics, including the origin, history, properties and uses of 
 drugs and medicines. It includes : 
 
 Pharmacognosy. The study of the physical and 
 chemical characters of drugs, and the art of identify- 
 
 (9)
 
 IO DEFINITIONS. 
 
 ing and selecting them in accordance with those char- 
 acters. 
 
 Pharmaco-Dynamics. The study of the action of 
 remedial agents upon the organism of man, or the 
 lower animals in a state of health. 
 
 Therapeutics. Although the correct definition of this 
 term is as given above, yet it is, for want of a better 
 one, often used as the name of the branch of study 
 which deals with Therapeutics. Therapo-Dynamics 
 has been used in the same sense, but is faulty. Expe- 
 rimental Therapeutics has been suggested, but is 
 not comprehensive. 
 
 Toxicology. The study of the nature, effects and detection 
 of poisons, substances which, introduced into the body inoppor- 
 tunely or in excessive amounts, are capable of destroying life. 
 Courses of study and treatises upon Toxicology are, for conveni- 
 ence, commonly made to include the subject of antidotes and 
 treatment, although this is, strictly speaking, a part of Thera- 
 peutics. 
 
 Pharmacy. The art of preparing drugs in a form suitable 
 for use as remedial agents and of dispensing them. 
 
 Pharmacopoeia. A code of remedial agents, usually with 
 descriptions, definitions or directions, prepared by experts ap- 
 pointed by an authority of some kind, and intended to serve 
 as a standard until superseded by a new one. By admitting 
 certain articles to its pages, it declares them to be of importance, 
 through the extent of their use, or to be entitled to confidence 
 because of their value, or both, in the practice of medicine, but 
 does not, necessarily, deny these properties to articles not ad- 
 mitted. It fixes their official title or titles, and often their lead- 
 ing synonym or synonyms. Usually it defines them, describes 
 them with sufficient completeness to provide for identification 
 and determination of the proper degree of purity, or strength, 
 or both, and details and recommends such operations in prepar- 
 ing them as pertain to a dispensing pharmacy. It may, in addi- 
 tion, fix or limit doses and provide rules, formulae, tables, and 
 other information and directions of importance in the practice
 
 PHARMACY. 1 1 
 
 of pharmacy and medicine. It also fixes a date upon which its 
 authority shall commence. Everything contained in the United 
 States Pharmacopoeia (abbreviation " U. S. P.") is said to be 
 " official." " Not official," as used in this work, refers only to 
 the U. S. P. Many drugs and preparations are so designated 
 which are, however, official in the British Pharmacopoeia (abbre- 
 viation " B. P.") 
 
 The United States Pharmacopoeia is prepared by a 
 committee, meeting at the beginning of each decade, consisting 
 of delegates appointed by invitation extended by the President 
 of the preceding Convention, to all incorporated medical and 
 pharmaceutical societies and medical and pharmaceutical colleges, 
 and to the United States Army, Navy, and Marine Hospital 
 Service. By Congressional action the U. S. P. is made a legal 
 authority in the conduct of the Department of Customs, of the 
 Army, Navy, and Marine Hospital Service, and of the District 
 of Columbia and other Territories within the jurisdiction of the 
 United States laws. By legislative enactment it is also made a 
 legal authority within the jurisdiction of many States. With 
 these exceptions its authority is but moral. The last edition 
 became official on January i, 1894.] 
 
 PHARMACY. 
 
 [Pharmacy covers a field of nearly as much importance, 
 breadth and difficulty as that of medicine itself, and requires a 
 special, extensive and thorough preparation. It should never 
 be practiced by the physician, when the services of a competent 
 manufacturing or dispensing pharmacist can be utilized. The 
 physician should, however, be acquainted with the general prin- 
 ciples and most details of the science and art of Pharmacy, that 
 he may judge intelligently of the services rendered him by the 
 pharmacist, and also be prepared to act with safety himself in 
 cases of emergency. A pharmaceutical education to this extent, 
 accompanied by dispensary practice, should be provided for in 
 every thorough course of medical study. The more important 
 terms pertaining to Pharmacy are defined and explained below.
 
 12 PHARMACY. 
 
 DEFINITION OF TERMS AS APPLIED TO SUBSTANCES OF 
 VEGETABLE ORIGIN. 
 
 Alkaloids. (Their English names terminating in ine, their 
 Latin names terminating in ina. ) Compounds of carbon, hydro- 
 gen and nitrogen, and usually containing also oxygen, either 
 existing in the plant as proximate principles, or being derived 
 from other alkaloids, having basic properties, and forming salts, 
 usually crystallizable, with acids, without displacing any of the 
 hydrogen of the latter. The chief characters are as follows : 
 
 (1) Either 
 
 (a) solid, mostly crystalline and colorless, non-volatile, or 
 (^) liquid and volatile.] 
 
 (2) They turn red litmus paper blue. 
 
 [(3) They are soluble in alcohol, chloroform, benzin, benzol, and often in 
 ether. They are insoluble in water, but not so their salts, while the latter are 
 insoluble in chloroform, ether, benzin and benzol. 
 
 (4) They are usually precipitated from saline solutions by alkalies. 
 
 (5) [One or more of the following will precipitate them : tannic, phospho- 
 molybdic or picric acid, potassio-mercuric iodide or auric chloride.] 
 
 (6) Their solutions are usually [intensely] bitter. 
 
 [Alkaloids are, as a class, the most energetic and important medicinal con- 
 stituents of plants. Examples in U. S. P. : Atropine, Morphine, Strychnine. 
 
 Glucosides. (Their English names terminating in in, their 
 Latin names terminating in inum. ) Bodies which, heated with 
 a diluted mineral acid and water, or by the action of a ferment, 
 split up into glucose and some other substances (alcohols, alde- 
 hydes, phenols). Examples in U. S. P. : Salicinum, Picrotoxinum. 
 
 Amaroids or Bitter Principles (their names ending in/* 
 and inum as above) are of such varied nature that they do not 
 admit of any chemical diagnosis. The term includes all distinctly 
 bitter extractives of definite chemical composition other than 
 alkaloids and glucosides. 
 
 Glucosides and Amaroids are not the only principles whose names end 
 
 Fixed Oils are ethers of the higher fatty acids which] at 
 ordinary temperatures remain liquid. The usual fatty acids
 
 DEFINITIONS. 1 3 
 
 entering into the composition of fixed oils are oleic, palmitic, 
 and stearic. 
 
 Example : Olive oil consists of a mixture of a combination of oleic acid 
 (C 18 H 34 O 2 ) with glyceryl (C S H 5 ) and palmitic acid (C 16 H M O 2 ) with glyceryl. 
 That is to say, ordinary olive oil is a mixture of two^ils having the formulae 
 CjH 5 (C 18 H 33 O 2 ) 3 and C 3 H 5 (C 16 H 31 O.,) 3 respectively. When acted upon by 
 caustic alkalies or metallic oxides they form soaps (oleates, palmitates, or 
 stearates of metals) and glycerin. This process is called saponification, e.g.^ 
 C S H 5 (C - H - 0,) r f3NOH=3^G vl H - p l +C,H,(OH) r 
 
 Sodium oleate ( Hard soap. ) Glycerin. 
 
 Fixed oils are obtained by expression or by boiling with 
 water and skimming off the melted oil, from the fruits or seeds 
 of plants, or from animal tissues. When pure they are usually 
 [colorless or pale] yellow ; they float on water and cause a greasy 
 mark on paper. They are called fixed because they cannot be 
 distilled without decomposition. They are soluble in ether, 
 chloroform, [turpentine and volatile oils. 
 
 ffi^W- 
 
 Those in U. S. P. are Oleum Amygdalae Expressum^ Lini, Morrhuse, 
 Olivae, Ricini x and Tiglii.] ^v^*r* VJU'X . 
 
 C%^fcrtljJl* 
 Fats are fixed oils which are solid at ordinary temperatures ; 
 
 if extracted by expression, sufficient heat to melt them must be 
 
 used. 
 
 Cfo*- d*ffo-f 
 [Examples in U. S. P. : Oleum Theobromatis, Adeps. 
 
 The same definitions will apply to fixed oils and fats of animal origin. ] 
 
 Waxes are chiefly composed of fatty acids combined with 
 monohydric alcohols homologous with methyl alcohol. 
 
 Volatile or Essential Oils only resemble fixed oils in 
 being soluble in the same media. They do not leave a greasy 
 mark on paper. They are mostly inflammable, and mostly lighter 
 than water. They are highly aromatic, and sufficiently soluble 
 in water to impart their odor and taste to it. Most are prepared 
 by distillation that is, by passing a current of steam through the 
 substance from which they are extracted, the steam is condensed, 
 and the oil either floats to the top or sinks to the bottom of the 
 water. A few, as oil of lemon, are obtained by expression. 
 Their composition varies [greatly, and they are of four classes :
 
 14 PHARMACY. 
 
 (a) Terpenes, which consist of carbon and hydrogen ; e.g., Oil of tur- 
 pentine. 
 
 (6) Oxygenated, containing oxygen ; e.g., Oil of eucalyptus. 
 
 (c] Sulphurated, containing sulphur; e.g., Volatile oil of mustard. 
 
 (</) Nitrogenated, containing hydrocyanic acid ; e.g., Oil of bitter 
 almond. ] 
 
 They may contain aldehydes, phenol derivatives, ethers or 
 ethereal salts, alcohols or ketones, generally associated with 
 terpenes of varying composition. 
 
 [Elaeoptens, their names ending in ene, are liquid hydro- 
 carbons isomeric with terpene (C 10 H, 6 ). 
 
 Stearoptens, their names usually ending in ol, are oxidized 
 hydrocarbons, usually solid and crystalline. 
 
 Examples in U. S. P. : Camphora, Menthol. ] 
 
 Resins [are of very indefinite composition] . They are among 
 the products of oxidation of volatile oils, [being usually oxidized 
 terpenes. They are solid, most uncrystallizable, fusible, not 
 volatile, combustible, insoluble in water, mostly soluble in alka- 
 lies and volatile oils, and also in one or more of the following : 
 alcohol, ether, chloroform, and fixed oils. Since] they are in- 
 soluble in water, but not in alcohol, they may be prepared by 
 extraction with alcohol and precipitation with water. This is 
 the reason for the precipitate which falls when water is added to 
 a resinous tincture. Those which combine with alkalies form 
 resin soaps. Hence the alkali in Tinctura Guaiaci Ammoniata, 
 and Tinctura Valerianse Ammoniata. [When occurring nat- 
 urally, there are usually two or more resins mixed. 
 
 The U. S. P. resins are Resina Copaibse, Jalapae, Podophylli, and Scam- 
 monii, Pix Burgundica, and Mastiche.] 
 
 Oleoresins are natural solutions of resins in volatile oils. 
 
 [Those in the U. S. P. are Oleoresina Aspidii, Capsici, Cubebse, Lupulini, 
 Piperis, and Zingiberis.] 
 
 Balsam, [is a term used in several different ways. As to the 
 U. S. P. articles, they are liquid or soft products containing resin, 
 an odorous principle, and benzoic, or cinnamic acids, or both.
 
 PHARMACEUTICAL PROCESSES. I 5 
 
 Those in U. S. P. are Balsamum Peruvianum, and Tolutanum, Benzoi- 
 num, and Styrax. 
 
 Resins containing benzoic or cinnamic acids are sometimes 
 called solid balsams.] 
 
 Gums, are exudations from plants, [having an insipid taste, 
 insoluble in ether and alcohol, in water either dissolving to form 
 a mucilage or swelling to form an adhesive jelly.] They consist 
 of one or more of [the following] : 
 
 (a) Arabin or soluble gums, e.g., Acacia. 
 
 (6) Bassorin or partially soluble gums, e.g., Tragacantha. 
 
 (6) Cerasin or insoluble gum. 
 
 Solutions of gum are precipitated by alcohol. 
 
 Gum-resins are exudations from plants consisting of a mix- 
 ture of [one or more] gums and [one or more] resins. When 
 they are rubbed with water the gum dissolves and the resin re- 
 mains mechanically suspended in the solution, [forming an 
 emulsion. 
 
 The U. S. P. gum-resins are Ammoniacum, Asafcetida, Cambogia, Myrrha, 
 and Scammonium.] 
 
 <z 
 
 PHARMACEUTICAL PROCESSES. 
 
 Many of these, as filtration, precipitation, etc., need no ex- 
 planation, but the following require a few words. 
 
 [Dialysis. The process of separating crystalloids from col- 
 loids by bringing them in a mixed solution, into contact with 
 one side of a membrane, such as a bladder, parchment or a parch- 
 ment paper, which has water in contact with its other side, and 
 resulting in the passage into the water of the crystalloid to form 
 the ' ' diffusate, ' ' the remainder constituting the ' ' dialysate. ' ' In 
 this way dialysed iron is prepared by diffusing the excess of the 
 crystalloid acid solution. 
 
 Displacement. Another name for Percolation.] 
 
 Elutriation consists in diffusing an insoluble powder in 
 water, letting the heavier part settle, then decanting the super- 
 natant fluid. The heavier powder in this is allowed to settle, the
 
 1 6 PHARMACY. 
 
 * 
 
 fluid decanted, and so on until a fluid containing powder of the 
 required fineness is obtained. 
 
 Levigation consists in reducing a drug to powder by tritur- 
 ating it with a little water and drying the resulting paste. 
 
 Lixiviation consists in the extraction with water of the sol- 
 uble matter of the ashes of anything which has been ignited, the 
 solution being called a " lye." 
 
 Maceration. [The extraction of the soluble portions of a 
 substance which is not wholly soluble in the menstruum, by pro- 
 longed contact therewith. 
 
 Percolation. The extraction in a suitable vessel (the "per- 
 colator " ) of the soluble constituents of a powder by the descent 
 through it of a solvent (the "menstruum"), the resulting solution 
 being called the "percolate."] The marc is the material after 
 its exhaustion by maceration or percolation. [Percolation enters 
 into the manufacture of a great majority of the official prepara- 
 tions of organic drugs.] 
 
 Repercolation consists in using the liquid obtained by a 
 substance as the menstruum for percolating a second portion of the 
 same substance, and using the liquid from this second percolation 
 as a menstruum for percolating a third portion of the same sub- 
 stance, and so on as often as may be desired. 
 
 Scaling. Scale preparations are made by drying concentrated 
 solutions of drugs on glass plates. The solid left behind forms 
 a thin film on the plate, and this film is broken up. Some prep- 
 arations of iron are [obtained by scaling] . 
 
 Standardizing. [Specifying an upper or lower limit, or 
 both, of the active constituent which a drug or its preparation 
 must contain in order to be official, and prescribing an appro- 
 priate process for its determination. Satisfactory processes for 
 standardizing are extremely difficult to establish, and have been 
 adopted for the following only : 
 
 Cinchona, not less than 5 per cent, of total alkaloids. 
 
 Cinchona rubra, " 5 " " " 
 
 Extractum nucis vomicae, 15 " " " 
 
 Extractum nucis vomicae fluidum, 1 . 5 per cent, of total alkaloids. 
 
 Tinctura nucis vomicse, 0.3 per cent, of total alkaloids.
 
 WEIGHTS, MEASURES AND SYMBOLS. I/ 
 
 Opium, not less than 9 per cent, of crystallized morphine. 
 Opii pulvis, not less than 13 nor more than 15 per cent, of crystallized 
 morphine. 
 
 Extractum opii, 1 8 per cent, of crystallized morphine. 
 
 Tinctura opii, 
 
 Tinctura opii deodorati, }- 1.3 to 1.5 per cent, of crystallized morphine.] 
 
 Vinum opii, 44 
 
 ^ K 
 WEIGHTS, MEASURES, AND SYMBOLS. 
 
 Weights [(Apothecaries' or Troy weight). 
 
 I grain symbol gr. 
 
 480 grains = one OUNCE " % 
 
 12 ounces = one POUND " ft] 
 
 The scruple (20 grains, symbol 9 ) is rarely used, and the drachm (60 
 grains, symbol 3) is commonly used. 
 
 Measures of Capacity. 
 
 I minim symbol, fl 
 
 60 minims = one FLUID DRACHM " 3 
 
 8 fluid drachms one FLUID OUNCE " ^ 
 
 [16 fluid ounces = one PINT ... " O] 
 
 8 pints = one GALLON . . " C 
 
 Usually 3 and J are written fl 3 and fl J when they stand for fluid drachms 
 and fluid ounces. 
 
 Relations of Measures to Weights. 
 
 I minim is the measure of [O-95 grains of water. 
 
 I fluid drachm " " 56.96 " " 
 
 i fluid ounce " " 455-69 " " 
 
 I pint " " 7291.04] " " 
 
 A I per cent, solution is approximately a grain in no minims. 
 A fluid grain is the volume of one grain of water at 60 F. ; [15.5 C] ; 
 that is to say, it is a little over a minim [(1.05 ""I).] 
 
 In the pharmacopoeial description of the various proportions which several 
 
 parts of a compound bear to one another, the word parts means parts by weight ; 
 
 the term fluid parts signifies the volume of an equal number of parts of water. 
 
 Metrical System. This, which is as follows, is official on the Continent 
 
 and in the [U. S. P. and] B. P. for the making of drugs and preparations. 
 
 WEIGHTS. 
 
 I milligramme = o.ooi gramme. 
 I centigramme = o.oi " 
 I decigramme = o. I " 
 
 I gramme = weight of i cubic centimetre of distilled water at 4 C. ; 
 
 39.2 F. Abbreviation, gm. 
 
 2
 
 
 1 8 PHARMACY. 
 
 I dekagramme = 10.0 grammes. 
 
 I hektogramme = 100.0 " 
 
 I kilogramme = looo.o " Abbreviation, kilo. 
 
 MEASURES. 
 
 I millilitre = I cubic centimetre ( abbreviation, c. c. ) = the measure of I 
 I centilitre = loc.c.= the measure of logm. of water, [gm. of water, 
 i decilitre = looc.c. " " 100 " " 
 
 I litre = ioooc.c.== " " 1000 " (i kilo of water). 
 
 Conversion of [United States] to Metrical System. 
 WEIGHTS. 
 
 I grain = 0.0648 gm. 
 [i ounce = 31.103 gm. 
 I pound = 373.250] " 
 
 MEASURES. 
 
 minim = [0.0616 c.c. 
 
 fluid drachm = 3.75 " 
 fluid ounce = 29.57 " 
 pint = 473. 18 " 
 
 gallon = 3785.43] " 
 
 Conversion of Metrical to [United States Weights and Measures.] 
 
 WEIGHTS. 
 
 I milligramme = 0.015432 grain. 
 I gramme = 1 5.43235 grains. 
 I kilogramme = 15432.356 " 
 
 MEASURES. 
 
 I cubic centimetre = [16.23 minims. 
 i litre ( 1000 c.c.) = 33.81 ] fluid ounces. 
 In prescribing on the Continent all liquids are weighed. 
 The weight used for liquids and solids is grammes, and this word is not 
 expressed. Thus 
 
 Magnesii sulphas 20.0 = 20 grammes of magnesium sulphate. 
 
 Hydrargyri chloridum mite 0.5 = half a gramme of mild mercurous chloride. 
 Tinctura rhei 1.5=3 gramme and a half of tincture of rhubarb. 
 
 Domestic Measures. 
 
 A TEA-SPOONFUL is about a fluid drachm, [4 c.c]. Usually it is a little 
 more, viz., nearly 5 c.c. 
 
 A DESSERT-SPOONFUL is about two fluid drachms, [8 c.c.]. 
 
 A TABLE-SPOONFUL is about half a fluid ounce, [15 c.c. Usually it is 
 almost 20 c.c.].
 
 PHARMACOPCEIAL PREPARATIONS AND DOSES. 19 
 
 A WINE-GLASSFUL is about one and a half to two fluid ounces, [45 to 
 60 c.c.]. 
 
 A TEA-CUPFUL is about five fluid ounces, [150 c.c.]. 
 
 A BREAKFAST-CUPFUL is about eight fluid ounces, [240 c.c.]. 
 
 A TUMBLERFUL is about eleven fluid ounces, [330 c.c.]. 
 
 A DROP is often taken as being a minim, but drops vary so much in size 
 that they should never be used for children, nor as a measure of powerful 
 drugs. For example, the number of drops in a fluid drachm of the United 
 States Syrup of Acacia is 44, of Water 60, of Alcohol 146, of Chloroform 250. 
 
 [Spoons, glasses and cups vary so much in capacity that it is never safe to 
 prescribe solutions of powerful drugs to be measured by them. The use of 
 glass graduates, which can be obtained accurately marked, should be insisted 
 upon. ] 
 
 PHARMACOPGEIAL PREPARATIONS AND THEIR DOSES. 
 
 Most drugs are not, in their natural state, suitable for administration. They 
 are either too bulky, too nauseous, or contain noxious principles. Preparations 
 suitable for administration are, therefore, prepared from them according to 
 "official" pharmacopoeial directions. The doses of the various drugs and 
 their preparations which may safely be given to an adult [are taken from the 
 "Tables for Doctors and Druggists," ad ed., compiled by Eli H. Long, 
 M.D. ;] but these doses are often not rigorously adhered to in prescribing. 
 They vary with the purpose for which the drug is required and the age of the 
 patient (see Doses, p. 39). The following is an account of the preparation of 
 the pharmacopoeial preparations, and the attempt has been made to arrange 
 the doses so as to make them easy of remembrance. 
 
 [Unless otherwise specified, the preparations are for internal use.] 
 
 Aceta [(Vinegars). Liquid preparations resulting from the 
 extraction of the drug with dilute acetic acid, and filtering. 
 The U. S. P. contains two. 
 
 Dose. 
 
 Acetum Opii 3 20^; .20 1.20 c.c. 
 
 Acetum Scillae 1045*11; .60 3.00 c.c.] 
 
 Aquae [(Waters). Preparations made by impregnating 
 water with a volatile substance. 
 
 Mostly made by triturating the substance with precipitated 
 calcium phosphate and filtering. Those in the U. S. P. thus 
 made are 
 
 - u A a nf s r. niculi : :
 
 2O PHARMACY. 
 
 Dose. 
 
 Aqua Cinnamomi ^ I flj 15. 30. c.c. 
 
 Camphorae ) 
 
 . Menthae Piperitae .... [ % 2 flg ; 15. 60. c.c. 
 
 Menthae Viridis . . . J 
 
 Three are made by distillation : 
 
 Dose. 
 Aqua Aurantii Florum Fortior . . indetenninate. 
 
 Destillata indeterminate. 
 
 Rosae Fortior indetenninate. 
 
 Six are simple solutions in cold water : 
 
 Dose. 
 Aqua Hydrogenii Dioxidi . . . I 3^3', 4- 12. c.c. 
 
 }i 4fl3; 4--I5-C.C. 
 
 Amygdalae Amarae .... 2 46" 3; 8. 15. c.c. 
 
 Rosae indefinite. 
 
 Aurandi Florum " 
 
 Three are made by passing gases through water : 
 
 Dose. 
 Aqua Ammoniae Fortior . . . 3 6 1T l; .20 .40 c.c. 
 
 Ammoniae 10 20 - ; .60 1.20 c.c. 
 
 Chlori I 4fl3; 4- 15. c.c. 
 
 f Cerata (Cerates). Adhesive preparations for external use, 
 containing wax, capable of being spread at ordinary tempera- 
 tures, and not melting at the temperature of the body. Six are 
 official in U. S. P. 
 
 Ceratum 
 
 Camphorae 
 
 Ceratum Cantharidis I Ceratum Resinae 
 
 Cetacei I Plumbi Subacetatis 
 
 Charta (Papers). Non-absorbent papers coated with plas- 
 ter-like preparations and used like plasters. The U. S. P. 
 contains two : 
 
 Charta Sinapis, made from mustard. 
 
 Potassii Nitratis, made from potassium nitrate. 
 
 * Collodia (Collodions). Preparations for external use, either 
 simple collodion, a solution of pyroxylin in ether and alcohol,
 
 PHARMACOPCEIAL PREPARATIONS AND DOSES. 21 
 
 or impregnated with an active substance.] When applied ex- 
 ternally a protective film is formed owing to the rapid volatili- 
 zation of the solvent. [The U. S. P. contains four : 
 
 Collodium. I Collodium Gantharidatum. 
 
 Flexile. I Stypticum. 
 
 7 Confectiones (Confections). Synonym. Electuaries. In 
 England also called Boluses or Conserves. Permanent pasty 
 preparations of powdered drugs thoroughly triturated with syrup 
 or honey. The U. S. P. contains two : 
 
 Confectio Rosse, used as a basis for pills. 
 Sennse . . . dose, I 25; 4. 8. gm. 
 
 7 Decocta (Decoctions). Liquid preparations of organic 
 drugs, 5 grammes of drug to 100 c.c. of decoction unless other- 
 wise specified by the physician or Pharmacopoeia, made by ex- 
 hausting the drug by boiling in water, straining the resulting 
 liquid, and adding sufficient cold water to secure the required 
 ratio. The U. S. P. contains two : 
 
 Dote. 
 Decoctum Cetrariae 
 
 Sarsaparillse Compositum . . j " o 3 
 
 Decoctions should be freshly made, as they are liable to de- 
 compose. 
 
 [Elixira (Elixirs). Sweet and aromatic liquid preparations, 
 / containing 20 to 25 per cent, of alcohol. There are two in the 
 U. S. P. : 
 
 Elixir Aromaticum dose, indeterminate. 
 
 Elixir Phosphori dose, ^-2^63; 2. IO. c.c. 
 
 + Emplastra (Plasters). Tenacious preparations for external 
 application, solid at ordinary temperatures, but pliable and ad- 
 hesive at the temperature of the body. Those of the U. S. P. 
 are:
 
 22 PHARMACY. 
 
 \ Lead oxide olive oil and water. Lead oleate and 
 Emplastrum Plumbi > , . , , 
 
 J glycerin are formed. 
 
 Anunoniaci cum 
 
 Hydrargyro 
 
 Hydrargyri f Lead P laster ^ the basis ' 
 
 Opii 
 
 Saponis 
 
 Resinae Lead plaster and wax as the basis. 
 
 Arnicas \ Resin plaster, which is made from Lead plaster, as 
 
 Capsici / the basis. 
 
 Belladonnas Resin and soap plaster as the basis. 
 
 Picis Burgundicas Wax the basis. 
 
 Ichthyocollse Court plaster. 
 
 Picis Cantharidatum Wanning plaster. 
 
 Emulsa (Emulsions). Liquid preparations consisting of 
 oily or resinous substances held suspended in water which has 
 been rendered mucilaginous or viscid. Mucilago Acacige and 
 Tragacanthae are frequently used to form emulsions. Mucilago 
 ^ Aca'ciae should be recently prepared. It is incompatible with 
 ferric chloride, borax, and lead subacetate. 
 
 Emulsions are coagulated by acids, an undue proportion of 
 metallic salts, and spirituous liquids. There are in U. S. P. : 
 
 Dose. 
 Emulsum Chloroformi I 4^3; 4. 15.0,0. 
 
 Ammoniaci ... ' . . ) 
 
 -Asafcetidae /*-! *-*** 
 
 Amygdalae indeterminate. 
 
 Extract a (Extracts). Solid or soft-solid preparations not 
 agreeing in strength, made by evaporating solutions of the active 
 constituents of organic drugs to the required consistency. 
 
 The drug is first powdered, then macerated and percolated with the appro- 
 priate menstruum to exhaustion. The first third of the percolate is reserved, 
 the remainder is evaporated at a temperature not exceeding 122 F. ; 50 C. ; 
 until its weight is ten per cent, of that of the drug used, then mixed with the 
 reserved portion, and both are evaporated at or below the above-named tempera- 
 ture until an extract of a pilular consistence remains. For converting extracts 
 into powdered extracts it is sometimes necessary to add an inert dry substance. 
 The menstrua used are :
 
 PHARMACOPCEIAL PREPARATIONS AND DOSES. 
 
 (a) Alcohol ; Extractum Aconiti, Cannabis Indicae, Cimicifugae, Colo- 
 cynthidis Compositum, Iridis, Jalapae, and Physostigmatis. 
 
 () Alcohol and water; Extractum Belladonnae Foliarum Alcoholicum, 
 Digitalis, Euonymi, Leptandrae, Podophylli, Rhei, and Uvae Ursi. 
 
 (f) Alcohol, water and diluted alcohol ; Extractum Cinchonae, Hyoscyami. 
 (</) Diluted alcohol ; Extractum Arnicae Radicis, Cinchonae, Colocynthi- 
 dis, Juglandis, and Stramonii Seminis. 
 
 (e) Water; Extractum Aloes, Gentianae, Glycyrrhizae, Haematoxyli, Kra- 
 meriae, Opii, and Quassiae. 
 
 (/") Water and Aqua Ammonise ; Extractum Glycyrrhizae Purum. 
 
 (g) Acetic Acid and water ; Extractum Colchici Radicis. 
 (^) Acetic Acid and diluted alcohol ; Extractum Conii. 
 
 (*') Acetic Acid, alcohol, and water ; Extractum Nucis Vomicae. 
 
 Extractum Taraxaci is an inspissated juice. 
 
 Extractum Ergotae is obtained by evaporating the fluid extract. 
 
 They are in the U. S. P. 
 
 Dose. 
 Extractum Aconiti -fa % gr- > .006 .015 gm. 
 
 Physostigmatis -fa | gr. ; .006 .03 gm. 
 
 Belladonnae Foliarum Alcoholicum ^ ^ gr. ; .008 .03 gm. 
 
 Nucis Vomicse . . . ) 
 
 _ o p ii ; l /* ' & ' 8 - 06 &* 
 
 Cannabis Indicae y& % gr. ; .01 .045 gm. 
 
 Stramonii Seminis % / gr- J .015 .03 gm. 
 
 Digitalis % I gr. ; .015 .06 gm. 
 
 Conii y$ I gr. ; .02 .06 gm. 
 
 Colocynthidis ~) 
 
 Colchici Radicis \ \/L 2 er. : .01 .12 em. 
 
 . J /* & > 
 
 Hyoscyami 
 
 f /4 3 gr- ; -3 - 2O g- 
 
 Aloes ) 
 
 Leptandrae 1 
 
 f I ~ 3 gr- 5 - 6 - 20 g. 
 
 Indis ) 
 
 Euonymi . 1 , 
 
 r- -c r J 5 gr- ; -06 .30 gm. 
 
 Cimicifugae ) 
 
 Jalapae 2 8 gr. ; .12 .50 gm. 
 
 . Gentianae . 1 
 
 V 2 10 gr. ; .12 .oogm. 
 
 Podophylli f 
 
 Rhei 3 15 gr. ; .20 l.oo gm. 
 
 Arnicas Radicis . 1 , 
 -Krameri. } 5~io gr. ; .30- .60 gm. 
 
 Colocynthidis Compositum . . "j 
 
 Haematoxyli . 
 
 -Ergotae ' 5-15 gr- 5 .30-1.00 gm. 
 
 Uvae Ursi .
 
 PHARMACY. 
 
 Extractum Cinchonae , 
 
 Taraxaci . , 
 
 Juglandis . 
 
 Glycyrrhizae . 
 Purum . 
 
 Dose. 
 53 g r - 5 -3 2 - gm. 
 
 | Freely. 
 
 Extracta Fluida (Fluid Extracts). Liquid preparations of 
 organic drugs, made by completely exhausting the drug by suit- 
 able menstrua, and concentrating the resulting filtered solution, 
 so that there shall be i c.c. of the latter for each gramme of drug 
 extracted. They are made by percolation and partial evapora- 
 tion, the menstruum employed being usually alcohol, diluted 
 alcohol, or alcohol and water in various proportions. They are 
 in the U. S. P. : 
 
 FLUID EXTRACTS. 
 
 Extractum Aconiti Fluidum .... 
 
 Digitalis Fluidum .... 
 
 Belladonnae Radicis Fluidum . 
 
 Stramonii Seminis " . , 
 
 Nucis Vomicae " . , 
 
 Ipecacuanhae Fluidum (expect.) 
 
 " " (emetic,) 
 
 Sanguinariaa Fluidum (expect. ) . 
 
 " " (emetic,) 
 
 Veratri Viridis Fluidum . 
 
 Colchici Seminis 
 
 Conii 
 
 Cannabis Indicse 
 
 Capsici 
 
 Colchici Radicis 
 
 Apocyni 
 
 Gelsemii 
 
 Zingiberis 
 
 Mezerei 
 
 Sabinae 
 
 Hyoscyami 
 
 Arnicae Radicis 
 
 Podophylli 
 
 Dose. 
 
 I 4m; 
 
 15 60 "I; 
 
 } - 
 
 2 10 m; 
 2 20 TTl ; 
 
 5 10 m; 
 
 .03 .12 C.C. 
 
 .03 .20 c.c. 
 .06 .20 c.c. 
 
 .06 .25 c.c. 
 .06 .30 c.c. 
 
 I.OO 2 .OO C.C. 
 
 .06 .30 c.c. 
 i.oo 4.00 c.c. 
 
 .06 .30 c.c. 
 
 .12 .30 C.C. 
 
 .12 .50 C.C. 
 
 .12 .60 C.C. 
 .12 1. 2O C.C. 
 
 .30 .60 c.c. 
 
 5 15 ftl ; .30 i.oo c.c. 
 
 | 5 20 ""I; .30 1. 20 c.c.
 
 PHARMACOPCEIAL PREPARATIONS AND DOSES. 
 
 FLUID EXTRACTS. 
 
 Dost. 
 
 Extractum Gentians Fluidum 
 
 Krameriae " 
 
 Aspidospermatis " . 
 
 Convallariae " 
 
 Menispermi " . 
 
 PhytolaccaeRadicis" . 
 
 Calumbae " 
 
 Lupulini " . 
 
 Pilocarpi " 
 
 Hydrastis ' ' . 
 
 Senegae " . 
 
 Aromaticum " . 
 
 Valerianae ' ' . 
 
 Iridis " . 
 
 Serpentariae " . 
 
 Xanthoxyli " . 
 
 Cinchonas " . 
 
 Buchu " . 
 
 Eriodictyi " 
 
 Cypripedii " . 
 
 Calami " 
 
 Eupatorii " . 
 
 Gossypii Radicis " . 
 
 Grindelias " . 
 
 Guaranae " 
 
 Quassiae ' . 
 
 Rhamni Purshiance ' ' . 
 
 Scoparii 
 
 Rhei 
 
 Rhois Glabrae 
 
 Rosae 
 
 Rumicis 
 
 Stillingise 
 
 Uvae Ursi 
 
 Viburni Prunifolii 
 
 Leptandrse 
 
 Geranii 
 
 Ergotae 
 
 Pareirae 
 
 Pruni Virginianae 
 
 Sarsaparillae 
 
 " Compositum 
 
 5 30 tn. ; . 30 2. oo c. c. 
 
 5 60 m; .30 4.00C.C. 
 
 10 20 m; .60 1.20 c.c. 
 
 IO 30 "HI ; .60 2.OO C.C. 
 
 IO 60 ttl ; .60 4.00 C.C. 
 
 IS 30 m; 1.00 2.00C.C.
 
 26 
 
 PHARMACY. 
 
 FLUID EXTRACTS. 
 
 Extractum Chiratae Flui 
 Cimicifugae 
 Cubebae 
 Lappae 
 Spigeliae 
 Rubi 
 Aurantii Amari 
 Hamamelidis 
 Castaneae 
 Asclepiadis 
 Chimaphilae 
 Eucalypti 
 Frangulae 
 Matico 
 Scutellariae 
 Viburni Opuli 
 Dulcamarae 
 Sennae 
 Taraxaci 
 Cocae 
 Cusso 
 Triad 
 Glycvrrhizae 
 
 dum . . . . 
 
 < 
 
 Dose 
 
 X-ifl3 
 
 X 2fl 3 
 
 l / 2 2fl3 
 
 I 2fl3 
 
 i-3 fl 3 
 i 4 fl3 
 
 1-8 fl S 
 
 Freelv. 1 
 
 < 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ; 
 
 ::::;, j 
 
 i 
 
 : : : : : J 
 
 
 l.oo 8.00 c.c. 
 
 2.00 8.00 c.c. 
 
 4.00 8.00 c.c. 
 
 4.00 12.00 c.c. 
 
 4.00 15.00 c.c. 
 
 4.00 30.00 c.c. 
 
 Glycerita (Glycerites). Solutions of drugs in glycerin. 
 They are all liquid preparations, [mostly] used for external 
 application. [In the U. S. P. are six : 
 
 Glyceritum Acidi Carbolici. 
 
 Acidi Tannici. 
 
 Amyli. 
 
 Glyceritum Boroglycerini. 
 
 Hydrastis. 
 
 Vitelli. 
 
 Infusa (Infusions). Liquid preparations of organic drugs, 
 5 grammes of drug to 100 c.c. of infusion, unless otherwise 
 specified by the physician or Pharmacopaeia, made by exhausting 
 the drug for a specified time in a covered vessel, by water poured 
 upon it at a boiling temperature (excepting Infusum Cinchonse 
 and Pruni Virginianae which are made with cold water), straining 
 and adding sufficient water to secure the required ratio. 
 
 The infusions of the U. S. P. are : 
 
 Infusum Digitalis . 
 
 Cinchonas . . 
 
 Pruni Virginianae 
 
 fls; 4- '5- c.c. 
 
 fl 3 ; 30. 60. c.c.
 
 PHARMACOPCEIAL PREPARATIONS AND DOSES. 2/ 
 
 Infusum Sennae Compositum . . . I 2J^ fl J ; 30. 75. c.c. 
 
 One is compound : Infusum Sennae Compositum. 
 
 One contains acid : Infusum Cinchonae. ] 
 
 Infusions should be freshly made, as they readily decompose. 
 
 -7 Linimenta [(Liniments). Solutions or mixtures for external 
 ' application, liquid, at least upon application. All of which are* 
 
 intended to be rubbed into the skin except Linimentum Calcis. 
 
 Those in the U. S. P. are : 
 
 Linimentum Ammoniae . . Ammonia water and cotton seed oil. 
 
 Calcis Solution of lime and linseed oil. 
 
 Camphorae Camphor and cotton seed oil. 
 
 Plumbi Subacetatis . . Solution of , lead subacetate and cotton seed oil 
 
 Belladonnas .... Fluid extract of drug and camphor. 
 
 Cantharidis .... Cantharides and oil of turpentine. 
 
 Chloroformi .... Chloroform and soap liniment. 
 
 Saponis Soap, camphor, oil of rosemary, and alcohol. 
 
 Saponis Mollis . ( Soft soa P' oil of lavender flowers, alcohol, and 
 
 I water. 
 
 Sinapis Compositum . . j Oil of mustard > fluid extrac * f mezereum, cam- 
 
 I phor, castor oil, and alcohol. 
 
 Terebinthinae .... Resin cerate and oil of turpentine. 
 
 Liquores (Liquors). Solutions of chemical substances in a 
 menstruum consisting chiefly or wholly of water. The following 
 are the liquors of the U. S. P. : 
 
 Dose. 
 Liquor lodi Compositus . . . 
 
 Sodii Arsenatis \ I 10 ^H. ; .06 .60 c.c. 
 
 Arseni et Hydrargyri lodidi 
 
 Potassii Arsenitis 
 
 Ferri Acetatis 
 
 Chloridi 
 
 Nitratis , 
 
 Subsulphatis .... 
 
 Acidi Arsenosi 5 IO ""1 .30 .60 c.c. 
 
 Ferri Citratis S T S ^ > -3 i.oo c.c. 
 
 Sodae 5 20 Ttl .30 1.20 c.c. 
 
 Potassae 5 30 l ; .30 2.00 c.c. 
 
 Sodae Chloratae }4 ' fl^J 2. 4.00 c.c. 
 
 Ferri et Ammonii Acetatis . . I 463; 4. 15.00 c.c. 
 
 '.'.'. 1 I 8flz; 4. 30.00 c.c. 
 
 Potassi Citratis / 
 
 Ammonii Acetatis .... 2 8 fl^; 8. 30.00 c.c. 
 
 Magnesii Citratis 2 8 fl^ ; 60. 240 c.c. 
 
 2 IO ftl .12 .60 c.c.
 
 28 PHARMACY. 
 
 The following are not used internally : 
 
 Liquor Ferri Tersulphatis. 
 
 Hydrargyri Nitratis. 
 
 Plumbi Subacetatis. 
 
 Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus. 
 
 Sodii Silicatis. 
 
 Zinci Chloridi. 
 
 ^ Massae (Masses). Pill-masses intended for preservation in 
 / bulk until required for use. Three are official in the U. S. P. : 
 
 Dase. 
 
 Massa Hydrargyri J^ 15 gr. ; .03 i.oogm. 
 
 Ferri Carbonatis I 5 gr. ; .06 .30 pm. 
 
 Copaiba* j^ I 3 ; i.oo 4.00 gin. 
 
 Me Hit a (Honeys). Mixtures of medicinal substances with 
 clarified honey. The U. S. P. contains only two, one of these 
 being simply honey purified. 
 
 Mel Despumatum. | Mel Rosae. 
 
 *f Misturae (Mixtures). Liquid preparations of insoluble, 
 suspended, active substances, or solutions containing more than 
 one liquid of therapeutic activity. The mixture is usually fla- 
 vored, and is for internal administration. Examples in U. S. P. : 
 
 Dose. 
 Mistura Rhei et Sodae . . . # 2fl 3; * 8. c.c. 
 
 Glycyrrhizaa Composita . . I 4 fl ; 4. 15. c.c. 
 
 Crete . 2 _ 4 fl-. 8. 15. c.c. 
 
 Ferri Composita . . . . / 
 
 x Mucilagines (Mucilages). Adhesive liquids or jelly-like 
 preparations, consisting of gum or starch dissolved in or fully 
 charged with water. The U. S. P. contains four : 
 
 Mucilago Acacia. Mucilago Tragacanthae. 
 
 Sassafras Medullae. Ulmi.] 
 There is no fixed dose ; it is usually I fl 5 ; [4. c.c. 
 
 ^ Oleata. Oleates are solutions in oleic acid, intended for 
 external application. The U. S. P. contains three : 
 
 Oleatum Hydrargyri (20 per cent of yellow mercuric oxide). 
 
 Veratrinae (2 per cent, of veratrine). 
 
 Zinci (5 per cent, of zinc oxide)].
 
 PHARMACOPCEIAL PREPARATIONS AND DOSES. 
 
 2 9 
 
 Olea. There are many oils in the Pharmacopoeia. They 
 are all obtained by distillation or by expression except Oleum 
 Phosphoratum, which is a solution of phosphorus in almond oil. 
 [The U. S. P. olea are : 
 
 !>U**Ct-rL Oleum Sinafiis Volatile . . 
 AmyEJualae Amarae . . 
 
 CA^SHc-Ti^f 
 
 (jk" -*^* Aurantii Florum . . . 
 
 ' ^t^v' r Myristicae 
 
 **&* A * Cajuputi 
 
 Can 
 
 Anisi 
 
 Caryophylli .... 
 -y Cinnamomi .... 
 
 Lavandula/ Florum . 
 Menthae Piperitae . . . 
 
 Viriais 
 
 Pimentaa 
 
 Rosmarini 
 
 Betulae Volatile . . . 
 
 Sassafras 
 
 Thymi 
 
 Sabinae 
 
 Phosphoratum 
 
 Foeniculi 
 
 Gaultherise .... 
 
 Hedeomaa 
 
 Coriandri 
 
 Chenopodii .... 
 
 Santali 
 
 Juniperi 
 
 Copaibae 
 
 Erigerontis .... 
 
 Cubebae 
 
 Eucalypti 
 
 Terebinthinae .... 
 Rectificatum . . . 
 
 Morrrfuae 
 
 Amygdalae Expression . 
 
 Ricini 
 
 Lani 
 
 Sesami 
 
 Olivae . 
 
 Dose. 
 
 y z ""1 ; 
 
 ' 3 
 
 .008 
 .01 
 
 .015 
 .06 
 
 .015 c.c. 
 
 .03 c.c. 
 
 .12 C.C. 
 
 .20 C.C. 
 
 f 5 
 
 ( 
 
 <A-H) 
 
 
 .06 .30 c.c. 
 
 i 5 
 
 2 5 m; 
 
 !~ 
 
 5 20 
 
 530 
 
 .06 .30 c.c. 
 
 .12 .30 C.C. 
 
 .12 .60 C.C. 
 
 .30 i.oo c.c. 
 
 .30 1. 20 c.c. 
 
 .30 2.OO C.C. 
 
 C.C. 
 C.C. 
 
 V i 4-fl3; 4- 15.00 
 % 2 fl ; 8.00 60.00 
 
 y z 2fl3; 15.00 60.00 c.c. 
 
 indefinite. 
 
 freely. 

 
 3<D PHARMACY. 
 
 Oleum Gossypii Seminis . . . 
 
 -Picis Liquid* I externally. 
 
 Cadim 
 
 Theobromatis 
 
 Adipis 1 . , 
 
 v m pharmacy. 
 
 ^Ethereum J 
 
 Myrcise as perfume. 
 
 Aurantii Corticis .... 
 
 Bergamottse 
 
 Limonis 
 
 Rosse . 
 
 as flavoring agent. 
 
 Pilulae (Pills). Solid bodies, usually spherical or oval,] con- 
 taining medicinal agents, and intended to be swallowed whole. 
 A mass of the consistence of firm clay is made by beating medica- 
 ments together in a mortar. This mass is, with a machine, 
 divided up and rolled into pills. In order that they may not 
 possess a disagreeable taste, they are varnished, gilded, or sugar- 
 coated. Unless the constituents are very heavy, each pill should 
 not exceed 5 grains [.30 gm.] in weight, and the smaller they 
 are the better. [Soap, mucilage of acacia or tragacanth] , and 
 confection of rose are common excipients for pills. Glycerin is 
 often added, for it attracts moisture and prevents the pill from 
 getting hard, but pills made of it alone are too soft. Soap is 
 useful for creosote and for essential oils if calcium phosphate and 
 wheaten flour be added. Liquorice powder is a good absorbent. 
 All pills are useless unless so made that they will dissolve in the 
 gastro-intestinal canal. If it is required that they should not be 
 acted upon until they reach the intestine they should be coated 
 with keratin. Pills [except when sugar- or gelatin-coated] are 
 often kept in some powder, as lycopodium, to prevent their 
 sticking together. [The pills in the U. S. P. are : 
 
 Dose. 
 Pilulae Phosphori . r ^^ gr. ; .00065 g- ' n each. \ .^ 
 
 Opii . . . . -j i gr. ; .065 gm. in each. / 
 
 Asafoetidae . 1 3 gr. ; .20 gm. in each. 
 
 T- T j-j- V I 2 pills. 
 
 Fern lodidi J 
 
 Cathartic* Composite . 
 
 Antimonii " ... 
 
 Aloes et Mastiches . 
 
 Rhei Composite
 
 PHARMACOPCEIAL PREPARATIONS AND DOSES. 3! 
 
 Pilulae Aloes Dose. 
 
 Aloes et Ferri / 1 ~ 
 
 Rhei 
 
 Catharticae Vegetabiles . . 
 
 Ferri Carbonatis 
 
 -I 5 pills. 
 
 Aloes et Asafcetidae .... 
 
 Aloes et Myrrhae 2 10 pills. 
 
 Pulveres (Powders). Preparations consisting of finely- 
 powdered drugs, or (compound powders) mixtures of the same, 
 and frequently consisting in part of a suitable diluent or ex- 
 cipient.] The best diluent for powders is sugar of milk, because 
 of its hardness and comparative insolubility. [The powders 
 of the U. S. P. are : 
 
 Dose. 
 
 Pulvis Antimonialis ^ 2 gr. ; .03 .12 gm. 
 
 Ipecacuanhae et Opii . . . 3 15 gr. ; .20 i.oo gm. 
 
 Morphinae Compositus . . . 5 15 gr. ; .30 I.oo gm. 
 
 Cretse " ... 5 60 gr. ; .30 4.00 gm. 
 
 Aromaticus IO 30 gr. ; .60 2.00 gm. 
 
 Jalapae Compositus .... % I g ; i.oo 4.00 gm. 
 
 Rhei " .... }4 I 3 ; 2.OO 4.00 gm. 
 
 Glycyrrhizae " ... )4 2 ; 2.00 8.00 gm. 
 
 For Pulvis Effervescens Compositus (Seidlitz Powder) see Sodium. Pulvis 
 Ipecacuanhae et Opii is practically a trituration. 
 
 Spiritus (Spirits). Solutions of volatile substances in alco- 
 hol or diluted alcohol. The spirits of the U. S. P. are : 
 
 By solution : D OM . 
 
 Spiritus Glonoini I 5 ttl ; .06 .300.0. 
 
 Athens Compositus . . . 5 60 TTl ; .30 4.00 c.c. 
 
 Phosphori 8 40 "m. ; .50 2.500.0. 
 
 Cinnamomi 10 30 "HI ; I.OO 2.00 c.c. 
 
 Amygdala? Amarae . . . 15 45 '"I ; I.oo 3.00 c.c. 
 
 Athens 15 60 ""I ; I.oo 4.00 c.c. 
 
 Camphorae " 
 
 Chloroformi 
 
 Juniperi 30 60 in. ; 2.00 4.00 c.c. 
 
 Lavandulae 
 
 Myristicse 
 
 Ammoniac Aromaticus . . % 2n< 3; 2 - 8.00 c.c. 
 
 " Ani f- \ I 2flz; 4.00 8.00 c.c. 
 
 Gaultheriae /
 
 32 PHARMACY. 
 
 Dose. 
 Spiritus Juniperi Compositus . I 4 flj ; 4.0015.000.0. 
 
 Aurantii . > ,. , 
 
 I as vehicle. 
 Compositus / 
 
 Myrciae as perfume. 
 
 By solution with maceration : 
 
 Spiritus Limonis as flavoring agent. 
 
 Menthse Piperitae . 
 
 Viridis 
 
 By gaseous solution : 
 
 Spiritus Ammoniac .... 10 60 Tn. .60 4.00 c.c. 
 By chemical reaction : 
 
 Spiritus yEtheris Nitrosi . . . * 2n 3; 2 -o 8.00 c.c. 
 By distillation : 
 
 Spiritus Frumenti indefinite. 
 
 Vini Gallici indefinite. 
 
 Suppositorise (Suppositories). Preparations in suitable 
 form] for introduction into [and retention in] the rectum or 
 vagina [and so mixed with a base (generally Oleum Theobro- 
 matis) that they shall be solid under ordinary conditions, but 
 shall melt or liquefy after introduction. One only is official 
 in U. S. P. : 
 
 Suppositoria Glycerini ; base, stearic acid. 
 
 Syrupi (Syrups). Liquid preparations of drugs consisting 
 chiefly of a concentrated aqueous solution of sugar. There are 
 30 official in U. S. P. 
 
 Examples : Syrupus Aurantii, Syrupus Rhei. ] 
 
 The dose of all is about I fl g ; 4 c.c., or rather more [excepting Syrupus 
 Ferri Bromidi, Ferri lodidi, and Scillse Compositus, when it is 5 to 30 m, ; 
 .30 2.00 c.c. 
 
 Tincturse (Tinctures). Solutions in alcohol or diluted 
 alcohol of the soluble constituents of substances which are not 
 volatile. (The U. S. P. includes also, as an exception, the alco- 
 holic solution of iodine. )] They are prepared by 
 
 (a) Maceration; e.g. [Tinctura Opii Camphorata.] 
 
 (6) Percolation; e.g. [Tinctura Lavandulse Composita.] 
 
 (c) Maceration and percolation ; e.g. [Tinctura Opii. ]
 
 PHARMACOPCEIAL PREPARATIONS AND DOSES. 
 
 33 
 
 (d) Simple mixing of ingredients ; e.g. [Tinctura Ipecacuanhae et Opii.] 
 
 Tinctures containing only one active substance are simple. The rest are 
 compound ; e.g., [Tinctura Catechu Composita. ] 
 
 Some are compound, although it is not expressed in their name ; [e.g., 
 Tinctura Aloes. 
 
 The tinctures of the U. S. P. are : 
 
 Dote. 
 
 Tinctura Aconiti ^ 5 "R\. ; .03 .30 c.c. 
 
 lodi i 5^1; .06 .3oc.c. 
 
 Cantharidis I 15 l; .06 l.ooc.c. 
 
 Veratri Viridis ) ,. 
 
 > 2 ID,- .12 .6oc.c. 
 
 htrophanthi ) 
 
 Ipecacuanhas et Opii .... 3 1 5 '"I; .20 l.ooc.c. 
 
 P" ' ' \ 3 20.; .20 I.20C.C. 
 
 Deodorati J 
 
 Arnicae Radici 5 IO1; .30 .6oc.c. 
 
 Nucis Vomicse 5 20 ^l ; .30 i.aoc.c. 
 
 -OpiiCamphorata . . { child 3-20-; .20- i.aoc.c. 
 
 ladult I 4%; 4.00 I5.00C.C. 
 
 Belladonnse Foliarum . . . . 
 
 Scills: 
 
 Stramonii Seminis . 
 
 /- u- T A- r 5 3 o7T t; .30 2.00 c.c. 
 
 Cannabis Indicae 
 
 Digitalis 
 
 Lobeliae 
 
 Ferri Chloridi 
 
 . . > 5 60 m; .30 4.00 c.c 
 
 Capsici J 
 
 Physostigmatis ) 
 
 Colchici Seminis 10 30.; .60 2.00 c.c. 
 
 Amicse Florum j 
 
 Gelsemii 
 
 Moschi 
 
 Zingiberis j- 15 60 TO.; i.oo 4.00 c.c. 
 
 Aloes 
 
 Myrrhae . 
 
 Guaiaci 
 
 Ammoniata 
 
 Lavandulae Compo.-ata . . 
 
 -Asafoetidae ^ 30-60 m ; 2.00- 4.00 c.c, 
 
 Benzoin! 
 
 Composita 
 
 Kino . 1 
 
 -Lactucarii } ^- 2fi 3', LOO- 8.00 c.c. 
 
 3
 
 34 
 
 PHARMACY. 
 
 Dote. 
 Tinctura Chiratse 
 
 Cimicifuga 
 
 Cinchonas 
 
 Valerianae 
 
 Ammoniata 
 
 Quassia \- *42fi3; 2.00 8.00 c.c. 
 
 Quillaja 
 
 Hydrastis 
 
 Serpentaria 
 
 Krameria 
 
 Catechu Composita . . . . 
 
 -Cubebae 1 ^_ 3 fl 3; 2 .oo 12.00 c.c. 
 
 Sanguinarise J 
 
 Tolutana 
 
 Croci 
 
 Humuli 
 
 -Cinnamomi , 4.00- 8.00 c.c. 
 
 Aurantn Dulcis 
 
 Galla 
 
 Aurantii Amari 
 
 Cardamomi 
 
 Rhei Aromatica I 3&3; 4.00 12.00 c.c. 
 
 Cinchonas Composita . . 
 
 Rhei i 46*3; 4.00 15.00 c.c. 
 
 Calendula 
 
 Aloes et Myrrhre I 2)4 fi^; 4.00 10.00 c.c. 
 
 Calumbae 
 
 xiyoscyami ....... a . ^^^ r P r\f\r- r- 
 
 J J L i 4 113, 4.00 I5.00C.C. 
 
 Sum 1 ail 
 
 Gentianae Composita .... 
 
 -Bryonia | 8. 00-15.00 c.c. 
 
 Cardamomi Composita . . . . J 
 
 Rhei Dulcis ^ i fl^; 8.00 3O.ooc.c. 
 
 Matico YZ i 6*3515.00 30.00C.C. 
 
 Vanillaa Flavoring. 
 
 Pyrethri Externally. 
 
 Triturationes (Triturations). Solid preparations made by 
 triturating a medicinal substance with a definite percentage of 
 sugar of milk (Saccharum Lactis). The U. S. P. contains one: 
 
 Dose. 
 
 Trituratio Elaterini y z to I gr. ; .O3-.o6 gm.
 
 PHARMACOPCEIAL PREPARATIONS AND DOSES. 35 
 
 Trochisci (Troches). Solid preparations, usually in flat- 
 tened form, consisting of one or more medicinal substances 
 mixed with sugar or extract of liquorice and held in form by the 
 addition of mucilage. Fifteen are official in U. S. P. 
 
 Examples : Trochisci Catechu, Trochisci Sodii Bicarbonatis. The dose of 
 each is from I to 6 troches in the course of the day. ] 
 
 Unguenta (Ointments). [Unctuous preparations, either 
 soft or solid at ordinary temperatures, but liquid upon being 
 rubbed upon the skin.] They are generally spread over the skin, 
 or may be rubbed into it. They are only intended for external 
 use. The basis is either lard, olive oil, expressed oil of almond, 
 lard oil, wax, suet, spermaceti, or paraffin. When it is required 
 that the active ingredient should be absorbed, lard, which melts 
 at about the temperature of the body, or hydrous wool fat, is 
 the best basis ; when the ointment is required for sores, paraffin 
 is a good basis, as it only softens a little at the temperature of 
 the body. In hot countries, if the ointment would otherwise be 
 too soft, the basis may be replaced by indurated lard, prepared 
 suet, white or yellow wax. Benzoinated lard is often used to 
 prevent decomposition. [Twenty -seven are official in U. S. P. 
 
 Examples: Unguentum Hydrargyri, Unguentum lodi.] 
 
 Vina. Wines are weak tinctures, [the drug being extracted 
 with white wine, containing twenty to twenty-five per cent, by 
 weight of absolute alcohol.] 
 
 Dose. 
 
 Vinum [Opii 3 20^; .20 i.aoc.c. 
 
 Colchici Radicis 5 15 ^ ; .30 i.ooc.c. 
 
 Antimonii 5 60 l ; .30 4.00 c.c. 
 
 Ipecacuanhse I ooTfl; .06 4.00 c.c. 
 
 Colchici Seminis 10 30 '"I; .60 2.00 c.c. 
 
 Ferri Citratis I 2 fig; 4.00 S.ooc.c. 
 
 Ergotse ") 
 
 - Ferri Amarum I l ~^ 3 ' 4.oo-i 5 .ooc.c. 
 
 Album as menstruum. 
 
 Rubrum " 
 
 Aromaticum as lotion. ]
 
 36 PHARMACY. 
 
 With Vinum Antimonii and Vinum Ipecacuanhae the dose depends upoiv 
 the purpose for which the drug is used. 
 
 The following preparations [not occurring in the U. S. P.] are used : 
 
 Abstracta. [(Abstracts) solid, dry, powdered extracts of double the 
 strength of the crude drug. They are prepared by spontaneous evaporation 
 of an alcoholic tincture at a low temperature, mixing with it enough Sugar of 
 Milk to make the product weigh one-half of the original weight of the drug, 
 and then reducing it to a fine powder.] 
 
 Bougies. Solid cylinders impregnated with various drugs, and used for 
 introduction into the urethra, [ uterus,] or nose. They are made either of 
 gelatin (to be dipped in warm water before use) or cacao butter (to be dipped 
 in oil before use). 
 
 Cachets, made of wafer paper, consist of two watch-glass shaped halves, 
 enclosing the drug, which adhere when moistened. The cachet is swallowed, 
 and thus nauseous drugs are not tasted. 
 
 Capsules, [usually made of gelatin, are also used for enclosing medicines 
 so that they shall not be tasted, and they are now made for containing both 
 solid and liquid substances. They are either soft and elastic or hard. The 
 " empty capsule" is of the hard form and is made in two parts, the body to 
 be rilled when required for use, and the cap to fit tightly over it when filled]. 
 Pills, cachets and capsules should be immediately followed by enough water to 
 wash them down. 
 
 Cataplasm ata [(Poultices). Soft, pasty masses used as a medium for 
 the external and local application of a moist heat, with or without the addition 
 of active medicaments. Any bland substance which will retain its heat and 
 moisture for a long time is applicable for this purpose, a little oil or glycerin 
 being often added to prevent caking. The substances chiefly used are flax- 
 seed, elm bark, bread and milk, bran, and oatmeal. 
 
 To make a poultice properly, the bowl in which it is mixed, the water, the 
 spatula for mixing and spreading the flannel or cheese-cloth on which it is 
 laid, must all be as hot as possible. The meal should be added gradually 
 to the boiling water, which is continually stirred. It should not be spread so 
 thick as to make it inconveniently heavy. ] 
 
 Cigarettes. The drug replaces the tobacco of an ordinary cigarette. 
 
 Clysters. [Another name for Enemata. ] 
 
 Collunaria. Fluids used as nasal douches. [This term is rarely used in 
 the United States.] 
 
 Collyria. Fluids used as eye washes. 
 
 Cremora. [Obsolete in the United States.] Creams are preparations 
 having glycerin, vaseline, or some substance as a basis, and used for external 
 application. 
 
 [Enemata (Enemas). Liquids intended for injection into the rectum and 
 designed to act medicinally, to evacuate the bowel mechanically, or to serve 
 as nutrients.] When their object is to empty the bowel, they are large in 
 bulk, to to 20 fl 3 [300 to 600 c.c.] ; when it is wished that they should be
 
 PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS AND DOSES. 37 
 
 retained, they are small in bulk, 2 to 5 fl ^ [60 to 150 c.c. ], and after injec- 
 tion a towel may be pressed against the anus. Mucilage, made with starch, 
 is a good basis. 
 
 [Essentiae (Essences). Preparations of B. P. corresponding to Spirits, 
 U. S. P., but of 20 per cent, strength.] 
 
 Fomenta. Fomentations consist of flannels wrung out in hot water, to 
 which drugs may or may not have been added. 
 
 Gargarismata (Gargles) are fluid preparations for gargling. 
 
 Granules are small pills. 
 
 Guttae [(Drops). In England this term is used to designate liquid] 
 preparations to be dropped jnto the eye. 
 
 Haustus (Draught). This term is used when only a single dose of a fluid 
 preparation is required. 
 
 [Injectiones (Injections). These are of two kinds, Rectal (see Enemata), 
 and Hypodermatic. The latter are highly concentrated solutions intended for 
 use by means of a hypodermatic needle. (See p. 38.) 
 
 Inhalations. A common name for Vapors.] 
 
 Insufflationes. Powdered medicines or medicated powders designed for 
 blowing into the [nares], larynx or throat. 
 
 Lamellae (B. P.). Small, thin discs made with gelatin and glycerin, and 
 used to drop into the eye. They each weigh ^th of a grain [.0013 gm.]. 
 
 Lanolinum is an ointment having hydrous wool fat as a basis. 
 
 Linctus. [(Never used in the United States.) A sweet mixture of a 
 thick, syrupy consistence.] It is to be swallowed slowly, being retained some 
 time in the mouth. 
 
 [Lotiones (Lotions). Liquid, usually aqueous preparations for external 
 use, commonly applied upon lint or muslin]. 
 
 Mollinum. An ointment having for its basis mollin, a superfatted soap. 
 It is readily absorbed, and also readily washed off with water. 
 
 Nebulae [Sprays]. Solutions sprayed into the throat by means of an 
 atomizer. 
 
 [Oxymellita. Mellita containing acetic acid.] 
 
 Paste. A preparation to be applied as an ointment. 
 
 Pastillus (Pastils). [A name often applied to troches, and in England 
 limited to] those having glyco-gelatin as a basis. 
 
 Perles are small pills. 
 
 Pessus. Pessaries are solid preparations made like suppositories for in- 
 troduction into the vagina. [This term is rarely used in the United States.] 
 
 Pigmentum (A paint). A [liquid] preparation adapted for painting on 
 the skin, throat, etc. 
 
 Succi [(Juices). Expressed vegetable juices preserved by the addition 
 of a definite proportion of alcohol.] 
 
 Tabellae. (Tablets or Tabloids, [the latter of British usage].) Solid, 
 disc-like or lenticular bodies made by compression. ["Tablet triturates" 
 are composed of drugs which have been triturated before compression.] They
 
 3 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 are very popular, but are often useless, for they may be so hard and insoluble 
 that they are found in the faeces quite unaltered. [Tablets should always be 
 prescribed extemporaneously and freshly made.] 
 
 Vapores. [Liquid preparations intended for administration by inhalation 
 in form of vapor.] 
 
 Vaselinum. This term [in England] is applied to an ointment of which 
 the base is vaseline. 
 
 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 Before describing the actions and uses of drugs we must con- 
 sider the manner, quantity and form in which to give them. 
 
 MODES OF ADMINISTRATION OF DRUGS. 
 
 (a) Into the blood-vessels by injection. This method is rarely used in 
 man, excepting for transfusion of physiological saline solution (a teaspoonful 
 of common salt to the pint of sterilized water at the temperature of the body) 
 in cases of great loss of blood. 
 
 (6) Into the subcutaneous tissues by hypodermatic injection. The skin 
 of the patient, where it is lax, should be raised between the thumb and fore- 
 finger of the operator's left hand ; the skin of the external surface of the fore- 
 arm is often selected. In his right hand he takes a perfectly clean syringe 
 containing the quantity of fluid to be injected, and fitted with an aseptic, 
 hollow, silver needle, which is thrust under the raised piece of skin, but not 
 into the muscles, for about an inch, care being taken to avoid wounding a 
 vein. The syringe is slowly emptied, then withdrawn, and the thumb pressed 
 lightly upon the seat of injection for a few seconds. The advantage of this 
 method is that the drug is surely and quickly absorbed. The fluid used must 
 not contain solid particles, nor be irritating, or abscesses will result ; it must 
 be aseptic, and therefore, if it is not freshly prepared, it may contain a little 
 carbolic acid or, better still, boric acid, for this is non-poisonous and non- 
 irritating. The bulk injected should, if possible, be about five minims; [.30 
 c.c.]. For injections that are not in constant use it is advisable to keep the 
 drugs in the form of [soluble tablets or] lamellae, and to dissolve one in a few 
 minims of water as required. 
 
 (f) Into serous cavities by injection. This method is rarely used in 
 man except when the object is antiseptically to wash out a serous cavity, as 
 the pleura which has been opened, or to produce adhesive inflammation, as in 
 the injection of irritants into the tunica vaginalis. 
 
 (</) Into mucous cavities. Drugs are most frequently given by the 
 mouth, to be absorbed from the mucous membrane of the stomach or intestines, 
 but the rate of absorption is much slower than from the subcutaneous tissue, 
 and will depend upon whether the drug is readily soluble in the gastro-intes- 
 tinal secretions, and whether it is given on an empty stomach, in which ca^e 
 it will be quickly absorbed ; or on a full one, when it will be slowly absorbed.
 
 MODES OF ADMINISTRATION OF DRUGS. 39 
 
 [When it is intended that the drug shall act only in the intestine, pills, made 
 purposely insoluble in the gastric fluids, are administered.] Some drugs, given 
 by the mouth and absorbed from the stomach, probably never reach the general 
 circulation, as they are excreted in the bile by the liver. The drug must be in 
 a pleasant, palatable form, and generally so combined as not to irritate. 
 
 Drugs are sometimes given by the rectum in a solid form as supposi- 
 tories, in a liquid form as enemata or clysters ; but they are not dissolved 
 nor absorbed here so quickly as in the upper part of the gastro-intestinal 
 canal. 
 
 For local effects they may be given by the urethra or vagina (injections, 
 bougies, pessaries), or by the respiratory passages (inhalations, cigar- 
 ettes, sprays or nebulae for inhalations ; insufflations for blowing into 
 the throat and larynx ; pigmenta, gargarismata, trochisci, for a local effect 
 on the mouth and pharynx ; nasal douches for the nose). For sprays an 
 atomizer is required. Sometimes volatile drugs, as chloroform or amyl nitrite, 
 are inhaled for their general effect. 
 
 (e) By the skin. Some drugs may be absorbed from the skin if mixed 
 with some fatty substance, [especially hydrous wool fat.] In this way mer- 
 cury may be absorbed by being rubbed in ; but drugs are chiefly applied to 
 the skin as ointments, plasters, etc., for their local effect. 
 
 [Some drugs may be absorbed from the skin when they are volatilized. In 
 this way mercury is introduced into the system by fumigation.] 
 
 They are also applied to the eye and ear as drops and washes. 
 
 The study of doses is termed Posology. In determining the dose the 
 following considerations have to be borne in mind : 
 
 1. Age. The adult dose is that for a person between twenty and sixty 
 years old. [For women the dose should be somewhat smaller than for men.] 
 
 For children under twelve, add twelve to the age, and divide the age 
 by the number thus obtained. Thus, for a child aged eight the dose will be 
 
 8 2 
 
 = of an adult dose. From twelve to sixteen years from to i the 
 a -(- 12 5 
 
 adult dose is required, and from seventeen to twenty years from to |. There 
 are exceptions to this rule for individual drugs ; e.g., children take iron, cod 
 liver oil, arsenic, and chloral hydrate very well, but they can take only very 
 small doses of opium. [Cowling's rule divide age at next birthday by 
 twenty-four requires rather less calculation and is generally of sufficient 
 exactness.] 
 
 Above sixty years of age the dose should slightly diminish as age 
 increases. 
 
 2. Weight. In pharmacological experiments the dose should always be 
 expressed as a proportion of the weight of the animal. In man the weight is 
 not often considered, for it depends so much upon bone and fat, which are not 
 active tissues.
 
 4O PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 3. Habit. A man who is constantly under the action of a drug becomes 
 very insusceptible to it. Thus an opium-eater requires enormous doses of 
 opium to produce any effect. A person who habitually takes purgatives re- 
 quires very strong ones to open the bowels. 
 
 4. Idiosyncrasy. The susceptibility to drugs varies very much. Some 
 persons are salivated by minute doses of mercury, others bear it very well, and 
 there is hardly a drug to which some people are not exceptionally indifferent 
 or susceptible. 
 
 5. Time of Administration. Drugs all act to greatest advantage when 
 given so that their effect will be produced at its natural time. Thus soporifics 
 act best when given in the evening, slowly acting purgatives when given over- 
 night, quickly acting ones when given before breakfast, ergot when given dur- 
 ing labor. [Drugs which are readily decomposed by the contents of the stom- 
 ach should be given when that viscus is empty, preferably a half hour before 
 the meal time. ] 
 
 6. Mode of Administration. We have seen that drugs are rapidly ab- 
 sorbed from the subcutaneous tissues. Therefore a smaller dose is required for 
 subcutaneous injection than when the same drug is given by the stomach, for 
 absorption is slow from the upper gastro-intestinal tract. It is slower still from 
 the rectum [therefore, to produce effects more immediately, the dose must be 
 larger]. Also certain drugs are excreted by the liver or destroyed in it when 
 given by the stomach. Absorption takes place quickly from an empty, slowly 
 from a full stomach. 
 
 7. Mental Emotion. Sometimes if the patient's mind is particularly 
 fixed on the action of the drug, a small dose is powerful. For example, often 
 if the patient is convinced he will sleep, a very small dose of morphine is all 
 that may be required. 
 
 8. Temperature. As the action of the drug on the organism is often 
 partly chemical, the temperature must, in cold-blooded animals and excised 
 structures, as muscle, etc., help to determine its action ; but the temperature of 
 man varies within so few degrees that this is not an important factor in medicine. 
 
 9. Preparation of Drug. A smaller dose of a soluble preparation, as a 
 tincture, will be required than of a solid preparation, as a pill, which will have 
 to be slowly dissolved before absorption [although in the latter case much de- 
 pends upon the process of manufacture]. 
 
 10. Rate of Excretion. It is obvious that, other things being equal, for 
 prompt action a smaller dose will be required of a drug that is rapidly excreted 
 than of one which is slowly excreted. [It is also true that, in order to main- 
 tain a continuous effect from drugs which are rapidly excreted, the doses must 
 be repeated at shorter intervals.] 
 
 ii. Cumulative Action. Sometimes it is found that if a person has 
 been taking a drug regularly, but without the production of any poisonous 
 symptoms, these will suddenly develop. This is said to be due to the cumula- 
 tive action of the drug. It may be caused by the following circumstances : 
 
 (a) The drug may be absorbed more rapidly than it is excreted. This is
 
 PRESCRIBING. 41 
 
 the cause of the cumulative action of mercury and lead, both of which are 
 excreted with difficulty by the kidney. 
 
 (l>) There may be a sudden arrest in the excretion of the drug. It is 
 probable that digitalis and strychnine, when the quantity of them in the tissues 
 reaches a certain amount, contract the renal vessels, and hence excretion is 
 arrested. 
 
 (c) It is possible that, owing to an alteration in the intestinal contents, a 
 drug which was previously very slowly dissolved becomes quickly dissolved, 
 and hence rapidly absorbed. 
 
 12. Disease. The physiological action of drugs, and consequently the 
 dose, are profoundly modified by disease. For example, a patient with peri- 
 tonitis will bear enormous doses of opium. Antipyretics, which do not affect 
 normal temperature, powerfully depress a febrile temperature. 
 
 [The tendency of modern therapeutics is towards smaller and more fre- 
 quently repeated doses. ] 
 
 PRESCRIBING. 
 
 The more complex prescriptions consist of 
 
 (1) The Basis, or principal active ingredient [curare\. 
 
 (2) The Adjuvans, or that which assists its action \_cito\. 
 
 (3) The Corrigens, or that which corrects its operation \_tuto~\. 
 
 (4) The Constituens, vehicle, or excipient, which imparts an agreeable 
 form [jucunde\. 
 
 Thus -the object of every prescription is to cure quickly, safely and pleas- 
 antly. For example [in Pilula Rhei Composita the rhubarb is the basis, the 
 aloes and myrrh form the adjuvans, and the oil of peppermint is the corrigens 
 to prevent the griping]. In Mistura Cretse the cinnamon water is the vehicle. 
 Many drugs do not require anything to assist their action or correct their op- 
 eration. [The scientific physician usually prefers to administer the remedies 
 separately, in order to more accurately observe their effect, and as well to dis- 
 continue, or change the dose of, any one which may be necessary.] 
 
 Incompatibility of ingredients should be particularly 
 avoided in prescriptions. There are three kinds of incompatibility: 
 
 (a) Chemical Incompatibility ; e.g., Glucosides should not be ordered 
 with free acids, which decompose them ; nor Alkaloids or Alkaloidal Salts 
 with alkalies, alkaline salts, tannic acid, iodides, or bromides, for they precipi- 
 tate them. 
 
 Examples of chemical incompatibility are the prescribing of (i) tannic acid 
 or substances containing it with alkaloids or metallic salts, especially those of 
 iron ; (2) vinegars or syrups containing acetic acid prescribed with carbonates 
 lead to the evolution of carbon dioxide ; (3) strychnine sulphate is decomposed 
 by potassium bromide, and strychnine is precipitated ; (4) chloral hydrate and 
 alkalies form chloroform ; (5) quinine sulphate and potassium acetate together 
 cause a voluminous precipitate of quinine acetate ; (6) lime water with mer-
 
 42 
 
 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 cury salts (this incompatibility is intentional in Lotio Nigra and Lotio Flava), 
 precipitates mercuric oxides; it decomposes carbonates and bicarbonates of 
 alkalies ; it precipitates solutions of quinine and morphine salts; (7) corrosive 
 mercuric chloride is incompatible with most substances. 
 
 The following table, drawn up by Potter \_Materia Medic a, Pharmacy and 
 Therapeutics, jth Ed., p. 540] shows the most important instance* 
 of solutions which mutually precipitate each other. The letter " /"' 
 means "forms a precipitate with" 
 
 
 a 
 
 JO 
 
 a 
 
 . 
 
 IH 
 
 O 
 
 g 
 
 
 1 
 
 umin 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 s * 
 
 *J 
 
 
 r^ * 
 
 
 
 3 jj. 
 
 3J 
 
 u . 
 
 sr . 
 
 <-2 
 
 SOLUTIONS OF 
 
 3% 
 
 C/) t, 
 C 
 
 
 "e5 
 
 8* 
 
 Sj2 
 wlS 
 
 o **> 
 
 
 M 
 
 a oa 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 O o 
 
 
 3~ 
 
 s 
 
 p 
 1 
 
 _3 
 
 _3 
 
 _3 
 
 "o 
 
 Alkalies 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 P 
 
 P 
 
 
 Tannic acid 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 Carbonic acid and Carbonates . . 
 
 P 
 
 p 
 
 P 
 
 P 
 
 P 
 
 
 Sulphuric acid and Sulphates . 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 P 
 
 
 
 Phosphoric acid and Phosphates . 
 
 P 
 
 p 
 
 P 
 
 P 
 
 P 
 
 . 
 
 Boric acid and Borates .... 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 Hydrochloric acid and Chlorides . 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 Hydrobromic acid and Bromides 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 Hydriodic acid and Iodides . . . 
 
 p 
 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 Sulphides . 
 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 Arsenical Preparations .... 
 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 Albumin 
 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 With the following drugs it is particularly difficult to avoid chemical 
 
 incompatibility. 
 Antipyrin. 
 Chlorine in solution. 
 Liquid preparations of Iron. 
 Lead salts. 
 Zinc salts. 
 Silver salts. 
 Corrosive Mercuric Chloride 
 
 (especially). 
 Iodine and the Iodides. 
 All Bromides. 
 
 Potassium Permanganate. 
 
 Potassium Acetate. 
 
 Nitrites. 
 
 Tannic Acid. 
 
 Gallic Acid. 
 
 Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilutum. 
 
 Mineral Acids. 
 
 Liquor Potassae. 
 
 Quinine Sulphate. 
 
 Tincture of Guaiacum. 
 
 Substances rich in oxygen, as chlorates, iodates, permanganates, picrates, 
 nitrates and bichromates should not be'mixed with readily oxidizable sub-
 
 PRESCRIBING. 43 
 
 stances, such as charcoal, sulphur, iodine, carbolic acid, glycerin, turpentine, 
 and organic compounds generally, for explosive compounds are very liable to 
 be formed. 
 
 Poisonous compounds may be formed by the admixture of substances 
 in solution: e.g., potassium chlorate and the syrup of ferrous iodide liberate 
 iodine ; diluted hydrocyanic acid and calomel form mercuric cyanide ; potas- 
 sium chlorate and potassium iodide form, at the temperature of the body, a 
 poisonous compound, probably potassium iodate. Death has occurred owing 
 to patients having taken some of these careless prescriptions. 
 
 If, in a mixture, incompatibles are inevitable, they should both be diluted 
 with the vehicle before they are added to each other. The careful prescriber 
 will avoid combining any of the above incompatible substances. 
 
 (&) Physical Incompatibility. This occurs when the mixture of the sub- 
 stances will not form a clear solution ; e.g., insoluble powders and oils will not 
 mix with water, the addition of which, to some spirits and all resinous tinctures, 
 and to [fluid] extract of male fern causes a precipitate ; if an acid mixture is 
 flavored with liquorice, the acid precipitates glycyrrhizin ; an alcoholic solu- 
 tion added to chloral hydrate causes all the chloral to rise to the top. 
 
 In such cases the aqueous solution may be thickened so that the precipitate 
 is suspended in it to form an emulsion, but even then the mixture must be 
 shaken before a dose is taken. Mucilage of acacia, freshly made, is the 
 best emulsifying agent. The substances incompatible with it are mentioned 
 on p. 22. It should be made perfectly fresh. The addition of a little almond 
 oil improves its appearance. 
 
 I pt. of most fixed oils requires of acacia ^ pt., water I pt. 
 i pt. of balsam of Peru " 2 " i^ 
 
 X pt. of oil of turpentine " I "I 
 
 Tragacanth [because its preparations keep better] is often used to form an 
 emulsion or a suspension, and sometimes yolk of egg or milk are employed. 
 Liquor Potassae much facilitates the admixture of fixed oils and water 
 [although] it often acts chemically on the ingredients of the prescription. 
 Tincture of senega aids the emulsification of any oil, even in small quantities, 
 itl x ; .60 c.c., being sufficient for an ounce ; 30. c.c., of a fixed oil. [Ex- 
 tractum quillajse, one grain; .06 gm., dissolved in one ounce; 30. c.c., of 
 water, will make a tolerably permanent emulsion with one ounce ; 30. c.c. of 
 fixed oil, or one drachm; 4. c.c., of oleoresin.] Magnesium carbonate is 
 employed to aid the diffusion of an oil in water through which air is to be in- 
 haled. Resinous tinctures require an emulsifying agent ; an equal part of 
 mucilage of acacia is the best. The suspension of oil of turpentine in mucilage 
 of acacia is a very common non-official example of an emulsion. 
 
 (t) Pharmacological Incompatibility ; e.g., the combination of purgatives 
 with astringents. Sometimes this is intentional, as in the occasional addition 
 of atropine to a hypodermatic solution of morphine. After the description of 
 each drug, those that are incompatible with it will be enumerated.
 
 44 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 THE PRESCRIPTION. 
 
 The details of a prescription should be written in the follow- 
 ing order : 
 
 Theyfrrf part is the Superscription, which is the sign R , an abbreviation 
 for Recipe, "Take." 
 
 The second part is the Inscription, consisting of the names of the drugs in 
 the genitive case (the vehicle in the accusative if ad is used with it), and their 
 doses in the accusative. 
 
 The third part is the Subscription, that is to say, the directions to the dis- 
 penser. This in England and most other countries is written in Latin, but in 
 France it is in the language of the country. 
 
 The/ourtA part is the Signature, that is to say, the directions to the patient 
 (from the Latin " Signelur," let it be labelled). This is written in English. 
 
 Theyf/?A part consists of the [physician's] name or initials at the bottom 
 on the right, the patient* s name at the bottom on the left, and under it the 
 date ; thus : 
 
 Superscription. R . 
 
 Inscription. Tincturae Ferri Chloridi, flj iij ; [12. c.c.], (basis). 
 
 Quininae Hydrochloratis, gr. xxx ; [2. gm. ], (adjuvans). 
 Magnesii Sulphatis, ^ij; [60. gm.], (corrigens). 
 Glycerini, fl ^ ij ; [60. c.c.], (corrigtns). 
 Infusum [Cinchonae], ad fl^ viij ; [240. c.c.], (excipient). 
 Subscription. Fiat mistura. 
 
 Signature. Take one table-spoonful three times daily, two hours after 
 meals. A. B. C. (physician's initials). 
 
 William Smith, Esq. (patient's name). 
 
 1 6th June, 1901 (date). 
 
 [On the continent and in countries where the metric system is generally 
 employed] the quantities, either of fluids or solids, are expressed in grammes, 
 so that the abbreviation is omitted ; [60. meaning 60. gm. or 60. c.c. as the 
 substance may be solid or liquid. ] 
 
 Abbreviations. Although abbreviations are objectionable, yet this pre- 
 scription could be written thus : 
 
 R. Tinct. Fer. Chlor., 83 iij; [12. c.c.] 
 Quin. Hydrochlor., gr. xxx. ; [2. gm.] 
 Mag. Sulphat, ij 5 [- g 111 -] 
 Glycer., fl J ij ; [60. c.c.] 
 Inf. [Cinch.] ad fl J viij ; [240. c.c.] 
 F. m. 
 
 S. Take one table-spoonful thrice daily, two hours after meals. 
 William Smith, Esq. A. B. C. 
 
 1 6th June, 1901. 
 S, ts. and/r. are abbreviations for semi, a half, and aa for ana, of each.
 
 THE PRESCRIPTION. 45 
 
 The following is a prescription for a pill : 
 
 R. Extract! Nucis Vomicse, gr. ^ ; [.015 gm.]. 
 Extracti Euonymi. 
 
 Aloini, aa gr. ss. ; [.03 gm.]. 
 
 Hydrargyri Chloridi [Mitis], gr. j. ; [.06 gm. ]. 
 Extractum Hyoscyami, ad gr. v-. ; [.30 gm.]. 
 Fiat Pilula. Mitte 24. 
 
 [S. ] Take one immediately before dinner every evening. 
 William Smith, Esq. A. B. C. 
 
 1 6th June, 1901. 
 
 It will be observed that the quantities in the prescription are for one pill 
 only, and the [apothecary] is directed to send 24. Often, however, the pre- 
 scription is written with the quantity of each ingredient necessary to make the 
 full number of pills. Thus : 
 
 R. Extracti Nucis Vomicae, gr. vj. ; [.36 gm.]. 
 
 Extracti Euonymi. 
 
 Aloini, aagr. xij.; [.75 gm.]. 
 
 Hydrargyri Chloridi [ Mitis J, gr. xxiv. ; [1.50 gm.]. 
 Extractum Hyoscyami, ad gr. cxx. ; [8 gm.]. 
 
 Fiat Pilulse 24. 
 
 [S.] Take one immediately before dinner every evening. 
 William Smith, Esq. A. B. C. 
 
 1 6th June, 1901. 
 
 Prescriptions for powders are also written in either way. 
 The medicine may be prescribed as a pill when it is required that the 
 patient shall carry it about with him, when only a small dose is needed, when 
 it is desirable that it shall act slowly, when it is required to act on the lower 
 bowel, when it is insoluble or nauseous, or when it is difficult to prescribe in 
 the liquid form. Kaolin is the best basis for substances, as potassium perman- 
 ganate, which are decomposed by contact with organic matter. 
 
 Oils, and volatile, deliquescent or bulky substances should not be prescribed 
 as pills, as they require much solid excipient ; nor should pills be used for 
 substances required to act immediately. Insoluble or very [disagreeable] 
 powders are often given in cachets. 
 
 Abbreviations should be employed as little as possible. Serious mistakes 
 have happened because the abbreviations have been ambiguous. The follow- 
 ing are especially to be avoided : 
 
 Acid. Hydroc. (may be Acidum Hydrochloricum or Acidum Hydrocy- 
 
 anicum). 
 
 Ext. CoL ( " " Extractum Col chici or Extractum Colocynthidis). 
 
 Hyd. Chlor. ( " " Calomel, Corrosive sublimate or Chloral hydrate).
 
 46 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 Hyd. (may be Hydrargyrum, Hydras, Hydriodas, Hydrochloras 
 
 or Hydrocyanicus). 
 Sulph. ( " " Sulphur, Sulphide, Sulphate, or Sulphite). 
 
 Sometimes the signature is written in Latin, and it is often abbreviated. A 
 list of such abbreviations is given in the appendix. 
 
 In Great Britain [and in the United States] it is always understood, unless 
 otherwise stated, that the preparations are those of the Pharmacopoeia. 
 
 Ad. The prescriber should be careful in deciding whether or not to use 
 this word before the vehicle. If it had been left out in the prescription given 
 [on p. 44], the bulk of the mixture would have been nearly 10% fluid ounces ; 
 [315. c.c.], and the amount of the ingredients in each dose would have been 
 less than was intended. 
 
 Dispensing the Prescription. The dispenser should bear the following 
 rules in mind : (l) Read the prescription through first. (2) Next write the 
 directions, so that they have time to dry. (3) Solution by heat should not be 
 used if more of the salt is ordered than will dissolve in cold water. In such 
 case it must be suspended. (4) With fluids, measure them in such an order 
 that the measuring glass shall be finally rinsed out with the vehicle. (5) Use 
 glass scale pans. (6) Clean and put away everything directly after use. 
 (7) If in the slightest doubt ask the prescriber. (8) If finally the prescription 
 contains any insoluble matter, label "Shake the bottle." (9) If the medicine 
 is very poisonous, label it as such and use a distinctive bottle. (10) If for 
 outward application only, [label it as such]. (li) In dispensing substances 
 chemically incompatible, if there is any likelihood that the new body formed 
 is dangerous, communicate with the prescriber before dispensing (e.g., Potas- 
 sium Iodide prescribed with Spiritus ./Etheris Nitrosi forms free iodine ; alka- 
 loids are precipitated by alkalies). Should there be no such reason against 
 dispensing the prescription (e.g., Liquor Potassae and Ferrum Dialysatum), 
 keep the incompatibles as far apart as possible by diluting each with the 
 vehicle before mixing. 
 
 PHARMACOLOGICAL AND THERAPEUTICAL ACTIONS. 
 
 When the action of a drug is spoken of, the physiological 
 action is usually understood. 
 
 The primary action is that due to the unaltered drug ; e.g., the emetic 
 action of zinc sulphate. 
 
 The secondary action is that due to compounds formed from the drug 
 whilst it is in the body ; e.g., the antiseptic effect on the urine of Uva Ursi 
 taken by the mouth is probably due to the fact that arbutin, the active principle 
 of Uva Ursi, is in its passage througlf the kidney decomposed into a glucoside 
 and hydroquinone, and the latter is a powerful antiseptic. 
 
 The direct or local action of a drug is that produced on any organ with
 
 PHARMACOLOGICAL AND THERAPEUTICAL ACTIONS. 47 
 
 which it comes in contact ; e.g. , the cantharidin in cantharides, in being ex- 
 creted through the kidney, causes inflammation of it. 
 
 The indirect or remote action is a secondary effect, the result of the 
 direct effect ; e.g. , curare paralyzes the respiratory muscles, consequently the 
 blood becomes venous, and therefore convulsions take place. In this case the 
 venosity of the blood and the convulsions are each of them indirect actions 
 of curare. 
 
 It is clear that among drugs acting on the same parts, the total effect will 
 depend very much upon which part is first affected. For example, atropine 
 and curare will paralyze motor nerves, but atropine first affects the terminations 
 of the vagus, and only late in its action the motor nerves of the voluntary and 
 respiratory muscles ; hence paralysis and asphyxia are late symptoms, and a 
 rapid pulse is an early symptom. Curare, however, early affects the nerve- 
 endings of the voluntary and respiratory muscles, and the heart towards the 
 end ; therefore asphyxia and paralysis occur early, and a rapid pulse is a late 
 symptom. 
 
 Relation between Chemical Constitution and Physiological Action. 
 There is no doubt that the physiological action of a drug often depends upon 
 its chemical constitution. Naturally, substances which are broken up in the 
 body in such a way as to lead to the liberation of a common element or group 
 will have a similar action. Probably, also, the action of a drug depends upon 
 electrolytic dissociation of its solutions. 
 
 Instances in which chemical constitution influences action are the similarity 
 of effects of nitrites, the fact that all chlorides, bromides, and iodides of ethane 
 and methane are anaesthetic, the similarity of action of the iodides of many 
 metals and the similai ity of action of bromides of many metals. 
 
 Substitution of one radical for another in organic compounds often strikingly 
 modifies their action ; for example, if strychnine, brucine and thebaine are 
 converted into meihyl-strychnine, methyl-brucine and methyl-thebaine, the 
 convulsive action of each of the first three substances is replaced by a para- 
 lyzing action. The effect of substitution may be also well seen in the various 
 derivatives of atropine and cocaine, and in the relation of aconitine to benz- 
 aconine and aconine. Another very interesting case in point is that methyl- 
 glucoside is sweet, ethyl-glucoside is somewhat sweet, phenyl-glucoside is 
 bitter, and benzyl-glucoside is intensely bitter. 
 
 Sometimes the position of the radicals in the molecule is of great physio- 
 logical importance ; thus resorcin (metadihydroxy-benzene) is very sweet, 
 while pyrocatechin (orthodihydro-benzene) is bitter. 
 
 Sometimes the atomic weight appears to influence the intensity of action, 
 for the relative toxicity of various alcohols is as follows : Methyl-alcohol, O.8 ; 
 ethyl-alcohol, i.o ; propyl-alcohol, 2.0; butyl-alcohol, 3.0; amyl-alcohol, 
 4.0. The difficulty of the whole subject is, however, so great that it is impos- 
 sible at present to lay down laws sufficiently general to be of any use to the 
 beginner. It must be remembered that dissimilarity of action is often more 
 apparent than real, for it may be due to varying solubility, digestibility, rate
 
 48 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 of absorption, rate of elimination, or rate of osmosis, also to the organ which 
 happens to be first affected, and the degree to which the drug can dissolve the 
 constituents of tissues. 
 
 Drugs may be classified according to the parts on which they act, and 
 before describing each individual drug, a classification on this principle will be 
 given. 
 
 DIVISION I. DRUGS ACTING UPON ORGANISMS WHICH INFECT THE 
 HUMAN BODY, OR UPON PROCESSES GOING ON OUTSIDE IT. 
 
 Antiseptics are drugs which arrest putrefaction, either by 
 preventing the growth of, or completely destroying the micro- 
 organism on which decomposition depends. Some authors limit 
 the use of the word to those drugs which [restrain the devel- 
 opment] of micro-organisms, and call those substances which 
 destroy the [vitality of] micro-organisms, [germicides or] dis- 
 infectants. [The term disinfectant, by extension, is applied to 
 those agents which kill non-pathogenic bacteria as well as to those 
 which destroy disease germs.] 
 
 Statements are most discordant as to whether certain substances 
 are antiseptics, and as to the strength of their antiseptic power. 
 This is because antiseptics act differently on different organisms ; 
 and the distinction has not been drawn between preventing the 
 growth of, and destroying micro-organisms. Also because the 
 power of antiseptics depends upon the temperature at which 
 they act, the medium in which they are dissolved, the strength 
 of the solution, the time given them to act, and the number of 
 micro-organisms present in the substances to which they are 
 added. 
 
 To properly test the value of an antiseptic the above condi- 
 tions must be noted. All instruments and substances except the 
 fluid containing the micro-organisms to be tested are heated so 
 that any adventitious micro-organisms are destroyed. A cultivat- 
 ing medium, such as agar-agar jelly, in which the micro organisms 
 will grow, is selected, and two test-tubes, each containing some 
 of it, are taken ; to one of these the supposed antiseptic is added. 
 Some fluid containing the micro-organisms is then added to both 
 test-tubes ; both are plugged with sterilized cotton to prevent the 
 entrance of germs from the air, and it is observed whether the
 
 DRUGS ACTING UPON ORGANISMS INFECTING THE BODY. 49 
 
 micro-organisms will grow in the tube containing no antiseptic, 
 but not in that containing the antiseptic. As the power of an 
 antiseptic depends on so many circumstances, no exact order of 
 their potency can be given, but roughly the more powerful are 
 placed first in the following list ; the last are very feeble. 
 
 1. Heat. This is the best antiseptic, but a temperature of at least 212 F. 
 [100 C. ] is required. After an infectious fever, clothing, bedding, etc., may 
 be heated in a dry-air chamber to between 200 and 300 F. [93.5 and 149 
 C.] ; or what is far better, as dry air does not penetrate the spores nearly so 
 well as moist, and the interior of the rolls of fabrics often hardly gets heated 
 at all, steam under pressure may be driven through them. Another useful way 
 is to boil the infected things in water. Surgical instruments are disinfected in 
 this way [but one per cent, of washing soda (sodium carbonate) should be 
 added to the water to prevent their rusting]. 
 
 2. Corrosive Mercuric Chloride. A solution of i in 1000 is constantly 
 used for washing hands, and for many other purposes connected with midwifery 
 and surgical operations. [For most uses one part to 3 or 5000 of water or 
 even weaker, is the limit of safety. Gauze of the strength of I to 2000 will 
 blister, if the skin is damp. 
 
 3. Formaldehyde, of which the forty per cent, solution is known as For- 
 malin, has extraordinary power as a surface disinfectant, greater than that of 
 any known substance. It is especially useful for the disinfection of rooms and 
 their contents when volatilized from a specially constructed lamp.] 
 
 4. Chlorine is, as a rule, too irritating. Chlorine gas, disengaged by the 
 action of hydrochloric acid on manganese dioxide, may be used to disinfect a 
 room, the windows, chimneys and doors of which are sealed. It must be 
 remembered that it attacks and bleaches many substances. 
 
 5. Chlorinated Lime [is the best antiseptic for all excreta (Sternberg)]. 
 
 6. Bromine, and, 7, Iodine are rarely used, as they are too irritating. 
 
 8. Carbolic acid is used [but infrequently. If surgical instruments have 
 been previously sterilized, the use of carbolic acid indicates a distrust, on the 
 part of the surgeon, of his assistants.] 
 
 9. Quinine, and, 10, Salicylic acid are too expensive for ordinary use. 
 
 11. lodoform is commonly used to dust upon wounds, etc. 
 
 12. Boric acid is used for many surgical purposes. 
 
 13. Zinc chloride, and, 14, Potassium permanganate, are much used 
 domestically. 
 
 15. Solution of Hydrogen dioxide is the ingredient of [various popular 
 disinfectants]. 
 
 16. Oleum Eucalypti is used in surgery. 
 
 17. Sulphurous acid, disengaged by the burning of sulphur, is used to 
 disinfect rooms.
 
 5O PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 18. Creosote, ig. Benzoin, 20. Zinc sulphate, 21. Ferric oxide, 22. 
 Thymol, 23. Alcohol, 24. Balsam of Tolu, 25. Balsam of Peru, are none 
 of them much used. 
 
 26. Lysol, Creolin [and various cresol compounds] are not pharmacopceial, 
 but they are powerful and much employed. 
 
 We do not know of any drugs which, when taken internally 
 or inhaled, will certainly destroy micro-organisms, either in the 
 gastro-intestinal tract or respiratory passages, unless they are suf- 
 ficiently concentrated to be fatal to the patient. Some authori- 
 ties, however, consider that naphtol, calomel, and some other 
 substances will destroy many varieties of micro-organisms in the 
 stomach and intestines. [The fact is often lost sight of that an 
 infinitely small amount of a remedy which could not be admin- 
 istered in sufficient amounts to destroy, will often completely in- 
 hibit the growth of micro-organisms, and thus should be classed 
 as an antiseptic.] 
 
 Deodorants, or deodorizers, are substances which destroy 
 disagreeable smells. There are too many for enumeration. 
 Many antiseptics are deodorizers. [Charcoal is often called a 
 disinfectant, but it is merely a deodorizer ; it is powerless if it 
 is wet.] 
 
 Antizymotics. This is a word sometimes applied to drugs 
 which arrest fermentation. 
 
 Anthelmintics are drugs which kill such parasitic worms as 
 infest the alimentary canal. Three kinds only are commonly 
 met with in the temperate zone. 
 
 (1) Tape- worm ( Tania solium and Tctnia mediocanellafa}. Anthelmin- 
 tics : [Aspidium] (mostly used), Oleum Terebinthinae, [Kamala,] Ctfsso, 
 Granatum, [and Pepo.]. 
 
 (2) Round-worm (Ascaris lumbricoides). Anthelmintics : Sanfonin, 
 [and Spi^elia and Senna.] 
 
 (3) Thread-worm (Oxyuris vermicularis}. Anthelmintics: Rectal in- 
 jections of salt water, infusion of quassia, solutions of iron salts, or di- 
 luted oil of turpentine. It is doubtful whether these drugs (except turpen- 
 tine) relieve the patient by killing the thread-worms which inhabit the rectum, 
 or merely, by removal of mucus, render this part unfit for them. [It is prob- 
 able that rectal injections are useless. Large soap and water enemata, the 
 patient being in the knee chest position, give the best results. (Whittaker.)].
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE BLOOD. 5 I 
 
 Anthelmintics for the tape or round-worm should be given 
 when the alimentary tract is empty. Hence it is a good plan to 
 give a dose of castor oil a few hours before the anthelmintic, so 
 as to ensure that the drug comes in contact with the worm. To 
 expel the dead parasite a purgative should be given a few hours 
 after the anthelmintic. [Castor oil should not be used if aspidium 
 has been administered.] Purgatives used for this purpose are 
 called Vermifuges. Vermicide is a term sometimes applied 
 to drugs which kill intestinal entozoa. 
 
 Antiparasitics or parasiticides are substances which destroy 
 parasites. The term is usually applied to those which destroy 
 parasites infesting the skin. 
 
 (1) For the various forms of tinea the following are used : Mercurial 
 preparations, especially the oleate, tincture of iodine, [glycerite] of carbolic 
 acid, an ointment of pyrogallic acid, a boric acid lotion, a salicylic acid 
 lotion, acidum sulphurosum, [formaldehyde] and thymol; and if the 
 patches are small, severe irritants, as croton oil, cantharides, and chrysa- 
 robin ointment. Tinea versicolor never requires severe irritants. 
 
 (2) As a parasiticide for itch, sulphur ointment is generally used. Bal- 
 sam of Peru and [Styrax] are also effectual. 
 
 (3) Pediculi vestimentorum will be killed by any mild parasiticide. 
 Unguentum Staphisagriae [unofficial ; i part powdered seed, 2 parts each, 
 olive oil and lard], is often used. 
 
 (4) Pediculi capitis and pediculi pubis are also easily killed by mild 
 parasiticides; mercurials are commonly employed, so also is Unguentum 
 Staphisagriae. 
 
 Antiperiodics are drugs which arrest the return of diseases 
 which recur periodically. Some, and probably all, act as direct 
 poisons to the micro-organism causing the disease. 
 
 They are cinchona bark, quinine and its salts (by far the most powerful), 
 cinchonine, arsenous acid, eucalyptus, hydrastis, salicin, salicylic acid 
 [and berberine]. They are used for all forms of intermittent fever and 
 neuralgia. 
 
 DIVISION II. DRUGS ACTING ON THE BLOOD. 
 
 A. Drugs acting on the Plasma. Many substances must 
 after absorption exist in solution in the plasma, and purgatives, 
 diuretics and diaphoretics must alter the composition of the 
 plasma by abstracting substances from it ; but while drugs are
 
 $2 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 given with the object of acting on the plasma it is in order to 
 render it more alkaline : we know no drugs which will make it 
 acid, or even markedly reduce the natural alkalinity of the 
 plasma, as the mineral acids can only exist in it in the form of 
 neutral salts. 
 
 The alkalizers of the plasma are salts of 
 
 (1) Potassium. (4) Lithium. 
 
 (2) Sodium. (5) Magnesium. 
 
 (3) Ammonium. (6) Calcium. 
 
 This is approximately the order of their alkalizing power. Potassium is 
 certainly the most powerful, while calcium is very feeble. 
 
 The citrates and tartrates of these metals are decomposed in 
 the plasma into alkaline carbonates. As alkalies unite with 
 uric acid and form soluble urates, they are given with the hope 
 that this will occur in the plasma. The diuretic effect of the 
 alkali aids the excretion of the urates. 
 
 Therapeutics. The chief use of alkalies is their adminis- 
 tration in jjout, in which disease the uric acid is greatly in ex- 
 cess in the plasma. As the treatment has to be continued for 
 some time, a preparation which does not [disturb] digestion, 
 such as potassium citrate, is usually preferred, or lithium citrate, 
 for the lithium compound of uric acid is very soluble in water ; 
 but the value of lithium is doubtful, as it does not increase the 
 solubility of urates in the plasma. For the same purpose the 
 [numerous] natural alkaline waters are frequently prescribed. 
 
 In lead-poisoning the lead is locked up in the tissues in a 
 very sparingly soluble form. Potassium iodide was given be- 
 cause some authorities believed it increased the solubility of lead 
 in the plasma, and consequently facilitated its excretion by the 
 kidneys. 
 
 Alkalies have been largely used in rheumatic fever, on the 
 assumption that there is a deleterious agent in the plasma, and 
 that its solubility is increased by increasing the alkalinity of the 
 plasma ; but this treatment has now been abandoned in favor of 
 that by salicylates. For the same theoretical reason alkalies have 
 been given in rheumatoid arthritis.
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE BLOOD. 53 
 
 Purgatives, diaphoretics and diuretics necessarily alter 
 the composition of the plasma, and are largely used when there 
 is much oedema of any part, or effusion into serous cavities, in 
 the hope that as fast as these remedies drain off fluid from the 
 plasma it will be replaced by that which is effused pathologically. 
 Also they are given in conditions, as uraemia, in which it is 
 thought that there are poisons in the blood, in order that their 
 excretion may be hastened. 
 
 The composition of the plasma can also be altered directly 
 either by venesection or transfusion. 
 
 B. Drugs acting on the Red Corpuscles. The most 
 important are those which can increase the amount of haemo- 
 globin when that is deficient. Strictly speaking, all these have 
 a pathological and not a physiological action, for we know of no 
 drugs which will increase the amount of iron in perfectly healthy 
 blood. These drugs are called hsematinics. 
 
 They are 
 
 (1) Iron and its salts. 
 
 (2) Arsenous acid. 
 
 (3) Potassium permanga- 
 
 nate (doubtful). 
 
 (4) Copper salts ~| 
 
 (5) Hydrochloric acid 
 
 (6) Potassium salts 
 
 (7) Phosphorus 
 
 j- (doubtful). 
 
 They not only increase the quantity of haemoglobin in each 
 corpuscle, but also the number of red corpuscles. Their action is 
 much aided by good food, fresh air, and attention to the general 
 health, and especially to the digestive organs. The mode of 
 action of these haematinics is very obscure, and will be discussed 
 under each drug. Iron is by far the most important and effectual. 
 
 Indirect haematinics are drugs which benefit the patient 
 by removing some obvious cause for his deficiency in haemoglobin, 
 or anaemia, as it is generally termed. Such are mercury, given 
 for syphilis, quinine for ague, etc. 
 
 Alcohol and quinine diminish the oxygenating power of the blood, for 
 they render oxy haemoglobin a more stable compound than it usually is, but 
 their action in this direction is slight. Citrates and tartrates of the alkaline 
 metals are partially oxidized to carbonates at the expense of the oxygen of th> 
 red blood-corpuscles.
 
 54 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 The size of the red blood-corpuscles is said to be diminished by carbon 
 [dioxide], quinine and morphine, and to be increased by oxygen, hydrocyanic 
 acid, and quinine ; and their number is said to be increased by small doses of 
 mercury. 
 
 A large amount of sodium chloride causes the red corpuscles to pass 
 rapidly through the walls of the capillaries. 
 
 Quinine and hydrocyanic acid diminish the ozonizing power of the blood. 
 
 There are some drugs which are not employed therapeutically 
 for their action on the blood, which are nevertheless very im- 
 portant physiologically and toxicologically, for they kill by alter- 
 ing the composition of the haemoglobin, thus preventing 
 its uniting with oxygen. Such are carbonic oxide, which turns 
 out the oxygen from oxyhaemoglobin, hydrocyanic acid, which 
 forms cyano-haemoglobin, and potassium chlorate. Acetanilid, 
 antipyrin, phenacetin, and nitrites, especially amyl nitrite, con- 
 vert the haemoglobin into methaemoglobin ; acetanilid, amyl 
 nitrite, potassium chlorate, and pyrogallic acid destroy the red 
 corpuscles. 
 
 Phosphorus, arsenic, hydrogen [sulphide], turpentine, iodine, and sulphur 
 also reduce oxyhaemoglobin. Phosphorus is especially destructive to the blood. 
 
 When freshly drawn blood is exposed to the air its oxidization is dimin- 
 ished by hydrocyanic acid, alcohol, chloroform, quinine, morphine, nicotine, 
 strychnine, and brucine. 
 
 C. Drugs acting on the White Corpuscles. Most if 
 not all drugs which are poisonous to amoebae are poisons to white 
 corpuscles when applied in sufficient strength, which, however, 
 is rarely the case in the human body. All irritants which set 
 up inflammation cause the white blood-corpuscles to wander 
 through the capillary walls ; and all the cinchona alkaloids, 
 viz., quinine, quinidine, cinchonine, and cinchonidine, have the 
 power of arresting this migration ; of these, quinine is the most 
 powerful. [Berberine sulphate and] acetanilid are also 
 powerful. If the quinine is circulating in the capillaries, it pre- 
 vents the white corpuscles from wandering out ; if it is applied 
 to the outside of the vessels, it prevents the corpuscles from 
 wandering away from the vessel through the wall of which they 
 have passed.
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE CARDIAC MECHANISM. 55 
 
 Veratrine applied to white corpuscles outside the body kills them. 
 
 Camphor, myrrh and other aromatics are said to increase their production 
 by increasing absorption from the intestine. 
 
 The following facts do not fall under any of the previous headings : Poi- 
 sonous doses of mercury increase the fluidity of the blood, impair its power 
 of coagulation, and diminish the solids in it. Cod-liver oil increases the solids 
 of the blood. Potassium iodide and calcium salts [especially the chloride] are 
 said to increase the power of coagulation ; other substances doing this will be 
 described under astringents. 
 
 DIVISION III. DRUGS ACTING ON THE CARDIAC MECHANISM. 
 
 The heart is capable of spontaneously originating impulses 
 which in health begin in the sinus venosus, and spread down- 
 wards over the auricle and the ventricle to the apex. It used to 
 be considered that these movements were due to spontaneous 
 impulses proceeding from the cardiac ganglia surrounding chiefly 
 the entrance of the superior and inferior venae cavae, the entrance 
 of the pulmonary veins, and the auriculo-ventricular groove ; but 
 we now know that there is no certain evidence that these ganglia 
 originate impulses, and most of the evidence goes to show that 
 the contraction of the muscular fibres is due to spontaneous im- 
 pulses arising in them. This contractile power of the muscular 
 fibres can be inhibited by the vagus, the fibres of which proceed 
 from the vagal nucleus in the medulla, and can be augmented by 
 the augmentor or accelerator nerve-fibres, which proceed down- 
 wards in the cervical spinal cord to the upper dorsal nerves, from 
 which they pass through the first thoracic ganglion to the sym- 
 pathetic, and so to the cardiac plexus, and thence to the heart. 
 We are ignorant of any function for the cardiac ganglia ; we 
 know that medullated nerve-fibres lose their medulla in them, 
 and that more fibres proceed from them than enter them. Possi- 
 bly they have a nutritive function. We have, therefore, only to 
 consider the action of drugs on the muscular substance of the 
 heart, on the vagal or inhibitory fibres, on the vagal centre, on 
 the augmentor, accelerator, or sympathetic fibres, and on the 
 accelerator centre. The centres are remarkably easily affected 
 by afferent impulses, proceeding from the heart itself or from 
 almost any part of the body. Our information concerning the
 
 56 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 action of drugs on the heart of man is necessarily rather inexact, 
 for many experiments are difficult to perform upon the mammalian 
 heart, consequently the cold-blooded animals have been largely 
 used ; and as some differences a^e observed among them for 
 example, between the ftog and the tortoise it is probable that 
 the deductions drawn from experiments upon the hearts of warm- 
 blooded animals are not wholly applicable to man. In the fol- 
 lowing account of drugs the action described is that of a moderate 
 dose ; the action of a large dose is generally the reverse of that 
 of a moderate dose. 
 
 A. Drugs acting upon the Heart directly. Our knowl- 
 edge of these has been gained by studying the action of drugs 
 upon excised hearts or pieces of the heart, and the action of 
 drugs locally applied to the heart, either by gently applying a 
 solution externally, or by means of a [transfusion] cannula. It is 
 difficult to decide whether a drug acts upon the muscular fibre 
 itself, or upon the fine nerves between these fibres, so that no 
 attempt will here be made to distinguish between these actions. 
 As the apex of the heart contains fewer nerves than the rest 
 of the organ, it has been concluded that if a drug acts upon the 
 apex, when it is cut off from the remainder of the heart, it acts 
 upon the muscle only ; but it would be difficult absolutely to 
 deny the existence of fine nerve-fibres in the apex. The vagus 
 or inhibitory nervous mechanism has been much more studied 
 than the accelerating. The effect of stimulating the muscle may 
 be either to increase the rate or the force of the beat, or to do 
 both ; that of stimulating the minute branches of the vagus or 
 its terminations in the heart will be either to diminish the rate 
 or the force of the beat, or both ; and the effect of stimulating 
 the accelerator fibres will be just the opposite ; and in each 
 of these cases the effect of paralyzing will be the reverse of stimu- 
 lating. The distinction between a stimulating effect on the ter- 
 minations of the vagus and a depressing effect on the termina- 
 tions of the accelerator nerves might be determined by observing 
 the effect of stimulation of each of these nerves before and after 
 the local application of the drug, provided that it has been 
 shown that the muscle itself is not affected by the drug ; but this
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE CARDIAC MECHANISM. 
 
 57 
 
 is often difficult to prove. It is easily seen that the complexity 
 of the problem is so great that it will be most convenient to 
 classify the drugs which act locally on the heart by the effect 
 they produce, without attempting to say whether they act on the 
 muscle or nerve terminations. 
 
 Drugs increasing the force of the contraction : 
 
 ^(i) Digitalis. *Q- ^> (6) Convallaria Majaais. 
 
 (2) Strophanthus.g),. X. i ' j? (7) Caffeine. 
 
 (3) [Spa/teine.] 
 7 (4; Squill, f^ 
 
 (5) Sapo'nin. 
 
 ^ \-j I v*iiiciiic. 
 
 S (8) Veratrine. 
 
 (9) Erythrophlceum. 
 (10) Barium Salts. 
 
 In large doses these drugs in frogs always cause arrest of heart in systole ; 
 in mammals the final arrest may be in diastole with some, e.g., digitalis. 
 They all slow the pulse. 
 
 (13) Dilute solutions of zinc 
 
 double salts. 
 
 Dilute solutions of chloral. ; 
 Physostigfeine. t* 
 Camphor. <$. /t!^.^ 
 
 
 >. 
 
 
 n Dilute solutions of salts 
 of the alkaline metals. 
 (12) Dilute solutions of copper 
 double salts. 
 
 These drugs have the same action without the final arrest in systole. The 
 rate of the pulse is not markedly altered. 
 
 Drugs the chief action of which is to decrease the force of the contraction, 
 usually with stoppage in diastole: .n, ' V~)V (JjL f, "H *tA?- 
 
 ^ (I) Diluted acids. + * ^(7) Mu/carine. '. 
 
 -(8) Pilocarpine. 
 (9) Sapdnin (large doses). 
 
 (2) Strong solutions of salts of 
 the alkaline metals. 
 
 (4) 
 (5) 
 (6) Strong solutions of chloral. 
 
 . . 
 
 (3). " of barium salts. 'Xio) Apomorphine. ffxJ^i. k^ 
 
 (11) Errfetine. 
 
 of copper double salts. 
 
 of zinc double salts. * ^(12) Salicylic acid (large doses). 
 
 Drugs an important action of which is to 
 beat: 
 
 (1) Atropine. 
 
 (2) Hyoscyamine. 
 
 (3) Daturine. 
 
 V 
 
 ^ /iVW 
 'e the rate of the cardiat 
 
 (4) Duboisine 
 
 (5) Cocaine. 
 
 (6) Saponin.
 
 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 Drugs an important action of which is to slow the rate of the cardiac beat 
 (see also first list given above): 
 
 (i) Muscarine. | (2) Pilocarpine. 
 
 Drugs which increase both the force and the number of the beats : 
 
 (1) [Ammonium salts.] 
 
 (2) Alcohol. 
 
 (3) Ether. 
 
 (4) Chloroform. 
 
 (5) [Cactus.] 
 
 (6) Anaesthetics. 
 w (7) Arsenical salts. 
 ' (8) Quinine. 
 (9) Strychnine. 
 
 Drugs which decrease both the force and the number of the beats : 
 
 (i) Antimony salts. 
 V (2) Aconite. 
 
 (3) Hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 
 (4) Ergot. t4#Jfa 
 
 (5) Veratrum Viride. 
 
 (6) [Cevadilla.] 
 
 B. Drugs acting on the Vagus Centre. If we observe 
 that the giving of a drug to an animal alters the beat of the heart, 
 but that this alteration can be done away with, either by cutting 
 the vagi or stimulating the peripheral end of the nerve, if one 
 only of them be cut, we may conclude that the drug acted on 
 the vagus centre in the medulla. 
 
 Drugs which stimulate the vagus 
 slowed, but this slowing disappears on 
 
 (1) Chloroform. 
 
 (2) Chloral hydrate. 
 
 (3) Butyl-chloral [hydrate.] 
 
 (4) Aconite. 
 
 (5) Veratrum Viride. 
 
 (6) Nicotine. 
 
 (7) Digitalis. 
 
 (8) [Sparteine.] 
 
 (9) Strophanthus. 
 
 centre : that is to say, the pulse is 
 section of the vagi : 
 
 (10) Squill.- tyl- 
 
 mi Convallaria Majalis. 
 
 (12) Hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 (13) Cocaine (large doses). 
 
 (14) Staphisagria (Delphinine.) 
 
 (15) Atropine. \ Only very 
 
 (16) Hyoscyamine. \ early in their 
 
 (17) Daturine. ) action. 
 
 (1 8) Increased blood-pressure. 
 
 (19) Venous blood. 
 
 Drugs which depress the vagus centre : Large doses of the drugs men- 
 tioned in the last list, and drugs which diminish the blood-pressure, such as 
 amyl nitrite [nitroglycerin, and the nitrites.] 
 
 C. Drugs acting on the Accelerating Centre. We do 
 not know anything of drugs which depress this. Probably some
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE VESSELS. 59 
 
 stimulate it, for their administration renders the pulse still more 
 rapid after the vagi have been cut. 
 
 They are 
 
 (1) Ammonia. 
 
 (2) Caffeine. 
 
 (3) Picrotoxin. 
 
 (4) [Cactus.] 
 
 (5) Delphinine. 
 
 (6) Any drugs which make the 
 
 blood venous. 
 
 Therapeutics. The drugs most used for their action on the 
 heart are digitalis, strophanthus, [ammonium salts, sparteine], 
 squill, convallaria majalis, caffeine, alcohol, ether, chloroform, 
 [cactus] , strychnine, belladonna, aconite, antimony, and hydro- 
 cyanic acid. The therapeutic indication for each of these drugs 
 will be found given under the individual drug. 
 
 DIVISION IV. DRUGS ACTING ON THE VESSELS. 
 
 These are usually studied either by directly observing altera- 
 tions in the size of the vessels in some thin structure, such as the 
 ear of a rabbit, the mesentery, tongue, lung, web, or mylo-hyoid 
 [muscle] of a frog, or the wing of a bat ; or the rate of the flow 
 may be observed. This can be conveniently done by cutting 
 some part, as the toe of a frog, and noticing the rate at which 
 the blood flows from the cut vessels with and without the admin- 
 istration of the drug to the animal. It is often necessary that an 
 artificial circulation should be maintained ; for if not, it might 
 be difficult to prove that the alteration in the quantity of blood 
 flowing from the cut surface was not due to influences acting on 
 the cardiac mechanism. In order to determine if the changes 
 are due to local or central effects, it is necessary to destroy the 
 spinal cord, or to cut the nerves going to the part. When a drug 
 is applied locally, as to the mesentery, and the vessels alter, if the 
 nerves going to the part are not cut, it is difficult to say whether 
 this alteration is direct or reflex. 
 
 Drugs are applied to the interior of vessels by injecting them 
 into the circulation. 
 
 We know that each vessel is controlled by vaso-constrictor and 
 vaso-dilator nerves, and that these proceed by different paths
 
 6o 
 
 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 from the central nervous system, but we do not know by which 
 set of nerves drugs act ; probably some by the vaso -constrictor, 
 and some by the vaso-dilator. We can only classify the drugs 
 into those which dilate or contract the vessels by local action, 
 and those which produce these effects through their action on the 
 central nervous system. When a drug acts locally we cannot 
 tell whether it "acts on the muscle in the wall of the vessel, or 
 on the nerve terminations. 
 
 It of course follows that drugs acting on the heart, or on a 
 large area, will considerably modify the blood -pressure. 
 
 A. Drugs acting locally on Vessels. 
 
 Drugs which, when locally applied to 
 
 (1) Liquor Ammoniac. 
 
 (2) Silver nitrate 
 
 (3) Zinc chloride [ (strong). 
 
 (4) Copper sulphate J 
 
 (5) Mercuric nitrate. 
 
 (6) Arsenous acid. 
 
 (7) Antimony and potassium 
 
 tartrate. 
 
 (8) Iodine. 
 
 (9) Chlorine. 
 
 (10) Mineral acids (strong), 
 (n) Alcohol. ) If prevented 
 
 (12) Ether. [ from evaporat- 
 
 (13) Chloroform. J ing. 
 
 (14) Carbolic acid. 
 
 (15) Creosote. 
 
 vessels, dilate them : 
 
 (16) All volatile oils, as oils of 
 
 turpentine, and many sub- 
 stances containing them, as 
 mustard, [horse-radish] etc. 
 
 (17) Senega. 
 
 (18) Chrysarobinum. 
 
 (19) Ipecacuanha. 
 
 (20) Capsicum. 
 
 (21) Croton oil. 
 
 (22) Camphor. 
 
 (23) Cantharides. 
 
 (24) Phosphorus. 
 
 (25) Warmth, however applied, 
 
 but usually as a poultice. 
 [This is true if its evanes- 
 cent effect is desired. When 
 long applied it contracts 
 blood-vessels. ] 
 
 Irritants. All of the above, as they dilate 
 of as vascular irritants. 
 
 the vessels, are often spoken 
 
 Rubefacients are drugs which, when locally applied to the 
 skin, cause it to become red because of the vascular dilatation 
 induced. All the above drugs are rubefacients. 
 
 Vesicants. Many of these drugs are sufficiently powerful 
 irritants to cause inflammation. If this goes no further than the 
 exudation of plasma from the vessels, and this plasma collects
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE VESSELS. 6 1 
 
 under the epidermis to form vesicles, the drug causing the pro- 
 duction of vesicles is said to be a vesicant ; e.g., cantharides. 
 
 Pustulants are such of the above drugs as are sufficiently 
 powerful irritants to cause the inflammatory process to proceed to 
 the passage of leucocytes through the- walls of the capillaries. 
 They collect in the vesicles, which consequently become pus- 
 tules ; e.g. , croton oil. 
 
 Escharotics or caustics are the most powerful of all the 
 above drugs. Their local application destroys the vitality of the 
 part to which they are immediately applied, and sets up vascular 
 dilatation of the surrounding area ; e.g., strong nitric acid, zinc 
 chloride, silver nitrate, and arsenous acid. 
 
 Counter-irritants. It has been shown by experiments on 
 animals that when the vessels of the skin are dilated by the appli- 
 cation of an irritant, those of the subjacent viscera are often 
 reflexly altered in size. The same is probably true of man. An 
 irritant is called a counter-irritant when it is applied to the skin 
 with the object of altering the size of the vessels of the subjacent 
 viscera. It is particularly to be remembered that the action is a 
 reflex nervous one, and is in no way due to the withdrawal of 
 blood into the dilated vessels of the skin. 
 
 The following, when inhaled, dilate peripheral vessels by acting locally on 
 them : 
 
 (1) Amyl nitrite. 
 
 (2) [Nitroglycerin.] 
 
 (3) Sodium nitrite. 
 
 (4) Ethyl nitrite. 
 
 (5) Spiritus aetheris nitrosi. 
 
 (6) Erythrol tetranitrate. 
 
 Drugs which, taken by the mouth, dilate arterioles by acting locally on 
 them : 
 
 (1) Caffeine. 
 
 (2) Amyl nitrite. 
 
 (3) [Nitroglycerin.] 
 
 (4) Sodium nitrite. 
 
 (5) Ethyl nitrite. 
 
 (6) Spiritus aetheris nitrosi. 
 
 (7) Erythrol tetranitrate. 
 
 (8) Nicotine. 
 
 Drugs which, taken by the mouth, contract arterioles by acting locally on 
 them : 
 
 (1) Ergot. 
 
 (2) Caffeine (early in its action). 
 
 (3) Digitalis. 
 
 (4) Physostigmine. 
 
 The following have been shown by experiments in the laboratory to cause 
 contraction of small arteries through which they circulate : copper, zinc, tin,
 
 62 
 
 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 platinum salts all cause powerful contraction. Lithium, calcium, strontium, 
 magnesium, cadmium, nickel, cobalt and iron salts cause slight contraction. 
 
 Drugs which, when locally applied to vessels, contract them : 
 
 These may act in two ways, either by contracting the muscular 
 coat of the vessels, or by coagulating the albuminous fluids 
 around them, the coagulum by its contraction constricting the 
 vessels. 
 
 Those which act on the muscular coat of the -vessels : 
 
 (1) Cold, however produced ; hence 
 
 rapidly volatilizing substances 
 as ether. [This effect is but 
 temporary. If cold is long 
 continued it dilates blood-ves- 
 sels. 
 
 (2) Cocaine.] 
 
 (3) Lead salts. 
 
 (4) Dilute solutions of silver salts. 
 
 (5) Diluted sulphuric acid. 
 
 (6) Alum. 
 
 (7) Hamamelis. 
 
 (8) [Ergot. 
 
 (9) Hydrastis.] 
 
 (10) Acetanilid. 
 
 (11) [Antipyrin.] 
 
 Those which coagulate the albuminous fluids around the vessels : 
 
 (1) Tannic acid and all sub- 
 stances containing it : e.g., 
 [nutgall,] krameria,kino,h3em- 
 atoxylon, hamamelis, cinna- 
 mon, eucalyptus gum, and 
 catechu. 
 
 (2) Lead salts. 
 
 (3) Silver salts. 
 
 (4) Zinc salts. 
 
 (5) Copper salts. 
 
 (6) Alum. 
 
 (7) Ferric salts. 
 
 (8) Bismuth salts to a slight ex- 
 tent. 
 
 B. Drugs which act on the Vaso-motor Centres. 
 
 Drugs which, by their action on the vaso-motor centres, dilate the vessels . 
 
 (1) Belladonna. 
 
 (2) Stramonium. 
 
 (3) Hyoscyamus. 
 
 (4) Alcohol. 
 
 (5) Ether. 
 
 (6) Chloroform. 
 
 (7) Chloral hydrate. 
 
 (8) [Antimony and Potassium 
 
 Tartrate.] 
 
 (9) Aconite. 
 
 (10) Ipecacuanha. 
 
 (11) Lobelia. 
 
 (12) Tobacco. 
 
 (13) Veratrine. 
 
 (14) Hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 (15) Opium. 
 
 Some of the substances, which in small doses contract the vessels by cen- 
 tral action, in large doses dilate them ; viz., digitalis and squill.
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE VESSELS. 63 
 
 Drugs which, by their action on vaso-motor centres, cause contraction of 
 vessels : 
 
 (1) Ergot. 
 
 (2) Digitalis. 
 
 (3) Strophanthus. 
 
 (4) [Sparteine.] 
 
 (5) Squill. 
 
 (6) Physostigmine. 
 
 (7) Cocaine. 
 
 (8) Hydrastis. 
 
 (9) Hamamelis. 
 (ID) Strychnine. 
 (n) Lead salts 
 (12) Ammonia 
 
 | (slightly.) 
 
 Also, for a very short early period of their action, some substances whose 
 main action is to dilate the vessels by their central action ; viz., belladonna, 
 stramonium, hyoscyamus, alcohol, ether, chloroform, hydrocyanic acid and 
 veratrine. 
 
 Astringents are drugs which diminish the size of the vessels, 
 and thus decrease the amount of exudation from them. 
 
 Styptics, or Haemostatics, are drugs which stop bleeding. 
 They comprehend all astringents, especially cold, lead and 
 copper salts, hamamelis, ergot, [hydrastis], tannic acid, and, 
 above all, ferric salts, for they coagulate the blood which is 
 flowing from the vessel, and the clot prevents further bleeding. 
 Matico leaves, because of the numerous hairs on their under sur- 
 face, favor coagulation of blood when locally applied to a bleed- 
 ing surface. Cobwebs act in the same way. 
 
 Therapeutics. Drugs which locally dilate vessels are [fre- 
 quently] applied to stimulate sores to heal, and to promote ab- 
 sorption of inflammatory products, as seen in the application 
 of iodine over joints in certain forms of joint disease; and as 
 counter-irritants in many forms of disease of deep-seated organs, 
 as in the application of a blister in pleurisy. Drugs whffch by 
 their central action cause dilatation of all the vessels of the body 
 are used in certain forms of heart disease, as in the use of amyl 
 nitrite in angina pectoris ; and some suppose that the good they 
 do is brought about by dilating the vessels, and so rendering the 
 work of the heart easier. Amyl nitrite and nitroglycerin are 
 much used for this purpose. Drugs causing general vascular 
 dilatation are also employed to cause dilatation of the vessels 
 of the skin with the object of thereby leading to an increase 
 of perspiration and an increased radiation of heat. Alcohol,
 
 64 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 Spiritus ^theris Nitrosi, and Ipecacuanha, amongst others, are 
 used in this way. 
 
 The most important use of astringents is as styptics ; they are 
 ilso used to check excessive discharges of all sorts, as in diarrhoea, 
 leucorrhcea, etc., and in relaxed conditions of vessels, such as are 
 i)ften seen in pharyngitis. 
 
 There is perhaps no better opportunity than this of mention- 
 ing emollients and demulcents. 
 
 Emollients are substances which soften and protect parts. 
 The word is usually employed for substances applied to the skin. 
 
 Common emollients are substances soaked in warm water, as hot fomenta- 
 Sons and poultices, fats of various sorts, as lard and lanolin (hydrous wool fat), 
 non-irritating oils, as olive oil, spermaceti, [petrolatum,] vaseline, etc. 
 
 Demulcents are substances which protect and soothe parts. 
 They are generally applied to mucous membranes, especially 
 when unduly dry, and thus they are often used for the mouth. 
 
 Instances of them are gelatin, isinglass, glycerin, gum, honey, flaxseed, 
 starch, and white of egg. 
 
 DIVISION V. DRUGS ACTING ON THE SKIN. 
 
 All those described in the last section act on the cutaneous 
 vessels, but in addition we have 
 
 A. Diaphoretics, or drugs which increase the amount of 
 perspiration. These may do so either by stimulating the sweat 
 centres in the spinal cord, the nerves proceeding from the centres 
 to the*glands, the terminations of the nerves in the gland, or the 
 glandular cells themselves ; or dilatation of the cutaneous vessels 
 may, by the increase in the amount of blood and the greater 
 warmth, stimulate the glands and lead to an increase of sweat. 
 It is difficult to tell whether drugs acting on the vessels do not 
 also act on the other parts of the mechanism ; and it is also diffi- 
 cult to decide whether a drug acts on the gland-cells or the ter- 
 mination of the nerves, so we will consider diaphoretics under 
 two headings, those which act centrally and those which act pe- 
 ripherally. These are differentiated by observing whether the
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE SKIN. 65 
 
 drug acts after the spinal cord is destroyed, [or] on a part of the 
 skin after the nerves going to it are cut. 
 
 (a) Diaphoretics acting peripherally : Pilocarpine greatly increases the 
 amount of sweat, acting in all probability on the nerve terminations in the 
 gland-cells, but certainly not on the vessels. Nicotine also acts peripherally. 
 Local applications of warmth, and alcohol taken internally perhaps act in 
 the same way in addition to their vascular action. 
 
 (b) Diaphoretics acting centrally : 
 
 (1) Antimony salts. 
 
 (2) Ammonium acetate. 
 
 (3) Ammonium citrate. 
 
 (4) Ipecacuanha. 
 
 (5) Opium. 
 
 (6) Camphor. 
 
 (f) Diaphoretics whose mode of action is doubtful : Senega, cubeb, col- 
 chicum, salicin, lobelia, arnica, aconite, potassium citrate and acetate. All 
 these, except the last two, are very feeble. 
 
 When a diaphoretic acts very powerfully it is called a Sudorific. 
 
 B. Anhidrotics, or Antihidrotics, drugs which diminish 
 the amount of perspiration. The part on which these act is de- 
 termined in the same way as in the case of diaphoretics. 
 
 (a) Anhidrotics acting peripherally : Atropine is very powerful ; it acts 
 on the terminations of the nerves in the glands ; and hyoscyamus and 
 stramonium probably act in the same way. The local application of cold 
 has a similar action. 
 
 (6) Anhidrotics the mode of action of which is doubtful : 
 
 (1) Acids. 
 
 (2) Muscarine. 
 
 (3) Nux vomica. 
 
 (4) Quinine. 
 
 (5) Picrotoxin. 
 
 (6) Zinc salts. 
 
 (7) Salicylic acid. 
 [(8) Camphoric acid.] 
 
 Therapeutics. Diaphoretics are used for three purposes: 
 either to increase the amount of sweat because that of the urine is 
 failing, and for this purpose pilocarpine is largely used ; or in the 
 hope that poisons may be excreted by the sweat, hence the use 
 of pilocarpine in uraemia ; or as mild antipyretics, in order to 
 increase the loss of heat by increased evaporation ; for this pur- 
 pose alcohol, ipecacuanha, ammonium acetate, and opium were 
 formerly much employed, but of late years much more efficient 
 antipyretics have been discovered. 
 
 5
 
 66 
 
 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 Anhidrotics are used either for general conditions, as phthisis, 
 or for local conditions, as sweating of the feet ; but they are not 
 of great use in medicine. 
 
 We do not know of any drugs which will alter the composi- 
 tion of the sweat, except in so far as that certain drugs may be 
 excreted in the sweat when taken internally ; such are iodine, 
 potassium iodide, succinic, tartaric, and benzoic acids, the last 
 in the form of hippuric acid. 
 
 We have no knowledge of the effects of drugs on the seba- 
 ceous secretion. 
 
 Certain drugs, when taken internally in large doses, pro- 
 duce a rash on the skin, possibly because in the course of their 
 excretion through the skin they irritate it. Such are 
 
 (1) Copaiba. 
 
 (2) Cubeb. 
 
 (3) Bromides. 
 
 (4) Iodides. 
 
 (5) Turpentine. 
 
 (6) Belladonna. 
 
 (7) Chioral [hydrate.] 
 
 (8) Opium. 
 
 (9) Quinine. 
 
 (10) Salicylic acid. 
 
 n Arsenical Salts. 
 
 (12) Acetanilid. 
 
 (13) [Antipyrin.] 
 
 (14) Phenacetin. 
 
 (15) Chloralamide. 
 1. 1 6 Antitoxins. 
 
 (17) Serums. "^ 
 
 (18) Silver salts may discolor 
 
 the skin. 
 
 (19) [Sulphonal.] 
 
 [The following quite rarely produce an eruption : 
 
 DIVI 
 
 (1) Iron. 
 
 (2) Strychnine. 
 
 (3) Creosote. 
 
 (4) Mercury. 
 
 (5) Veratrum. 
 
 (6) Digitalis. 
 
 (7) Sulphur. 
 
 (8) Antimony. 
 9 Santonin. 
 
 (10) Cod Liver Oil.] 
 
 SIGN VI. SUBSTANCES ACTING ON THE URINARY SYSTEM. 
 
 I. Drugs increasing the quantity of urine secreted. These are 
 called diuretics. The kidney is a double organ with two dis- 
 tinct varieties of epithelium ; it is particularly well supplied with 
 vessels and vaso-motor nerves, and is also profoundly under the 
 influence of variations in the quantity of blood flowing through 
 it ; hence it is, with our present state of knowledge, impossible 
 to say how many diuretics act, but the following table modified,
 
 SUBSTANCES ACTING ON THE URINARY SYSTEM. 
 
 6 7 
 
 from Brunton's work, shows the various ways in which they 
 probably act, many in more ways than one : 
 
 
 
 
 f Digitalis, 
 
 
 
 Caffeine, 
 Increased car- 1 Alcohol ; 
 
 
 
 diac action [Strophanthus, 
 
 
 Generally . . . . 
 
 [ Sparteine, 
 
 
 
 General vas- 
 
 Erythrophloeum,] 
 Digitalis, 
 
 
 
 cular contrac- 
 
 Squill, 
 
 P Q1CA 
 
 
 tion 
 
 Convallaria, 
 
 ivaise 
 
 
 Strychnine, 
 
 arterial . 
 
 
 Cold to skin. 
 
 pressure 
 
 
 - Act on vaso- f , same ag aboye> 
 
 
 
 motor centres I 
 
 
 
 - Contract 
 
 f Broom, 
 
 
 
 efferent 
 
 . 
 
 Caffeine (large 
 
 
 
 vessels 
 
 Locally on 
 
 doses), 
 Buchu, 
 Uva ursi, 
 
 
 Locally 
 in kidney 
 
 
 kidney. 
 
 Juniper, 
 Turpentine, 
 Copaiba, 
 
 
 t Cantharides. 
 
 
 Dilate, chiefly f 
 
 
 , ' ,, , Caffeine, 
 locally, renal j Ufea 
 
 - 
 
 vessels [ 
 
 
 f Urea, 
 
 
 | Caffeine, 
 
 
 Increase water excreted . i 
 
 [Theobromine So- 
 
 
 
 dio-salicylate, 
 
 
 
 Calomel, 
 
 Act on secreting 
 
 
 Colchicum,] 
 
 nerves or renal cells 
 
 
 Liquor Potassae, 
 
 
 Increase water and solids 
 
 Potassium Acetate, 
 Potassium Citrate, 
 
 
 excreted 
 
 Potassium Nitrate, 
 
 
 
 Sodium Citrate and 
 
 
 . 
 
 other salines. 
 
 Therapeutics. Diuretics are used in cardiac 'and pulmon- 
 ary diseases when, owing to the general vascular disturbance, the 
 quantity of urine falls below the normal standard. Also, in dis- 
 eases in which there is excess of fluid in certain parts of the body ; 
 for example, pleuritic effusion and ascites, with the object of get- 
 ting rid of as much fluid as possible by the kidneys. Also, they 
 may be used to dilute the urine, e.g. , when it is prone to deposit
 
 68 
 
 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 its solids. Lastly, in certain forms of kidney disease, although 
 in these maladies it is always a question how far it is desirable to 
 stimulate diseased organs. It is of great importance to remem- 
 ber that diuretics may act in many different ways ; that there are 
 many causes for diminution in the quantity of urine secreted, 
 and that it is difficult to say in any particular case what is the 
 cause of the decrease in the quantity secreted. Therefore, it is 
 usual to give diuretics in combination, in the hope that if one 
 of them does not have the desired result another will. 
 
 2. Drugs diminishing the quantity of urine secreted. These 
 are such as produce acute inflammation of the kidney when given 
 in large doses ; e.g., turpentine, cantharides, phosphorus. [Ex- 
 algin is reputed to diminish the quantity of urine.] They are 
 never given for this purpose in medicine. 
 
 3. Drugs rendering the urine acid. There is one drug that 
 can do this, and that is benzoic acid, for in its passage through 
 the kidney it is converted into hippuric acid. Benzoic acid is, 
 therefore, given when from any cause the urine undergoes alka- 
 line decomposition anywhere within the urinary passages. Sali- 
 cylic acid will, to a slight extent, increase the acidity of the 
 urine, as will very large doses of citric acid, tartaric acid [borax, 
 and possibly saccharin. The free use of carbonated water also 
 increases the urinary acidity (Ultzmann). Urotropin is the 
 most reliable remedy to render an alkaline urine acid]. 
 
 4. Dntgs which render the urine alkaline. [Some] salts of 
 the metals, potassium, sodium, lithium, calcium, will do 
 this [e.g., the carbonates, berates and hydroxides]; even the 
 tartrates, citrates, [malates, lactates,] and acetates, for they es- 
 cape by the kidney as carbonates. Nitric acid is said to increase 
 the amount of ammonia in the urine, and thus to render it 
 slightly alkaline. Ammonium salts given internally do not 
 render the urine alkaline, because they are decomposed in the 
 body, urea being probably formed ; [they may even increase the 
 acidity from the larger amount of nitric acid excreted.] 
 
 Lithontriptics are drugs which prevent the decomposition, 
 in the urinary passages, of the solids of the urine. If this fluid 
 be acid, uric acid often crystallizes out, forming gravel or uric
 
 SUBSTANCES ACTING ON THE URINARY SYSTEM. 69 
 
 acid calculus ; less often lime oxalate crystallizes, giving rise to 
 lime oxalate calculus. When there is any likelihood of the for- 
 mation of either of these calculi, alkalies should be given. If 
 the urine is undergoing alkaline decomposition phosphates are 
 liable to crystallize out. In this case the object will be to render 
 the urine acid and aseptic. This will be attained by giving 
 benzoic acid or benzoates, salicylic acid or the salicylates, [uro- 
 tropin, or the other] urinary antiseptics. 
 
 Therapeutics. The chief use of alkalies is to diminish the 
 acidity of the urine, so as to render the precipitation of uric acid 
 unlikely ; or to render it alkaline, so as to attempt to dissolve a 
 uric acid calculus. We know of no drug which will dissolve a 
 lime oxalate calculus. Alkalies are also given to gouty subjects, 
 partly to alkalize the blood, but also partly to alkalize the urine, 
 for such persons are very prone to deposit uric acid in the urine. 
 Potassium urate is much more soluble than sodium urate, and 
 lithium urate is perhaps even more soluble ; citrates and acetates 
 are not likely to upset the digestion, consequently the drugs 
 most used are the potassium and lithium citrates. Copious 
 draughts of water, by diluting the urine, aid in preventing the 
 deposition of uric acid or lime oxalate calculi. Natural alkaline 
 waters are largely used [especially those containing lithium] . 
 
 5. Drugs preventing the urine from decomposing. If the urine 
 is retained in the bladder by stricture or from any other cause, it 
 will undergo alkaline decomposition, and the same result may be 
 brought about by the admixture of pus with the urine. This is 
 generally due to inflammation of the pelvis of the kidney or the 
 bladder. This decomposition of the urine may be prevented by 
 giving drugs which in their excretion by the urine render it asep- 
 tic. Such are 
 
 (1) Urotropin. 
 
 (2) Benzoic acid. 
 
 (3) Salicylic acid. 
 
 (4) Uva Ursi. 
 
 (5) Copaiba. 
 
 (6) Cubeb. 
 
 (7) Oil of Sandal Wood. 
 
 (8) [Saccharin.] 
 
 (9) Many volatile oils. 
 (10) Boric acid. 
 
 6. Drugs altering the composition of the urine. Almost any 
 drug will do this, either because it is excreted in the urine, or
 
 7<D PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 because it sets up some changes in the body, the products of 
 which are excreted in the urine ; but here we shall only refer to 
 certain striking ones. 
 
 Turpentine, cantharides and salicylic acid in large doses will cause blood 
 to appear in the urine, because they set up inflammation of the kidney. 
 
 Potassium chlorate, all nitrites, acetanilid, pyrogallic acid, poisoning by 
 the mushroom, (Helvella esculenta) and transfusion of animal's blood, break 
 up red blood -corpuscles, and the products are excreted by the urine rendering 
 it dark. Large doses of mineral acids, arsenic, naphtol [and naphtalin] are 
 said occasionally to produce the same result. 
 
 Phosphorus in large doses causes leucin and tyrosin to appear in the urine, 
 and the urea is greatly increased. 
 
 The saline diuretics increase the solids of the urine. 
 
 The chrysophanic acid in rhubarb and senna makes the urine, if it is acid, 
 a brownish color ; if it is alkaline, a purplish red. Logwood renders alkaline 
 urine reddish or violet Santonin colors acid urine yellow or greenish-yellow, 
 and alkaline urine, reddish. Carbolic acid, naphtalin, creosote and other 
 preparations of tar, as well as the arbutin in uva ursi, [chimaphila and gaul- 
 theria] make it dark greenish- brown. Picric acid makes it a bright yellow, 
 and methyl violet a dark blue. The urine of persons poisoned with carbonic 
 oxide remains sweet for months. 
 
 Poisoning by carbonic oxide, [curare,] amyl nitrite and turpentine, and 
 sometimes [chloroform, camphor,] mercury, morphine, chloral, [hydrocyanic] 
 acid, sulphuric acid, alcohol, lead compounds, and salicylic acid lead to the 
 appearance in the urine of a body which like sugar reduces Fehling' s copper 
 solution. Some authorities state that the urine, after the administration of 
 these drugs, does not contain glucose, but glycuronic acid ; for although it re- 
 duces blue copper solutions, it does not undergo alcoholic fermentation on the 
 addition of yeast [or give the phenyl-hydrazin test]. The administration 
 of phloridzin, [a glucoside from the bark of stem and root of the apple, pear, 
 plum and cherry, which, when continuously heated with dilute mineral acids, 
 is resolved into glucose and phloretin], leads to the production of genuine 
 glucose in the urine. 
 
 Other drugs cause a peculiar odor in the urine ; for example, the smell of 
 violets is produced by turpentine. The aromatic odor of cubeb and copaiba 
 can be detected in the urine after the administration of these bodies. 
 
 Lead, if taken for long periods, produces chronic interstitial inflammation 
 of the kidney. It is stated that rarely mercury will do the same. 
 
 7. Drugs acting on the bladder and urethra. The only ones 
 of any practical value are sedatives to the urinary tract. 
 
 If the urine is decomposing, drugs preventing its decomposition come
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE BODILY HEAT. /I 
 
 under this head. Other sedatives are opium, belladonna, hyoscyamus, 
 pareira, buchu and uva ursi, which are direct sedatives to the vesical and 
 urethral mucous membrane. If the urine is excessively acid, alkalies are 
 urinary sedatives. 
 
 Urinary sedatives are used very largely in cases of cystitis and urethritis, 
 whatever the cause may be. Local astringent and antiseptic injections are 
 also employed. 
 
 DIVISION VII. DRUGS ACTING ON THE BODILY HEAT. 
 
 A. Antipyretics, or Drugs which decrease the Bodily 
 Temperature. There are few if any drugs which can lower 
 the temperature in health. Some, it is true, will cause the tem- 
 perature to fall below normal, if given to a healthy man in large 
 enough doses to induce severe collapse. The word antipyretic is 
 limited to those drugs which bring down the temperature when 
 it is raised owing to disease. We know that the greatest amount 
 of heat is produced in the muscles, and that there is a special 
 part of the corpus striatum presiding over this production ; that 
 heat is lost mostly by radiation from the vessels of the skin and 
 by the evaporation of sweat, and that these vessels and the sudo- 
 riparous glands are under the control of the central nervous 
 system. Heat is also lost through the lungs. As the produc- 
 tion and loss are in health so accurately adjusted, many observers 
 believe that there is a part of the cerebrum whose function is to 
 maintain the balance between the production and the loss. Also, 
 all parts of this complex mechanism are supplied with blood- 
 vessels, alterations in the calibre of which must affect the activity 
 of the parts they supply. 
 
 There is every reason for believing that the part of the central 
 nervous system which presides over the loss of heat (thermo- 
 lysis), that which presides over the production of heat (ther- 
 mogenesis), and that which possibly presides over the balance 
 between the production and the loss (thermotaxis), can, each 
 of them be influenced by afferent impulses reaching them from 
 various parts of the body, and thus we see each of these three 
 functions can probably be reflexly affected (see diagram on next 
 page). 
 
 Antipyretics which increase the loss of heat. All sudorifics and
 
 72 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 all dilators of the cutaneous vessels act as antipyretics. Cold, 
 such as a cold bath, increases the loss of heat by direct abstraction. 
 
 Balance 
 ' between produffym\ 
 
 and loss 
 
 \Thermotaxis 
 
 Cortical'?' 
 
 froducfit 
 
 Drugs which probably diminish the production of heat. Our 
 knowledge about these is at present uncertain, but it is very 
 probable that phenacetin, antipyrin, and acetanilid dimin-
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE BODILY HEAT. 73 
 
 ish the production by their action on the corpus striatum ; and 
 that quinine, salicylic acid, and salicin, also diminish the 
 production ; but we do not know upon what part of the thermo- 
 genetic apparatus they act. A cold bath not only abstracts heat, 
 but, after it has been in operation some little time, diminishes 
 the production. 
 
 Antimony, aconite, and digitalis are probably antipyretic through their 
 effect on the circulation, but precisely how they act is not known. Sometimes 
 the removal of some irritation which is acting reflexly may lower the tempera- 
 ture. In this way purgatives are occasionally antipyretics. 
 
 Therapeutics. The sole use of antipyretics is to lower the 
 temperature in fever. 
 
 Drugs which increase the loss of heat were formerly popular 
 as antipyretics, especially alcohol, spirit of nitrous ether, anti- 
 mony, ipecacuanha, and opium, but now they are not much used. 
 Cold is more often employed, either by cold sponging, ice, or a 
 cold bath. Sponging with hot water will, by the vascular dila- 
 tation and subsequent sweating it induces, reduce a febrile tem- 
 perature. 
 
 Of the drugs which probably alter the production, acetanilid 
 and [antipyrin] are dangerous because of the collapse they may 
 produce ; quinine and salicylic acid are rather uncertain, except 
 in ague and rheumatic fever respectively. [Antipyrin] and 
 phenacetin are most in demand ; they are certain antipyretics. 
 Phenacetin is very safe, but is less powerful. They are quickly 
 absorbed, and so act promptly ; they are far more powerful anti- 
 pyretics than any drugs which act by increasing the loss of heat, 
 and these are very uncertain in their action, often not lowering 
 the temperature at all. Another reason for preferring drugs 
 which diminish thermogenesis is that it is much more rational 
 to lower the temperature by decreasing the production of heat 
 than by increasing the loss, for then the production will, if any- 
 thing, go on faster than before, in consequence of the attempt 
 to compensate for the increased loss. Antipyretics should be 
 rarely given, for probably fever is often beneficial. 
 
 B. Drugs which cause a rise of Temperature. Bella-
 
 74 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 donna, picrotoxin, and cocaine in poisonous doses may do this. 
 How they act is not known. 
 
 Tuberculin, various albumoses and certain animal poisons, such as that of 
 shell-fish, will cause a rise of temperature. Their mode of action is unknown. 
 
 We know of no drugs acting on thermotaxis. 
 
 DIVISION VIII. DRUGS ACTING ON RESPIRATION. 
 
 Respiration can be modified by such very various influences 
 that it is difficult to decide upon the exact mode of action of any 
 drug which affects it. For example, alterations in the blood and 
 in the air will modify it ; the respiratory centre itself may be 
 influenced, either directly or reflexly, from almost any organ in 
 the body ; or, again, the movements of the respiratory muscles 
 themselves may be interfered with ; and, lastly, respiration is 
 much under the influence of the circulatory apparatus. Further- 
 more, the chief object in medicine is to remove the cause of the 
 respiratory ^difficulty rather than to act upon respiration itself. 
 
 We have already spoken of those drugs which produce changes 
 in the blood and the circulation, and the consideration of those 
 modifications of the temperature, moisture, and pressure of the 
 air which are of value in medicine, belongs to a book on general 
 therapeutics. We will, therefore, now consider the respiratory 
 drugs under the following heads : 
 
 A. Drugs altering the Composition of the Air in- 
 haled. [This division is devoted to drugs which, inhaled, have 
 some direct effect on the respiratory mucous membrane, on bron- 
 chial and pulmonary contents, and have certain remote effects.] 
 It is found convenient to administer some drugs, although they 
 are not given for their influence on respiration, by making the 
 patient inhale them ; such are anaesthetics and amyl nitrite. 
 
 Some drugs when inhaled are particularly irritating to the 
 bronchial mucous membrane, causing dilatation of the vessels, 
 increased secretion, and reflexly, cough from the stimulation of 
 the sensory nerves of the bronchial mucous membrane. 
 
 Such are cold dry air, iodine, bromine, chlorine, senega, ipecacuanha,
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON RESPIRATION. 75 
 
 sulphurous anhydride, nitric acid fumes, ammonia, and tobacco. These are 
 rarely used therapeutically as inhalations, and their inhalation is to be particu- 
 larly avoided in irritable conditions of the bronchi. 
 
 The drugs which, when inhaled, are soothing to the bron- 
 chial mucous membrane, [but] are rarely employed, are 
 
 Hydrocyanic acid. | Conium. 
 
 Inhalations which are used to stimulate the bronchi, that 
 is to say, to increase their vascularity, secretion, and muscular 
 power, are 
 
 (l) Carbolic acid 
 (2)Oilofcaju P ut} TTlxx -; E 1 - 20 ^-] 
 (3) Oleum pini sylvestris, TH.XXX. ; 
 [2.00 c.c.] 
 
 (4) Tinctura ben- -> 
 zoini composita, 
 
 (5) Creosote, U^ss.; [I 5 c.cj 
 
 (6) Oil of cubeb. J 
 
 The amounts given after each are the quantities that should be added to a 
 pint [500 c.c.] of water at 140 F. ; [60 C. ] 
 
 Inhalations which are used to disinfect foul secretions 
 from the bronchial mucous membrane are those of 
 
 (1) Creosote. 
 
 (2) lodoform. 
 
 (3) Mild solutions of benzoin. 
 
 (4) Carbolic acid. 
 
 (5) Sulphurous anhydride. 
 
 (6) Oil of juniper. 
 
 (7) Oil of cubeb. 
 
 (8) [Oil of eucalyptus.] 
 
 Inhalations for relieving spasm of the bronchial tubes are 
 those of 
 
 (1) Coniura. - 
 
 (2) Stramonium. - 
 
 (3) Chloroform. 
 
 
 (4) Ether. 
 
 (5) Amyl nitrite. 
 
 B. Drugs acting on the Respiratory Centre. If the 
 
 drug, when injected into the carotid artery, very quickly produces 
 its effect on respiration, it is concluded that it acts on the res- 
 piratory centre. Another experiment often used to determine 
 whether the drug acts on the centre, or on the vagal terminations 
 in the lung, is to cut the vagi and to observe whether it acts sim- 
 ilarly before and after the section.
 
 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 Drugs which directly stimulate the respiratory centre are 
 
 (1) Strychnine. 
 
 (2) Ammonia (very powerful). 
 
 (3) Apomorphine. 
 
 (4) Belladonna. 
 
 (5) Stramonium. 
 
 (6) Hyoscyamus. 
 
 Drugs which depress the respiratory centre are 
 
 (1) Physostigmine (very pow- 
 
 erful). 
 
 (2) Chloral [hydrate.] 
 
 (3) Chloroform. 
 
 (4) Ether. 
 
 (5) Alcohol. 
 
 (6) Opium. 
 
 (7) Hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 (8) Codeine. 
 
 (9) Aconite. 
 (10) Veratrine. 
 (n) Conium. 
 
 (12) Caffeine. 
 
 (13) Quinine. 
 
 (14) Ipecacuanha. 
 
 (15) Antimony salts (very 
 
 weak). 
 
 Alcohol, ether, chloroform, caffeine, and quinine slightly excite, before 
 they depress [the respiratory centre]. 
 
 Therapeutics. The drugs which excite the respiratory cen- 
 tre may be used when there is any difficulty in respiration, espe- 
 cially with the view of increasing the force of the respiratory act 
 whilst other means are employed to get rid of the cause of the 
 difficulty. They are, of course, most frequently required in dis- 
 eases of the lungs, especially bronchitis. Ammonia and apomor- 
 phine are often employed, as they are also powerful expectorants ; 
 and belladonna is useful when there is too much secretion from 
 the bronchial tubes. 
 
 Substances which depress the respiratory centre are very little 
 needed for this action ; but the centre for the reflex act of cough- 
 ing is in the close neighborhood of the respiratory centre, and 
 opium, hydrocyanic acid, codeine, conium, and ipecac- 
 uanha are often very valuable in allaying the continual hacking 
 cough whch so frequently accompanies disease of the heart and 
 lungs. 
 
 The drugs which relieve cough are very numerous, for it may 
 be reflexly set up by irritation of so many peripheral parts, viz., 
 nose, throat, pharynx, ear, teeth, larynx, trachea, bronchi, lungs, 
 pleura, stomach, and liver ; and consequently its removal may
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON RESPIRATION. 77 
 
 depend upon the removal of peripheral irritation in any of those 
 
 organs. 
 
 C. Drugs affecting the Bronchial Secretion. 
 
 (a) Those increasing it : 
 
 (1) [Apomorphine.] 
 
 (2) All alkalies, especially am- 
 
 monium carbonate and 
 other salts. 
 
 (3) [Cocillana.] 
 
 (4) Ipecacuanha. 
 
 (5) Senega 
 
 (6) Squill.- 
 
 (7) Turpentine. 
 
 (8) [Terebene.] 
 
 (9) Camphor. 
 
 (10) Benzoin. 
 
 (11) Balsam of Peru. 
 
 (12) " " Tolu. 
 
 (13) Antimony salts. 
 
 (14) Sulphur. 
 
 (15) Iodine. 
 
 (16) Tobacco. 
 
 (17) Pilocarpus. 
 
 (18) Many volatile oils. 
 
 [It is probable that volatile oils and substances containing them decrease 
 the amount of bronchial secretion as a later effect]. 
 
 (6) Those decreasing it : 
 
 (1) Acids. 
 
 (2) Belladonna. 
 
 (3) Stramonium. 
 
 (4) Hyoscyamus. 
 
 Many authorities think that under some circumstances alkalies decrease the 
 secretion. 
 
 (c) Those disinfecting it: Drugs which, when inhaled, act in this way 
 have already been mentioned. Copaiba, cubeb, [eucalyptus,] and many vola- 
 tile oils are excreted partly by the bronchial mucous membrane, and thus will 
 disinfect the secretion. 
 
 Therapeutics. In bronchitis, remedies which increase the 
 secretion are used when it is so viscid that it sticks to the tubes 
 and cannot be coughed up ; and those which decrease it are 
 employed when it is too watery to be easily expectorated. The 
 use of the disinfectants is obvious. 
 
 D. Drugs relaxing spasm of the Muscular Coat of 
 the Bronchial Tubes, or Antispasmodics. It is believed 
 that [the symptom] asthma is due to a spasmodic contraction of 
 the bronchial tubes, and as 
 
 (1) Stramonium. 
 
 (2) Belladonna. 
 
 (4) Grindelia. 
 
 (5) [Aspidosperma.] 
 
 (3) Hyoscyamus. 
 relieve [this symptom], it is concluded that these drugs relax
 
 78 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 spasm of the muscular coat of the bronchial tubes. Stramonium 
 is the most powerful. It is very likely, judging by their anal- 
 ogous action in other parts of the body, that the following drugs 
 act in the same way : 
 
 Chloroform, ether, opium, chloral [hydrate], cannabis indica, amyl nitrite, 
 and conium. 
 
 Therapeutics. Stramonium is of great use [for relief of the 
 symptom] asthma, and this and the other drugs may be employed 
 for cases of bronchitis in which it is probable that the irritation 
 caused by the inflammation of the tubes sets up spasm of them. 
 Many of these muscular depressants in all probability depress the 
 nerves at the same time. 
 
 E. Drugs acting on the Vessels of the Bronchi. 
 These are the same as have been already described (p. 56) as 
 acting on the vascular system generally, 
 
 F. Expectorants. The modes of action of drugs acting 
 on the respiratory system are so complex that it is usual to regard 
 most of them clinically, simply as drugs which hinder or aid the 
 expectoration of the contents of the bronchial tubes. Those 
 which aid it are divided into two groups, named after their 
 action, not on the lungs, but on the circulation. 
 
 I. Stimulating expectorants. These are stimulants to the circulation gen- 
 erally. They are 
 
 (1) Acids. 
 
 (2) Ammonium salts. 
 
 (3) [Cocillana.] 
 
 (4) Senega. 
 
 (5) Squill. 
 
 (6) Benzoin. 
 
 (7) Benzoic acid. 
 
 (8) Balsam of Tolu. 
 
 (9) Balsam of Peru. 
 
 (10) Turpentine preparations. 
 
 (11) Terebene. 
 
 (12) Oleum Pini Sylvestris. 
 
 (13) Nux Vomica. 
 
 (14) Sulphur. 
 
 (15) Quillaja. 
 
 2. Depressing expectorants. These depress the general circulation. 
 They are 
 
 (1) Alkalies. 
 
 (2) Antimony salts. 
 
 (3) Ipecacuanha. 
 
 (4) Lobelia. 
 
 (5) Pilocarpus. 
 
 (6) Apomorphine. 
 
 (7) Potassium Iodide.
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE APPARATUS. 79 
 
 Therapeutics. It is almost impossible to lay down any gen- 
 eral directions. The prescriber must consider in any case before 
 him whether he wishes to stimulate or to depress the circulation, 
 to increase or to diminish or to disinfect the expectoration, to 
 stimulate the respiratory centre, to overcome spasm of the bron- 
 chial tubes, or to allay a hacking cough ; and he must combine 
 his remedies according to the answer he makes to these ques- 
 tions. Warmth to the chest and warm drinks are sedative, and 
 increase the amount of secretion. Cold and cold drinks have an 
 opposite effect. 
 
 G. Drugs which in Man sometimes produce Cheyne- 
 Stokes Breathing. These are morphine, potassium bromide, 
 and chloral hydrate. In animals the following in addition may 
 do it : picrotoxin, muscarine, digitalin, strychnine and ammo- 
 nium carbonate. 
 
 DIVISION IX. DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE APPARATUS. 
 
 A. Drugs acting on the Teeth. Soaps and powders are 
 used for cleaning the teeth. The basis of most tooth powders 
 is chalk, which acts mechanically ; charcoal is sometimes used in 
 the same way. As the food is very liable to collect and decom- 
 pose between the teeth, antiseptics, as quinine, borax and car- 
 bolic acid, are often mixed with tooth powders. Astringents 
 such as [krameria] are employed if the gums are too vascular. 
 Mineral acids and alum are injurious to the teeth if used for a 
 long time, and iron is liable to stain them ; therefore these sub- 
 stances are best taken through a [glass tube,] and should not be 
 used as gargles for long [periods.] 
 
 Toothache may be relieved by local anodynes, as creosote, or 
 [pure] carbolic acid. The tooth is plugged with [absorbent] 
 cotton soaked in one of these. A piece of clean cotton must be 
 placed over the carbolized cotton to prevent the carbolic acid 
 from reaching the mouth. This method may damage the tooth- 
 pulp. 
 
 B. Drugs acting on the Salivary Gland. Much atten- 
 tion has been devoted to the submaxillary gland of the dog, and 
 there is no reason for supposing that the other salivary glands
 
 8O PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 of that animal or of other creatures, differ markedly from it. We 
 know that the submaxillary gland is under the influence of the 
 chorda tympani nerve, which contains vaso-dilator fibres, and 
 also some which directly modify the secretion of the gland apart 
 from the secondary effects, due to the alterations in the vessels, 
 obtained when the chorda tympani is stimulated. This nerve 
 has its centre in the medulla, and is capable of being excited re- 
 flexly by stimulation of many nerves, even the sciatic, but espe- 
 cially by stimulation of the gastric branches of the vagus, and 
 by the terminations in the tongue and mouth of the glosso- 
 pharyngeal and gustatory nerves. The gland is also supplied 
 with sympathetic branches which proceed from the cervical 
 sympathetic trunk ; these are vaso-constrictor, and can also 
 modify the quality of the secretion ; but we do not know so 
 much about them as we do about the chorda tympani. Drugs 
 which increase the amount of saliva have been called sia- 
 logogues ; those which decrease it, anti-sialogogues. It is 
 clear that there are very many ways in which each of these might 
 act, but here it will suffice to enumerate only those ways in which 
 they are known to act. 
 
 i . Sialogogues acting either on the secretory cells or upon the 
 terminations of the nerves in them. Of these [pilocarpus] has 
 been most studied, and by means of the experiments it has been 
 proved to act either on the cells themselves or the terminations 
 of the nerves in them. It acts equally well after section of all 
 the nerves going to the gland. It acts when it is injected directly 
 into the gland, but is prevented from reaching the general cir- 
 culation. If it has been given, stimulation of the chorda or of 
 the sympathetic produces no more effect on the amount of secre- 
 tion than can be easily explained by the vascular effects. 
 
 Sialogogues falling under this heading are 
 
 (1) Pilocarpus. 
 
 (2) Muscarine. 
 
 (3) Iodine compounds. 
 
 (4) Mercury. 
 
 (5) Nicotine. 
 
 (6) Physostigmine. 
 
 The last two probably act also by stimulating the centre in the medulla, 
 for section of the chorda tympani decidedly lessens the secretion caused by
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE APPARATUS. 8 1 
 
 them. Physostigmine soon ceases to cause an increase of the secretion, for it 
 tightly contracts the vessels of the gland. 
 
 2 . Sialogogiies acting reflexly by stimulating the peripheral ends 
 of afferent nerves. Of these there are two important varieties : 
 
 (a) Those stimulating the gustatory and glosso-pharyngeal nerves in the 
 mouth : 
 
 (1) All Acids and 
 
 (2) Acid Salts. 
 
 (3) Chloroform. 
 
 (4) Alcohol. 
 
 (5) Ether. 
 
 (6) All pungent substances, as 
 
 mustard, ginger, etc. 
 
 (b) Those stimulating the vagus in the stomach : 
 
 Most emetics, especially Antimony and Ipecacuanha. 
 
 3. Anti-sialogogties acting either on the secreting cells or the 
 terminations of the nerves in them. Of these atropine has been 
 most studied, and it is proved to act directly on the gland by the 
 fact that the administration of it prevents any increase of salivary 
 secretion on stimulation of the chorda, although the vessels dilate 
 as usual. It is highly probable that it acts upon the nerve ter- 
 minations, because, even after considerable doses, quite para- 
 lyzing the secretion of chorda tympani saliva, stimulation of the 
 sympathetic will still induce secretion. 
 
 Anti-sialogogues falling under this heading are 
 
 (1) Belladonna. 
 
 (2) Hyoscyamus. 
 
 (3) Stramonium, and 
 
 (4) Nicotine in excess. 
 
 4. Anti-sialogogues acting reflexly by depressing the peripheral 
 ends of afferent nerves. Alkalies, opium, and any substances 
 which allay irritation of the mouth. Part of the effect of opium 
 is due to its depressing action on the medullary centre. 
 
 Therapeutics. A deficiency in the amount of saliva 
 secreted is seen most markedly in fever, when the mouth becomes 
 very dry, and the patient complains of thirst. Sometimes it is a 
 disease in itself, and the origin of this malady is then probably 
 nervous. It is a prominent symptom of belladonna poisoning. 
 In fever, acid drinks, especially those containing carbon dioxide 
 gas, lemonade, etc., are of use as sialogogues. Drinks which 
 
 6
 
 82 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 relieve this febrile thirst are called Refrigerants. For [the con- 
 dition known as] " dry mouth " [pilocarpus] has been used, and 
 it will relieve the dryness due to belladonna poisoning. Excessive 
 salivary secretion is hardly met with except as a symptom of poi- 
 soning, especially by mercury, [iodine or pilocarpus] . In some 
 forms of indigestion the saliva has a very unpleasant taste, and 
 may even be diminished in quantity, but then the indication is to 
 treat the indigestion. 
 
 C. Drugs acting on the Stomach. Strictly speaking, 
 we ought to consider these under the following heads : (0). Those 
 drugs which, by modifying the secretion of hydrochloric acid or 
 pepsin, influence the conversion of proteids into peptones and 
 albumoses. (<5). Those which influence the property possessed 
 by the gastric juice of curdling milk. (V). Those which affect 
 its antiseptic power by modifying the secretion of acid. (</). 
 Those which modify the secretion of mucus. (*?). Those which 
 influence the nerves, the vessels, or the movements of the stom- 
 ach. (/). Lastly, those which are emetics. Our knowledge, 
 however, is not sufficient to enable us to do this, and the most 
 useful classification is into those affecting the secretion of gastric 
 juice as a whole, the secreted contents, the vessels, the nerves, 
 the movements, and emetics. 
 
 i. Drugs increasing the amount of gastric juice secreted. 
 These are usually called Stomachics, and include a great many 
 substances. Stimulants to the mouth reflexly increase the secre- 
 tion of gastric juice ; all bitter and aromatic substances act in 
 this way, and they also increase the appetite. The mere presence 
 of food in the stomach stimulates the gastric flow. Probably 
 aromatics and bitters act also on the stomach itself. 
 
 The drugs which increase the flow of gastric juice are 
 
 (1) Aromatics. 
 
 (2) Bitters. 
 
 (3) All alkalies (especially potas- 
 
 sium and sodium bicarbon- 
 ates, and Spiritus Ammoniac 
 Aromaticus). 
 
 (4) Alcohol. 
 
 (5) Ether. 
 
 (6) Chloroform. 
 
 (7) Magnesia. 
 
 (8) Magnesium carbonate. 
 
 (9) Pungent substances (pep- 
 
 per, mustard, horse-radish).
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE APPARATUS. 83 
 
 Therapeutics. Stomachics are very largely used for the 
 purpose of increasing the secretion of gastric juice in cases of 
 dyspepsia. 
 
 2. Drugs decreasing the amount of gastric juice secreted. 
 
 (1) Mineral acids. 
 
 (2) Acetic acid. 
 
 (3) Many of those in the last list if 
 given in large doses, e.g., 
 alcohol, ether and chloroform. 
 
 Therapeutics. These drugs are never employed for this 
 effect. It is particularly to be observed that while alkalies 
 increase the secretion of the gastric juice, which is acid, they 
 diminish that of the saliva, which is alkaline ; but acids increase 
 the secretion of the alkaline saliva, but diminish that of the acid 
 gastric juice. 
 
 3. Drugs altering the composition of the gastric contents. 
 Acids and alkalies naturally modify the reaction of the gastric 
 contents. For this purpose diluted mineral acids are often pre- 
 scribed to be taken about two hours after a meal, in cases in 
 which the cause of indigestion is thought to be that the amount 
 of hydrochloric acid secreted is deficient. If the acid were given 
 at meal-time it would prevent the secretion of the natural acid ; 
 but by giving it after the meal, when all the acid that the gastric 
 juice is capable of forming has been secreted, the drug carries 
 on the act of digestion. In case of indigestion in which, from 
 the nature of vomited matters or from any other reason, it is con- 
 sidered that there is an excess of acid in the stomach, alkalies are 
 given at meal-times, the favorite drug being sodium bicarbonate. 
 
 Pepsin is given, usually in combination with diluted hydro- 
 chloric acid, when it is probable that the cause of the indigestion 
 is the secretion of too small an amount of pepsin ; but in this, 
 as in every other variety of dyspepsia, it is far more important 
 to remove the cause of indigestion than to endeavor to modify 
 the composition of the secreted gastric juice. 
 
 Many attempts have been made to try, by the administration 
 of antiseptics, to prevent fermentation and putrefaction from 
 going on in the stomach, but with a limited success, for a suffi- 
 cient dose of any antiseptic [may be] frequently deleterious.
 
 84 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 Here, even more than in the last case, the right treatment is to 
 remove the cause of the putrefaction. 
 
 Drugs that have been used for this purpose are 
 
 (1) Carbolic acid. 
 
 (2) I o do form. 
 
 (3) Boric acid. 
 
 (4) Creosote. 
 
 (5) Eucalyptus. 
 
 (6) Thymol. 
 
 (7) [Resorcin.] 
 
 (8) [Salicin. 
 
 (9) Bismuth salicylate.] 
 
 (10) Salol. 
 
 (11) Sodium hyposulphite. 
 
 (12) Sodium sulpho-carbolate. 
 
 (13) Sulphurous Anhydride. 
 
 (14) Naphtol. 
 
 Charcoal has been employed, but when it is moist it is useless. 
 
 4. Drugs which dilate the vessels of the stomach. The vessels 
 of the stomach are very sensitive to irritation. They easily dilate 
 upon mechanical irritation, and the presence of food, especially 
 peptones, causes the vascularity of the mucous membrane to in- 
 crease. Within limits greater vascularity is an advantage, for it 
 not only favors the secretion of gastric juice, but it facilitates 
 absorption. 
 
 The substances which increase the vascularity of the stomach 
 are all stomachics (except alkalies), diluted mineral acids, the 
 drugs which have been already enumerated as irritants generally, 
 and squill, digitalis, colchicum, senega, copaiba, gamboge, guai- 
 acum, and veratrine. This is a very long list, and many of the 
 substances in it are never employed for their irritant effect ; in 
 fact, the only ones in common use are the stomachics ; the others 
 are far too powerful ; even small doses of them set up inflammation 
 of the gastric wall, which is also produced by over indulgence in 
 stomachics, as we constantly see in the gastritis induced by alco- 
 hol. The therapeutic indications for this class of drugs are the 
 same as those for stomachics generally. 
 
 Gastro-intestinal irritants. In describing the individual ac- 
 tions of drugs the statement is frequently made that they are 
 gastro-intestinal irritants, and this is a convenient opportunity 
 for describing the symptoms produced in health by these drugs. 
 If the drug has a caustic action, as many gastro-intestinal irri- 
 tants have, the swallowing of it will cause considerable pain in
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE APPARATUS. 85 
 
 the mouth and pharynx ; in a short time these parts will become 
 severely inflamed, and consequently very much reddened, swol- 
 len and painful. The tongue will be often much enlarged. If 
 the drug is corrosive, sloughs, generally white in color at first, 
 with a severely inflamed area around them, will be seen ; as they 
 fall off they will leave ulcers. Owing to the pain and swelling, 
 it will for some time be impossible to take any food, or at the 
 best only that of a soft or fluid nature. Directly [after] the 
 drug reaches the stomach, intense irritation is set up ; conse- 
 quently the patient feels severe abdominal pain, and there is vio- 
 lent retching and vomiting. As the poison passes on, it pro- 
 duces its severe irritant effects on the intestine, and diarrhoea 
 sets in. Both the vomited matters and the motions often con- 
 tain blood. The general symptoms are an anxious countenance, 
 small feeble pulse, scanty urine, a low temperature, and all the 
 symptoms of collapse. Later on, the gastro-intestinal irritation 
 may be severe enough to set up general peritonitis, or a gastric 
 ulcer may form, and then there may be added to the case all the 
 symptoms of gastric ulcer and its sequelae. The inflammation 
 of the resophagus may lead to its contraction. At the post- 
 mortem examination, if the patient has died soon after the ad- 
 ministration of the poison, the stomach will be very red and 
 ecchymosed, with a swollen mucous membrane. Parts of the 
 intestine will be in the same condition. This severe inflamma- 
 tion may, in many places, have led to the formation of sloughs. 
 It must be remembered that many gastro-intestinal irritants have 
 no action on the mouth. 
 
 5. Drugs which contract the gastric vessels. These are the 
 same as those which have already been enumerated as being 
 generally astringent. They are much used, more for the intestine 
 than the stomach, and will therefore be considered in detail 
 presently. (Seep. 95.) 
 
 6. Drugs acting on the nerves of the stomach. All drugs 
 powerfully irritant to the stomach cause pain in it ; those that 
 are only slightly irritant give rise to a sensation of warmth. It 
 is never desired to produce gastric pain'. 
 
 Gastric sedatives. These drugs are the same as those which
 
 86 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 are local sedatives to other parts of the body. Those most used 
 for the stomach are 
 
 (1) Bismuth subcarbonate. 
 
 (2) Bismuth subnitrate. 
 
 (3) Bismuth salicylate. 
 
 (4) Opium. 
 
 (5) Hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 (6) Carbon [dioxide.] 
 
 (7) Ice. 
 
 (8) Belladonna. 
 
 (9) Hyoscyamus. 
 (10) Stramonium. 
 
 They are employed in the Very many painful forms of dyspepsia. 
 
 All, except perhaps stramonium, are in frequent use. 
 
 7. Drugs acting on the movements of the stomach. It has been 
 observed that the movements of the stomach increase as the acidity 
 of the contents increases. If it be that the acidity is the cause 
 of the movements, anything which causes an increase of acidity 
 will lead to more powerful movements. Apart from this, strych- 
 nine appears directly to stimulate the [unstriped] muscle of the 
 gastric wall. Stomachics also probably aid the movements, so 
 that our complete list will be mineral acids, nux vomica, and the 
 stomachics. 
 
 The proper churning up of the gastric contents is so necessary, 
 that the value in dyspepsia, of drugs which aid the gastric move- 
 ments, is very great. Hence the frequency with which nux 
 vomica enters into anti-dyspeptic acid mixtures. 
 
 Carminatives. This term is often applied to substances which 
 aid the expulsion of gas from the stomach and intestines. They 
 act by stimulating the gastric and intestinal movements. It has 
 been found from clinical observation that the most efficient car- 
 minatives are 
 
 (1) Stomachics generally, espe- 
 
 cially 
 
 (2) Aromatics, 
 
 (3) Bitters, 
 
 (4) Pungent substances, 
 
 (5) Asafoetida, 
 
 (6) Ammoniacum, 
 
 (7) Valerian, 
 
 (8) Camphor and 
 
 (9) Volatile oils. 
 
 8. Emetics. It is well known that the many complicated 
 mechanisms involved in the act of vomiting are under the con- 
 trol of a centre in the medulla, which is capable of being stimu- 
 lated by afferent impulses reaching it from many sources, such as
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE APPARATUS. 87 
 
 the cerebrum, as when sights or smells cause sickness, the mouth, 
 the pharynx, the oesophagus, the lungs, the heart, the stomach, 
 the intestines, the biliary passages, the kidney, the peritoneum, 
 and the uterus ; so that the drugs acting on any of these organs, 
 or on the centre itself, might be emetics. But it is usual, in 
 describing drugs which cause vomiting, to mention only those 
 which do so either by acting on the stomach or on the centre in 
 the medulla, and they are divided into two corresponding classes. 
 Those acting on the stomach are sometimes called direct emetics, 
 because they act directly on the stomach ; and those influencing 
 the medulla are called indirect; but some authors reserve the 
 word direct for those acting on the medulla, and speak of those 
 affecting the stomach as indirect. Considering this confusion, 
 it is better to divide emetics into gastric and central. By means 
 of the following experiments we determine to which group any 
 drug belongs : 
 
 (1) The emetic is injected directly into the circulation. If 
 very shortly after this vomiting takes place, the drug must have 
 acted on the medulla, to which it has been carried by the circu- 
 lation ; but if some time elapses we conclude it acted on the 
 stomach, and that it was first excreted into this organ before 
 vomiting took place. This experiment may be made still more 
 striking by injecting directly into the carotid, for then the 
 medulla is quickly reached. 
 
 (2) If the least quantity of the drug which, when injected 
 into the circulation, will produce vomiting is larger than is neces- 
 sary when it is introduced directly into the stomach, the infer- 
 ence is that the drug acts primarily on the stomach, and that 
 when it produces vomiting after injection into the circulation it 
 only does so because some of it has been excreted into the 
 stomach. 
 
 (3) If the drug will not produce vomiting after injection into 
 the circulation when the stomach is replaced by a bladder, it 
 shows that it acted directly on the stomach ; but if vomiting is 
 produced it shows that the drug acted on the medulla, and that 
 the vomiting is caused by the contraction of the abdominal 
 muscles.
 
 88 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 (4) If the drug takes a long while to act after its introduction 
 into the stomach, it probably acts centrally ; and the reason for 
 the delay is that sufficient time must elapse for the drug to be 
 absorbed. 
 
 In spite of these experiments it is difficult to be sure about 
 the action of emetics, for some act in both ways, and some may, 
 in the course of their circulation through the blood, act upon 
 some of the many parts of the body from which the vomiting 
 centre receives afferent impulses. 
 
 The following is a list of those emetics which are commonly used. 
 Emetics acting on the stomach : 
 
 (1) [Yellow mercuric subsul- 
 
 phate.] 
 
 (2) Alum. 
 
 (3) Ammonium carbonate. 
 
 (5) Zinc sulphate. 
 
 (6) Sodium chloride. 
 
 (7) Mustard. 
 
 (8) Warm water. 
 
 (4) Copper sulphate. 
 Of these zinc and copper sulphate act slightly on the medulla. 
 
 Emetics acting on the medullary centre : 
 
 (1) Apomorphine. (4) Senega. 
 
 (2) Tartar emetic. (5) Squill. 
 
 (3) Ipecacuanha. 
 
 Of these tartar emetic and ipecacuanha act partly on the stomach. The 
 first three are very powerful emetics, and are much more depressant in their 
 action than the gastric emetics. 
 
 Therapeutics. Emetics have two uses. Firstly, to remove 
 the contents of the stomach. Thus when that organ is over-full, 
 and there is a feeling of nausea, an emetic by emptying the 
 stomach may relieve. Emetics are largely used to empty the 
 stomach in cases of poisoning, and they may benefit certain 
 cases of sick headache. An emetic occasionally aids the expul- 
 sion of a foreign body which has become impacted in the fauces 
 or oesophagus. Secondly, emetics are used to expel the contents 
 of the air-passages, especially in children, for they cannot expec- 
 torate well. For this purpose these drugs are given to help chil- 
 dren to expel the morbid products in bronchitis, laryngitis, and
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE APPARATUS. 
 
 8 9 
 
 diphtheria. They also aid the expulsion of foreign bodies that 
 have become impacted in the larynx. In choosing an emetic it 
 will be remembered that although apomorphine, ipecacuanha, 
 and tartar emetic are the most powerful they are the most 
 depressant, and are therefore not suitable in many cases such, 
 for instance, as poisoning accompanied by severe collapse. When 
 the poison is a powerful gastro -intestinal irritant, if the condi- 
 tion of the mouth and oesophagus will allow of it, it is preferable 
 to wash out the stomach rather than to use an emetic. 
 
 Emetics are not permissible for patients suffering from 
 aneurism, hernia, prolapse of uterus or rectum, peritonitis, or a 
 tendency to haemorrhage, because of the straining induced by 
 the vomiting, which should make us cautious in giving them to 
 those who have disease of their vessels or high tension in them, 
 for the straining may lead to haemorrhage. 
 
 9. Anti-emetics. The causes of vomiting are so numerous that 
 the number of drugs which may stop vomiting is very large ; 
 therefore, as in the case of emetics, we can only consider those 
 which act either on the stomach or on the centre in the medulla. 
 
 Anti-emetics acting on the stomach. These are all those sub- 
 stances which have been already enumerated as having a seda- 
 tive influence on the gastric nerves, viz. : 
 
 (1) Ice. 
 
 (2) Bismuth subcarbonate. 
 
 (3) Bismuth subnitrate. 
 
 (4) Opium. 
 
 (5) Hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 (6) Carbon dioxide. 
 
 Also some drugs which occasionally appear to have a specific local action 
 in arresting vomiting ; such are: 
 
 (i) Cocaine. 
 (2) Cerium oxalate. \j 
 
 (3) [Menthol.] 
 
 (4) Wine of ipecac. 
 
 (5) Tincture of iodine. 
 
 (6) Arsenous acid. 
 
 In 
 
 minute 
 doses. 
 
 (7) Alcohol. 
 
 (8) Carbolic acid. 
 
 (9) Chloroform. 
 
 (10) Creosote. 
 
 (11) Ether. 
 
 (12) Silver nitrate. 
 
 (13) The sulphocar- 
 
 bolates. 
 
 In 
 j- small 
 doses.
 
 9O PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 Anti-emetics acting centrally 
 
 (1) Opium. 
 
 (2) Ammonium, 
 
 (3) Potassium, and 
 
 (4) Sodium bromides. 
 
 (6) Amyl nitrite. 
 
 (7) Nitroglycerin. 
 
 (8) Diluted hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 (9) Alcohol. 
 
 (5) Chloral hydrate. 
 
 It will be noticed that some drugs fall under both headings. 
 
 Therapeutics. The very name of these drugs indicates 
 their therapeutical application. At the best they are only pallia- 
 tive ; the right way to treat vomiting is, if possible, to remove 
 the cause. Of anti-emetics, ice, diluted hydrocyanic acid, car- 
 bon dioxide, bismuth salts, morphine, [menthol] and iodine are 
 perhaps the most reliable, but all are very uncertain. 
 
 D. Drugs acting on the intestines. Many secretions 
 are poured into the intestine, the food is much altered by the 
 time it arrives there, and it is changed in its course down the 
 intestine ; the physiology of intestinal digestion, of the move- 
 ments and the nervous mechanism of the intestine are imper- 
 fectly known ; drugs may be considerably altered by the time 
 they come to this part of the alimentary canal, and its diseases 
 are little understood ; consequently we cannot arrange the action 
 of drugs in a physiological classification. We know, in fact, 
 of only [three] important divisions : purgatives, [antiseptics] 
 and astringents. 
 
 The methods of experiments which have been used to deter- 
 mine the mode of action of purgatives are chiefly those of Thiry 
 and Moreau. The first-named observer cut the intestine across 
 in two places a short distance apart ; the isolated part which was 
 still attached to the mesentery was sewn up at one end ; the 
 other, the open end, was attached to the abdominal wall, and 
 thus there was a test-tube-like piece of intestine into which drugs 
 could be placed. The parts of intestine, on either side of the 
 excised piece, were sewn together, so that the whole intestine 
 was the same as before, but a little shorter. This method did 
 not give very satisfactory results, and consequently Moreau de- 
 vised his experiments, which seem more trustworthy. He put 
 four ligatures around the intestine at equal distances apart, so
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE APPARATUS. 9 1 
 
 that he shut off from the rest of the [intestine] and from each 
 other three pieces of intestine, each of the same length. With 
 a fine syringe he injected into the middle piece the drug to be 
 experimented upon, and returned the whole into the abdominal 
 cavity. In a few hours the animal was -killed, and the state of the 
 interior of the middle piece was contrasted with that of the pieces 
 either side of it. Before Moreau's experiments there had been 
 much discussion as to whether some purgatives did not act only 
 by increasing the action of the muscular coat, and others only by 
 stimulating the secretions, but from these experiments it appears 
 that probably the majority act in both ways, some very slightly 
 on the secretion and powerfully on the muscle, and others 
 slightly on the muscle and powerfully on the secretion. We will 
 first consider intestinal purgatives, [then intestinal antiseptics] 
 and [finally] intestinal astringents. 
 
 Purgatives are divided into the following classes. 
 
 Laxatives. These are substances which slightly increase the 
 action of the bowels chiefly by stimulating their muscular coat. 
 
 They are 
 
 (1) Whole meal bread. 
 
 (2) Honey. 
 
 (3) Treacle. 
 
 (4) Most fruits, especially 
 
 (5) Tamarind, 
 
 (6) Fig, 
 
 (7) Prune, and 
 
 (8) Stewed apples. 
 
 (9) Manna. 
 
 (10) Cassia [Fistula]. 
 
 (11) Sulphur. 
 
 (12) Magnesia. 
 
 (13) Olive oil. 
 
 (14) Castor oil (small doses). 
 
 These are all domestic remedies employed for slight cases of 
 constipation, especially in children ; some, as brown bread, 
 fruits, honey, form articles of diet with persons who are liable 
 to constipation. [Ergot, physostigma, nux vomica, belladonna, 
 hyoscyamus, and stramonium are also laxatives, but are not used 
 except under medical orders.] Nux vomica is most valuable ; 
 it is probably a direct stimulant to the muscular coat, hardly in- 
 fluencing secretion. It is largely used in cases of chronic con- 
 stipation, especially when occurring in anaemic persons, or in 
 those in whom, for any reason, it is likely that the intestinal 
 peristalsis is feeble.
 
 92 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 Belladonna in small doses increases peristaltic movements 
 because it paralyzes the inhibitory fibres of the splanchnics, but 
 in moderate doses it completely arrests peristaltic movements. 
 It is chiefly employed for this latter purpose, especially in com- 
 bination with opium. Hyoscyamus acts on the intestines in the 
 same way, and small doses of it are often given with other pur- 
 gatives to prevent griping, for it gives an orderly rhythm to the 
 irregular contractions which the stronger purgatives produce. 
 
 Ergot and physostigma are hardly ever used for their laxative 
 effect. [Ergot, however, so often produces diarrhoea that its 
 purgative action should be kept in mind.] 
 
 Simple purgatives. These are rather more powerful in their 
 action than laxatives. They stimulate peristalsis and also increase 
 secretion. Some of the laxatives, as castor oil and magnesia, 
 when given in large doses become simple purgatives. 
 
 The simple purgatives are 
 
 (1) Aloes. 
 
 (2) Rhubarb. 
 
 (3) Rhamnus Frangula. 
 
 (4) [Rhamnus Purshiana.] 
 
 (5) Senna. 
 
 (6) Pel Bovis. 
 
 These are all in common use. The indications for each will 
 be given under the individual drug. 
 
 Drastic purgatives, often called cathartics. These excite 
 greatly increased secretion and peristaltic movements, and if 
 given in large doses cause severe irritation of the intestine, with 
 much secretion of mucus, great vascular dilatation, and even 
 haemorrhage, severe abdominal pain and collapse, with profuse 
 diarrhoea. The peristaltic contractions are often irregular, and 
 hence there may be much griping pain ; therefore it is usual to 
 prescribe hyoscyamus with these drugs, which are in order of 
 efficiency 
 
 (1) Calomel. 
 
 (2) Podophyllum. 
 
 (3) [Leptandra.] 
 
 (4) Aloes. 
 
 (5) Jalap- 
 
 (6) Scammony. 
 
 (7) Gamboge. 
 
 (8) Oleum Terebinthinae. 
 
 (9) Colocynth. 
 
 (10) Elaterium. 
 
 (11) Croton oil.
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE APPARATUS. 
 
 93 
 
 The most powerful are placed last. Some, as jalap, elaterium, scammony, 
 are often called hydragogue, because of the large amount of secretion they 
 excite. 
 
 Therapeutics. Drastic purgatives are employed in obsti- 
 nate constipation, and also to produce very watery evacuations 
 with the object of removing as much fluid from the body as pos- 
 sible. Hence the frequent use of jalap in Bright' s disease. 
 
 Saline purgatives. The action of these is obscure, but it 
 seems certain that they very greatly increase the secretion of 
 intestinal fluid, and hinder its reabsorption, so that a large 
 amount of it accumulates in the intestine. The distension due 
 to this accumulation excites gentle peristalsis, and consequently 
 an easy, painless evacuation of the bowels. Secretion goes on 
 till the fluid in the intestine has become a 5 or 6 per cent, solu- 
 tion of the drug, so that if a very concentrated solution is given, 
 much intestinal fluid is secreted. There is some doubt whether 
 osmosis plays any part in the process. The action is entirely 
 local, for no purgation follows if the salts are injected into the 
 blood. [Magnesium sulphate, administered hypodermatically, 
 purges. It is possible that other salines may act similarly.] The 
 saline purgatives are 
 
 (1) Potassium [and sodium] 
 
 tartrate. 
 
 (2) Potassium bitartrate. 
 
 (3) Potassium sulphate. 
 
 (4) Sodium sulphate. 
 
 (5) Sodium tartrate. 
 
 (6) Sodium citro-tartrate. 
 
 (7) Sodium phosphate. 
 
 (8) Magnesium sulphate and 
 
 other salts. 
 
 Therapeutics. These are very largely used as habitual pur- 
 gatives, especially for persons suffering from any form of gout. 
 They form the essential ingredient of most purgative mineral 
 waters, as Hunyadi Janos, [Apenta], Pullna, Friedrichshall, 
 ^sculap, Rubinat, [Villacabras], etc. The best way of taking 
 them is to put the required dose of the salt, or the mineral 
 water, in a tumbler, add some [hot] water, and sip it slowly 
 while dressing in the morning. 
 
 Cholagogue purgatives will be described when speaking of the 
 liver.
 
 94 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 Enemata. Any fluid preparation, injected into the rectum, 
 is called an enema. When a purgative is liable to produce sick- 
 ness, or it is inadvisable, because of peritonitis, intestinal ob- 
 struction, ulceration, or other diseases, to give it by the mouth, 
 it may be given by the rectum. Castor oil, aloes, olive oil, 
 magnesium sulphate, soap, etc., may be administered in this 
 way. Enough of a vehicle must always be used to make a pur- 
 gative enema up to three-quarters of a pint or a pint [350. or 500. 
 c.c.], for distension of the rectum greatly aids purgation. A 
 teaspoonful [4 c.c.] of glycerin injected into the rectum, or the 
 same amount given as a suppository, often unlocks the bowels. 
 
 [Intestinal Antiseptics. These are believed to check fer- 
 mentation and putrefaction in the intestines and are 
 
 (1) Naphtol. 
 
 (2) Bismuth Naphtolate. 
 
 (3) Naphtalin. 
 
 (4) Bismuth Salicylate. 
 
 (5) Salol. 
 
 (6) Chlorine. 
 
 (7) Creosote. 
 
 (8) Corrosive Mercuric Chlo 
 
 ride. 
 
 (9) Oil of Turpentine. 
 (10) Silver Nitrate. 
 
 
 
 Naphtol has been shown to destroy micro-organism in situ. 
 Bismuth naphtolate has not the irritating properties of naphtol, 
 but appears to be equally effective. When pure, naphtalin is 
 not absorbed, it does not cause toxic symptoms, nor is there 
 any change in the urine. Salol, a combination of salicylic and 
 carbolic acids, decomposes only in an alkaline solution, and this 
 is useful for action in the small intestine. Chlorine water has 
 been used for the disinfection of the intestine in typhoid fever. 
 Creosote is valuable if administered in the form of enteric pills, 
 which are soluble only in the intestinal fluids. Corrosive mer- 
 curic chloride is too poisonous for use, save in exceptional cases. 
 The late George B. Wood, of Philadelphia, achieved brilliant 
 success with oil of turpentine in the treatment of typhoid fever. 
 Silver nitrate has a limited use as an antiseptic, in its local appli- 
 cation to dysenteric ulcerations within reach in the rectum and 
 sigmoid flexure. The intelligent use of the foregoing drugs has 
 greatly improved the success of the treatment of enteritis, diar- 
 rhoea, colitis, dysentery and typhoid fever.]
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE APPARATUS. 
 
 95 
 
 Intestinal Astringents. These may be described under 
 the following heads : 
 
 Astringents acting on the vessels of the intestine. These are 
 the same as those acting on vessels generally. Those employed 
 for their action on the intestine are 
 
 (1) Lead salts. 
 
 (2) Dilute solutions of silver salts. 
 
 (3) Alum. 
 
 (4) Diluted sulphuric acid. 
 
 Astringents coagulating albuminous fluids and thus constricting 
 the vessels : 
 
 (1) Tannic acid, and all sub- 
 
 stances containing it, as 
 
 (2) Krameria, 
 
 (3) Kino, 
 
 (4) Haematoxylon, 
 
 (5) Cinnamon, 
 
 (6) Catechu, and 
 
 (7) Eucalyptus gum. 
 
 (8) Lead salts. 
 
 (9) Silver salts. 
 
 (10) Zinc salts. 
 
 (11) Bismuth salts. 
 
 (12) Copper salts, and especially 
 
 (13) Ferric salts. 
 
 Astringents diminishing the amount of intestinal fluid secreted : 
 
 (1) Opium. (3) Lead salts. 
 
 (2) [Goto.] (4) Calcium salts. 
 
 The precise action of these is obscure, but it is probable that they operate 
 in the way indicated. 
 
 Astringents diminishing the contractions of the muscular coat 
 of the intestines : 
 
 (1) Opium. 
 
 (2) Belladonna. 
 
 (3) Hyoscyamus. 
 
 (4) Stramonium. 
 
 (5) Lead salts. 
 
 (6) Lime. 
 
 (7) Bismuth salts. 
 
 Therapeutics. The first proceeding in every case of diar- 
 rhoea is to remove its cause ; if this can be done, it will probably 
 subside. Often the cause is some irritating, indigestible food, 
 and then it is advisable to give a mild purge, as castor oil, rhu- 
 barb, etc. , to get rid of it. The majority of cases of ordinary 
 diarrhoea are probably due to some slight enteritis, and then any 
 one of the astringents that have been named will be valuable, for
 
 96 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 it is desirable to constrict the dilated vessels, and to diminish the 
 secretion and the movements. Intestinal astringents are, there- 
 fore, often combined, and, when the diarrhoea is at all serious, 
 opium is of great service. If there is a persistent cause, as tuber- 
 culous ulceration, the hope of doing good is slight. But the treat- 
 ment by drugs is only a small part of the battle ; if the diarrhcea 
 is severe, absolute rest is necessary, food must be very simple 
 and given in small quantities at a time, not much fluid should 
 be drunk, and the patient must be kept warm. 
 
 E. Drugs acting on the Liver. The liver has several 
 distinct functions, viz. : (a) to secrete bile ; (/$) to form and 
 store up glycogen ; (V) to form urea ; (//) to excrete substances 
 absorbed from the intestine ; and (<?) to destroy poisonous sub- 
 stances absorbed from the intestine. 
 
 i. Drugs influencing the secretion of bile. It does not follow 
 because more bile appears in the faeces that more is secreted, for 
 it may be that the gall-bladder and ducts have been thoroughly 
 emptied, or that the bile which has been poured into the duode- 
 num has been swept along quickly before reabsorption, which is 
 ordinarily brisk, has had time to take place. Drugs which 
 increase the amount of bile actually secreted are called direct 
 cholagogues, or hepatic stimulants ; but this is a bad name, 
 as the liver has so many distinct -functions : those which simply 
 lead to a larger amount of bile being found in the faeces without 
 any extra secretion are called indirect cholagogues. 
 
 DIRECT CHOLAGOGUES. These have been studied in fasting, 
 curarized dogs. A cannula is inserted into the bile-duct, and is 
 brought out of the body, the drug to be experimented upon is 
 administered, and the amount of bile is secreted before and after 
 the administration is noted. No food must be given 'during the 
 experiment, as that alone causes a considerable increase in the 
 biliary flow. 
 
 Direct cholagogues (the most powerful being placed first) are 
 
 (1) Euonymus. 
 
 (2) Sodium benzoate. 
 
 (3) Sodium salicylate. 
 
 (4) Podophyllin. 
 
 (5) Iridin. 
 
 (6) [Leptandra.] 
 
 (7) [Corrosive] mercuric chlo- 
 
 ride.
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE APPARATUS. 
 
 (8) Sodium sulphate. 
 
 (9) Sodium phosphate. 
 
 (10) Aloes. 
 
 (11) Ipecacuanha. 
 
 (12) Diluted nitric acid. 
 
 (13) Diluted nitrohydrochloric 
 
 acid. 
 
 (14) Colocynth. 
 
 (15) Colchicum. 
 
 (16) Potassium sulphate. 
 
 (17) Rhubarb. 
 
 (18) Ja>p. 
 
 (19) Scammony. 
 
 (20) Diluted arsenous acid. 
 
 There are individual differences among direct cholagogues. Some, as 
 sodium salicylate, make the flow very watery, others, as toluylendiamine, 
 which is not given to man, make it so thick that it flows through the duct with 
 the greatest difficulty. Euonymin, sodium benzoate, sodium salicylate, Harro- 
 gate old sulphur spring and Carlsbad water, all markedly increase both the 
 total quantity and the solids. Podophyllin and iridin, on the other hand, 
 increase the solids without affecting the quantity. 
 
 INDIRECT CHOLAGOGUES. These cause no increase in the 
 amount of bile secreted ; they act by stimulating the upper part 
 of the jejunum and the lower part of the duodenum, thus sweep- 
 ing the bile on before there is time for it to be re-absorbed. 
 
 They are (i) Mercury; (2) most Cathartic purgatives, especially 
 Calomel. 
 
 Therapeutics. Cholagogues are used for cases of dyspepsia 
 in which there is reason to believe that the liver is the organ 
 at fault, and certainly they often have a very markedly beneficial 
 effect. It is clearly an advantage to combine direct and indirect 
 cholagogues in order to insure that the bile shall be excreted. 
 As bile itself is a stimulant to the peristaltic movements of the 
 intestine, all cholagogues are purgatives, and form a distinct class 
 of purgatives. In cases of hepatic dyspepsia attention to diet is 
 of the greatest importance, and muscular movements, as riding, 
 rowing, etc., aid in the expulsion of bile from the gall-bladder 
 and ducts. 
 
 ANTI -CHOLAGOGUES. These are often called hepatic depres- 
 sants. They decrease the quantity of the bile secreted. Calomel, 
 castor oil, gamboge, magnesium sulphate, opium and lead acetate 
 have this effect, but it is not sufficiently marked to interfere with 
 their therapeutic use for other purposes, and they are never em- 
 ployed for this action. 
 
 7
 
 98 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 2. Drugs modifying the glycogenic ftmction oj the liver. [We 
 will here refer to those drugs which cause sugar to appear in the 
 urine, and to those drugs which diminish the glycogenic function 
 of the liver. 
 
 DRUGS CAUSING SUGAR TO APPEAR IN THE URINE. Until re- 
 cently it was assumed that all these drugs acted on the liver, 
 probably by increasing the amount of sugar made from the hepa- 
 tic store of glycogen ; but now we have reasons for thinking that 
 sometimes the pancreas may be the organ at fault in diabetes, for 
 its excision causes sugar to appear in the urine, and other symp- 
 toms of diabetes ; also it has been suggested that perhaps some 
 perversion of processes going on in muscles may cause diabetes, 
 therefore it is rash to assume that all drugs causing sugar to 
 appear in the urine (glycosuria) must act on the liver. What 
 little can be stated as to the mode of action of these drugs will 
 be given when each individual drug is considered. 
 
 The drugs stated to cause glycosuria have already been mentioned ( See 
 p. 70).] 
 
 DEPRESSANTS OF THE GLYCOGENIC FUNCTION. Phosphorus, arsenic, 
 and antimony diminish and' even stop the formation of glycogen by the liver ; 
 they also cause fatty degeneration of it. In certain forms of diabetes, opium, 
 morphine, and codeine have a most marked effect in diminishing the quan- 
 tity of sugar in the urine. 
 
 3. Drugs modifying the formation of urea by the liver. It is 
 believed that some of the nitrogenous substances, especially 
 leucin, arriving at the liver, are there converted into urea. The 
 quantity of urea excreted by the urine is increased by phosphorus, 
 arsenic, antimony, ammonium chloride, and iron. Phosphorus 
 may also lead to the appearance in the urine of leucin and tyro- 
 sin. There is some evidence that this drug causes an increase of 
 the urea through its action on the liver, for in phosphorus poison- 
 ing that organ undergoes extreme fatty degeneration, and jaun- 
 dice supervenes. Whether the other drugs act through the liver 
 is doubtful. Antimony and arsenic, if given in large doses for 
 some time, both produce general fatty degeneration. All these 
 substances must be administered in almost poisonous doses in
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON NERVOUS AND MUSCULAR SYSTEMS. 99 
 
 order to increase the urea in the urine, and they are not employed 
 therapeutically for this purpose. 
 
 Opium, colchicum, alcohol, and quinine are said to increase 
 the quantity of urea excreted. 
 
 DIVISION X. DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS AND MUSCULAR 
 
 SYSTEMS. 
 
 A. Drugs acting on the Muscles. Pharmacologists have 
 devoted much attention to this class of drugs ; but as the facts 
 ascertained are not used in medicine, we need not stop to con- 
 sider them. Brunton gives the following classification, founded 
 on that of Kobert : 
 
 Class I. Irritability of muscle unaffected ; total amount of work it can 
 do diminished. The following produce this effect : Apomorphine, delphine, 
 saponin, copper, zinc, and cadmium, and in large doses, antimony, arsenic, 
 platinum, and iron. 
 
 Class II. Both the irritability and the capacity for work diminished. 
 The following produce this effect : Potassium, lithium, ammonium, quinine, 
 alcohol, chloral [hydrate], and chloroform. 
 
 Class III. Diminish the capacity for work, and make the excitability very 
 irregular. Lead, emetine, and cocaine. 
 
 Class IV. Alter the form of the muscle curve. Veratrine, barium, stron- 
 tium, and calcium salts, digitalis, and squill. 
 
 Class V. Increases the, excitability. Physostigmine. 
 
 Class VI. Increase the capacity for work. Caffeine and theobromine. 
 
 Small doses of strychnine and veratrine shorten the latent period ; large 
 doses lengthen it. 
 
 Dilute alkalies diminish the extensibility ; dilute acids increase it. 
 
 B. Drugs acting on the Peripheral Endings of Motor 
 Nerves. Of the drugs belonging to this group the action of 
 curare has been worked out most fully. If curare is given to an 
 animal, it is found that the muscles will respond to a mechanical 
 stimulus, although they will not contract when the motor nerve is 
 stimulated. If a single muscle be removed from the circulation 
 by ligature of its vessels before the administration of curare, 
 afterwards it will be the only one .that will respond to stimula- 
 tion of its motor nerve. As this was the only muscle of the body 
 that the drug could not reach, and it is the only one not poi-
 
 IOO PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 soned, the poison clearly acts locally on the muscles ; but as the 
 curarized muscle will respond to mechanical stimulation, curare 
 must paralyze the motor nerves within the muscle, probably the 
 end plates. 
 
 Drugs paralyzing the termination of the motor nerves in muscle : 
 
 (1) Curare. 
 
 (2) Conium. 
 
 (3) Belladonna (atropine). 
 
 (4) Stramonium. 
 -=- (5) Hyoscyamus. 
 
 (6) Saponin. 
 
 (7) Sparteine. 
 
 ^ (8) Amyl nitrite. 
 (9) Diluted hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 (10) Cocaine. 
 
 (11) Camphor. 
 
 (12) Lobeline. 
 
 (13) Nicotine. 
 
 (14) Methyl -brucine. 
 
 (15) Methyl-cinchonine. 
 
 (1 6) Methyl-codeine. 
 
 (17) Methyl-morphine. 
 
 (1 8) Methyl- quinine. 
 
 (19) Methyl-nicotine. 
 
 (20) Methyl-strychnine, 
 
 and many others. 
 
 Curare and conium are by far the most important. Therapeutically we 
 never desire to paralyze motor nerve endings. 
 
 Drugs stimulating the termination of motor nerves in muscle : 
 
 (1) Aconite. 
 
 (2) Nicotine. 
 
 (4) Pyridine. 
 
 (5) Strychnine (slightly). 
 
 (3) Pilocarpine. 
 
 Excepting that perhaps some of the beneficial action of strychnine in 
 certain cases may be due to its slight action on motor nerves, we do not em- 
 ploy these drugs for this action. 
 
 C. Drugs acting on the Peripheral Endings of 
 Sensory Nerves (other than those of special sense). Our 
 knowledge of these is derived almost entirely from observations 
 on man, for it is very difficult to experiment upon animals, as 
 they have such imperfect means of communicating their sensa- 
 tions to us. 
 
 Drugs which stimulate the termination of sensory nerves, 
 These, when applied locally, cause pain. They are the same as 
 the local vascular irritants which have already been enumerated 
 (p. 60) ; in fact, most of them give rise to pain by causing local 
 inflammation. There is no need to repeat the list. 
 
 Therapeutics. Local irritants are chiefly employed for
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON NERVOUS AND MUSCULAR SYSTEMS. IOI 
 
 their action on the vessels, but as they are also counter-irritants, 
 their application to the skin, while causing some pain there, will 
 often relieve a deep-seated pain. Although pain is always referred 
 to the periphery, it is appreciated centrally, and therefore periph- 
 eral stimulation of nerves, which also reflexly excites the heart 
 and respiration, is used to rouse people from unconsciousness, 
 such as that of fainting, opium poisoning, etc. For these pur- 
 poses the stimulus must be prompt, hence the application of the 
 faradic current to the skin is a good means to employ. 
 
 Drugs which depress the terminations of sensory nerves. Of 
 these there are two kinds : those which only relieve pain, or 
 local anodynes ; and those which diminish sensibility, or 
 local anaesthetics. 
 
 Local Anodynes. These have no action unless pain be present. They 
 are 
 
 (1) Aconite. 
 
 (2) Carbolic acid. 
 
 (3) Menthol. 
 
 (4) Diluted hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 (5) Vera trine. 
 
 (6) Ether. -v These must be 
 
 (7) Alcohol. tallowed to eva- 
 
 (8) Chloroform. J porate. 
 
 (9) Chloral [hydrate.] 
 
 (10) Belladonna. 
 
 (11) Stramonium. 
 
 (12) Hyoscyamus. 
 
 (13) Opium. 
 
 (14) Sodium bicarbonate. 
 
 (15) Zinc oxide. 
 
 In the above list the most powerful are placed first. Many other sub- 
 stances are said to be local anodynes, but their claim to the title is doubtful. 
 Cold is a powerful depressant of sensibility, and therefore it is an excellent 
 local anodyne ; so also is warmth, for heat primarily dilates the vessels, and 
 thus relieves tension, which is a very powerful factor in causing pain. 
 
 Therapeutics. It is clear that the scope for the employ- 
 ment of local anodynes is very wide. If possible, the first thing 
 is to remove the cause of the pain, but often, as in neuralgia and 
 many forms of pruritus, we cannot do this. 
 
 Local Anaesthetics. These are [ethyl chloride, rhigolene], cocaine, 
 [eucaine], carbolic acid, and extreme cold, whether produced by ice or 
 the ether spray. This spray was formerly employed to produce local anaes- 
 thesia before doing small operations, but it has [the disadvantage of stiffening 
 the parts so that it is only useful for single incision as for opening furuncles.
 
 IO2 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 Upon a damp day it is ineffectual. Ethyl chloride sprayed from tubes by the 
 heat of the hand is the best method and the one most frequently employed at 
 present. Eucaine and] cocaine, which produce a high degree of local insen- 
 sibility, [are largely employed]. 
 
 D. Drugs acting on the trunks of Nerves. These are 
 of greater pathological than pharmacological interest. If taken 
 for a long time they produce chronic inflammation of the nerves, 
 which is shown by the great increase of the fibrous tissue between 
 the nerve-fibres and the fatty degeneration of the fibres them- 
 selves. During the earlier stages the irritation of the nerves 
 causes much pain and tingling ; later, as they lose their function, 
 numbness, with loss of sensation, and paralysis set in, often ac- 
 companied by trophic lesions. For further details books on 
 medicine must be consulted. 
 
 The drugs producing peripheral neuritis are 
 
 (1) Lead. I (3) Arsenic. 
 
 (2) Mercury. (4) Alcohol. 
 
 E. Drugs acting on the Spinal Cord. The difficulties 
 of experiment are so great that we know nothing of the action 
 of drugs on the sensory portions of the cord. We are also 
 ignorant of the action of drugs on the motor fibres. The follow- 
 ing method is adopted to discover whether a drug acts on the 
 cells of the anterior cornua. Suppose we are studying a drug 
 which stimulates them. After the drug has been given, a slight 
 peripheral stimulus will produce such marked reflex action that 
 convulsions will ensue upon the stimulation. If the cord is cut 
 across and the convulsions follow the stimulus as before, it is 
 clear that these cannot be of cerebral origin, for in that case 
 they would not take place below the point of section. Again, 
 if before injection of the drug into the circulation, the vessels of 
 the cord are ligatured, and then the drug causes no convulsion, 
 it is clear that it acts on the cord, and not on the muscles Oi 
 nerves. These results are confirmed, if, when the drug is in- 
 jected into vessels by which it reaches the cord quickly, convul- 
 sions occur sooner than when it is thrown into other vessels ; 
 also if convulsions do not take place when the cord is destroyed ;
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON NERVOUS AND MUSCULAR SYSTEMS. 1 03 
 
 and lastly if, when the destruction is gradually caused by pushing 
 a wire down the vertebral canal, the convulsions cease from 
 above downwards as the cord is destroyed. 
 
 The drugs increasing the irritability of the anterior cornua are 
 
 (1) Strychnine. 
 
 (2) Brucine. 
 
 (3) Ammonia. 
 
 (4) Thebaine. 
 
 (5) Chloroform. 
 
 (6) Ether. 
 
 (7) Ergot. 
 
 (8) Opium. 
 
 (The last four only slightly, and early in their action.) 
 
 Therapeutics. It is very rarely that we can do any good 
 in spinal diseases by attempting to stimulate the anterior cornua ; 
 but strychnine is occasionally given for cases of paralysis due to 
 diseases of the spinal cord. 
 
 Drugs which depress the activity of the anterior cornua : 
 
 (1) Physostigmine. 
 
 (2) Bromides. 
 
 (3) Alcohol. 
 
 (4) Chloroform. 
 
 (5) Ether. 
 
 (6) Ergot. 
 
 (7) Opium. 
 
 (8) Mercury. 
 
 (9) Zinc salts. 
 (10) Silver salts. 
 
 ii Sodium salts. 
 
 (12) Potassium salts. 
 
 (13) Lithium salts. 
 
 (14) Antimony salts. 
 
 (15) Arsenical salts. 
 
 (16) Camphor. 
 
 (17) Amyl nitrite. 
 
 (1 8) Sodium nitrite. 
 
 (19) Chloral [hydrate.] 
 
 (20) Carbolic acid. 
 
 (21) Apomorphine. 
 
 (22) Veratrine. 
 
 (23) Turpentine. 
 
 (24) Saponin. 
 
 (25) Emetine. 
 
 (26) Gelsemium. 
 
 (27) Colchicum. 
 
 Of these, apomorphine, alcohol, chloroform, ether, arsenic, camphor, mor- 
 phine, carbolic acid, chloral [hydrate,] nicotine, and veratrine first excite 
 slightly before depressing. 
 
 Therapeutics. These drugs are of very little use in medi- 
 cine for their action on the spinal cord. Physostigmine is by 
 far the most powerful, and has been occasionally used in obscure 
 nervous diseases accompanied by convulsions, as tetanus. 
 
 Ergot has a very peculiar action in producing sclerosis of the
 
 1O4 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 posterior columns of the cord. Lead sometimes causes atrophy 
 of the anterior cornual cells, and long-continued abuse of alcohol 
 probably causes slight degeneration of the cord as a whole. 
 
 F. Drugs act-ing on the Brain. The action of these can- 
 not be localized nearly so accurately as can that of drugs acting 
 on the spinal cord and nerves. Drugs acting on the brain illus- 
 trate two very important general laws. 
 
 First, the law of dissolution, which, when stated as it 
 applies in pharmacology, is as follows: When a drug affects 
 functions progressively, those first affected are the highest in 
 development ; that is to say, they are the last acquired by the 
 individual and the last to appear in the species. The next af- 
 fected are those next to highest, and so on ; till finally the lowest 
 of all from an evolutionary point of view, that is to say, the 
 functions of respiration and circulation, are affected. This law 
 is very well exemplified in the case of alcohol, for the first func- 
 tions to be disordered are those of the intellect, especially the 
 highest, such as judgment and reason ; then follow disorders of 
 movement, and finally death from failure of respiration and 
 circulation. 
 
 Another law very well exemplified by drugs which act on 
 the brain is that when a drug in moderate doses excites a func- 
 tion, in large doses it often paralyzes it. For example, a person 
 under the influence of chloroform, soon after its administration, 
 tosses his arms about in a disorderly way, but they subsequently 
 become motionless, and cerebral stimulants may also be hyp- 
 notics. 
 
 Drugs acting on the motor centres of the brain. To investigate 
 these, the motor area of the cortex is exposed by trephining, and 
 the strength of current which it is necessary to apply to the motor 
 area to produce corresponding movements, is noted before and 
 after the administration of the drug. Another method is to 
 observe the strength of current necessary to evoke a movement, 
 then to allow the wound [made by the trephine] to close, after- 
 wards the animal is made to take the drug regularly for some 
 weeks. The opposite motor area is then exposed, and the strength 
 of current required to call forth movements is noted.
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON NERVOUS AND MUSCULAR SYSTEMS. IC>5 
 
 It has been found that [the following] diminish the activity of the motor 
 area. 
 
 (1) Alcohol. 
 
 (2) Anaesthetics. 
 
 (3) Chloral [hydrate.] 
 
 (4) Potassium bromide. 
 
 (5) Sodium bromide. 
 
 (6) Ammonium bromide. 
 
 Bromides are largely used in epilepsy and other convulsive 
 disorders on account of this function. 
 
 Drugs exciting the motor cells of the cortex are 
 
 (1) Atropine. 
 
 (2) Absinthium. 
 
 (3) Strychnine. 
 
 (4) Physostigmine. 
 
 They have no therapeutical application in virtue of this property. 
 
 General cerebral stimulants. It is impossible to know any- 
 thing of these by experiments on animals. In man they cause 
 general excitation of the mental faculties, followed in many cases 
 by delirium and incoherence. The exact form of delirium differs 
 a little in each case. 
 
 Such drugs are 
 
 (1) Belladonna. 
 
 (2) Stramonium. 
 
 (3) Hyoscyamus. 
 
 (4) Alcohol. 
 
 (5) Chloroform. 
 
 (6) Ether. 
 
 (7) Nitrous oxide. 
 
 (8) Coffee. 
 
 (9) Tea. 
 (10) Guarana. 
 
 (11) Coca. 
 
 (12) Cannabis Indica. 
 
 (13) Lupulus. 
 
 (14) Opium. 
 
 (15) Camphor. 
 
 (1 6) Santonin. 
 
 (17) Quinine. 
 
 (18) Salicylic acid. 
 
 (19) Tobacco. 
 
 Therapeutics. Many of these are taken habitually as cere- 
 bral stimulants ; for example, alcohol, tea, coffee, tobacco, in 
 England ; opium in the East ; cannabis indica in many parts of 
 Asia ; coca in parts of South America ; and if it is wished to 
 give a cerebral stimulant as a drug, one of these is usually chosen. 
 The rest, which are very important, are commonly employed for 
 some other action. With very many of this class of drugs, as 
 will be seen directly, the stimulant action soon gives way to a 
 paralyzing influence.
 
 IO6 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 General cerebral depressants. These are commonly divided into 
 three classes : Hypnotics or Soporifics, Narcotics and Anaesthetics. 
 
 HYPNOTICS OR SOPORIFICS are drugs which produce sleep, 
 closely resembling, if not identical with, natural sleep. The 
 brain during sleep is anaemic, and it is thought that this anaemia 
 is the cause of sleep ; possibly some soporifics act by producing 
 cerebral anaemia. 
 
 The hypnotics are 
 
 (1) Opium. 
 
 (2) Morphine. 
 
 (3) Chloral hydrate. 
 
 (4) Chloralamide. 
 
 (5) Butyl-chloral hydrate. 
 
 (6) Bromides. 
 
 (7) [Trional. 
 
 (8) Pellotine.] 
 
 (9) Sulphonal. 
 
 (10) Paraldehyde. 
 
 (11) Alcohol. 
 
 (12) Hyoscine. 
 
 (13) Cannabis Indica. 
 
 (14) Urethane. 
 
 (15) Lupulus. 
 
 (16) Lactucarium. 
 
 Therapeutics. These drugs are often used for persons suf- 
 fering from sleeplessness, but it is far more important to remove 
 the cause of the sleeplessness. Sleep is often promoted by dila- 
 ting the vessels of other parts of the body than the brain ; for 
 example, a warm bath or an abundant meal conduces to sleep. 
 The use of hypnotics is greatly abused. Those who take them 
 become habituated to them, so that at last even large doses do 
 not cause sleep. Chloral [hydrate if used with great caution, 
 pellotine, paraldehyde, trional], and chloralamide are perhaps 
 the most satisfactory. 
 
 NARCOTICS are substances which not only produce sleep, but 
 also in large doses depress the functions of respiration and circu- 
 lation. Many of them fall also under the head of general anaes- 
 thetics ; others are, in smaller doses, hypnotics. All must be 
 given in considerable doses. 
 
 The following is a list of them. 
 
 (1) General Anaesthetics. 
 
 (2) Opium. 
 
 (3) Chloral hydrate. 
 
 (4) Belladonna. 
 
 (5) Stramonium. 
 
 All must be given in considerable doses. 
 
 (6) Hyoscyamus. 
 
 (7) Alcohol. 
 
 (8) Cannabis Indica. 
 
 (9) Lupulus.
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON NERVOUS AND MUSCULAR SYSTEMS. IO/ 
 
 Therapeutics. They are of great use in calming excite- 
 ment of any kind ; many of them, such as, for example, opium 
 and belladonna, are beneficial in relieving distress and producing 
 sleep in heart disease. 
 
 GENERAL ANAESTHETICS. These are drugs which lead to a 
 total loss of consciousness, so that pain is no longer felt ; at the 
 same time reflex action is abolished. They illustrate admirably 
 the law of dissolution, and also the fact that, after excitement, 
 paralysis often succeeds ; and the stages consequent upon these 
 laws can be readily observed in any one who is taking an anaes- 
 thetic. Firstly, in obedience to the law of dissolution the highest 
 faculty, the imagination, becomes excited, the patient sees visions 
 and hears noises. He next begins to chatter wildly and inco- 
 herently, for in the excitement of any function by a drug the 
 exaltation is usually irregular, and confusion results. Next, the 
 other motor centres of the cortex are stimulated irregularly, so 
 that he gesticulates, throws his arms about wildly, and tosses his 
 body. By this time the brief stimulation of the higher intellec- 
 tual faculties has probably ceased, and, in obedience to the 
 second law, vision, hearing, and touch are dulled, and he has 
 lost control over his reason, so that he feels light-headed, as he 
 expresses it, crying and laughing easily ; now he is totally irre- 
 spoasible for his actions and careless as to their results. It will 
 be noticed that the functions are paralyzed in the order stated in 
 the law of dissolution. Next there follows upon the stimulation 
 of the motor areas, stimulation of the heart and respiration. The 
 pulse and respiration both increase in number, the blood-pressure 
 rises, the face flushes. Then comes depression of all the functions 
 previously excited ; first the higher parts of the cerebrum give 
 way, and the patient loses consciousness neither bright lights, 
 sounds, nor painful impressions arouse him ; he becomes quiet, 
 and ceases to throw his arms and legs about ; the reflexes disap- 
 pear, and consequently touching the conjunctiva does not pro- 
 duce closing of the eyelids ; the feet do not move when they are 
 tickled, the pupil is contracted, and the previous quickening of 
 the pulse and respiration are succeeded by a slowing of their rate. 
 It is at this period that the patient cannot feel pain, and that
 
 IO8 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 therefore operations are performed. The depression of the motor 
 centres is followed by the depression of the muscular tone, and 
 the muscles become quite flaccid and cease to respond to me- 
 chanical stimulation. This is the degree of narcosis that is re- 
 quired for the easy reduction of dislocations and for the easy 
 manual examination of the abdominal viscera. Anaesthetics 
 should not be pushed beyond this stage. If they are, even the 
 involuntary muscles lose their tone and reflex excitability, so that 
 the sphincters of the rectum and the bladder relax. The depres- 
 sion of the pulse and respiration continues, the movements of 
 the chest become weaker and weaker, and slower and slower, 
 the pulse becomes very feeble, slow, and irregular, and the heart 
 finally stops in diastole. Death occurs partly by the heart and 
 partly by the respiration. At any period of the administration 
 during which recovery is possible, the functions of the body will 
 return in just the reverse order to that in which they were lost, 
 thus again illustrating the law of dissolution. It is often many 
 hours before the mental faculties have recovered their equilibrium, 
 and long after the patient can move his muscles, he cannot co- 
 ordinate them. There are individual differences in the different 
 anaesthetics and in different persons. 
 
 The general anaesthetics are 
 
 (1) Chloroform. 
 
 (2) Ether. 
 
 (3) Nitrous oxide. 
 
 (4) [Pental. 
 
 (5) Ethyl bromide.] 
 
 (6) Many other substitution 
 
 products derived from 
 alcohols and ethers. 
 
 Therapeutics. Anaesthetics are given to cause uncon- 
 sciousness, so that pain may not be experienced during opera- 
 tions, to relax muscles in cases of dislocations, abdominal exami- 
 nations, phantom tumors, etc., to relieve severe pain, such as 
 that of parturition, biliary and renal colic, to quiet the body 
 during convulsions, as in tetanus and hydrophobia. 
 
 The chief dangers of anesthetics are i. Death from shock. 
 This usually takes place before the patient is fully under the 
 influence of the anaesthetic ; reflex action is not yet quite abol- 
 ished, and the heart is stopped reflexly from the peripheral
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON NERVOUS AND MUSCULAR SYSTEMS. 
 
 stimulus of the operation. This is one of the greatest and most 
 common dangers of anaesthetics, especially of chloroform. It is, 
 to a large extent, avoidable if care be taken that the patient is 
 fully under the influence of the anaesthetic before the operation is 
 begun ; often, when it is trivial, the operator is in too great a 
 hurry to begin, and the patient suddenly dies from failure of the 
 heart. 
 
 2. Death from paralysis of respiration. This is usually due 
 to a combination of circumstances. Too much of the anaesthetic 
 may have been given, respiration may be difficult because the 
 patient suffers from some disease of the lungs, or the operation 
 may demand that he should lie on his side or in some other posi- 
 tion which hampers respiration. It is not a very great danger, 
 for it is heralded by lividity ; and if then the posture is changed, 
 the administration of the anaesthetic is stopped, and artificial 
 respiration is performed, the patient usually quickly recovers ; 
 even if he does not, artificial respiration, with the head thrown 
 back and the tongue pulled out, should be carried on as long as 
 there is any evidence that the heart is beating, or if the patient 
 draws a breath when artificial respiration is stopped for half a 
 minute. [Patients] have recovered, although it has been neces- 
 sary to keep up artificial respiration for hours. 
 
 3. Cardiac failure may occur if the vapor is too concentrated. 
 The patient almost suddenly becomes pale, and the pulse stops. 
 In such a case no more of the anaesthetic should be given, artifi- 
 cial respiration must be kept up in the manner just mentioned, 
 [after] the patient [has been] inverted so that the head is lowest. 
 The heart may be stimulated [by large rectal injections of hot 
 normal saline solution or of coffee, if at hand] , by the inhalation 
 of amyl nitrite, by the plunging of electric needles into the heart, 
 or [if the reflexes are not abolished,] by flicking the chest over 
 the heart with hot towels and placing hot compresses over it. 
 [The use of brandy subcutaneously is to add the effect of one 
 poison to that of another. The application of the faradic cur- 
 rent over the cardiac region is also objectionable.] 
 
 4. Vomited matter and, if the operation is about the mouth, 
 blood may suffocate the patient. To avoid the first contingency
 
 IIO PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 no food should be taken for some time before the operation, and 
 if the patient is sick, he should be turned on his side ; to avoid 
 the latter special precautions must be taken, which are described 
 in books on operative surgery. 
 
 For the relative advantages of the different anaesthetics and 
 the mode of giving each, the account of the different individual 
 drugs must be consulted. 
 
 G. Drugs acting on the Eye. 
 
 i. DRUGS ACTING ON THE PUPIL. The first thing to deter- 
 mine is whether any drug which dilates or contracts the pupil acts 
 locally or centrally. It is dropped into one eye : if it only acts 
 feebly and after some time on both eyes, it follows that it has 
 acted centrally after absorption from the conjunctiva into the 
 general circulation ; but if it acts quickly, powerfully, and only 
 on the eye into which it was dropped, its action is local. If it 
 acts on an excised eye its action must be local. If, when all the 
 vessels going to the eye are ligatured, the drug will act when 
 dropped into the eye, but will not when thrown into the general 
 circulation, this again shows that its action is local, and that 
 when it acts after being thrown into the circulation when no 
 vessels are ligatured, it does so because it is circulating locally 
 through the eye. If all the arteries and veins of the eye are liga- 
 tured, and the drug will not act when locally applied, although it 
 would before and will now, when thrown into general circulation, 
 it shows that its action is central, and that it acts when dropped 
 into the eye because some of it is absorbed. If it has been 
 proved by these means to act centrally, the further investigation 
 is difficult, for the central mechanism is complex. 
 
 If it has been proved to act locally, it may act either on the 
 muscular fibres of the iris, on the terminations of the third nerve 
 in them, or on the terminations of the cervical sympathetic in 
 them. Stimulation of the third nerve causes the pupil to con- 
 tract ; section of it causes the pupil to dilate. Stimulation of the 
 sympathetic causes the pupil to dilate ; section of it causes the 
 pupil to contract. If the pupil is dilated by the local action of 
 a drug, and stimulation of the third nerve will not cause it to
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON NERVOUS AND MUSCULAR SYSTEMS. I IT 
 
 contract, but yet the muscle is responsive to mechanical stimula- 
 tion, it shows that the endings of the third nerve are paralyzed. 
 If the pupil is contracted by the drug, and, although responsive 
 to mechanical stimulation, will not dilate when the third nerve is 
 cut, it shows that the ends of the third nerve are stimulated. If 
 a drug locally dilates the pupil, but not as powerfully as stimula- 
 tion of the sympathetic, it is clear that its whole effect is not due 
 to a stimulation of the sympathetic ; and if the muscle remains 
 locally irritable, the third nerve ending must be paralyzed. A 
 series of similar experiments may be made with regard to the 
 sympathetic. By these means the mode of action of many drugs 
 has been made out, but often they act both on the sympathetic 
 and the third nerve. In the following list they will be classified 
 under their main actions : 
 
 Mydriatics {dilate the pupil} 
 
 A. Paralyze the termination of the third nerve. 
 
 (1) Atropine. 
 
 (2) Homatropine. 
 
 (3) Daturine. 
 
 (4) Hyoscyamine. 
 
 (5) Coniine. 
 
 (6) Gelsemine. 
 
 (7) Muscarine. 
 
 (8) Hydrocyanic Acid. 
 
 (9) Aconite. 
 (10) Amyl nitrite. 
 
 [pro- 
 bably.] 
 
 B. Stimulate the terminations of the sympathetic. Cocaine. 
 
 C. Act centrally. Anaesthetics (late in their action). 
 
 Myotics {contract the pupil}. 
 
 A. Stimulate the terminations of the third nerve. Pilocarpine, and 
 nicotine (probably). 
 
 B. Stimulate the muscle. Physostigmine. 
 
 C. Act centrally. Anaesthetics (early in their action), Opium. 
 
 Therapeutics. Dilators of the pupils, especially atropine 
 and homatropine, are used to dilate the pupil for ophthalmoscopic 
 examination, and to prevent or break down adhesions of the iris. 
 Contractors of the pupil, especially physostigmine, are used to 
 overcome the effects of atropine, [to prevent or break down 
 adhesions of the iris] , and to prevent too much light entering 
 the eye in painful diseases of it.
 
 112 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 2. DRUGS ACTING ON THE CILIARY MUSCLE. The following 
 drugs impair or paralyze accommodation : 
 
 (1) Atropine. 
 
 (2) Daturine. 
 
 (3) Hyoscyamine. 
 
 (4) Homatropine. 
 
 (5) Cocaine. 
 
 (6) Physostigmine. 
 
 (7) Pilocarpine. 
 
 (8) Gelsemine. 
 
 (9) Coniine. 
 
 Intra-ocular tension is increased by atropine (large doses), 
 hyoscyamine, and daturine. It is decreased by cocaine, hyos- 
 cine, and physostigmine. 
 
 Gelsemine paralyzes the external ocular muscles, especially 
 the elevator palpebrse and the external rectus, by its action on 
 the terminal nerve filaments. 
 
 Cocaine, [by] stimulating the unstriped fibres in the orbital 
 membrane and the eyelids, causes the eye to protrude. Coniine 
 produces ptosis [when given in large doses] . 
 
 The capacity for seeing blue is increased by strychnine. San- 
 tonin causes first violet, then yellow vision. 
 
 H. Drugs acting on the Ears. We know very little 
 about the action of drugs on them. Quinine and salicylic acid 
 cause noise and buzzing. 
 
 I. Drugs acting on the Sympathetic System. Much 
 of this subject has already been discussed when speaking of the 
 action of drugs on vessels. The curious fact has been made out 
 that if an animal be treated with a large dose of nicotine, or if 
 this be applied locally to the superior cervical ganglion, stimula- 
 tion of the nerve below the ganglion no longer produces its char- 
 acteristic effects, although stimulation above the ganglion does. 
 
 DIVISION XI. DRUGS ACTING ON THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 
 
 A. Aphrodisiacs. These are substances which increase 
 sexual desire. There are conceivably many ways in which this 
 might take place. There is a centre in the lumbar spinal cord, 
 irritation of which causes erection, and this is capable of being 
 excited by afferent impulses proceeding from many parts of the 
 body, but especially from the cerebrum, and the genital organs
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 113 
 
 themselves, or the parts in their immediate neighborhood. The 
 lumbar centre appears to be very dependent upon the general 
 health, and therefore substances which improve this are indirectly 
 aphrodisiacs. 
 
 The following drugs are known as aphrodisiacs ; their mode of action is 
 not certainly known : 
 
 (1) Strychnine. 
 
 (2) Cantharides. 
 
 (3) Alcohol. 
 
 (4) Cannabis Indica. 
 
 (5) Camphor. 
 
 (6) Phosphorus. 
 
 (7) Damiana. 
 
 B. Anaphrodisiacs. We do not know for certain of any 
 drugs which have a depressant effect upon the lumbar centre. 
 Most anaphrodisiacs act by decreasing or removing some irrita- 
 tion which is reflexly producing an aphrodisiac effect, but some 
 probably act centrally. 
 
 Drugs used as anaphrodisiacs are 
 
 (1) Bromides. 
 
 (2) Potassium iodide. 
 
 (3) Opium. 
 
 (4) Belladonna. 
 
 (5) Hyoscyamus, 
 
 (6) Stramonium. 
 
 (7) Digitalis. 
 
 (8) Purgatives. 
 
 C. Ecbolics or Oxytocics are remedies which during or 
 immediately after parturition increase uterine action. 
 
 They are 
 
 (1) Ergot. 
 
 (2) Quinine. 
 
 (3) Hydrastis. 
 
 (4) Savine. 
 
 (5) Rue. 
 
 (6) Powerful purgatives. 
 
 Of these ergot is by far the most important. Occasionally some of these 
 drugs will act upon the gravid uterus to produce abortion before parturition has 
 begun. They have all of them been used criminally for this purpose. 
 
 D. Emmenagogues are substances used to increase the 
 menstrual flow. Diminution of the menstrual flow is a symptom 
 of so many diseases that a large number of drugs which remedy 
 these are indirect emmenagogues, but the substances which seem 
 to have a special action in increasing the menstrual flow are
 
 114 PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 (1) All Ecbolics. 
 
 (2) [Manganese dioxide.] 
 
 (3) Asafoetida. 
 
 (4) Apiol. 
 
 (5) Myrrh. 
 
 (6) Guaiacum. 
 
 (7) Cantharides. 
 
 (8) Borax. 
 
 (9) [Tansy.] 
 
 Among the many indirect emmenagogues the commoner are purgatives, 
 iron, cod-liver oil and strychnine, which act by improving the general health. 
 Hot foot- or hip-baths, especially if mustard be added, often aid the onset of 
 menstruation. 
 
 E. Substances which depress Uterine Action. 
 
 These are employed to restrain the contractions of the gravid 
 uterus. 
 
 They are 
 
 (1) Bromides. 
 
 (2) Opium. 
 
 (3) Chloral [hydrate. 
 
 (4) Viburnum.] 
 
 (5) Cannabis Indica. 
 
 (6) Chloroform. 
 
 (7) Antimony and potassium 
 
 tartrate. 
 
 F.. Drugs acting on the Secretion of Milk. 
 Galactagogues [are] drugs which increase the secretion of 
 milk. 
 
 [Pilocarpus, Leaves of Ricinus Communis,] and Alcohol. Of these 
 [pilocarpusj is the most powerful, but its effects soon pass off. [The leaves of 
 the castor-oil plant are used, applied as a poultice, and a decoction, or the fluid 
 extract of them, given internally at the same time.] Alcohol is very feeble. 
 The secretion is so much under the control of the general health that the best 
 way to insure an abundant secretion is to keep the general health as good as 
 possible. 
 
 Antigalactagogues [are] drugs which decrease the secre- 
 tion of milk. 
 
 Belladonna, either given internally or applied locally, is very efficient, 
 probably acting on the mammary gland as on the sweat glands. 
 
 The following drugs, if given, are excreted by the milk, and are therefore 
 taken in by the child : Oil of anise, oil of dill, garlic, oil of turpentine, oil of 
 copaiba, and probably all volatile oils, sulphur, rhubarb, senna, jalap, scam- 
 mony, castor oil, opium, iodine, indigo, antimony, arsenic, bismuth, iron, lead, 
 mercury, zinc and potassium iodide. It is clear that these must be administered
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON METABOLISM. 
 
 with care to the mother ; for example, copaiba or turpentine will make the 
 milk so [unpleasant] that the child will not take it. The above purgatives, 
 given to the mother, may cause diarrhrea in the child. Opium should not be 
 given in large doses to the mother. On the other hand, mercury, arsenic, and 
 potassium iodide may be administered to the child by being given to her. 
 
 DIVISION XII. DRUGS ACTING ON METABOLISM. 
 
 Our knowledge of the normal metabolism of the body is very 
 imperfect, consequently we know very little more than has already 
 been stated under other divisions, about the action of drugs on 
 metabolism. Any further remarks which are necessary will be 
 made when the individual drugs are considered. Two words in 
 common use are alterative and tonic. 
 
 Alterative is a vague term of which no definition can be given. It is 
 often used to cloak our ignorance, when we have no exact knowledge of the 
 action of a drug. Many drugs comprehended under this term have the pro- 
 perty of profoundly altering the body, especially if it be diseased ; for example, 
 mercury will, if the patient be suffering from syphilis, generally cause the 
 absorption of syphilitic exudations, but we do not know how this takes place. 
 All that can be said about such drugs will be stated under each, for their mode 
 of action is probably so different that no useful purpose would be served by 
 considering them together. 
 
 Tonic. This is a term even more vague than alterative. So ill-defined 
 is it that it is advisable never to use it if it can be avoided. As commonly 
 employed, it means a drug which makes the patient feel in more robust health 
 than he did before he took it. Obviously this may happen in many ways, such 
 as, for instance, by improving the digestion or the quality of the blood. [This 
 definition is evidently inadequate, and none thus far proposed is entirely sat- 
 isfactory. The following is suggested (Wood) : A drug which so influences 
 nutrition as to increase the reconstruction or upbuilding of the tissue or tissues 
 concerned.]
 
 PHARMACOPOEIAL MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 (All the substances about to be described are pharmacopoeial unless the con- 
 trary is stated. ) 
 
 PART I. INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 GROUP I. 
 
 Aqua, Hydrogenii Dioxidum, Oxygenium. 
 
 I. AQUA, [Water, H 2 O=I7.96. Natural water in its purest attainable 
 state. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, limpid liquid, without odor or tasle at ordi- 
 nary temperature, and remaining odorless while being heated to boiling. 
 
 II. AQUA DESTILLATA. Distilled water, ^0=17.96. 
 SOURCE. Take 1000 volumes of water, distill from a suitable apparatus 
 
 provided with a block tin or glass condenser, reject the first loo volumes, 
 which contain volatile impurities, and preserve the next 800 in glass- stoppered 
 bottles, rinsed with hot distilled water immediately before being filled. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, limpid liquid, without odor or taste, and per- 
 fectly neutral to litmus paper. 
 
 TESTS. Evaporated in a clean glass capsule on a water bath, no residue 
 should remain. It is not affected by Hydrogen or Ammonium Sulphide 
 (absence of metallic impurities), Ammonium Oxalate (Calcium'), Silver Nitrate 
 (Chlorides), Barium Chloride (Sulphates), or Mercuric Chloride (Ammonia), 
 nor should its transparency be affected when mixed with twice its volume of 
 Calcic Hydrate test solution (absence of Carbon Dioxide). In heating to 
 boiling and acidulating with diluted Sulphuric Acid and adding a one-tenth 
 of one per cent, solution of Potassium Permanganate, the color produced is 
 not entirely destroyed by boiling five minutes nor by afterwards setting the 
 vessel aside, well covered, for ten hours (absence of organic or other oxidizable 
 matters)\. Aqua Destillata is always to be used for making up prescriptions. 
 (116)
 
 WATER. 117 
 
 ACTION OF WATER.* 
 
 External. An indifferent bath (88 98 F.) [31.1 
 36.6 C.] , or one in which the bather feels neither hot nor cold, 
 produces no particular effect. 
 
 Cold baths increase the production of heat, and abstract heat 
 from the body if they are prolonged ; therefore, at first the 
 bodily temperature may rise slightly, but when the loss exceeds 
 the production it falls. The amount of carbon [dioxide] ex- 
 pired is increased. The rate of the pulse and respiration at first 
 rise, but they soon fall. The skin becomes pale, and the con- 
 dition of goose-skin is seen. After the bath (the duration and 
 temperature suitable for different persons vary widely) there is a 
 feeling of warmth and exhilaration, and the cutaneous vessels 
 dilate, [reaction]. 
 
 A warm bath, if sufficiently prolonged, may cause a slight rise 
 of the bodily temperature, the skin becomes red, the pulse and 
 respiration are more frequent, the amount of urine secreted is 
 diminished, and after the bath there is profuse perspiration. 
 
 Internal. Warm water gives rise to nausea and vomiting ; 
 hot water, taken in small quantities at frequent intervals, may 
 check both. Water is quickly absorbed from the stomach, and 
 very soon afterwards the amount of urine secreted is greatly 
 increased, and to a less degree the amount of bile, pancreatic 
 juice, and saliva. Large quantities of fluid should not be drunk 
 during meal times, as that impairs digestion. If a considerable 
 amount of water is drunk daily, the amount of urea excreted is 
 increased, and that of uric acid is diminished. Water not only 
 washes out the tissues, but apparently renders tissue metamor- 
 phosis more complete. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF WATER. 
 
 External. Cold baths are used for the subsequent exhila- 
 rating effects, which may be increased by [brisk] rubbing with 
 a rough towel. Persons in whom a feeling of warmth does not 
 
 * Unless otherwise stated, the word action will in this book always be 
 taken to mean physiological action, or action in health.
 
 I 1 8 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 immediately follow a cold bath should not use it. The constant 
 daily use of a cold bath probably diminishes the liability to catch 
 cold. Cold baths are said to arrest attacks of laryngismus strid- 
 ulus. They have been largely used to reduce the temperature in 
 fever, especially typhoid fever. The first effect of putting the 
 patient in the cold water is to cause, reflexly from the stimulation 
 of the skin by the cold, an increased production of heat ; for 
 this reason and because of the cessation of radiation, the rectal 
 temperature at first rises a little, but soon, owing to the direct 
 abstraction of heat, and to the diminished production of heat 
 which quickly sets in, it falls rapidly, and continues to do so 
 after the patient is taken out. The temperature of a bath for a 
 patient with typhoid fever should be between 68 and 58 F. 
 [20 and 14.4 C.]; he should be lowered into it by a sheet, 
 and remain in ten minutes, unless before that time he shows 
 signs of collapse ; he is then lifted back to bed, where a blanket 
 is thrown loosely over him. If this treatment is adopted, the 
 bath ought to be given whenever the axillary temperature is 103 
 F. [39.4 C.]. Sometimes the patient is placed in a bath at a 
 temperature of 10 F. [5.5 C.] below his own, and the water 
 is cooled by putting in cold water or ice, till it has fallen to 
 about 68 F. [20 C.], when he is taken out. [Brisk rubbing 
 of the whole body should be carried out during the bath and the 
 feet kept warm. Cold baths are no longer used in the treatment 
 of typhoid fever with the notion that they reduce temperature. 
 They are useful for the stimulation of the nervous system which 
 they may pjjssjbjy bring about to some degree and for the 
 marked diuresis which they produce thus, supposedly, favoring 
 the elimination of toxins in the urine.] Often, instead of having 
 a bath, he is sponged with cold water as he lies in bed ; this 
 saves trouble, but both sponging and a cold pack (which con- 
 sists of a sheet four folds thick, wrung out in cold water and 
 wrapped round the naked body for five or ten minutes) are in- 
 ferior to a bath. Pneumonia is often treated by the applica- 
 tion of cold, generally by means of ice poultices applied to the 
 chest. To make an ice poultice, put on a piece of [rubber] 
 tissue a layer of wood wool, then one of powdered ice sprinkled
 
 WATER. 119 
 
 with a little salt, turn over the edge of the [rubber tissue] 
 which has been left wide enough so as to cover in the poultice, 
 and seal the edges with a little chloroform or turpentine. Put 
 the poultice in a flannel bag, and bind it on the body when de- 
 sired, with lint between it and the skin. [The term "poul- 
 tice ' ' is hardly a proper one to designate this method of apply- 
 ing cold. See definition of poultice on p. 36.] The immediate 
 action of very cold baths is far the best treatment for any sudden 
 hyperpyrexia. 
 
 Cold is applied locally either by cold water in Leiter's coils 
 or by ice bags, in a number of conditions, with the object of 
 arresting inflammation. Thus ice bags are put on the head in 
 meningitis, or concussion, and on the knee-joint for acute syno- 
 vitis, etc. According to most authorities, cold contracts not 
 only the vessels of the skin to which it is applied, but by reflex 
 action those of the organs underneath it. This explains the ap- 
 plication of an ice bag to the chest to arrest pulmonary haemor- 
 rhage. Cold locally applied is, therefore, haemostatic. 
 
 Warm baths, as they liquefy the fatty secretions, are more 
 cleansing than cold. Hot baths, like any other application of 
 heat, soothe pain ; hence they are useful for rheumatoid ar- 
 thritis and colic, whether renal, biliary or intestinal. By bring- 
 ing blood to the skin and lessening the amount in the internal 
 organs, they relieve muscular spasm, such as we find in 
 [spasmodic] stricture of the urethra, colic, laryngismus stridulus, 
 other forms of laryngeal spasm, and infantile convulsions. In 
 the same way they are of service in weariness from muscular or 
 cerebral activity, and are useful in many inflammatory affections ; 
 as, for example, a cold in the head. A warm bath immediately 
 before going to bed may sometimes cure insomnia. [The prac- 
 tice in asylums for the insane is to give a hot bath (104 F. ; 
 40 C.) as a remedy for sleeplessness.] The subsequent in- 
 creased perspiration makes hot baths and hot packs of great 
 value in the various forms of nephritis and in uraemia. Great 
 care must be taken, after a hot bath which has been given to 
 induce sweating, to see that the patient is kept warm by being 
 wrapped quickly in a hot blanket and put into a warm bed ; if
 
 I2O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 not, the cutaneous vessels soon contract, and there is no diapho- 
 resis. A local hot bath has the same effects, but to a less de- 
 gree. A hot foot-bath is often used for a cold in the head, or 
 for amenorrhoea. Sponging with hot water will, by the vascular 
 dilatation and sweating it causes, reduce the temperature slightly 
 in fever. 
 
 A cold bath is one the temperature of which is below 70 F. 
 [21 C.], one between 88 and 98 F. [31.1 and 36.6 C.] is 
 properly speaking indifferent, but it is often called a warm bath. 
 A tepid bath is intermediate between warm and cold. Anything 
 above 98 F. [36.6 C.] is a hot bath. Few people can bear a 
 temperature much over 102 F. [38.9 C.]. 
 
 Internal. The chief therapeutic use of water is to wash out 
 the tissues, especially the kidneys, and to keep the urine diluted. 
 Some persons who are liable to the formation of gravel or urin- 
 ary calculi can, by drinking plenty of pure water, prevent their 
 formation, for the minute collection of crystals which are the 
 beginning of all calculi, are washed out of the ordinary system 
 before they have time to grow to any size, and if they are com- 
 posed of uric acid, the copious drinking of water diminishes the 
 liability of their formation, for it dgfirgggps thp amount of uric 
 acid exyreted. The liability to the formation of gall-stones may 
 also be kept in check by the drinking of plenty of water, [since] 
 then the bile becomes less concentrated and flows more quickly. 
 When large quantities of water are drunk it should be p_ure dis- 
 tilled water, and should be taken between meals. A glass of cold 
 water taken on rising in the morning will with some persons cause 
 the bowels to be opened. Warm water is an emetic.* 
 
 [III. AQUA HYDROGENII DIOXIDI. Solution of Hydrogen 
 Dioxide. Synonym. Solution of Hydrogen Peroxide. 
 
 A slightly acid, aqueous solution of Hydrogen Dioxide (H 2 O, = 33.92), 
 containing, when freshly prepared, about 3 per cent., by weight, of the pure 
 Dioxide, corresponding to about ten volumes of available oxygen. 
 
 SOURCE. By solution of Barium Dioxide, 300 ; in cold distilled water 
 
 * It is impossible in this book to give more than a brief sketch of baths 
 and the drinking of water and mineral waters. Further information will be 
 found in works on " General Therapeutics."
 
 HYDROGEN DIOXIDE. 121 
 
 500, and refrigeration to 50 F. ; 10 C. Phosphoric Acid, 96 ; is dissolved in 
 distilled water 320. The magma is added to the latter solution and thoroughly 
 mixed, being kept acid by Phosphoric Acid. Filter and wash with distilled 
 water. Add diluted Sulphuric Acid to the nitrate, and starch, 10 ; by agita- 
 tion. Filter and re- filter until a clear solution is obtained. The bottle should 
 be kept tightly corked. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless liquid, without odor, slightly acidulous to the 
 taste, and producing a peculiar sensation and soapy froth in the mouth ; liable 
 to deterioriate by age, exposure to heat, or protracted agitation. Sp. gr. : about 
 1. 006 to I.OI2. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 fl. dr. ; 4 to 12 c.c. 
 
 ACTION OF HYDROGEN DIOXIDE. 
 
 Hydrogen dioxide readily yields oxygen to all oxidizable 
 substances. When taken internally it gives oxygen to the blood, 
 stimulates the nervous system and increases urinary secretion. It 
 is a non-poisonous antiseptic, destroying organized fermentations 
 and liberating oxygen. It decomposes pus and probably destroys 
 the microbes of suppuration. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF HYDROGEN DIOXIDE. 
 
 Hydrogen dioxide seems to have a favorable action in some 
 forms of dyspepsia, and to improve digestion. In diphtheria it is 
 useful as a cleansing agent and to absorb false membranes, but 
 should be used in glass or hard rubber instruments. Some com- 
 mercial preparations are very acid, and therefore too irritating 
 for this purpose. This acidity can be neutralized by adding 
 twice its quantity of lime water. It will check bleeding, but from 
 small vessels only. It is of great value in cleansing wounds, ulcers 
 and fistulous tracts, and for surgical dressings ; the cessation of 
 frothing indicates the destruction of pus. But the converse of 
 this is not true, for it will froth with perfectly normal blood. It 
 should not be injected into a suppurating cavity unless there is 
 a free outlet for the escape of the gas which is formed. Its most 
 popular use is for bleaching the hair.] Internally it has been 
 recommended for many diseases, especially diabetes, epilepsy, 
 and uraemia, but there is no proof of its efficacy. It is danger- 
 ous when given subcutaneously, for it is broken up by the blood ; 
 and if more oxygen is formed than the blood can dispose of,
 
 122 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 gas emboli are produced, and, these lodging in the lungs, cause 
 death from asphyxia. 
 
 IV. [OXYGENIUM, Oxygen (not official) O = 15.96. 
 
 SOURCE. By exposing manganese dioxide with potassium chlorate to a 
 strong heat. KC1O, = KC1 -f O y 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, odorless gas, slightly soluble in water and 
 alcohol. ] 
 
 Compressed oxygen gas is sold in [metallic] cylinders. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF OXYGEN. 
 
 Oxygen inhalations are used in pneumonia, bronchitis, heart 
 disease, convulsions, and any other condition accompanied by 
 great lividity. This they will often relieve, and they may help 
 a patient to tide over a temporary risk of death from asphyxia, 
 and even if they fail to avert death, they often render the end 
 less distressing. The gas should be allowed to issue in a gentle 
 stream, and the inhaler should not be held too near the patient. 
 [In various chronic conditions as anaemia, albuminuria, glycosuria 
 and various forms of sub -oxidation, the persistent use of oxygen 
 has given excellent results.] 
 
 GROUP II. 
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS. 
 
 Potassium, Sodium, Ammonium, Lithium. 
 
 I. POTASSIUM. 
 K = [39-03- 
 
 I. POTASSA. KOH = 55.99. Synonyms. Potassium Hydrate. Po- 
 tassium Hydroxide. Caustic Potash. 
 
 SOURCE. Evaporate Liquor Potassae, fuse the residue and pour into clean 
 cylindrical moulds which have been previously warmed. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Dry, white, translucent pencils, or fused masses, hard and 
 brittle, showing a crystalline fracture ; odorless, or having a faint odor of lye, 
 and of a very acrid and caustic taste. Great caution is necessary in tasting and 
 handling it, as it rapidly destroys organic tissues. Exposed to the air, it rapidly
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS POTASH. 123 
 
 absorbs Carbon Dioxide and moisture, and deliquesces. Solubilit ^-In about 
 0.5 part of water and in 2 parts of alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Organic matter, arsenic, lead, iron, soda, aluminum, cal- 
 cium, chlorides, sulphates, silicates, carbonates, and nitrates. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 x. Liquor Potassae. Solution of Potassa. Synonym. Solution of Potas- 
 sium Hydrate. An aqueous solution of Potassium Hydrate (KOH =55.99), 
 containing about 5 per cent, of the hydrate. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Potassium Bicarbonate in distilled water ; slake Lime, 
 dissolve in distilled water and boil, add this to the first solution, continue to 
 boil, strain when cold ; when it has become clear from subsidence, decant or 
 siphon off the clear solution. K 2 CO 3 + Ca(OH ) 2 = 2KOH + CaCO 3 . Or it 
 may be prepared from a solution of Potassa, 56 parts of the full strength, di- 
 rected by the U. S. P. (90 per cent. ), in distilled water (944 parts). 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear colorless liquid, odorless, having a very acrid and 
 caustic taste, and a strong alkaline reaction. Sp. gr. about 1.036. 
 
 IMPURITIES. See Potassa.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Acids, acid salts, metallic salts and preparations of am- 
 monia, belladonna, hyoscyamus and stramonium, the alkaloids of these three 
 being decomposed by caustic potash. All alkaloids are precipitated by 
 alkalies. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; [.30 to 2.00 c.c.], freely diluted. 
 
 2. Potassa cum Calce. [Potassa with Lime. Synonyms. Vienna 
 Caustic. Vienna Paste. Potassa, 500 ; Lime, 500. Rubbed together in a 
 warm, iron mortar. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A grayish-white powder, deliquescent, having a strongly 
 alkaline reaction, and responding to the tests for Calcium and Potassium. 
 Solubility. In diluted hydrochloric acid without leaving more than a small 
 residue. ] 
 
 ACTION OF POTASH. 
 
 External. It is, if concentrated, a powerful irritant and 
 caustic, acting by abstracting water from the part to which it is 
 applied. It dissolves fatty matters that may be present on the 
 surface. It is antacid, and, if freely diluted, sedative. 
 
 Internal. Mouth. As alkalies check alkaline secretions, 
 potash momentarily checks the secretion of saliva. 
 
 Stomach. Because alkalies stimulate acid secretions, the flow 
 of gastric juice is excited, if alkalies are given before a meal, 
 but if at the end of or after a meal the gastric juice already
 
 124 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 secreted is neutralized. Being readily diffusible, alkalies are 
 quickly absorbed. 
 
 Blood. This is rendered more alkaline. Probably all alkalies 
 circulate in the blood as carbonates, but their action as alkalizers 
 of the blood is very transitory, for they are quickly excreted. 
 The amount of haemoglobin, if it is deficient, is said to be in- 
 creased. The continual use of alkalies diminishes the quantity 
 of fat. 
 
 Heart. Large amounts of potassium salts are depressant 
 to all muscular tissues, and therefore decrease the force of the 
 heart, ultimately causing diastolic arrest by direct action on the 
 cardiac muscle. 
 
 Kidney. Potassium salts are diuretic, acting directly on the 
 renal epithelium. They are quickly excreted in the urine, ren- 
 dering it alkaline, and thus increasing its power of holding uric 
 acid in solution. 
 
 Respiratory passages. The bronchial secretion is increased 
 in quantity, and it is rendered less viscid, but in some cases of 
 bronchitis it is diminished. 
 
 Muscle. The prolonged contraction produced by veratrine, 
 or barium salts, is abolished by potassium salts. They are direct 
 muscular depressants, and depress also the nervous system, 
 especially the brain and spinal cord. 
 
 Metabolism. Potassium salts, like all alkalies, if given in 
 large doses, increase metabolism, leading to a greater oxidation 
 of proteids and fats. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF POTASH. 
 
 External. Caustic potash is used to destroy lupus, and it 
 was formerly employed to make issues. Care must be taken to 
 limit its action, for it diffuses very rapidly. Liquor potassae is 
 used to dissolve off the fatty matters and thoroughly cleanse the 
 skin before operations, and weaker solutions of it are employed 
 to remove the epidermis in certain chronic skin diseases. A 40 
 per cent, solution is recommended to remove an ingrowing toe- 
 nail, which is painted with the fluid, and in a few seconds is so 
 softened that much can be scraped off. The procedure is
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS POTASH. 
 
 repeated till the nail that remains is sufficiently thin to be re- 
 moved with a pair of fine scissors. Dilute solutions, acting as 
 sedatives, relieve itching. 
 
 Internal. To obtain the effects of alkalies upon internal 
 organs, potassium bicarbonate, citrate and acetate are preferable 
 to potash, for that is apt to irritate the stomach ; but it is occa- 
 sionally used in small doses as a gastric sedative for dyspepsia. 
 
 Toxicology. See Soda, p. 139. 
 
 2. POTASSII CARBON AS. [Potassium Carbonate. K,CO,== 
 137.91.] Synonym. Salt of Tartar. 
 
 SOURCE. Pearlash, which is a product of the lixiviation of wood ashes, is 
 treated with water, which dissolves little but potassium carbonate, and the 
 solution is evaporated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, [granular powder, odorless, having a very strong 
 alkaline taste ; very deliquescent. Solubility. In 1. 1 parts of water, and in 
 0.65 part of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Sulphates, chlorides, nitrates, cyanides, earthy and metallic 
 matters. 
 
 Potassium Carbonate is used in preparing Mistura Ferri Composita, 
 Pilulae Ferri Carbonatis (in which Ferrous Carbonate is formed), and Potassa 
 Sulphurata. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF POTASSIUM CARBONATE. 
 
 These are the same as those of potash ; but the carbonate is 
 less caustic. 
 
 3. POTASSII BICARBONAS. [Potassium Bicarbonate. KHCO, 
 = 99.88. 
 
 SOURCE. Pass Carbon Dioxide] through a solution of Potassium Car- 
 bonate, and let the bicarbonate crystallize out. K 2 CO 3 -j- CO, -f- H,O = 
 2KHCO 3 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. [Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, odorless, and 
 having a saline and slightly alkaline taste. Permanent in the air. Solubility. 
 In 3.2 parts of water ; almost insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. The carbonate, chlorides, and iron. 
 
 Potassium Bicarbonate is used in preparing Liquor Potassii Arsenitis, 
 Liquor Potassii Citratis, and Potassii Citras Effervescens. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; .30 to 4.00 gm.]
 
 126 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION OF POTASSIUM BICARBONATE. 
 
 Potassium bicarbonate is too feebly caustic to be of any use 
 for this purpose. Otherwise its actions are those of potash. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF POTASSIUM BICARBONATE. 
 
 Stomach. Potassium bicarbonate may be given before meals 
 to stimulate the flow of gastric juice ; and as it is a gastric seda- 
 tive, it is useful in painful dyspepsia accompanied by a scanty 
 secretion of gastric juice. The increase of the antiseptic acid 
 secretion is valuable in cases of dyspepsia associated with fer- 
 mentation in the stomach. It may be taken after meals if too 
 much acid is secreted, and the patient suffers from acid eruc- 
 tations, especially if pain be present also ; but it is better treat- 
 ment to remove the cause of the dyspepsia. It is not a common 
 remedy for dyspepsia, sodium bicarbonate being usually pre- 
 ferred. Either is beneficial when much mucus is present, for 
 this is rendered less viscid by alkalies. It should not be used as 
 an alkali in cases of poisoning by mineral acids, because of the 
 evolution of carbon [dioxide,] gas. Bicarbonates are used in 
 preference to carbonates, as the latter are far too strongly 
 alkaline for the stomach. Potash water is often drunk as an 
 effervescing water instead of soda water. It should be a [half 
 of a one per cent.] solution of potassium bicarbonate in water, 
 into which [carbon dioxide] gas under a pressure of four atmos- 
 pheres has been passed. 
 
 Blood. Potassium bicarbonate circulates in the blood as the 
 carbonate. It was formerly much used in rheumatic fever, but 
 is now superseded by the salicylates. Probably it did no good. 
 In gout it is given to increase the alkalinity of the blood, which 
 contains an excess of uric acid, but there is no evidence that it 
 benefits gout, and the many alkaline mineral waters used for this 
 disease are efficacious because they dilute the plasma, and so ren- 
 der it more capable of holding uric acid in solution. Potassium 
 bicarbonate is believed to be haematinic, that is to say, it is 
 thought to increase the amount of haemoglobin ; but as for this
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS - POTASH. 
 
 purpose it is usually given with iron, its haematinic power has 
 not yet been proved. 
 
 Kidneys, It is not much used for its diuretic effect and its 
 alkalizing power over the urine, as the vegetable salts are prefer- 
 able. 
 
 4. POTASSII ACETAS. [Potassium Acetate. KC 2 H 3 O 2 = 97.89. 
 SOURCE. Add Acetic Acid in excess to Potassium Carbonate or Bicarbon- 
 
 ate. Evaporate to dryness and fuse the residue. K 2 CO 3 -f- 2HC 2 H 3 Oj = 
 2KC 2 H 3 O 2 + H 2 O + CO 2 . Or, if the bicarbonate, which is preferable, is 
 used, KHCO 3 + HC 2 H 3 O 2 = KC 2 H 3 O 2 + H 2 O + CO 2 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white powder or crystalline masses of a satiny lustre, 
 odorless and having a warming saline taste ; very deliquescent. Solubility. 
 In 0.36 part of water, and 1.9 parts of Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. The carbonate and metallic impurities. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; .30 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 5. POTASSII CITRAS. [Potassium Citrate. K 3 C 6 H 5 O T -f- H,O = 
 
 323-59. 
 
 SOURCE. Neutralize Potassium Carbonate with a solution of Citric 
 Acid, and evaporate to dryness. 3K 2 CO 3 + 2 H 3 C 6 H 5 O 7 = 2K 3 C 6 H 5 O 7 -f- 
 
 CHARACTERS. Transparent, prismatic crystals or a white, granular pow- 
 der, odorless and having a cooling, saline taste. Deliquescent on exposure to 
 the air. Solubility. In 0.6 part of water ; sparingly in Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Carbonates, chlorides, and tartrates. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Liquor Potassii Citratis. Solution of Potassium Citrate. Syn- 
 onym. Mistura Potassii Citratis. Citric Acid, 6 ; Potassium Bicarbon- 
 ate, 8 ; water to loo. The acid and the bicarbonate are dissolved 
 separately and the solutions mixed. It contains about 9 per cent, of 
 anhydrous Potassium Citrate. 
 
 Dose, i to 8 fl. dr. ; 4. to 30. c.c. 
 
 6. POTASSII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS. Effervescent Potas- 
 
 sium Citrate. Citric Acid, 63 ; Potassium Bicarbonate, 90 ; Sugar, 47. 
 
 SOURCE. Powder the ingredients separately, and mix them thoroughly in 
 a warm mortar. Dry the resulting, uniform paste rapidly, and when it is per- 
 fectly dry, reduce it to a powder of the desired degree of fineness. H 3 C,,H 6 Oj 
 + 3 KHC0 3 + H 2 = K 3 C 8 H 5 7 + 3 CO 2 -f 4 H 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A fine, white powder, odorless, and having a sweetish, 
 saline taste. Solubility. Completely in water, with effervescence. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; .30 to 4.00 gm.]
 
 128 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION OF POTASSIUM CITRATE AND ACETATE. 
 
 External. No action. Being neutral, they are not even 
 antacid. 
 
 Internal. These are the least irritating to the stomach of 
 all potassium salts ; being neutral, they have no action on gastric 
 juice. They circulate as potassium carbonate. Both are more 
 powerfully diuretic than any other potassium salts, and act by 
 directly stimulating the renal cells. They are diaphoretic, 
 especially the citrate ; but neither of them causes a great increase 
 of the perspiration.. How they produce this effect is not certainly 
 known. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF POTASSIUM CITRATE AND ACETATE. 
 
 As neither impairs digestion, they are chiefly used for remote 
 effects. 
 
 Blood. They have been largely given for rheumatic fever, but 
 are now rarely employed. Many believe both salts are of great 
 value in gout ; if that is so, it is doubtful how they act, for 
 they do not increase the power of blood plasma to dissolve so- 
 dium biurate. They are powerfully antiscorbutic ; that is to 
 say, they prevent scurvy ; but they are not so efficacious as 
 lemon-juice, lime-juice, and fresh vegetables. 
 
 Kidneys. Although in health the diuresis produced by the 
 potassium citrate and acetate is slight, and the urea and other 
 solids of the urine are actually decreased, yet clinical experience 
 points clearly to the fact that both these salts are, in chronic 
 Bright's disease, powerful diuretics. They are frequenly used 
 in this disease and in feverish conditions, and also to increase the 
 amount of urine, and thus to remove pathological fluids in cases 
 of pleuritic effusion, ascites, etc. Diuretics are best combined, 
 and the following is a good mixture : Potassium acetate, 20 gr. 
 [i.2ogm.] ; tincture of squill, 10 m [.6oc.c.] ; spirit of nitrous 
 ether, 30 m [2.00 c.c.] ; juice of broom, i fl. 3 [4.00 c.c.] ; 
 water to 8 fl^ [30.00 c.c. ; juice of broom, B. P., is obtained 
 by bruising fresh broom tops, expressing the juice, adding one- 
 third part of alcohol and filtering after seven days] . 
 
 They render the urine alkaline, and are much employed for
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS POTASH. 129 
 
 this purpose, having the advantage over other potassium salts 
 that they do not derange digestion. Not only do they prevent 
 the precipitation of uric acid, and thus hinder the formation of 
 uric acid gravel, but they will dissolve small uric acid calculi. 
 Roberts states that to keep the urine at the alkalinity necessary 
 for this purpose, 40 to 60 gr. [2.50^0 4.00 gm.] of the acetate 
 or citrate should be dissolved in four ounces [120. c.c.] of water, 
 and taken every four hours. If more than this is used, harm is 
 done ; for an insoluble biurate forms on the surface of the cal- 
 culus. With many patients it suffices if such a dose in a tumbler 
 of water be taken at bed-time ; for during the night the acidity 
 of the urine is highest, as there is no alkaline tide due to meals. 
 Owing to the depressing action of potassium salts, they should 
 be used with care in persons suffering from heart disease. 
 
 Skin. Both these salts may be used in slight pyrexia, such 
 as that of a common cold, on account of their diaphoretic 
 properties. 
 
 Lungs. These salts, like the carbonates and bicarbonates, 
 are mild saline expectorants, especially suitable for cases of bron- 
 chitis with viscid, scanty expectoration, as they increase the 
 secretion and lessen the viscidity. The iodide is, however, still 
 more efficacious. 
 
 7. POTASSII SULPHAS. [Potassium Sulphate. K 2 SO 4 = 173.88. 
 SOURCE. Add Potassium Carbonate to Acid Potassium Sulphate, which 
 
 is a bye-product of the manufacture of Nitric Acid. K 2 CO 3 -f-2KHSO 4 = 
 2K a SO 4 +CO,-f-H 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Hard, colorless, transparent, six-sided, rhombic prisms 
 terminated by pyramids, or a white powder, odorless, and having a somewhat 
 bitter, saline taste. Solubility. In 9.5 parts of water ; insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Sodium, arsenic, lead, copper, zinc, iron, aluminum, cal- 
 cium, magnesia and chlorides. 
 
 Dose, y z to 4 dr. ; 2. to 15. gm. 
 
 8. POTASSII BITARTRAS. Potassium Bitartrate. KH 4 C 4 HO,= 
 187.67. Synonyms. Acid Potassium Tartrate. Cream of Tartar. 
 
 SOURCE. Obtained from crude Tartar (argol) deposited on the sides of 
 wine casks during the fermentation of grape juice, and purified by boiling 
 water, filtration through charcoal and crystallization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless or slightly opaque rhombic crystals ; or a fine, 
 white, somewhat gritty powder, odorless, and having a pleasant, acidulous 
 taste. Solubility. In 201 parts of water; very sparingly soluble in Alcohol. 
 
 9
 
 I3O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Calcium tartrate, copper, lead, and iron. 
 Potassium Bitartrate is contained in Pulvis Jalapae Compositus. ] 
 Dose, 20 to 60 gr. ; [1.20 to 4.00 gin.] (diuretic and refrigerant) ; j to 
 4 dr. ; [a. to 15. gm. ;] (purgative). 
 
 ACTION OF POTASSIUM BITARTRATE AND SULPHATE. 
 
 External. One of these being only slightly acid and the 
 other neutral, they have none of the external caustic or antacid 
 properties of other potassium salts. 
 
 Internal. Intestines. Both salts are typical hydragogue 
 saline purges, producing easy, soft, watery motions without 
 griping. They abstract fluid from the blood, and cause it to be 
 poured into the intestine. Their mode of action has already 
 been fully described {see p. 93). 
 
 Liver. Potassium sulphate is a moderate cholagogue, 
 slightly increasing the biliary flow. 
 
 Kidney. The bitartrate is diuretic, because a small 
 amount of it is, in the intestine, converted into a carbonate and 
 absorbed, and this acts directly on the renal cells. Hence it 
 renders the urine alkaline. But all the sulphate and most of 
 the bitartrate is excreted with the faeces, and if, as seems proba- 
 ble, some is absorbed by the small intestine in the form in which 
 it is taken, it is excreted again into the colon. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF POTASSIUM BITARTRATE AND SULPHATE. 
 
 Internal. Intestines. These excellent purgatives are fre- 
 quently used, especially for habitual sluggishness of the bowels. 
 A dose should be dissolved in a tumbler of [hot] water, and 
 sipped during dressing. They may be employed to open the 
 bowels in cases, such as dropsy or uraemia, in which we wish to 
 eliminate as much fluid as possible. They should for this pur- 
 pose be given in a concentrated form, for then a large amount 
 of fluid will be secreted from the intestine to bring the solution 
 of the salt to that degree of dilution at which it will act. Com- 
 pound jalap powder [which contains potassium bitartrate] is also 
 much used for this class of cases. The sulphate having some 
 cholagogue action, is to be preferred when it is believed that the 
 liver is at fault.
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS POTASH. 13! 
 
 Liver. These salts are often given to those who suffer from 
 gall-stones, although no potassium salts have any power to dis- 
 solve gall-stones, but the sulphate does good as a cholagogue. 
 
 Kidney. The bitartrate is sometimes used as a diuretic in 
 the same class of cases as the acetate and citrate. A very pleas- 
 ant drink for feverish patients is Imperial drink. It contains 
 potassium bitartrate, 60 gr. [4.00 gm.] ; saccharin, i gr. [.06 
 gm.] ; oil of lemon, 3m [.20 c.c.] ; to a pint [500. c.c.] of 
 boiling water. 
 
 9. POTASSII NITRAS. [Potassium Nitrate. KNO S = 100.92. 
 Synonyms. Nitre. Saltpetre. 
 
 SOURCE. Purified native Saltpetre. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, six-sided rhombic prisms or a crys- 
 talline powder, odorless, and having a cooling, saline and pungent taste. 
 Solubility. In 3.8 parts of water ; very sparingly soluble in Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Sulphates, chlorides and lime, and the metals. 
 
 Potassium Nitrate is used to prepare Argenti Nitras Dilutus. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; .30 to 1.20 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Charta Potassii Nitratis. Potassium Nitrate Paper. Potassium 
 Nitrate, 200 ; distilled water, 800. Dissolve the Potassium Nitrate in 
 the Distilled Water. Immerse strips of white, unsized paper in the solu- 
 tion, and dry them.] 
 
 ACTION OF POTASSIUM NITRATE. 
 
 External. Nothing noteworthy. 
 
 Internal. Stomach and Intestines. It is liable to cause 
 nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, symptomatic of the gastritis and 
 enteritis produced by it. 
 
 Blood. Owing to its high diffusion power it quickly passes 
 into the blood unchanged. External to the body, nitrates pre- 
 vent the coagulation of the blood, or dissolve the clot if it be 
 already formed ; but it is not known that they have any effect 
 on the blood in the body. 
 
 Heart. Potassium nitrate is a powerful cardiac depressant, 
 causing the beats to become feeble and few. Large doses lead 
 to great weakness, fainting, and death. 
 
 Kidneys. Small doses are diuretic from their direct action
 
 132 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 on the renal cells, but large ones are liable to inflame the urinary 
 passages, causing haematuria. The drug is excreted unchanged 
 in the urine. 
 
 Skin. Potassium nitrate is a mild diaphoretic. 
 
 [Lungs. Large doses retard respiration and tend to paralyze 
 unstriped muscular fibre.] 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF POTASSIUM NITRATE. 
 
 Internal. Blood. On account of its supposed action in 
 preventing the coagulation of the living blood, it has been used 
 in rheumatic fever and many inflammatory conditions, but it is 
 now discarded. Probably, as it is a cardiac depressant, it only 
 does harm. 
 
 Kidneys and Skin. It is sometimes employed as a diuretic 
 and diaphoretic in febrile conditions, but the acetate and the 
 citrate are much preferable. 
 
 Asthma. [Potassium nitrate is an and -spasmodic for the rea- 
 son given above.] For the treatment of this [symptom] potas- 
 sium nitrate paper, in pieces about i^ inches [4. cm.] square, 
 is lighted, one at a time, and the patient inhales the fumes. 
 Ringer considers it better to dip the paper also into a solution 
 of potassium chlorate, and to burn a piece large enough to fill a 
 whole room with the fumes. This treatment often relieves, and 
 nitre is a common ingredient of [so-called] asthma powders. 
 
 10. POTASSII CHLORAS. [Potassium Chlorate. KClOj=l22.28. 
 
 SOURCE. Pass Chlorine into a mixture of Potassium Carbonate and Slaked 
 Lime ; then treat the result in boiling water and separate the Chlorate by re- 
 crystallization. K,CO S -f 6Ca(OH ), -f 6C1,=2KC1O, -f sCaCl, -f- CaCO 8 -f 
 6H,0. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, lustrous monoclinic prisms or plates, or a white 
 powder, odorless and having a cooling, saline taste. Easily explodes on tritu- 
 ration with many substances, especially Sugar, Sulphur, Tannic Acid, Metallic 
 Sulphides, Phosphorus, Charcoal, and Glycerin. Solubility. In 16.7 parts 
 of water ; insoluble in absolute Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Calcium chloride and lime. 
 
 Dose, 3 to 20 gr. ; .20 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Trochisci Potassii Chloratis. [Troches of Potassium Chlorate. 
 Potassium Chlorate, 30; Sugar, 120; Tragacanth, 6 gm. ; Spirit of
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS POTASH. 133 
 
 Lemon, r c.c. ; water, a sufficient quantity to make 100 troches. Mix 
 the Sugar with the Tragacanth and the Spirit of Lemon by trituration in 
 a mortar ; then transfer the mixture to a sheet of paper, and, by means 
 of a bone spatula, mix with it the Potassium Chlorate, being careful, by 
 avoiding trituration or pressure, to prevent the mixture from igniting or 
 exploding. Lastly, with water, form a mass. Each troche contains 5 
 gr. ; .30gm.] 
 
 Dose, i to 6 troches. 
 
 ACTION OF POTASSIUM CHLORATE. 
 
 External. It is easily decomposed by septic tissues, and the 
 nascent oxygen given off acts as a stimulant and antiseptic to 
 them. 
 
 Internal. Stomach and Intestines. Small doses have no 
 effect ; poisonous ones produce symptoms similar to those in- 
 duced by the nitrate. 
 
 Blood. Here also small doses have no effect, but several 
 cases of poisoning show that in large doses potassium chlorate 
 disintegrates the red corpuscles, and converts haemoglobin into 
 methaemoglobin. The altered blood causes the skin to be 
 cyanotic, it is passed by the urine, which is, therefore, dark- 
 colored, and contains granular debris, and thus the urine is ex- 
 actly like that met with in paroxysmal haemoglobinuria. 
 The liver and spleen are enlarged. There may be jaundice and 
 haematemesis, and the marrow of the bones becomes very vas- 
 cular. Nephritis is induced, the tubules are blocked by the 
 debris of the blood, and so the urine is scanty. Death occurs 
 from cardiac weakness or uraemia. 
 
 As potassium chlorate easily yields up its oxygen, some believe 
 that it gives off part of its oxygen to the tissues while it is cir- 
 culating in the blood, but much of it is excreted unchanged in 
 the urine and other excretions. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF POTASSIUM CHLORATE. 
 
 This drug is used empirically for stomatitis, tonsillitis, and 
 pharyngitis of all varieties, either as lozenges, gargle ( i to 50 
 parts of water or decoction of cinchona), or to be swallowed in 
 solution, for it is then excreted by the saliva. Its action is there-
 
 134 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 fore always local, as it is beneficial [by] virtue of the nascent 
 oxygen given off from it. It is especially valuable for ulcer- 
 ative stomatitis. It has been given to women liable to 
 miscarry. 
 
 11. POTASSII PERMANGANAS, see Manganese. 
 
 12. [POTASSII ET SODII TARTRAS, set Sodium.] 
 
 13. POTASSII I ODIDUM.j^ Iodine. 
 
 14. POTASSII BROMIDUM, see Bromine. 
 
 15. POTASSA SULPHURATA, see Sulphur. 
 
 16. POTASSII FERROCYANIDUM. [Potassium Ferrocyanide. 
 K 4 Fe(CN) 6 -f- 3H 2 O = 421. 76. Synonym. Yellow Prussiate of Potash. 
 
 Potassium Ferrocyanide is used to prepare Acidum Hydrocyanicum Di- 
 lutum, and Potassii Cyanidum ; also as a test for iron, copper and zinc.] 
 
 17. POTASSII CYANIDUM. [Potassium Cyanide. KCN = 65.01. 
 SOURCE. Heat in an iron crucible dried Potassium Ferrocyanide, 8 ; with 
 
 Potassium Carbonate, 3 ; until effervescence ceases. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, opaque, amorphous pieces, or a white, granular 
 powder, odorless when perfectly dry, but in moist air exhales the odor of Hy- 
 drocyanic Acid. This salt is very poisonous. Solubility. In about 2 parts 
 of water and sparingly in alcohol. 
 
 Dose, -fa to % gr. ; .003 to .015 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilutum. Diluted Hydrocyanic 
 Acid. HCN [= 26.98. Synonym. Prussic Acid. A liquid com- 
 pound of 2 per cent., by weight, of absolute Hydrocyanic Acid, and 
 98 per cent, of water.] 
 
 SOURCE. Distil a mixture of Potassium Ferrocyanide, 20 ; Sulphuric 
 Acid, 8 ; and water, 65, into distilled water. K 4 FeC 8 N, -f- 2H 2 SO 4 = 2K 2 SO 4 
 -(- H 4 FeC 6 N 6 . On the application of heat the Hydroferrocyanic Acid reacts 
 with the remaining Potassium Ferrocyanide and Sulphuric Acid, and Hydro- 
 cyanic Acid distils over. H 4 FeC 6 N 6 -f K 4 FeC 6 N 6 -f HjSO^eHCN-l- 
 K.jSO^ K 2 Fe(FeC 6 N 6 ). The distillate is diluted with distilled water until 
 the official strength is obtained. [Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid may also be pre- 
 pared, extemporaneously, in the following manner : Mix Hydrochloric Acid, 
 5, with distilled water, 55 ; add Silver Cyanide, 6, and shake the whole to- 
 gether in a glass-stoppered bottle. When the precipitate has subsided, pour 
 off the clear liquid.] Scheele's Prussic Acid is a 4 or 5 per cent, solution. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless [liquid, of a characteristic odor and taste, 
 resembling that of bitter almond]. Very unstable ; to preserve it best, it 
 should be kept in inverted blue-stoppered bottles. Old specimens may be 
 inert.
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS POTASH. 135 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Salts of silver, copper and iron, red mercuric oxide and 
 sulphides. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Sulphuric and hydrochloric acids. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 m. ; [.06 to .20 c.c. 
 
 Hydrocyanic acid belongs chemically to the Carbon compounds, but on ac- 
 count of its physiological and therapeutical relationship to Potassium Cyanide 
 it is considered at this place.] 
 
 ACTION OF POTASSIUM CYANIDE AND DILUTED HYDROCYANIC 
 
 ACID. 
 
 External. Hydrocyanic acid can pass through the epider- 
 mis, and then it paralyzes the terminations of the sensory nerves ; 
 thus it is a local anaesthetic and sedative. It is very 
 rapidly absorbed from raw surfaces, and may cause poisoning if 
 applied to them. [Potassium cyanide may possibly give the 
 same results. It also produces a dermatitis on local application 
 to the epidermis.] 
 
 Internal. Alimentary tract. Hydrocyanic acid is quickly 
 [and potassium cyanide less rapidly] absorbed by mucous mem- 
 branes, and has the same anaesthetic and sedative effect on the 
 mouth and stomach as on the skin. It must always be employed 
 [well diluted] . A single drop of the pure acid placed inside the 
 eye of even a moderately large animal will kill it instantly. 
 
 Blood. If death takes place almost immediately after the 
 administration of the drug, all the blood in the body is a bright 
 arterial tint ; but if death does not occur for some little time 
 (within half an hour), the blood is of a dark venous color. The 
 primary transitory reddening of the venous blood is due to the 
 fact that the haemoglobin in it is oxidized ; we do not know the 
 cause of this. The subsequent darkening of the arterial blood is 
 due to the fact that it has lost its oxygen, and contains carbon 
 [dioxide] gas ; why this should be is not certain, but probably it 
 depends upon the asphyxia consequent upon the action of hydro- 
 cyanic acid on the respiratory centre. If blood be shaken up 
 with [hydrocyanic] acid, after some time oxyhaemoglobin is con- 
 verted into cyanohsemoglobin, the oxygen being turned out. 
 [Hydrocyanic] acid added to drawn blood alters the shape of 
 the red blood-corpuscles. Neither of these actions is seen in
 
 136 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 life, for sufficient [hydrocyanic] acid to cause them would kill 
 before they could take place. 
 
 Heart. Large doses cause instantaneous diastolic arrest. 
 As this is also true if the drug is applied locally, we may con- 
 clude that large doses paralyze the heart directly. But [hydro- 
 cyanic] acid acts also on the cardiac centre in the medulla. A 
 small dose will cause a slowing of the pulse from stimulation of 
 the vagus centre, and the stoppage from larger doses is due both 
 to the direct action on the heart and to that on the medulla. 
 
 Vaso-motor system. The vaso-motor centre in the medulla is 
 first briefly stimulated, but soon profoundly paralyzed ; blood- 
 pressure therefore falls very low. 
 
 Respiration. The respiratory centre is paralyzed even more 
 readily than the cardiac or vaso-motor centres, consequently 
 the respirations quickly diminish both in force and frequency. 
 Unless the heart has been instantaneously stopped by a large 
 dose, asphyxia is the cause of death, and the heart goes on beat- 
 ing after the respirations have stopped. Occasionally, if the 
 dose be small, all three centres may be at first very transitorily 
 stimulated, so that for a few seconds the pulse and respiration 
 may be increased in frequency, and blood -pressure may rise. 
 
 Nervous system. Cerebrum. Medicinal doses of [hydro- 
 cyanic] acid have no effect on the cerebrum. Toxic doses cause 
 deep insensibility and coma. In man convulsions are rarely 
 seen ; in animals they are common. It is probable that the 
 coma and convulsions are due to the direct effect on the brain, 
 but they may in part be due to the altered circulation through 
 it, or the asphyxia. 
 
 Peripheral nerves and muscles. In animals dead of [hydro- 
 cyanic] acid poisoning these are unexcitable. This paralyzing 
 effect is due to direct action on the nerves and muscles them- 
 selves, for it does not occur in the peripheral part of a limb if it is 
 connected with the rest of the body only by its nerve. In this 
 case, as no blood is circulating through the distal part of the limb, 
 no [hydrocyanic] acid reaches it ; but if the acid be applied 
 locally to the severed limb, the nerve and muscles are paralyzed. 
 This explains the local anaesthetic effect of [hydrocyanic] acid.
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS POTASH. 137 
 
 Shortly before death the spinal cord is paralyzed. The pupil 
 is dilated. We do not know of any effect of [hydrocyanic] acid 
 on the kidneys, nor how it is excreted. It slightly reduces the 
 temperature. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF POTASSIUM CYANIDE AND DILUTED HYDRO- 
 CYANIC ACID. 
 
 External. Lotions of a strength*of about [i to 48] of the 
 diluted acid in water are valuable for allaying itching due to any 
 cause. If the skin is abraded they must not be used. 
 
 Internal. [Hydrocyanic acid may be administered as the 
 official diluted acid, oil of bitter almond (3 to 14 per cent, of 
 acid), bitter almond water, cherry laurel water (B. P.), the fluid 
 extract, infusion and syrup of wild cherry, and as potassium 
 cyanide. Reference should be made to each of these.] Small 
 doses, 2 to 3 minims [. 12 to .20 c.c.] of the diluted acid, are used 
 for their sedative effect on the nerves of the stomach, to allay 
 vomiting, and to relieve gastric pain, whatever be their cause, 
 and often with good effect. A useful way of giving it is in an 
 effervescent draught. [Since the effect of the remedy is tran- 
 sient, it should be given at frequent intervals.] It is a common 
 ingredient of cough mixtures, for by its depressing effect on the 
 central nervous system it diminishes reflex excitability, and is 
 consequently most serviceable for a dry, hacking cough by means 
 of which nothing is expectorated. [The uses of potassium 
 cyanide are similar to those of hydrocyanic acid.] 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms. With a large dose [of hydrocyanic acid] the symptoms usually 
 begin in a few seconds ; it is rare for them to be delayed more than two minutes. 
 The patient is perfectly insensible ; the eyes are fixed and glistening, the pupils 
 dilated, the limbs flaccid, the skin cold and clammy. The respiration is slow, 
 deep and convulsive ; the pulse almost imperceptible. [Hydrocyanic acid kills 
 by respiratory failure, j Post-mortem. There may be an odor of [hydrocyanic] 
 acid about the body, which is very livid. The fingers are clenched, the jaws 
 firmly closed and there is froth at the mouth ; the eyes are fixed and glistening 
 and the pupils dilated. The stomach may be a little reddened ; the blood is 
 very dark. 
 
 Treatment. Wash out the stomach immediately ; [the physician almost
 
 138 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 never has the opportunity.] If emetics are available, large doses must be 
 given promptly, for every moment is important. [Vomiting may be induced 
 by inserting the finger into the throat. ] Give ether or brandy and -^ gr. 
 [.0013 gin.] of atropine subcutaneously. Use inhalations of Ammonia and 
 artificial respiration. [Cold affusions, or alternately hot and cold, may be 
 available. Antal, from an experience of forty instances of poisoning, believes 
 that Cobalt nitrate is the best chemical antagonist. A thirty per cent, solu- 
 tion of hydrogen dioxide may be employed to wash out the stomach. Intra- 
 venous injections of sodium hyposulphite (producing theoretically the rela- 
 tively harmless sulphocyanide) enable animals to survive an otherwise lethal 
 dose. ] 
 
 18. POTASSII BICHROMAS, see Chromium. 
 
 19. POTASSII HYPOPHOSPHIS, see Phosphorus. 
 
 II. SODIUM. 
 Na=23.o. 
 
 I. [SODA. NaOH=39.86. Synonyms. Caustic Soda. Sodium Hy- 
 drate. Sodium Hydroxide. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Sodium Carbonate in boiling distilled water. Slake 
 Lime and dissolve in distilled water, adding this in small portions at a time to 
 the solution of Sodium Carbonate, boil, strain when cold, set aside until clear 
 and remove the clear solution. Evaporate this solution to an oily consistence 
 and pour into moulds. Na ! CO 3 -fCa(OH) 2 =2NaOH-f-CaCO 3 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. Dry, white, translucent pencils, or fused masses, showing 
 a crystalline fracture, odorless, and having an acrid and caustic taste. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Lime, sulphates, chlorides and carbonates. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Liquor Sodae. Solution of Soda. Synonym. Solution of 
 Sodium Hydrate. 
 
 SOURCE. An aqueous solution of Sodium Carbonate is boiled with 
 slaked Lime. The supernatant liquid is then siphoned off. Na.jCO 3 4- 
 Ca(OH ) 2 =2NaOH-fCaCO 3 . Or it may be prepared by dissolving Soda, 
 56 ; in distilled water, 944. The Soda must be of the full strength, as 
 directed by the U. S. P. (90 per cent. ). 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a very 
 acrid and caustic taste, and a strong alkaline reaction. Sp. gr., 1.059. 
 Strength, about 5 per cent, of the Hydrate. 
 
 IMPURITIES. As of Soda. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. The same as of Potassa. (Set p. 122.) 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 m. ; .30 to 1.20 c.c., freely diluted. 
 
 ACTION OF SODA. 
 
 It is in all respects, save one, similar in its action to potash. 
 The difference is, that sodium salts are all much less depressant
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS SODA. 139 
 
 to the cardiac, muscular, and nervous systems, and therefore far 
 less poisonous than potassium salts. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SODA. 
 It is very little used. Potash is almost always preferred.] 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Poisoning by caustic alkalies is very rare ; usually it takes place either by 
 Potash, Soda, Pearlash (Potassium Carbonate), or soap lees (Sodium Carbon- 
 ate). ( Both the last are impure. They contain caustic Soda or Potash. ) 
 
 Symptoms. A caustic taste is experienced, and is quickly followed by 
 symptoms of gastro-intestinal irritation, viz., burning heat in the throat, vom- 
 iting, diarrhoea, and abdominal pain, together with those of depression, viz., a 
 feeble, quick pulse, and a cold clammy skin. Soon the lips, tongue, and 
 throat become swollen, soft and red. Post-mortem appearances. The mucous 
 membrane of the mouth, tongue, stomach and oesophagus, and occasionally 
 that of the larynx, is excoriated, dark, softened and inflamed. 
 
 Treatment. Wash out the stomach or give emetics, as Zinc Sulphate, 
 20 gr. [1.20 gm.] ; or powdered Ipecacuanha, 30 gr. [2.00 gm.] ; or Copper 
 Sulphate, 5 gr. [.30 gm.], in half a pint [240. c.c.] of tepid water ; or Vinum 
 Ipecacuanhoe, fl.^j [30. c.c.] ; or mustard, a tablespoonful [16. gm.] in half a 
 pint [240. c.c.] of tepid water ; or common salt, 2 tablespoonfuls [30. gm.] in 
 half a pint [240. c.c.] of tepid water ; or -fa gr. [.006 gm.] of apomorphine 
 [hydrochlorate] hypodermatically. If none of these are handy, give plenty 
 of warm water and tickle the back of the throat. Then give feeble acids, as 
 diluted Lemon juice, diluted solution of Citric Acid, Vinegar, [or] diluted 
 Acetic Acid. Then demulcents, as oil, [flaxseed] tea, or water and white 
 of egg. 
 
 2. SODII CARBONAS. [Sodium Carbonate, Na^CO, + loH 2 O = 
 285.45. Synonyms. Sal] Soda. Washing Soda. 
 
 SOURCE. Made thus : First stage, Sodium Chloride and Sulphuric Acid 
 are heated together. 2NaCl -(- H 2 SO 4 = Na.,So 4 + 2HC1. Second stage, the 
 Sodium Sulphate is heated with Carbon. Na.jSO 4 -j- 4C = Na.jS -f- 4CO. Third 
 stage, the Sodium Sulphide is heated with chalk. Na,S -f- CaCO s = NajCOj 
 + CaS. 
 
 [It is also made from Cryolite, a mineral found in Greenland. Cryolite 
 and chalk are heated to redness, producing Calcium Fluoride and Sodium 
 Albuminate ; the latter is soluble in water, and is decomposed by Carbon 
 Dioxide, which precipitates Aluminum Hydroxide, retaining a little Sodium 
 Carbonate, while the pure Sodium Carbonate remains in solution. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, monoclinic crystals, odorless, and having a 
 strong alkaline taste. In dry air the salt effloresces, and if left exposed soon
 
 I4O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 loses about one-half of its water of crystallization and becomes a white powder. 
 Solubility. In 1.6 parts of water ; insoluble in Alcohol and in Ether.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Sulphates, chlorides [and metals. 
 
 Sodium Carbonate is used to prepare Liquor Sodae Chloratse, Massa Ferri 
 Carbonatis, and Suppositoria Glycerini. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Sodii Carbonas Exsiccatus. Dried Sodium Carbonate. 
 
 SOURCE. 200 parts of Sodium Carbonate are broken into small 
 fragments, allowed to effloresce, then gently heated until it becomes a 
 white powder, weighing 100 parts. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A loose, white powder, conforming to the tests 
 and reactions given under Sodii Carbonas.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; [.30 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SODIUM CARBONATE AND THE 
 DRIED CARBONATE. 
 
 The same as those of [soda,] except that the carbonate is less 
 caustic. [A one per cent, solution of sodium carbonate is used 
 for boiling surgical instruments in the process of sterilization in 
 order to prevent their rusting.] 
 
 3. SODII BICARBONAS. [Sodium Bicarbonate. NaHCO s = 83. 
 85. Synonyms. Baking Soda. Sodium Sesquicarbonate. Soda. 
 
 SOURCE. Made from the Carbonate in the same way as the Potassium 
 Bicarbonate is made. Na^CO, -f CO 4 + H,O = 2NaHCO 3 . Or by treating 
 Sodium Chloride at the same time with Ammonia gas and Carbon Dioxide. 
 NaCl -f NH, + CO, + H S O = NaHCO, + NH 4 C1. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white opaque powder, odorless, and having a cooling 
 mildly alkaline taste. 
 
 Solubility. In 11.3 parts of water; insoluble in Alcohol and Ether. 
 
 IMPURITIES. The carbonate. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. It is decomposed by acids and acid salts, e.g.. Bismuth 
 Subnitrate. 
 
 Sodium Bicarbonate is used to prepare Mistura Rhei et Sodae, Ferri Car- 
 bonas Saccharatus, and Pulvis EfTervescens Compositus. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; .30 to 4.00 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Trochisci Sodii Bicarbonatis. Troches of Sodium Bicarbonate. 
 Sodium Bicarbonate, 20 ; Sugar, 60 ; Nutmeg, I gm. ; Mucilage of 
 Tragacanth, a sufficient quantity to make 100 troches. Triturate the
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS SODA. 
 
 Nutmeg with the Sugar, gradually added, until they are reduced to a 
 fine powder, and mix this intimately with the Sodium Bicarbonate ; 
 then with the Mucilage of Tragacanth, form a mass. Each troche 
 contains 3 gr. ; .20 gm., of Sodium Bicarbonate.] 
 Dose, i to 6 troches. 
 
 ACTION OF SODIUM BICARBONATE. 
 
 The same as that of potassium bicarbonate, except that it is 
 much more slowly absorbed from the gastro-intestinal tract, 
 and like all sodium salts it is only feebly depressant. Sodium 
 salts are much less depressant to the cardiac, muscular, and ner- 
 vous systems, and therefore are far less poisonous than potassium 
 salts. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SODIUM BICARBONATE. 
 
 External. A lotion of 7 gr. [.50 gm.] to i fl. oz. [30. c.c.] 
 of water is employed as a sedative to relieve itching. [Either in 
 saturated solution or as a fine powder sodium bicarbonate locally 
 applied is the best remedy to relieve the pain from burns. Of 
 late it has been strongly recommended to be used for packing 
 to prevent pain after operations upon the vagina.] 
 
 Internal. Stomach. Its use in disease is very similar to 
 that of the corresponding potassium salt, but on account of the 
 two differences just mentioned, it is much more frequently given. 
 Hence it is a very common ingredient of medicines designed to 
 relieve dyspepsia, being taken at or a little before meals lo 
 increase the flow of gastric juice, or some time afterwards to 
 neutralize excessive acidity in the cases in which the patient 
 complains of heartburn and acid eructations. Its value is also 
 partly due to its sedative action on the gastric nerves, whereby 
 it relieves gastric pain, and partly also to its power of liquefying 
 tenacious mucus. A very favorite gastric sedative mixture con- 
 sists of about 10 gr. [.60 gm.] of sodium bicarbonate, together 
 with the same quantity of bismuth [subcarbonate,] suspended in 
 mucilage. A grain or two [.06 to .12 gm.] of sodium bicar- 
 bonate with a grain [.06 gm.] of powdered rhubarb, and some 
 sugar, forms a common stomachic powder for children. Sodium 
 bicarbonate and gentian are also often combined together in
 
 142 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 stomachic mixtures. Effervescing soda water (made in the same 
 way as potash water, see p. 122) is a mild gastric sedative. In 
 commerce these waters contain neither potash nor soda, but even 
 then the carbon [dioxide] gas acts as a sedative. 
 
 Sodium bicarbonate is so slowly absorbed, and is, in comparison 
 with potassium salts, so poor a solvent of uric acid, that it is 
 rarely used for any effects it may have after absorption. It is 
 stated that large doses (150 to 500 grains [10. to 32. gm.]) are 
 useful for diabetic coma. 
 
 4. SODII PHOSPHAS. [Sodium Phosphate. Na 3 HPO 4 +l2H,O= 
 357.32. Synonym. Sodium Orthophosphate. 
 
 SOURCE. Digest Bone Ash with Sulphuric Acid ; Acid Calcium Phos- 
 phate is formed. Ca 3 (PO 4 ) 2 +2H 2 SO 4 =CaH 4 (PO 4 ) 2 +2CaSO 4 . Filter and 
 add Sodium Carbonate to the solution. CaH 4 (PO 4 ) 2 +Na 2 CO J =Na J HPO 4 4- 
 H 2 O-f-CO u +CaHPO 4 . The filtrate requires to be evaporated and the salt is 
 obtained by crystallization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Large, colorless, monoclinic prisms, odorless, and having 
 a cooling saline taste. The crystals effloresce on exposure to the air, and 
 gradually lose 5 molecules of their water of crystallization. Solubility. In 
 5 parts of water. ] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Lime phosphate [sulphates and carbonates. 
 
 Sodium Phosphate is used to prepare Ferri Phosphas Solubilis. 
 
 Dose, 5 gr. to i oz. ; .30 to 30. gm.] 
 
 5. SODII SULPHAS. Sodium Sulphate. Na.,SO 4 -f [ioH,O== 
 321.42.] Synonym. Glauber's Salt. 
 
 SOURCE. Neutralize with Sodium Carbonate, the residue left in the manu- 
 facture of Hydrochloric Acid from Salt. 2NaHSO 4 +Na 2 CO s =2Na 2 SO 4 + 
 
 CHARACTERS. [Large, colorless, transparent monoclinic prisms, odorless, 
 and having a bitter, saline taste, efflorescing on exposure to air, and losing all 
 of their water of crystallization.] Solubility. In 3 parts of water. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Ammonium and Iron salts. 
 
 Dose, i to 8 dr. [4. to 30. gm. 
 
 6. POTASSII ET SODII TARTRAS. Potassium and Sodium Tar- 
 trate. [KNaC 4 H 4 O,-|-4H,O=258.5i. Synonyms. Rochelle Salt. Tartrated 
 Soda. 
 
 SOURCE. Add Acid Potassium Tartrate to a hot solution of Sodium Car- 
 bonate. 2KHC 4 H 4 O 6 +Na 2 CO,=2KNaC 4 H 4 O 6 +H 2 O+CO il . 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, rhombic prisms, or a white pow- 
 der, odorless, and having a cooling saline taste. The crystals are slightly 
 efflorescent. Solubility. In 2 parts of cold water.
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS SODA. 143 
 
 IMPURITY. Acid Potassium Tartrate. 
 
 Dose, % to i oz. ; 8. to 30. gm. (purgative) 30 to 60 gr. ; 2. to 4. gm. 
 (diuretic). 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Pulvis Effervescens Compositus. Compound Effervescing 
 Powder. Synonym. Seidlitz Powder. Take Potassium and Sodium 
 Tartrate, 93 gm., and Sodium Bicarbonate, 31 gm. ; mix, divide into 
 twelve equal parts, and wrap each part in a separate paper of some pro- 
 nounced color, as blue. Tartaric Acid, 27 gm. , divided into twelve 
 equal parts, and wrap each part in a separate paper of a color distinctly 
 different from that used for wrapping the mixture, as white. Each pow- 
 der in blue paper contains about 120 gr., 7.75 gm., of Potassium and 
 Sodium Tartrate with 40 gr., 2.58 gm., of Sodium Bicarbonate. The 
 white paper contains 35 gr, , 2.25 gm., of Tartaric Acid. 
 
 Dose. Dissolve the powder in the blue paper in nearly half a 
 pint [240. c.c.] of cold or warm water, and then add that in the white 
 paper, and drink while effervescing. 
 
 ACTION OF SODIUM SULPHATE AND PHOSPHATE, AND OF 
 POTASSIUM AND SODIUM TARTRATE. 
 
 Internal. Intestines. Owing to the slowness with which, 
 compared to the corresponding potassium salts, these sodium 
 salts are absorbed, they pass on into the intestines and there act 
 more efficiently than potassium salts. They are typical saline 
 purgatives, abstracting fluid from the blood until they form a 
 5 per cent, solution, and then exerting a painless laxative effect, 
 produce a soft motion about two or three hours after administra- 
 tion (see p. 93). The sulphate, which is the most active purga- 
 tive, and the phosphate are mild cholagogues, and Carlsbad 
 waters (see p. 144) have been shown to increase, in the human 
 subject, the amount of bile and the solids in it. 
 
 Blood and Kidneys. Owing to their tardy absorption the 
 action of these salines, as alkalizers of the blood and urine and 
 as diuretics, is more feeble than that of the corresponding potas- 
 sium salts. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SODIUM SULPHATE AND PHOSPHATE, AND OF 
 POTASSIUM AND SODIUM TARTRATE. 
 
 Internal. Intestines. These salts of sodium are some of 
 the best purgatives we possess, being especially useful for habitual
 
 144 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 constipation, and for constipation associated with gout, with 
 hepatic dyspepsia, or with any of the manifestations of an excess 
 of uric acid in the blood or the urine. The best way to take 
 them is to dissolve the required amount in half a tumbler of 
 [hot] water, and to drink it in successive small draughts while 
 dressing in the morning. The bowels are then usually com- 
 fortably opened soon after breakfast. These salts, especially the 
 phosphate and sulphate, are also cholagogues ; these two are 
 therefore to be preferred in cases of disease of the liver. The 
 sulphate is the most powerful purgative of all. It is the chief 
 constituent of Carlsbad, Marienbad, Tarasp, [Villacabras and 
 Rubinat] Condal waters, and it occurs associated with much 
 magnesium sulphate in ^Esculap, Hunyadi Janos, Seidlitz, Pullna, 
 Friedrichshall, Apenta, and Kissingen waters. A powder con- 
 sisting of 30 gr. [2. gm.] of each of sodium sulphate and mag- 
 nesium sulphate and a grain [.06 gm.] of sodium chloride and 
 sodium bicarbonate (dose i to 4 dr. ); [4. 15. gm.] forms 
 when dissolved a good imitation of ^Esculap, Hunyadi Janos, 
 and Franz Joseph waters. The phosphate is a milder and less 
 unpleasant purgative than the others ; it is often given to chil- 
 dren. The effervescing preparation [Seidlitz Powder (see p. 
 143)] is a palatable form. If large doses are used, the evacua- 
 tions are very watery, and therefore these drugs are useful to 
 remove fluid in cases of dropsy or ascites (especially if due to 
 disease of the liver). Sufferers from gall-stones are undoubtedly 
 benefited by a course of water containing sodium sulphate, and 
 therefore frequently go to Carlsbad. 
 
 7. SODII CHLORIDUM. Sodium Chloride. NaCl [= 58.37.] 
 Synonym. Common Salt. 
 
 SOURCE. Occurs native. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [Colorless, transparent, cubical crystals, or a white, crys- 
 talline powder, odorless, and having a purely saline taste. Solubility. In 
 2.8 parts of water; almost insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITY. Potassium Chloride.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; [.30 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF SODIUM CHLORIDE. 
 
 Common salt forms an article of diet with all creatures living 
 on vegetable food, especially if it contains large amounts of po-
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS - SODA. 145 
 
 tassium, but is not used either by carnivorous animals or by 
 tribes living solely on flesh. The importance of it is seen in the 
 long distances herbivorous animals will wander to salt licks, and 
 by the fact that tribes living on vegetables will go to war for the 
 possession of it. Bunge's explanation of this desire for salt is as 
 follows : Blood plasma contains much sodium chloride, vegetable 
 foods contain a large amount of potassium salts ; when, there- 
 fore, these salts of potassium reach the blood, potassium chloride 
 and the sodium salt of the acid which was combined with the 
 potassium are formed. This and the potassium chloride are ex- 
 creted by the kidneys, and the blood loses its sodium chloride, 
 which loss is therefore made up by taking sodium chloride with 
 the food. The deprivation of salt leads to general weakness, 
 oedema and anaemia, a series of symptoms often seen in France 
 before the repeal of the salt tax. Quantities of a tablespoonful 
 [15. gm.] and upwards act as an emetic, and may also purge. 
 Rectal injections of solutions of salt [by removing mucus may 
 make the rectum unfit for the habitation of] the Oxyuris ver- 
 micularis. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SODIUM CHLORIDE. 
 
 It is occasionally used as an emetic, also as an anthelmintic. 
 Bathing in sea water acts as a mild general stimulant, and very 
 concentrated hot salt baths, such as those of Droitwich and 
 Nantwich, are useful for chronic rheumatism and sciatica. 
 Sixty grains [4. gm.] of common salt in a pint [500 c.c.] of 
 boiled water allowed to cool to 100 F. [37.7 C.] form a 
 normal saline solution, which is frequently injected into any 
 convenient vein or sometimes into loose connective tissue in 
 cases of collapse from haemorrhage, often with strikingly good 
 results. Such injections have also been used for diabetic coma, 
 and may render the patient sensible again for a little while, but 
 they do not avert the end. 
 
 8. SODII SULPHIS. [Sodium Sulphite. 
 SOURCE. Saturate a solution of Sodium Carbonate or Caustic Soda with 
 Sulphur Dioxide gas. Na^CO, -f SO 2 = Na 2 SO 3 + CO,. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms; odorless, and 
 
 10
 
 146 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 having a cooling, saline, sulphurous taste ; efflorescent in air. Solubility. 
 In 4 parts of water. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Sulphates and chlorides.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; [.30 to 4.00 gm. 
 
 9. SODII BISULPHIS. Sodium Bisulphite. NaHSO, = 103.86. 
 SOURCE. From Sodium Carbonate or Bicarbonate and Sulphur Dioxide 
 
 gas. NaHCO 3 + SO 2 = NaHSO s + CO r Solubility. In 4 parts of water ; 
 and in -J2 parts of Alcohol. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Opaque, prismatic crystals, or a granular powder, exhaling 
 an odor of Sulphur Dioxide, and having a disagreeable, sulphurous taste. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 10. SODII HYPOSULPHIS. Sodium Hyposulphite. Na,S s O,+ 
 5^0 = 247.64. Synonym. Sodium Thiosulphate. 
 
 SOURCE. From Sodium Bisulphate in solution with Metallic Zinc. 3Na 
 HSO, + Zn = NaHSOj + Na,S,O s -f ZnO, + H 2 O. Or pass Sulphurous An- 
 hydride into a solution of Soda (or Sodium Carbonate) with Sulphur. SO Z -\- 
 2Na(OH ) + S = NajSjO, + H,O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, odorless and 
 having a cooling, afterwards bitter taste. Solubility. In 0.65 part of water ; 
 insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; .30 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SODIUM SULPHITE, BISULPHITE 
 AND HYPOSULPHITE. 
 
 Sodium sulphite solutions (i in 8) may be used externally as 
 mild antiparasitics. This body is, in the stomach, decomposed 
 by the acids there and gives off sulphurous anhydride. It may, 
 therefore, be given to arrest fermentation. If any remains un- 
 decomposed, it is absorbed as a sulphite. No other action is 
 known. They are very rarely given in medicine, but in suf- 
 ficient doses might produce the effects of sodium sulphate. 
 
 11. SODII BROMIDUM, see Bromine. 
 
 12. SODII IODIDUM, see Iodine. 
 
 13. SODII HYPOPHOSPH IS, ^Phosphorus. 
 
 14. SODII ARSENAS, see Arsenic. 
 
 15. SODII SULPHOCARBOLAS, see Acidum Carbolicum. 
 
 16. [SODII NITRAS. Sodium Nitrate. NaNO 3 = 84.89. 
 SOURCE. Imported from Chili and Peru. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, rhombohedral crystals, odorless, 
 having a cooling, saline and slightly bitter taste. Deliquescent in moist air.
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS SODA. 147 
 
 Solubility. In 1.3 parts of water ; soluble in 100 parts of Alcohol. 
 Sodium Nitrate is used for preparing Sodium Arsenate. 
 Dose, y z to i oz. ; 15. to 30. gm. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SODIUM NITRATE. 
 Sodium nitrate, in moderate doses, does not directly lessen 
 the force or frequency of the pulse^ nor lower the animal tem- 
 perature, nor decrease the elimination of urea ; in large doses, 
 acting as a purgative, it may produce these effects. It is some- 
 what diuretic, but its chief medicinal virtue is that of a mild 
 purgative. 
 
 17. SODII ACETAS. Sodium Acetate. NaC 2 H s O 2 -f 3H 2 O = 135.74. 
 SOURCE. From Sodium Carbonate and Acetic Acid. Na.jCO 3 -j- 2HC 2 
 
 H 3 O 2 = 2NaC 2 H s O 2 -f H 2 O -f CO 2 . By evaporation to crystallization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, or a granular, 
 crystalline powder, odorless, and having a cooling saline taste. Efflorescent 
 in warm, dry air. Solubility. In 1.4 parts of water ; and in 30 parts of Al- 
 cohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Silica, metals and calcium. 
 
 Sodium Acetate is used for preparing Acetic Ether and Acetic Acid. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 60 gr. ; .60 to 4.00 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF SODIUM ACETATE. 
 Sodium acetate is diuretic, but it is rarely used as a medicine.] 
 
 18. SODII BENZOAS, see Acidum Benzoicum. 
 
 19. SODII NITRIS, j^ Nitrites. 
 
 20. SODII VALERIANAS [not official], see Valeriana. 
 31. SODII S ALICYL AS, see Acidum Salicylicum. 
 
 22. SODII BORAS, see Acidum Boricum. 
 
 23. [SODII CHLORAS. Sodium Chlorate. NaClO s = 106.25. 
 
 SOURCE. From Acid Sodium Tartrate and Potassium Chlorate in solu- 
 tion ; by nitration, evaporation and crystallization. NaHC 4 H 4 O 6 -{- KC1O S 
 = NaClOj -f KHC 4 H 4 O 6 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent crystals (principally regular cubes 
 with tetrahedral facets), or a crystalline powder; odorless, having a cooling, 
 saline taste. Solubility. In 1. 1 parts of water ; and in 100 parts of Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF SODIUM CHLORATE. 
 Sodium chlorate has medicinal properties similar to those of 
 the potassium chlorate, whilst its greater solubility permits the
 
 148 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 use of stronger solutions. It has recently been recommended in 
 large doses for malignant diseases of the stomach. 
 
 24. SODII PYROPHOSPHAS. Sodium Pyrophosphate. Na 4 P, 
 O 7 -f- ioH z O = 445.24. 
 
 SOURCE. From beating Sodium Phosphate. 2NajHPO 4 -f i2H.jO = Na 4 
 P f O T +i3H t O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, or a crystalline 
 powder, odorless, having a cooling, saline and feebly alkaline taste. Solubil- 
 ity. In 12 parts of water ; insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Sodium Pyrophosphate is used to prepare Ferri Pyrophosphas Solubilis. 
 
 Dose, y z to 4 dr. ; 2. to 15. gm. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE. 
 
 Sodium pyrophosphate has the same therapeutical action as 
 sodium phosphate, but its principal use is in pharmacy.] 
 
 25. SODII ETHYLAS. [Sodium Ethylate. NaC 2 H 5 O = 67.90. 
 (Not official.) 
 
 SOURCE. By solution of Metallic Sodium in Ethylic Alcohol and crys- 
 tallization. 2Na + 2C s H 5 OH = 2NaC,H 6 O + H r 
 
 CHARACTERS. A deliquescent, caustic salt in white or whitish crystals.] 
 
 Preparation. [B. P. not official.] 
 
 Liquor Sodii Ethylatis, [ Solution of Sodium Ethylate.] Sodium, 
 I ; Ethylic Alcohol, 20. Characters. A clear, syrupy liquid, changing 
 to brown in keeping. [This preparation has a sp. gr. of 0.567.] It 
 should be freshly made when wanted. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF SODIUM ETHYLATE. 
 
 This is used locally as a mild caustic to remove naevi and 
 other growths. It is applied with a pointed glass rod for two 
 or three days ; then a scab forms ; when this has fallen off, the 
 treatment may be repeated. Sodium ethylate is, perhaps, our 
 
 best caustic. 
 
 HI. AMMONIUM. 
 
 NH S = 17.01. 
 
 I. AQUA AMMONIA FORTI OR. [Stronger Ammonia Water. 
 28 per cent, by weight of the gas (NH S = 17.01 ) dissolved in water. 
 
 SOURCE. -Generate Ammonia gas by heating Ammonium Chloride with 
 Slaked Lime, and pass it into water. 2NH 4 C1 -f Ca(OH), = NH, -j- 2H,O
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS AMMONIA. 149 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, transparent liquid, having an excessively 
 pungent odor, and very acrid and alkaline taste and a strongly alkaline reac- 
 tion. Sp. gr. 0.901.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Ammonium chloride, sulphide and sulphate. 
 
 Dose, 3 to 6 m. ; [.20 to .40 c.c.], well diluted. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 [Spiritus Ammoniae. Spirit of Ammonia. Contains 10 per cent., 
 by weight, of the gas dissolved in Alcohol. 
 Dose, 10 to 60 m. ; .60 to 4.00 c.c.] 
 
 2. AQUA AMMONITE. [Ammonia Water. ( 10 per cent, by weight 
 of the gas (NH 3 17.01 ) dissolved in water). 
 
 SOURCE. The same as for Aqua Ammoniae Fortior. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Like, but less pungent than, the stronger solution. Sp. 
 gr. 0.960. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 20 m. ; .60 to 1.20 c.c., well diluted. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Linimentum Ammoniae. Ammonia Liniment. Synonym. 
 Volatile Liniment. Ammonia Water, 350 ; Alcohol, 50 ; Cotton 
 Seed Oil, 600.] 
 
 2. Spiritus Ammoniae Aromaticus, see Ammonium Carbonate. 
 
 ACTION OF SOLUTIONS OF AMMONIA. 
 
 External. A solution of ammonia produces rubefaction 
 with a sensation of heat, and, if strong, a sensation of pain and 
 burning. If the vapor is confined, it causes vesication. 
 
 Internal. Nose. When inhaled, the vapor of ammonia is 
 irritating to the nose and air passages, causing a pungent sensa- 
 tion and sneezing. The eyes and nose water. The pulse and 
 respiration are reflexly accelerated. If very concentrated, 
 it produces swelling and inflammation of the nose, glottis and 
 respiratory tract. 
 
 Stomach. Like other alkalies, given before meals, ammonia 
 increases the flow of gastric juice ; given after meals, it neutral- 
 izes it. It dilates the gastric vessels, and produces a feeling of 
 warmth in the epigastrium. It reflexly stimulates the heart and 
 respiration. 
 
 Blood. Its action on the blood is not known ; but it is sup- 
 posed to diminish its local liability to clot in cases of thrombo- 
 sis, and to dissolve [a clot which has] already formed.
 
 I5O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Heart. Ammonia causes a rise of blood -pressure with an in- 
 creased pulse rate, due probably to stimulation of the accelerator 
 mechanism. 
 
 Respiration. It increases greatly the frequency of respira- 
 tion, probably from stimulation of the respiratory centre in the 
 medulla. 
 
 Newous system. The brain is unaffected, and the nerves also, 
 except for the tingling produced when a strong solution of 
 ammonia is locally applied. Convulsions are often produced in 
 animals poisoned by ammonia ; these are certainly central, and 
 are probably due to stimulation of the spinal cord. 
 
 Kidneys. Ammonia and its salts are oxidized in the body, 
 and the nitric acid, uric acid, and urea in the urine are increased. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SOLUTIONS OF AMMONIA. 
 
 External. The liniment is used as a counter-irritant in nu- 
 merous conditions, such as chronic joint disease, chronic rheuma- 
 tism, etc. , and is often rubbed on the chest in bronchitis. Am- 
 monia is a very uncertain vesicant. Weak solutions of it are 
 often applied to the bites of insects. [Aqua] ammoniae is very 
 valuable when held to the nose of any one who has fainted, for it 
 almost instantly reflexly produces its stimulating effect on the 
 heart and respiration. 
 
 Internal. Ammonia in some form may be given before 
 meals as a gastric stimulant in dyspepsia. Sal volatile (see below) 
 is often used for this purpose, and also for its general stimulating 
 effect on the cardiac, respiratory and spinal systems, especially 
 in sudden collapse from any cause. [For collapse it may be used 
 intravenously.] Ammonia has been injected subcutaneously in 
 cases of snake-bite, [but it almost invariably produces a slough.] 
 
 3. AMMONII CARBON'AS. [Ammonium Carbonate, NH 4 HCO 8 
 NH 4 NH,CO, = 156.77. Synonyms. Bakers' Ammonia. Hartshorn. Sal 
 Volatile. 
 
 SOURCE. A mixture of Ammonium Sulphate or Chloride and Calcium 
 Carbonate is subjected to sublimation and resublimation. 4NH 4 C1 -)- 2CaCO s 
 == 2CaCl, + NH 4 HCO S NH 4 NH,CO, -f NH S -f 2H,O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, hard, translucent, striated masses, having a strongly
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS AMMONIA. 151 
 
 ammoniacal odor without empyreuma, and a sharp saline taste. On exposure 
 to the air it loses both Ammonia and Carbon Dioxide, becoming opaque, and 
 is finally converted into friable, porous lumps, or a white powder. Solubility. 
 Slowly but completely in 5 parts of water.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Sulphates and chlorides. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 15 gr. ; [.12 to i.oo gm.] ^(Stimulant or expectorant.) 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Spiritus Ammonias Aromaticus. [Aromatic Spirit of Ammo- 
 nia. Ammonium Carbonate, 34 ; Ammonia Water, 90 ; Oil of Nut- 
 meg, I ; Oil of Lemon, 10 ; Alcohol, 700 ; Oil of Lavender Flowers, 
 i ; water to make looo. Sp. gr. about 0.905.] 
 
 Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia is used in making Tinctura Guaiaci Am- 
 moniata and Tinctura Valerianae Ammoniata. 
 
 Dose, y z to 2 fl. dr. [2. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF AMMONIUM CARBONATE. 
 
 The external and internal actions of the carbonate are the 
 same as those of [Aqua] Ammoniae. It is not used externally, 
 but Spiritus Ammoniae Aromaticus is inhaled for its reflex effects, 
 is taken as a gastric stimulant and carminative in dyspepsia, 
 and as a cardiac and general stimulant in syncope, etc. 
 The carbonate is, in addition, an excellent expectorant, stimu- 
 lating the respiratory movements, and by its general stimulating 
 effect aiding the expulsion of thick mucus. It is most used for 
 bronchitis in children and the aged. It is an emetic acting 
 directly on the stomach. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms. Liquor Ammonise and the Carbonate produce symptoms like 
 other alkalies, but are more corrosive. The air-passages are often inflamed, 
 and the inhalation of the vapor has been known to kill from this cause. 
 
 Treatment as for other alkalies. (See p. 139.) 
 
 4. AMNONII CHLORIDUM. [Ammonium Chloride. NH 4 C1 = 
 53.38.] Synonyms. Sal Ammoniac, [Ammonium Muriate. 
 
 SOURCE. Neutralize Gas Liquor with Sulphuric Acid, converting all to 
 Ammonium Sulphate. 2NH 4 HO + H 2 SO 4 = (NH 4 ) il SO i + 2H a O. After 
 crystallization, sublime with Sodium Chloride. (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 -f- 2NaCl = 
 2NH 4 C1 + N^SO,. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, crystalline powder, without odor, having a cool-
 
 INORGANIC MATERIA >IEDICA. 
 
 ing, saline taste, and permanent in the air, but volatile when heated. Solu- 
 bility. In 3 parts of water ; almost insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Chiefly tarry matters. 
 
 Dose, I to 30 gr. ; .06 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Trochisci Ammonii Chloridi. Troches of Ammonium Chloride. 
 Ammonium Chloride, 10 ; Extract of Glycyrrhiza, 25 ; Tragacanth,i2 ; 
 Sugar, 50 gm. ; Syrup of Tolu, a sufficient quantity to make loo troches. 
 Each troche contains two grains ; .12 gm. 
 
 Dose, i to 6 troches.] 
 
 ACTION OF AMMONIUM CHLORIDE. 
 
 Locally applied, ammonium chloride increases the secretion 
 of mucous membranes, and to a slight extent it does the same 
 after absorption. It is a feeble cholagogue, diaphoretic, diuretic, 
 [and a general stimulant, but of less power than the carbonate.] 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF AMMONIUM CHLORIDE. 
 
 It is a very favorite remedy for local application, by means 
 of inhalation of the vapor, to increase the secretion of mucus 
 from the pharynx, Eustachian tubes, larynx, trachea and bronchi 
 in cases of chronic pharyngitis, otitis media, laryngitis, and 
 bronchitis. Many forms of apparatus for its inhalation are in 
 the market. In most of them it is generated by the action of hy- 
 drochloric acid on ammonia. It is occasionally given by the 
 mouth, either as a cholagogue, gastric stimulant, diaphoretic, or 
 diuretic, but it is too feeble to be recommended, and it is very 
 [unpleasant] ; the taste may to some extent be concealed by 
 liquorice. It is useful in chronic bronchitis with much expec- 
 toration and is then best given as a [troche or compressed tablet 
 with chocolate] . Some authorities consider it to be, [in large 
 doses,] a specific for neuralgia. 
 
 5. LIQUOR AMMONII ACETATIS. [Solution of Ammonium 
 Acetate. Synonym. Spirit of Mindererus. An aqueous solution of Ammo- 
 nium Acetate (NH 4 CjH s O 2 = 76.87), containing about 7 per cent, of the salt, 
 together with small amounts of Acetic and Carbonic Acids. 
 
 SOURCE. Ammonium Carbonate is gradually added to diluted Acetic 
 Acid until it is neutralized. ]
 
 THE ALKALINE METALS LITHIUM. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Potash, soda, and their carbonates, acids, lime-water, 
 lead and silver salts. 
 
 [Solution of Ammonium Acetate is used in preparing Liquor Ferri et Am- 
 monii Acetatis.] 
 
 Dose, 2 to 8 fl. dr. ; [8. to 30. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF AMMONIUM ACETATE. 
 
 It is a mild diaphoretic and diuretic, and is used only for 
 these effects. It probably acts in both cases, either on the secre 
 tory cells or the nerves connected with them. It does not irri- 
 tate the kidneys, but increases both the water and the solids 
 excreted. It is employed in Bright' s disease as a diuretic, and 
 in febrile conditions as a diaphoretic. 
 
 6. AMMONII BENZOAS, see Acidum Benzoicum. 
 
 7. AMMONII BROMIDUM, see Bromine. 
 [8. AMMONII IODIDUM, see Iodine. 
 
 9. AMMONII NITRAS. Ammonium Nitrate. NH 4 NO 3 = 97.9. 
 
 SOURCE. By treating commercial Ammonium Carbonate with Nitric 
 Acid, filtration and evaporation. NH 4 HCO S NH 4 NH 2 CO 2 + 3HNO 3 = 
 3NH 4 NO 3 -f 2CO 2 + H 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless crystals, generally in the form of long, thin 
 rhombic prisms, or in fused masses, without odor, having a sharp, bitter taste, 
 and somewhat deliquescent. Solubility. In o. 5 part of water ; and in 20 
 parts of Alcohol. 
 
 Ammonium Nitrate is used to prepare Nitrous Oxide gas, freezing mix- 
 tures and artificial cold applications. ] 
 
 10. AMMONII VALERIANAS, see Valeriana. 
 
 IV. LITHIUM. 
 Li = 7.oi. 
 
 1. LITHII CARBONAS. [Lithium Carbonate. Li 2 CO 3 = 73. 87. 
 SOURCE. By action of Lithium Chloride upon Ammonium Carbonate, 
 
 filtration, washing with Alcohol, and drying. 2LiCl-(- NH 3 HCO 3 = Li 2 CO 3 
 4- NH 4 C1 + HC1. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A light, white powder, odorless, and having an alkaline 
 taste ; permanent in the air. Solubility. In 80 parts of water ; insoluble in 
 Alcohol.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Lime and aluminum. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; [.12 to .60 gm.] 
 
 2. LITHII CITRAS. [Lithium Citrate. Li 3 C 8 H 5 O T = 2oa.57.
 
 154 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 SOURCE. By action of Lithium Carbonate upon Citric Acid, evaporation 
 and crystallization. 3U 2 CO S + 2H 3 C 6 H 5 O 7 = 2Li 3 C 6 H 5 O, 3H 2 O-f3CO,. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white powder, odorless and having a cooling, faintly 
 alkaline taste; deliquescent on exposure to air. Solubility. In 2 parts of 
 water ; almost insoluble in Alcohol or Ether. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; .30 to 1.20 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Lithii Citras Effervescens. Effervescent Lithium Citrate. 
 
 SOURCE. Lithium Carbonate, 70 ; Sodium Bicarbonate, 280 ; Citric Acid, 
 370 ; Sugar, a sufficient quantity, to 1000. Triturate the Citric Acid with 
 Sugar, and dry the mixture thoroughly. Then incorporate with it, by tritura- 
 tion, Lithium Carbonate and Sodium Bicarbonate, and enough Sugar to make 
 the product weigh looo parts. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white powder having a cooling, saline and sweetish 
 taste. Solubility. Completely in water with effervescence. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 45 gr. ; .60 to 3.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF LITHIUM CARBONATE AND CITRATE. 
 
 These lithium salts closely resemble in their actions the cor- 
 responding potassium salts, in large doses leading to muscular 
 and cardiac depression with gastro-intestinal irritation ; but, as 
 lithium has a strong affinity for uric acid, and lithium biurate is 
 very soluble, they are more powerful solvents of uric acid. 
 They are also efficacious as diuretics and render the urine 
 very alkaline. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF LITHIUM CARBONATE AND CITRATE. 
 
 Lithium salts are much used internally in acute and chronic 
 gout, to promote the elimination of sodium biurate. They are 
 also given as solvents to patients suffering from uric acid gravel 
 and calculus. Those suffering from gravel are said often to derive 
 great benefit. A lotion of the carbonate (i to 120 of water) 
 applied on lint and covered with gutta-percha relieves the pain 
 of gouty inflammation, promotes the healing of gouty ulcers, 
 and aids the disappearance of tophi [although it does seem to 
 prevent their formation] . Lithium salts should always be freely 
 diluted. The citrate has the advantage of greater solubility. 
 Although there is no doubt that the salt of lithium and uric acid 
 is very soluble in water, much doubt has recently been cast upon
 
 METALS OF THE ALKALINE EARTHS CALCIUM. 155 
 
 the efficacy of lithium salts administered for gout, because the 
 addition of a lithium salt to blood serum does not enhance its 
 solvent power on sodium biurate. 
 
 3. [LITHII BENZOAS, see Acidum Benzoicum. 
 
 4. LITHII BROMIDUM, see Bromine. 
 
 5. LITHII SALICYLAS, see Acidum Salicylicum. ] 
 
 GROUP III. 
 
 METALS OF THE ALKALINE EARTHS. 
 
 Calcium, Strontium, Barium, Magnesium, Cerium. 
 
 I. CALCIUM. 
 
 1. CRETA PR^EPARATA. [Prepared Chalk. CaCO,=99.76. 
 
 Synonym. Drop Chalk. 
 
 SOURCE. From Chalk by levigation, elutriation and drying. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, amorphous powder, often moulded into conical 
 drops, odorless and tasteless ; permanent in the air. Solubility. Almost in- 
 soluble in water ; insoluble in Alcohol.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Acids and sulphates. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 60 gr. [.60 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Pulvis Cretse Compositus. [Compound Chalk Powder. 
 Prepared Chalk, 30 ; powdered Acacia, 20 ; powdered Sugar, 50. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; .30 to 4.00 gm. 
 
 2. Mistura Cretae. Chalk Mixture. Compound Chalk Powder, 
 200 ; Cinnamon Water, 400 ; Water to make 1000. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 4 fl. dr. ; 8. to 15. c.c. 
 
 3. Hydrargyrum cum Creta, see Hydrargyrum. 
 
 4. Trochisci Cretae. Troches of Chalk. Prepared Chalk, 25 ; 
 Acacia, 7 gm. ; Spirit of Nutmeg, 3 c.c. ; Sugar, 40 gm. ; Water to 
 make 100 troches. Each troche contains 4 gr. ; .25 gm. 
 
 Dose, ad libitum.} 
 
 2. CALCII CARBONAS PR^CIPITATUS. [Precipitated Cal- 
 cium Carbonate. CaCO 3 =99.76. 
 
 SOURCE. From Calcium Chloride and Sodium Carbonate, and drying the 
 precipitate. CaCVf-Na,CO I =2NaCl+CaCO,.
 
 1 56 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A fine, white power, odorless and tasteless, permanent in 
 the air. Solubility. Nearly insoluble in water. 
 
 Precipitated Calcium Carbonate is used to prepare Pulvis Morphinre Com- 
 positus and Syrupus Calcii Lactophosphatis. ] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; [.30 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF GRETA PRJEPARATA AND CALCIUM CARBONATE. 
 
 External. It is mildly astringent and helps to dry moist 
 surfaces. 
 
 Internal. Stomach and Intestines. Calcium carbonate is 
 antacid. It is a mild but certain astringent. How it acts as 
 an instringent is unknown. It is excreted unchanged in the faeces. 
 
 Kidneys. Because certain mineral waters containing calcium 
 bicarbonates and sulphates amongst other salts, have been used 
 successfully in cases of urinary gravel and calculi, it has been 
 asserted that these salts are diuretic, and solvent for uric acid, but 
 it is more likely that the beneficial effects of these waters are due 
 merely to the large amount of water drunk ; [at least] , there is no 
 proof that it is due to the salts. Such waters are those of Con- 
 trexeville, Vittel, [Clarendon, and Waukesha] . 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CRETA PR^EPARATA AND CALCIUM CARBONATE. 
 
 External. Prepared chalk forms an excellent dusting pow- 
 der for moist eczema. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Because of its mechanical 
 action it is a good tooth powder. The following is a good for- 
 mula : Potassium chlorate, 4 ; powdered soap, 8 ; carbolic acid, 
 
 2 ; oil of cinnamon, i ; precipitated calcium carbonate to 48 
 parts. Chalk mixture and [compound] chalk powder, particu- 
 larly the former, are very valuable for checking mild diarrhoea, 
 especially in children. 
 
 Kidneys. There is no doubt that persons passing gravel or 
 urinary calculi, especially if composed of uric acid, are benefited 
 by drinking the waters of Contrexeville and Vittel. They should 
 be taken in quantities of 3 to 6 pints [1500. to 3000. c.c.] a day 
 and between meals, to avoid the large amount of fluid causing 
 indigestion. At Contrexeville the great bulk is drunk before 
 breakfast.
 
 METALS OF THE ALKALINE EARTHS CALCIUM. 157 
 
 3. CALX. [Lime. CaO=$5.87. Synonym. Burned Lime. 
 
 SOURCE. Made by burning white marble, oyster shells, or the purest 
 varieties of natural Calcium Carbonate, to expel Carbon Dioxide. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Hard white or grayish-white masses, which in contact 
 with air gradually attract moisture and Carbon Dioxide, and fall into a white 
 powder (slaked lime) ; odorless; of a sharp, caustic taste. Solubility. In 
 750 parts of water ; insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Liquor Calcis. Solution of Lime. Synonyms. Lime Water. Solu- 
 tion of Calcium Hydrate. 
 
 SOURCE. Made from slaked lime by solution. A saturated, aqueous 
 solution of Calcium Hydrate. The percentage of Calcium Hydrate varies with 
 the temperature, being somewhat over 0.17 per cent, at 59 F. ; 15 C., and 
 diminishing as the temperature rises. 
 
 Dose, i to 8 fl. dr. ; 4. to 30. c.c. 
 
 2. Linimentum Calcis. Lime Liniment. Synonym. Carron OiL 
 Solution of Lime, Linseed Oil, of each, one volume. Mix them by agitation. 
 
 3. Syrupus Calcis. Syrup of Lime. Lime, 60 ; Sugar, 400; Water, to 
 
 IOOO. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 60 m. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 4. Potassa cum Calce. See Potassium, p. 122.] 
 
 | 
 
 ACTION OF LIME. 
 
 External. Slaked lime is caustic. Lime water is astringent. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary tract. Lime is antacid. It prevents 
 milk from forming solid, bulky curds in the stomach. It allays 
 vomiting, and is an antidote for poisoning by mineral acids, 
 oxalic acid, and zinc chloride. It acts as a mild intestinal astrin- 
 gent. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF LIME. 
 
 External. Slaked lime, employed as a caustic, is usually 
 mixed with caustic potash, when it forms Vienna paste (see p. 
 123), [or with caustic soda known as London paste and is] used 
 to destroy warts and other small growths. Lime water applied to 
 weeping eczema is especially serviceable if mixed with glycerin. 
 Linimentum Calcis is very valuable for burns. 
 
 Internal. Lime water is much used to mix with milk to 
 prevent its forming thick curds in the stomach, especially when,
 
 I $8 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 as is often the case with children, the curds cause vomiting. It 
 is difficult to understand how it acts, for, although lime water 
 contains so little lime, it is often efficacious. In severe cases of 
 infantile vomiting equal parts of milk and lime water may be 
 ordered. Lime water will check slight diarrhoea. It is a useful 
 injection for thread-worms, for leucorrhoea, and for gleet. 
 
 4. CALCII PHOSPHAS PR^ECIPITATUS.- [Precipitated Cal- 
 cium Phosphate. Caj(PO 4 ) 2 =3O9.33. Synonym. Precipitated Lime Phos- 
 phate. 
 
 SOURCE. Made from Bone Ash (impure Calcium Phosphate) digested 
 with diluted Hydrochloric acid, made alkaline with solution of Ammonia, and 
 by precipitation. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A light, white amorphous powder, colorless and tasteless, 
 and permanent in the air. Solubility. Almost insoluble in water. 
 
 Precipitated Calcium Phosphate is contained in Pulvis Antimonialis. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Syrupus Calcii Lactophosphatis. Syrup of Calcium Lactophosphate. 
 Precipitated Calcium Carbonate, 25 ; Phosphoric Acid, 36 ; Lactic Acid, 60 ; 
 Orange Flower Water, 25 ; Sugar, 700 ; Water, to iooo. 
 Dose, i to a fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CALCIUM PHOSPHATE. 
 
 Calcium phosphate is a most important constituent of bones, 
 and therefore it is necessary that food should contain it. If not, 
 the bones become soft. Calcium salts are abundant in milk, 
 yolk of egg, vegetables, and the bones that carnivora eat. They 
 are absorbed from the intestine, and the excess is excreted into 
 the intestine and passed with the faeces. Calcium phosphate 
 has been given for rickets, and for the anaemia and feebleness 
 often seen in young children, but it is not certain that it does 
 any good. [It is important that calcium phosphate should be 
 made from bones when used in the treatment of rickets.] Tt 
 may be given to pregnant and [nursing] women in order to pro- 
 vide the child with sufficient calcium salts for its bones. 
 
 It is used as a diluent for powders, as it is inert, and it prevents 
 their agglutination. For these reasons, and because it is [almost] 
 insoluble, it is a useful constituent of pills containing essential
 
 METALS OF THE ALKALINE EARTHS CALCIUM. 159 
 
 oils. The syrup of calcium lactophosphate is with many a fa- 
 vorite prescription for tuberculosis and other conditions of anae- 
 mia and weakness. 
 
 5. CALX SULPHURATA, * Sulphur. 
 
 6. CALCII CHLORIDUM. [Calcium Chloride. CaO 2 =ilo.65. 
 SOURCE. Obtained by neutralizing Hydrochloric Acid with Calcium 
 
 Carbonate and evaporating. CaCO 3 +2HCl=CaCl 2 +CO 2 -(-H 2 O. This is 
 rendered anhydrous by fusion at the lowest possible temperature. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, slightly translucent, hard fragments, odorless, 
 having a sharp saline taste and very deliquescent. Solubility. In 1.5 parts 
 of water and in 8 parts of Alcohol.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; [.30 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CALCIUM CHLORIDE. 
 Calcium chloride, outside of the body, increases the rate 
 of coagulation of the blood [and produces a firmer clot. It 
 has been employed in the treatment of chronic bronchitis and 
 pneumonia, and has been recommended by See for gastric catarrh 
 and fermentative dyspepsia. Its most important use is for the 
 haemorrhages of scurvy and haemophilia. If maximum doses are 
 administered for several days previously, it is often possible to 
 perform operations upon bleeders. It may be of use in haema- 
 temesis and haemoptysis, and, possibly, also for aneurism.] 
 
 7. CALX CHLORATA, see Chlorine. 
 
 8. CALCII HYPOPHOSPHIS, see Phosphorus. 
 g. [CALCII BROMIDUM, see Bromine. 
 
 10. CALCII SULPHAS EXSICCATUS. Dried Calcium Sulphate. 
 Synonyms. Dried Gypsum. Plaster of Paris. 
 
 SOURCE. A powder containing about 95 per cent., by weight, of Calcium 
 Sulphate (CaSO 4 =l35-73), and about 5 per cent, of water, prepared from the 
 purer varieties of native Gypsum (CaSO 4 -|-2H 2 O=l7l.65), by heating until 
 about three- fourths of the water has been expelled. 
 
 CHARACTERS. An amorphous white powder, without taste or odor, and 
 when mixed with half its weight of water it forms a smooth paste, which rap- 
 idly hardens. Solubility. In about 410 parts of water ; insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Dried Calcium Phosphate is used to prepare Calx Sulphurata. 
 
 USES OF DRIED CALCIUM SULPHATE. 
 
 Dried Calcium sulphate is used for making casts of deformi- 
 ties and injuries, and for making immovable bandages and ap- 
 paratus for injuries and diseases when immobilization is necessary.
 
 l6o INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 II. STRONTIUM. 
 
 Sr=8 7 . 3 . 
 
 1. STRONTII LACTAS. Strontium Lactate. Sr(C 3 H 5 Oj) a 4-3H 2 O 
 =318.76. 
 
 SOURCE. From the carbonate, by dissolving it in lactic acid somewhat 
 diluted with water ; if necessary, heat is applied to effect solution. After ni- 
 tration the solution is evaporated with moderate heat, to dryness. SrCO s -f- 
 2HC 3 H 6 3 =Sr(C s H 6 O s ) 2 +H J 0+C0 1 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, granular powder or crystalline nodules, odorless 
 and having a slightly bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Solubility. In 
 about 4 parts of water ; soluble in Alcohol. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Solutions of carbonates and sulphates, and potassium 
 chromate. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Barium carbonate, oxalates, metallic and organic impurities. 
 
 Dose, % to 2 dr. ; x. to 8. gm. 
 
 ACTION OF STRONTIUM LACTATE. 
 
 The strontium salts were demonstrated by Laborde to be 
 harmless to animals and men. He also ascribed to them a 
 diuretic action. If given for some time and in large quantities 
 they impair gastric digestion and subsequently the general nutri- 
 tion. The lactate reduces the amount of albumin in albumi- 
 nuria, and it is claimed to have a sedative effect on the heart in 
 diseases of the valves and of the muscular tissue. It also checks 
 fermentation and putrefaction in the small intestines. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF STRONTIUM LACTATE. 
 
 The strontium salts in gastric affections improve the appetite 
 and facilitate digestion, and are useful in chronic intestinal ca- 
 tarrh. The lactate is diuretic and is useful in albuminuria, due 
 to renal atony, but not in uraemia, nor in interstitial nephritis, 
 nor in the high fever of acute parenchymatous nephritis. In the 
 chronic form due to scrofula, rheumatism or gout it is useful. It 
 has had a decidedly beneficial action in diabetes of hepatic 
 origin, and in cirrhosis of the liver. 
 
 2. STRONTII BROMIDUM, see Bromine. 
 
 3. STRONTII IODIDUM, w Iodine.]
 
 METALS OF THE ALKALINE EARTHS - BARIUM. l6l 
 III. BARIUM. 
 
 BARII DIOXIDUM. Barium Dioxide. BaO 2 =i68.82. Synonym. 
 Barium Peroxide. 
 
 SOURCE. By conducting oxygen over Barium Oxide, heated to full red- 
 ness. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A heavy, grayish-white, or pale, yellowish-white, amor- 
 phous, coarse powder, odorless and tasteless. When exposed to the air it 
 slowly attracts moisture and Carbon Dioxide, and is gradually decomposed. 
 Solubility. Almost insoluble in water. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Sulphates and nitrates. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Hydrochloric, phosphoric and most other mineral acids. 
 
 Barium Dioxide is used in preparing Aqua Hydrogenii Dioxidi. 
 
 ACTION OF BARIUM SALTS. 
 
 Barium chloride (not official) causes the cardiac contractions 
 to become slower and more forcible, acting like digitalis. The 
 blood-vessels are constricted, and the blood pressure rises. 
 The plain muscular fibres of the intestine may be excited, and 
 the peristalsis is increased. In these respects it resembles ergot 
 as well as digitalis. It acts like veratrine when applied locally 
 to voluntary muscles, prolonging the contraction ; but this effect 
 is done away with by the application of potassium salts. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF BARIUM SALTS. 
 
 These are not often given, but the chloride (dose, ^ to ^ 
 gr., .006 to .03 gm.) has been used for mitral insufficiency 
 accompanied by irregularity of the heart, for haemorrhage, 
 and as a stimulant in atony of the bladder or intestine. 
 Formerly it was given in nervous diseases.] The waters of 
 Llangammarch wel)s contain 6.7 gr. [.40 gm.] to the [Imper- 
 ial] gallon [4545 c.c.] of barium chloride, and have been used 
 in cardiac cases. [The sulphide (not official) has been used as 
 a depilatory. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms. Poisonous doses cause salivation, thirst, vomiting, purging, 
 difficulty of breathing, a slow pulse, and, from its action on the spinal cord, 
 paralysis of the limbs. The heart is arrested in systole.
 
 1 62 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA, 
 
 Treatment. Poisoning should be treated by non-irritant emetics and 
 draughts of weak solution of sodium or magnesium sulphate, followed by 
 albuminous drinks, and diffusible stimulants. ] 
 
 IV. MAGNESIUM. 
 
 1. MAGNESII SULPHAS. [Magnesium Sulphate. MgSO 4 +H 2 O 
 =245.84. Synonym. Epsom Salt. 
 
 SOURCE. It is obtained from (l) Dolomite (native Calcium and Magne- 
 sium Carbonate) ; or (2) Magnesite (native Magnesium Carbonate), by the 
 action of Sulphuric Acid, (i) MgCO,+MgSO 4 +2H 2 SO 4 =CaSO 4 -|-MgSO 4 
 +2H 2 O or (2) MgCO g +H 2 SO 4 MgSO 4 +H 2 O-f-CO 2 . Treat with water, 
 filter and evaporate the filtrate to crystallization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Small,] colorless, rhombic prisms or acicular crystals, very 
 like Zinc Sulphate, but moister, and of a bitter taste, whilst that of the Zinc 
 Salt is metallic. Solubility. In 1.5 parts of cold water. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Alkaline carbonates, phosphoric acid, phosphates, lime 
 water, lead acetate and silver nitrate. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Lime and Iron. 
 
 [Magnesium Sulphate is contained in Infusum Sennae Compositum.] 
 
 Dose, % to i oz. ; 8. to 30. gm. 
 
 2. MAGNESII CARBONAS. [Magnesium Carbonate. (MgCO s ) 4 , 
 
 Mg(OH) 2 +5 H 2 0=48 4 .62. 
 
 SOURCE. Mix strong, boiling aqueous solutions of Magnesium Sulphate 
 and Sodium Carbonate, and evaporate. 4MgSO 4 -f4Na 2 CO 3 -f-H 2 O:=(Mg 
 CO S ) 4 , Mg(OH) 2 4-4NajSO 4 +CO 2 . Digest with water, filter and dry. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Light, white friable masses, or a light white powder, 
 without odor, and having a slightly earthy taste. Solubility. Almost insolu- 
 ble in water. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Lime and sulphates. 
 
 Magnesium Carbonate is used to prepare Magnesia. 
 
 Dose, ]^ to 2 dr. ; i. to 8. gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 i. Magnesii Citras Effervescens. [Effervescent Magnesium 
 Citrate. Magnesium Carbonate, 10 ; Citric Acid, 46 ; Sodium Bicar- 
 bonate, 34; Sugar, 8 ; Alcohol and distilled water, a sufficient quantity. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, coarsely granular salt, without odor, and 
 having a mildly acidulous, refreshing taste, deliquescent. Solubility. 
 With copious effervescence, in 2 parts of water ; almost insoluble in 
 Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, ' 4 to i oz. ; 8. to 30. gm.
 
 METALS OF THE ALKALINE EARTHS MAGNESIA. 163 
 
 2. Liquor Magnesii Citratis. Solution of Magnesium Citrate. 
 Dissolve Magnesium Carbonate, 15 ; in a solution of Citric Acid, 30; 
 add Syrup of Citric Acid, 60 ; then crystals of Potassium Bicarbonate, 
 25. Cork and wire immediately. It effervesces when uncorked. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 8 fl. oz. ; 60. to 240. c.c.] 
 
 3. MAGNESIA. Light Magnesia. MgO [=40.26.] Synonym. Cal- 
 cined Magnesia. 
 
 SOURCE. [By heating the official Magnesium Carbonate ; water and Car- 
 bon Dioxide are given off, and Magnesium Oxide remains behind. 4(MgCO 3 ), 
 Mg(OH ) 2 + 5 H 2 0= 5 MgO-f 4 C0 2 -f6H 2 0. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, very light and very fine powder, without odor, 
 and having an earthy, but not saline taste. Solubility. Almost insoluble in 
 water ; insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Light Magnesia is used to prepare Heavy Magnesia and is contained in 
 Massa Capaibae, Pulvis Rhei Compositus and Ferri Oxidum Hydratum cum 
 Magnesia. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; .30 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 4. MAGNESIA PONDEROSA. Heavy Magnesia. [MgO=4O.26. 
 SOURCE. From Magnesia by trituration for some time in the presence of 
 
 strong Alcohol, drying, and rubbing to powder. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, dense and very fine powder, which should cor- 
 respond to the tests for Magnesia, from which it differs in not readily uniting 
 with water to form a gelatinous hydrate. ] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; [.30 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF MAGNESIUM SALTS. 
 
 External. None. 
 
 Internal. Stomach and Intestines. Magnesia and magne- 
 sium carbonate are antacid, acting in many ways like the potas- 
 sium and sodium alkalies. Carbon [dioxide] is given off, if the 
 carbonate has been given, and is sedative to the stomach. They 
 are both decomposed by the gastric juice, magnesium chloride, 
 lactate and bicarbonate being formed. These salts, or the sul- 
 phate, if that has been taken, act in the intestine, as typical 
 saline purgatives. The sulphate is most powerful. The 
 mode of action of this group of purgatives has been discussed 
 on p. 93. 
 
 Blood and Urine. Like other alkaline remedies, these mag- 
 nesium salts increase the alkalinity of the blood, alkalize the 
 urine, help to keep uric acid in solution, and are diuretic. But
 
 164 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 their action on the blood and urine is feebler than that of potas- 
 sium and sodium salts, for they are with difficulty absorbed. 
 Large doses injected into the blood of animals are toxic, killing 
 by their action on the heart. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF MAGNESIUM SALTS. 
 
 Internal. 'Stomach. Magnesia and the carbonate are mild 
 alkaline remedies, and may be used in the same class of cases as 
 other alkalies. They form insoluble compounds with mineral 
 acids, oxalic acid, and mercury, arsenic and copper salts. By 
 alkalizing the gastric contents they hinder the absorption of 
 alkaloids. They are, therefore, antidotes to all these substances ; 
 the objection to them is their bulk. Magnesia is to be preferred, 
 as the carbonate gives off carbon [dioxide] gas. They must be 
 freely given. The sulphate is an antidote to lead and barium 
 salts, forming insoluble sulphates. 
 
 Intestines. The magnesium salts are very common purga- 
 tives. Magnesia, the carbonate, and the citrate are excellent 
 for children. The sulphate is one of our best saline purgatives. 
 It is very largely used, especially for the varieties of constipation 
 that are associated with hepatic disorder, gout or excessive uric 
 acid. Its use is then spread over some time, and it may conve- 
 niently be taken as one of the mineral waters which contain it 
 and sodium sulphate {see p. 144). A concentrated solution, 
 causing as it does an increased secretion of intestinal fluid, is a 
 useful purge for dropsy or ascites. [It is useful with glycerin in 
 concentrated enema for thorough cleansing of the bowels before 
 surgical operations (glycerin, i oz. ; 30. c.c., in a saturated 
 solution of magnesium sulphate, in hot water 3 oz. ; 90. c.c., 
 which is allowed to cool). It can also be used hypodermatically 
 in dose of 3 gr. ; .20 gm., which frequently will cause a watery 
 evacuation. In operations during which the abdomen is opened, 
 the subsequent intestinal paralysis can be prevented from causing 
 constipation by injecting into the small intestine through a cannula 
 one ounce; 30. c.c. of a saturated solution of magnesium sul- 
 phate. The wound in the bowel should be closed by a Lembert 
 stitch.]
 
 THE SALTS OF LEAD. 165 
 
 Blood and kidneys. So little of these salts is absorbed that 
 they are only to be given for their alkaline effects on the blood 
 and urine in those cases of gout and uric acid gravel in which 
 potassium or sodium salts cannot be borne. 
 
 V. CERIUM. 
 6=139.9. 
 
 CERII OXALAS. [Cerium Oxalate. Ce.j(C 2 O 4 ) 3 +9 ^0=704.78. 
 Synonym. Cerous Oxalate. 
 
 SOURCE. The powdered mineral is heated with concentrated Sulphuric 
 Acid, ignited, then dissolved in dilute Nitric Acid and treated with Hydrogen 
 Sulphide to remove copper; the calcium salt is held in solution by a little Hy- 
 drochloric Acid, and the ce'rite metals are precipitated as oxalates by Oxalic 
 Acid. It is purified by calcination and solution, reduced to a cerous salt and 
 precipitated by Oxalic Acid. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white granular powder, without odor or taste. Solu- 
 bility. Insoluble in water, Alcohol or Ether.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Aluminum and lanthanum and didymium oxalates. 
 
 Dose, i to 8 gr. ; [.06 to .50 gm.] 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CERIUM OXALATE. 
 
 It is given empirically for vomiting, especially for that of 
 pregnancy, and occasionally with benefit. No physiological 
 action is known. [The dose above given is often exceeded ; 30 
 gr. (2. gm.) ; have been frequently given with good results,] 
 
 GROUP IV. 
 
 Plumbum, Argentum, Zincum, Cuprum, Bismuthum, 
 Aluminum. 
 
 The pharmacopceial Salts of these metals are powerful astringents. 
 Many of them have some Salts which are emetic, and others which, when 
 applied locally, are Caustic. Aluminum pharmacologically falls into this 
 group. 
 
 I. PLUMBUM. 
 
 Pb=2o6.4. 
 
 i. PLUMBI OXIDUM. [Lead Oxide. PbO=222.36.] Synonym. 
 Litharge. 
 
 SOURCE. Made by roasting Lead in air.
 
 1 66 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [A heavy, yellowish or reddish-yellow powder or minute 
 scales, without odor or taste. Solubility. Almost insoluble in water ; soluble 
 in Nitric and Acetic Acids. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Copper, iron and carbonates. 
 
 Lead Oxide is used to make Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis. ] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Emplastrum Plumbi. Lead Plaster. This is LEAD OLEATE, 
 and is sometimes called Diachylon Plaster. [Lead Oxide, 3200, 
 is boiled in water, and Olive Oil, 6000. When the mass has acquired 
 a whitish color and is perfectly homogeneous, it is well kneaded to 
 remove the Glycerin and divided into rolls of suitable size. ] 3 PbO-f- 
 3H 2 0-f2(C 3 H 6 (C 18 H 33 2 ) 3 )=3(Pb 2 (C 1 8H 33 2 ) 2 )+2(C 3 H.(OH) 3 ). 
 
 [Lead Oxide or its Plaster is contained in Emplastrum Ammoniac! 
 cum Hydrargyro, Ferri, Hydrargyri, Opii, Resinse, and Saponis. 
 
 2. Unguentum Diachylon. Diachylon Ointment. Lead Plas- 
 ter, 500; Olive Oil, 490 ; Oil of Lavender Flowers, lo. ] 
 
 2. PLUMBI ACETAS. Lead Acetate. Pb(C 2 H 3 O. ! ) 2 -f 3H 2 O[= 
 378.0.] Synonym. Sugar of Lead. 
 
 SOURCE. [Metallic Lead is dissolved, in the presence of air, in Acetic 
 Acid. PbO+2C 2 H 4 O 2 4-2H 2 O=Pb(C 2 H 3 O 2 ) 2 +3H 2 O. To obtain well-de- 
 fined crystals 'the solution must have a distinctly acid reaction. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, shining, transparent, monoclinic prisms or 
 plates, or heavy, white, crystalline masses, or granular crystals, having a faintly 
 acetous odor, and a sweetish, astringent, afterwards metallic taste. Efflores- 
 cent, and absorbing Carbon Dioxide, on exposure to the air. Solubility. In 
 1.8 parts of water.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Hard water, mineral acids and salts, alkalies, lime 
 water, potassium iodide, vegetable astringents, preparations of opium, and 
 albuminous liquids. 
 
 IMPURITY. Lead carbonate. 
 
 Dose, y z to 5 gr. ; [.03 to .30 gm.] 
 
 Preparations made from the Acetate in which Lead exists as the SUBACE- 
 TATE, Pb 2 0(C 2 H 3 2 ) 2 =5 4 6. 4 8. 
 
 [i. Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis. Solution of Lead Subacetate. 
 Synonym. Goulard's Extract. Lead Acetate, 170 ; and Lead Oxide, 
 loo ; are boiled together in distilled water, to make 1000. An aqueous 
 liquid containing approximately 25 per cent, of Lead Subacetate. 
 
 2. Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus. Diluted Solution of 
 Lead Subacetate. Synonym. Lead Water. Liquor Plumbi Subaceta- 
 tis \ 30 ; distilled water to 1000. 
 
 3. Ceratum Plumbi Subacetatis. Cerate of Lead Subacetate.
 
 THE SALTS OF LEAD. l6/ 
 
 Synonym. Goulard's Cerate. Solution of Lead Subacetate, 200; 
 Camphor Cerate, 800.] 
 
 3. PLUMBI CARBONAS. [Lead Carbonate. A mixture of Car- 
 bonate and Hydrate. (PbCO 3 ),Pb(OH } 2 =772.82. Synonym. White Lead. 
 
 SOURCE. Expose Lead to the vapor of Acetic Acid and to air charged 
 with Carbon Dioxide. 6Pb+6HC 2 HjOj-f30 2 -f2CO 2 =(PbCO 3 ), Pb(OH),-f 
 2H 2 O+2Pb(C 2 H 3 O 2 ) 2 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A heavy, white, opaque powder, or a pulverulent mass, 
 without odor or taste. 
 
 IMPURITY. Lime. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Unguentum Plumbi Carbonatis. Ointment of Lead Carbon- 
 ate. Lead Carbonate, 10 ; Benzoinated Lard, 90.] 
 
 4. PLUMBI NITRAS. -[Lead Nitrate. Pb(NO 3 ) 2 =33O.i8. 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Lead in warm diluted] Nitric Acid. 
 CHARACTERS. [Colorless, transparent, octahedral crystals, or white 
 
 opaque crystals ; without odor, and having a sweetish, astringent, afterwards 
 metallic taste. 
 
 Ledoyen's Disinfecting Fluid is Lead Nitrate, I ; dissolved in water, 8 
 parts.] 
 
 5. PLUMBI IODIDUM. [Lead Iodide. PbI 2 =43O.46. 
 
 SOURCE. Mix solutions of Lead Nitrate and Potassium Iodide and dry 
 the precipitate. Pb(NO 3 ) 2 +2KI=2KNO 3 -f-PbI 2 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A heavy, bright-yellow powder, without odor or taste. 
 Solubility. In about 2000 parts of water. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Unguentum Plumbi lodidi. Ointment of Lead Iodide. Lead 
 Iodide, 10 ; Benzoinated Lard, 90.] 
 
 ACTION OF LEAD SALTS. 
 
 External. The action of lead salts on the unbroken skin, 
 if they have any, is very slight ; but when applied to the abraded 
 skin, to sores and to ulcers, they coagulate the albumin of the 
 discharge, thus forming a protective coat ; they coagulate the 
 albumin in the tissues themselves ; and they contract the small 
 vessels ; for these three reasons they are powerfully astrin- 
 gent. They also soothe pain, and are therefore excellent local 
 sedatives. It is obvious that substances so markedly astringent
 
 1 68 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 will be haemostatics. Any salt may be irritant and caustic if 
 enough be used, and it is sufficiently concentrated. 
 
 Internal. Lead salts act on mucous membranes precisely 
 as on the unbroken skin, and are therefore powerfully astringent 
 and haemostatic to all parts of the alimentary canal, from the 
 mouth downwards. In the stomach they are converted into a 
 chloride. (For other actions see Toxicology.) 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF LEAD SALTS. 
 
 External. Lead salts are applied as lotions or ointments in 
 many conditions for which an astringent, sedative effect is de- 
 sired, as in weeping eczema and many varieties of ulceration. 
 The glycerin of the subacetate [B. P., lead acetate, 10 ; lead 
 oxide, 7 ; glycerin, 40 ; water, 24 ; boiled together] diluted 
 fourfold with glycerin or milk is useful for these conditions. 
 The lotions may be injected in vulvitis, leucorrhoea, gleet and 
 otorrhoea, but should not be applied for ulceration of the cornea, 
 lest the white precipitate formed should lead to permanent 
 opacity. The sedative effect is well seen in their use in pruritus ; 
 but of course the cause of the itching should, if possible, be re- 
 moved. The Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis is rarely used, as it is 
 strong enough to irritate ; the diluted form is that usually em- 
 ployed when a lotion is desired. It is often applied to bruises 
 when the skin is unbroken, but is doubtful if it is absorbed. 
 The ointment is an excellent remedy, and a lotion of lead and 
 opium is a favorite preparation. It may be made by mixing 5 gr. 
 [.30 gm.] of extract of opium with i oz. [30. c.c.] of Liquor 
 Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus and i oz. [30. c.c.] of water. Di- 
 achylon ointment mixed with an equal quantity of zinc oleate 
 and mercuric oleate ointments forms a transparent ointment ex- 
 cellent for many purposes. 
 
 Internal. The chief uses of lead salts (the acetate is the 
 only one given internally) are as astringents in severe diarrhoea, 
 such as that of typhoid fever, and as haemostatics, as in gastric 
 ulcer, or in haemorrhage from the intestine, especially if severe, 
 as in typhoid fever or tuberculosis. For these purposes the 
 Pilula Plumbi cum Opio [B. P., lead acetate, 3 gr.; .20 gm.;
 
 THE SALTS OF LEAD. 169 
 
 opium, i gr. ; .06 gm.] is very valuable, and suppositories con- 
 taining the same amount of the ingredients may be employed for 
 rectal haemorrhage. Lead salts produce marked constipation. 
 Other preparations are generally preferred, but lead subacetate 
 may be used as a gargle when an astringent effect on the mouth 
 or pharynx is desired. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 ACUTE LEAD POISONING. As when applied externally, so when taken in- 
 ternally, the lead salts, if concentrated, are powerful irritants. Cases of acute 
 poisoning are rare. The Acetate is most frequently taken. There is a burn- 
 ing, sweetish taste in the mouth, thirst, vomiting [of whitish fluid due to lead 
 chloride], abdominal colic, and usually constipation, but if the bowels are 
 open the faeces are black [due to lead sulphide] : the skin is cold, and there is 
 collapse. If the patient live long enough, cramps in the legs, giddiness, torpor, 
 coma, and convulsions are present. Post-mortem. The stomach and intes- 
 tines show signs of irritant poisoning. 
 
 Treatment. Give emetics (see p. 139), or wash out the stomach. Give 
 Sodium or Magnesium Sulphate to form an insoluble sulphate, and to open 
 the bowels. If collapse is present, stimulants and warmth should be used. 
 
 CHRONIC LEAD POISONING. This is so common [that the sources of acci- 
 dental poisoning should be borne in mind. The most important are : soft 
 water, carbonated waters and alcoholic drinks (beer) which have passed 
 through lead pipes or been stored in receptacles lined with lead. Occupations 
 as painters (colica pictonum), plumbers, type-setters, gold-miners, white lead 
 workers, potters, glaziers (Devonshire colic) because] they will not wash their 
 hands before meals [nor use ordinary care ; lead hair dyes and face powders, 
 biting leaded white thread, eating certain canned fruits (lead solder), sheet- 
 lead (tin-foil) about tobacco, filling holes in mill-stones with lead, giving of tin 
 (lead) soldiers to children, use of lead carbonate ointment on burns, lead 
 bullets in flesh, white or red lead used for preparing rubber for Vulcanizing, 
 lead plates in dentistry (Osier), the use of lead chromate to color buns yellow- 
 ish, have all been followed by chronic plumbism.] 
 
 Symptoms. The earliest are constipation and intestinal colic. Lead is 
 certainly absorbed, for it circulates in the blood and is excreted, chiefly, by 
 the kidneys. It is supposed to be taken up as an albuminate, but it cannot 
 exist in the blood as such, for it would be precipitated by the alkali of that 
 fluid. After absorption it diminishes the amount of haemoglobin and the num- 
 ber of red blood -corpuscles, and produces a sallow anaemia ; it checks the 
 separation of urates from the blood and their excretion by the kidneys, hence 
 gout is very common in those poisoned by lead. As it circulates in the gums, 
 and the lead-impregnated plasma bathes the epithelium, through which some 
 of the sulphur in the food and in the tartar of the teeth has diffused, a Lead 
 Sulphide is precipitated in the gums, and forms the well-known very dark-blue
 
 I/O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 line [known as Burton's line], at the base of the teeth. For the same reason 
 a blue line may occasionally be seen round the anus, and, after death, deposits 
 of pigment in the intestines. Circulating in the nervous system, lead very often 
 produces chronic inflammation of the peripheral nerves, especially those sup- 
 plying the extensors of the hand, and hence wrist-drop is a very common 
 symptom ; but any muscle, and sometimes almost all the muscles of the body, 
 may be paralyzed from neuritis [it is a clinical observation that such muscles 
 are very refractory to electricity]. It is noteworthy that the supinator longus 
 usually escapes, [the reason apparently being that the supinator is not an ex- 
 tensor muscle] . The sensory fibres of the nerves are not often affected, hence 
 pain and anaesthesia are rare ; but pains, especially round the joints, may occur. 
 In exceptional cases the anterior cornua of the spinal cord wasle, and lead 
 often affects the brain, causing saturnine lunacy, and also convulsions, known 
 as saturnine epilepsy. Inflammation of the optic nerve or optic neuritis, some- 
 times occurs, leading to blindness, which, however, may be present without 
 any change in the nerve. The kidneys are often the seat of chronic inflam- 
 mation ; whether this is due to the passage of the lead through them, or to the 
 gout caused by the lead, is an open question. 
 
 Treatment. The treatment consists chiefly in avoidance of the source of 
 poisoning, [the use of Sulphuric Acid lemonade, and in the administration of 
 Potassium Iodide which] is often given, as it is supposed to increase the ex- 
 cretion of lead in the urine. This is probably incorrect as very little lead 
 passes out by the urine ; most leaves the body by the faeces. It is said also to 
 be excreted in the bile, sweat, and milk. For a clinical account of the symp- 
 toms and treatment a text-book of medicine must be consulted. 
 
 [The following method may be employed to determine the presence of lead 
 in the urine. Administer potassium iodide for four days, collecting the urine. 
 Evaporate to a pint; 500 c.c. , and filter. Pass hydrogen sulphide gas 
 through the urine thus concentrated, when a black precipitate will form if lead 
 is present. Other substances give a black precipitate with hydrogen sulphide, 
 but none are likely to be present in the urine. A simple test is to paint a 
 small area of skin with a six per cent, solution of sodium sulphite. If lead is 
 present the painted area will darken after a few days, (Cicconardi). Patients 
 using face enamels containing lead will find the skin blackened on taking 
 baths in water containing hydrogen sulphide (Richfield Springs).] 
 
 II. ARGENTUM. 
 
 Ag.=[u>7.66. 
 
 i. ARGENTI NITR AS. Silver Nitrate. AgNO,=l69.55.] Syn- 
 onym. Lunar caustic. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Silver in Nitric Acid with the aid of heat. Evaporate 
 and crystallize. [6HNO,+3Ag,=6AgNO 3 +3H r 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, tabular, rhombic crystals, becom- 
 ing gray or grayish-black on exposure to light in the presence of organic
 
 THE SALTS OF SILVER. I /I 
 
 matter ; without odor, but having a bitter, caustic and strongly metallic taste. 
 Solubility. In 0.6 part of water ; and in 26 parts of Alcohol.] It should be 
 kept in the dark, as light blackens it. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Alkalies and their carbonates, chlorides, acids (except 
 nitric and acetic), potassium iodide, solutions of arsenic and astringent infu- 
 sions. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Other nitrates. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i gr. ; [.015 to .06 gm.] in a pill. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Argenti Nitras Dilutus. Diluted Nitrate of Silver. Syn- 
 onym. Mitigated caustic. 
 
 SOURCE. It is a mixture made by fusing together Silver Nitrate, 
 30, and Potassium Nitrate, 60. The product is poured into moulds. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, hard solid, generally in the form of pencils 
 or cones of a finely granular fracture, becoming gray or grayish-black 
 on exposure to light in the presence of organic matter ; odorless, hav- 
 ing a caustic, metallic taste, and neutral to litmus paper. 
 
 2. Argenti Nitras Fusus. Moulded Nitrate of Silver. Syn- 
 onyms. Lunar caustic. Lapis infernalis. 
 
 SOURCE. By melting Silver Nitrate, IOO ; Hydrochloric Acid, 4 ; 
 cooling in moulds. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, hard solid, generally in the form of pen- 
 cils of a fibrous fracture, becoming gray or grayish-black on exposure 
 to light.] 
 
 2. ARGENTI OXIDUM. [Silver Oxide. Ag 2 O=23i.28. 
 SOURCE. Shake a solution of Silver Nitrate with a solution of Potassa and 
 
 wash the precipitate. 2AgNO 3 4-2KOH=Ag 2 O+KNO s +H 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A heavy, dark brownish-black powder, having a metallic 
 taste. Solubility. Slightly in water.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Chlorides and organic substances, especially creosote, 
 for it rapidly oxidizes them and forms explosive compounds. 
 
 IMPURITY. Metallic silver. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 gr. ; [.03 to .12 gm.] in a pill with kaolin. 
 
 3. [ARGENTI CYANIDUM. Silver Cyanide. AgCN=l33.64. 
 SOURCE. From Potassium Cyanide, which reacts with Silver Nitrate, 
 
 producing the precipitate of Silver Cyanide. KCN-f AgNO 3 =AgCN+KNO 3 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white powder, odorless and tasteless, permanent in dry 
 air, but gradually turning brown on exposure to light. Solubility. Insoluble 
 in water and Alcohol. 
 
 Silver Cyanide is used to prepare extemporaneously Acidum Hydrocyani- 
 cuin Dilutum.
 
 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 4. ARGENTI IODIDUM. Silver Iodide. Agl=234.i9. 
 
 SOURCE. From Silver Nitrate and Potassium Iodide, washing and drying 
 the precipitate. AgNO 3 +Kl=AgI+KNO 3 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A heavy, amorphous, light-yellowish powder, without 
 odor and taste. Solubility. Insoluble in water and Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i gr. ; .015 to .06 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF SILVER SALTS. 
 
 External. The action of silver salts is very like that of lead 
 salts, but they are more powerful. Therefore silver nitrate is 
 much used as a caustic, but it does not act deeply ; it is conse- 
 quently an admirable agent when we wish a limited caustic action 
 on any particular part. Lotions of it may be used as astrin- 
 gents, but they are not so useful as lead lotions, for they are 
 more irritating and cause pain. Silver salts, like lead salts, are 
 haemostatic, acting in precisely the same way. Weak solutions 
 of the nitrate stimulate to healthier action indolent ulcers and 
 other inflamed surfaces. 
 
 Internal. Silver salts, when locally applied to the mucous 
 membrane of the mouth, act as upon the abraded skin. In the 
 stomach the nitrate is decomposed ; we do not know what com- 
 pound is formed, but it is said to have no astringent action. 
 Silver is absorbed from the alimentary tract, for its long-continued 
 use leads to a bluish-slate color of the skin (argyria). This color 
 is due to the deposition of minute granules of metallic silver. 
 Very little is known about its further action. In acute poison- 
 ing severe vomiting and nervous symptoms, as convulsions, are 
 met with ; in the chronic form, seen more often when silver was 
 frequently prescribed internally, is shown by paralysis like that 
 due to lead, albuminuria, and the discoloration above mentioned. 
 Some is passed in the faeces as the sulphide ; some is deposited 
 in the internal organs, especially the kidney. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SILVER SALTS. 
 
 External. Silver nitrate is much used because it is, from its 
 limited action, one of the best caustics, and may be employed to 
 destroy warts and exuberant granulations, or to apply to bites ; 
 but it must be remembered that it is of no use when an extensive
 
 THE SALTS OF SILVER. 173 
 
 or deep action is required. [Silver nitrate is a dangerous caustic 
 to employ in deep bites, for the pellicle of silver albuminate re- 
 tains the poison in the wound.] Because of its combination of 
 an irritant stimulating effect with an astringent influence, lotions 
 of it, of generally about 5 gr. ; [.30 gm.] to the fluid ounce ; [30. 
 c.c.] of water are of much benefit when applied as a paint to 
 weak ulcers, to bedsores, to the affected parts in chronic pharyn- 
 gitis or laryngitis, or as an injection in gleet or inflammation of 
 the [cervix] uteri. [An useful injection in gonorrhoea is silver 
 caseinate (Argonin, not official) in 1.5 per cent, solution which 
 causes the speedy disappearance of gonococci, but since this is 
 not astringent, other remedies must be employed to relieve the 
 inflammation. Silver lactate (Actol, not official) is used as an 
 antiseptic in sore throat, gonorrhoea, etc. , in a 2 per cent, solu- 
 tion. Silver citrate (Itrol, not official) in i to 4000 solution is 
 employed for the same purpose]. Weaker solutions (i to 240) 
 are employed for granular lids and various forms of ophthalmia. 
 [Ophthalmia neonatorum is best treated by early applications of 
 a i per cent, aqueous solution of silver nitrate. This is com- 
 monly known as C rede's method, but the original formula as 
 prescribed by him was double this strength.] Solutions of the 
 nitrate will sometimes relieve pruritus, and may be applied to 
 the red skin of a threatening bedsore ; very strong solutions 
 have been recommended as a local application in erysipelas. 
 Tinea tarsi is often treated by the application of solid silver 
 nitrate, and ulcers of the mouth and other parts may be touched 
 with it. It is an excellent haemostatic for leech-bites. It is also 
 applied to smallpox vesicles to prevent pitting, to boils, and to 
 the uterus in chronic cervical catarrh. Protargol [not official] , 
 a proteid compound containing 8 per cent, of silver easily solu- 
 ble in water, is used as an injection for gonorrhoea. The usual 
 strength is i per cent. [Argentamine (not official) a 10 percent, 
 solution of silver nitrate in a 10 per cent, solution of ethylen- 
 diamine has been used in gonorrhoea and conjunctivitis in a i to 
 4000 solution ; also as a disinfectant. This sterilizes a pure 
 culture of gonococci in from five to seven minutes. It can be 
 used in as strong a solution as i to 1000 in the urethra, it pene-
 
 174 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 trates deeply into the tissues without altering them, and by the 
 seventh day the discharge is usually quite thin and gonococci 
 can hardly be found. It then disappears rapidly. The iodide 
 possesses the general properties of the nitrate. 
 
 Silver, soluble in water, an allotropic form discovered by Lea 
 about 1890, now termed colloidal silver (not official), has re- 
 cently been well received and has obtained a permanent place 
 in therapeutics. It is employed as a 15 per cent, ointment 
 (Crede) by inunction. It has been used successfully for chronic 
 furunculosis, phlebitis and other septic processes.] 
 
 Internal. Silver salts are not much used internally, and 
 their continuous employment is objectionable on account of the 
 [discoloration of the skin] produced. They were formerly often 
 given in nervous diseases ; but there is no evidence that they did 
 any good. Although it is said that the compound of silver formed 
 in the stomach is non -astringent, silver nitrate will certainly 
 check severe diarrhoea, especially that of children. [Colloidal 
 silver is entirely soluble in water, and in albuminous fluids is 
 unirritating, so that it can be administered hypodermatically and 
 intravenously as well as by inunction, as is mentioned above. 
 For internal use, to prevent its conversion into a chloride in the 
 stomach, it is first dissolved in equal parts of albumin and gly- 
 cerin. The dose is gr. , .01 gm. , two or three times daily. Crede 
 claims that it has a very beneficial influence and often affords a 
 rapid cure in recent and also in chronic sepsis, when secondary 
 changes in the vital organs have not occurred. It seems to in- 
 hibit the action of staphylococci and streptococci or destroy 
 them altogether. It has been used in various conditions : osteo- 
 myelitis, so-called gonorrhceal rheumatism, puerperal fever, 
 cerebro-spinal meningitis, and diverse septic processes. Thus 
 far no instance of argyria from its use has been reported.] 
 Sixty grains [4. gm.] of silver nitrate dissolved in three pints 
 [1500. c.c.] of tepid water, and injected high up the rectum, 
 have been used with great benefit in dysentery. 
 
 [TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 The nitrate sometimes causes acute poisoning. 
 Symptoms. These are intense pain in the abdomen and muscular spasm,
 
 THE SALTS OF ZINC. 175 
 
 followed by vomiting and purging. The face is livid and covered with per- 
 spiration. The vomited matter is black and contains coagulated mucus. 
 Chronic poisoning or argyria shows itself by a permanent slaty discoloration 
 of the skin, conjunctiva and labial mucous membrane and ulcerations in the 
 digestive tract. 
 
 Treatment. This consists of administering a solution of sodium chloride 
 (common salt), soothing the mucous membranes by injection of milk and reliev- 
 ing pain with opium. The chronic form is avoided by interrupting the treat- 
 ment, using eliminating remedies, and preventing staining of the skin by baths 
 of sodium hyposulphite. ] 
 
 III. ZINCUM. 
 Zn.=65.[io]. 
 
 1. ZINCUM. Zinc. Zn. [=65.10. 
 
 SOURCE. Roast the native Zinc Sulphide or Carbonate, and reduce the 
 resulting Oxide with Charcoal. . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A bluish-white metal in the form of thin sheets, or irreg- 
 ular, granulated pieces, or moulded into thin pencils, or in a state of fine 
 powder.] 
 
 2. ZINCI CHLORIDUM. [Zinc Chloride. ZnCl 2 =i35.84. 
 Synonym. Butter of Zinc. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Zinc in Hydrochloric Acid by boiling. The solution 
 contains Zinc Chloride, with Iron and Lead Chlorides as impurities. These 
 are precipitated by adding first Nitric Acid, then Zinc Carbonate. Filter and 
 finally evaporate. Zn-^HC^aZnCl-f-zHj. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, granular powder, or porcelain-like masses irreg- 
 ular, or moulded into pencils ; odorless, of such intensely caustic properties as 
 to make tasting dangerous, unless the salt be dissolved in much water, when it 
 has an astringent, metallic taste. Very deliquescent. Solubility. In 0.3 part 
 of water ; very soluble in Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Iron and lead chlorides,] calcium and sulphates. 
 
 3. LIQUOR ZINCI CHLORIDI. Solution of Zinc Chloride. 
 SOURCE. [Prepared as above, but with the addition of water. 
 CHARACTERS. A clear, colorless liquid of an astringent, sweetish taste. 
 
 Sp. gr. about 1.535. I* contains about 50 per cent, by weight of the salt.] 
 
 ACTION OF ZINC CHLORIDE. 
 
 External. It is very caustic, penetrating deeply, and 
 limited in its effect to the seat of application. It is strongly 
 antiseptic, and a solution of it of sp. gr. 2.0, known as Bur- 
 nett's fluid, is used as a domestic antiseptic. 
 
 Internal, see Toxicology.
 
 1/6 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF ZINC CHLORIDE. 
 
 External. It is used as a powerful caustic, and is often 
 made into sticks with plaster of Paris to destroy warts, nsevi, 
 condylomata, lupoid patches, etc. For the same purpose it may 
 be made into a paste with equal parts of starch or flour. [Can- 
 quoin's paste is a mixture of zinc chloride in varying strength 
 with wheat flour and water.] Either the liquor, or Burnett's 
 fluid, may be employed to wash out bed-pans, closets, etc., but 
 zinc chloride is not so commonly used as other antiseptics. 
 [Platt's chlorides are said to consist of various salts of zinc, 
 chiefly of the chloride, in saturated solution.] Zinc chloride is 
 not given internally. 
 
 4. ZINCI SULPHAS. [Zinc Sulphate. ZnSO 4 +7H 2 O=286.64. 
 Synonym. White Vitriol. 
 
 SOURCE. Made with Zinc and Sulphuric Acid as the chloride was made 
 from Hydrochloric Acid, and with the same precautions for removing impuri- 
 ties. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent rhombic crystals, without odor, very 
 like Magnesium Sulphate (see p. 162), but having an astringent, metallic taste. 
 Solubility. In 0.6 part of water ; insoluble in Alcohol.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Lead, iron, copper and arsenic. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Alkalies and other carbonates, lime water, lead acetate, 
 silver nitrate, astringent vegetable infusions or decoctions, and milk. 
 
 Dose, y z to 2 gr. ; [.03 to .12 gin.] (tonic) : 10 to 30 gr. ; [.60 to 2.00 
 gin.] (emetic). 
 
 5. ZINCI CARBONAS PR^ECIPITATUS. Precipitated Zinc 
 Carbonate. [2(ZnCO s ) s Zn(OH),?=546.94?. 
 
 SOURCE. Boil together solutions of Zinc Sulphate and Sodium Carbonate. 
 3ZnSo 4 4-3Na z CO s +2H,O=2(ZnCO 3 \Zn(OH) 2 -|-2CO. 1 +3Na i SO 4 . Dry the 
 precipitated Zinc Salt. 
 
 CHARACTERS. An impalpable, white powder, of somewhat variable 
 chemical composition, without odor or taste. Similar in constitution to Mag- 
 nesium Carbonate. Solubility. Insoluble in water and Alcohol.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Sulphates, chlorides and copper. 
 
 Zinc Carbonate is rarely used except to make the Oxide and Acetate. 
 
 6. ZINCI OXIDUM. [Zinc Oxide. ZnO=8i.o6. 
 
 SOURCE. Heat the precipitated Carbonate to redness in a crucible. 
 2(ZnCO s ) J Zn(OH) r =3ZnO+3H,0+C0 1 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. An amorphous, white, tasteless, and odorless powder. 
 Solubility. Insoluble in water and Alcohol.]
 
 THE SALTS OF ZINC. 177 
 
 IMPURITIES. The carbonate and its impurities. 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; [.06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Unguentum [Zinci Oxidi. Ointment of Zinc Oxide. Zinc 
 Oxide, 200 ; Benzoinated Lard, 800 < melted together. 
 
 2. Oleatum Zinci. Oleate of Zinc. Zinc Oxide, 50 ; Oleic 
 Acid, 950.] 
 
 7. ZINCI ACETAS. [Zinc Acetate. Zn(C 2 H s O 2 ) 2 ,+2H 2 O=2i8.74. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Zinc Oxide in Acetic Acid and water, and boil. 
 ZnO+2HC 2 H 3 O 2 =Zn(C 2 H 3 O 2 ) 2 +H 2 O. Zinc Acetate crystallizes out. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Soft, white, six-sided monoclinic plates, of a pearly lustre, 
 having a faintly acetous odor, and an astringent, metallic taste. Solubility. 
 In 2.7 parts of water ; and in 36 parts of Alcohol.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Those of the precipitated carbonate. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. The same as of the sulphate. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 gr. ; [.03 to .12 gm.] (tonic). 
 
 8. [ZINCI BROMIDUM. See Bromine. 
 
 9. ZINCI IODIDUM. See Iodine.] 
 
 10. ZINCI VALERIANAS. See Valeriana. 
 
 11. [ZINCI PHOSPHIDUM. See Phosphorus.] 
 
 12. ZINCI SULPHOCARBOLAS. See Acidum Carbolicum. 
 
 ACTION OF ZINC SALTS. 
 
 External. These salts when applied to the broken skin or 
 an ulcerated surface, are all astringents, acting by precipitat- 
 ing the albumin in the discharge and also that in the tissues. 
 Thus they resemble lead and silver salts, but as a whole they are 
 less powerfully astringent. The most active of them are the sul- 
 phate and acetate, whilst the [precipitated] carbonate and oxide 
 are very weak. All these zinc salts are mild haemostatics. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. They all have an astringent 
 effect on the gastric and intestinal mucous membranes. The 
 sulphate, and to a less degree the [precipitated] carbonate, in 
 doses of about 20 gr. [1.20 gm.] are prompt emetics. They 
 act directly on the stomach, and have the advantage of produc- 
 ing very little depression. 
 
 Remote effects. Nothing is known about the remote action 
 of zinc salts, nor do we know how they act on the blood. It has 
 been stated that they are depressant to the nervous system as a 
 
 12
 
 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 whole, and that they act as remote astringents, and will there- 
 fore arrest haemorrhage from the uterus, kidney, etc., but this 
 statement is probably incorrect. The prolonged administration 
 of zinc salts causes symptoms like those of lead poisoning. 
 Probably the symptoms of which those who work with zinc 
 sometimes complain are due to arsenic and other metals which 
 contaminate zinc compounds. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF ZINC SALTS. 
 
 External. A solution of the sulphate, generally about [i to 
 240] , usually colored red with compound tincture of lavender, 
 and then called Lotio Rubra, is very often applied for its 
 astringent effect to all sorts of raw surfaces and ulcers, and as 
 an injection in gonorrhoea, leucorrhcea, vulvitis or otitis. Plain 
 solutions of this strength may be applied to the eye for conjunc- 
 tivitis. The oleate is an excellent application to sores and 
 ulcers when a less astringent preparation is required ; and the 
 oxide and [precipitated] carbonate, either dusted on the part or 
 used as an ointment, are in constant use for cases in which only 
 a mild astringent effect is desirable. An ointment, often known 
 as Unguentum Metallorum, consists of equal parts of oint- 
 ments of zinc oxide, lead acetate, and diluted mercuric nitrate. 
 This is a very good application for many varieties of eczema, 
 sores and ulcers. Equal parts of zinc oleate, mercuric oleate 
 and diachylon ointment (see p. 166) form an ointment which 
 has the great advantage of being transparent, and therefore the 
 progress of the disease can be observed, without washing off the 
 ointment. Calamine (purified zinc carbonate) is an excellent 
 slight astringent for skin diseases. An ointment ( i to 5 of ben- 
 zoinated lard) or a lotion (calamine, 3 ; zinc oxide, 3 ; lime 
 water, 16; glycerin, 4; water, 160;) are good preparations. 
 The following often succeeds in pruritus : Zinc oxide, 25 ; gela- 
 tin, 20 ; glycerin, 60 ; water to 480. The jelly is to be melted 
 when used, and applied with a brush, and then covered with 
 cotton. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. On account of their disagree- 
 able taste, solutions of zinc salts are not used as astringents to
 
 THE SALTS OF COPPER. 
 
 the mouth. Small doses of the oxide or sulphate may be given 
 as astringents in diarrhoea. The sulphate is a very good emetic 
 for cases of poisoning, for it acts promptly without causing much 
 nausea and hardly any depression. It is occasionally given as an 
 emetic to children suffering from laryngitis or bronchitis. 
 
 Remote effects. Because it is believed to act as a depressant 
 to the nervous system, zinc sulphate has been given in hysteria, 
 epilepsy, whooping-cough and chorea in doses of i to 3 gr. [.06 
 to .20 gm.] thrice a day. Its use is now generally limited to 
 chorea, but often its effect is so slow that it is difficult to prove 
 that the patient would not have improved quite as rapidly with- 
 out any drug. It is usually said to be a tonic, but there is no 
 trustworthy evidence for this statement. The oxide [Trous- 
 seau's pill (5 gr. ; .30 gm. of zinc oxide with i gr. ; .06 gm. 
 of extract of hyoscyamus)] , given internally will occasionally 
 check the night-sweats of phthisis [but it is quite likely to in- 
 terfere with the digestion] . 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms, Zinc Chloride is a corrosive irritant poison, causing a sensation 
 of burning in the mouth and throat, abdominal pain, vomiting the vomit con- 
 taining blood, mucus, and shreds of mucous membrane, violent purging, and 
 collapse. [Zinc Sulphate, in large doses, acts as an irritant poison producing 
 vomiting, colicky pains, diarrhoea and prostration.] Post-mortem. The ap- 
 pearances are those produced by an acute irritant. 
 
 Treatment. Wash out the stomach, or give emetics (see p. 139), and then 
 demulcents ; [lime water, mucilaginous drinks, and albumin freely in the form 
 of eggs or milk.] 
 
 IV. CUPRUM. 
 
 11=63.18. 
 
 i. CUPRI SULPHAS. [Copper Sulphate. CuSO 4 -f5H 2 O=248.8. 
 Synonyms. Blue Vitriol. Bluestone. Cupric Sulphate. 
 
 SOURCE. Heat Copper and Sulphuric Acid together, and dissolve the 
 soluble product in hot water and evaporate. 2Cu-j-2H 2 SO 4 =2CuSO 4 -|-2H2. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Large, transparent, deep blue, triclinic crystals, odorless, 
 of a nauseous, metallic taste. Solubility. In 2.6 parts of water ; almost in- 
 soluble in Alcohol.] 
 
 IMPURITY. Iron. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Alkalies and their carbonates, lime water, mineral salts 
 (except sulphates), iodides and most vegetable astringents.
 
 ISO INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Dose, y% to Yi gr. ; [.008 to .03 gm.], (astringent), 2 to 20 gr. ; [.12 
 to i. 20 gm.] (emetic). 
 
 \Copper Sulphate is used in preparing Trommer's and Fehling's test for 
 sugar. ] 
 
 ACTION OF COPPER SULPHATE. 
 
 External. In the solid form copper sulphate is, when applied 
 to raw surfaces, a powerful caustic. In dilute solutions it is an 
 astringent, acting like zinc sulphate, but more powerfully. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Here also, if very concen- 
 trated or given in large doses, copper sulphate is an acute caustic 
 irritant, but poisoning by it is very rare. In medicinal doses it 
 is strongly astringent. Five to ten grains [.30 to .60 gm.] 
 of the sulphate form a powerful emetic, acting directly on the 
 stomach. As it is more irritating than zinc sulphate it acts more 
 readily, but it has the disadvantage that, if it fails to act, the 
 stomach must be promptly emptied by some other means, for if 
 not the copper sulphate will cause inflammation of it. 
 
 Remote effects. Copper salts are slowly absorbed, and copper 
 is chiefly re-excreted by the liver in the bile. Nothing is known 
 of its further effects. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF COPPER SULPHATE. 
 
 External. The sulphate is applied as a caustic to reduce 
 exuberant granulations, and is used for tinea tarsi, being rubbed 
 on the edges of the lids ; as it is milder than silver nitrate, it 
 causes less pain. The Lapis Divinus, which is often used for 
 this last purpose, consists of copper sulphate, potassium nitrate, 
 [and alum, of each] 24 parts, [and] camphor i part. The first 
 three are fused together. The camphor is added, and the mass 
 is cast into cylindrical moulds. Lotions of copper sulphate, 
 usually about [i to 240], may be applied as astringents for just 
 the same purpose as lotions of zinc sulphate ; but it must be 
 remembered that they are more powerful. This is the usual 
 strength for solutions which are to be dropped into the eye. 
 Rather stronger solutions are mild haemostatics. Copper oleate 
 [not official] made with lanolin, into an ointment of a strength 
 of 10 to 20 per cent, is an excellent parasiticide for ringworm.
 
 THE SALTS OF BISMUTH. l8l 
 
 Internal. In small doses copper sulphate is valuable for 
 severe diarrhoea ; usually it is given by the mouth in the form of 
 a pill, but it may be given as a rectal injection. It is a rapid 
 emetic, and may be employed in laryngitis and bronchitis in 
 children, and in cases of narcotic poisoning, for which it is use- 
 ful on account of its prompt action. It is [extremely doubtful 
 if it is] particularly serviceable in phosphorus poisoning [but] 
 if it is used, copper [may be] deposited on the phosphorus ren- 
 dering it inert. It is usual to give three or four grains [.20 to 
 .25 gm.] of the sulphate in water every few minutes till vomiting 
 takes place. After emetic doses of copper sulphate, there is gen- 
 erally only one act of vomiting, but by that the stomach is com- 
 pletely emptied. Very little is known about the remote action of 
 salts of copper, but it is stated that the sulphate will cure chloro- 
 sis, [and it has been recommended for the treatment of syphilis.] 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms. In sufficient doses copper salts are violent gastro-intestinal 
 irritants, but acute poisoning is very rare. Copper may be taken in very small 
 quantities for a long time without producing any ill effects, for many persons 
 habitually consume, without harm, preserved vegetables, the green color of 
 which is due to preparation with copper. It has been thought that copper- 
 smiths are particularly liable to phthisis, but they are not more prone to it than 
 the followers of other dusty trades. Workers in brass may suffer from anaemia, 
 a green line on and at the base of the teeth, wasting, weakness, dyspepsia, 
 tremors, headache, vague pains, pharyngeal and laryngeal catarrh with occa- 
 sional haemoptysis and aphonia, and profuse secretion of sweat which may be 
 green. These symptoms are thought to be due to the copper contained in 
 brass. Sometimes colic is due to the contamination of copper and brass by 
 lead. 
 
 [ Treatment. For acute poisoning give albumin, milk or magnesia. Potas- 
 sium ferrocyanide is the chemical antidote. Then promptly empty the stomach 
 and saturate the system with potassium iodide. Chronic poisoning is best 
 treated by the administration of fifteen drops of diluted phosphoric acid before 
 each meal, the ingestion of large quantities of milk and thorough daily evacua- 
 tion of the bowels with magnesium or sodium sulphate.] 
 
 V. BISMUTHUM. 
 
 Bi=[2o8.9. 
 
 x. BISMUTHI SUBCARBONAS. Bismuth Subcarbonate. (BiO),, 
 CO J +H 2 0?= 5 2 7 .S3?.
 
 1 82 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Purified Bismuth in Nitric Acid and water, decant and 
 filter, mix with Ammonia Water ; the precipitate is washed and dissolved in 
 Nitric Acid, and poured into a solution of Sodium Carbonate, the resulting 
 precipitate is collected and washed. The final reaction is 2Bi( NO 3 ) 3 -j-3Na 2 CO 3 
 -f H 2 O=(BiO) 2 ,CO 3 +H 2 O-|-6NaNO 3 -|-2CO 2 . The precipitated Carbonate is 
 separated by filtration. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white or pale yellowish-white powder, of somewhat 
 varying chemical composition, odorless and tasteless. Solubility. Insoluble 
 in water and Alcohol. ] 
 
 IMPURITIES. [Lead, arsenic, chlorides and nitrates, tellurium, the last 
 giving an alliaceous odor to the breath. ] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; [.30 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 2. BISMUTHI SUBNITRAS. [Bismuth Subnitrate. BiONO 8 -f 
 
 H 2 0?= 3 o 4 .7i?.] 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Purified Bismuth in Nitric Acid and water, concen- 
 trate by evaporation, pour in more water, and stir thoroughly, wash and dry 
 the precipitated Subnitrate. [Bi 2 -f-6HNO 3 =2Bi(NO 3 ) 3 -j-3H 2 and Bi(NO 3 ) 3 
 -fH 2 O=BiONO 3 +2HNO 3 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A heavy, white powder, of somewhat varying chemical 
 composition, odorless and almost tasteless. Solubility. Almost insoluble in 
 water ; soluble in Alcohol. ] 
 
 IMPURITIES. As of the subcarbonate. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; [.30 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 [Bismuth Subnitrate is used to prepare Neylander's test for glucose in 
 urine.] 
 
 3. BISMUTHI CITRAS. [Bismuth Citrate. BiC 6 H 5 Cy=397.44. 
 SOURCE. Boil Bismuth Subnitrate, loo ; in Citric Acid, 70 ; dissolved in 
 
 sufficient water. Wash the Precipitate and dry. BiONO 3 -|-H 3 C 6 H 6 O 7 + 
 H 2 0=BiC 6 H 5 7 +N0 4 -t-H 2 0. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, amorphous micro-crystalline powder. Solubility, 
 Insoluble in water ; soluble in Ammonia. 
 
 IMPURITIES. As of the subcarbonate.] 
 
 Dose, i to 3 gr. ; [.06 to .20 gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Bismuth! et Ammonii Citras. [Bismuth and Ammonium 
 Citrate. 
 
 SOURCE. Mix Bismuth Citrate, 100; with distilled water to make 
 a paste, heat, add Ammonia Water to make a solution, filter, evaporate, 
 and dry on plates of glass. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Small, shining, pearly or translucent scales, of a 
 slightly acidulous and metallic taste. Solubility. Very soluble in 
 water ; sparingly soluble in Alcohol.] 
 
 Dose, 2 to 5 gr. ,' [.12 to .30 gm.]
 
 THE SALTS OF BISMUTH. 183 
 
 4. BISMUTHI SALICYLAS. [Bismuth Salicylate (Not official.) 
 Bi(C 7 H 5 3 ) 3 Bi 2 3 =io8 4 .5 9 . 
 
 SOURCE. It is prepared by diluting a Glycerin solution of crystallized 
 Bismuthous Nitrate with water, and decomposing this with a concentrated 
 aqueous solution of Sodium Salicylate ; the precipitate is well washed with hot 
 water and carefully dried. It contains about 76 per cent, of Bismuth Oxide 
 and 24 per cent, of Salicylic Acid. 
 
 CHARACTERS. It is a soft white powder. Solubility. Insoluble in 
 water, Glycerin and Ether, but soluble in acids. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; [.30 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF BISMUTH SALTS. 
 
 External. Bismuth salts have no action on the unbroken 
 skin. Dusted on a raw surface they form a protecting coat, are 
 germicidal, and are very mildly astringent. [For this pur- 
 pose the tribromophenolate and subgallate, the latter also known 
 as dermatol (both unofficial), are preferable.] 
 
 Internal. If large doses of bismuth salts are injected under 
 the skin of animals, or if large doses of soluble salts are given to 
 them by the mouth, they produce effects as severe as those due 
 to antimony. The chief are gastro-intestinal irritation and fatty 
 degeneration, and it is stated that some very susceptible persons 
 may be poisoned by large doses by the mouth of insoluble salts ; 
 but, as a rule, any symptoms of gastro-intestinal irritation caused 
 by the insoluble bismuth salts are due to the arsenic with which 
 they may be contaminated. When pure, it is probable that 
 these salts, like any bland heavy powder, act chiefly as protec- 
 tives to the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane ; [for gastric 
 ulcer the subnitrate is to be chosen] . They have an astringent 
 action, diminishing secretion, and are [especially the naphtolate 
 (not official)] gastro-intestinal antiseptics. Bismuth is slowly 
 absorbed and excreted in the urine [Bergeret and Mayencon], 
 and it may be found in the liver, spleen, kidneys, and nervous 
 system. Nothing is known of any remote effects. Bismuth 
 leaves the rectum as the sulphide, and colors the faeces black. It 
 may cause a purplish line on the gums. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF BISMUTH SALTS. 
 
 External. Bismuth salts may be dusted on sores as protec- 
 tives and mild astringents. The following is a good bismuth
 
 1 84 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ointment: Bismuth oxide [official in B. P.] i part, and oleic 
 acid 8 parts, stirred in with 3 parts of white wax liquefied by 
 heat, and with 9 parts of soft paraffin. The subnitrate is some- 
 times snuffed up the nose during a cold, and suspended in muci- 
 lage it may be used as an injection for gonorrhoea or leucorrhoea. 
 Internal. The subnitrate and the subcarbonate are chiefly 
 employed, and they seem to be more efficient than the soluble 
 preparations. [Soluble bismuth salts when absorbed are likely 
 to act as active irritant poisons, and for this reason should not 
 be used.] The insoluble preparations must be suspended in 
 mucilage [of tragacanth, for with acacia a compact mass is 
 formed at the bottom of the bottle] ; given thus they are more 
 efficacious than as a lozenge. It is not known how the effect is 
 produced, but either of these salts is remarkably efficient in re- 
 moving gastric pain, whether due to ulcer or to gastritis, or 
 even when no cause can be detected. Both of these drugs will 
 often stop the vomiting due to gastritis, gastric ulcer, chloro- 
 form, pregnancy, or indeed any other cause. For their astrin- 
 gent action they are given in diarrhoea, doses of 60 gr. [4. gm.] 
 being administered without any ill effect, and some believe that 
 part of the benefit is due to the antiseptic action of bismuth 
 salts. They appear sometimes to check the severe diarrhoea of 
 tuberculous ulceration of the bowel. [For internal use the phe- 
 nolate and naphtolate (neither are official) are preferable to the 
 inorganic salts. They are employed in the same dose.] Their 
 efficacy as gastric anodynes and gastric astringents is much in- 
 creased by combination with a little morphine, and if given as 
 gastric sedatives the addition of sodium bicarbonate as well as 
 the morphine is an advantage. In such a prescription the bis- 
 muth subcarbonate is preferable to the subnitrate, for the latter 
 may act on the sodium bicarbonate and lead to the production 
 of sufficient carbon [dioxide] to drive the cork out of the bottle. 
 The salicylate has been largely used in various gastric disorders. 
 It is supposed to combine the virtues of bismuth salts with the 
 antiseptic action of salicylic acid. [Bismuth salicylate probably 
 passes through the stomach unchanged to be broken up in the 
 small intestine where it acts as an unirritating antiseptic. It has
 
 THE SALTS OF ALUMINUM. 185 
 
 been proved to be a valuable remedy in the treatment of diar- 
 rhoeas, typhoid fever and catarrhs of the alimentary tract. 
 Heuppe's observations in Asiatic cholera prove that the tribro- 
 mophenolate is a valuable intestinal antiseptic. Bismuth sub- 
 gallate (dermatol) was formerly much employed in the treatment 
 of gastro-intestinal indigestion, but has been supplanted by the 
 more efficient naphtolate and tribromophenolate. 
 
 Eudoxin (not official) is bismuth tetra-iodophenol-phthaleinate, 
 and occurs as a tasteless, odorless, reddish -yellow, insoluble pow- 
 der. This is decomposed in the intestines, and is claimed to be 
 a germicide. It is certainly known that iodine is liberated. It 
 is employed as an intestinal antiseptic in dose of from 5 to 8 
 
 gr. ; .30 to .50 gm. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 When applied in large quantity to an exterior wounded surface sufficient 
 bismuth may be absorbed to produce poisoning. This may also occur if gly- 
 cerin is used to form an emulsion for injection into closed cavities (abscesses, 
 joint-disease). 
 
 Symptoms. These are acute stomatitis with a peculiar blackish discolora- 
 tion of the mucous membrane, generally upon the borders of the teeth and 
 extending over the whole mouth, ulceration of the mucous membrane, intestinal 
 catarrh, pain and diarrhoea. Even desquamative nephritis may be set up. 
 
 Treatment. Use demulcents.] 
 
 VI. ALUMINUM. 
 
 i. ALUMEN. Alum. Al 2 K 2 (SO i ) 2 +24H 2 O[=946.46. Synonyms. 
 Aluminum and Potassium Sulphate. Potassium Alum. 
 
 SOURCE. Made from Alum Slate or Shale (a mixture of Aluminum Sili- 
 cate and Iron Sulphide) by roasting and exposing to the air. By lixiviating 
 the heaps with water, Sulphuric Acid, Aluminum and Iron Sulphates are 
 obtained in solution. This solution is concentrated, and while hot mixed with 
 Potassium Chloride, which, reacting upon the Ferric Sulphate, yields Potas- 
 sium Sulphate and Ferric Chloride, while the Alum separates on cooling as a 
 crystalline powder. It is then purified by one or two recrystallizations. Also 
 by making an Aluminum Sulphate from A1(OH) 3 , the by-product in the 
 manufacture of Soda fmm cryolite. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Large, colorless, octahedral crystals, sometimes modified 
 by cubes, or in crystalline fragments, without odor, but having a sweetish and 
 strongly astringent taste. On exposure to the air, the crystals are liable to absorb 
 ammonia, and acquire a whitish coating.] Solubility, In 9 parts of water.
 
 1 86 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Alkalies, lime, lead, mercury, and iron salts, tartrates 
 and tannic acid. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Ferrous sulphate and silicates. 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Alumen Exsiccatum. [Dried Alum. Synonyms. Alumen 
 Ustum. Burnt Alum. 
 
 SOURCE. Heat loo parts of Alum with moderate heat till aqueous 
 vapor ceases to be disengaged, and it is reduced to 55 parts. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, granular powder, without odor, possessing 
 a sweetish, astringent taste, and attracting moisture from the air. Sol- 
 ubility. Slowly hut completely soluble in 20 parts of water. 
 
 2. ALUMINI HYDRAS. Aluminum Hydrate. A1 2 (OH) 6 =I55.84. 
 Synonyms. Aluminum Hydroxide. Hydrated Alumina. 
 
 SOURCE. By separate solution of Alum, 100 ; and Sodium Carbonate, 
 100 in distilled water and heat. Mix the hot solutions, wash the precipitate 
 with hot distilled water, dry and reduce to a fine powder. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, light amorphous powder, odorless and tasteless, 
 permanent in dry air. Solubility. Insoluble in water or Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, i to 10 gr. ; [.06 to .60 gm.] 
 
 3. ALUMINI SULPHAS. Aluminum Sulphate. AL,(SO 4 ) 3 +i6 
 H,O=628.9. 
 
 SOURCE. Aluminum Hydroxide, A1(OH) S , a by-product in the manufac- 
 ture of Soda from cryolite, is dissolved in diluted Sulphuric Acid ; the solution 
 is filtered and evaporated to dryness. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, crystalline powder, without odor, having a 
 sweetish and afterwards astringent taste. Solubility. 1.2 parts of water; 
 almost insoluble in Alcohol.] 
 
 ACTION OF ALUMINUM SALTS. 
 
 External. They have no action on the unbroken skin, but 
 coagulate the albumin of the discharges from ulcers, sores, etc. , 
 and thus form a protecting covering to the parts, and act as 
 efficient astringents. The albumin in the tissues themselves 
 is coagulated also. This coagulated albumin will compress and 
 occlude the vessels, and thus alum is haemostatic. Dried alum 
 absorbs water, and therefore its solid form is mildly caustic. 
 [Aluminum acetate (not official) in saturated solution is a very 
 penetrating antiseptic.]
 
 THE SALTS OF ALUMINUM. 187 
 
 Internal. Alimentary tract. Alum is an excellent astrin- 
 gent for the mouth, stomach and intestines, and will cause con- 
 stipation. In large doses it is emetic, acting directly on the 
 stomach, and in larger still, irritant and purgative. Most, if not 
 all, is passed by the faeces ; probably, in medicinal doses, it has 
 no more remote effects on the tissues". 
 
 Nervous System. Given to animals, in large doses, it pro- 
 duces paresis, loss of sensation, forced movements, drowsiness 
 and death from respiratory paralysis. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF ALUMINUM SALTS. 
 
 External. Alum is occasionally used as a caustic to destroy 
 weak, exuberant granulations. Kaolin [a native aluminum sili- 
 cate, freed from gritty particles (not official)] is a good dusting 
 powder. Fuller's earth [of similar chemical composition] is 
 used [for the same purpose] . Kaolin resists most chemical re- 
 agents, and therefore it is used as a basis for making pills of such 
 bodies as phosphorus, silver nitrate or potassium permanganate, 
 for with them chemical reaction would occur if an ordinary basis 
 were used. [An excellent substitute for poultices is made as 
 follows : Kaolin, 1000 parts, is sifted and sterilized by heat ; 
 glycerin, 1000 parts, is added, the heat being continued and 
 mixed by stirring for half an hour. When nearly cool add boric 
 acid, 100 parts, and oil of peppermint, i ; oil of wintergreen, i ; 
 and oil of eucalyptus, 2 parts.] Because of its astringency alum 
 has many uses ; it may, for example, be applied to weeping ec- 
 zematous surfaces, and as an injection or on [moistened] lint for 
 vulvitis of children. Solutions of it have been used for leucor- 
 rhcea and gleet. Ten grains [; .60 gm.] to the fluid ounce; 
 [30. c.c.] of water is a common strength for most purposes. 
 Five grains [; .30 gm.] to the fluid ounce; [30. c.c.] make a 
 good eye wash or a gargle. Strong solutions, or powdered alum, 
 applied locally, stop bleeding, if it is not severe, such as occurs 
 from piles, leech-bites, slight cuts, the gums and the nose. [Al- 
 uminum naphtol-sulphonate (alumnol, not official) in i to 3 per 
 cent, solutions is an unirritating astringent which, although pre- 
 cipitating albumin, dissolves it when in excess and therefore pen-
 
 1 88 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 etrates below the surface. It is used for the treatment of acute 
 and chronic inflammations of various mucous membranes.] 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. As a mouth wash or gargle 
 [1-2 to 100], alum is very valuable in ulcerative stomatitis, in 
 aphthous conditions of the mouth, and in slight pharyngitis or 
 tonsilitis. [Alum as a mouth wash attacks the enamel of the 
 teeth.] One part of alum with five parts of glycerin, painted 
 on with a camel's hair brush, is excellent for these conditions. 
 If the nose be irrigated with a solution of alum, it may remedy 
 a chronic ozaena. It has been found that other astringents are 
 preferable for bleeding from the stomach and for diarrhoea, but 
 a teaspoonful [4. gm.] of alum, dissolved in syrup, and given 
 every quarter of an hour till vomiting is produced, is an excel- 
 lent emetic for children, and may be used to produce vomiting 
 in laryngitis and bronchitis, as it is non -depressant. Alum whey, 
 obtained from milk curdled by alum, may be given in the diar- 
 rhoea of typhoid fever. In lead colic, alum may open the 
 bowels, probably because, being a sulphate, it precipitates any 
 lead salts as insoluble lead sulphates. 
 
 GROUP V. 
 
 Ferrum, Manganum. 
 It is probable that the action of these drugs is, in some respects, similar. 
 
 x. FERRUM. 
 
 Fe=55.88. 
 
 ^^ I. FERRUM. [Metallic Iron in form of fine, bright and non-elastic 
 wire.] 
 
 Metallic Iron is pharmacopoeial in two forms, viz., this and reduced iron. 
 
 \_Metallic Iron is used to prepare Ferri lodidum Saccharajum, Ferri Chlori- 
 dum, Liquor Ferri Chloridi, and Syrupus Ferri lodidi.] 
 
 -V* a. FERRUM REDUCTUM. Reduced Iron. [Synonyms. Que- 
 
 venne's Iron. Iron by Hydrogen.] Metallic Iron with a variable amount 
 of oxide. 
 
 SOURCE. [Hydrogen gas is passed through a hot, closed tube which con- 
 tains freshly prepared, thoroughly washed Ferric Oxide. FejOj-f-3H 2 =Fe,-f- 
 3H,0.
 
 THE SALTS OF IRON. 189 
 
 CHARACTERS. A very fine grayish-black lustreless powder, strongly at- 
 tracted by the magnet, without odor or taste. Solubility. Insoluble in water 
 or Alcohol. ] 
 
 IMPURITY. Sulphur. 
 
 [Reduced Iron is used to make Pilulae Ferri lodidi and Ferri lodidum Sac- 
 charatum. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 The following ( viz. , the sulphate, the carbonate, [the iodide and the lac- 
 tate)] are ferrous salts, that is to say, salts of the lower Oxide, FeO. 
 
 3. FERRI SULPHAS. [Ferrous Sulphate. FeSO 4 +7 ^0=277.42. 
 Synonyms, If impure, Copperas. Green Vitriol. 
 
 SOURCE. Iron Wire is dissolved by boiling in Sulphuric Acid and water. 
 The sulphate is crystallized out. Fe 2 -j-2H 2 SO 4 =2FeSO 4 -f-2H 2 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. Large pale, bluish-green monoclinic prisms, having a 
 saline], styptic taste. Solubility. In 1.8 parts of water ; insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Ferric salts and copper. 
 
 [Ferrous Sulphate is used to make Ferri Carbonas Saccharatus, Liquor 
 Ferri Subsulphatis, Liquor Ferri Tersulphatis, and Massa Ferri Carbonatis. 
 
 Dose, Yz to 2 gr. ; .03 to .12 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Ferri Sulphas Exsiccatus. [Dried Ferric Sulphate. Approx- 
 imately 2FeSO 4 +3HjO=357.28. 
 
 SOURCE. Allow the sulphate to effloresce at 104 F. ; 40 C., and 
 heat in a porcelain dish until it weighs 64 to 65 parts. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A grayish-white powder, slowly but completely 
 soluble in water. ] 
 
 Dose, Y?, to 2 gr. ; [.03 to .12 gm. 
 
 Dried Ferrous Sulphate is used to make Pilulae Aloes et Ferri. ] 
 
 2. [Ferri Sulphas Granulatus. Granulated Ferrous Sulphate. 
 FeSO 4 -j-7 H 2 O=277. 42. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Ferrous Sulphate, 100 ; in diluted Sulphuric 
 Acid, 5 ; and Distilled Water, loo ; pour upon it Alcohol, 25 ; and 
 filter, wash and dry the precipitate. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Pale, bluish-green, crystalline powder, which con- 
 forms to the reactions of the sulphate. 
 
 IMPURITIES. The same as of the sulphate. 
 
 Dose, ^ to 2 gr. ; .03 to .12 gm.] 
 
 3. Mistura Ferri Composita. Compound Iron Mixture. Syn- 
 onym. Griffith's Mixture. [Ferrous Sulphate, 7 ; Potassium Carbon- 
 ate, 8 ; Myrrh, 1 8 ; Sugar, 1 8 ; Spirit of Lavender, 60 ; Rose Water 
 to 1000.] It is a dark-green mixture containing Ferrous Carbonate,
 
 I9O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 -f- 
 
 for Ferrous Sulphate and Potassium Carbonate react on each other. 
 Dose, 2 to 4 fi. dr. ; [8. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 4. [Pilulae Ferri Carbonatis. Pills of Ferrous Carbonate. Syn- 
 onyms. Ferruginous pills. Chalybeate pills. Blaud's pills. 
 
 Ferrous Sulphate, 1 6 ; Potassium Carbonate, 8 ; Sugar, 4 ; Traga- 
 canth, I ; Althaea, i gm. ; Glycerin and water ; to make 100 pills. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 pills.] 
 
 4. FERRI CARBONAS SACCHARATUS. [Saccharated Fer- 
 rous Carbonate. A powder containing Ferrous Carbonate FeCo 3 , made from 
 Ferrous Sulphate, 50 ; Sodium Bicarbonate, 35 ; Sugar, and distilled water by 
 solution and filtration. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A greenish-brown powder, of a sweetish, afterwards slightly 
 ferruginous taste.] It is a very unstable compound, being easily oxidized. 
 Solubility. Only partially in water. 
 
 IMPURITIES. [Sodium] Sulphate and excess of Ferrous Oxide. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; [.12 to .60 gm.] 
 
 5. [MASSA FERRI CARBONATIS. Mass of Ferrous Carbonate. 
 Synonym. Vallet's Mass. Ferrous Sulphate, loo ; Sodium Carbonate, loo ; 
 Clarified Honey, 38 ; Sugar, 25 ; Syrup and distilled water to 100. By solu- 
 tion, precipitation and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm. 
 
 6. FERRI IODIDUM SACCHARATUM. Saccharated Ferrous 
 Iodide. 
 
 SOURCE. From Iron Wire, 6; Reduced Iron, I; Iodine, 17 ; distilled 
 water, Sugar of Milk to loo. By solution, filtration, evaporation and trituration. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish-white powder, very hygroscopic, odorless, 
 having a sweetish ferruginous taste. Solubility. In 7 parts of water; only 
 partially soluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 7. SYRUPUS FERRI IODIDL [Syrup of Ferrous Iodide. A 
 syrupy liquid, containing 10 per cent, by weight of Ferrous Iodide. Iron 
 Wire, 25 ; Iodine, 83 ; Syrup and distilled water, a sufficient quantity to 1000. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A transparent, pale-green liquid, odorless, having a sweet 
 strongly ferruginous taste and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr. about 1.353. 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 8. PILULAE FERRI IODIDI^[Pills of Ferrous Iodide. Triturate 
 Reduced Iron 4, with Iodine 5, and water ; add Glycyrrhiza I, Sugar 4, Ex- 
 tract of Glycyrrhiza I, and Acacia I gm., with sufficient water, Balsam of 
 Tolu and Ether, and evaporate to make loo pills.] To be preserved from 
 light and air as much as possible, as they do not keep well. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 pills.
 
 THE SALTS OF IRON. 19! 
 
 g. [FERRI LACTAS. Ferrous Lactate. Fe(C 3 H 5 O 3 ) 2 -f3H 2 O= 
 
 287.34. 
 
 SOURCE. By crystallization from a solution of Lactic Acid and Iron in 
 distilled water. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Pale, greenish-white crusts, consisting of small needle- 
 shaped crystals, having a slight, peculiar odor, and a mild, sweetish ferruginous 
 taste. Solubility. In 40 parts of water, and almost insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Ferrous Lactate is used in Syrupus Hypophosphitum cum Ferro. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 The following (viz., the Chloride, the Tersulphate, the Nitrate, the Sub- 
 sulphate, the Citrate, the Acetate, the Hydrate [the Ammonium Sulphate, the 
 Hypophosphite and the Valerianate] are Ferric Salts : they are compounds of 
 the higher Oxide, Fe 2 O 3 . Most are official in the form of liquors. 
 
 10. [FERRI CHLORIDUM. Ferric Chloride. Fe 2 Cl 6 -fi2H 2 O= 
 
 539-5- 
 
 SOURCE. Iron Wire, 15 ; Hydrochloric Acid, and distilled water to 60. 
 By solution in water with heat, filtration, addition of Nitric Acid, and crystal- 
 lization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Orange-yellow, crystalline pieces, very deliquescent, hav- 
 ing a faint odor of Hydrochloric Acid and strongly styptic taste. Solubility. 
 Freely in water, Alcohol and Ether.] 
 
 IT. LIQUOR FERRI CHLORIDI. [Solution of Ferric Chloride. 
 An aqueous solution of Ferric Chloride (Fe 2 Cl 6 =323.98), containing about 
 37.8 per cent, of the Anhydrous Salt, or corresponding to about 13 per cent, 
 of Metallic Iron. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Iron Wire, 15.8, in Hydrochloric Acid, 870, and 
 water to looo. Fe-)-2HCl=FeCl 2 -|-H 2 . Nitric Acid is also added, and 
 thus the Ferrous is converted into Ferric Chloride. 6FeCl 2 -f-6HCl-(-2HNO 3 
 = 3 Fe 2 Cl 6 + 4 H 2 0+2NO. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A reddish-brown liquid, having a faint odor of Hydro- 
 chloric Acid, and an acid, strongly styptic taste. Sp. gr. about 1.387.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Ferrous salts. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 m. ; [.12 to .60 c.c.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 I. Tinctura Ferri Chloridi. [Tincture of Ferric Chloride. So- 
 lution of Ferric Chloride, 250 ; Alcohol to looo. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A bright, brownish liquid, having a slightly ethe- 
 real odor, a very astringent, styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Sp. gr. 
 about 0.960.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 m. ; [-30 to 4.00 c.c.]
 
 192 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 2. Liquor Ferri et Ammonii Acetatis. [Solution of Iron and 
 Ammonium Acetate. Synonym. Basham's Mixture. Tincture of 
 Ferric Chloride, 20 ; diluted Acetic Acid, 30 ; Solution of Ammonium 
 Acetate, 200; Aromatic Elixir, 100; Glycerin, 120; water to looo. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 12. LIQUOR FERRI TERSULPHATIS. [Solution of Ferric 
 Sulphate. An aqueous solution of normal Ferric Sulphate (Fe i (SO 4 ) J =399.2), 
 containing about 28. 7 per cent of the salt, and corresponding to about 8 per 
 cent of Metallic Iron. 
 
 SOURCE. A hot solution of Ferrous Sulphate, 400 ; in Sulphuric Acid, 
 78 ; and water, is boiled with Nitric Acid and water to looo. 6FeSO 4 + 
 3H 1 S0 4 +2HNO J = 3 Fe J (S0 4 ) s + 4 H 2 0-f-2NO. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A dark reddish-brown liquid, having an acid, strongly 
 styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Sp. gr. about 1.320.] 
 
 13. LIQUOR FERRI NITRATIS. [Solution of Ferric Nitrate. 
 Fe,(NOj)g=483. 1. An aqueous solution containing about 6.2 per cent, of the 
 Anhydrous Salt, and corresponding to about 1.4 per cent, of Metallic Iron. 
 
 SOURCE. Precipitate Ferric Sulphate, 180; with Ammonia water, 160; 
 wash thoroughly and dissolve in Nitric Acid, 71 ; distilled water to 1000. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear, amber-colored or reddish liquid, having an acid, 
 styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Sp. gr. about 1.050.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Ferrous salts. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 m. ; [.12 to .60 c.c.] 
 
 14. LIQUOR FERRI SUBSULPHATIS. [Solution of Ferric 
 Subsulphale. Synonym. Monsel's solution. An aqueous solution of Basic 
 Ferric Sulphate of variable chemical composition, corresponding to about 13.6 
 per cent of Metallic Iron. 
 
 SOURCE. From Ferrous Sulphate, 675 ; Sulphuric Acid, 65 ; Nitric Acid, 
 65 ; distilled water to 1000. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A dark, reddish-brown liquid, odorless, having an acid, 
 strongly styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Sp. gr. about 1.550. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 m. ; .12 to .60 c.c.] 
 
 15. LIQUOR FERRI CITRATIS. [Solution of Ferric Citrate. 
 
 An aqueous solution of Ferric Citrate, corresponding to about 7.5 per cent, 
 of Metallic Iron. 
 
 SOURCE. From solution of Ferric Sulphate, 1050 ; in water ; precipitation 
 with Ammonia Water, 880 ; with addition of Citric Acid, 300 ; filtration and 
 evaporation of filtrate to loco. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A dark-brown liquid, odorless, having a slightly ferru- 
 ginous taste, and an acid reaction. Sp. gr. 1.250. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 m. ; .30 to i.oo c.c.]
 
 THE SALTS OF IRON. 193 
 
 16. LIQUOR FERRI ACETATIS. [Solution of Ferric Acetate. 
 Fe 2 (C 2 H 3 O 2 ) 6 =464.92. An aqueous solution of Ferric Acetate. 
 
 SOURCE. Ferric Sulphate, 1000 ; is precipitated with a solution of Am- 
 monia Water, 850. Fe 2 (SO 4 ) 3 -f6NH 4 OH=Fe 2 (OH) 6 +3(NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 . The re- 
 sulting hydrate is dissolved in Glacial Acetic Acid, 260. Fe 2 (OH) 6 -|-6HC 2 H 3 Oj 
 =Fe 2 (C 2 H 3 2 ) 6 +6H 2 0. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A dark, reddish-brown, clear liquid of an acetous odor, a 
 sweetish, acidulous, somewhat styptic taste. Sp. gr. about 1.160. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 m. ; .12 to .60 c.c.] 
 
 17. FERRI OXIDUM HYDRATUM. [Ferric Hydrate. Fe 2 (OH 8 ) 
 =213.52. Synonyms. Hydrated Ferric Oxide. Ferric Hydroxide. 
 
 SOURCE. Add to a solution of Ferric Sulphate, zoo ; Ammonia Water, 
 no. The precipitate is Ferric Hydrate. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A reddish-brown magma, wholly soluble in Hydrochloric 
 Acid without Effervescence. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Emplastrum Ferri. [Iron Piaster. Synonym. Strengthen- 
 ing Plaster. Ferric Hydrate, 90 ; Burgundy Pitch, 140 ; Lead Plaster, 
 720 ; Olive Oil, 50. 
 
 2. Trochisci Ferri. Troches of Iron. Ferric Hydrate, 30 ; 
 Vanilla I ; Sugar, loo gm. ; Mucilage of Tragacanth, to make loo 
 troches. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 troches.] 
 
 18. FERRI OXIDUM HYDRATUM CUM MAGNESIA. 
 
 Ferric Hydrate with Magnesia. [Synonym. Arsenic Antidote. Solution of 
 Ferric Hydrate, 50; add to the Iron, water, 100. Magnesia, 10 ; add water 
 to the Magnesia to 750. Keep in separate bottles. 
 
 USES. For arsenical poisoning, for which it should be mixed by adding 
 the magnesia mixture gradually to the iron solution, and shaking until a homo- 
 geneous mass results. It should be given in large doses and frequently re- 
 peated.] 
 
 19. FERRI ET AMMONII SULPHAS. [Ferric Ammonium 
 Sulphate. Synonyms. Ammonio-Ferric Sulphate. Ammonio- Ferric Alum. 
 Fe 2 (NH 4 ) 2 (S0 4 ) 4 +2 4 H 2 0=962. i. 
 
 SOURCE. From crystallization of Ammonium Sulphate in a solution of 
 Ferric Sulphate. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Pale, violet, octahedral crystals, efflorescent, odorless, hav- 
 ing an acid, styptic taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Solubility. In 3 parts 
 of water ; insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; .12 to .60 gm. 
 
 13
 
 194 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 20. FERRI HYPOPHOSPHIS. See Phosphorus. 
 
 21. FERRI VALERIANAS. See Valeriana.] 
 
 The following are scale preparations of Iron, so called because they are 
 dried to form scales. They are not well-defined chemical compounds. There 
 are [nine the Soluble Phosphate, Iron and Potassium Tartrate,] Iron and 
 Ammonium Citrate, [Iron and Strychnine Citrate, Iron and Ammonium Tar- 
 trate, the Citrate, Iron and Quinine Citrate, the soluble Iron and Quinine 
 Citrate, the soluble Pyrophosphate. 
 
 22. FERRI PHOSPHAS SOLUBILIS. Soluble Ferric Phosphate. 
 It consists of Ferric Phosphate, with some Oxides. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Ferric Citrate, 50 ; in distilled water, 100 ; add 
 Sodium Phosphate, 55. Evaporate and dry on glass. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Thin, bright green, transparent scales, having an acidu- 
 lous, slightly saline taste. Solubility. Freely and completely in water. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Syrupus Ferri, Quininae et Strychnin* Phosphatum. Syrup 
 of the Phosphates of Iron, Quinine and Strychnine. Synonyms. 
 Easton's Syrup. Syrupus Trium Phosphatum. Dissolve Soluble Ferric 
 Phosphate, 20 ; in water, 50 ; and add Phosphoric Acid, 48 ; Quinine 
 Sulphate, 30 ; and Strychnine, T 2 ff ; with Syrup, Glycerin and distilled 
 water, to 1000. 
 
 Dose, Yz to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c. 
 
 23. FERRI ET POTASSII TARTRAS. Iron and Potassium Tar- 
 trate. Synonyms. Potassio-Ferric Tartrate. Tartarated Iron. 
 
 SOURCE. Add solution of Ferric Sulphate, 100 ; in water, 1300 ; to Am- 
 monia Water, 1 10 ; with water, 250 ; filter, add water, 1 500 ; heat with Po- 
 tassium Bitartrate, 38 ; and filter. Dry the precipitate on glass. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Thin, transparent, garnet-red to reddish-brown scales, 
 having a sweetish, slightly ferruginous taste. Solubility. Very soluble in 
 water, insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Ammonia and Ferrous Salts. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 24. FERRI ET AMMONII CITRAS. [Iron and Ammonium Ci- 
 trate. Synonym. Ammonio- Ferric Citrate. 
 
 SOURCE. From evaporation of a solution of Ferric Citrate, loo ; with 
 Ammonia Water, 40 ; to consistency of syrup. Dry the precipitate on glass. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Thin, transparent, garnet-red scales, having a saline,
 
 THE SALTS OF IRON. 195 
 
 mildly ferruginous taste, deliquescent. Solubility. Very soluble in water; 
 insoluble in Alcohol.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Tartrates and alkaline salts. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; [.06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 Preparation, 
 
 [ Vinum Ferri Citratis. Wine of Ferric Citrate. Iron and Am- 
 monium Citrate, 40 ; Tincture of Sweet Orange Peel, 150 ; Syrup, 100 ; 
 White Wine, to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 25. FERRI ET STRYCHNINE CITRAS. Iron and Strychnine 
 
 Citrate. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Iron and Ammonia Citrate, 98 ; in distilled water, 
 100 ; and Strychnine, I ; Citric Acid, I ; in distilled water, 20. Mix the solu- 
 tion, evaporate to the consistency of syrup and spread on plates of glass. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Thin, transparent, garnet-red, to yellowish-brown scales, 
 having a bitter, slightly ferruginous taste. Solubility. Completely in water. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 gr. ; .06 to .20 gm. 
 
 26. FERRI ET AMMONII TARTRAS. Iron and Ammonium 
 Tartrate. Synonym. Ammonio-Ferric Tartrate. 
 
 SOURCE. Add solution of Ferric Sulphate, 100 ; to Ammonia Water, 
 no ; diluted with cold water, 250; filter, dissolve the precipitate in Tartaric 
 Acid, 29, dissolved in distilled water ; filter and evaporate to a syrupy con- 
 sistence and dry on glass. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Thin, transparent scales, from garnet-red to reddish- 
 brown, having a sweetish, slightly ferruginous taste. Solubility. Very solu- 
 ble in water ; insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm. 
 
 27. FERRI CITRAS. Ferric Citrate. 
 
 SOURCE. By evaporation of the Solution of Ferric Citrate to a syrupy 
 consistency and drying on glass. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Thin, transparent, garnet-red scales, odorless, having a 
 slightly ferruginous taste and an acid reaction. Solubility. Completely in 
 water ; insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 28. FERRI ET QUININE CITRAS. [Iron and Quinine Ci- 
 trate. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Ferric Citrate, 85 ; in distilled water, 160 ; dissolve 
 Quinine, 12 ; and Citrate Acid, 3 ; in distilled water, 20 ; mix these solutions, 
 evaporate to a syrupy consistency and dry on glass.
 
 196 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Thin, transparent, reddish-brown scales of a bitter, mildly 
 ferruginous taste. Solubility. Slowly but completely in water. Contains at 
 least 11.5 per cent, of dried Quinine.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Alkaline Salts and other alkaloids instead of quinine. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; [.12 to .60 gm. 
 
 29. FERRI ET QUININE CITRAS SOLUBILIS. Soluble 
 Iron and Quinine Citrate. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Ferric Citrate, 85 ; in distilled water, 160; by heat- 
 ing ; add Quinine, 12 ; Citric Acid, 3 ; previously triturated in distilled water, 
 20 ; mix these solutions and stir with Ammonia Water, 50 ; evaporate to a 
 syrupy consistency and dry on glass. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Thin, transparent scales, of a greenish, golden-yellow 
 color, having a bitter, mildly ferruginous taste ; deliquescent. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; .12 to .60 gm. 
 
 Preparation, 
 
 Vinum Ferri Amarum. Bitter Wine of Iron. Soluble Iron and 
 Quinine Citrate, 50 ; Tincture of Sweet Orange Peel, 1 50 ; Syrup, 300 ; 
 White Wine to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c. 
 
 30. FERRI PYROPHOSPHAS SOLUBILIS. Soluble Ferric 
 Pyrophosphate. 
 
 SOURCE. By solution of Ferric Citrate, 50; Sodium Pyrophosphate, 50; 
 in distilled water, 100 ; evaporation and drying on glass. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Thin, apple-green, transparent scales, odorless, having an 
 acidulous, slightly saline taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Solubility. 
 Freely in water ; insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 31. FERRI ARSENAS. [B. P. Not official.] Iron Arsenate. 
 [3Fe(FeO)AsO 4 +i6H 2 O=lo86.74.] It consists of both ferrous and ferric 
 arsenates, with some oxide. 
 
 SOURCE. Mix hot solutions of Sodium Arsenate and Iron Sulphate, add 
 Sodium Bicarbonate to neutralize the free Sulphuric Acid that is formed when 
 Iron Arsenate is precipitated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A greenish, amorphous powder, insoluble in water. 
 
 I MPUR ITI ES. Sulphates. 
 
 Dose, ^y to y z gr. ; [.004 to .03 gm.] as a pill. 
 
 32. [FERRUM DIALYSATUM. Dialyzed Iron. (Not official.) 
 SOURCE. By heating a solution of Ferric Chloride with Ammonia, Ferric 
 
 Hydrate being precipitated, this being redissolved by agitation, is placed in a
 
 THE SALTS OF IRON. 1 97 
 
 dialyzer and suspended in water, which is renewed so long as it shows a trace 
 of Hydrochloric Acid. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Its composition varies from Fe-jClg, laFe-jOj to Fe-jClg, 
 95Fe. 2 O 3 , and is a 10 per cent, solution of Ferric Oxychloride in water. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A reddish-brown liquid, free from astringent, styptic taste. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; .60 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES OF IRON SALTS IN GENERAL. All substances containing 
 tannic or gallic acid form an intense black with ferric salts. Preparations of 
 iron are therefore incompatible with all vegetable astringent solutions, and the 
 only infusions with which they can be prescribed are infusions of quassia and 
 of calumba. It is a common mistake to forget that because of its tannin, the 
 tincture as well as the infusion of digitalis makes an inky mixture with iron 
 preparations. Such a mixture may be clarified with a little diluted phosphoric 
 acid, but after a few days a slight precipitate of ferric phosphate falls. Ferric 
 salts render mucilage of acacia gelatinous. 
 
 Alkalies and their carbonates, lime water, calcium carbonate, magnesia and 
 [magnesium] carbonate give green precipitates with ferrous, and brown with 
 ferric salts. 
 
 ACTION OF IRON AND ITS SALTS. 
 
 External: Solutions of iron salts are antiseptic. They have 
 no action on the unbroken skin, but when applied locally to the 
 abraded skin, sores, ulcers, and mucous membranes, the [ferric] 
 salts are powerful astringents, because they coagulate 
 albuminous fluids, both those discharged from the surface and 
 also those in the tissue itself. There is no direct effect on the 
 walls of the vessels, but the contraction of the coagulated albu- 
 min compresses them and diminishes their calibre. Partly for 
 this reason, but still more because these iron salts quickly cause 
 the coagulation of blood, and the clot thus formed plugs the 
 bleeding vessels, they are the most perfect local haemostatics 
 we possess, and will often arrest very severe haemorrhage. 
 [Ferric] chloride, the nitrate, and sulphate are all very strongly 
 astringent ; but the scale preparations, reduced iron, the carbon- 
 ate, iodide, phosphate and acetate are so very feebly astringent 
 that they are never used as local applications ; in fact, to most 
 persons they are non-astringent. Ferric oxides have the prop- 
 erty of converting oxygen into ozone, and are therefore disin- 
 fectant. 
 
 Internal. Mouth. Preparations of iron have a styptic
 
 198 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 taste, the teeth and tongue may be blackened when they are 
 taken, owing to the formation of ferrous sulphide, the sulphur 
 being derived from the food and the tartar on the teeth ; hence 
 it is advisable to take iron preparations through a glass tube [and 
 immediately afterwards to brush the teeth. The free acid in the 
 tincture of ferric chloride will destroy the enamel of the teeth, 
 even if diluted with eight parts of water.] The astringent pre- 
 parations have, when locally applied, the same action on the 
 mucous membrane of the mouth as on the raw skin. 
 
 Stomach. Whatever form of iron is given by the mouth, it is 
 converted in the stomach into ferric chloride, with probably a 
 little ferrous chloride. Long experience has shown that ferric 
 chloride is to the physician a most valuable preparation of iron ; 
 probably this is because it will not abstract hydrochloric acid 
 from the gastric juice, as is the case with all other preparations 
 of iron. It is often stated that an iron albuminate is formed in 
 the stomach ; this is incorrect, and when the iron albuminate is 
 given by the mouth it will be converted into a chloride in the 
 stomach. Although whatever form of iron is administered ferric 
 chloride is formed in the stomach, the choice of the preparation 
 is a matter of great importance, for if strongly acid salts are 
 given, the acid set free after the formation of the chloride will 
 act as a caustic, and damage the mucous membrane ; even the 
 preparations of the chloride may do this, for they [always] con- 
 tain a considerable amount of free acid. These facts explain 
 why iron preparations, especially the acid ones, so often cause 
 headache, nausea, loss of appetite, and other symptoms of severe 
 indigestion. We also learn why experience has taught that the 
 sulphate, which is so often used, should be given in the form of a 
 pill, for this, if specially coated, is not dissolved till the intestine 
 is reached, and the acid is harmless in the alkaline solutions of 
 that part of the alimentary canal. Further, we see why the pre- 
 parations which are either not acid at all or only very slightly 
 acid, such as reduced iron, dialyzed iron, [not official], ferrous 
 carbonate and the scale preparations, do not as a rule cause in- 
 digestion [but it can also be said that they are generally not so 
 efficient as the stronger preparations. However, this free acid
 
 THE SALTS OF IRON. 199 
 
 may be neutralized by the addition of sodium bicarbonate, so 
 that the tincture of ferric chloride will be acid only so far as the 
 basic ferric chloride has an acid reaction ; nor does this neutral- 
 ization impair its therapeutic properties, for hydrochloric acid is 
 added to it in the stomach. An effective preparation is now 
 made, in which these disadvantages of the tincture of ferric 
 chloride are removed, which is known as Weld's syrup of ferric 
 chloride.] Ferric chloride is very astringent, hence the astrin- 
 gent effect on the stomach of iron salts. The non-astringent 
 preparations can only be astringent in proportion to the amount 
 of ferric chloride formed from the gastric juice ; but if large 
 quantities of astringent preparations are given, the excess which 
 is not decomposed by the gastric juice will add its astringency 
 to that of the ferric chloride formed in the stomach. 
 
 Intestines. On passing into the intestines, the contents of 
 which are alkaline from sodium carbonate, ferric chloride be- 
 comes ferric oxide, which remains in solution owing to the pres- 
 ence of organic substances ; ferrous chloride is converted into 
 ferrous carbonate, which is also soluble. Lower down in the 
 intestine, by the action of the sulphur compounds, the nascent 
 hydrogen, and other readily oxidizable products of decomposi- 
 tion there present, these iron compounds are converted into fer- 
 rous sulphide and tannate (the tannic acid being derived from 
 the vegetables in the food), and as such are eliminated with the 
 faeces, which are turned black. Large amounts of the astringent 
 preparations have a constipating effect ; this may be owing 
 to there being an excess of them, for the oxides and carbonates 
 are non-astringent preparations. 
 
 Absorption. Iron is certainly taken up from the alimentary 
 canal, for the growing child gets from its food all the iron neces- 
 sary for its increase in weight, but as the total amount of iron in 
 the adult body is only about 38 grains [2.46 gm.], it is probably 
 absorbed very s'owly in very minute amounts, and as iron in 
 food exists as organic compounds, there is no doubt about the 
 absorption of organic iron. 
 
 Whether, however, inorganic iron salts can be absorbed has 
 been much discussed. The prevailing opinion, founded chiefly on
 
 2OO INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 histological evidence, now is that they can be taken up by the intes- 
 tinal epithelium and passed into the leucocytes of the blood in mi- 
 nute particles. A little of this iron is deposited in the spleen, but 
 more goes to the liver, where it is built up into complex bodies 
 one of which is called haematin which are the precursors of 
 haemoglobin ; where in the body this is finally made is not known, 
 but the red marrow utilizes it to make red blood -corpuscles. 
 
 The other opinion is that inorganic iron salts are not absorbed. 
 The chief reason for this view is that the giving of such salts by 
 the mouth does not lead to more iron in the urine ; but we now 
 know that this is because in such a case the excess of iron taken 
 up is excreted into the intestine as an organic compound, and as it 
 has been shown that under all circumstances the bile contains the 
 merest traces of iron this excretion must take place by the intes- 
 tinal mucous membrane. 
 
 Blood. It is often stated that the administration of iron 
 causes, in healthy subjects, an increase in the number of red 
 blood-corpuscles, but this is very doubtful. Probably in health 
 it has little or no effect on the blood. 
 
 Iron salts injected into animals subcutaneously or directly into 
 the veins cause gastro-intestinal irritation and paralysis from de- 
 pression of the central nervous system. Part of the iron is 
 stored up, but much is excreted by the gastro-intestinal mucous 
 membrane. 
 
 In certain forms of anaemia (a condition in which the amount 
 of haemoglobin and the number of corpuscles are diminished), 
 especially chlorosis, the administration of iron rapidly improves 
 the blood in both respects. It is therefore said to be haema- 
 tinic ; and as an improvement in the quality of the blood leads 
 to an improvement in the functions of all the organs of the body, 
 iron is also called a tonic. Tonics are drugs which indirectly 
 improve the action of the several organs of the body ; usually 
 they act by improving the quality of blood or by aiding diges- 
 tion, and thus rendering the digestion and absorption of the food 
 more easy {see p. 115). If, as already stated, inorganic iron is 
 directly taken up by the intestinal epithelium and passed to the 
 leucocytes, the benefit in anaemia is easy to understand. But
 
 THE SALTS OF IRON. 2OI 
 
 we have seen that some believe that inorganic iron is not ab- 
 sorbed, and if this be so, it is at first sight difficult to understand 
 how it can benefit anaemia. As the organic iron in food must 
 be absorbed we may conclude that it is in some way or other 
 protected from decomposition in the alimentary canal, if we be- 
 lieve that the inorganic compounds which would result if they 
 were decomposed are incapable of absorption. Bunge's hypoth- 
 esis is, that in some forms of anaemia, especially chlorosis, organic 
 salts of iron taken in the food are in some way split up in the 
 intestines so as to be incapable of absorption. In those anaemic 
 conditions which can be benefited by iron the administration of 
 the inorganic salts prevents the decomposition of the organic 
 salts in the food by fixing the decomposing agents, which, ac- 
 cording to Bunge, are chiefly alkaline sulphides and forming iron 
 sulphide. This, he says, is supported by the fact that to cure 
 chlorosis rapidly, enormous doses of iron are often found to be 
 necessary ; for example, a patient will take 6 gr. [.4ogm.] of re- 
 duced iron three times a day, or 18 gr. [1.20 gm.] a day. Now, 
 the whole amount of iron in the blood of an ordinary healthy 
 woman is about 38 gr. [2.46 gm.], for there is only one atom of 
 iron in a molecule of haemoglobin, which contains considerably 
 over 2000 atoms. Supposing she had lost half her haemoglobin, 
 if the iron given were simply absorbed, one day's treatment 
 would speedily restore her health, but it is well known that weeks 
 are often required. But if this view were correct we should ex- 
 pect that bismuth, manganese, or arsenic, by fixing the decom- 
 posing agents, would cure chlorosis as efficiently as iron. It has 
 been stated that they will, but Stockman has published results 
 that point in a contrary direction, and he has shown that iron 
 sulphide will cure chlorosis, although on Bunge's hypothesis, it 
 should not ; for it will not fix the decomposing agents if they 
 are alkaline sulphides. Further, many think that it is not nec- 
 essary to give large doses of iron to cure chlorosis. Iron injected 
 subcutaneously cures chlorosis, but this does not [point] in one 
 direction more than another, for it may be excreted into the in- 
 testine, and there fix the alkaline sulphides. On the whole, the 
 evidence seems against Bunge's view.
 
 2O2 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Remote effects. As iron in anaemic subjects increases the 
 amount of haemoglobin, more oxygen is carried to the tissues, 
 and thus the whole body shares in the benefit of a course of iron, 
 which has also been thought to have a direct effect on the 
 kidneys as a mild diuretic, and a direct effect in promoting the 
 menstrual flow. These actions are, however, slight, and may be 
 due to the general improvement in health. Iron salts have been 
 given to produce abortion, but without any result. Remote 
 astringent effects have been attributed to them, but there is no 
 satisfactory proof that they have any ; and, indeed, when we 
 remember that very little if any iron is absorbed in an astringent 
 form, and it cannot exist in the blood in such a form, we should 
 hardly expect that iron salts could be remotely haemostatic or 
 astringent. Iron is chiefly stored in the spleen, lymphatic 
 glands, liver and marrow ; possibly it is by stimulating the ac- 
 tivity of this that iron cures chlorosis. 
 
 Excretion. One milligramme [ g ' ? gr.] of iron is eliminated 
 daily in the urine, and this remains constant under all circum- 
 stances. Any excess of elimination following subcutaneous in- 
 jection, or excessive absorption from the intestine, takes place 
 through the intestinal mucous membrane. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF IRON AND ITS SALTS. 
 
 External. Solutions of the sulphate, chloride, nitrate and 
 Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis (Monsel's solution), are the most 
 valuable local astringents we have. It matters very little which 
 of these is used. In England the solution of the chloride is 
 perhaps oftenest employed. Either is of service in many cases 
 for example, to stop haemorrhage from leech-bites, from the nose, 
 from piles, or from the uterus, as in the haemorrhage of malig- 
 nant disease. A convenient way to apply them is on lint or 
 cotton soaked in the solution, and a cavity such as the nose or 
 uterus may be plugged with the lint. [These preparations form 
 very disagreeable clots, which readily decompose and give rise 
 to septic infection.] The aqueous solution of the chloride has 
 been used as a spray for haemoptysis, but as it may excite cough- 
 ing, it is not to be recommended. It is very useful as an astrin-
 
 THE SALTS OF IRON. 2O$ 
 
 gent for painting on the fauces, pharynx or tonsils in inflamMa- 
 tion of these parts. It may, for this purpose, be diluted with 
 an equal quantity of water, or a solution of i part of [ferric] 
 chloride in 4 of glycerin may be used. It has been advised to 
 paint erysipelatous skin with the tincture of [ferric] chloride. A 
 solution of the sulphate (i to 480) has been used in gleet. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. The astringent prepara- 
 tions may be swallowed in cases of severe bleeding from the 
 stomach, such as that of malignant disease, ulcer or cirrhosis. 
 If the bleeding is profuse, a drachm [4. c.c.] of Liquor Ferri 
 Chloridi with a drachm [4. c.c.] of glycerin, to facilitate swal- 
 lowing, may be given every hour or oftener, and this will some- 
 times apparently save a patient's life. For less serious haemor- 
 rhage smaller quantities will suffice. Intestinal haemorrhage 
 may also be treated in the same way. 
 
 The tendency of [ferric] salts to constipate is usually over- 
 come by the addition of some purgative ; thus, magnesium sul- 
 phate is commonly given with the chloride, and aloes is often 
 prescribed with [ferrous] sulphate in a pill. [This method, how- 
 ever, interferes with the time during which iron remains in the 
 intestines, and it is better to administer the laxative separately, 
 so that the dose can be regulated according to circumstances.] 
 The ferric salts have been given for diarrhoea, but there are many 
 drugs more suitable for this symptom. Chronic constipation is 
 often very effectually treated by a pill of [ferrous] sulphate and 
 extract of nux vomica, but probably the efficient purgative in it 
 is the nux vomica, although some claim that large doses of 
 [ferrous] sulphate will overcome chronic constipation. [At 
 least] the constipating effect of the ferric salts is often much ex- 
 aggerated. 
 
 A rectal injection of a fluid drachm [4. c.c.] of the tincture 
 of ferric chloride to half a pint of water [240. c.c.] kills thread- 
 worms [the patient being in the knee-chest position]. 
 
 Arsenical poisoning is best treated by the humid ferric oxide, 
 which should be freshly prepared by mixing together 3 fl. oz. 
 [90. c.c.] of Liquor Ferri Tersulphatis with i oz. [30. gm.] of 
 sodium carbonate diluted with water. Half an ounce [15. c.c.]
 
 2O4 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 should be given every five or ten minutes. An insoluble arsenite 
 is formed, and may be gotten rid of by a thoroughly purgative 
 dose of magnesium sulphate or some other simple purge. A dose 
 of common salt or of sodium bicarbonate, followed by i fl. oz. 
 [30. c.c.] of dialyzed iron, [useless as an iron preparation], di- 
 luted with water, is also efficient in poisoning by arsenic. [A 
 better method of using iron for this purpose is given on p. 193.] 
 Blood. The great use of iron salts is to restore the amount of 
 haemogloblin and the number of red corpuscles in anaemia, espe- 
 cially chlorosis. They are useless in pernicious anaemia, and 
 generally of little value, if any, in the anaemia of leucocythaemia, 
 exophthalmic goitre, or Hodgkin's disease. All other common 
 forms of anaemia are secondary to some definite cause, such as 
 haemorrhage, lead poisoning, scurvy, etc., and are treated by the 
 removal, if possible, of the cause of the anaemia, but recovery 
 may be aided by the administration of iron. [Ferric] chloride 
 and [ferrous] sulphate are two of the most efficacious preparations, 
 and pills containing a grain [.06 gm.] of the dried sulphate, with 
 aloes or nux vomica, if constipation is present, are very valuable. 
 It is usual to begin with one pill containing one grain [.06 gm.] 
 of the dried [ferrous] sulphate thrice a day, but gradually the 
 number of pills may be increased till three or four are taken at a 
 dose. This method of large doses of the sulphate often appears 
 to cure more rapidly than smaller doses. If these astringent pre- 
 parations cause indigestion, any of the milder preparations may 
 be substituted. The carbonate may be given in pills in rapidly 
 increasing doses, or the dose of reduced iron, conveniently given 
 on bread and butter, may be pushed. Mistura Ferri Composita 
 [Griffith's Mixture] is a disagreeable preparation to take and to 
 look at, and the inky character of the aromatic mixture makes it 
 undesirable. The styptic taste of some of the preparations, espe- 
 cially the astringent ones, may be concealed by giving them with 
 a drachm [4. c.c.] of glycerin, which acts by its viscosity and by 
 reducing some of the ferric to a ferrous salt. It is often added 
 to the tincture of the chloride. The scale preparations hardly 
 ever disagree ; they are therefore used for patients with a delicate 
 digestion, and for such it is much better to make no attempt to
 
 THE SALTS OF IRON. 2O5 
 
 rapidly increase the dose, but to depend on small doses spread 
 over a long period. Mineral waters containing iron (such as 
 those of La Bourboule and Levico) or the red wines may be given 
 in such cases. Flitwick water, however, contains a good deal 
 [of iron]. Often iron and quinine citrate is prescribed as a pill ; 
 powdered tragacanth and syrup form the best excipient. Treat- 
 ment of anaemia by iron leads, of course, to the improvement 
 of the numerous symptoms, such as amenorrhcea, constipation, 
 dyspepsia, etc., which are dependent upon the anaemia. That 
 form of neuralgia which is associated with anaemia usually yields 
 to iron. Easton's syrup (see p. 194) is a very popular prepara- 
 tion ; it is used for anaemia, and to promote the health and ap- 
 petite during convalescence after long illness. A pill very sim- 
 ilar to the syrup, and containing iron phosphate, i gr. [.06 gm.] ; 
 quinine, i gr. [.06 gm.] ; strychnine, -g^gr. [-002 gm.]; con- 
 centrated phosphoric acid i^ m. [.10 c.c.]; liquorice powder 
 to 5 gr. [.30 gm.] is prepared. It is called Easton's pill or 
 Pilula Trium Phosphatum. A similar [tablet] is in the market. 
 [Ferrous iodide] has been given, sometimes apparently with suc- 
 cess, in cases of rheumatoid arthritis, but it must be continued 
 thrice daily for many months. A pill is often preferable to the 
 syrup, as that so readily changes. Two grains [.12 gm.] may 
 be made into a pill in the same way as that advised for the [yel- 
 low] mercurous iodide, and one or two such pills be given thrice 
 a day. Large doses of iron (10, [.60 c.c.] or even 20 minims, 
 [1.20 c.c.] of the tincture of the chloride every hour or two) 
 have been given in diphtheria and other forms of bad sore throat, 
 such as hospital sore throat, apparently with considerable benefit. 
 Erysipelas has been treated in the same way. Fever due to other 
 causes is said to centra-indicate the use of iron. 
 
 Kidney. Iron salts are reported to have a feeble diuretic 
 action, but this is doubtful. The chloride is often given empiri- 
 cally for all forms of Bright' s disease. Whether it does good is 
 at present undecided. 
 
 [Iron should always be administered when the stomach is full 
 (after meals) excepting when given for follicular tonsillitis, 
 diphtheria, erysipelas, gastric haemorrhage or arsenical poison-
 
 2O6 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ing.] Occasionally a patient is found who cannot take iron in 
 any form, because of the headache and indigestion caused by it. 
 
 TTte different preparations of Iron. These have already been classified 
 into astringent and non-astringent. There are some, viz., the iodide, the 
 phosphate, the iron and quinine citrate, and [the iron and strychnine citrate], 
 the value of which depends in part at least upon their other ingredients. The 
 arsenate must be given in such small doses to avoid arsenical poisoning that 
 it is probable that the iron in it has no effect. Hence arsenous acid may just as 
 well be given, and this is commonly done. [Ferric] phosphate, which always 
 contains some free phosphoric acid, is an excellent haematinic. It is used 
 largely for children, because the syrup of it is very pleasant in taste, and also 
 because it was formerly believed that the phosphoric acid would aid the growth 
 of bones, especially in cases of rickets. Parrish' s food, known also as Squire's 
 chemical food, and Dusart's syrup both have for their chief ingredient ferric 
 phosphate; the dose of each is ^ to 2 fl. dr. ; [2. to 8. c.c. ] [Ferrous] 
 iodide has been introduced for cases in which we wish to gain the benefit of 
 both elements, but the proportion of iron to iodine is small (l to 9). It is 
 especially liable to damage the teeth. The iron and quinine citrate combine 
 the virtues of both iron and quinine. It is a favorite, mild preparation for 
 slight cases of anaemia, but must not be prescribed with alkalies, as they pre- 
 cipitate the quinine. [Ferratin (not official) is claimed to be the characteristic 
 iron compound of the liver. It is an acid albuminate, prepared artificially, and 
 is used in dose from 1^ gr. ; .10 gm. to 8 gr. ; .50 gm. No evidence ex- 
 perimental or clinical, has as yet been brought forward, which, outside of 
 theoretical reasoning, makes the superiority of this over the older iron com- 
 pounds probable, (Wood). Since it is practically tasteless it is easily admin- 
 istered. Practically all of the albuminates and peptonates to be found in the 
 shops are worthless as hcematinics.] 
 
 II. MANGANUM. 
 
 Mn.[= 54 .8.] 
 
 i. [MANGANI DIOXIDUM. Manganese Dioxide. MnO,=86.72. 
 Synonym. Black Manganese Oxide. 
 
 SOURCE. Native crude Manganese Dioxide containing at least 66 per cent. 
 of the pure Dioxide. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A heavy, grayish-black, more or less gritty powder. Solu- 
 bility. Insoluble in water or Alcohol. 
 
 Manganese Dioxide is used for making Chlorine, Corrosive Mercuric 
 Chloride and Potassium Permanganate. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; .12 to .60 gm.
 
 THE SALTS OF MANGANESE. 2O/ 
 
 USES OF MANGANESE DIOXIDE. 
 
 It has been used empirically as an emmenagogue and is prob- 
 ably the most certain of all when administered in maximum dose. 
 
 2. MANGANI SULPHAS. Manganese Sulphate. MnSO 4 -f4H,O 
 =222.46. Synonym. Manganous Sulphate. 
 
 SOURCE. By heating the Dioxide with sufficiently strong Sulphuric Acid, 
 evaporation and crystallization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, or pale, rose-colored, transparent tetragonal 
 prisms, having a slightly bitter and astringent taste. Solubility, In 0.8 part 
 of water ; insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Zinc, copper, iron and alkalies. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 8 gr. ; .12 to .50 gm. 
 
 USES OF MANGANESE SULPHATE. 
 
 It has been used as a cholagogue purgative, but on account 
 of its irritating properties it is a very unsafe remedy.] 
 
 3. POTASSII PERMANGANAS. Potassium Permanganate. KMn 
 4 [=i57-67- 
 
 SOURCE. Caustic Potash, Potassium Chlorate and Manganese Dioxide 
 are heated together. 6KOH-fKClO s +3MnO 2 =3K 2 MnO 4 +KCl+3H 2 O. 
 Potassium Manganate is boiled with water till the color changes to purple and 
 the Permanganate is formed. 3K 2 MnO 4 +2H 2 O=2KMnO 4 -f4KOH+MnO 2 . 
 The liquid is neutralized with Carbon Dioxide and evaporated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Slender monoclinic prisms of a dark purple color, almost 
 opaque by transmitted, and of a blue, metallic lustre by reflected light, and 
 having a taste at first sweet, but afterwards disagreeable and astringent] 
 Solubility. In 16 parts of water ; a grain [.06 gm.] gives a fine purple color 
 to a gallon of water [3775. c.c.]. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. It is very readily deoxidized in the presence of organic 
 matter. It is usually given as a pill or a tabella, and should be made up with 
 kaolin or paraffin, or an explosion will very likely take place. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Potassium carbonate and manganese dioxide. 
 
 Dose, YZ to 2 gr. ; [.03 to .12 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE. 
 
 External. In a solid form it is a mild caustic, and is, when 
 kept dry, a permanent salt. Its most important action is that 
 when moist it rapidly gives up its oxygen in the presence of 
 organic bodies, and its solutions therefore quickly turn dark
 
 2O8 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 brown, manganese dioxide being formed. The power possessed 
 by its solution of giving up oxygen makes it a disinfectant, 
 deodorant, and antiseptic, especially as much of the oxygen 
 is in the form of ozone. But its action as a germicide is very 
 limited, for it so readily gives up its oxygen to the organic sub- 
 stances in which the micro organisms flourish that it very soon 
 becomes inert. 
 
 Internal. Potassium permanganate, when taken internally, 
 must be quickly decomposed. Manganese salts are only ab- 
 sorbed from the intestine in extremely minute quantities. When 
 they are injected into the blood they are excreted in the urine 
 and into the intestine. Probably they have no important action 
 after absorption. Formerly it was thought that they could re- 
 place iron in the body, but this is not so. The red corpuscles 
 do not take up manganese. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE. 
 
 External. Although potassium permanganate is not of much 
 practical MSG as a germicide, it is commonly employed as a 
 deodorant [i to 150] for drains, bed-pans, to wash utensils, and 
 to wash the hands ; for the last purpose it is suitable as being 
 non-irritant. [The hands should be washed in a saturated solu- 
 tion of the permanganate, which stains them a dark purple, and 
 immediately decolorized with a saturated solution of oxalic acid.] 
 It has one advantage, namely, that it is easy by its change in 
 color to see when it has lost its efficacy. Condy's red fluid con- 
 sists of 8 gr. [.50 gm.] of potassium permanganate to the fluid 
 ounce [30. c.c.] of distilled water. It is expensive for purposes 
 requiring a large quantity. It stains fabrics. The stain may be 
 gotten out by applying sulphurous acid, but the fabric must be 
 immediately rinsed in water, [else] sulphuric acid is formed. 
 
 Internal. The liquor of potassium permanganate [B. P., 
 i in 100 of distilled water], considerably diluted, can be used 
 as a mouth wash or gargle in foul conditions of the mouth, or 
 as an injection in cases of foul discharges, such as may occur 
 with gonorrhoea, vaginitis, uterine disease or ozaena. Some have 
 considered that potassium permanganate is beneficial for the same
 
 THE SALTS OF MERCURY. 2CX) 
 
 cases of anaemia as iron, but it probably has no effect. Others 
 praise its power in amenorrhoea. It should be always given as 
 a pill, for the taste of solutions of it is very [disagreeable. For 
 amenorrhoea the black oxide is preferable. (See p. 206. ) If 
 manganese is of any use in anaemia,, which has not yet been 
 proven, it probably acts in the same way as iron. The iron- 
 manganese preparations so much lauded, owe their efficiency, 
 if they possess any, to the iron which they contain in varying 
 amounts. Potassium permanganate] oxidizes morphine and is 
 therefore an antidote to morphine poisoning. [About two 
 grains in solution should be given for each grain (estimated) of 
 morphine swallowed, and the stomach should be immediately 
 and repeatedly washed out with repetitions of the antidote] . 
 
 GROUP VI. 
 
 [Aurum,] Hydrargyrum. 
 
 i. [AURUM. 
 
 AURI ET SODII CHLORIDUM. Gold and Sodium Chloride. 
 A mixture composed of equal parts by weight of dry Gold Chloride ( AuCl 3 = 
 302.81) and Sodium Chloride (NaCl=58-37). 
 
 CHARACTERS. An orange-yellow powder, odorless, having a saline and 
 metallic taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Solubility. Very soluble in 
 water, and at least one-half is soluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, -fa to y 1 ^ gr. ; .002 to .006 gm. 
 
 ACTION OF GOLD AND SODIUM CHLORIDE. 
 In small doses gold and sodium chloride is supposed to pro- 
 mote appetite and digestion, to stimulate the functions of the 
 brain and to be an aphrodisiac. Full doses cause nausea and 
 vomiting, and finally impair nutrition. The toxic symptoms 
 resemble those of poisoning by corrosive mercuric chloride. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF GOLD AND SODIUM CHLORIDE. 
 It is useful in irritative dyspepsia, gastro-duodenal catarrh, 
 hypochondriasis, chronic ovarian irritation and ovaritis, in
 
 2IO INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 chronic albuminuria, hepatic sclerosis, and granular kidney, as it 
 prevents hyperplasia of connective tissue. It is a valuable rem- 
 edy in the tertiary manifestations of syphilis, especially of the 
 bones, and presents fewer disadvantages than does the corrosive 
 
 mercuric chloride.] 
 
 II. HYDRARGYRUM. 
 
 Hg[=i 99 .8. 
 
 I. HYDRARGYRUM. Mercury. [Synonym. Quicksilver.] 
 
 SOURCE. Cinnabar, the native Sulphide, is roasted or distilled with 
 Lime ; [the volatile Mercury is condensed in suitable aludels. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A shining, silver-white metal, easily divisible into small 
 globules. Sp. gr. 13.5584.] 
 
 IMPURITY. Lead, tin, and other metals. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Hydrargyrum cum Creta. [Mercury with Chalk. Syno- 
 nym. Gray powder. 
 
 By trituration of Mercury, 38; Prepared Chalk, 57; Clarified 
 honey, IO; with sufficient water to 100. By keeping, the Mercury is 
 liable to become Mercuric Oxide, which makes the powder more ac- 
 tive. - Strength. 38 per cent, of Mercury. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 10 gr. ; .03 to .60 gm. 
 
 2. Emplastrum Hydrargyri. Mercurial Plaster. Mercury, 
 300; Oleate of Mercury, 12; Lead Plaster to looo. Strength. 30 
 per cent, of Mercury. ] 
 
 3. Emplastrum Ammoniaci cum Hydrargyro. [Ammoniac 
 Plaster with Mercury. Mercury, 180 ; Oleate of Mercury, 8; an 
 evaporated solution of Ammoniac. 720 ; in diluted Acetic Acid, 1000 ; 
 and Lead Plaster a sufficient quantity to 1000. Strength. 18 per 
 cent, of Mercury. 
 
 4. Massa Hydrargyri. Mass of Mercury. Synonyms. Blue 
 Mass. Blue Pill. Pilula Hydrargyri. Mercury, 33 ; Honey of Rose, 
 34; Glycyrrhiza, 5 ; Althaea, 25; Glycerin, 3. Strength. 33 per 
 cent, of Mercury. 
 
 Dose, YI to 15 gr. ; .03 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 5. Unguentum Hydrargyri. [Mercurial Ointment. Synonym. 
 Blue Ointment. Mercury, 500 ; Lard, 250 ; Suet, 230 ; Oleate 
 of Mercury, 20. Strength. 50 per cent, of Mercury.] 
 
 a. HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM RUBRUM. [Red Mercuric Oxide. 
 HgO=2i5.76. Synonym. Red Precipitate.
 
 THE SALTS OF MERCURY. 211 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Mercury in diluted Nitric Acid. 3Hg-f-8HNO s = 
 3Hg(NO 3 ) 2 -f-2NO-f-4H 2 O. Evaporate to dryness. Triturate the Mercuric 
 Nitrate thus formed, with Mercury, and heat. 2Hg(NO 3 ) 2 -fHg 2 =4HgO-|- 
 2N 2 O 4 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. Heavy orange- red, crystalline scales, or a crystalline pow- 
 der ; having a somewhat metallic taste. Solubility. Almost insoluble in 
 water. ] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Red lead, brick dust, and mercuric nitrate. 
 
 Dose, % to i gr. ; [.015 to .06 gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Rubri. [Ointment of Red Mer- 
 curic Oxide. Synonym. Red Precipitate Ointment. Red Mercuric 
 Oxide, 10 ; Castor Oil, 5 ; Ointment, 85.] 
 
 3. HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM FLAVUM. [Yellow Mercuric 
 Oxide. HgO=2i5-76.] 
 
 SOURCE. Precipitate a solution of Corrosive Mercuric Chloride, 1000 ; 
 with Soda, 40. [HgCl J +2NaOH=HgO+2NaCl-fH 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A light orange-yellow, amorphous, heavy, impalpable 
 powder, having a somewhat metallic taste. ] Not given internally. It is con- 
 tained in Lotio Hydrargyri Flava [B. P. Corrosive Mercuric Chloride, I ; 
 Lime Water, 240]. It has the same composition as the Red Oxide, but is 
 more crystalline. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Flavi. [Ointment of Yellow 
 Mercuric Oxide. Yellow Mercuric Oxide, lo ; Ointment, 90. 
 
 2. Oleatum Hydrargyri. Oleate of Mercury. Yellow Mercuric 
 Oxide, 200 ; Oleic Acid, 800.] 
 
 Oleate of Mercury is contained in Unguentum Hydrargyri, Em- 
 plastrum Hydrargyri and Emplastrum Ammoniaci cum Hydrargyro. 
 
 4. HYDRARGYRI [CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. Corrosive 
 
 Mercuric Chloride. HgQ 2 =27O.54.] Synonyms. Corrosive Sublimate. 
 Mercuric Bichloride. Corrosive Chloride of Mercury. 
 
 SOURCE. Heat a mixture of Mercuric Sulphate, Sodium Chloride, and 
 Manganese Dioxide. HgSO 4 4-2NaCl+MnO 2 =HgCl 2 -f Na,SO 4 +MnO 2 . The 
 [Corrosive] Chloride sublimes and is condensed. The object of the Man- 
 ganese Dioxide is to prevent the formation of Mercurous Chloride by setting 
 free Chlorine, which will convert it into Mercuric Chloride. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Heavy, colorless [rhombic crystals, or crystalline masses, 
 having an acrid and persistent metallic taste.] Solubility. In [16 parts of 
 water ; in 3 parts of Alcohol. ] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Alkalies and their carbonates, potassium iodide, lime
 
 212 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 water, tartar emetic, silver nitrate, lead acetate, albumin, soaps, vegetable 
 preparations containing tannic acid, and in fact most substances. 
 Dose, & to ^ gr. ; [.ooi to .006 gin.] 
 
 5. HYDRARGYRI [CHLORIDUM MITE. Mild Mercurous 
 Chloride. Hg,Cl 1 =47O.34.] Synonyms. Calomel. Mild Chloride of Mer- 
 cury. Subchloride of Mercury. 
 
 SOURCE. Rub Mercury with Mercuric Sulphate to form Mercurous Sul- 
 phate, Hg,SO 4 . Add Sodium Chloride, and then heat, the Calomel sublimes, 
 
 CHARACTERS. [A white, impalpable powder without odor or taste. 
 IMPURITY. Corrosive] Mercuric Chloride. 
 Dose, y z to 10 gr. ; [.03 to .60 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Pilulae Catharticae Compositae. [Compound Cathartic Pills. 
 Mild Mercurous Chloride, 60 ; Compound Extract of Colocynth, 80 ; 
 Extract of Jalap, 30 ; Gamboge, 15 gm., to make 1000 pills.] 
 
 Dose, i to 3 pills. 
 
 2. Pilulae Antimonii Compositae. [Compound Pills of Anti- 
 mony. Synonym. Plummer's Pills. Mild Mercurous Chloride, 4; 
 Sulphurated Antimony, 4 ; Guaiac, 8 gm. ; Castor Oil, a sufficient 
 quantity to make 100 pills. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 pills.] 
 
 6. HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM RUBRUM. [Red Mercuric Iodide. 
 Hgl,=452.86. Synonyms. Mercury Biniodide. Red Iodide of Mercury. 
 
 SOURCE. Mix hot solutions of Corrosive Mercuric Chloride and Potas- 
 sium Iodide. Filter and dry the precipitated Red Iodide. HgCl,-)-2KI=: 
 HgI 1 +2KCl. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A scarlet-red, amorphous powder. Solubility. Almost 
 insoluble in water, but freely soluble in a solution of Potassium Iodide.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. The same as of the Corrosive Chloride. 
 
 Dose, ^ to T V gr. ; [.ooi to .006 gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Liquor Arseni et Hydrargyri lodidi. [Solution of Arsenic and 
 Mercuric Iodide. Synonym. Donovan's Solution. Dissolve Arsenic 
 Iodide, 10 ; and Red Mercuric Iodide, 10 ; in distilled water, 1000. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear, pale-yellowish liquid, having a disagree- 
 able, metallic taste.] Strength. i per cent, of each Iodide. 
 
 Dose, i to 10 m. ; [.06 to .60 c.c.] 
 
 7. [HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM FLAVUM. Hg,I,=652.66. Yel- 
 low Mercurous Iodide. Synonyms. Mercury Protiodide. Yellow or Green 
 Mercury Iodide.
 
 THE SALTS OF MERCURY. 213 
 
 SOURCE. By pouring a solution of Potassium Iodide, 24; in distilled 
 water, 1000 ; into a solution of Mercurous Nitrate, 40 ; in Nitric Acid, 10 ; 
 and distilled water, 1000. The precipitate is washed and dried. The Mer- 
 curous Nitrate is obtained from Mercury treated by a solution of Nitric Acid 
 in distilled water, by filtration. Hg 2 (NO 3 ). r |-2KI=Hg. ( L,-|-2KNO 3 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A bright yellow amorphous powder, odorless and taste- 
 less. Solubility. Almost insoluble in water, and wholly insoluble in Alcohol 
 and Ether. 
 
 Dose, to i gr. ; .01 to .06 gm.] 
 
 8. LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS. [Solution of Mercuric 
 Nitrate. A liquid containing about 60 per cent, of Mercuric Nitrate. 
 Hg(NO 3 ) 2 =323.58, together with about II per cent, of free Nitric Acid. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Red Mercuric Oxide, 40; in Nitric Acid, 45 ; with dis- 
 tilled water, 15, and heat. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear, nearly heavy, colorless liquid, having a faint odor 
 of Nitric Acid. Sp. gr. about 2.100.] 
 
 IMPURITY. Mercurous Nitrate. 
 
 9. UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS. [Ointment of 
 Mercuric Nitrate. Synonym. Citrine Ointment. 
 
 SOURCE. Mix a hot solution of Mercury, 70 ; in Nitric Acid, 175 ; with 
 Lard Oil, 760.] 
 
 CHARACTERS. A lemon-yellow ointment. 
 
 10. HYDRARGYRUM AMMONIATUM. Ammoniated Mercury. 
 NH 2 HgCl[=25i.i8.] Synonyms. White Precipitate. [Mercuric Ammonio- 
 Chloride.] 
 
 SOURCE. Mix solutions of Ammonia, 100 ; and Corrosive Mercuric 
 Chloride, 100. HgCl 2 +2NH 4 OH=NH 2 HgCl+NH i Cl+2H 2 O. Filter and 
 wash the precipitated Ammoniated Mercury. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [White, pulverulent pieces, or a white, amorphous powder, 
 having an earthy, afterwards styptic and metallic taste. Solubility. Almost 
 insoluble in water or Alcohol.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. The same as of the [Corrosive] Chloride. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Unguentum Hydrargyri Ammoniati. Ointment of Ammoni- 
 ated Mercury. Synonym. White Precipitate Ointment. [Ammoni- 
 ated Mercury, 10 ; Benzoinated Lard, 90. 
 
 11. [HYDRARGYRI CYANIDUM. Mercuric Cyanide. Hg(CN) 2 
 =251.76. 
 
 SOURCE. By boiling pure Potassium Ferrocyanide with Mercuric Sulphate 
 in water, and recrystallization from diluted Alcohol. 7HgSO 4 -j- 2 K 4 Fe 
 (CN) 6 =Hg+6H g (CN) 2 + 4 K 2 S0 4 +Fe a (S0 4 ) s .
 
 214 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless or white prismatic crystals, odorless, having a bit- 
 ter, metallic taste. Solubility. In 12.8 parts of water and 15 parts of Alcohol. 
 Dose, ^ to y^ gr. ; .001 to .006 gm. 
 
 12. HYDRARGYRI SUBSULPHAS FLAVUS. Yellow Mer- 
 curic Subsulphate. Hg(HgO) 2 SO 4 =727-4. Synonyms. Turpeth Mineral. 
 Basic Mercuric Sulphate. 
 
 SOURCE. By solution of Mercury, 100 ; Sulphuric Acid, 30 ; Nitric Acid, 
 25 ; water, a sufficient quantity ; decantation, drying of the residue. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A heavy, lemon-yellow powder, odorless and almost taste- 
 less. Solubility. In about 2000 parts of water; insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 4 gr. ; .12 to .24 gm. as an emetic.] 
 
 ACTION OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS. 
 
 External. [Corrosive mercuric chloride] is one of the 
 most powerful and important antiseptics with which we are 
 acquainted. In 1870 it was discovered that i part in 6000 
 would kill infusoria and spermatozoa. Now it is known to be a 
 universal germicide. The published results of experiments with 
 it vary very much, because the duration of the action, the sol- 
 vent, and the micro-organism experimented upon, are not always 
 the same. Evans found that anthrax spores were destroyed by 
 [corrosive mercuric chloride] solutions of i in 1000 acting for a 
 quarter of an hour, and i in 3000 acting for one hour. The 
 bacilli themselves were destroyed by solutions of i in 15,000 
 acting for one minute, and i in 25,000 acting for half an hour. 
 A solution of i in 70,000 prevented the growth of the spores, 
 and one of i in 500,000 prevented the growth of the bacilli. A 
 reference to carbolic acid will show how much more powerful 
 corrosive mercuric chloride is. A solution of i in 1000 is very 
 commonly employed for many disinfecting purposes. If albu- 
 min be present in the fluid to be disinfected, an albuminate of 
 mercury is formed, and the antiseptic value of the fluid is de- 
 stroyed. This change may be prevented by the addition of 5 
 parts of either hydrochloric, [citric] or tartaric acid to i of 
 [corrosive mercuric chloride]. The [red mercuric iodide] is 
 also a powerful antiseptic. Metallic instruments cannot be dis- 
 infected with the [corrosive chloride] for mercury deposited on 
 them.
 
 THE SALTS OF MERCURY. 
 
 Most mercurials, especially the oleate, oxide, ammoniate, 
 nitrate and [corrosive chloride], will destroy the animal and 
 vegetable parasites that infest the skin ; they are, therefore, 
 anti-parasitic. Also, most of them will occasionally relieve 
 itching, even when no cause is to be found. 
 
 The mercurial preparations, especially the red [mercuric] 
 iodide and the acid solution of the nitrate, are powerful irritants. 
 The latter is strongly caustic. Mercurous salts are slightly irri- 
 tant and stimulating ; calomel is sometimes applied to sores for 
 this property. 
 
 Metallic mercury and its salts are absorbed by the skin, 
 especially when rubbed in either as an oleate or an ointment. 
 These preparations are also taken up, although to a less degree, 
 if simply applied to the skin, for minute particles of mercury or 
 its salts pass into the hair follicles and sebaceous follicles, from 
 which they are absorbed as an oxide or a chloride. All the 
 symptoms of mercurial poisoning can be produced if the drug 
 is absorbed through the skin. The vapor can be absorbed 
 through the mucous membrane of the lungs, and mercury com- 
 pounds are so volatile that when they are applied to the skin 
 some usually enter the blood by the lungs. 
 
 Internal. Although the different salts of mercury have dif- 
 ferent external actions, after absorption their actions are, in 
 most respects, similar. The long-continued use of excessive 
 doses of mercurials produces well-marked and important symp- 
 toms (see Toxicology). The actions for which mercurials are 
 used in medicine are the following : 
 
 Stomach and intestines. The metal mercury itself and mer- 
 curous compounds, being mildly irritant in their action, are 
 often used as purgatives ; but the mercuric compounds given 
 in the same doses produce severe gastro- intestinal irritation. 
 The action is chiefly on the duodenum and upper part of the 
 jejunum ; the precise mode of irritation is unknown, but it is 
 certain that, in consequence of the administration of the mer- 
 curial, the contents of the duodenum are hurried along before 
 there is time for the bile to be reabsorbed, and hence the motions 
 are very dark-colored. There is probably some, but not an ex-
 
 2l6 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 cessively increased secretion from the intestinal walls, for the 
 motions, although large and loose, are not watery. As the ac- 
 tion of the mercurial is chiefly on the upper part of the intestine, 
 it is greatly assisted by giving a saline purge a few hours after it, 
 for this will act more on the lower part of the bowel. The con- 
 tents are passed along so quickly, that it is doubtful whether 
 there is time for much mercury to be absorbed if a purgative 
 dose of it has been given. Calomel and the metallic prepara- 
 tions are the two forms most used as purgatives. The former is 
 the more powerful. 
 
 Whatever compound of mercury is taken by the mouth, it, in 
 the stomach, becomes a complex albuminate containing mercury, 
 sodium, chlorine, and albumin. This compound, in the presence 
 of the sodium chloride in the stomach, can exist in solution 
 there. Precisely what happens to it in the duodenum is doubt- 
 ful ; but it is quite certain that if the dose is insufficient to cause 
 purgation some mercury is absorbed, the rest passing out of the 
 bowel as a sulphide. 
 
 Liver. It was formerly taught that calomel increased the 
 amount of bile formed by the liver. This is now known to be 
 an error, but [corrosive mercuric chloride] increases it, and pos- 
 sibly, occasionally when calomel is administered, some of it is 
 converted into the [corrosive] chloride. Large doses of calomel 
 are said to slightly diminish the secretion of bile. Calomel and, 
 to a less extent, preparations of metallic mercury are, however, 
 called indirect cholagogues, because they, in the manner 
 already explained, aid the excretion of bile. The stools are 
 [spinach-] green and contain calomel, mercuric sulphide, and 
 unaltered bile. 
 
 Blood. After absorption the mercurial compound formed in 
 the stomach and intestines probably becomes oxidized, and cir- 
 culates as an oxyalbuminate. Minute, long-continued doses of 
 mercury slightly increase the richness of the blood in red cor- 
 puscles, and in animals may add a little to the weight of the 
 body. Large doses produce anaemia. Mercury checks the 
 emigration of white corpuscles, and this perhaps explains its 
 antiphlogistic action.
 
 THE SALTS OF MERCURY. 
 
 Remote effects. Mercury is excreted by the saliva, bile, urine, 
 sweat, [faeces,] and milk. In small doses no effects can be at- 
 tributed to this, but in large doses mercury irritates the salivary 
 glands and is a powerful sialogogue. By itself it is a feeble 
 diuretic, but it sometimes powerfully, aids other diuretics. It is 
 eliminated very slowly, and hence accumulates in the body. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS. 
 
 External. Antiseptic action. Solutions of the [corrosive] 
 chloride are very largely employed. A strength of i in 1000 is 
 used for washing the hands, for washing the parts to be operated 
 upon, for soaking towels, lint, sponges, etc., used in operations, 
 for washing infected articles, infected rooms, furniture, linen, 
 etc. For wounds and cavities (as the uterus), the strength for a 
 single washing should not exceed i in 2000, [and weaker solu- 
 tions are preferable] ; for continual irrigation i in 10,000. Corro- 
 sive sublimate [tablets], tinted blue, made so that one dissolved in 
 a pint of water makes a solution of i to 500, are a convenient form 
 in which to carry the antiseptic. Corrosive sublimate solutions 
 should always be tinted blue to render them easy to recognize. 
 [The mixed mercury and zinc cyanide as suggested by Lister is 
 unirritating. It is said to have but slight germicidal value, but 
 its inhibitory power is so great that a solution of i to 1200 will 
 permanently prevent putrefaction in animal fluids. Cyanide 
 gauze may be made actively germicidal by impregnation with a 
 solution of i to 4000 of corrosive mercuric chloride.] 
 
 Antiparasitic action. White precipitate ointment, diluted 
 [mercuric] nitrate ointment, and a wash of [corrosive] chloride 
 are very useful for destroying lice on the head ; and these three, 
 especially the last, are excellent for destroying the fungus in 
 ringworm and favus. The oleate of mercury is useful for destroy- 
 ing that in pityriasis versicolor ; if the skin is easily irritated the 
 ointment of it should be used. Mercurials should not be applied 
 over so large an area that there is a risk of poisoning from ab- 
 sorption. 
 
 Irritant action. The acid solution of the nitrate is used to 
 destroy warts, condylomata, etc. ; no doubt much of its caustic
 
 21 8 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 action is due to the free nitric acid it contains. Milder prepara 
 tions, such as the ointment of [mercuric] nitrate, or of red 
 [mercuric] oxide, if diluted, may be used for tinea tarsi ; and 
 the same ointments are very beneficial to any ulcer or sore that 
 requires a stimulant, whether or not it be syphilitic. [In 
 ophthalmic practice the ointment of yellow mercuric oxide, 
 known as Pagenstecher's ointment or ophthalmic salve, is largely 
 employed.] When a milder preparation is required, calomel is 
 often dusted on the part; and black wash [Lotio Hydrargyri 
 Nigra, B. P. Calomel, i ; glycerin, 8 ; mucilage of tragacanth, 
 20 ; lime water, to 160 ;] is very commonly used, especially for 
 syphilitic sores and condylomata. [This reaction may be used 
 to determine whether the corrosive mercuric chloride with which 
 gauze has been impregnated has partially changed into the mild 
 chloride. If a black color appears upon application of lime 
 water, calomel is present.] 
 
 Itching. Black wash, yellow wash [Lotio Hydrargyri Flava] 
 (see p. 211), or Unguentum Hydrargyri may be employed to 
 relieve the itching of skin diseases, such as [pruritus] senilis and 
 urticaria, if they are not too extensive. A very favorite oint- 
 ment for many skin diseases is composed of equal parts of diluted 
 mercuric nitrate, zinc oxide and lead acetate ointments (see p. 
 178). 
 
 Absorbent action. All mercurial ointments and the oleate, 
 when applied to or gently rubbed into any part which is chroni- 
 cally inflamed, often aid the absorption of the products of inflam- 
 mation, if they are not too deep-seated. For this purpose blue 
 ointment, or Scott's ointment [Unguentum Hydrargyri Compos- 
 itum, B. P., which consists of mercurial ointment, 10; yellow 
 wax, 6 ; olive oil, 6 ; and camphor 3,] or the oleate [in an] oint- 
 ment are very commonly used for chronic inflammation of joints, 
 chronically enlarged glands, and chronic peritonitis, which cer- 
 tainly sometimes appears to be cured by the application of a 
 binder spread with one of these preparations or the Linimentum 
 Hydrargyri [B. P., which consists of equal parts of mercurial 
 ointment, solution of ammonia and camphor liniment] even 
 when the disease is tuberculous. The ointment of the red [mer-
 
 THE SALTS OF MERCURY. 2 19 
 
 curie] iodide is, in India, applied to the thyroid gland in 
 goitre. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Very dilute solutions of 
 the [corrosive] chloride (4 gr. [.24 gm.] to 10 fl. oz. [300. 
 c.c.] water with i fl. dr. [4. c.c.] of ^diluted hydrochloric acid 
 and a little glycerin may be used as a mouth wash for syphilitic 
 ulceration. Ringer advises gray powder [Hydrargyrum cum 
 Greta] in minute doses for the sudden vomiting immediately 
 after food sometimes met with in children. By far the most 
 important intestinal action of mercury is its purgative effect. 
 Calomel and blue pill are pre-eminently the purgatives to employ 
 when there is, from the headache, constipation, furred tongue, 
 feeling of weight over the liver, and general lassitude, reason to 
 suspect that the dyspepsia is hepatic. Either of these drugs at 
 night, followed by a watery purge, in the morning, will often 
 completely relieve the symptoms. The blue pill at night, and 
 black draught (Infusum Sennse Compositum) in the morning 
 have long been a favorite combination. [Acid solutions, as 
 lemonade, should not be taken until the purgative effects of cal- 
 omel have passed.] Mercury or calomel is also one of the best 
 purgatives for cases of cirrhosis, and for cardiac cases in which 
 there is considerable hepatic congestion. Gray powder mixed 
 with a little sugar is an excellent purgative for children, or even 
 for adults, when a very mild purge is required as, for example, 
 after severe enteritis or peritonitis. [Calomel in small doses 
 (TS g r - ') -o6 gm.), triturated thoroughly with sugar of milk 
 and repeated every hour until a movement is secured, is a favor- 
 ite gentle purgative] or if it is desirable to open the bowels dur 
 ing typhoid fever. Children take mercury very well. Infants 
 can easily bear grain [.06 gm.] doses of the gray powder. As 
 diarrhoea, especially in children, is so often due to the presence 
 of some irritant, a simple purgative, as gray powder, will, by re- 
 moving it, often cure the diarrhoea. This preparation hardly 
 ever causes griping, but calomel is liable to do so. Mercury 
 compounds are, on account of their intestinal antiseptic action, 
 much given in Germany for typhoid fever. 
 
 Remote uses. In cases of heart disease mercury is often com-
 
 22O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 bined with digitalis and squill as a diuretic (as in the well-known 
 Guy's diuretic pill : blue pill, powdered squill, powdered digi- 
 talis, of each i gr. [.06 gm.] ; extract of hyoscyamus, i^ gr. 
 [.10 gm.] ), and in some cases this combination does great good. 
 The [corrosive] chloride is most often used for adults, and the 
 gray powder for children. 
 
 Syphilis. Mercury in any form is powerfully antisyphilitic. 
 This action is so important that it makes mercury one of the most 
 valuable drugs we have. It has already been mentioned that it 
 may be applied locally to syphilitic ulcerations, but to be of any 
 use it is essential that it should also be administered so as to reach 
 the blood. It is a direct antidote to the syphilitic virus ; it can 
 completely cure the patient ; its use must be continued over a 
 long time, but it should never be pushed to salivation. Treat- 
 ment should be begun at as early a stage as possible, [as soon as 
 the diagnosis is established.] It is especially valuable in the pri- 
 mary and secondary stages ; authorities differ as to its value in 
 tertiary syphilis. It is as efficacious for the congenital as for the 
 acquired disease. It is also administered for many non-syphilitic 
 varieties of chronic inflammation, but not so often as formerly. 
 Patients with disease of the kidneys do not bear it well. The 
 [yellow] iodide is very commonly prescribed for syphilis, and 
 often succeeds when other preparations have failed. Its great 
 disadvantage is in its instability. Mercurous tannate (dose, i 
 to 2 gr. [.06 to . 12 gm.] in a pill) is strongly recommended by 
 some authorities. 
 
 [Mercurol (not official) is a chemical combination of nucleinic 
 acid and mercury, the former being obtained from yeast. It is 
 a brownish-white powder, soluble in water but insoluble in alco- 
 hol. It is employed in a 2 per cent, solution as an injection in 
 gonorrhoea. This apparently destroys the gonococci, lessens 
 the severity of the inflammation, and tends to prevent the de- 
 velopment of complications. It does not entirely stop the dis- 
 charge in all cases.] 
 
 13. SAL ALEMBROTH. [Not official.] Ammonio-Mercuric Chlor- 
 ide. A double Mercury and Ammonium Chloride.
 
 THE SALTS OF MERCURY. 221 
 
 SOURCE. Mix 271 parts of [Corrosive Mercuric Chloride] with 107 of 
 Ammonium Chloride, both in solution, and evaporate. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Flattened rhombic prisms, freely soluble in water or gly- 
 cerin. It contains one molecule of [Corrosive Mercuric Chloride] combined 
 with two of Ammonium Chloride. Three grains [.20 gm.] of Sal Alembroth 
 contain two grains [.12 gm. of Corrosive Mercuric Chloride]. It is a very 
 powerful antiseptic, but does not combine with albumin so readily as [Corro- 
 sive Mercuric Chloride], and is therefore less irritating. 
 
 [USES OF SAL ALEMBROTH.] 
 
 Sal alembroth gauze (containing i per cent. ) and sal alem- 
 broth wool (2 per cent.), both tinted with aniline blue, which is 
 bleached by the discharge, so that it is easy to see if it has soaked 
 through, are much used to dress wounds antiseptically. 
 
 Sal alembroth injections (^ gr. ; [ioa gm.] in 10 minims, 
 [.60 c.c.] ; of water) are a convenient non -irritating form in which 
 to use mercury subcutaneously in syphilis. [The precautions 
 mentioned below should be observed.] 
 
 14. MERCURO-ZINC CYANIDE. (Not official.) This consists 
 of one molecule of Mercuric Cyanide combined with four molecules of Zinc 
 Cyanide. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white powder. 
 
 USES OF MERCURO-ZINC CYANIDE. 
 
 Mercuro-zinc cyanide gauze and wool, each containing 3 per 
 cent, of the salt, and each tinted pink, are much used in anti- 
 septic surgery, as the salt is unirritating. It is also used as an 
 ointment. 
 
 Modes of administration of mercurials. ( i) By the mouth. Tha 
 Liquor Hydrargyri Perchloridi [B. P. which is corrosive mercuric chloride, I ; 
 ammonium chloride, I ; water, 1000] is often given to adults, usually in 
 doses of I to 2 fl. dr. [4. to 8. c.c.] For the later symptoms of syphilis, po- 
 tassium iodide is often combined with it. [Mercuric] iodide is formed and is 
 kept in solution by the excess of potassium iodide. Mercurous iodide, known 
 as the [yellow] iodide, is much used by some. It is insoluble in water, and 
 is incompatible with potassium iodide, red [mercuric] iodide and metallic mer- 
 cury being formed. The best preparation for children is ^ to I gr. [.03 to 
 .06 gm.] of gray powder, given just often enough to avoid purgation. 
 
 (2) By the rectum. Occasionally mercury is given as a suppository. 
 [Each may contain 5 gr. ; .30 gm. of mercurial ointment.]
 
 222 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 (3) Endermically. Mercurials, especially calomel, are often dusted on 
 sores and ulcers, and lotions are also locally applied. Mercury can be ab- 
 sorbed in this way. 
 
 (4) By inunction. Blue ointment may be rubbed into the skin. The 
 best position is the inner side of the thigh. Usually a piece the size of the 
 top of the thumb, rubbed in once a day, is enough. It has been put inside 
 the sock, for then it is rubbed into the foot during walking. A very efficient 
 way of applying the ointment in children is to smear it on a flannel binder 
 which is worn round the abdomen. [The oleate may be employed for inunc- 
 tion ; this possesses the advantage of not staining the clothing.] Mercury is 
 rapidly absorbed by these means. 
 
 (5) Hypodermatically. One-eighth of a grain [.008 gm.] or less of 
 the [Corrosive] Chloride dissolved in about 5 to 8 minims [.30 to .50 c.c.] of 
 distilled water is used for a dose. The needle of a hypodermatic syringe is 
 plunged deeply into some muscles, preferably those of the gluteal region, and 
 to the outer side of it, so that the patient does not sit or lie on the spot. If 
 much pain is caused, a piece of ice may be held over the part before the injec- 
 tion and after the needle is withdrawn. The injection should be repeated 
 daily ; before going to bed is a good time. With proper care no abscesses 
 result. This is a very rapid and thorough way of bringing the patient under 
 the influence of mercury. Mercuric cyanide is also a good salt for subcu- 
 taneous injection. 
 
 (6) Fumigation. Calomel, [the black oxide, or the red mercuric sul- 
 phide known as Cinnabar (neither of the last two are official), may be] used. 
 The patient, who is naked, sits on a cane-bottomed chair ; a blanket, which 
 reaches to the floor, is fastened lightly round his neck. Twenty grains [1.20 
 gm. of the salt] are placed in a porcelain dish, over a spirit lamp, under the 
 chair. [The mercury] volatilizes, and is absorbed by the skin. A bath 
 should last twenty minutes j with obvious modifications this method may be 
 applied to patients in bed. 
 
 (7) Inhalation. This is rarely or never used. 
 
 (8) Baths of three drachms [12. gm.] of [corrosive] chloride to thirty 
 gallons [114 liters] of water, with one fluid drachm [4. c.c.] of hydrochloric 
 acid added, have been used, but they are now very rarely employed. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Acute poisoning is [not] rare. Salts of mercury, especially the mer- 
 curic, produce severe gastro-intestinal irritation, causing great pain, vomiting 
 and diarrhoea. The corrosive [chloride] and white precipitate are the prepa- 
 rations usually taken. [In case of acute poisoning albumin, the white of an 
 egg (one being sufficient for 4. gr. ; .24 gm. of the corrosive chloride, the 
 albuminate re-dissolving in an excess), milk and flour are useful. Vomiting 
 should be induced by mustard and lukewarm water, apomorphine or by irrita- 
 tion of the fauces.]
 
 THE SALTS OF ARSENIC. 22J 
 
 Chronic Poisoning. Ptyalism by mercury or its salts produces a train of 
 remarkable symptoms. They were very common when it was the practice to 
 give larger doses of mercurials than are now employed, and they are occasion- 
 ally seen in those who work in mercury. In the present day, when the patient 
 shows any sign of mercurialism, the dose is reduced. The symptoms (which 
 constitute hydrargyrism or mercurialism) may be brought about however 
 the mercury is taken. The first indications noticed are slight factor of the 
 breath and soreness of the gums when the teeth are [brought forcibly together, 
 by closure of the jaws. ] Then follows a disagreeable metallic taste in the 
 mouth, the gums become swollen and soft, and they bleed readily. Next 
 there is a considerable increase in the amount of saliva secreted. All these 
 symptoms gradually become more marked, and the tongue swells. The teeth 
 are now -loose, the saliva, which is thick and viscid, pours from the mouth, the 
 parotid and salivary glands are enlarged and tender, and there is a slight rise 
 of temperature. In olden days the symptoms occasionally ended in the falling 
 out of the teeth, extensive ulceration of the mouth and tongue, necrosis of the 
 jaw, great weakness, emaciation, anaemia, a watery state of the blood, a lia- 
 bility to haemorrhages, exhaustion and death. 
 
 More rarely the symptoms are, for the most part, nervous. These occur, 
 chiefly, if not entirely, among those who work in the metal and inhale the 
 vapor. The first to be observed is tremor, beginning in the face, then invading 
 the arm, and afterwards the legs. Early in the case the trembling is seen only 
 on movement ; soon it is permanent. It resembles paralysis agitans. Usually 
 there is considerable weakness of the affected muscles ("mercurial palsy"). 
 There may be pains, and a weak mental condition is common. Nothing has 
 been found, post-mortem, to account for these symptoms. 
 
 GROUP VII. 
 
 Arsenic, Antimony, Chromium. 
 
 The compounds of these metals have several physiological and some 
 chemical points in common. The oxide of each is externally a powerful 
 caustic. Internally Arsenic, Antimony, and (as far as we know) Chromium 
 compounds are severe gastro-intestinal irritants. Arsenic and Antimony in 
 large doses both cause general fatty degeneration. 
 
 I. ARSENUM. 
 
 As=[74-9.] 
 
 i. ACIDUM ARSENOSUM. [Arsenous Acid. As. i O 3 =i97.68. 
 Synonyms. Arsenic Trioxide. White Arsenic.] 
 
 SOURCE. Arsenical ores are roasted and purified by sublimation. 
 CHARACTERS. [A heavy, solid, occurring either as an opaque, white
 
 224 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDIC A. 
 
 powder, or in irregular masses of two varieties the one amorphous, trans- 
 parent and colorless, the other crystalline, opaque or white. Solubility. In 
 30 to 80 parts of cold, in 1 5 parts of boiling water. ] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Lime water, iron salts, and magnesia. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Lime salts. 
 
 Dose, ^ to dr gr. ; [.ooi to .006 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Liquor [Potassii Arsenitis. Solution of Potassium Arsenite. 
 Synonym. Fowler's solution. Arsenous Acid, 10 ; Potassium Bicar- 
 bonate, 20 ; Compound Tincture of Lavender, 30. Boil in sufficient 
 distilled water to make 1000.] No decomposition occurs, but an alka- 
 line solution of arsenous acid is formed. Strength. i percent, of 
 Arsenous Acid. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 m. ; .12 to .60 c.c. " 
 
 2. .Liquor [Acidi Arsenosi. Solution of Arsenous Acid. Arse- 
 nous Acid, 10 ; is boiled with diluted Hydrochloric Acid, 50 ; and dis- 
 tilled water to make looo.] No decomposition occurs, but an acid 
 solution of arsenous acid is formed. Strength. I per cent, of Arse- 
 nous Acid. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 10 m. ; [.30 to .60 c.c.] 
 
 a. SODII ARSENAS. Sodium Arsenate. Na,HAsO 4 +7H,O[= 
 311.46. 
 
 SOURCE. Heat to redness Arsenous Acid, Sodium Nitrate, and Sodium 
 Carbonate ; dissolve the fused mass in water and crystallize. Sodium Pyro- 
 arsenate is formed. As J O J +2NaNO,+Na s CO 3 =Na 4 As/) 7 4-N 2 O s -f CO,. On 
 adding water to the Pyroarsenate, a solution of Sodium Arsenate, which crys- 
 tallizes on standing, is formed. Na 4 As J O 7 -|-HjO=2Na 2 HAsO 4 , which crys- 
 tallizes with 7H,O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, having a mild 
 alkaline taste. Solubility. In 4 parts of water.] 
 
 Dose, ^ to T V gr. ; [.002 to .006 gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Liquor Sodii Arsenatis. [Solution of Sodium Arsenate. Syn- 
 onym. Pearson's solution. (Pearson's solution is really one-fifth as 
 strong as the official Liquor Sodii Arsenatis. ) 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Sodium Arsenate, I ; deprived of its water of 
 crystallization by heat, in distilled water, 100.] Strength. I per cent 
 of Sodium Arsenate. 
 
 Dose, i to 10 m. ; [.06 to .60 c.c.] 
 
 3. ARSENI IODIDUM. [Arsenic Iodide. Asl,=454.49.] 
 SOURCE. Made by the direct union of Iodine and Metallic Arsenic [or 
 by mixing solutions of Arsenous and Hydriodic Acids and evaporating.
 
 THE SALTS OF ARSENIC. 225 
 
 CHARACTERS. Glossy orange-red, crystalline masses, or shining orange- 
 red, crystalline scales, having an Iodine-like odor -or taste. Solubility. In 7 
 parts of water, and in 30 parts of Alcohol. ] 
 
 Dose, ^ to ^ gr. ; [.002 to .006 gm.] 
 
 Preparation.^ 
 
 Liquor Arseni et Hydrargyri lodidi. See Mercury, p. 212. 
 4. FERRI ARSENAS. See Iron, p. 196. 
 
 ACTION OF ARSENICAL COMPOUNDS. 
 
 External. Arsenous acid has no action on the skin, but 
 applied to raw surfaces it is a powerful caustic. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Unless the dose be very small 
 all preparations containing arsenic are very severe gastro-intes- 
 tinal irritants (see Toxicology). Part at least of this effect is 
 due to excretion of the arsenic into the stomach after absorption, 
 for if given subcutaneously there may be no local effect, although 
 there is intense gastritis soon after injection. In minute doses 
 they are gastric stimulants, causing dilatation of the gastric ves- 
 sels and an increased flow of gastric juice. Small doses also 
 stimulate the duodenum. 
 
 Blood. Arsenic is absorbed into the blood. Nothing is 
 known of its physiological action there ; but it can, in some forms 
 of anaemia, increase the haemoglobin and the number of red cor- 
 puscles. Given to animals it considerably increases the red mar- 
 row at the expense of the yellow, and slightly stimulates the for- 
 mation of compact bone. 
 
 Circulation. In the frog the rapidity and force of the heart 
 are lessened till it finally stops. This is a local action, for it 
 takes place when applied to the excised heart. Large doses 
 destroy the capillaries and lead to haemorrhage. 
 
 Remote effects. In many diseases arsenic evidently profoundly 
 affects metabolism, for the patient recovers under treatment by 
 this drug. It is doubtful whether, if given in small doses to 
 healthy persons, it usually does more than sharpen the appetite. 
 It has been stated by Dogiel to unite with albumin ; another 
 view, that of Binz and Schulz, is that arsenous acid becomes 
 arsenic acid by taking oxygen from the protoplasm, but that the 
 
 15
 
 226 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 arsenic acid subsequently yields up the oxygen again, and that 
 the activity of arsenic is due to its being a carrier of oxygen. 
 Some of the people in Styria eat white arsenic in small quanti- 
 ties, and it increases their strength, weight, and appetite, and 
 clears their complexion. It is probable that the reason why 
 these people can take arsenic in such quantities is that an anti- 
 toxin is developed in them. Wood concludes that small doses 
 of arsenic check tissue change and decrease nitrogenous elimina- 
 tion, whilst toxic doses have the opposite effect. But there is 
 no proof of any of these statements, and we have no certain 
 knowledge of the influence of arsenic on nutrition, nor do we 
 know of any action to which its beneficial effects in many dis- 
 eases can be referred ; but as the drug certainly in some way 
 alters the condition of the sufferer it is vaguely called an altera- 
 tive. It is eliminated by the urine, the alimentary canal, the 
 sweat, the saliva, the milk, and even the tears, but it is also 
 stored in the body, chiefly in the liver and kidneys. It may be 
 found many years after death in the bodies of those who have 
 taken it 'during life. It can pass from the mother to the foetus. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF ARSENICAL COMPOUNDS. 
 
 External. Formerly arsenous acid was used as a caustic to 
 destroy growths, lupus, warts, etc., either pure or as a paste. 
 [Marsden's paste consists of arsenous acid, i; powdered acacia, 
 2 parts.] Arsenous acid, i ; charcoal, i ; red [mercuric] sul- 
 phide, 4 parts ; and water, [sufficient to make a paste,] is a 
 formula once very popular. It must be used strong enough to 
 make the mass of dead tissue slough out quickly, or else the 
 patient becomes poisoned, for the arsenic is rapidly absorbed. 
 Arsenous acid, i ; calomel, 8 ; vermilion antimony [sulphide, 8 
 parts ;] make a caustic powder. Liquor [potassii arsenitis] has 
 been recommended by Ringer as an application for corns. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Arsenous acid is useful to 
 destroy the tooth pulps before [filling] teeth. 
 
 In some forms of dyspepsia small doses of Liquor Potassii 
 Arsenitis are occasionally given to stimulate the appetite. Arsenic 
 is so liable to cause sickness, diarrhcea, and other symptoms of
 
 THE SALTS OF ARSENIC. 22/ 
 
 poisoning, that it is a rule always to begin a course of it with 
 small doses, say 3 or 4 minims [.20 to .25 c.c.] of Liquor 
 [Potassii Arsenitis,] or ^ to ^ gr. [.ooi to .0015 gm.] of 
 arsenous acid as a pill, and to gradually increase the quantity. 
 Arsenic in any form should always be taken immediately after 
 meals, so as to dilute it by the contents of a full stomach. 
 Children bear it well ; old people do not. Very small doses 
 sometimes check vomiting, especially that form in which the 
 food simply regurgitates, and in exceptional cases it may suc- 
 ceed in checking diarrhoea when other drugs have failed. 
 
 Remote effects. Arsenic is of great value in chronic super- 
 ficial skin diseases not owing their cause to an irritant. It is, 
 therefore, largely used for psoriasis, pemphigus, and sometimes 
 for chronic eczema. It is of no use in the acute stages of these 
 maladies, nor if cutaneous inflammation is deep-seated. 
 
 Cases of anaemia which cannot be cured by iron, and which 
 fall under the heading of primary anaemia, may be occasionally 
 much improved by arsenic. Such are pernicious anaemia, splenic 
 leucocythaemia, and Hodgkin's disease ; but often no drug is of 
 any avail. In other forms of anaemia, such as chlorosis, arsenic 
 may be tried, but not often with benefit, when iron compounds 
 disagree. It often improves the metabolism, the appetite, and 
 the weight in those whose general health is feeble. Arsenic is, 
 next to quinine, the best antiperiodic we have ; but it is not 
 nearly so efficacious. It may, however, in the absence of qui- 
 nine, be used for ague, and is especially valuable for the anaemia 
 which follows ague, and for neuralgia due to the same cause. It 
 often does distinct good in rheumatoid arthritis if given for a 
 long while. It is frequently prescribed for chorea, [particularly 
 in rapid increasing doses] ; but it is difficult to prove that the 
 [patients] get well more quickly than they would without any 
 drug. Arsenic has been strongly recommended in asthma and 
 in hay fever. For asthma it may be given by the mouth, or 
 smoked as cigarettes, made by saturating bibulous paper in a 
 solution of fifteen grains [i. gm.] of [potassium] arsenite to an 
 ounce [30. c.c.] of water. It has been given in phthisis, but 
 without benefit. [There appears to be good evidence that arsenic
 
 228 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 in large doses restrains the growth of sarcomata, particularly of 
 the fusiform -cell variety.] The springs of Levico and La Bour- 
 boule contain arsenous acid. Strong Levico contains ^ gr. 
 [.005 gm.] of arsenous acid and 30 gr. [2. gm.] to the pint 
 [480. c.c.]. Weak Levico ^ gr. [.0005 gm.] and 8 gr. [0.5 
 gm.] respectively. La Bourboule contains T ^ gr. [.005 gm.] 
 of arsenous acid and a trace of iron to the pint [480. c.c.]. 
 These waters should always be drunk at meals. 
 
 [Cacodylic acid (AsO(OH)O(CH 3 ) 2 , (not official), and so- 
 dium cacodylate (AsONa(CH 3 ) 2 , (not official) have recently 
 been proposed as eligible methods for the administration of ar- 
 senic. The former contains 58 per cent, of arsenic. Their 
 solubility, relatively small toxicity and the diminished local irri- 
 tation which they produce are advantages to be borne in mind. 
 The best form of administration is as sodium cacodylate given 
 hypodermatically in daily amount of from ^ to 2^ gr. ; .05 to 
 .15 gm., in solution. By this method the arsenic is fully effi- 
 cacious, no alliaceous odor is given to the breath or perspiration, 
 and gastric and intestinal disturbances do not supervene. Pro- 
 longed use may set up albuminuria. By the rectum it produces 
 less irritation and the odor of garlic is not so pronounced as after 
 the use of Fowler's solution. This method is preferable in the 
 treatment of tuberculosis, diabetes, Basedow's disease and 
 
 leukemia.] 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Acute Poisoning. [Arsenous acid] is frequently used as a poison. 
 [The forms most employed are Scheele's and Paris Green (cupric arsenite), 
 and Schweinfurth's Green (a compound of cupric arsenite and arsenate). 
 Symptoms.} Soon after taking it the sufferer experiences faintness, nausea, 
 sickness, epigastric pain and tenderness. These symptoms quickly increase. 
 The vomit is brown, and often streaked with blood ; the pain is very severe ; 
 there is profuse diarrhoea, with much tenesmus ; and there are cramps in the 
 calves of the legs. The vomiting becomes violent and incessant ; there is a 
 burning sensation in the throat, with intense thirst. Soon severe symptoms set 
 in ; the skin is cold, the pulse small and feeble, and the patient dies [in col- 
 lapse]. The symptoms frequently bear a close resemblance to those of cholera. 
 Post-mortem. The stomach is intensely inflamed, even if the arsenic has not 
 been taken by the mouth, but has been applied in large quantities to cancerous 
 growths. This shows that arsenic is excreted from the blood into the stomach. 
 The small intestines are also acutely inflamed.
 
 THE SALTS OF ARSENIC. 22Q 
 
 Treatment. Wash out the stomach. Give emetics (see p. 139), choosing 
 the least irritating and least depressing. The stomach must be completely 
 emptied. Give unlimited quantities of freshly prepared humid [ferric hydrate] 
 (see p. 193) or dialyzed iron. If neither of these is handy, give magnesia in 
 large amounts, or large doses of castor oil and water. Give brandy or ether 
 subcutaneously ; apply hot blankets and bottles to the feet and the abdomen. 
 
 Chronic Poisoning. Often, when arsenic is taken as a medicine, slight 
 symptoms of poisoning are seen. They are loss of appetite, nausea, perhaps 
 vomiting, slight abdominal pain, and mild diarrhoea. The eyelids become a 
 little puffy, the conjunctivas injected, the eyes and nose water, and there is 
 slight headache. These symptoms, of course, show that the dose given is too 
 large, and that it must be decreased. 
 
 Arsenic is so often used in the manufacture of all sorts of articles, espec- 
 ially wall papers and fabrics, that chronic poisoning by it is frequently seen. 
 [The evidence in regard to chronic poisoning from occupancy of rooms deco- 
 rated with arsenical wall paper is somewhat contradictory, but the facts point 
 towards its probability. Quite as often the poisoning is due to the arsenic 
 which is a contamination of aniline dyes as it is the arsenical pigments, so that 
 the color should not be depended upon, but rather a chemical examination.] It 
 is also met with in workers of arsenic, and in persons to whom it has been 
 given with intent to murder. The symptoms produced are those already men- 
 tioned as present when large doses of arsenic are taken medicinally. 
 
 Long-continued use of arsenic may induce peripheral neuritis ; the chief 
 symptoms of arsenical neuritis are herpes zoster, paralysis of the muscles of the 
 limbs, especially the extensors of the hands and feet, ataxic gait, severe darting 
 pains in the limbs, and rapid muscular atrophy. Several cases are recorded in 
 which arsenic has caused general brown pigmentation of the skin. It may 
 also give rise to brown pigmentation of patches of psoriasis, and in quite ex- 
 ceptional cases cause eczema or urticaria. After death from chronic poisoning, 
 in addition to the gastro-intestinal and nervous lesions, there is widespread 
 fatty degeneration of most of the organs of the body. It is well seen in the 
 liver, kidneys, stomach and muscles, including the heart. 
 
 Repeated doses given to animals abolish the glycogenic function of the 
 liver, so that puncture of the floor of the fourth ventricle no longer causes gly- 
 cosuria. In frogs poisoned with arsenic the epidermis peels off very easily. 
 This is due to degeneration of its lower cells, the degeneration proceeding 
 from the lowest layer outwards. 
 
 [The tests for arsenic are so simple that every physician should be able 
 to make use of them. They are: (l) Reinsch's. Hydrochloric acid and a 
 clean slip of copper are boiled in the suspected liquid. Bluish spots indicate 
 the poison. (2) Marsh's. Diluted sulphuric acid and zinc are introduced 
 into a flask with the suspected liquid. The gas issuing from the tube is 
 ignited and the flame allowed to impinge upon a clean porcelain plate forming 
 a steel-white mirror if arsenic be present ; or the delivery tube may be heated 
 when the mirror will be deposited upon it. This mirror is distinguished from
 
 230 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 that produced by antimony by its solubility in potassium hypochlorite if arsenic 
 is the cause. ] 
 
 II. ANTIMONIUM. 
 
 Sb.[=ii9.6.] 
 
 i. ANTIMONII [SULPHIDUM. Antimony Sulphide. Sb 2 S 3 = 
 335.14. Synonym. Antimony Trisulphide. 
 
 SOURCE. Native Antimony Sulphide purified by fusion, as free from 
 Arsenic as is possible. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Steel-gray masses of a metallic lustre and a striated crys- 
 talline fracture, forming a black or grayish-black, lustreless powder without 
 odor or taste. Solubility. Insoluble in water or Alcohol. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 I. Antimonii Sulphidum Purificatum. Purified Antimony 
 Sulphide. Sb 2 S s =335. 14. Synonym. Purified Black Antimony. 
 
 SOURCE. Antimony Sulphide, loo; purified by Ammonia Water, 
 50 ; decanted and dried. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A heavy, grayish-black, lustreless powder, without 
 odor or taste. 
 
 IMPURITY. Silica.] 
 
 2., Antimonium Sulphuratum. Sulphurated Antimony. [Chiefly 
 Antimony Sulphide (Sb 2 S 3 ) and with a small amount of Antimony 
 Oxide (SbjO s ). Synonym. Kermes mineral. 
 
 SOURCE. Boiled Purified Antimony Sulphide, loo ; and Solution 
 of Soda, 1200. Sb 2 Sj+4NaOH=NaSbO 2 +Na s SbSj. Precipitate 
 with Sulphuric Acid, wash and dry. NaSbO r fNa 3 SbS 3 -}-2H,SO 4 
 =Sb 2 S 3 -f2Na.,SO 4 +2H 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. An amorphous reddish-white powder, becoming 
 lighter in color on exposure to light. Solubility. Insoluble in water 
 or Alcohol.] 
 
 Sulphurated Antimony is contained in Pilulse Antimonii Com- 
 posite. See Mercury, p. 212. 
 
 Dose, \ to i gr. ; [.01 to .06 gm.] 
 
 a. ANTIMONII OXIDUM. [Antimony Oxide. Sb 2 O 3 =287.o7. 
 Synonym. Antimony Trioxide.] 
 
 SOURCE. Pour a solution of Antimony Chloride into water. Antimony 
 Oxychloride is precipitated. SbCl,-}-H a O=SbOCl+2HCl. The precipi- 
 tate is treated with Sodium Carbonate, washed, and dried. 2SbOCl-j-Na.,COj 
 =Sb 1 O,+2NaCl+CO,. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [A heavy grayish-white powder, without odor or taste.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Higher oxides. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 gr. ; [.06 to .24 gm.]
 
 THE SALTS OF ANTIMONY. 23! 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Pulvis Antimonialis. [Antimonial Powder. Synonym, James' 
 Powder. Antimony Oxide, 33 ; Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, 67. 
 Dose, 3 to 15 gr. ; .20 to i.oo gm.j 
 
 3. [ANTIMONII ET POTASSII TARTRAS. Antimony and 
 Potassium Tartrate. 2K(SbO)C 4 H 4 O 6 -f-H 2 O=662.42. Synonyms. Tartar 
 Emetic. Tartrated Antimony. 
 
 SOURCE. Make a paste of Antimony Trioxide (Sb 2 O 3 ) with Acid Potas- 
 sium Tartrate and water. Let it stand twenty-four hours, boil in water, and 
 crystallize. 2KHC 4 H 4 O 6 4-Sb 2 O 3 =2K(SbO)C 4 H 4 O 6 +H. i O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent crystals of the rhombic system, be- 
 coming opaque and white on exposure to air ; or a white granular powder, 
 having a sweet, afterwards disagreeable metallic taste. Solubility. In 17 
 parts of water; insoluble in Alcohol]. 
 
 INCOMPATIBI.ES. Gallic and tannic acids, most astringent infusions, alka- 
 lies, and lead salts. 
 
 IMPURITY. Acid Potassium Tartrate. 
 
 Dose, y 1 ^ to YT. gr. [.006 to .03 gm.] (diaphoretic), ^ to i gr. [.03 to 
 .06 gm.] (cardiac depressant), i to 2 gr. [.06 to .12 gm.] (emetic). 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Vinum Antimonii. [Wine of Antimony. Antimony and 
 Potassium Tartrate, 4 ; boiling distilled water, 65 ; Alcohol, 150 ; White 
 Wine to 1000. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 m. ; .30 to 4.00 c.c. 
 
 2. Syrupus Scillse Compositus. Compound Syrup of Squill. 
 Synonym. Hive Syrup, so called from hives, the old name of croup. 
 Fluid extract of Squill, 80 ; Fluid extract of Senega, 80 ; Antimony and 
 Potassium Tartrate, 2 ; Sugar, 750 ; Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, 
 10 ; water to looo. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF SALTS OF ANTIMONY. 
 
 External. Antimonial compounds are powerful external 
 irritants. [The Liquor Antimonii Chloridi of the B. P., which 
 is a solution of antimony chloride in hydrochloric acid is a 
 severe caustic.] Tartar emetic produces a pustular eruption 
 at the point of application. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. All compounds of antimony 
 are powerful irritants, internally as well as externally ; the 
 action of tartar emetic is best known. The first result of
 
 232 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 swallowing this is vomiting. The early acts of vomiting are 
 due to the direct action of the drug on the wall of the stomach, 
 but it is quickly absorbed, and by its action on the medulla it 
 also produces sickness, but this action is slight. It will produce 
 vomiting when injected into the blood, partly by its action on 
 the medulla for it will act if the stomach is replaced by a blad- 
 der but also because some of it is excreted into the stomach 
 and intestines, and thus the vomiting is continued for some time. 
 In large doses tartar emetic is irritant to the intestine. [A 
 round mass of metallic antimony was formerly known as the 
 " family pill," because it could be repeatedly used as a laxative.] 
 
 Heart. Antimony acts upon man as upon the lower animals. 
 It is a powerful cardiac depressant, diminishing both the 
 frequency and the force of the beat of the heart. Experiments 
 on animals have shown that the final stoppage takes place in 
 diastole, and that the chief action of antimony is that of a direct 
 depressant to the cardiac muscle itself. Of course, the cardiac 
 depression causes the arterial pressure to fall ; but part of this 
 effect is due to a coincident action upon some portion of the 
 vaso-motor system ; the probability being that antimony, by 
 paralyzing the muscular coat of the arteries, relaxes them. 
 
 Respiration. Respiration is depressed, the movements be- 
 come weaker, and inspiration is shortened, but expiration is 
 prolonged. Finally, the pauses become very long and the move- 
 ments very irregular. The cause of this is not known ; probably 
 it is very complex. 
 
 Nervous and muscular systems. Here also antimony acts as a 
 powerful depressant, especially to the spinal cord, and to a 
 less extent to the brain ; hence moderate doses cause a feeling of 
 languor, inaptitude for mental exertion, and sleepiness. Experi- 
 ments on animals show that, after the administration of large 
 doses of antimony, reflex movement is soon lost, and that this is 
 due to a depressing effect on the sensory part of the spinal cord. 
 This depressant influence is felt also in the muscles, and hence 
 antimony will relieve spasm, but whether it does so by direct 
 action on the muscles or by acting on the nervous systero is 
 doubtful.
 
 THE SALTS OF ANTIMONY. 233 
 
 Temperature. Moderate doses of antimony have little influ- 
 ence on the temperature, but large doses cause a considerable 
 fall, due, no doubt, in the main to the circulatory depression, 
 but, also, it is said, to a direct action in decreasing the amount 
 of heat produced. 
 
 Excretion. Antimony is excreted by the urine, bile, sweat, 
 bronchial secretion, milk, and particularly by the faeces. We 
 have seen that part of its emetic effect is due to its excretion into 
 the stomach. As it passes out by the bronchial mucous membrane 
 it increases the amount of secretion, and thus acts as an expec- 
 torant. On the skin the action is that of a profuse diaphoretic. 
 This is chiefly a secondary result of the depression of the circu- 
 lation, but is possibly in part a direct local effect. In frogs the 
 action on the skin is very like that of arsenic, but antimony 
 softens rather than detaches the epidermis, which thus becomes 
 a jelly-like mass. Being excreted in the bile, it aids its flow ; 
 therefore it is a cholagogue. 
 
 In passing through the kidneys it may be slightly diuretic, 
 but this depends upon the amount of perspiration produced by 
 it. If its use is continued for some time it will cause, like arsenic, 
 fatty degeneration, especially of the liver, and abolition of the 
 hepatic glycogenic function. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SALTS OF ANTIMONY. 
 
 External. [A solution of antimony chloride, known as 
 Butter of Antimony, has been used as a caustic, but its employ- 
 ment has been abandoned, as the sore produced is difficult to 
 heal.] Many years ago an ointment of tartar emetic was com- 
 monly applied as a counter-irritant, but it causes much pain, and 
 is now seldom used. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Tartar emetic is not to be 
 recommended as an emetic, for the action is slow, and the general 
 depression of emetic doses is great. For this reason it should 
 never be given to produce purgation. The only cases in which 
 it is permissible are those in which an emetic is required for 
 laryngitis, bronchitis, or some other acute inflammatory condi- 
 tion of the respiratory tract, for then its depressant action on the
 
 234 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 circulation may perhaps be beneficial, but usually ipecacuanha is 
 preferable. 
 
 Circulation. Antimony was formerly largely employed, espe- 
 cially in combination with aconite, to reduce the force and fre- 
 quency of the pulse in all sorts of febrile conditions ; but this is 
 now generally thought unnecessary. If it is to be used, it is 
 especially indicated in respiratory affections ; for then its expec- 
 torant effect may be valuable. 
 
 Respiration. It has been very much given for the early stage 
 of acute bronchitis ; but certainly it should not be continued 
 after a free secretion of bronchial mucus has been set up by it. 
 After that it is, on account of its depressing influence, an unde- 
 sirable expectorant. 
 
 Nervous and muscular systems. Its use as a sedative in de- 
 lirium tremens is now abandoned, and the introduction of chlo- 
 roform has made it unnecessary to employ tartar emetic to relax 
 muscular spasm in herniae, dislocations, etc. 
 
 Remote effects. Occasionally it is given in fevers for its dia- 
 phoretic influence and for its slight antipyretic action. Some- 
 times it is ordered as a cholagogue ; but because of its powerful 
 depressant action, it is less used as a medicine than formerly. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Acute Poisoning. The symptoms are very like those of arsenical poi- 
 soning (see p. 228). Post-mortem. The gastro-intestinal irritation is very 
 similar, but it is not nearly so marked. 
 
 Treatment. Unless the vomiting is very free, apomorphine [hydro- 
 chlorate] subcutaneously, or zinc sulphate by the mouth or the stomach pump, 
 may be used. Also frequent doses of half a drachm [2. gm.] of tannic or 
 gallic acid dissolved in water, strong tea or coffee, mucilaginous drinks, and 
 stimulants subcutaneously. Hot water bottles and warm blankets may be 
 necessary. 
 
 Chronic Poisoning is not sufficiently common to call for notice here. 
 [An instance of the use of antimony for homicidal purposes has recently been 
 the subject of judicial inquiry.] 
 
 III. CHROMIUM. 
 
 Cr.[=52.o.] 
 
 I. ACIDUM CHROMICUM. Chromic Acid. CrO,[=99.88. Syno- 
 nyms. Chromic Anhydride. Chromic Trioxide.
 
 THE SALTS OF CHROMIUM. 235 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Potassium Bichromate in Sulphuric Acid and water, 
 decant from the Acid Potassium Sulphate, heat with more Sulphuric Acid, cool 
 and crystallize. K 2 Cr 2 O 7 -f2H 2 SO 4 =2CrO 3 +2KHSO 4 -fH 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Small needle shaped crystals, or rhombic prisms, of a 
 dark purplish-red color and metallic lustre. Readily yields Oxygen, and 
 will, therefore, easily explode, with either Glycerin, Ether, or Alcohol. Solu- 
 bility. Very soluble in water.] 
 
 ACTION OF CHROMIC ACID. 
 
 External. In consequence of its oxidizing power, chromic 
 acid is a powerful deodorant and disinfectant. It coagulates 
 albumin and oxidizes organic matter, and is therefore a powerful 
 caustic. 
 
 Internal. None is known. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CHROMIC ACID. 
 
 External. [It is used generally in the strength of i per 
 cent, to harden catgut and kangaroo tendon for surgical uses. A 
 lotion of the same strength is used in Germany to toughen the 
 feet of marching soldiers.] As a lotion, i to 40, or even 
 stronger, chromic acid has been used for its disinfectant proper- 
 ties to wash foul ulcers and sores, and also as a local application 
 for ozaena, gonorrhoea, leucorrhcea, and bad ulcerations of the 
 mouth, but a gargle should not be stronger than [i to 480], 
 The Liquor [of the B. P. , which is one part of chromic acid in 
 3 of water,] is occasionally used as a caustic to destroy con- 
 dylomata, etc. 
 
 2. POTASSII BICHROMAS. [Potassium Bichromate. KjC a O 7 = 
 2 93-?8. Synonym. Potassium Dichromate. 
 
 SOURCE. Finely-ground Chrome-iron ore mixed with Potassium Carbon- 
 ate is roasted in a reverberatory furnace, which causes the separation of all 
 iron in the form of Ferric Oxide, and the production of Potassium Bichromate. 
 Lime or chalk is added during the roasting to prevent fusion. 2FeOCr 2 O 3 -|- 
 4K 2 CO 3 +4O 2 =Fe 2 O 3 -f-4K 2 CrO 4 -f 4CO 2 . After solution in water Sulphuric 
 Acid is added, and the two salts are separated by crystallization. 2K 2 CrO 4 -|- 
 H 2 SO 4 =K 2 Cr 2 O 7 +K 2 SO 4 +H 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Large, orange-red, transparent, triclinic prisms or four- 
 sided tables, odorless, and having a bitter, metallic taste. Solubility. In IO 
 parts of water ; insoluble in Alcohol.]
 
 236 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Owing to the ease with which it oxidizes it readily forms 
 explosive compounds. It is here prescribed as a pill made up with kaolin. 
 [IMPURITIES. Sulphates, chlorides and calcium. 
 Dose, T ^ to i gr. ; .006 to .06 gm. 
 
 ACTION OF POTASSIUM BICHROMATE. 
 
 External. It is an irritant caustic.] Handling the salt may 
 produce eczema. 
 
 Internal. Occasionally solutions of it have been taken by 
 mistake. Symptoms of very severe gastro-intestinal inflamma- 
 tion with much collapse have followed. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF POTASSIUM BICHROMATE. 
 
 External. [It is used as a caustic for warts, venereal ulcers 
 and mucous patches.] Its solution is caustic and antiseptic, but 
 it is weaker than chromic acid. 
 
 Internal. [It has been recommended for the treatment of 
 gastric catarrh and gastric ulcer in dose of from ^ to % gr., 
 .005 to .01 gm., given thrice daily on an empty stomach, and 
 is reputed to relieve nausea, vomiting and pain.] 
 
 The remaining groups of the inorganic drugs are non-metallic. 
 
 GROUP VIII. 
 
 Containing Phosphorus only. 
 
 PHOSPHORUS. 
 P.[= 3 o. 9 6.] 
 
 SOURCE. [Treat Bone Ash or Lime Phosphate with Sulphuric Acid and 
 water, filter and evaporate. Ca 3 (PO 4 )+2H 2 SO 4 =CaH 4 (PO 4 ) 2 +2CaSO 4 . 
 Heat the Acid Calcium Phosphate thus formed, with Charcoal and sand. The 
 heat first forms Calcium Metaphosphate. CaH 4 (PO 4 ),=Ca(PO,) 2 -|-2H,O. 
 This is acted on by the Charcoal and sand thus : 2Ca(PO,) 2 -f 2SiO 2 -floC,= 
 2CaSiO 8 +ioCO-fP 4 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A translucent, nearly colorless solid of a waxy lustre, 
 having, at ordinary temperatures, about the consistence of beeswax. By long 
 keeping the surface becomes red, and occasionally black. It has a distinctive 
 and disagreeable odor and taste (but should not be tasted except in a state of
 
 THE PREPARATIONS OF PHOSPHORUS. 237 
 
 great dilution); when exposed to the air it emits white fumes, which are lumi- 
 nous in the dark, and have an odor somewhat resembling garlic. On longer 
 exposure to air it takes fire spontaneously. Heated with Hydrogen it becomes 
 red, amorphous, non-poisonous Phosphorus. Solubility. Sparingly in alco- 
 hol, ether and chloroform ; freely in carbon disulphide ; insoluble in water. ] 
 Dose, T ^ to 5^ gr. ; [.0006 to .003 gm.] Never given alone. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Oleum Phosphoratum. Phosphorated Oil. [Phosphorus, 
 I ; Expressed Oil of Almond, 90 ; (which must be heated to 250 F. ; 
 121 C., and filtered to remove water and organic matter, which would 
 otherwise oxidize the phosphorus), and Ether to loo. Strength. I 
 per cent.] 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; [.06 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 2. Pilulae Phosphori. [Pills of Phosphorus. Dissolve Phos- 
 phorus, .06 ; Chloroform, 5 ; add Althaea, 6 ; and Acacia, 6 gm. ; with 
 water, and Glycerin; to make loo pills.] Strength. Each pill con- 
 tains y^ gr. [.0006 gm.] of Phosphorus. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 pills. 
 
 [3. Spiritus Phosphori. Spirit of Phosphorus. Synonym. 
 Tincture of Phosphorus. Phosphorus, 1.2 ; absolute Alcohol to looo. 
 Dissolve by heating upon a water-bath. 
 
 Spirit of Phosphorus is used to prepare Elixir Phosphori. 
 
 Dose, 8 to 40 m. ; .50 to 2.50 c.c. 
 
 4. Elixir Phosphori. Elixir of Phosphorus. Spirit of Phos- 
 phorus, 210 ; Oil of Anise, 2 ; Glycerin, 550; Aromatic Elixir to looo. 
 Dose, y z to 2^ fl. dr. ; 2. to 10. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF PHOSPHORUS. 
 
 The action of minute doses of phosphorus is that in animals 
 the spongy tissue in the long and short bones is thickened by 
 the deposition of true bone of normal composition, and the 
 compact tissue is rendered more dense. [It diminishes tissue 
 waste, decreasing the elimination of urea and of carbon diox- 
 ide. As it is found as a necessary element in the nervous system 
 its action is that of a stimulant to its growth.] Phosphorus 
 enters the blood as phosphorus, and probably acts as such, not 
 as phosphoric acid. [The best known liquid preparation is 
 Thompson's solution : phosphorus, i ; absolute alcohol, 300 ; 
 glycerin, 720 ; and spirit of peppermint, 40 ; dose, y to i fl. 
 dr. ; j.2o to 4.00 c.c.] See [also] Toxicology.
 
 238 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF PHOSPHORUS. 
 
 Phosphorus has been used in osteomalacia, in rickets, and in 
 cases of ununited fracture. [Without doubt it promotes calcareous 
 deposit in the healing of fractures. It is of value in the con- 
 valescence from exhausting diseases, in nervous exhaustion, in 
 neuralgia when dependent upon debility, in alcoholism, in sexual 
 exhaustion and in various suppurative diseases.] 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Acute Poisoning. Phosphorus is often taken or administered criminally, 
 either as match-heads or vermin paste. 
 
 \_Sympt oms.~\ For the first few hours there are no effects, then the following 
 symptoms of gastro intestinal irritation set in : Nausea, abdominal pain, and 
 vomiting ; the vomited matters smell of phosphorus and are luminous, [if 
 heated with sulphuric acid (Wood).] There is some general depression. 
 Diarrhoea is rare. The patient may die in collapse, but far more frequently 
 these symptoms all pass off, and he appears quite well. But after three or four 
 days jaundice is noticed, and this soon becomes very [marked] ; there is now 
 great prostration, the liver is enlarged, the abdomen distended, and he com- 
 plains of intense thirst. [There is likely to be a garlicky odor to the breath. 
 (Brunton, Semple).] Vomiting of altered blood and diarrhoea with bloody 
 stools may be observed, but these two symptoms are not severe. The skin is 
 cold, the pulse feeble and rapid. The urine is scanty, highly colored, albumin- 
 ous, bile-stained, and perhaps bloody, and it may contain bile acids and crys- 
 tals of leucin and tyrosin. [Sarcolactic acid found in the urine is diagnostic. 
 (Wood).] Muscular twitchings occur, the patient becomes comatose and dies. 
 Post-mortem. Two results are very striking. (l.) Fatty degeneration (thus 
 phosphorus resembles arsenic and antimony), affecting principally the liver, in 
 which it is very marked ; and if the patient lives long enough, there may be 
 a diminution in the size of the organ. Fatty degeneration is also found in the 
 muscles, kidneys and gastro- intestinal tract. (2.) Haemorrhages are seen in 
 many places, and ecchymoses are sometimes very abundant. If they occur in 
 the gastric and intestinal mucous membranes, they may give rise to the errone- 
 ous belief that evidences of acute gastro-intestinal irritation can be found at 
 death. The symptoms of phosphorus poisoning in many respects resemble 
 those of acute yellow atrophy of the liver. 
 
 Treatment. Thoroughly empty the stomach by a stomach pump, or by 
 washing it out. [Formerly] copper sulphate [was given] as an emetic (see 
 Copper, p. 180), three grains [.20 gm.] every few minutes till vomiting is in- 
 duced, then every 15 minutes ; also half a drachm [2. c.c.] of oil of turpen- 
 tine every half hour. A full dose of a saline purge may be administered. 
 [Repeated and free inhalations of oxygen have been used, which suggest that
 
 THE PREPARATIONS OF THE HYPOPHOSPHITES. 239 
 
 hydrogen dioxide may be efficacious when given by the mouth. ] No oils or 
 fats should on any account be given. [Percy found that the old oil of turpen- 
 tine, which contains oxygen, if administered soon after taking the poison and 
 before it was absorbed, was an antidote (experiments upon dogs).] 
 
 Chronic Poisoning. This, which used to be seen in those who worked 
 among phosphorus fumes, is now of great rarity. [This is because the red or 
 non-poisonous phosphorus is generally employed in match factories.] The 
 chief symptoms are those of gastro-intestinal irritation and necrosis of the jaw. 
 This Stockman has shown to be due to the fact that the phosphorus fumes, 
 when the gum is broken, gain access to the bone and lower its vitality, so that 
 it easily becomes the seat of tuberculous disease. Sufferers from phosphorus 
 necrosis often die from general tuberculosis. 
 
 1. CALCII HYPOPHOSPHIS. [Calcium Hypophosphite. Ca(P 
 H 2 0. 2 ) 2 =i6o.67. 
 
 SOURCE. Heat Phosphorus with Milk of Lime. Then pass Carbon 
 Dioxide through the liquid to remove the excess of Lime. The Hypophosphite 
 crystallizes out of the solution. 3Ca(OH) 2 -f 4P 2 +6H 2 O=3Ca(PH 2 O 2 ). r |-2PH 3 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms or small lus- 
 trous scales, or a white, crystalline powder, having a nauseous, bitter taste. 
 Solubility. In 6.8 parts of water ; insoluble in Alcohol.] 
 
 Dose, 2 to 5 gr. ; [.12 to .30 gm.] 
 
 2. SODII HYPOPHOSPHIS. [Sodium Hypophosphite. NaPH 2 O 2 
 +H 2 0=io5.8 4 .] 
 
 SOURCE. Add Sodium Carbonate to a solution of Lime Hypophosphite 
 and evaporate [the filtrate]. Ca(PH 2 O 2 ) 2 +Na ! CO 3 =CaCO 3 +2NaPH !1 O !( . 
 
 CHARACTERS. [Small, colorless, transparent, rectangular plates of a 
 pearly lustre, or a white granular salt, with a bitterish sweet, saline taste. 
 Solubility. In I part of water; in 30 parts of Alcohol.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; [.30 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 3. [POTASSII HYPOPHOSPHIS. Potassium Hypophosphite. 
 KPH 2 O 2 =i03.9i. 
 
 SOURCE. From double decomposition of Calcium Hypophosphite and 
 Potassium Carbonate ; the Potassium Hypophosphite remains in solution. 
 Ca(PH 2 O 2 ) 2 +K 2 CO 3 =CaCO 3 +2KPH 2 O,. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, opaque, hexagonal plates, or crystalline masses, 
 or a granular powder, having a pungent, saline taste. Solubility. In O.6 part 
 of water, and in 7.3 parts of Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; .30 to 1.20 gm. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 i. Syrupus Hypophosphitum. Syrup of the Hypophosphites. 
 Calcium Hypophosphite, 45 ; Sodium Hypophosphite, 15 ; Potassium
 
 24O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Hypophosphite, 15; diluted Hypophosphorous Acid, 2; Spirit of 
 Lemon, 5 ; sugar, 500 ; and sufficient water to make 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 2. Syrupus Hypophosphitum cum Ferro. Syrup of the Hypo- 
 phosphites with Iron. v 
 
 Ferrous Lactate, 10 ; Potassium Citrate, 10 ; Syrup of the Hypo- 
 phosphites, to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 4. FERRI HYPOPHOSPHIS. Ferric Hypophosphite. Fe 2 (PH, 
 O,) 6 =5oi.04. 
 
 SOURCE. A solution of Sodium Hypophosphite is added to a solution of 
 Ferric Chloride, the precipitate is washed and dried with moderate heat. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, or grayish-white powder, nearly tasteless. Solu- 
 bility. Only slightly soluble in water. 
 
 IMPURITIES. All of the Hypophosphites are liable to be contaminated 
 with the alkaline carbonates or to contain free alkali. They explode if heated. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; .12 to .60 gm. 
 
 5. ZINCI PHOSPHIDUM. Zinc Phosphide. Zn 3 P 2 =257.22. 
 SOURCE. From vapor of Phosphorus in a current of dry Hydrogen over 
 
 heated Zinc, after all atmospheric air is expelled. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A gritty powder of a dark-gray color, or crystalline 
 fragments of a dark metallic lustre, and having a faint odor and taste of 
 phosphorus. 
 
 Dose, -jJj to \ gr. ; .006 to .02 gm. 
 
 6. ACIDUM HYPOPHOSPHOROSUM DILUTUM. Diluted 
 Hypophosphorous Acid. A liquid composed of about 10 per cent. , by weight, 
 of absolute Hypophosphorous Acid (HPH 2 O 2 =6s. 88) and about 90 per cent. 
 of water. 
 
 SOURCE. Decompose Potassium Hypophosphite by Sulphuric Acid, filter 
 and evaporate to a syrupy consistence. 2KPH 2 O.,-|-H,SO 4 =K,SO 4 -}-2H 
 
 PH 2 2 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless liquid, without odor, and having an acid 
 taste. Sp. gr., about 1.046. Solubility. Miscible in all proportions, with 
 water. 
 
 Diluted Hypophosphorus Acid is used in Syrupus Hypophosphitum. ] 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF FERRIC, CALCIUM, SODIUM, AND POTASSIUM 
 HYPOPHOSPHITES. 
 
 These drugs have been recommended for phthisis. Although 
 in many cases there is no satisfactory evidence of their value [yet
 
 THE PREPARATIONS OF THE HYPOPHOSPHITES. 24! 
 
 they are extensively used and are the basis of a large number of 
 proprietary preparations. 
 
 Following Churchill they should be of chemical purity, neu- 
 tral in reaction ; the presence of free alkali or alkaline carbonates 
 quickly giving rise to an atonic dyspepsia. The preparation, the 
 syrup of the hypophosphites, is faulty in that each salt has a pecu- 
 liar property, yet the final result being due to the hypophosphite, 
 and its beneficial effect upon nutrition. In the early stages of 
 phthisis (infiltration) the sodium salt should be administered and 
 the sodium salt alone ; if excavation is present the calcium salt is 
 indicated, and that alone, provided that it does not too suddenly 
 check expectoration, when the sodium salt should be resumed. 
 
 The potassium salt is a valuable expectorant in chronic bron- 
 chitis ; but it has a very limited usefulness in phthisis. The hypo- 
 phosphites, when administered intelligently, will improve nutri- 
 tion and relieve some of the symptoms of phthisis. If adminis- 
 tered in too large doses, or simultaneously with other remedies, as 
 arsenic, stimulants, strychnine, or cod-liver oil, they are likely to 
 produce headaches and dyspepsia, and fail to cause improvement. 
 The objection to the syrup, U. S. P., namely, the use of the 
 salts in combination, applies to nearly all of the proprietary pre- 
 parations, most of which contain impure drugs, contain a low per- 
 centage of hypophosphites, and are not scientific combinations. 
 The syrup of the hypophosphites with iron is valuable as a 
 reconstructive. Zinc phosphide is believed to have the same 
 physiological and therapeutical effects as phosphorus. 
 
 7. CALCII GLYCEROPHOSPHATIS. Calcium Glycerophosphate. 
 
 (Not official.) 
 
 SOURCE. Phosphoric Acid, 30 ; mixed with Glycerin, 36 ; is kept at a 
 little above normal body temperature for six days, being shaken several times 
 daily. On the seventh day it is cooled, its acidity is gradually and completely 
 neutralized with Calcium Carbonate. After two days the solution is filtered, 
 and the salt precipitated by Alcohol. The precipitate is dissolved in cold 
 water, the solution filtered and evaporated to dryness at a low temperature. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, crystalline powder. Solubility. In 20 parts of 
 water, almost insoluble in boiling water, and insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm. 
 
 8. SODII GLYCEROPHOSPHATIS. Sodium Glycerophosphate. 
 (Not official.) 
 
 16
 
 242 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 SOURCE. By a method similar to that given above, a Sodium being sub- 
 stituted for a Calcium Salt. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, crystalline powder which is so hygroscopic that 
 this salt appears in commerce only as a 75 per cent, solution in water. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; .60 to 2.00 c.c., usually hypodermatically. 
 
 Potassium Glycerophosphate (not official) is similar in physical appearance 
 to the Sodium Salt. Iron, Lithium and Magnesium Glycerophosphates (none 
 official) are fine, white, soluble powders. 
 
 ACTION OF THE GLYCEROPHOSPHATES. 
 
 According to Robin, the administration of these substances 
 increases the solids of the urine, the urea, the carbon dioxide 
 and sulphur oxidation coefficient, the chlorides, sulphates, lime, 
 magnesia and potash, with but little effect on uric acid. They 
 improve the nutrition of all organs, but more particularly that 
 of the nervous system. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF THE GLYCEROPHOSPHATES. 
 
 Inasmuch as the urine of neurasthenics contains relatively 
 large amounts of incompletely oxidized phosphorus, especially 
 in the form of glycerophosphoric acid, the effort was made to 
 replace this loss by the introduction of phosphorus into the or- 
 ganism in a form approaching, so nearly as is possible, that in 
 which it exists in the nervous system. The indications for the 
 glycerophosphates are conditions of nerve depression. If given 
 subcutaneously they are at least as efficacious as testicular fluid 
 (g. z>.), which owes its activity to its contained organic phos- 
 phates, and possess the advantage of more accurate dosage. They 
 are useful in various neuralgias, as sciatica, tic douloureux, Ad- 
 dison's disease, and in the symptom-complex, known as neuras- 
 thenia. Chlorosis, albuminuria, phosphaturia, anaemia, the lat- 
 ter by the iron salt, have been benefited. In diabetes the gen- 
 eral condition improves and the amount of sugar may diminish. 
 In various diseases of the bones, such as rachitis, osteomalacia, 
 tuberculous affections, the lime and magnesium salts are indi- 
 cated. The remedies should not be expected to rejuvenate se- 
 nility, but are useful, even if slowly acting, adjuncts to the sys- 
 tematic treatment of impaired nervous systems] .
 
 THK PREPARATIONS OF CHLORINE. 243 
 
 GROUP IX. 
 
 Chlorine, Iodine, Bromine. 
 
 These elements, which are chemically so closely allied, are all oT them 
 powerful disinfectants and irritants. 
 
 I. CHLORUM. 
 
 [CHLORUM. Chlorine. 0=35.37.] 
 
 This gas is not official under its own name, but is obtained from two 
 sources of it, viz. , Hydrochloric Acid and Chlorinated Lime. 
 
 1. AQUA CHLORI. Chlorine water. An aqueous solution of Chlo- 
 rine (Cl=35.37) containing at least 0.4 per cent, of the gas. 
 
 SOURCE. Pass washed Chlorine gas into water. The gas is obtained by 
 heating diluted Hydrochloric Acid, 35 ; and Manganese Dioxide, lo. 4HC1 
 +MnO 2 =Cl 2 +MnCl 2 -f2H 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear greenish-yellow liquid, having the suffocating odor 
 and disagreeable taste of Chlorine. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Lead and Silver salts. 
 
 Free Chlorine is contained in Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum Dilutum. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c. diluted with water. 
 
 2. CALX CHLORATA. Chlorinated Lime. [A compound resulting 
 from the action of Chlorine upon Calcium Hydrate, and containing not less 
 than 35 per cent, of available Chlorine.] Synonym. Bleaching powder. It 
 may be regarded either as a compound of Calcium Hypochlorite and Chloride, 
 or as one of Lime and Chlorine. 
 
 SOURCE. Pass Chlorine gas over slaked Lime. 2Ca(OH) 2 -j-2Cl 2 
 CaCl 2 O 2 + CaCl 2 +2H 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white or grayish-white granular powder, [exhaling the 
 odor of Hypochlorous Acid, having a repulsive, saline taste, and becoming 
 moist and gradually decomposing on exposure to air.] 
 
 3. LIQUOR SODiE CHLORAT^E. [Solution of Chlorinated Soda. 
 Synonym. Labarraque's solution. An aqueous solution of several Chlorine 
 compounds of Sodium, chiefly NaCl and NaCIO, containing at least 2.6 per 
 cent., by weight, of available Chlorine.] 
 
 SOURCE. [A solution of Sodium Carbonate, 150; Chlorinated Lime, 75 ; 
 in water to 1000. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear, pale-greenish liquid, having a faint odor of 
 Chlorine. Sp. gr., about 1.052.] 
 
 Dose, J^ to i fl. dr. ; [2. to 4. c.c.]
 
 244 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION OF CHLORINE. 
 
 External. Chlorine is one of the most powerful disinfec- 
 tants and deodorizers. It has a very great affinity for hydro- 
 gen, and hence decomposes compounds which contain hydrogen, 
 oxygen generally being set free. Chlorine is a very active and 
 destructive irritant to the skin and [respiratory] mucous mem- 
 branes. 
 
 Internal. [When] given internally, [some of it is converted 
 into chlorides, but not all, for the odor of chlorine has been 
 found in the brain after death from its inhalation (Cameron). 
 The odor of chlorine is noticeable in the faeces after its internal 
 administration.] 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CHLORINE. 
 
 External. Chlorine is largely used in the form of chlori- 
 nated lime to disinfect privies, drains, urinals, etc. It may be 
 employed also to disinfect rooms after infectious diseases. All 
 metals or articles such as fabrics, likely to be bleached, should 
 be covered up or removed ; the windows and chimneys should 
 be pasted up. The gas can be evolved from common salt, [18 ;] 
 manganese dioxide, [15;] and sulphuric acid, [45; in iced 
 water, 2 1 parts by weight.] The door is then shut, and the 
 cracks around it are pasted over with paper. [To disinfect 
 hands moistened chlorinated lime is spread over the hands, next 
 a large crystal of washing soda is held in the hands, and they 
 are washed with rubbing under water until a cooling sensation 
 is experienced. The best disinfectant for excreta is fresh chlo- 
 rinated lime, i ; dissolved in water, 16. One quart (960 c.c. ) 
 is placed in the receptacle into which the dejecta are received 
 and left one hour. (Sternberg. )] Chlorine water is sometimes 
 employed as a wash for foul ulcers and discharges. The prepa- 
 ration known as electrozone owes its antiseptic properties to 
 chlorine. It is sea water, the alkaline chlorides of which have 
 been converted into hypochlorites by electrolysis. Its anti- 
 -septic strength is about the same as that of Liquor Sodae 
 Chloratae. 
 
 Internal. Chlorine is used internally in the form of a wash
 
 THE PREPARATIONS OF IODINE. 245 
 
 for the mouth. A wash (strong hydrochloric acid, 5 m. [.30 
 c.c.]; potassium chlorate, 9 gr. [.60 gm.j; water, i fl. oz. [30. 
 c.c.]) containing free chlorine, is very useful for syringing the 
 fauces and nose in scarlet fever. The vapor gives rise to great 
 irritation of the respiratory tract, and should never be inhaled. 
 [Aqua Chlori has been successfully used, well diluted, in the 
 diarrhoea of typhoid fever, particularly in markedly septic pa- 
 tients. After the administration of drachm doses every hour 
 the temperature falls, the intellect brightens, the tongue clears 
 and betterment goes on to recovery in many apparently hopeless 
 cases.] 
 
 II. IODUM. 
 
 IODUM. Iodine. I [=126.53.] 
 
 SOURCE. Obtained from the ashes of sea-weed [and from the mother- 
 liquor of Chilian Sodium Nitrate. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Heavy bluish-black, dry and friable rhombic plates, having 
 a metallic lustre, a distinctive odor, and a sharp and acrid taste. Solubility. 
 In 5000 parts of water ; in 10 parts of Alcohol, freely in Ether, slightly in 
 Glycerin, freely in a solution of Potassium Iodide or Sodium Chloride.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Metallic salts, mineral acids, alkaloids, oil of turpentine 
 and ammonia ; with the last two explosive compounds may be formed. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Iodine cyanide and iron. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Liquor lodi Compositus. Compound Solution of Iodine. 
 Synonym. LugoFs Solution. Iodine, 5 ; Potassium Iodide, 10 ; water 
 to loo. Strength. 5 per cent. 
 
 Dose, i to 10 m. ; .06 to .60 c.c.] 
 
 2. Tinctura lodi. [Tincture of Iodine. Iodine, 70; Alcohol to 
 1000. Strength. 7 per cent. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 3. Unguentum lodi. [Iodine Ointment. Iodine, 4 ; Potassium 
 Iodide, I ; water, 2 ; Benzoinated Lard, 93. Strength. 4 per cent.] 
 
 ACTION OF IODINE. 
 
 External. The actions of iodine applied externally are the 
 same as those of chlorine, that is to say, it is powerfully disin- 
 fectant and irritant. The latter action is the most important 
 Iodine applied to the skin produces a yellow stain, which can be
 
 246 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 removed by an alkali or sodium hyposulphite. At the same time 
 it causes a sensation of heat and burning, dilatation of the ves- 
 sels (rubefaction), some cedematous swelling, and some exuda- 
 tion of leucocytes, to which its energetic absorbent action is 
 probably due. There often is an accumulation of fluid under the 
 epidermis forming a vesicle. Preparations of iodine are rarely 
 used strong enough to produce more powerful irritation than 
 this. The external application of them probably reflexly con- 
 tracts the vessels of the subjacent organs, and this may explain 
 their use as counter-irritants. If they are too strong, the irrita- 
 tion set up by them will proceed to the formation of vesicles, 
 and even pustules, and deep inflammation with scarring. They 
 usually destroy the superficial cuticle, so that after the use of 
 them the skin peels. Iodine may be absorbed from the skin, 
 and the alkalies in the blood serum lead to the formation of 
 sodium iodide and iodate; thus, 6NaHCO 3 +3l 2 =5NaI-t-NaIO 3 + 
 6CO 2 +3H 2 O. These, when they meet an acid, undergo double 
 decomposition; thus 5NaI+NaIO 3 +H 2 O=6NaHO f 3!,. Thus 
 free iodine is formed in the stomach and kidneys, and so if 
 iodine has been applied to too large an area we get gastro-intes- 
 tinal irritation and vomiting. The same may happen if it is 
 taken by the mouth, and it may cause precisely the same symp- 
 toms of iodism as potassium iodide. Iodine preparations are 
 parasiticides to the various vegetable and animal parasites 
 which infest the skin. 
 
 Internal. Minute doses of the tincture occasionally stop 
 vomiting. The vapor [B. P., which is tincture of iodine, i ; 
 water, 8 ; to be gently heated] is very irritating to the respira- 
 tory passages. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF IODINE. 
 
 External. Iodine is rarely employed for its antiseptic pro- 
 perties, as chlorine is cheaper. The preparations of iodine are 
 in constant use as irritants and counter-irritants. Usually one or 
 two coats of the liniment [B. P., 1885, which contains iodine, 
 5 ; potassium iodide, 2 ; glycerin, i ; alcohol, 40], lightly 
 painted on the skin, suffice ; if more is used the inflammation is 
 too severe. If it causes pain, it may be washed off with a solu-
 
 THE PREPARATIONS OF IODINE. 247 
 
 tion of potassium iodide. The ointment, tincture and compound 
 solution are much milder than the liniment, which is too strong 
 for many persons. Preparations of iodine are frequently used 
 as counter-irritants for chronic inflammation of joints, for pleurisy, 
 chilblains, periostitis, and many other purposes. The mild prep- 
 arations of iodine are applied over chronically inflamed lymphatic 
 glands when the cause of the swelling cannot be removed. A 
 decolorized tincture of iodine is prepared, consisting of iodine 
 dissolved in [alcohol,] and decolorized by a strong solution of 
 ammonia. Its strength is i in 40, nearly, and has the advantage 
 of not staining the skin ; but it contains no iodine, for ammonium 
 iodide and iodate are formed. Therefore it is a much milder 
 irritant than other iodine preparations. Any effect it may have 
 is due to excess of ammonia. For its irritant effect the official 
 tincture may be injected into a hydrocoele or a cyst to cause 
 adhesive inflammation, and it has been injected into joints, 
 abscesses, and the pleural cavity after empyema ; but in such 
 cases great care must be taken that the inflammation induced is 
 not too severe, and this treatment is now very rarely used, for 
 the cavities, being kept aseptic, heal up without it. The tinc- 
 ture, or, if it can be borne, the liquor [B. P., which is iodine, 
 10 ; potassium iodide, 15; water, 200;] is often used as an 
 antiparasitic for ringworm. Coster's paste, which is sometimes 
 employed for this disease, consists of iodine dissolved in light 
 oil of wood tar (i to 4). Morton's fluid, which is used as an 
 injection for spina bifida, consists of iodine, i ; potassium iodide, 
 3 ; glycerin, 48. [Two preparations are frequently employed 
 in the treatment of diseases of women. These are : Churchill's 
 tincture ; iodine, 5 ; potassium iodide, i ; water, 8 ; alcohol, 
 24, and Battey's fluid; iodine, 2 ; pure carbolic acid, i.] 
 
 Internal. The vapor [B. P., see p. 246] of iodine is occa- 
 sionally inhaled for diseases of the lungs ; but it probably does 
 more harm than good. One or two minims, [.06 to . 12 c.c.] of 
 the tincture in half an ounce, [15. c.c.] of water are often given, 
 quite empirically, every half hour, in cases of vomiting, and 
 sometimes with distinct benefit. Preparations of seaweed have 
 among uneducated persons a reputation for reducing obesity.
 
 248 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 If they have any such action it is probably because the iodine, 
 chlorine and bromine in them set up such dyspepsia that the 
 proper digestion and absorption of food are prevented. Ex- 
 tracts of Fucus vesiculosus, the bladderwrack or seawrack, have 
 been used, and are the basis of some quack preparations. 
 
 1. POTASSII IODIDUM. Potassium Iodide. KI[=i6s.56.] 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Iodine in a hot solution of Potassa in distilled water. 
 
 3l,-|-6KHO=5KI+KIO 8 4-3H,O. Evaporate and heat the residue with 
 Charcoal ; the Oxygen of the lodate is carried off as Carbonic Oxide. KIO S 
 4-C s =KI-f-3CO. Dissolve in boiling water, filter, wash and crystallize. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [Colorless, transparent or translucent, cubical crystals, or 
 a white, granular powder, having a peculiar, faint, iodine-like odor, and a 
 pungent, saline, afterwards bitter taste. Solubility,~\n 0.75 part of water; 
 in 1 8 of Alcohol ; in 2.5 of Glycerin.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Bismuth subnitrate, sweet spirit of nitre, liquorice, and 
 preparations containing starch. 
 
 IMPURITIES. lodates [and free alkalies.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; [.30 to 4.00 gm.,] or more. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Syrupus Acidi Hydriodici. Syrup of Hydriodic Acid. A 
 syrupy liquid containing about I per cent, by weight, of absolute 
 Hydriodic Acid (HI=I27.53). 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Potassium Iodide, 13 ; and Potassium Hypo- 
 phosphite, I ; in water. Dissolve Tartaric Acid, 12 ; in diluted Alco- 
 hol, 25 ; mix the two solutions, cool, filter, reduce tKe filtrate by evap- 
 oration to 50 parts, and mix, when cold, with Syrup to looo. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A transparent, colorless or not more than a pale 
 straw-colored liquid, having a sweet and acidulous taste and an acid 
 reaction. Sp. gr., about 1.313. 
 
 Dose, ' 4 to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 2. Unguentum Potassii lodidi. Ointment of Potassium Iodide. 
 Potassium Iodide, 12 ; Sodium Hyposulphite, I ; hot water, 10; Ben- 
 zoinated Lard, 77.] 
 
 2. SODII IODIDUM. Sodium Iodide. [^1=149.53.] 
 
 SOURCE. Made from a solution of Soda, as Potassium Iodide is made 
 from a solution of Potassa. 3l,+6XaHO=5NaI-f-NaIO 8 -f 3H,O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [Colorless, cubical crystals or a white crystalline powder, 
 having a saline and slightly bitter taste. Solubility. In O.6 part of water; 
 in about 3 parts of Alcohol.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to a.oo gm.,] or more.
 
 THE PREPARATIONS OF IODINE. 
 
 [3. AMMONII IODIDUM. Ammonium Iodide. N> t^^fr 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Potassium Iodide and Ammonium Sulphate in boiling 
 water, add Alcohol, filter, wash, and evaporate the filtrate to aryness. 2KI-J- 
 (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 =2NHJ+K 2 SO 4 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. 'Minute, colorless, cubical crystals, or a white granular 
 powder, very deliquescent, having a sharp, saline taste. Solubility. In I 
 part of water, and in 9 parts of Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. lodates and potassium sulphate. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; .12 to .60 gm., or more. 
 
 4. STRONTII IODIDUM. Strontium Iodide. SrI r J-6H 2 O=448.l2. 
 SOURCE. By neutralization of freshly prepared solution of Hydriodic Acid 
 
 with Strontium Carbonate ; the filtrate is concentrated and the salt obtained 
 by crystallization. 2HI+SrCO 3 =SrI 2 +CO 2 -fH 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, hexagonal plates, odorless, and 
 having a bitterish, saline taste. Deliquescent, and colored yellow by exposure 
 to air and light. Solubility. In O.6 part of water; soluble in Alcohol, and 
 slightly in Ether. 
 
 IMPURITY. Barium salts. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 5. ZINCI IODIDUM. Zinc Iodide. ZnI 2 =3i8.i6. 
 
 SOURCE. By digesting an excess of Zinc, with Iodine diffused in water. 
 Zn+I 2 +H 2 0=ZnI 2 +H,0. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, granular powder, odorless, and having a sharp, 
 saline and metallic taste. Very deliquescent, and liable to absorb oxygen from 
 the air, and to become brown from liberated Iodine. Solubility. Readily in 
 water, Alcohol, or Ether. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 gr. ; .06 to .20 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF THE IODIDES.' 
 
 External. They have none. They do not irritate, and 
 they are absorbed by the unbroken skin in very small quantities. 
 
 Internal. There is much uncertainty about the action of 
 iodides, which is not surprising when we remember the powerful 
 chemical affinities of iodine. Binz teaches that they are decom- 
 posed in the body by small quantities of nascent oxygen (set free 
 by living protoplasm) acting upon an iodide which is in an acid- 
 ulated solution, the acid being provided by carbon [dioxide] . 
 Thus KI+H 2 O+CO 2 =KHCO 3 +HI, and then 4HI+O 2 =2H 2 O 
 + 2l 2 . We have just shown that iodine acts as an absorbent and 
 that it leads to leucocytosis ; and that iodides act by virtue of 
 the iodine set free from them in the body is supported by the fact
 
 25O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 that the older physicians produced the same therapeutic effects 
 by giving iodine internally as we procure with iodides, and that 
 iodine taken internally will produce symptoms of iodism. Potas- 
 sium iodide replaced iodine in therapeutics because it does not 
 cause the same gastro -intestinal irritation. The beneficial effects 
 of iodides are so very marked in syphilis that in this disease they 
 must have some specific action in addition to their general power 
 as absorbents. They also have a specific effect on the mammary 
 gland, for they lessen the secretion of milk. In long-continued 
 large doses they cause atrophy of the testicles and breasts. Some 
 . believe that they aid in the elimination of lead, and this may be 
 due to the fact that lead albuminate is soluble in solutions of 
 potassium iodide. Occasionally considerable general depression 
 is produced by large doses of potassium iodide ; but this is prob- 
 ably due to the potassium, and not to the iodine, [and in this 
 case the syrup of hydriodic acid can be substituted]. The iodides 
 are rapidly eliminated by the urine, saliva, sweat and mucous 
 membranes. When taken in excess they produce a number of 
 symptoms known as Iodism. 
 
 Iodism. [This occurs in three forms, (i) The symptoms 
 are those of gastric irritation only.] (2) The patient complains 
 of heavy pain over the frontal sinus, running at the nose, sore 
 throat, increased secretion of saliva, and an eruption on the skin, 
 consisting of patches of erythema. In rare cases there is albu- 
 minuria. The inflammation about the fauces may spread to the 
 gums or down the trachea, setting up laryngitis, tracheitis, and 
 bronchitis. These symptoms have been ascribed to an excessive 
 formation of free iodine [produced] as mentioned above and 
 this is supported by the fact that they can be checked by large 
 doses of sodium bicarbonate, which keep the fluids of the body 
 alkaline, and thus prevent the formation of free iodine and 
 also to the decomposition of iodides by nitrites, for minute 
 traces of these are believed to exist in saliva, nasal and bron- 
 chial mucus, and sweat, and they will liberate free iodine from 
 potassium jodide. It is stated in support of this view that sul- 
 phanilic acid (dose, 60 to 90 gr. [4. to 6. gm.]), which forms 
 a very stable compound with nitrous acid, will prevent iodism.
 
 THE PREPARATIONS OF IODINE. 
 
 [Nervous troubles, neuralgia, singing in the ears, convulsive 
 movements, disturbed intellection and rarely atrophy of mammae 
 and testicles may be noticed. (3) lodic cachexia, which is char- 
 acterized by rapid emaciation ; severe cardiac palpitation and 
 ravenous appetite, are also prominent symptoms.] The suscep- 
 tibility of people to poisoning by iodides varies very much. 
 \Treatment, The chewing of pellitory will hasten the elimi- 
 nation of iodine in the chronic forms.] 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF THE IODIDES. 
 
 The most important use of iodides is for syphilis ; their value 
 for the primary and secondary stages is comparatively slight, but 
 they are invaluable for the tertiary stage, as they often cause the 
 rapid absorption of nodes, gummataand other syphilitic deposits. 
 The pharmacopoeial dose may often be exceeded : patients some- 
 times take two, three, or even four drachms [8. to 16. gm.] a day. 
 Large doses are especially used in syphilis of the nervous system. 
 [Daily doses of an ounce, 30. gm., are not infrequently neces- 
 sary in these cases. No symptoms of iodism are likely to appear 
 until the disease subsides.] Potassium iodide is often prescribed 
 with [cprrosive mercuric] chloride ; [red mercuric] iodide is 
 formed and dissolved in the excess of potassium iodide. 
 
 Chronic rheumatoid arthritis is often treated, and sometimes 
 with benefit, by small doses of potassium iodide continued for a 
 long while, but probably [ferrous] iodide is more useful. [So- 
 called] gonorrhoeal rheumatism is often treated with potassium 
 iodide [but the syrup of hydriodic acid is preferable.] It fre- 
 quently aids the absorption of chronic inflammatory products, 
 even when they are not syphilitic. Therefore certain forms of 
 joint disease, of pleurisy and of pulmonic consolidation some- 
 times yield to treatment by this drug. The attempt has been 
 made to cure aneurisms which are inaccessible to surgery by giv- 
 ing potassium iodide for long periods, for it is thought that it 
 aids the coagulation of blood in them ; but as at the same time 
 the patient is always kept in bed, it is difficult to say how much 
 of any improvement that may happen to take place is due to the 
 iodide. Occasionally it relieves the pain of aneurism or of
 
 252 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 angina pectoris. It is a valuable expectorant, [particularly the 
 ammonium salt] , and sometimes cures cases of bronchitis when 
 other remedies have failed. Lately, chronic Bright' s disease 
 has been largely treated with the drug. Lardaceous disease of 
 the kidneys and other organs is benefited by it. [The potassium 
 salt] is recommended for the [symptom] asthma, and in some 
 cases does much good. It is occasionally given to decrease the 
 secretion of milk. Potassium iodide perhaps causes an increased 
 excretion of both lead and mercury if they exist in the body, 
 and is therefore occasionally given in chronic poisoning by these 
 metals. Sodium iodide is not so much used ; it probably pro- 
 duces the same effects as the potassium salt, [but does not 
 occasion so much depression.] Ammonium iodide may be given 
 if the potassium salt causes depression, and it is said that rubid- 
 ium iodide [not official] (dose, 5 to 20 gr. [.30 to 1.20 gm.]) 
 is sometimes better tolerated than the potassium salt. 
 
 [Strontium iodide has been recently introduced, and is used 
 for the same purposes as the other iodides. It is believed that it 
 is less likely to disturb the stomach, cause acne, and depress the 
 heart than the remaining iodides. In many instances the syrup 
 of hydriodic acid can be substituted with advantage ^ for the 
 iodides. It is not so likely to produce iodism, nor does it so 
 readily give rise to the " iodide punishment. ' ' Its pleasant taste 
 is grateful to most patients ; it should, however, be administered, 
 well diluted, one-half hour before meals, or at least upon an empty 
 stomach. Some of the commercial preparations are likely to 
 decompose readily, especially when made from tartaric acid and 
 potassium iodide, and are objectionable from the amount of syrup 
 which is administered when large doses are employed.] 
 
 III. BROMUM. 
 
 BROMUM. Bromine. Br.=[79-76.] 
 
 SOURCE. [A liquid obtained from sea water and saline springs. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A heavy, dark, brownish-red, mobile liquid, evolving, 
 even at ordinary temperatures, a yellowish-red vapor, highly irritating to the 
 eyes and lungs, and having a peculiar suffocating odor, resembling that of 
 Chlorine. Sp. gr., 2.990.] Solubility. In 30 parts of water ; [readily in 
 Alcohol and Ether.] 
 
 IMPURITY. Iodine.
 
 THE PREPARATIONS OF BROMINE. 2$ 3 
 
 ACTION OF BROMINE. 
 
 Its action is like that of chlorine and iodine. It is rarely 
 used in medicine. 
 
 1. POTASSII BROMIDUM. Potassium Bromide. KBr [=118.79.] 
 SOURCE. [By adding Bromine to a solution of Potassa, a solution of the 
 
 Bromide and Bromate is made. 3Br 2 -f6KOH=5KBr-f-KBrO 3 +3H 2 O. 
 On evaporation to dryness, mixing the salts with Charcoal and heating to red- 
 ness, the Bromate is reduced to a Bromide, while the Oxygen unites with the 
 Carbon, forming Carbonic Oxide, which escapes. KBrO 3 +3C=KBr-)-3CO. 
 Dissolving in water, the solution yields the Bromide in crystals. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless or white cubical crystals, or granules, having a 
 pungent saline taste. Solubility. In about 1.6 parts water; in 200 parts 
 of Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Potassium bromide and free alkali.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Acids, acid and metallic salts. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; [.30 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 2. SODII BROMIDUM. Sodium Bromide. NaBr[=iO2.76.] 
 SOURCE. Made from a solution of Soda, as Potassium Bromide is made 
 
 from a solution of Potassa. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [Colorless or white cubical crystals, or a white granular 
 powder, having a saline, slightly bitter taste. Solubility, In about 1.2 parts 
 of water ; in 13 parts of Alcohol.] 
 
 IMPURITIES AND INCOMPATIBLES. Those of Potassium Bromide. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 60 gr. ; [i. to 4. gm.] 
 
 3. AMMONII BROMIDUM. Ammonium Bromide. NH 4 Br[= 
 
 97-77-1 
 
 SOURCE. Made by neutralizing Hydrobroinic Acid with Ammonia or 
 Ammonium Carbonate, evaporating and crystallizing. [HBr-f-NH 4 OH= 
 NH 4 Br+H 2 O.] 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless [transparent, prismatic crystals, or a white crys- 
 talline product, having a pungent saline taste. Solubility. In 1.5 parts of 
 water ; in 30 parts of Alcohol.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Acids, acid salts, and spirit of nitrous ether. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Iodides and free bromine. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 4. LITHII BROMIDUM. Lithium Bromide. LiBr=86.77. 
 
 SOURCE. From a solution of Ferrous Bromide heated with Lithium Car- 
 bonate ; when cool the solution is evaporated, and the salt obtained by crystal- 
 lization. FeBr 2 +Li 2 CO 3 =2LiBr-(- FeCO 3 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white granular salt, odorless, having a sharp and
 
 254 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 slightly bitter taste, very deliquescent. Solubility. In 0.6 part of water; 
 very soluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; .30 to 1.20 gm. 
 
 5. CALCII BROM I DUM. Calcium Bromide. CaBr 2 =i99-43. 
 SOURCE. From pure Calcium Carbonate by solution in Hydrobromic 
 
 Acid and evaporation. CaCO s +2HBr=CaBr 2 -f CO 2 =H 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white granular salt, having a sharp, saline taste, very 
 deliquescent. Solubility. In 0.7 part of water, and in I part of Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 30 gr. ; i. to 2. gm. 
 
 6. ZINCI BROMIDUM. Zinc Bromide. ZnBr 2 =224.62. 
 SOURCE. From granulated Zinc digested in Hydrobromic Acid ; the 
 
 solution is concentrated, acidulated with Hydrobromic Acid, and dried upon a 
 water-bath. Zn+2HBr=ZnBr 2 -|-H,. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white granular powder, having a sharp, saline and 
 metallic taste, very deliquescent, and a neutral reaction. Solubility. Readily 
 in water and Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm. 
 
 7. STRONTII BROMIDUM. Strontium Bromide. SrBr s +6H,O 
 
 =354.58. 
 
 SOURCE. By neutralizing diluted Hydrobromic Acid with Strontium Car- 
 bonate, filtration and evaporation. SrCOj-f2HBr=SrBr 2 -|-CO,-f-H,O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, hexagonal crystals, odorless, and 
 having a bitter saline taste. Very deliquescent. Solubility. In 1.05 parts 
 of water. Readily soluble in Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Barium and calcium salts. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 . ACTION OF THE BROMIDES. 
 
 External. They have none. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Solutions of any of the [first] 
 three bromides, frequently painted on the throat, diminish its 
 sensibility. Medicinal doses have no other effect on the ali- 
 mentary canal. All bromides are quickly converted into sodium 
 bromide in the stomach and intestines, and they are readily 
 absorbed. 
 
 Nervous system. Bromides are powerful depressants to 
 the nervous system ; [the action of the potassium salt being 
 most marked.] Thus, if an animal be given large doses of any 
 of them, irritation of the cortical motor areas, which before easily
 
 THE PREPARATIONS OF BROMINE. 255 
 
 excited movements, fails to do so. Experiments also show that 
 the reflex excitability of the cord is considerably diminished, and 
 that the activity of the sensory mechanism is also impaired, for 
 large doses of bromides given to frogs cause cutaneous anaesthe- 
 sia. In man, at least, not only the cortical motor area, but the 
 brain as a whole is depressed, therefore these drugs are powerful 
 hypnotics. It is probable that in addition to the brain and 
 spinal cord the peripheral nerves are depressed, so that bromides 
 are well worthy to be called powerful nervous depressants. The 
 activity of the muscles is also diminished, not only by the action 
 of the drugs on the nervous system, but by their direct action on 
 them. It has been definitely shown by Wright that excessive 
 doses of potassium bromide cause in man and rabbits degenera- 
 tion of the cortical cells, and that this degeneration begins at 
 the periphery of the dendrons. 
 
 Circulation. Here also bromides are depressant; large doses 
 exert a direct paralyzing influence on the heart, lessening the 
 force and the frequency of the beat and producing stop- 
 page in diastole ; [the potassium having the greatest effect, the 
 sodium salt has less influence ; the ammonium salt slightly stimu- 
 lating the heart.] They are said to cause vaso-motor spasm; 
 but the evidence of this is very unsatisfactory. Toxic doses pro- 
 duce a fall of temperature ; this is probably in some way second- 
 ary to the depression of the circulation. 
 
 Respiration is slightly depressed by bromides. 
 
 Metabolism. The amount of carbon [dioxide] exhaled is 
 greatly decreased by taking large doses of bromides. The 
 amount of urine is increased [particularly after the use of the 
 lithium salt] ; the coloring matters, the sulphur, and the nitrogen 
 in it are increased ; but the phosphorus is decreased. 
 
 Sexual organs. If bromides are taken for a long time a failure 
 of sexual vigor is produced, and ultimately there is a great lessen- 
 ing of the sexual appetite. Bromides are therefore anaphro- 
 disiacs. 
 
 Elimination. Bromides are rapidly eliminated by the kid- 
 neys, skin, saliva, intestinal mucous membrane, bronchial mucous 
 membrane, and milk.
 
 256 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Bromism. If bromides are taken for too long a period, a 
 Teries of symptoms of poisoning, to which the above name has 
 been given, may appear. [The hydrobromic acid {see p. 258), 
 although containing a larger proportion of bromine, rarely gives 
 rise to bromism.] The earliest of them is a rash, consisting of 
 red papules, chiefly on the face and back, exactly resembling 
 some forms of acne. This is probably the result of the excretion 
 of bromide by the skin. The next symptoms are a general 
 lowering of the cutaneous sensibility and also of that of the 
 pharynx, then there is diminution of sexual power, the patient 
 becomes low-spirited, easily fatigued, unfit for work, and his in- 
 tellect is dulled, and in bad cases this passes on to dementia, 
 melancholia, and other disorders. There may be a little con- 
 junctivitis, and some increased secretion from the bronchi. 
 [A coated tongue and disordered digestion are constant symp- 
 toms.] 
 
 Potassium bromide owes its action largely to the bromine in 
 it, but probably also, to a less extent, to the potassium. In man, 
 at least, the higher functions of the brain are depressed before the 
 lower, and these again before the spinal. Thus the depression 
 takes place in regular order from above downwards, in the reverse 
 order of the physiological development of the functions, and this 
 is commonly the case with many drugs (see Law of Dissolution, 
 p. 104). 
 
 Those who take bromides habitually find themselves unable to 
 sleep without them, and their intellect becomes obscured. These 
 bad effects are intensified by the fact that gradually larger doses 
 are required to produce sleep, and thus the unfortunate sufferer 
 becomes more and more a slave to the drug. [Also occasionally 
 maniacal excitement, mental confusion and even delirium are 
 observed after continued use of moderate doses, particularly of 
 the potassium salt.] 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF THE BROMIDES. 
 External. None. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Formerly the back of the 
 throat was painted with a solution of a bromide before a laryn-
 
 THE PREPARATIONS OF BROMINE. 
 
 geal examination, but now cocaine is employed for this pur- 
 pose. 
 
 Nervous system. Because of their depressing effect bromides 
 are largely used for many nervous diseases. They are the most 
 valuable drugs we have for the treatment of epilepsy, acting no 
 doubt by diminishing the excitability of the cerebral cortex. 
 They rarely cure, but often greatly diminish the number of fits. 
 Rubidium [and] ammonium bromide appears to be the best 
 bromide for some cases of epilepsy (dose, 30 gr. [2. gm.] ). 
 It is impossible to say in any given case whether bromides will 
 do good, therefore they [should] be tried in all ; petit mal is more 
 difficult to influence than grand mal. The next most common 
 use of bromides is as hypnotics. They are most useful when there 
 is no organic cause to explain the insomnia, and therefore they 
 are not employed when pain keeps the patient awake, but are 
 given with great benefit in the insomnia of overwork, worry, or 
 that connected with the climacteric period. The sleep induced 
 is quiet and refreshing, without dreams, and therefore these drugs 
 are of great value in nightmare, and in the night-screaming of 
 children, which may be regarded as allied to it. Also because of 
 their depressant effect on the nervous system they are given in 
 migraine, and often they are the only drugs which do any good 
 for the intense headache of this disease. Large doses, often a 
 drachm [4. gm.] at a time, are given in delirium tremens espe- 
 cially in combination with chloral [hydrate], and sometimes the 
 patient seems quieter for this treatment. Not only the insomnia, 
 but the other nervous symptoms that are common at the climacteric 
 period may be relieved by bromides. For their depressing power 
 on centres below the cortex they are used, and with good results, 
 in laryngismus stridulus, and have been given in whooping-cough ; 
 but the benefit is not marked. Some cases of tetanus have re- 
 covered after enormous doses of bromides. Here their value is, 
 no doubt, due to their power of diminishing the reflex function 
 of the spinal cord. Bromides have been given as antidotes for 
 strychnine poisoning. Sometimes they succeed in cases of hys- 
 teria and neuralgia, and some varieties of functional disease of 
 the heart are much improved by them. 
 
 17
 
 258 INORGANIC MATER1A MEDICA. 
 
 Sexual functions. Because of its depressant effect potassium 
 bromide is given for spermatorrhoea and nymphomania. 
 
 8. ACIDUM HYDROBROMICUM DILUTUM. Diluted Hydro- 
 bromic Acid. [A liquid compound of lo per cent., by weight, of absolute 
 Hydrobromic Acid (HBr=8o. 76) in water. 
 
 SOURCE. Potassium Bromide, in solution, is mixed with Sulphuric Acid, 
 and Potassium Sulphate allowed to crystallize, the precipitate is washed upon 
 the filter and the filtrate is distilled nearly to dryness and then diluted to the 
 proper strength. 2KBr+H,SO 4 =2HBr-[-K 2 s6 4 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear, colorless liquid, having a strongly acid taste. 
 Sp. gr., about 1.077. 
 
 Dose, '_, to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF HYDROBROMIC ACID. 
 
 The action of this acid appears to be the same as that of the 
 bromides of the alkaline metals, but it is very rarely used for the 
 same purposes. It has been employed with occasional success to 
 relieve noises in the ears, and it is said to prevent the symptoms 
 of poisoning by quinine ; [of this drug it is an excellent solvent.] 
 
 GROUP X. 
 
 Containing Sulphur [and its compounds]. 
 SULPHUR. 
 
 S[=3i.9.] 
 Sulphur is official in [three] forms. 
 
 i. SULPHUR SUBLIMATUM. Sublimed Sulphur. Synonym. 
 Flowers of Sulphur. 
 
 SOURCE. From Crude Sulphur by sublimation. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [A fine, yellow powder, having a slight, characteristic 
 odor and a faintly acid taste. ] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Sulphurous and sulphuric acids, arsenic sulphide, and earthy 
 matters. 
 
 [Sublimed Sulphur is used to make Potassa Sulphurata.] 
 
 Dose, 15 to 60 gr. ; [i. to 4. gm.]
 
 THE PREPARATIONS OF SULPHUR. 259 
 
 2. SULPHUR PR^CIPITATUM. Precipitated Sulphur. Syn- 
 onym. Milk of Sulphur. [Lac Sulphuris. 
 
 SOURCE. Boil Sublimed Sulphur, 100 ; with Slaked Lime, 50 ; in water. 
 6S 2 -|-3Ca(OH) 2 =2CaS 5 -|-CaS 2 O 3 -|-3H 2 O. This gives a solution containing 
 Calcium Sulphide and Calcium Hyposulphite. To it Hydrochloric Acid is 
 added, and Sulphur is thrown down as a very fine precipitate. 2CaS 5 -|- 
 4HCl=2CaCl 2 -f4S., 2H 2 S. Wash and dry the precipitate. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A fine* amorphous powder of a pale yellow color, without 
 odor or taste. ] 
 
 IMPURITY. Calcium sulphate, which makes it gritty. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 60 gr. ; [i. to 4. gm.] 
 
 [3. SULPHUR LOTUM. Washed Sulphur. 
 
 SOURCE. Sublimed Sulphur, 100; with water, 100 ; and Ammonia Water, 
 IO; is digested, filtered, drained and dried. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A fine, yellow powder, without odor or taste. Solubility. 
 Insoluble in water. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Acids, arsenous acid, and arsenous sulphide. 
 
 Washed Sulphur is contained in Pulvis Glycyrrhizae Compositus, and is 
 used to make Sulphuris lodidum. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 60 gr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Unguentum Sulphuris. Sulphur Ointment. Washed Sulphur, 
 300 ; Benzoinated Lard, 700. ] 
 
 ACTION OF SULPHUR. 
 
 External. Sulphur itself has no action on the skin, but 
 some of it is converted into hydrogen [sulphide], and that is a 
 mild vascular stimulant, causing slight dilatation of the vessels, 
 and in some persons, eczema. It kills the Sarcoptes [scabiei~\, 
 and is therefore a parasiticide. When applied to raw surfaces 
 it is converted into sulphurous and sulphuric acids, and is there- 
 fore a severe irritant. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. It has no effect on the 
 stomach, and most that is taken is passed out in the faeces unal- 
 tered. A certain amount is, in the intestine, converted into 
 hydrogen [sulphide] and other sulphides. These cause a mild 
 laxative effect, increasing the secretion of intestinal juice, and 
 slightly stimulating the muscular coat, producing soft semi-liquid 
 stools, sometimes accompanied by flatus of hydrogen [sulphide],
 
 26O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 which, if in sufficient quantity, makes sulphur an undesirable 
 laxative. 
 
 Remote effects. Sulphur is absorbed as sulphides and hydro- 
 gen [sulphide], which is a powerful poison, decomposing the 
 blood, and thus producing symptoms of asphyxia. It also par- 
 alyzes the whole nervous and muscular systems, but sulphur is 
 never given to man in sufficient doses to produce any remote 
 effects. Patients taking sulphur get rid of some minute portion 
 of it as hydrogen [sulphide] through the kidneys, the milk, the 
 lungs and skin. The breath occasionally smells of it, and silver 
 ornaments next to the skin may be discolored. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SULPHUR. 
 
 External. Sulphur is commonly used to kill the Sarcoptes 
 [scabiei], and thus to cure scabies. The skin should be well 
 scrubbed with soft soap and hot water to lay open the burrows. 
 Then it is thoroughly rubbed with the ointment. The patient 
 should do this before bedtime, sleep in flannel, and wash the 
 ointment off the next morning. This proceeding repeated three 
 or four times will generally cure the disease. Sulphur ointment 
 was formerly applied as a stimulant to ulcers, and was rubbed in 
 for chronic rheumatism ; but these modes of treatment are now 
 rarely used, and their value is doubtful. [Mineral waters con- 
 taining sulphur and its salts are useful for chronic rheumatism, 
 as, for example, those of Richfield Springs.] Mild sulphur 
 preparations are applied for acne. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Sulphur is a very good laxa- 
 tive, especially for children ; as it produces a soft motion, but no 
 pain, it is useful for cases of piles or fissure of the anus. [Washed] 
 sulphur is contained in compound liquorice powder [see Senna], 
 which is an excellent and popular laxative. One or two sulphur 
 lozenges [of the B. P., each containing 5 gr. [.30 gm.] of pre- 
 cipitated sulphur and i gr. [.06 gm.] of acid potassium tartrate], 
 taken at bedtime, often secure an easy evacuation of the bowels 
 the next morning, in persons liable to slight constipation. These 
 lozenges have been recommended for constipation associated 
 with hepatic disease, and many mineral waters containing
 
 THE PREPARATIONS OF SULPHUR. 26 1 
 
 sodium and hydrogen sulphides have considerable reputation for 
 hepatic disorders. Of these, Harrogate water has been shown 
 to increase the amount of bile and the solids in it. 
 
 Remote effects. Sulphur has been administered internally for 
 all sorts of skin diseases, generally without any good result, but 
 occasionally chronic eczema associated with much itching ap- 
 pears to be benefited by it, so that the sulphur lozenge is a suit- 
 able laxative for these cases. Sulphur has been also given for 
 bronchitis, for chronic rheumatism, and rheumatic myalgia, but 
 it is very doubtful whether in these diseases there is much relief 
 from this treatment. 
 
 4. POTASSA SULPHURATA. Sulphurated Potassa. Synonym, 
 Liver of Sulphur. [A mixture consisting for the most part of Potassium Hy- 
 posulphite (K 2 S 2 O 3 ) and Sulphide (K 2 S 3 ).] 
 
 SOURCE. Heat in a crucible a mixture of [sublimed] Sulphur, loo ; and 
 [dried] Potassium Carbonate, 200. 3K 2 CO 3 -|-4S 2 =K 2 S 2 O 3 -{-2K 2 S 3 +3COj. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [When freshly prepared it forms irregular pieces of a 
 liver-brown color, which, by exposure to the air, gradually absorb moisture, 
 Oxygen, and Carbon Dioxide, and change to a greenish-yellow and finally a 
 gray mass, containing Potassium Carbonate, Hyposulphite and Sulphate. The 
 compound has a faint odor of Hydrogen Sulphide, and a bitter, alkaline taste. 
 Solubility. In 2 parts of water. ] 
 
 5. CALX SULPHURATA. Sulphurated Lime. [Synonym. Crude 
 Calcium Sulphide. A mixture containing at least 60 per cent, of Calcium 
 Monosulphide (CaS=7i.89), together with unchanged Calcium Sulphate 
 (CaSO 4 =l35.73), and Carbon, in varying proportions. 
 
 SOURCE. Obtained by heating a mixture of Calcium Sulphate, 70 ; Char- 
 coal, IO ; and Starch, 2. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale gray powder, exhaling a faint odor of Hydrogen 
 Sulphide, having a nauseous, alkaline taste, and gradually decomposed by ex- 
 posure to air. Solubility. Very slightly in water ; insoluble in alcohol.] 
 
 Dose, ^ to y z gr. ; [.006 to .03 gm.] 
 
 6. SULPHURIS IODIDUM. Sulphur Iodide. SI[=is8.5i. 
 
 SOURCE. By heating washed Sulphur, 120 ; with Iodine, 80, to liquefac- 
 tion ; when solid after cooling, reduce the fused mass to pieces. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Brittle masses of a crystalline fracture and a grayish or 
 black, metallic lustre, having the odor of Iodine, and a somewhat acrid taste.] 
 Solubility. [Almost] insoluble in water. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 gr. ; [.06 to .24 gm.]
 
 262 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION OF SULPHURATED POTASH, SULPHURATED LIME, AND 
 
 SULPHUR IODIDE. 
 
 External. These preparations are irritant, and are powerful 
 parasiticides for the Sarcoptes \_scabiei.~\ 
 
 Internal. Nothing is known of their internal action. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SULPHURATED POTASH, SULPHURATED LIME, 
 AND SULPHUR IODIDE. 
 
 External. An ointment of either will cure scabies and a 
 sulphurated potash ointment (i in 80) is often used for this pur- 
 pose in the same way as sulphur ointment. [These] drugs have 
 been used for many chronic skin diseases ; but now they are 
 not often employed. They appear, however, occasionally to do 
 good in cases of acne indurata. Baths containing sulphides in 
 solution are considered by many to be very useful for chronic 
 rheumatic arthritis and rheumatic myalgia. The famous natural 
 sulphide baths are those of Aix-la-Chapelle, Aix-les-Bains, and 
 there are many others, which will be found described in works 
 on general therapeutics ; but as in all of them the water is warm, 
 and warm water is beneficial for chronic rheumatism, and the 
 sulphides exist in infinitesimally small quantities, it is very prob- 
 able that the benefit is due more to the heat of the water than to 
 its constituents. An artificial bath (sulphurated potash, i ; 
 water, 960,) is used for chronic psoriasis. 
 
 Internal. Sulphides have been given for chronic rheuma- 
 tism, various skin diseases, and phthisis ; but the evidence of 
 good done is scanty. [Sulphurated lime has been given inter- 
 nally in cases of suppuration,] for boils, carbuncles, and tuber- 
 culous glands in the neck. Haifa grain or a grain [.03 to .06 
 gm.] should be given every four hours. It is best made into a 
 pill with acacia, sugar of milk and syrup. 
 
 [7. CARBONEI DISULPHIDUM. Carbon Bisulphide. CS,= 
 75.93. Synonym. Carbon Bisulphide. 
 
 SOURCE. By combination of Carbon and Sulphur, by distillation. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear, colorless, highly refractive liquid, very diffusive, 
 having a strong characteristic, but not fetid odor, and a sharp, aromatic taste. 
 Solubility. In 535 parts of water; very soluble in Alcohol, Ether, Chloro- 
 form, fixed and volatile oils. Sp. gr., 1.268 to 1.269.
 
 THE ACIDS. 263 
 
 USES OF CARBON BISULPHIDE. 
 
 Carbon disulphide is used as a solvent. It is the best solvent 
 for rubber and similar bodies. It can be freed from its usual 
 disgusting odor by repeated rectification.] 
 
 GROUP XI. 
 
 Acids. 
 
 Those acids which will be considered here may be divided into two classes. 
 
 Class I. Those which are strongly acid, the more powerfully acid being 
 active caustics. They are Sulphuric, Nitric, Hydrochloric, Nitrohydro- 
 chloric, Phosphoric, Acetic, Tartaric, Citric and Lactic acids. [Hypo- 
 phosphorous, Hydriodic and] Hydrobromic acids might be placed here, 
 but they have already been considered [see pp. 240, 248 and 258]. 
 
 Class II. Those which, although feebly acid, are powerfully antiseptic. 
 They are Sulphurous and Boric acids. 
 
 Diluted Hydrocyanic, Carbolic, Benzoic, Gallic, Tannic, Oleic and Sali- 
 cylic acids are not used as acids, and will be considered under other headings. 
 
 Arsenous Acid and Chromic Acid are not true acids ; they are Anhydrides, 
 a^nd have already been considered (see 223 and 234). 
 
 CLASS I. 
 
 i. ACIDUM SULPHURICUM. [Sulphuric Acid. Synonym. 
 Oil of Vitriol. A liquid composed of not less than 72.5 per cent., by weight, 
 of absolute Sulphuric Acid (H 2 SO 4 =97.82) and 7.5 per cent, of water.] 
 
 SOURCE. Produced by the combustion of Sulphur or Iron Pyrites, and 
 the oxidation and hydration of the resulting Sulphur Dioxide gas by means of 
 nitrous and aqueous vapors. [2HNO 3 4-2S0 2 +H 2 O=2H 2 SO 4 +N 2 O 3 . N 2 O 3 
 +2SO 2 +O 2 +H 2 O=2SO 2 ,OHNO 2 . 2SO 2 ,OHNO 2 +H 2 O=2H 2 SO 4 +N 2 O 3 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless liquid of oily consistence and very caustic and 
 corrosive. Sp. gr., not below 1.835.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Nitric acid, lead, and arsenic. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Alkalies, their carbonates, lead and calcium salts. 
 
 Preparations, 
 
 I. Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum. [Diluted Sulphuric Acid. 
 Sulphuric Acid, loo ; distilled, water, 825. Sp. gr., about 1.070. 
 Contains 10 per cent., by weight, of absolute Sulphuric Acid.] 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; [.60 to 2.00 c.c.]
 
 264 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 2. Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum. [Aromatic Sulphuric 
 Acid. Synonym. Elixir of Vitriol. Sulphuric Acid, loo ; Oil of Cin- 
 namon, I ; Tincture of Ginger, 50 ; Alcohol, a sufficient quantity to 
 make looo. Sp. gr., about 0.939. Contains about 20 per cent., by 
 weight, of official Sulphuric Acid, partly in form of Ethyl-Sulphuric 
 Acid.] 
 
 Aromatic Sulphuric Acid is contained in Infusum Cinchonae. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 m. ; [.30 to i.oo c.c.] 
 
 2. ACIDUM NITRICUM. Nitric Acid. [A liquid composed of 68 
 per cent., by weight, of absolute Nitric Acid (HNO 3 =62.89), and 32 per cent. 
 of water.] 
 
 SOURCE. Made from Potassium Nitrate by distilling with Sulphuric Acid. 
 [KN0 8 +H,S0 4 =KHSO 4 +HNO S . ] 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, fuming [liquid, very caustic and corrosive, and 
 having a peculiar, somewhat suffocating odor. Sp. gr., about 1.414.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Sulphuric acid, nitre, and lower nitrogen oxides, giving 
 ruddy fumes. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Alcohol, alkalies, carbonates, oxides, iron sulphate, and 
 lead acetate. 
 
 \_Nitric Acid is contained in Liquor Ferri Nitratis, Liquor Zinci Chloridi, 
 and Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Acidum Nitricum Dilutum. [Diluted Nitric Acid. Nitric 
 Acid, loo; distilled water, 580. Sp. gr., about 1.057. I* contains 10 
 per cent., by weight, of absolute Nitric Acid.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; [.30 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 2. Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum. [Nitrohydrochloric Acid. 
 Synonyms. Nitromuriatic Acid. Aqua regia. Nitric Acid, 180; 
 Hydrochloric Acid, 820. ] 
 
 3. Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum Dilutum. [Diluted Nitro- 
 hydrochloric Acid. Synonym. Diluted Nitromuriatic Acid. Nitric 
 Acid, 40; Hydrochloric Acid, 180; distilled water, 780. Contains 
 Free Chlorine, Hydrochloric, Nitric and Nitrous Acids, and other 
 compounds dissolved in water.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; [.30 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 3. ACIDUM HYDROCHLORICUM. [Hydrochloric Acid. Syn- 
 onym. Muriatic Acid. A liquid compound of 31.9 per cent., by weight, of 
 Absolute Hydrochloric Acid (HC1=36.37) and 68. 1 per cent, of water. 
 
 SOURCE. The fumes produced by the action of Sulphuric Acid on 
 Sodium Chloride are dissolved in water. 2NaCl-f H,SO 4 =HCl-j-NaCl-}- 
 NaHSO 4 and NaCl-f NaHSO 4 =HCl+Na,SCv
 
 THE ACIDS. 265 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, fuming liquid, of a pungent odor, of an 
 intensely acid taste. Sp. gr., about 1.163.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Lead and silver salts, alkalies and their carbonates. 
 
 [Hydrochloric Acid is contained in Liquor Ferri Chloridi and Liquor 
 Zinci Chloridi.] 
 
 Prepa rations. 
 
 1. Acidum Hydrochloricum Dilutum. [Diluted Hydrochloric 
 Acid. Synonym. Diluted Muriatic Acid. Hydrochloric Acid, loo ; 
 distilled water, 219. Sp. gr. , about 1.050. 
 
 Diluted Hydrochloric Acid is contained in Liquor Acidi Arsenosi.] 
 Dose, 5 to 20 m. ; [.30 to 1.20 c.c.] 
 
 2. Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum. See Nitric Acid. 
 
 3. Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum Dilutum. See Nitric Acid. 
 
 4. ACIDUM PHOSPHORICUM. [Phosphoric Acid. A liquid 
 composed of not less than 85 per cent., by weight, of absolute Orthophos- 
 phoric Acid (H 3 PO 4 =97.8), in water. 
 
 SOURCE. When Phosphorus is brought into contact with Nitric Acid, it 
 is slowly oxidized and converted into Phosphoric Acid. P 3 -|-5HNO 3 -|-2H 2 O 
 = 3 H 3 P0 4 +5NO. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless liquid, without odor, but having a strongly 
 acid taste. Sp. gr., 1.347.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Calcium preparations, and sodium carbonate. 
 
 [Phosphoric Acid is contained in Syrupus Quininae et Strychninse Phos- 
 phatum.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Acidum Phosphoricum Dilutum. [Diluted Phosphoric Acid. 
 Phosphoric Acid, 100 ; distilled water, 750. Sp. gr., about 1.057. It 
 contains 10 per cent., by weight, of absolute Orthophosphoric Acid. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; [.30 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 5. ACIDUM ACETICUM. Acetic Acid. [A liquid composed of 36 
 per cent., by weight, of absolute Acetic Acid (HCjH 8 Oj=59.86) and 64 per 
 cent, of water. 
 
 SOURCE. By distilling Sodium Acetate with Sulphuric Acid, NaC 2 H 3 O 2 
 -f H 2 SO 4 =HC z H 3 O a 4-NaHSO 4 . The Acetic Acid distils out, and is obtained 
 by crystallization. 
 
 IMPURITIES. A clear, colorless liquid, having a strong, vinegar-like odor, 
 a purely acid taste, and a strongly acid reaction. Sp. gr. , about 1.048.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Lead and copper, sulphuric, sulphurous and hydrochloric 
 acids. 
 
 [Acetic Acid is used to make the Aceta, and in several preparations.]
 
 266 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Acidum Aceticum Dilutum. Diluted Acetic Acid. [Acetic 
 Acid, loo ; distilled water, 500. Sp. gr., about 1.008. It contains 6 
 per cent., by weight, of absolute Acetic Acid. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; [4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 6. ACIDUM ACETICUM GLACI ALE. Glacial Acetic Acid. 
 
 SOURCE. Distil dry Sodium Acetate with strong Sulphuric Acid. 
 NaC,H J 2 -|-H,SO 4 =HC J H s O 1 -fNaHS0 4 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. [A clear, colorless liquid, of a strong, vinegar-like odor, 
 and a very pungent, purely acid taste. Sp. gr., not higher than 1.058, corre- 
 sponding to at least 99 per cent absolute Acetic Acid.] 
 
 7. ACIDUM CITRICUM. Citric Acid, H S C 6 H 5 O T +H J O[=209. 50. 
 
 SOURCE. Found in the fruits of the Lime (Citrus Bergamia) and Lemon 
 ( Citrus Limonum). Chalk is added to the boiling juice, usually lemon juice, 
 2H S C 6 H 5 O 7 + 3CaCO s = Caj(C 6 H 5 O 7 ), + SCO, -f- 3 H,O. The precipitated 
 Calcium Citrate is boiled with Sulphuric Acid. After filtration and evapora- 
 tion, Citric Acid crystallizes out Ca s (C 6 H 6 O 7 ),+3H,SO 4 =2H s C 6 H 5 O 7 -f 
 3CaSO 4 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, translucent, right-rhombic prisms, having an 
 agreeable, purely acid taste.] Citric Acid, like Tartaric Acid, is often used to 
 produce an effervescing mixture with [Ammonium, Sodium or Potassium] Car- 
 bonates, the two solutions being mixed immediately before taking. Carbon 
 Dioxide which causes the effervescence is formed thus : 3KHCO 3 -f-H s C 6 H 5 O 7 
 =K S C,H 5 7 + 3 C0 1 +3H,0. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Potassium tartrate, alkaline carbonates, and acetates. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Copper, lead, sulphuric and tartaric acids, and mineral 
 matters. 
 
 Free Citric Acid is contained in Limonis Succus. 
 
 [Citric Acid is used to make Bismuthi Citras, Ferri et Quininae Citras, 
 Ferri et Quininae Citras Solubilis, Ferri et Strychninae Citras, Liquor Ferri 
 Citratis, Liquor Magnesii Citratis, Liquor Potassii Citratis, Lithii Citras Effer- 
 vescens, and Magnesii Citras Effervescens. ] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to 2.00 grn.] 
 
 [Preparation. 
 
 Syrupus Acidi Citrici. Syrup of Citric Acid. Citric Acid, 10 ; 
 water, 10 ; Spirit of Lemon, lo ; Syrup to 1000. 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 8. ACIDUM TARTARICUM. Tartaric Acid, H,C 4 H 4 O,[=I49.64. 
 
 SOURCE. Boil Acid Potassium Tartrate with Calcium Carbonate. 2K 
 
 HC 4 H 4 O,-j-CaCO,=CaC 4 H 4 O,-f K,C 4 H 4 O,-f HjO+CO,. Calcium Chloride
 
 THE ACIDS. 267 
 
 is now added, which precipitates more Calcium Tartrate. K 2 C 4 H 4 O 6 -f-CaCl 2 
 =CaC 4 H 4 O 6 -(-2KCl. The Calcium Tartrate is finally decomposed with Sul- 
 phuric Acid. CaC 4 H 4 O 6 -f H 2 SO 4 =H 2 C 4 H 4 O 6 -f CaSO 4 . Then evaporate the 
 fluid to the sp. gr. of 1.21. Separate the Calcium Sulphate crystals that form. 
 Again evaporate, Tartaric Acid crystallizes out. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless translucent monoclinic prisms longer than those 
 of Citric Acid, or crystalline crusts, or a white powder, having a purely acid 
 taste. Solubility. In 0.8 part of water ; in 2.5 parts of Alcohol.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Potassium salts, calcium, mercury, lead, and vegetable 
 astringents. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Lead, oxalic acid, lime, and potassium tartrate. 
 
 Dose, 8 to 30 gr. ; [.50 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 9. ACIDUM LACTICUM. Lactic Acid. HC 3 H 5 O 3 [=89.79. 
 
 SOURCE. Usually obtained by subjecting milk-sugar or grape-sugar to 
 lactic fermentation. It contains 75 per cent, by weight of absolute Lactic 
 Acid, in aqueous solution. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless syrupy liquid, of a purely acid taste, and ab- 
 sorbing moisture on exposure to damp air. Sp. gr., about 1.213. Solubility. 
 Freely miscible with water, Alcohol or Ether.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Mineral acids, sugar, lead, and iron. 
 
 [Lactic Acid is used in Syrupus Calcii Lactophosphatis. ] 
 
 ACTION OF SULPHURIC, NITRIC, HYDROCHLORIC, PHOSPHORIC, 
 ACETIC, CITRIC, TARTARIC AND LACTIC ACIDS. 
 
 External. All these acids are powerful irritants when 
 applied externally. The feeblest is citric. Its concentrated so- 
 lution has no action on the sound skin, but is irritant to mucous 
 membranes and abraded surfaces. Tartaric is stronger than 
 citric acid ; it will act upon the unabraded skin, and applied to 
 a sore it produces pain, a sensation of burning, and considerable 
 vascular dilatation. The remaining acids are very powerful irri- 
 tants, therefore even [very] dilute solutions of them may produce 
 considerable redness and perhaps vesication, and when the solu 
 tion is strong they are very energetic caustics ; sulphuric ana. 
 phosphoric acids, having a powerful affinity for water, are espe- 
 cially active. Sulphuric acid leaves the carbon untouched, there- 
 fore it blackens ; nitric stains the skin a deep yellow owing to 
 the formation of picric acid (trinitro-benzol), it does not redis- 
 solve the albumin it precipitates, and it is consequently limited 
 in its area of action ; nitrohydrochloric is very powerful ; hy-
 
 268 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 drochloric is the least active of the mineral acids ; glacial acetic 
 acid is useful when a limited action is required. [Ricord's 
 paste is composed of sulphuric acid and willow charcoal; 
 Michel's, of sulphuric acid and asbestos.] All the stronger 
 acids unite with and coagulate albumin ; hence weak solu- 
 tions, not strong enough to form a slough, which by its separation 
 may cause bleeding, will, by coagulating the blood and so plug- 
 ging the vessels, and by coagulating the albumin in the tissues 
 and so constricting the vessels, act as astringents and haemos- 
 tatics. [Citric acid is added to tablets of corrosive mercuric 
 chloride so that when these are dissolved in making solutions the 
 antiseptic shall penetrate into the tissues. Tartaric acid is used 
 for the same purpose.] Diluted solutions of acids are cooling to 
 the flushed skin of fever, therefore they are called refrigerants. 
 
 Internal. Mouth. All acids have a peculiar taste, and give 
 rise to a feeling of roughness about the teeth. As the saliva is 
 alkaline they increase the amount secreted, consequently 
 by keeping the mouth moist they allay thirst. 
 
 Stomach. It is believed that, if given during a meal, acids 
 will check the flow of gastric juice, as that is an acid secre- 
 tion. Nitric acid, however, interferes with the digestion of 
 proteids, as it combines with them. When the amount of acid 
 secreted by the gastric mucous membrane is deficient, acids 
 taken, after a meal, when all that the stomach can secrete has 
 been secreted, aid digestion. 
 
 Intestine. Acids quickly become converted into neutral salts, 
 and are probably absorbed as such. Some, especially diluted 
 sulphuric, preserve in the intestine their astringent action. 
 They increase the amount of bile poured into the intestine, and 
 are hence cholagogues ; this is especially the case with nitric 
 acid. Nitrohydrochloric acid is a still better cholagogue, as it 
 also increases the amount of bile secreted. 
 
 Remote effects. Acids may render the blood less alkaline, but 
 never acid. They do this by combining with some of the alkali 
 of the plasma. As high alkalinity of plasma and tissues favors 
 metabolism, acids slightly diminish it. They also diminish the 
 carbon [dioxide] in the blood. Phosphoric acid is believed to
 
 THE ACIDS. 269 
 
 increase the amount of phosphates in the red blood-corpuscles. 
 The administration of hydrochloric acid will increase the number 
 of red corpuscles in chlorosis, but it does not alter the amount 
 of haemoglobin. It is probable that in their passage through 
 the liver they check the formation of urea. The reason for this 
 belief is that all these acids, except citric, acetic, tartaric and 
 lactic, are excreted in the urine especially in flesh feeders 
 chiefly as ammoniacal salts. Nitric acid is stated to be excreted 
 to a small extent as ammonia, and hence slightly to increase the 
 alkalinity of the urine. Acetic, citric and tartaric acids are de- 
 composed in the blood, alkaline carbonates being formed, and 
 the alkalinity of the urine is increased. This has already been 
 discussed (see p. 128). Lactic acid is either converted into an 
 [alkaline] carbonate, or passed out as carbon [dioxide] in solu- 
 tion in the urine. Some acids depress respiration in animals, 
 and the respiration is restored by alkalies. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SULPHURIC, NITRIC, HYDROCHLORIC, PHOS- 
 PHORIC, ACETIC, CITRIC, TARTARIC AND LACTIC ACIDS. 
 
 External. Nitric acid is more often used as a caustic than 
 the others, for, owing to their great affinity for water, it is diffi- 
 cult to limit the action of sulphuric and phosphoric acids ; and 
 the remaining acids are not so powerful as nitric acid. It is em- 
 ployed to destroy warts, condylomata, unhealthy phagedsenic 
 sores, cancrum oris, etc. [Nitric acid is used as Heller's test 
 for determining the presence of albumin in the urine. At pres- 
 ent his process is reversed, i.e., the urine is added to the acid.] 
 Glacial acetic acid is used for small warts and corns. If this 
 causes pain it may be diluted. Very dilute solutions are rarely 
 employed for their irritant effects, but at some bathing establish- 
 ments acid baths are used, but it is not proved that they do any 
 good. Any well-diluted acid, especially sulphuric, may be ap- 
 plied to check slight bleeding, as that of leech-bites, piles, etc. 
 Vinegar can always be obtained ; even this should be diluted. 
 In fever the skin is often bathed with vinegar as a refrigerant, 
 and very dilute sulphuric acid is used as a local astringent in the 
 sweating of phthisis.
 
 2/O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Internal. Mouth. As acids damage the teeth they should 
 be taken through a glass tube. Lemon juice or citric acid itself 
 is often used to stimulate the secretion of saliva, and hence allay 
 the thirst of fever patients. Lemonade is a favorite drink for 
 this purpose. Lactic acid has been strongly recommended to 
 dissolve the membrane in diphtheria, but there is no evidence 
 that this treatment benefits the patient. Equal parts of lactic 
 acid and water may be applied with a mop, or a spray of a. 
 strength of [i to 8] of water may be employed. Very dilute 
 nitric acid has been used for the same purpose. Lactic acid is 
 applied [more frequently than any other drug] with a brush in 
 tuberculosis of the larynx, and in some cases with good results. 
 It is usual to begin with lactic acid, 2 ; water, i ; and glycerin, i. 
 The strength of the solution is increased till at last lactic acid 
 alone is used. Other accessible tuberculous ulcers as those of 
 the tongue and skin may be treated in the same way. 
 
 Stomach and Intestines. Hydrochloric, and to a less extent 
 nitrohydrochloric acid is of the greatest value in that variety of 
 dyspepsia in which the acidity of the gastric juice is deficient. 
 They should, as already explained, be given some little while 
 after a meal. A very useful stomach mixture consists of diluted 
 nitrohydrochloric acid combined with tincture of nux vomica, 
 and some other stomachic, as compound tincture of gentian. 
 Lactic acid has been used for the same purpose. Acids will 
 often alleviate that form of indigestion in which the patient 
 complains of acid eructations and heartburn. For this purpose 
 they should be given during a meal or before it. They then 
 check the excessive secretion of acid and restrain fermentation. 
 An acid mixture sometimes benefits the indigestion of pregnancy, 
 and small doses of hydrochloric acid may be prescribed during 
 typhoid and other fevers, because the secretion of this acid is 
 much diminished when the temperature is raised. Vinegar is 
 often drunk to reduce obesity, but it only does so because a 
 long course of any acid will set up a mild gastritis, and thus 
 hinder the digestion and absorption of food. Carbonic acid, 
 taken as an effervescing mixture, is a common and very effica- 
 cious gastric sedative, beneficial, therefore, in painful dyspepsia
 
 THE ACIDS. 271 
 
 and in vomiting. Diluted sulphuric acid may be used as a 
 haemostatic in bleeding from the stomach or intestines, but its 
 action is feeble. It is, however, successful as an astringent in 
 many cases of summer diarrhoea. Nitric and nitrohydrochloric 
 acids, increasing the amount of bile, poured into the intestines, 
 are given, and sometimes with much benefit, when it is consid- 
 ered that dyspepsia is due to disordered function of the liver. 
 Diluted sulphuric acid is often taken by workers in lead factories, 
 as it forms an insoluble lead sulphate in the intestine and so pre- 
 vents absorption of lead. 
 
 Remote effects. The remote effects of salts of citric, tartaric, 
 and acetic acids have already been described {see p. 128). They 
 are due to the increase in the alkalinity of the blood and the 
 urine. Phosphoric acid is often given to weak, sickly, anaemic 
 children with the view of improving the quality of the red blood- 
 corpuscles, and possibly aiding the growth of bones, but it has 
 not been proved to have any great value. The same may be 
 said of lactic and phosphoric acids when given for diabetes ; 
 indeed, the latter is said to do harm. [There is probably no doubt 
 as to the value of lime and lemon juice in the treatment of 
 scurvy.] Lime juice was formerly a popular remedy for acute 
 rheumatism, but it did little if any good. Sulphuric acid is by 
 some said to be anhidrotic in the night-sweating of phthisis, 
 and had some reputation as a remote haemostatic, but it is rarely 
 given now for these purposes. Aromatic sulphuric acid, with a 
 little syrup and water, forms a pleasant cooling drink in fever. 
 Rohrig found that acids diminished the tracheal secretion, and 
 some physicians find that they diminish the secretions in bron- 
 chitis. We thus see that the remote effects of all acids, except 
 citric, tartaric, and acetic, are unimportant. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 All these acids are severe gastro-intestinal irritants when given in toxic 
 doses. Tartaric, citric, and lactic are very rarely taken as poisons. 
 
 Symptoms. These are severe burning pain extending from the mouth to 
 the stomach, excoriation of the mouth with the formation of sloughs, great 
 difficulty in swallowing, vomiting of dark-brown, coffee- colored material and 
 shreds of mucus, intense aMominal pain aggravated by the slightest move-
 
 2/2 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ment, generally obstinate constipation, but if the bowels are open the motions 
 are dark, from the blood contained in them. Some of the acid generally 
 passes down to the larynx, and causes swelling of that organ and consequently 
 dyspnoea from obstruction to respiration. The patient becomes cold, collapsed 
 and covered with a cold sweat ; his pulse is very feeble, and he suffers from 
 great thirst. Post-mortem. The mucous membrane of the mouth and oesoph- 
 agus is softened and corroded, and whitish-gray sloughs and haemorrhages may 
 be seen here and there. The coats of the stomach are softened. It is often 
 contracted, and it may be perforated, the aperture being irregular. If the acid 
 escapes into the peritoneal cavity, it may act on almost any of the abdominal 
 organs. Should the patient have lived long enough, there may be corrosion 
 and inflammation of parts of the small intestine. The mucous membrane of 
 the throat and larynx is inflamed and swollen. 
 
 Treatment. Alkalies should be given at once, e.g., soap and water, lime 
 water, magnesia, washing soda ; and then demulcents, as milk, white of egg, 
 oil, linseed tea. Do not use the stomach tube if sulphuric acid has been taken, 
 otherwise wash out the stomach. Morphine may be injected subcutaneously 
 for the pain, and brandy [given] subcutaneously for the collapse. 
 
 CLASS II. 
 
 I. ACIDUM SULPHUROSUM. Sulphurous Acid. [A liquid com- 
 posed of not less than 6.4 per cent, by weight of Sulphurous Acid Gas (Sul- 
 phur Dioxide, 80^=63.9), and not more than 93.6 per cent, of water. 
 
 SOURCE. Sulphuric Acid, Bo; is heated with Charcoal, 20; and the 
 resulting Sulphur Dioxide is dissolved in water. 4H 2 SO 4 -)-Cj=4SOj+2CO 2 
 +4H,0. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless liquid of the characteristic odor of burning 
 Sulphur, and of a very acid, sulphurous taste. Sp. gr., not less than 1.035.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Sulphuric acid, and mineral matters. 
 
 Dose, YI to 2 fl. dr. ; [2. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF SULPHUROUS ACID. 
 
 External. Sulphurous acid is strongly deoxidizing, and as 
 it takes up oxygen so easily from organic bodies, it readily de- 
 composes them, becoming itself converted into sulphuric acid, 
 and hence is irritant, but not violently so, for the amount of 
 sulphuric acid in proportion to the water is slight. It is a dis- 
 infectant and deodorant ; for in virtue of its property of 
 absorbing oxygen, it destroys micro-organisms and arrests fer- 
 mentation. When applied to the skin it is a parasiticide. 
 
 Internal. It is believed to act as a disinfectant in the 
 stomach and intestine, but it is very doubtful whether enough of
 
 THE ACIDS. 2/3 
 
 it to have any appreciable action in this direction can be safely 
 taken. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SULPHUROUS ACID. 
 
 External. Sulphurous acid is chiefly used as an antiseptic, 
 disinfectant, and deodorant. Sulphur [dioxide] is employed as 
 a disinfectant for a sick-room after a patient with an infectious 
 disease has been in it. The chimneys and windows should be 
 stopped up. A quarter to half a pound [120. to 240. gm.] or 
 more of flowers of sulphur [or better, one or two sulphur candles, 
 now to be found in pharmacies] , are placed in an earthenware 
 vessel and lighted ; the door is shut, and the cracks around it 
 pasted over. The room should be left untouched for six hours. 
 Generally not enough sulphur is burned for this method to be 
 efficacious. Sulphurous acid [i to 4] in water is locally applied 
 to cure ringworm. Foul sores may be washed with it. 
 
 Internal. Sulphurous acid is sometimes given internally 
 with the object of preventing abnormal fermentation in the 
 stomach and intestines in certain varieties of dyspepsia, but there 
 is no clinical proof that it can do this, and it should be remem- 
 bered that it is possible it may do harm by impeding the action 
 of the normal ferments. 
 
 2. ACIDUM BORICUM. Boric Acid. H 3 BO 3 [=6i.78. Synonym.- 
 Boracic Acid. 
 
 SOURCE. Native from Northern Tuscany, or made by the action of 
 Hydrochloric Acid on Borax by nitration and recrystallization. NajB^Oj-f- 
 2HCl+ioH 2 O=4H 3 BO 3 -f2NaCl+5H 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Transparent, colorless scales, of a somewhat pearly lustre, 
 or, when in perfect crystals, six-sided triclinic plates, slightly unctuous to the 
 touch, having a faintly bitterish taste. Solubility. In 25.6 parts of water ; in 
 lo of glycerin ; in 15 of Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Glyceritum Boroglycerini. Glycerite of Boroglycerin. Syno- 
 nyms. Glycerite of Glyceryl Borate. Solution of Boroglyceride. 
 Boric Acid, 310; Glycerin to 1000. ] 
 
 3. SODII BORAS. Sodium [Borate. Na,B 4 O 7 
 Synonyms. Borax. Sodium Pyroborate. 
 
 18
 
 2/4 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 SOURCE. Native, as a saline incrustation on the shores of certain lakes 
 and as a crystalline deposit at the bottom of the Borax lake of California, or 
 by boiling together Boric Acid and Sodium Carbonate and crystallization. 
 4H s BO s +Na 2 CO 3 =Na 2 B 4 O 7 +CO 2 +6H J O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, or a white 
 powder, having a sweetish alkaline taste. Solubility. In 16 parts] of water ; 
 in I of Glycerin. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF BORIC ACID AND BORAX. 
 
 External. Both boric acid and borax have the power of de- 
 stroying micro-organisms and are thus disinfectant and anti- 
 septic, but their value is slight, and they are much more active 
 in preventing than in inhibiting decomposition. The action is 
 extremely local. Solutions of boric acid will relieve itching. 
 Neither substance produces any irritation. Boric acid is very 
 largely used to preserve milk, butter and animal food. 
 
 Internal. Borax and boric acid check the action of saliva 
 on starch, but, if anything, they increase the action of the gastric 
 juice and the pancreatic secretion. Large amounts, however, 
 slightly retard digestion, and still larger are gastro-intestinal 
 irritants. Boric acid is rapidly eliminated in the urine, it is said 
 to increase the urea and the quantity of urine. Large doses 
 [increase] the acidity of this fluid. It is also excreted in the 
 saliva, sweat, and faeces, and it is stated in rare cases to cause 
 abortion. In exceptional instances where large quantities have 
 been applied to raw surfaces or mucous membranes, reduction of 
 temperature, depression of spirits, feeble pulse, ecchymoses and 
 vomiting have supervened. Harmful symptoms do not follow 
 from taking food preserved with boric acid if the amount used is 
 small, such as anything under [one-tenth of one] per cent., but 
 they may follow if large amounts are used. It should never be 
 used for solid foods. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF BORIC ACID AND BORAX. 
 
 As they do not irritate, both these substances are largely used 
 to keep wounds, ulcers, and sores sweet. The action is so local 
 that they cannot be used to dress cavities. Boric lint is em-
 
 THE ACIDS. 2/5 
 
 ployed to dress wounds. It is made by passing lint through a 
 hot saturated solution of boric acid. Boric cotton is made the 
 same way. Lister's bone acid ointment consists of boric acid, i ; 
 white wax, i ; paraffin, 2 ; almond oil 2 parts. A saturated solu- 
 tion of boric acid (4 per cent. ), [or the glyceritum boroglycerini 
 well diluted with water] may be used as an antiseptic wash. Such 
 solutions are used for ozaena, vaginitis, urethritis, and ophthal- 
 mia. Colitis is often benefited by washing out the large bowel 
 with a quart [960 c.c.] of a saturated solution of boric acid; 
 sometimes tannic acid is added. Lister's ointment, or an oint- 
 ment of boroglyceride, [(not official) glycerin, 92 ; boric acid, 
 62 ; by heating], may be used for pruritus, sunburn, etc. Pow- 
 dered boric acid blown into the ear is very useful in foetid dis- 
 charges from it. Thompson's fluid (borax, i ; glycerin, 2 ; water, 
 2), in the proportion of i to 8 of warm water, is commonly em- 
 ployed to wash out the bladder in cystitis. [One of the most 
 important antiseptic solutions is that of Thiersch. This consists 
 of boric acid, 12 ; salicylic acid, 2 ; water 1000]. The glycerin 
 [of the B. P., which is, borax, i ; water, 2 ; glycerin, 4;] and 
 the honey of borax, [of the B. P., which is, borax, 2 ; glycerin, 
 i ; clarified honey, 16 ;] are excellent applications for aphthous 
 states of the mouth, especially in children. The following is a 
 good wash for the mouth : Glycerin of borax, [see above] 6 ; 
 tincture of myrrh, i ; water to 48. 
 
 Borax has been given in epilepsy, and its use is gaining 
 ground. It is often prescribed with advantage in combination 
 with bromides, but it is decidedly inferior to them, although in 
 exceptional cases it may succeed when they have failed. As it 
 is an antiseptic it has been given internally fn typhoid fever and 
 phthisis, but with doubtful benefit. Taken internally, it is said 
 to relieve irritability of the bladder. In rare cases its use has 
 caused either psoriasis, a papular eruption especially marked near 
 the elbows, an erythematous rash, or eczema. Nausea, loss of 
 appetite, vomiting, and diarrhoea may be produced. It has no 
 effect on the intelligence. The taste is best covered with syrup 
 of orange peel. 
 
 Boric acid is not employed internally in medicine, [except-
 
 2/6 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ing for correcting the foetor of fermentative dyspepsia and in 
 ammoniacal cystitis, where it is also used in solution for irriga- 
 tion of the bladder.] 
 
 GROUP XII. 
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 
 
 CLASS I. [Drugs which Act Mechanically. 
 
 Carbon, Petrolatum and Benzin. 
 
 This class includes carbon in its three official forms, and the hydrocarbons.] 
 
 I. CARBO. 
 
 [C=u. 97 . 
 
 1. CARBO ANIMALIS. Animal Charcoal. Synonym. Bone-black. 
 SOURCE. Expose bones, deprived of fat, in iron cylinders, to red heat 
 
 without access of air, and then powder them. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Dull, black, granular fragments or a dull black powder, 
 nearly tasteless. Solubility. Insoluble in water or Alcohol. 
 
 2. CARBO ANIMALIS PURIFICATUS. Purified Animal Char- 
 coal. 
 
 SOURCE. Digest Animal Charcoal, loo ; with Hydrochloric Acid, 300, 
 and a sufficient quantity of water. Filter, wash and heat the residue to red- 
 ness in a closed crucible. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A dull black powder, odorless, tasteless, and insoluble in 
 water or Alcohol. It should contain no salts. 
 
 Dose, 20 to 60 gr. ; 1.20 to 4.00 gm. ; ^ oz. ; 15. gm. or more as an 
 antidote. ] 
 
 3. CARBO LIGNL [Charcoal. Synonym.] Wood Charcoal. 
 SOURCE. Wood charred without access of air. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [A black, odorless, and tasteless powder, free from gritty 
 matter. ] 
 
 Dose, 20 to 60 gr. ; [1.20 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF CHARCOAL. 
 
 External. Dry charcoal absorbs gases and condenses them 
 within its pores. It thus absorbs oxygen, and hence has an 
 oxidizing power, parting with the absorbed oxygen to oxidize
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 
 
 organic and other substances. Organic matter is believed to be 
 decomposed by serobic micro-organisms which act by oxidation, 
 and anaerobic which decompose directly, producing offensively 
 smelling and toxic bodies. Wild suggests that the reason for 
 the deodorant action of charcoal is that it converts anaerobic 
 into aerobic decomposition. It attracts and oxidizes coloring 
 matters, and consequently decolorizes them. It has no effect 
 on living organisms, and is not antiseptic. 
 
 Internal. Formerly it was thought only to oxidize when 
 dry, but to a less degree it has this power when moist, presum- 
 ably because there is still some active oxygen in its interstices. 
 It is passed in the faeces unchanged. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CHARCOAL. 
 
 External. Charcoal has been recommended as an antiseptic 
 and deodorant for foul ulcers, etc., but it is a dirty preparation, 
 and large quantities must be used. Charcoal is used in pharmacy 
 as a decolorizing agent. 
 
 Internal. It has been given as a powder, as lozenges, and 
 as biscuits, with the object of preventing fermentation in the 
 stomach, but it is not of much use. Garrod has shown that a 
 tablespoonful or larger doses of charcoal frequently repeated, 
 are antidotes against most active vegetable poisons, as opium, 
 nux vomica, and aconite, for charcoal seems to have a special 
 attraction for alkaloids. Animal charcoal is the best form to 
 give as an antidote. Charcoal is used as a tooth powder [but it 
 should not be recommended because it abrades the enamel of 
 
 the teeth] . 
 
 [II. PETROLATUM. 
 
 i. PETROLATUM LIQUIDUM. Liquid Petrolatum. 
 
 SOURCE. A mixture of Hydrocarbons, chiefly of the Marsh-gas series, 
 obtained by distilling off the lighter and more volatile portions from Petroleum, 
 and purifying the residue when it has the desired consistence. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, or more or less _ yellowish, oily, transparent 
 liquid, without odor or taste, or giving off, when heated, a faint odor of Petro- 
 leum. Sp. gr., about 0.875 to -94S- Solubility. Insoluble in water; 
 scarcely soluble in cold or hot alcohol, or in cold Absolute Alcohol ; but solu- 
 ble in boiling Absolute Alcohol, and readily soluble in Ether, Chloroform, 
 Carbon Disulphide, Oil of Turpentine, Benzin, Benzol, and fixed or volatile oils.
 
 2/8 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 2. PETROLATUM MOLLE. Soft Petrolatum. Synonym. Soft 
 Petroleum Ointment. 
 
 SOURCE. A mixture of Hydrocarbons, chiefly of the Marsh gas series, 
 obtained by distilling off the lighter and more volatile portions from Petroleum, 
 and purifying the residue when it has the desired melting point. 
 
 When Petrolatum is prescribed or ordered without further specification, 
 soft Petrolatum (Petrolatum Molle) is to be dispensed. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A fat-like mass, of about the consistence of an ointment, 
 varying from white to yellowish or yellow, more or less fluorescent when 
 yellow, especially after being melted, transparent in thin layers, completely 
 amorphous, and without odor or taste, or giving off, when heated, a faint odor 
 of Petroleum. If a portion of Soft Petrolatum be liquefied, and brought to a 
 temperature of 140 F. ; 60 C., it will have a specific gravity of about 0.820 
 100.840. The melting point of Soft Petrolatum ranges between about 104 
 and 113 F.; 40 and 45 C. 
 
 3. PETROLATUM SPISSUM. Hard Petrolatum. Synonym. 
 Hard Petroleum Ointment. 
 
 SOURCE. A mixture of Hydrocarbons, chiefly of the Marsh-gas series, ob- 
 tained by distilling off the lighter and more volatile portions from Petroleum, 
 and purifying the residue when it has the desired melting point. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A fat-like mass, of about the consistence of a cerate, 
 varying from white to yellowish, or yellow, more or less fluorescent when yel- 
 low, especially after being melted, transparent in thin layers, completely amor- 
 phous, and without odor or taste, or giving off, when heated, a faint odor of 
 Petroleum. If a portion of Hard Petrolatum be liquefied, and brought to a 
 temperature of 142 F. ; 6l.I C. , it will have a specific gravity of about 
 0.820 to 0.850. The melting point of Hard Petrolatum ranges between about 
 113 and 125 F. ; 45 and 51.3 C. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Fixed oils, fats of animal or vegetable origin, resin, and 
 organic impurities. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF PETROLATUM. 
 
 Petrolatum is used exclusively as a bland, neutral protective, 
 and, because it does not become rancid nor act as an irritant, 
 and as it is not affected by acids, alkalies or powerful reducing 
 agents, it is employed as a substitute for fatty materials in oint- 
 ments. But as it is absorbed with difficulty it is not a suitable 
 vehicle for drugs which are intended for absorption through the 
 skin. Liquid petrolatum has been used as a local soothing ap- 
 plication in inflammation of the mucous membrane of the nose, 
 throat, larynx, and even of the bronchial tubes. It is then ap-
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 2/9 
 
 plied with an atomizer and may be employed as a vehicle for 
 medicinal substances. None of the petroleums are nutritive. 
 
 III. BENZINUM. 
 
 BENZIN. Synonyms. Petroleum Benzin. Petroleum Ether. A puri- 
 fied distillate from American Petroleum, consisting of hydrocarbons, chiefly of 
 the Marsh-gas series (C 5 H 12 , C 6 H M , and homologous compounds). 
 
 CHARACTERS. A transparent, colorless, diffusive liquid, of a strong, char- 
 acteristic odor, slightly resembling that of Petroleum, but much less disagree- 
 able, and having a neutral reaction. Sp. gr., 0.670100.675. Solubility. 
 Insoluble in water ; soluble in about 6 parts of Alcohol, and readily soluble in 
 Ether, Chloroform, Benzol, fixed and volatile oils. 
 
 USES OF BENZIN. 
 
 Benzin is used to obtain volatile oils by percolation, as a sub- 
 stitute for ether in making oleoresins, for dissolving fats, resins, 
 caoutchouc and some of the alkaloids.] 
 
 CLASS II. The Anaesthetics. 
 Alcohol, Chloroform, Ether, and Acetic Ether. 
 
 These substances produce local anaesthesia by evaporation. They are 
 rubefacient if their vapor is confined. The stomach, heart and central nervous 
 system are first stimulated and then depressed by them. [Amylic Alcohol, 
 (B. P.) Ethyl Bromide, Bromoform and Pental, none of which are official, 
 are considered in this class.] 
 
 I. ALCOHOL. 
 
 [Ethyl Alcohol. C 2 H 5 OH=45.9. 
 Alcohol is official in the eight following forms :] 
 
 i. ALCOHOL. [A liquid composed of about 91 per cent, by weight, 
 or 94 per cent., by volume, of Ethyl Alcohol, and about 9 per cent, by 
 weight, of water. Synonyms. Ethy lie Alcohol. Spirit of Wine. 
 
 SOURCE. Macerate rectified spirit with Anhydrous Potassium Carbonate to 
 remove the water, then again with freshly fused Calcium Chloride, and distil. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A transparent, colorless, mobile and volatile liquid of a 
 characteristic, rather agreeable odor, and a burning taste. Sp. gr., about 0.820. 
 Boils at 172.4 F. ; 78 C. Entirely volatilized. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Resins or oils, detected by turbidity on dilution. 
 
 Alcohol is used to make Chloroform. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Alcohol Dilutum. Diluted Alcohol. Synonym. Proof Spirit 
 A liquid composed of about 4 1 per cent. , by weight, or about 48. 6 per
 
 28O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 cent., by volume, of absolute Ethyl Alcohol, and about 59 per cent, of 
 water. Alcohol, 500 ; distilled water, 500. 
 
 CHARACTERS. The same as those of Alcohol. Sp. gr., about 
 0.938. 
 
 2. ALCOHOL ABSOLUTUM. Absolute Alcohol. Ethyl Alcohol, 
 containing not more than I per cent , by weight, of water. 
 
 SOURCE. By percolation of the strongest and purest Alcohol through 
 recently burned lime, out of contact with the air, then re-distil the percolate 
 in vacua. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A transparent, colorless, mobile, and volatile liquid, of a 
 characteristic, rather agreeable odor, and a burning taste. Very hygroscopic. 
 Sp. gr., not higher than 0.797. 
 
 3. ALCOHOL DEODORATUM. Deodorized Alcohol. A liquid 
 composed of about 92.5 per cent., by weight, or 95-1 per cent., by volume, of 
 Ethyl Alcohol, and about 7.5 per cent., by weight, of water. 
 
 SOURCE. The foreign odors may be removed by distilling the Alcohol 
 over about 2 per cent, of pure, fused Sodium Acetate. 
 
 CHARACTERS. As of Absolute Alcohol. Sp. gr., about 0.816.] 
 
 4. SPIRITUS VINI GALLICI. Brandy. 
 
 [SOURCE. An alcoholic liquid obtained by the distillation of the fer- 
 mented, unmodified juice of fresh grapes, and at least four years old. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale, amber-colored liquid having a distinctive odor and 
 taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Contains 39 to 47 per cent., by weight, 
 of Alcohol, together with a volatile oil and several Ethers. Sp. gr. , 0.925 to 
 0.941, which limits it should not exceed. 
 
 Dose, indefinite. 
 
 5. SPIRITUS FRUMENTI. Whiskey. 
 
 SOURCE. An alcoholic liquid obtained by the distillation of the mash of 
 fermented grain (usually a mixture of corn, wheat and rye), and at least two 
 years old. 
 
 CHARACTERS. An amber-colored liquid, having a distinctive taste and 
 odor, and a slightly acid reaction. Contains 44 to 50 per cent., by weight, 
 of Absolute Alcohol. Sp. gr. , 0.917 to 0.930, which limits it should not exceed. 
 
 Dose, indefinite. 
 
 6. VINUM ALBUM. White Wine. 
 
 SOURCE. An alcoholic liquid, made by fermenting the juice of fresh 
 grapes, the fruit of Vitis Vinifera (nat. ord. Vitaceez), freed from seeds, stems 
 and skins. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale, amber-colored, or straw-colored liquid, having a 
 pleasant odor, free from yeastiness, and a fruity, agreeable, slightly spirituous 
 taste, without excessive sweetness or acidity. Contains between 10 and 14
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 
 
 281 
 
 per cent, by weight, of Absolute Alcohol, 
 limits it should not exceed. 
 
 Sp. gr., 0.990 to i.oio, which 
 
 7. VINUM RUBRUM. Red Wine. 
 
 SOURCE. An alcoholic liquid, made by fermenting the juice of fresh 
 colored grapes, the fruit of Vitis Vinifera (nat. ord. Vitacece) in presence of 
 their skins. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A deep red liquid, having a pleasant odor, free from 
 yeastiness, and a fruity, moderately astringent, pleasant, and slightly acidulous 
 taste, without excessive sweetness or acidity. Contains 10 to 14 per cent., by 
 weight, of Absolute Alcohol. Sp. gr., 0.989 to i.oio, which limits it should 
 not exceed.] 
 
 Amount of Ethyl Alcohol by Volume in Various Important Substances. 
 
 [Alcohol Absolutum .... contains 99 per cent. 
 
 Alcohol Deodoratum .... " 95. i] " 
 
 Alcohol "94 " 
 
 Spiritus Rectificatus [B. P.]. " 90 " 
 
 Spiritus Tenuior (Proof Spirit) . " 57-9 " 
 
 Rum, Gin, Strong Liqueurs . . " 51 to 59 " 
 
 [Spiritus Frumenti " 50 to 58] " 
 
 Alcohol Dilutum "48.6 " 
 
 Spiritus Vini Gallic! .... " 46 to 55 " 
 Vinum Album Fortius (U. S. P., 
 
 1880) " 23 to 29 " 
 
 [Vinum Porteuse] " 2O to 30 " 
 
 [Vinum Xericum or] Madeira . " 16 to 22 " 
 
 Vinum Album " 12.41017.3 " 
 
 [Vinum Rubrum " 12.41017.3] " 
 
 Champagne ....... " IO to 13 " 
 
 Vinum Aurantii [B! P.] ... " 10 to 12 " 
 
 Burgundy " 9 to 12 " 
 
 Hock " 9 to 12 " 
 
 Claret " 8 to 12 " 
 
 Cider " 5 to 9 " 
 
 Strong Ale or Stout .... " 5 to 9 " 
 
 Beer [or] Porter " 2 to 5 " 
 
 [Kumyss] " * I to 3 " 
 
 ACTION OF ALCOHOL. 
 
 External. It is a powerful antiseptic, preventing the for- 
 mation of and killing putrefactive bacteria. If applied to the 
 skin, alcohol quickly evaporates. It therefore cools the skin, 
 which consequently becomes pale from the contraction of the
 
 282 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 small vessels ; owing to this less sweat is secreted. Alcohol is 
 thus refrigerant, astringent and anhidrotic. But if evaporation 
 is prevented in any way, such as by a watch-glass or a piece of 
 gutta-percha, or the alcohol is rubbed in, it quickly absorbs water 
 from the skin, and thus hardens it. Having thus passed through 
 the epidermis, it dilates the vessels, causes a feeling of warmth, 
 and produces a rubefacient effect. It has the power of coagu- 
 lating albumin, but the coagulum quickly re-dissolves. It extracts 
 water from all tissues. 
 
 Internal. Mouth. When concentrated, alcohol produces a 
 feeling of warmth, or often even a burning sensation, in the 
 mouth. If held there for some time, the albumin of the super- 
 ficial tissues is coagulated, and the mucous membrane becomes 
 whitish, congested, and opaque ; but this appearance soon disap- 
 pears, as the coagulum is re- dissolved by the fluids of the tissues. 
 Directly [after] the alcohol is put in the mouth there is an increased 
 flow of saliva, and the pulse may be quickened ; these results are 
 reflex, for they occur before there is time for the alcohol to be 
 absorbed. Alcohol has a slight local anaesthetic effect. 
 
 Stomach. Here also, if the alcohol is sufficiently concen- 
 trated, there is a sensation of warmth or even of burning. If 
 only small quantities are given, the gastric vessels dilate, the 
 mucous membrane becomes red, and there is an increased secre- 
 tion of gastric juice. All this [has been] seen to happen in cases 
 of gastric fistula. The result of these effects is that the appetite 
 is sharpened, and this explains the custom, common with many 
 people, of taking a little alcohol immediately before meals, and 
 also the common experience that alcohol taken during meals aids 
 digestion. It also increases the activity of the gastric move- 
 ments and promotes absorption. Thus there are several ways in 
 which moderate dosea of alcohol may help the digestive 
 process, and Binz has actually demonstrated, by removing the 
 gastric contents at stated times after a meal, that alcohol aids 
 digestion, and by giving potassium iodide he showed that it in- 
 creased the rapidity of absorption. In some cases it produces a 
 local anaesthesia in the stomach, and so it may relieve gastric 
 pain. It is to a slight extent decomposed into aldehyde and
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 283 
 
 acetic acid, and consequently some of the pepsin, peptones, and 
 proteids are precipitated. This hinders digestion, but usually 
 not sufficiently to outdo the aid due to the vascular dilatation, 
 the increased secretion, and the greater movement. The effect 
 of large doses is very harmful.. The activity of the gastric 
 juice is destroyed, the gastric walls are inflamed, large quantities 
 of mucus are poured out, and if the over-indulgence is continued 
 chronic gastritis ensues, the gastric glands atrophy, and conse- 
 quently we get the permanent dyspepsia of drunkards. 
 
 A single dose of alcohol introduced into the stomach in a 
 concentrated form, e.g., [clear] brandy, immediately produces 
 important reflex effects. The heart beats more rapidly and 
 more forcibly, the vessels of the whole body dilate, especially 
 those of the skin ; hence there is a feeling of warmth. The 
 blood- pressure rises. These reflex effects are well seen in the 
 immediate restoration of a fainting person by the ingestion of a 
 single dose of brandy. Diluted alcohol, e.g., beer, does not 
 produce them. They are quickly followed by the effects of 
 alcohol upon the circulation due to its presence in the blood 
 after absorption. 
 
 Intestines. Here alcohol has a slight astringent effect, and 
 consequently it may check diarrhoea. 
 
 Blood. Alcohol is absorbed more largely by the blood-vessels 
 than the lacteals. It first increases and then diminishes the 
 amoeboid movements of the white blood- corpuscles. It so acts 
 on the red corpuscles as to prevent oxyhsemoglobin from readily 
 yielding up its oxygen, consequently it diminishes the oxida- 
 tion of the tissues. This, in habitual drinkers of large quan- 
 tities of alcohol, may lead to an imperfect combustion of fat, 
 consequently it accumulates in the tissues, and obesity, which 
 is often increased by the amount of saccharine matters alcoholic 
 liquids contain, results. The skin acquires a velvety feeling. 
 
 Alcohol is slightly antipyretic, lowering the temperature in 
 fever. This is chiefly due to cutaneous vascular dilatation and 
 rapidity of circulation, but also slightly, perhaps, to general dimin- 
 ished oxidation. A litre, [about a quart] of Rhine wine of average 
 strength produces by its oxidation about as much heat as five or six
 
 284 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 tablespoonfuls [100. to 120. c.c.] of olive oil. Neither the intake 
 of oxygen nor the output of carbon [dioxide] is altered by alcohol, 
 therefore as it has been oxidized in the body it saves the tissues 
 and is a food. Repeated observations have shown the proof of 
 this, for moderate doses of alcohol diminish the output of urea 
 and uric acid, 6 or 7 per cent. ; and that it is a food is also proved 
 by the fact that the weight of the body may be maintained if a 
 large amount of alcohol is taken, even if the rest of the food is 
 very small in amount. [Alcohol ceases to be a food when it is 
 ingested in such large amounts that it cannot be completely oxid- 
 ized. In this instance the excess is likely to be harmful.] 
 
 If only moderate doses are drunk, very little alcohol leaves 
 the body in the urine ; with large doses the case is different. 
 
 Circulation. The effects upon the circulation reflexly pro- 
 duced by stimulation of the mouth and stomach have already 
 been mentioned. After alcohol is absorbed it influences the 
 heart markedly. It beats more powerfully and more 
 rapidly, the pulse becomes fuller ; these results are due to the 
 peripheral arterial dilatation and to a stimulating effect on the 
 accelerator nerves. The vaso -motor system is acted upon, all the 
 vessels of the body dilate, especially those of the skin; 
 therefore, if he previously felt cold, the person who has taken the 
 alcohol feels warm. The blood-pressure rises, the increased 
 action of the heart more than compensating for the vascular dila- 
 tation. [This is not true for dogs, as has been demonstrated in 
 the laboratory (Long).] The direct effects of alcohol on the 
 circulation after absorption appear more slowly and last longer ; 
 but they are clearly similar to those due to the reflex stimulus 
 from the stomach, and therefore they continue them. The re- 
 sult of the increased circulation through the various organs is 
 that they work to greater advantage, hence the mental faculties 
 are brightened for a time, the muscular strength seems increased, 
 more urine is passed, and the skin perspires. The person who 
 has taken the alcohol, in fact, usually feels generally better for 
 it. This is by no means always so ; some persons have a head- 
 ache or feel very sleepy immediately after alcohol. This is 
 probably because the vessels of the abdomen or skin have dilated
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 285 
 
 so excessively that almost all the blood in the body is in them, 
 and consequently there is very little in the brain. There are 
 many individual peculiarities in the effects of alcohol. 
 
 It has been repeatedly proved that these good results are but 
 transitory. The heart, although at first stimulated, is more 
 exhausted after the stimulation has passed off than it was 
 before. This is also true of all the organs of the body stimulated 
 by the increased circulation induced by alcohol. In many cam- 
 paigns and arctic expeditions it has been found that although at 
 first the men, after taking alcohol, could do more work, yet soon 
 they felt so tired and exhausted, that on the whole they could do 
 much more without than with the alcohol. Large doses of 
 alcohol do not stimulate the heart at all ; they paralyze it, both 
 reflexly from the stomach and after absorption. Enormous doses 
 poured into the stomach kill almost immediately by reflex action. 
 A drunkard who is "dead drunk" is, accurately speaking, one 
 who is killed by the paralyzing effect of alcohol on the heart ; 
 but the phrase is often applied to any one who is very drunk. 
 
 Skin. Alcohol is a mild diaphoretic, partly because of its 
 vaso-dilator action, and perhaps also because of some direct in- 
 fluence on the sweat-glands. As just mentioned, the cutaneous 
 vascular dilatation leads to a feeling of warmth if the patient's 
 cutaneous vessels were previously contracted from cold. It may 
 be that part of the antipyretic power of alcohol is due to in- 
 creased radiation from the dilated vessels, and also to evaporation 
 of the increased amount of sweat. If a person is in a cold atmos- 
 phere, alcohol, by increasing the radiation from the skin, leads 
 to the loss of so much heat that he may die from cold, although 
 at first the increased cutaneous circulation, making him feel 
 warmer, gives him a delusive feeling of warmth. 
 
 Kidneys. About 5 per cent, of the alcohol ingested unless 
 very large quantities are taken is excreted unchanged, mostly 
 in the urine, to a less extent in the expired air, only the merest 
 trace in the sweat and none in the milk or faeces. Most of it is 
 oxidized in the body. It acts as a diuretic ; probably this is a 
 secondary result of its vascular effects, but it probably also acts 
 directly on the glomeruli.
 
 286 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Nen>ous system. Unless the dose be very large the whole 
 nervous system is stimulated, perhaps to a slight extent directly, 
 but chiefly as a secondary result of the vascular dilatation and 
 cardiac stimulation. The highest functions are most affected. 
 The person who has taken the alcohol talks more fluently and 
 brilliantly, his wits are sharpened, he has a feeling of strength. 
 If the dose has been large, the stage of exaltation of these or any 
 other functions quickly passes into one of depression, the highest 
 functions being affected first, and the stimulation and depression 
 of function proceed regularly from the highest to the lowest. The 
 action of alcohol thus illustrates both the fact that stimulation is 
 usually succeeded by depression, and also the "law of dissolu- 
 tion," which (see p. 104) states that functions which have ap- 
 peared latest in the animal series or the individual are the most 
 easy to influence, those which have appeared earlier are less easy 
 to influence ; and so by regular sequence till we arrive at those 
 functions which are first developed, which are the last to be in- 
 fluenced. The stimulation and subsequent depression of func- 
 tion, therefore, proceeds in a descending scale from the highest 
 or least firmly fixed function to the lowest or most firmly fixed. 
 Thus the power of judgment is abolished very early by alcohol ; 
 this is so while the imagination, the emotions, and the power of 
 speech still remain stimulated ; but soon the power of imagination 
 goes, the patient loses all command over his emotions, he cries 
 and laughs irregularly, but this soon stops. He next begins to 
 lose control over his speech, talking incoherently and thickly ; 
 shortly afterwards he cannot talk at all, but can only make a noise. 
 Muscular movements, which are not so highly developed as those 
 of speech, are next affected ; delicate, lately developed move- 
 ments, as writing, feeding himself, etc., are for a time performed 
 inco-ordinately, but soon they are paralyzed. Next the muscular 
 movements, developed before these, are implicated, and the patient 
 cannot undress himself or walk straight, and inco-ordination of 
 these movements passes into the inability to do them at all. Next 
 the activity of the reflex centres of the cord is abolished, the 
 patient passes his urine and faeces [involuntarily]. Then the 
 respiratory centre, which was previously stimulated, becomes
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 
 
 paralyzed, breathing is difficult, and the face is livid. Lastly, the 
 heart, which was also at first stimulated, is paralyzed, and the 
 patient dies. The depression of the reflex centres of the cord 
 accounts for the fact that injuries which would kill a sober man 
 do not kill a drunken one, for the .heart and respiration, owing 
 to the general central depression, are not affected reflexly by 
 them. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF ALCOHOL. 
 
 External. Four parts of alcohol to one of water form the 
 Lotio Spiritus of many pharmacopoeias. [Cotton] or lint dipped 
 in it are applied to sprained joints, bruises, etc. The alcohol 
 evaporates, cools the part, consequently the vessels contract, and 
 inflammation may thus be checked. At the same time the local 
 anaesthetic effect of the cold relieves the pain. In a similar way 
 many varieties of headache may be soothed by bathing the fore- 
 head with eau de Cologne or Bay Rum. Brandy or some other 
 form of alcohol is often used to bathe the skin in order to harden 
 it, by abstraction of water, and thus prevents the formation of 
 bed-sores or cracked nipples. Spirit lotions dabbed on the skin 
 may, by means of the vascular contraction produced, stop sweat- 
 ing. Alcohol rubbed in, as in the use of Linimentum [Saponis] , 
 is commonly employed for its rubefacient effect, to aid the ab- 
 sorption of inflammatory products and relieve pain, as in chronic 
 rheumatism, myalgia, etc. 
 
 Internal. Mouth. A little brandy held in the mouth will 
 be a local anaesthetic and relieve toothache. Alcohol is used as 
 a gargle of port wine for its power of precipitating albumin and 
 acting as an astringent in cases of chronic sore throat, excessive 
 salivation, or inflammation of the gums. 
 
 Stomach. Because it increases the secretion of gastric juice, 
 the vascularity and the movements of the stomach, alcohol aids 
 digestion. It must only be taken in small quantities, for large 
 amounts paralyze the secretion and cause gastritis, and ultimately 
 lead to atrophy of the gastric glands. It should be given just 
 before or during a meal. It is harmful in acute dyspepsia, but 
 for the indigestion of the aged and feeble, or for those who are 
 thoroughly exhausted by overwork, it is very valuable, as the
 
 288 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 stomach shares in the general exhaustion. It is also useful be- 
 cause it increases the appetite. Owing to its anaesthetic property 
 it may relieve painful dyspepsia, and may check vomiting, espe- 
 cially if taken with carbon [dioxide], as, for example, in the 
 form of champagne or brandy and soda-water, and because it 
 increases the activity of the gastric movements it may relieve 
 flatulence. A single dose of strong spirits poured into the stomach 
 is often employed with great benefit for its reflex stimulant effects 
 on the circulation for those who have fainted, or who are col- 
 lapsed from cold or any other cause. 
 
 Intestines. Brandy and water will often check diarrhoea. 
 Perhaps this is owing to the astringent power of the brandy, 
 
 Fever. Alcohol has been largely used in all sorts of febrile 
 conditions. We have seen that it impairs oxidation by its action 
 on the red corpuscles, that it is oxidized and is therefore a food, 
 and that it is mildly antipyretic and diaphoretic. These results 
 would be beneficial in fever. On the other hand, the accelera- 
 tion of the pulse would be distinctly harmful, although it must 
 be remembered that very often, for some unexplained reason, 
 alcohol lowers the pulse in fever ; the indigestion caused by the 
 taking of large quantities, and the liability to depression of the 
 respiratory and cardiac centres, would be very undesirable. The 
 best rules are that while alcohol may be given, often with im- 
 mense advantage in fever, either to aid digestion, to slow the 
 pulse, as a cardiac stimulant if the patient be much collapsed, or 
 to produce sleep, yet it may, in any of the ways alluded to, do 
 harm. Therefore, when it is being used, the effect must be care- 
 fully watched, and if the pulse becomes quick and feeble, or, as 
 indicating gastric irritation, the tongue becomes dry and brown, 
 or the skin becomes hot and dry, or the breathing hurried, or the 
 patient suffers from insomnia, the alcohol should be stopped. On 
 the other hand, if the pulse becomes stronger and slower, the 
 tongue and skin moist, the breathing tranquil, and the patient 
 sleeps well, the drug is doing good, and may be continued. We 
 have so many more powerful diaphoretics and antipyretics that 
 alcohol is not often given for these purposes. Of all fevers it is 
 most used for acute lobar pneumonia, and, speaking generally,
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 289 
 
 it is most likely to be valuable when our object is to keep up the 
 patient's strength for a few days only, till the termination of a 
 specific fever of short duration ; but it is often given when it is 
 quite unnecessary. 
 
 Nervous system. Alcohol may, as ^just mentioned, be used as 
 a soporific in fever. Many persons who suffer from insomnia 
 find that they can sleep better for a glass of whiskey and water 
 just before going to bed, no doubt because of its depressant 
 action upon the highest centres. 
 
 Kidneys and skin. Alcohol is occasionally given as a diuretic. 
 Gin is the best form, because it usually contains some juniper, 
 which is also diuretic. Although but little alcohol is excreted by 
 the kidneys, it seems to be particularly irritant to the urethra in 
 cases of gonorrhoea and gleet, and some authorities consider that 
 chronic Bright' s disease may be induced by alcohol. Almost the 
 only use made of its diaphoretic effect is as a help to cure a cold 
 in the head, for which purpose a glass of strong spirits and water 
 may be taken immediately before going to bed. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Large doses of Alcohol will produce death, either instantly by reflex stop- 
 page of the heart, or later by cardiac and respiratory depression after absorp- 
 tion. 
 
 Chronic poisoning causes so many diseases that it is really the part of a 
 text-book upon medicine [to enumerate them.] Very often confirmed drunk- 
 ards, particularly if they take much spirits, are very thin ; this is probably due 
 to the fact that strong spirits cause such marked indigestion that sufficient 
 nourishing food is not absorbed. Other drunkards are fat, especially if they 
 drink beer. Chronic gastritis, cirrhosis of the liver, gout, peripheral neuritis, 
 delirium tremens, mania, and perhaps chronic Blight's disease, may all be 
 directly due to excessive indulgence in alcohol. It renders patients particu- 
 larly liable to phthisis, and makes them bad subjects for withstanding- any 
 severe illness, especially pneumonia, or to undergo severe surgical operations. 
 Alcoholic beverages contain other bodies than alcohol, which are probably 
 partly responsible for these evil effects. 
 
 II. [ALCOHOL AMYLICUM.] 
 
 AMYLIC ALCOHOL. (Not official. ) C 5 H n OH=87.8i. Synonym. 
 Fusel Oil. 
 
 SOURCE. Separated during the rectification of crude spirit and re-distilled 
 at from 250 to 260 F.; 121.1 to 126.6 C. 
 
 19
 
 2QO INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, very inflammable, oily liquid, with a peculiar 
 odor. Sp. gr. , 0.818. 
 
 Amylic Alcohol is used to make Amyl Nitrite. 
 
 USES OF AMYLIC ALCOHOL. 
 
 Fusel oil is a poison, and is not used in medicine. The manu- 
 facturers of cinchona alkaloids employ it as a solvent ; formerly 
 it was required for the preparation of valerianic acid. 
 
 III. CHLOROFORMUM. 
 
 CHLOROFORM. CHCl 3 =i 19.08. A liquid consisting of 99 to 99.4 
 per cent., by weight, of absolute Chloroform, and I to 0.6 per cent, of Alcohol. 
 Synonyms. Chloroformum Purificatum.] Trichloromethane. 
 
 SOURCE. Heat water and Alcohol in a still to 100 F. [37.7 C.J, then 
 add Chlorinated Lime ; [Chloroform distils over. It is believed that reaction 
 takes place as follows : On bringing together Alcohol and Chlorinated Lime, 
 the Chlorine converts the former into Chloral, which is at once decomposed 
 by the Calcium Hydroxide, yielding Chloroform and Calcium Formate 
 (Ca(CHO 2 )j). The Calcium Formate is decomposed by another portion of 
 Chlorinated Lime into Calcium Carbonate and Chloride, and water. 2C,H 5 OH 
 +loCaOCl 1 =2CHClj+7CaCI 2 +2CaCO 3 +Ca(OH)j-|-4H. ( O. In late years a 
 Chloroform quite free from Chlorinated bye products has been obtained from 
 the distillation of Acetone (from destructive distillation of Calcium Acetate) 
 and Chlorinated Lime, from which Chloroform is produced, together with 
 Calcium Acetate, Hydroxide and Chloride. 2(C 3 H 6 O)-f-6(CaOCl,)= 
 2(C HCl s )-fCa(C 2 H 3 O 2 ) 2 +2Ca(OH ) 2 -f 3CaCl 2 ] . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A heavy, clear, colorless, [mobile and very diffusible 
 liquid of a characteristic, ethereal odor, and a burning sweet taste. Sp. gr. , 
 not below 1.490. It imparts a green color to flame. Solubility. In 200 parts 
 of water, in which it sinks in heavy drops.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Hydrocarbons, shown by darkening with sulphuric acid, 
 non-volatile compounds, shown by not completely evaporating, and by un- 
 pleasant odor, acids, and free chlorine. 
 
 ['Purification. Chloroform which fails to respond to tests of the Phar- 
 macopoeia should be purified by the following process: Chloroform, 400; 
 Sulphuric Acid, 80 ; Dried Sodium Carbonate, 2O.gm. ; Deodorized Alcohol, 
 4 c.c. Add the Sulphuric Acid to the Chloroform, contained in a glass-stop- 
 pered bottle, and shake them together occasionally during twenty-four hours, 
 avoiding exposure to bright daylight. Separate the lighter Chloroform layer ; 
 add to it the Dried Sodium Carbonate, previously rendered anhydrous by 
 heating it in a porcelain capsule on a sand bath until it ceases to give off 
 aqueous vapor, and shake them together frequently and thoroughly during half 
 an hour. Then transfer the Chloroform to a dry retort, add to it the Alcohol ;
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 2pl 
 
 and distil, by means of a water-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 153 F., 
 67.2 C., into a well-cooled, tarred receiver, until the distillate measures 
 255 c.c.] 
 
 Dose, 2 to 20 m. ; [.12 to 1.20 c.c.] 
 
 Prepa rations. 
 
 1. Aqua Chloroform!. [Chloroform Water. Chloroform and 
 distilled water, by agitation, there being always an excess of Chloroform 
 present. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 2. Linimentum Chloroform!. [Chloroform Liniment. Chloro- 
 form, 300 ; Soap Liniment, 700. 
 
 3. Emulsum Chloroform!. Emulsion of Chloroform. Chloro- 
 form, 40; Expressed Oil of Almond, 60; Tragacanth, 15; water to 
 
 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 4. Spiritus Chloroformi. [Spirit of Chloroform. Synonym. 
 Chloric Ether. Chloroform, 60 ; Alcohol, 94.0. Strength. 6 per 
 cent. 
 
 Dose, Yz to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 5. Tinctura Chloroformi et Morphinae Composita, [B. P., not 
 official. Compound Tincture of Chloroform and Morphine.] Intended 
 to be an imitation of the proprietary medicine called Chlorodyne. [Mix 
 Chloroform, 75 ; Tincture of Capsicum, 25 ; Tincture of Indian Hemp, 
 100 ; Oil of Peppermint, 1.5 ; and Glycerin, 250 ; with Alcohol, 450 j 
 and dissolve in this Morphine Hydrochlorate, IO ; add Diluted Hydro- 
 cyanic Acid, 5 ; then mix with sufficient Alcohol to form looo parts.] 
 
 Strength. 10 m. [.60 c.c.] contains chloroform ^ m. [.045 c.c.], 
 morphine [hydrochlorate,] -fa gr., [.0054 gm.], diluted hydrocyanic 
 acid ^ m. [.03 c.c.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 m. ; [.30 to i.oo c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF CHLOROFORM. 
 
 External. Chloroform in many respects acts like alcohol ; 
 but it is more powerful. Thus if allowed to evaporate on the 
 skin it produces cold ; therefore the vessels at the point of appli- 
 cation contract, and at the same time local anaesthesia is 
 induced. If the vapor be confined, or if chloroform be rubbed 
 into the skin, it acts as an irritant. The vessels dilate, the part 
 becomes red, and there is a sense of heat. This rubefacient effect 
 may pass on to vesication. It is a powerful antiseptic. [Chloro-
 
 292 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 form is an excellent antiseptic to preserve urine during trans- 
 portation. Three drops, .20 c.c., to 4 oz., 120. c.c., of urine 
 is sufficient. Allow the chloroform to evaporate before testing 
 the urine.] 
 
 Internal. Mouth. If concentrated, it produces irritation 
 and a burning sensation. If diluted, it has a sweetish taste, 
 which renders Aqua Chloroformi a valuable vehicle for the ad- 
 ministration of nauseous drugs. It reflexly gives rise to an in- 
 creased secretion of saliva, and is a local anaesthetic. 
 
 Stomach. The action of chloroform is very like that of 
 alcohol. Large doses cause marked gastro-intestinal irritation. 
 Small doses produce a feeling of warmth, dilatation of the gastric 
 vessels, and increased secretion of gastric juice, and more regular 
 and more powerful gastric movements. It is perphaps slightly 
 astringent to the intestines. 
 
 Absorption. It is absorbed into the blood from the stomach 
 and intestines, and, if given as vapor, from the lungs ; but it is 
 very uncertain what changes it subsequently undergoes. Pro- 
 bably most of it is decomposed, but some is certainly eliminated 
 in the breath and some in the urine, and it may be found in the 
 blood of those who have been poisoned by it. 
 
 Temperature. The internal temperature falls about i F. 
 [0.5 C.] after the prolonged administration of chloroform. 
 
 Nervous system. Chloroform is an excellent instance of the 
 law of dissolution (see p. 104), and also of the well known fact 
 that drugs which, in small doses, stimulate any part, in large 
 doses often depress it. The phenomena resulting from the in- 
 halation of chloroform are commonly divided into three stages. 
 
 First stage. This is, at first, one of general stimulation, the 
 highest functions being the most stimulated, usually unevenly, so 
 that the patient is somewhat incoherent. The imagination is 
 momentarily excited, and he experiences a general feeling of 
 warmth and comfort spreading over the entire body. The mind, 
 from the irregular excitation, is confused. Sight and hearing are 
 stimulated, he experiences sensations of ligh't and hears noises. 
 The stimulation of all these higher functions is very transitory, 
 and he quickly begins to lose consciousness ; he may be aware
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 293 
 
 that people around him are talking without knowing what they 
 are saying, but soon he hears and sees nothing. Sometimes dur- 
 ing the early part of this stage he may laugh or cry. The inabil- 
 ity to see and hear is quickly followed by considerable blunting 
 of general sensation. At the same time that these higher func- 
 tions are being depressed the lower motor functions are excited ; 
 he will kick and fight, throwing his arms and legs about, so that 
 much strength may be required to hold him down, and he will 
 shout and talk incoherent nonsense very louldly. Almost coinci- 
 dently the stimulation of the lower centres sets in ; the pulse is 
 increased in frequency, and there is throbbing of the heart and 
 great vessels. The first inhalation or two may produce a choking 
 sensation and a stoppage of breathing, which is often voluntary ; 
 but soon the respirations are increased in frequency. The blood- 
 pressure at first rises a little, and the face may be flushed. The 
 pupils usually dilate. 
 
 Second stage. This is best called that of depression. Some 
 authors call it the stage of excitement, because the excitation of 
 the motor centres may be continued into it. It is important to 
 remember that there is no sharp boundary-line between the various 
 stages, they pass insensibly into one another. In this stage the 
 depression of the highest functions continues, so that the patient 
 becomes completely unconscious, and he appears to be in a deep 
 sleep. He sees, hears and feels nothing, hence chloroform is 
 called a general anaesthetic. The excitement of the motor 
 functions passes into depression, and he ceases to shout and strug- 
 gle. Some of the reflex centres are depressed, so that when the 
 cornea is touched the eye does not shut. The pupil is contracted. 
 The stimulation of the cardiac and respiratory apparatus gives way 
 to depression, the pulse and respiration become less frequent and 
 less strong. The vaso-motor centre is depressed, blood-pressure 
 falls. As he cannot feel pain, and the reflex activity is so lowered 
 that the heart will not be reflexly inhibited by the shock of an 
 operation, this is the period at which to operate safely. 
 
 Third stage. In this there is a total abolition of reflex excit- 
 ability. Even the lowest reflex centres of the cord are depressed, 
 so that the patient may pass his urine and faeces [involuntarily] ;
 
 294 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 all muscular tone is abolished, and consequently the muscles are 
 quite flaccid. Some of them, as those of the arm, were probably 
 in this condition towards the end of the second stage. The 
 pupil is widely dilated, probably because of the commencing 
 asphyxia. This is the period to which the administration is 
 pushed to facilitate the reduction of dislocations, or to enable 
 the abdominal viscera to be felt through the abdominal wall. If 
 still more chloroform is given the depression of the cardiac, respi- 
 ratory and vaso-motor centres continues, the pulse becomes feeble 
 and irregular, and the heart finally stops in diastole. At last not 
 only its central nervous apparatus, but its muscular tissue is 
 depressed, so that it will not respond to mechanical stimulation. 
 The respiratory movements become slight and irregular, with 
 very long pauses between them, and as a result the patient is more 
 or less asphyxiated. The blood -pressure gradually falls to zero. 
 There has been much dispute as to whether chloroform kills by 
 the heart or the respiration. The Commission appointed by the 
 Nizam of Hyderabad reported that it killed by depression of the 
 respiratory centre, that respiration always failed before the heart, 
 and that the fall of blood-pressure was not due to any effect 
 on the heart. But their results have been disputed, and it has 
 been shown that the fall of blood -pressure is mainly due to a 
 weakening effect on the heart. [In the United States it has 
 been generally believed that death is from depression of the 
 heart.] 
 
 The recovery from chloroform also illustrates the law of dis- 
 solution. The lowest functions, such as muscular tone, are the 
 first to reappear ; but the patient does not usually regain his 
 mental equilibrium for hours. 
 
 With the exception of its local action on the skin and ali- 
 mentary canal, and its last effect on the cardiac muscle, chloro- 
 form acts entirely on the central nervous system, and this action 
 is not the result of any effects on the blood. The peripheral 
 nerves are not affected, unless it be just before death. Chloro- 
 form narcotizes infusoria. 
 
 Vomiting is very liable to occur during the administration of 
 chloroform, and its advent is often made known by pallor and '
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 295 
 
 wide dilatation of the previously contracted pupil. Immediately 
 before death the pupil may be either dilated or contracted. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CHLOROFORM. 
 
 External. Chloroform is employed in the form of the lini- 
 ment to produce rubefacient and irritant effects in cases of chronic 
 rheumatism, myalgia and chronic inflammations. 
 
 Internal. It may be used as a local anaesthetic for tooth- 
 ache, the tooth being plugged with a piece of cotton soaked in 
 chloroform. It disguises the taste of nauseous medicines, and 
 therefore Aqua Chloroformi is a very common vehicle and Spiritus 
 Chloroformi is much used as a flavoring agent. In the stomach 
 it acts like alcohol, and is given in the same varieties of dyspepsia 
 as are benefited by that drug. Small doses may be used as a 
 cardiac stimulant. 
 
 Inhalation. It is inhaled to abolish sensations of pain, 
 whether from surgical operations, biliary, renal and intestinal 
 colic, or parturition. In the last case [but little] need be given. 
 It is also inhaled to relax muscular spasm, as in the reduction of 
 dislocations or hernias, or for the relaxation of muscles for diag- 
 nostic purposes, as, for example, when we wish to feel the abdom- 
 inal viscera thoroughly, or to [ascertain] whether a swelling is a 
 phantom tumor ; or, lastly, it is inhaled to relax spasm in cases 
 of tetanus, hydrophobia, or other varieties of convulsions. The 
 A. C. E. mixture, which consists of alcohol, i, chloroform, 2, 
 and pure ether, 3 vols., is very commonly employed for all these 
 purposes. It is said to be safer than chloroform. All of its 
 three constituents volatilize from it at an equal rate. 
 
 The following points should be attended to in the administra- 
 tion of chloroform : 
 
 [i. The anaesthetizer must be skilled, and give his attention 
 exclusively to the production and maintenance of narcosis.] 
 
 2. The respiration and pulse should be carefully watched for 
 any signs of failure. 
 
 3. The operation should never be begun till reflex action is 
 profoundly depressed that is to say till the stage of muscular 
 relaxation has commenced. Many patients have been lost from
 
 296 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 neglect of this precaution, for the stimulus of the knife has 
 reflexly stopped the heart. It is a common and dangerous error 
 to think that, because the operation is trivial, it may be begun 
 early ; most of the deaths from chloroform have taken place when 
 the operation has been slight. 
 
 4. Great care must be exercised if the heart is fatty or feeble 
 from any cause, or if the patient suffer from disease of the lungs, 
 or if he may be very old. 
 
 5. In operations about the mouth care must be taken to see 
 that no blood gets down the trachea. 
 
 6. It is desirable to have the stomach empty, therefore no 
 solid food should be given for some hours before the administra- 
 tion. The patient's head must be so directed during vomiting 
 that no vomited matter can get into the larynx. 
 
 7. False teeth should be taken out of the mouth. 
 
 8. The chloroform must be pure. 
 
 9. It should not be too concentrated. About 5 per cent, of 
 chloroform to 95 per cent, of air is a good mixture. 
 
 10. The head should be a little raised, and the lower jaw held 
 up so that the tongue shall not fall back over the larynx. 
 
 it. Special care must be taken when the operation necessi- 
 tates awkward positions, especially if respiration is interfere/! with, 
 as in the lateral position used in obstetrical, [gynaecological] and 
 renal cases. 
 
 12. Because the temperature falls the patient should be kept 
 warm. 
 
 [13. Chloroform should never be administered without an hy- 
 podermatic syringe, in good order, being at hand. Amyl nitrite, 
 ether and ammonia should be in readiness.] 
 
 If the breathing becomes very weak, or stops altogether, arti- 
 ficial respiration should at once be commenced, the tongue being 
 pulled forward by forceps to allow free entry of air to the lungs. 
 The face and abdomen should be flicked with wet towels, a cap- 
 sule of amyl nitrite may be inhaled, and ether injected subcu- 
 taneously. [Brandy should not be administered hypodermati- 
 cally. The heart may be stimulated by large rectal injections 
 of hot normal saline solution, or of hot decoctions of coffee, if
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 
 
 at hand.] It is [extremely questionable] whether galvanization 
 over the cardiac area is of any use ; it [doubtless] does harm. [If 
 symptoms of improvement do not appear at once, the patient 
 should be inverted.] Artificial respiration should be maintained 
 at least an hour or so, even if there is no sign of returning life ; 
 and if there is the slightest evidence of a cardiac beat, or a single 
 automatic respiratory movement, artificial respiration must be 
 persevered in even for many hours. If the face be pale, the head 
 should be lowered, and amyl nitrite is especially likely to be 
 useful. [In spite of all care in administration and the observance 
 of all precautions, one death takes place in about three thousand 
 administrations. Hare and Thornton, after a painstaking series 
 of experiments, believe chloroform to be safe for the majority of 
 cases, provided it be given by one skilled in its use, and who not 
 only knows how to give it, but to detect signs of danger. The 
 respiration should be watched, because so soon as enough chloro- 
 form is used to endanger the circulation, the respiration will show 
 some abnormality. Death in the healthy animal is always due to 
 respiratory failure, accompanied by circulatory depression which 
 may be severe enough to cause death, even if artificial respiration 
 be skillfully used. Chloroform may be chosen in hot climates ; 
 when a large number of persons are to be anaesthetized; in 
 Bright's disease; in aneurism ; or in great atheroma of blood- 
 vessels ; in children or adults who already have bronchitis ; and 
 in persons who struggle violently.] 
 
 IV. AETHER. 
 
 ETHER. [(C,H 5 ),O=73.84. Synonyms. Sulphuric Ether. Ethylic 
 Ether. Ethyl Oxide. A liquid composed of about 96 per cent., by weight, 
 of absolute Ether, and about 4 per cent, of Alcohol containing a little water. 
 
 SOURCE. Alcohol is distilled with Sulphuric Acid. Ethyl Sulphuric 
 (Sulphovinic) Acid and water are first formed. C 2 H 5 OH-f-H 2 SO 4 =C 2 H 5 HSO 4 
 -|-C 2 H 5 OH (C 2 H 5 ) 2 O-f-H 2 SO 4 . This process is theoretically continuous, the 
 Sulphuric Acid last formed again acting on fresh Alcohol as it is supplied. 
 The Ether is freed from water by re-distillation with Calcium Chloride and 
 Lirne. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A transparent, colorless, mobile liquid, having a charac- 
 teristic odor, and a burning and sweetish taste. It is very inflammable, boils at
 
 298 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 about 98.6 F. ; 37 C, and burns with a white flame. Sp. gr., 0.725 to 0.728. 
 Solubility. In about 10 volumes of water.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Water, alcohol and fixed impurities. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 m. ; [.30 to 4.00 c.c.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Spiritus Athens. [Spirit of Ether. Ether, 325 ; Alcohol, 675. 
 Dose, ' 4 to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 2. Oleum ^Bthereum. Ethereal Oil. A volatile liquid com- 
 posed of equal volumes of heavy Oil of Wine and Ether. Alcohol, 
 1000 ; Sulphuric Acid, 1000 ; distilled water, 25 ; Ether, a sufficient 
 quantity ; by distillation. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A transparent, nearly colorless, volatile liquid, of 
 a peculiar, aromatic, ethereal odor, a pungent, refreshing, bitterish taste, 
 and a neutral reaction. Sp. gr., 0.910. 
 Ethereal Oil is used to prepare Spiritus yEtheris Compositus. ] 
 
 3. Spiritus ^theris Compositus. [Compound Spirit of Ether.] 
 Synonym. Hoffman's Anodyne. [Ether, 325 ; Alcohol, 650 ; Ethe- 
 real Oil, 25. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 m. ; .30 to 4.00 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF ETHER. 
 
 External. Ether evaporates very quickly, producing great 
 cold, and consequently the part to which it has been applied 
 becomes white from the contraction of the vessels. The cold is 
 sufficient to cause such marked local anaesthesia that the pain 
 of slight operations, performed upon the part anaesthetized, can- 
 not be felt. To produce this result ether is best applied as a fine 
 spray. If it be rubbed in, or evaporation be prevented, it, like 
 alcohol or chloroform, is an irritant. 
 
 Internal. In the mouth and stomach also it acts like chlo- 
 roform or alcohol. Thus ether causes a burning taste in the 
 mouth, an increase of the saliva, of the gastric secretion and gas- 
 tric movements, and dilatation of the vessels of the stomach. 
 Consequently it is carminative and aids digestion. Directly 
 [after] it reaches the stomach it reflexly excites the heart, in- 
 creasing the force and frequency of the pulse, and causing a rise 
 of blood-pressure ; it is one of the best cardiac stimulants
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 299 
 
 we have. In the same way it excites respiration. It is quickly 
 absorbed, and its stimulating influence on the heart and respira- 
 tion is continued. It is thus a good instance of a rapidly dif- 
 fusible stimulant. It is also anti-spasmodic. 
 
 Nervous system. Ether is a powerful general anaesthetic. 
 The phenomena and stages of ether anaesthesia are so like those 
 of chloroform anaesthesia that the description already given (see 
 p. 292) will suffice. The following differences, however, should 
 be noticed : 
 
 (1) The heart is paralyzed with much greater difficulty by 
 ether than by chloroform. 
 
 (2) The same is true of the vaso -motor centre. 
 
 (3) And also of the respiratory centre. 
 
 (4) Ether is much more irritant to the respiratory mucous 
 membrane, and hence is more liable to increase bronchitis in 
 those already suffering from it. 
 
 (5) [Ether is much more likely to irritate the kidneys, and 
 those suffering from the various forms of acute or chronic renal 
 disease, or even from renal insufficiency, should be subjected to 
 ether anaesthesia only when it is administered with the greatest 
 caution.] 
 
 (6) With ether the stage of stimulation is more protracted, 
 therefore there is more struggling. 
 
 (7) For the same reason the anaesthetic stage is not reached 
 so soon. 
 
 (8) The reduction of temperature is greater with ether. 
 
 (9) Ether must be given nearly pure, about 30 per cent, of 
 air to 70 of ethereal vapor ; hence it is more difficult to ad- 
 minister. 
 
 (10) The smell of ether is more disagreeable, and patients 
 dislike it more. 
 
 (n) Ether is eliminated more slowly, and hence the [odor 
 lingers] about the patient some time. 
 
 (12) Ether being very inflammable cannot be used in the 
 close neighborhood of a naked light. 
 
 [Ether, on account of its greater safety, is more generally used 
 as an anaesthetic in the United States.]
 
 3OO INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF ETHER. 
 
 External. Ether, allowed to evaporate, may be used to 
 cause local anaesthesia in cases of neuralgia. An ether spray is 
 occasionally employed to produce local anaesthesia for small 
 operations, but as the ether makes the skin hard and brawny the 
 operation must be quite superficial, and even then there is much 
 subsequent tingling and pain. 
 
 Internal. Stomach. It may be used for the same classes 
 of dyspepsia as chloroform or alcohol, and is often employed as 
 a carminative to expel gas in flatulent dyspepsia. 
 
 Heart. Administered subcutaneously (dose, xoto 15 minims) 
 [.60 to i. oo c.c.] or by the mouth, ether is an excellent cardiac 
 stimulant of great value in fainting, cardiac failure, or palpita- 
 tion ; its advantage over chloroform and alcohol being that it is 
 more rapid in its action. It is, very useful as an and spasmodic 
 during an attack of asthma. 
 
 Inhalation, Ether is inhaled for the same purpose as chloro- 
 form. There is great divergence of opinion as to which is the 
 safer anaesthetic. All the published statistics in which the two 
 are contrasted appear to show that ether is much safer, and this 
 is what might have been expected from the contrast between the 
 two already given. Chloroform is administered carelessly more 
 often than ether, as it is easier to give ; but even allowing for 
 this, ether is probably, on the whole, safer. The nausea and 
 vomiting which sometimes follow the administration of ether 
 may, it is said, be checked by giving 15 grains [i.oo gm.] of 
 sodium bromide. Very often anaesthesia is commenced with a 
 few inhalations of nitrous oxide gas, and then completed with 
 ether. This is much pleasanter for the patient than to use 
 ether from the first. 
 
 V. AETHER ACETICUS. 
 
 ACETIC ETHER. C 2 H 5 C 2 H 3 O 2 [=87.8. Synonym. Ethyl Ace- 
 tate. A liquid composed of about 98. 5 per cent., by weight, of Ethyl Acetate 
 and about 1.5 per cent, of Alcohol, containing a little water. 
 
 SOURCE. A mixture of Sodium Acetate, Sulphuric Acid and Alcohol is 
 distilled. C
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 301 
 
 The distillate is purified from acid and water by digestion with Potassium 
 Carbonate. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A transparent, colorless liquid, of a fragrant and refreshing 
 slightly acetous odor, and a peculiar, acetous, and burning taste. Sp. gr., 
 0.893 to -895. Solubility. In 8 parts of water; freely in Alcohol or 
 Ether.] 
 
 Dose, 20 to 60 m. ; [1.20 to 4.00 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ACETIC ETHER. 
 
 It acts like ether, as a stimulant, antispasmodic, and carmina- 
 tive, but it has a pleasanter taste. 
 
 VI. [.ETHYL BROMIDUM. 
 
 ETHYL BROMIDE (not official). C 2 H 5 Br=io8.7O. Synonyms. 
 Either Bromatus. Hydrobromic Ether. This must be carefully distinguished 
 from Ethylene Bromide. 
 
 SOURCE. From a well cooled mixture of Sulphuric Acid, 12 ; and Alco- 
 hol (sp. gr. , 0.816), 7 ; to which powdered Potassium Bromide, 12, is added; 
 this mixture is distilled. The distillate is washed by agitation, first with a 5 
 per cent, solution of Potassium Carbonate, then with an equal volume of water ; 
 finally it is dehydrated with Calcium Chloride and re-distilled. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, highly refractive, very volatile liquid having a 
 strong ethereal odor and a sweetish, warm taste. Sp. gr., 1.445 to l-45- I* 
 is easily decomposed by light and air. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF ETHYL BROMIDE. 
 
 Ethyl Bromide was introduced to the profession in 1880 as 
 the most agreeable and rapid anaesthetic. Several fatal cases 
 having been reported, its use was abandoned. Recently, how- 
 ever, Cumston has recommended its inhalation, when pure, in 
 doses of from 3 fl. dr.; 12. c.c. (child of two years), to 6 fl. dr.; 
 24. c.c. (adult), for surgical anaesthesia. The following pre- 
 cautions should be observed : Food, even a glass of milk, is ab- 
 solutely forbidden on the day of operation. The mask should 
 perfectly cover the mouth and nose, so that no air is allowed to 
 enter. The entire dose should be given at once. When nar- 
 cosis is complete, the mask should be removed, and under no 
 consideration be re-applied. Do not prolong the administration 
 over one minute. Sleep is obtained in from twenty to thirty 
 seconds, and lasts from two to three minutes, sometimes longer.
 
 3O2 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 The centra-indications to its use are dangerous lesions of heart, 
 lungs, or kidneys. 
 
 VII. BROMOFORMUM. 
 
 BROMOFORM (not official). CHBr 3 =252.25. Synonym. Tri- 
 bromomethane. 
 
 SOURCE. By the action of Sodium Hypobromite (which is obtained when 
 Bromine is added to a solution of Sodium Hydroxide) on Acetone. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear, colorless liquid, of a peculiar odor, and a sweetish 
 taste. Sp. gr., 2.90. Solubility. Slightly in water, but readily in Alcohol. 
 It must be kept protected from light. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF BROMOFORM. 
 
 Bromoform, an analogue of chloroform, is an anaesthetic. 
 Inhaled, it produces anaesthesia in animals, but of shorter dura- 
 tion than that of ether or chloroform. It is a remedy of value 
 for whooping-cough, for which its pleasant taste and convenience 
 of administration gives it great advantage. It can be given 
 bromoform, i ; in a mixture of alcohol, 8 ; glycerin, 48 ; and 
 compound tincture of cardamom, 8. Each fluid drachm ; 4 c.c., 
 contains about 3 minims ; .20 c.c. of the drug. Cases of poison- 
 ing have been reported, so that it must be used with care. 
 
 VIII. PENTALUM. 
 
 PENTAL (not official). C 5 H 10 =69. 85. Synonym. Trimethylethylene. 
 
 SOURCE. It is obtained from Amylic Alcohol by digestion with Zinc 
 Chloride for twenty-four hours, and fractional distillation. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless liquid, very volatile, insoluble in water, but 
 miscible in all proportions with Alcohol, Ether, and Chloroform ; highly in- 
 flammable. Sp. gr., 0.620. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF PENTAL. 
 
 Pental is an anaesthetic, the equal of nitrous oxide in rapidity 
 of action and perhaps safety, but superior to it in its more pro- 
 longed action and in having no unpleasant after-effects. Even 
 when insensibility to pain is reached, consciousness is retained 
 sufficiently to respond to commands. The stage of exhilaration 
 is seldom present ; it does not lose its effect by repeated inhala- 
 tions. It differs from chloroform in that it acts more promptly,
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 303 
 
 and has no evil after-effects ; from ethyl bromide, in that it is 
 somewhat slower in its action, but is more lasting in its effects, 
 and can be prolonged as may be necessary ; from nitrous oxide, 
 in its freedom from unpleasant effects. 
 
 Two substances used to produce local anaesthesia should be 
 considered. These are ethyl chloride {synonym, hydrochloric 
 ether) and methyl chloride (neither official).] 
 
 Ethyl chloride is an inflammable liquid of a low boiling- 
 point and produces intense cold by its evaporation. It is sold 
 in glass capsules terminating in a fine tube with a screw -capped 
 point. When the capsule is held in the hand about eight inches 
 from the part to be anaesthetized, the warmth of the hand vola- 
 tilizes the ethyl chloride, and the vapor falling on the skin of 
 the patient, by its evaporation produces enough local anaesthesia 
 for the performance of small operations, such as the removal of 
 warts, etc. All fat must be removed from the skin by soap and 
 washing with ether. [The same objections apply to this, and 
 the following as to ether, for the production of local anaesthesia. 
 (See p. 300).] 
 
 Methyl chloride is used in the same way to produce local 
 anaesthesia and to relieve the pain of neuralgia, etc. The vapor 
 is allowed to play obliquely on the skin for four or five seconds. 
 
 CLASS III. Drugs which Dilate Blood-Vessels. 
 
 Sodium Nitrite, Amyl Nitrite, Glonoin and Erythrol 
 Nitrate. 
 
 All these dilate the peripheral vessels, and increase the rapidity of the heart. 
 
 I. SODII NITRIS. 
 
 SODIUM NITRITE. NaNO 2 [=68.93.] 
 
 SOURCE. Made by heating Sodium Nitrate with Lead, which becomes an 
 oxide, taking Oxygen from the nitrate. [NaNO 3 -fPb=NaNO 2 -|-PbO. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, opaque, fused masses, usually in the form of pen- 
 cils, or colorless, transparent, hexagonal crystals ; odorless, and having a mild, 
 saline taste. When exposed to the air, the salt deliquesces and is gradually 
 oxidized to Sodium Nitrate. Solubility. In about 1.5 parts of water ; slightly 
 soluble in Alcohol.] 
 
 Dose, 2 to 5 gr. ; [.12 to .30 gm.]
 
 304 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Spiritus Athens Nitrosi. [Spirit of Nitrous Ether. Synonym. 
 Sweet Spirit of Nitre. 
 
 An Alcoholic Solution of Ethyl Nitrite (C,H 5 NO,=74.87), yield- 
 ing, when freshly prepared, not less than 1 1 times its own volume of 
 Nitrogen Dioxide. In many commercial specimens there is very little 
 Ethyl Nitrite. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Sodium Nitrite, 750, in water ; adding Deo- 
 dorized Alcohol, 550; introduce into the containing flask, Sulphuric 
 Acid, 520 ; previously diluted, and distil. Wash the distillate with ice- 
 cold water, remove traces of acid by Sodium Carbonate, 10, dissolved 
 in water ; agitate with Potassium Carbonate to remove all traces of 
 water, and add sufficient Deodorized Alcohol. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear, mobile, volatile, inflammable liquid of a 
 pale yellowish or faintly greenish-yellow tint, having a fragrant, ethe- 
 real and pungent odor, free from acridity, and a sharp, burning taste. 
 Sp. gr., 0.836 to 0.842.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Potassium iodide, ferric sulphate, tincture of 
 guaiacum, gallic and lannic acids, and emulsions. 
 
 IMPURITY. Excess of acetic acid. 
 
 Dose, YJ, to 2 fl. dr. ; [2. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF SODIUM NITRITE AND SPIRIT OF NITROUS ETHER. 
 
 External. Spirit of nitrous ether evaporates when it is 
 applied externally, and a slightly anaesthetic effect is pro- 
 duced. 
 
 Internal. It combines the action of the ether with that of 
 the nitrites contained in it. Because of the ether it is a dif- 
 fusible stimulant, a stomachic and a carminative. Be- 
 cause of the nitrites it acts like amyl nitrite ; but as the ethyl 
 nitrite is so diluted, its action in this direction is feeble ; thus it 
 only moderately dilates the vessels, and except in poison- 
 ous doses probably does not affect the blood. The dilatation of 
 the vessels leads to a diaphoretic effect on the skin, a diuretic 
 effect on the kidney, and a lowering of arterial blood-pressure. 
 The dilatation of the cutaneous vessels, the sweating, and perhaps 
 the changes of the blood, produce a slight antipyretic influence. 
 It is obvious that in these effects the nitrites will to some extent 
 be aided by the ether. [Sodium nitrite possesses the same, but 
 a more lasting, action as the spirit of nitrous ether.]
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 305 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SODIUM NITRITE AND SPIRIT OF NITROUS 
 
 ETHER. 
 
 For its diaphoretic and slight antipyretic effects it is com- 
 monly given in mild febrile attacks, such as a common cold. It 
 is also used as a diuretic in chronic Bright' s disease, and cardiac 
 and pulmonary diseases accompanied by oedema [but for these 
 purposes the sodium nitrite is preferable.] 
 
 II. AMYL NITRIS. 
 
 [AMYL NITRITE. C 5 H U NO 2 =I 16.78. A liquid containing about 
 80 per cent, of Amyl (principally Iso-Amyl) Nitrite, together with variable 
 quantities of undetermined compounds.] 
 
 SOURCE. By action of Nitric Acid upon Amylic Alcohol. HNO 3 -f 
 C 5 H 11 OH^C 5 H 11 NO 2 +2H 2 O. Purify the distillate' with Sodium Carbonate. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear yellow, or pale-yellow liquid, of a peculiar, 
 ethereal, fruity odor, and a pungent, aromatic taste. Sp. gr., 0.870 to 0.880. 
 Solubility. Insoluble in water;] soluble in Ether, Chloroform, or Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Free acid and amyl nitrate. 
 
 Dose, [i to 3 m. ; .06 to .20 c.c.] cautiously inhaled from a handkerchief 
 in which a glass capsule containing the Amyl Nitrite has been crushed ; \_ l / 2 to 
 i m. ; .03 to .06 c.c. internally, dissolved in alcohol.] 
 
 ACTION OF AMYL NITRITE. 
 
 External. Locally applied it diminishes the activity of the 
 sensory nerves, but they quickly recover. 
 
 Internal. Amyl nitrite is rarely given by the mouth, so the 
 following account will refer to the effects of inhalation. The 
 effects of a single inhalation pass off in two or three minutes. 
 
 Circulation. From the medical point of view by far the most 
 important effects of amyl nitrite are those produced upon the 
 heart and vessels. Within a minute of inhalation the face 
 flushes, the heart beats very rapidly, and violently, there 
 is a throbbing in the head, and the vessels, e.g., the carotids, 
 may be seen to pulsate actively. Headache, giddiness, dilatation 
 of the pupils, and increased respiratory movements quickly super- 
 vene. All the vessels of the body rapidly dilate, hence the flush- 
 ing. They may be actually seen to widen in the ear of a rabbit 
 or in the retina. This is due to a direct action on the muscular 
 coats of the arterioles, for it happens if the cord is destroyed.
 
 306 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 The blood-pressure and arterial tension, of course, fall very low. 
 The increase in the rate of the pulse is unaccompanied by any 
 alteration in the force of the beat ; it is apparently due to a de- 
 pressing influence on the inhibitory vagus centre ; [the vaso-motor 
 paralysis will, however, produce a rapid pulse.] In toxic doses 
 the heart may be arrested in diastole from direct action on the 
 cardiac muscle. 
 
 Respiration. The rapidity and depth of respiration are at 
 first increased, probably from central stimulation ; the respiratory 
 centres are later depressed, the breathing becoming slower and 
 shallower, and usually death finally occurs from paralytic asphyxia 
 of central origin. 
 
 Nervous system. Many of the symptoms referable to the ner- 
 vous system are secondary effects of the dilatation of the vessels 
 of the brain and spinal cord. Such are the throbbing, sense of 
 fulness, giddiness and headach^ noticed directly after inhalation. 
 The headache may remain some time. If much has been inhaled 
 there is unsteadiness of gait and general restlessness. The pupil 
 dilates, and disturbances of vision are present. The motor cen- 
 tres of the cord are profoundly depressed ; therefore after large 
 doses reflex actions are abolished. The function of sensory nerves, 
 motor nerves, and muscles is depressed by the local application 
 of the drug to them, but not after inhalation until shortly before 
 death. 
 
 Temperature. Amyl nitrite causes this to fall considerably, 
 both in fever and health. The fall is due to the peripheral vas- 
 cular dilatation, and if large doses are given, to the changes in 
 the blood. 
 
 Urine. The drug probably escapes in the urine as nitrites 
 and nitrates ; it is slightly diuretic, and may cause glycosuria, 
 due, it is said, to dilatation of the vessels of the liver or of the 
 medulla. 
 
 Blood. Nitrites, given in medicinal doses, circulate as sodium 
 nitrite. Outside the body they greatly diminish oxidation, and 
 the same takes place in the blood. After the inhalation of a 
 considerable amount (more than is usually given to a man) the 
 arterial and venous blood both becom^ a uniform chocolate color.
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 3O/ 
 
 This is due to the formation of methsemoglobin and another body, 
 nitric oxide haemoglobin. The haemoglobin can no longer ab- 
 sorb oxygen, and hence its oxidizing power is abolished. It is 
 by this action on the blood that, in man, nitrites kill, not by 
 their vaso-dilator action ; therefore the treatment for poisoning 
 by them is inhalation of oxygen, that more may be dissolved in 
 the plasma. In some of the lower animals they kill by acting 
 as a direct poison to animal tissues. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF AMYL NITRITE. 
 
 Heart and blood-vessels. Brunton in 1867 observed that in a 
 [patient suffering from] angina pectoris the peripheral vessels 
 were strongly contracted during an attack of pain. This induced 
 him to make the patient inhale amyl nitrite, and it was found 
 that the vessels dilated and the pain passed off. Inhalation of 
 amyl nitrite is now used for all sorts of cardiac pain, especially 
 when it comes on in paryoxysms. Generally the drug affords re- 
 lief in a minute or so after inhalation, but by no means always. 
 We do not sufficiently understand the pathology of angina pec- 
 toris to know how it acts. It may be by dilating the peripheral 
 vessels ; but against that view is the fact that they are not always 
 contracted during attacks of angina pectoris, and amyl nitrite 
 may relieve patients in whom the vessels are not contracted. 
 The attacks of pain common in thoracic aneurism may be re- 
 lieved by it. It is used to avert the dangerous pallor sometimes 
 seen during the administration of chloroform, and may be in- 
 haled for other forms of syncope. The peculiar hot flushes ex- 
 perienced by some women during the menopause are benefited by 
 inhalation of it ; [this is probably untrue.] 
 
 Nervous system. If it is inhaled when the aura is felt, an 
 epileptic fit may sometimes be prevented, and it has also been 
 found useful during the status epilepticus. Because in migraine 
 the vessels of the head are contracted, it has been used, and 
 sometimes successfully, for this complaint. Its depressing action 
 on the cord has suggested its employment in tetanus and strych- 
 nine poisoning. 
 
 Occasionally the inhalation of amyl nitrite relieves an attack
 
 308 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 of asthma. It has been given in whooping-cough, sea sickness 
 and cholera, but without much good effect. 
 
 III. [GLONOINUM. 
 
 SPIRITUS GLONOINI. Spirit of Glonoin. Synonym. Spirit of 
 Nitroglycerin. An alcoholic solution of Glonoin, Glyceryl (or Propenyl) 
 trinitrate, Nitroglycerin, or Trinitrin ; C 3 H 5 (NO 3 ) 3 =226.58, containing I per 
 cent., by weight, of the substance. 
 
 SOURCE. Nitroglycerin is prepared by gradually adding dehydrated 
 Glycerin to Nitric and strong Sulphuric Acid, the result being Propenyl tri- 
 nitrate or Trinitroglycerin. C 3 H 5 (OH) 3 -f3HNO 3 =:C 3 H 5 (NCV 3 +3H. ! O. It 
 separates as an oily layer which is washed with water and with dilute soda so- 
 lution to remove all acid. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear, colorless liquid, possessing the odor and taste of 
 Alcohol. Caution should be exercised in tasting it, since even a small quan- 
 tity of it is liable to produce a violent headache. The same effect is produced 
 when it is freely applied to the skin. Sp. gr., 0.826 to 0.832. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 m. ; .06 to .20 c.c.J 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF GLONOIN. 
 
 Its action is the same as that of amyl nitrite, except that in 
 many animals, and probably in man, large doses do not form 
 methasmoglobin in the blood; the effects of [spirit of] glonoin are 
 more persistent, and as it is only suitable for internal ad- 
 ministration, they are slower in their onset. It is largely taken 
 by persons liable to cardiac pains with the object of warding off 
 the attack, and often such persons require and bear large doses. 
 [Its most important use is for the relief of symptoms associated 
 with the high tension pulse of chronic renal degeneration. 
 Here the dose should be rapidly increased until relief is ob- 
 tained.] Occasionally it does good in asthma. It is really a 
 glycerin nitrate, but certainly physiologically it belongs to the 
 class of nitrites ; therefore, probably, directly it gets into the 
 body sodium nitrite is formed. 
 
 IV. ERYTHROL NITRATE. 
 
 ERYTHROL NITRAS. Erythrol Nitrate (not official), t(CH,ONO,) 
 2(CHO.NO,),=28l.44.] Synonym. Erythrol Tetranitrate. 
 [SOURCE. By the nitration of Erythrite (C 4 H 6 (OH 4 ).]
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 309 
 
 CHARACTERS. Hard, colorless, acicular crystals. Solubility. Insoluble 
 in water ; in 60 [parts] Absolute Alcohol. 
 Dose, y 2 to i gr. ; .03 to .06 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF ERYTHROL NITRATE. 
 
 Erythrol nitrate has the same action as nitrites. It is less 
 powerful than amyl nitrite and nitroglycerin. It is best given 
 in chocolate tablets, and, as its action is slow, it is the best of 
 this group for [the relief of some symptoms of] Bright's disease. 
 
 CLASS IV. The Hypnotics. 
 Chloral and Paraldehyde. 
 
 [Besides these the following drugs are considered : Butyl-Chloral Hydrate 
 Chloralamide, Chloretone, Chloralose, Amylene Hydrate, Sulphonal, Trional 
 and Urethane; none of which are official]. 
 
 I. CHLORAL. 
 
 CHLORAL. C 2 HCl 3 O+H 2 O[=i64.97. Synonym. Chlora Hydrate. 
 
 SOURCE. Absolute Alcohol is saturated with dry Chlorine ; Aldehyde and 
 Hydrochloric Acid are first formed. C 2 H 5 OH-fCl 2 =C 2 H 4 O-|-2HCl. By 
 the continued action of the Chlorine Gas 3 atoms of Hydrogen are abstracted 
 from the Aldehyde and replaced by 3 atoms of Chlorine, producing Chloral. 
 C 2 H 4 O+3Cl=C !! HCl 3 O-(-3HCl. It is purified by Sulphuric Acid, and after- 
 wards by Lime. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Separate, rhomboidal, colorless and transparent crystals, 
 having an aromatic, penetrating and slightly acid odor, and a bitterish, caustic 
 taste. Easily melted by gentle heat. Solubility. Freely in water, Alcohol 
 and Ether. ] Forms a liquid when rubbed up with an equal weight of camphor. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. All alkalies decompose it. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Hydrochloric Acid and oily impurities. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; [.30 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 [The U. S. P. is in error in naming the crystalline product, as above de- 
 scribed, chloral ; it is actually chloral hydrate, for the molecule of water is 
 necessary for crystallization. Chloral really is an oily liquid. Whenever 
 chloral is mentioned in this book, chloral hydrate is intended.] 
 
 ACTION OF CHLORAL. 
 
 External. It is a powerful antiseptic. Locally applied 
 it is irritant, causing vesication. [Chloral rubbed up with equal 
 parts of menthol and camphor is a local anodyne.] 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Unless diluted, chloral is a
 
 3IO INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 gastric irritant ; large doses, therefore, may give rise to vomiting 
 and purging. 
 
 Blood. It is readily absorbed, and circulates in the blood 
 unchanged. It was formerly thought that as alkalies convert it 
 into chloroform and formic acid, this change would take place in 
 the blood, and consequently Liebreich suggested its use as an 
 hypnotic. It is now known that this view is wrong, for no chlo- 
 roform can be found in the blood of chloralized animals, nor in 
 the urine unless that fluid is alkaline, in which case chloral is 
 decomposed by the alkali in the urine. 
 
 Circulation. Chloral depresses the heart, large doses 
 having this action to a considerable degree. This is due to a 
 local effect on the organ itself; probably both the muscular sub- 
 stance and the nerves contained in it are affected. The pulse, 
 which may at first be slightly quickened, soon becomes slow, 
 feeble, and irregular, and the heart finally stops in diastole. The 
 vaso-motor centre is depressed, and consequently the ves- 
 sels dilate. As a result of these actions on the heart and the 
 vessels the blood-pressure falls. 
 
 Respiration. After large doses the respirations become slow 
 and full, and after toxic doses they become irregular and shallow 
 before finally ceasing. This is due to the action of chloral on 
 the respiratory centre. 
 
 Temperature. Large doses cause this to fall, probably by 
 diminishing the production of heat. 
 
 Brain. Chloral is a powerful hypnotic, acting directly 
 on the brain. The stage of excitation, if it exists, is very short. 
 Soon after taking a moderate dose the patient is overcome by 
 sleep, which lasts several hours, and is indistinguishable from 
 natural sleep. On waking there is neither confusion nor head- 
 ache, and he feels refreshed. Large doses produce coma. The 
 pupil is always contracted. 
 
 Spinal cord. At first the anterior cornua may be slightly 
 stimulated, but soon they are depressed, and there is consequently 
 paralysis and loss of reflex excitability. The motor nerves and 
 the muscles are not affected, nor are the sensory nerves unless the 
 dose is very large, when there may be anaesthesia.
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 3!! 
 
 It will be observed that chloral is a powerful general de- 
 pressant, chiefly of the cerebrum, but also of the respiratory 
 centre, the vaso-motor centre, the anterior cornua, of the produc- 
 tion of heat, and the heart. It is only because it depresses the 
 cerebrum much earlier than any other part of the body that we 
 can use it as an hypnotic. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CHLORAL. 
 
 External. The compound with camphor [equal weights of 
 camphor and chloral rubbed together to form a liquid] has been 
 employed as a local anodyne for neuralgia, and may be applied 
 to aching teeth. [To this menthol can be advantageously added.] 
 
 Internal. Chloral is largely used for its hypnotic effect. 
 Its great advantages over many other hypnotics are that doses 
 sufficient to produce a deep sleep are not large enough to cause 
 gastro-intestinal irritation, cardiac and respiratory depression, 
 and the other harmful effects. Chloral is certain in its action 
 [in that] it quickly produces sleep ; and there are [usually] no 
 bad after-effects. [Chloral is far from being a safe hypnotic ; it 
 depresses the heart so markedly that the prescriber should be 
 always upon his guard.] -Children take it well. [Its unpleasant 
 taste can be concealed by administration in bottled "lemon 
 soda."] 
 
 It is especially useful in simple insomnia from overwork, 
 worry, etc. Its disadvantages are that it does not relieve pain at 
 all, and it should therefore not be used for insomnia due to this 
 cause ; and that, as it depresses the heart and respiration, it must 
 be given carefully in diseases of the heart and lungs, and also 
 when the stomach or intestines are diseased, as it may irritate 
 these structures. In febrile insomnia it is very valuable in the 
 early stages, but must be given cautiously, later, when there is any 
 danger of cardiac weakness. It does not relieve the distress and 
 cough of disease of the heart and lungs. It has been used as a 
 cerebral depressant in delirium tremens, puerperal convulsions, 
 and mania, but very large doses are required, and consequently 
 the results must be watched with great care. [A very important 
 use of chloral is in midwifery ; here it has been designated the
 
 312 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 medicinal forceps. Frequently after rest has been obtained by 
 this drug, labor proceeds vigorously and is rapidly terminated.] 
 
 From its action on the spinal cord, chloral has been used, and 
 sometimes with success, in tetanus, whooping-cough, inconti- 
 nence of urine and strychnine poisoning. 
 
 [Hypnal is a compound of chloral with antipyrin, made by 
 mixing their solutions, and is obtained in crystalline form. It was 
 proposed by Bardet as a hypnotic, more certain than chloral, 
 nearly free from taste, entirely free from irritating effect upon 
 the mucous membranes, and having distinct analgesic effects. It 
 has been but little used. The dose is about 15 gr. ; i.oo gm.] 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Acute Poisoning. As will be inferred from the action of chloral, the 
 symptoms of poisoning by it [closely resemble those of opium. They] are 
 deep coma ; a weak, feeble, irregular, slow pulse, which may become quick 
 before death ; diminished frequency of respiration and consequent lividity ; 
 and abolition of reflex movements. The surface of the skin is cold, and the 
 temperature is subnormal. [The pulse should always be carefully watched 
 whenever chloral has been administered. It frequently happens that symp- 
 toms of failing heart come on unexpectedly even after small doses.] 
 
 Treatment, Give emetics (see p. 139) or wash out the stomach. Keep up 
 the temperature by hot bottles, hot blankets, friction and massage. Prevent 
 sleep by the injection of hot, strong coffee into the rectum, shouting at the 
 patient, hitting him, flapping with wet towels, bathing, etc. Give a subcu- 
 taneous injection of strychnine, because of its stimulant action on the anterior 
 cornua. Use inhalations of amyl nitrite to stimulate the heart, and artificial 
 respiration if necessary. 
 
 Chronic Poisoning. The taking of chloral is a vice to which many per- 
 sons are addicted. A craving for it is soon established. The chief symptoms 
 of chronic chloral poisoning are gastro-intestinal irritation, a great liability to 
 erythematous eruptions, dyspnoea dependent upon the cardiac and respiratory 
 depression and general weakness. There may be disturbance of the mental 
 equilibrium, and persons have been known to become permanently weak- 
 minded. A slightly larger dose than usual may be quickly fatal. 
 
 II. BUTYL-CHLORAL HYDRAS. 
 
 BUTYL-CHLORAL HYDRATE. [B. P., not official]. C 4 H 5 C1 S 
 O-|-HjO=[i92.9i.] Synonym. Croton Chloral Hydrate. (This is a mis- 
 nomer. ) 
 
 SOURCE. Dry Chlorine Gas is passed through Aldehyde. Butyl-chloral 
 (C 4 H 6 CI 8 O) is formed. It is separated by fractional distillation, and water is 
 added.
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 313 
 
 CHARACTERS. Pearly-white, crystalline scales, with a nauseous taste and 
 a pungent odor like chloral. Solubility. In 50 parts of water; freely in Al- 
 cohol and Glycerin. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE^. All alkalies. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; [.30 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF BUTYL-CHLORAL HYDRATE. 
 
 The action of this drug is exactly similar to that of chloral, 
 but butyl-chloral hydrate is less certain in its effects. It is said 
 to be less depressant to the heart, but this is doubtful. It has a 
 specific action in relieving neuralgia of the fifth nerve. 
 
 III. CHLORAL, [FORMAMIDATUM. 
 
 CHLORAL FORMAMIDE. (Not official. ) CC1 3 CH.OH.CONH., 
 =191.95. Synonym. Chloralamide. 
 
 SOURCE. By the combination of Chloral and Formamide. CCljCHO-f- 
 CHONH 2 =CC1 3 CH.OH.CONH 2 .] 
 
 CHARACTERS. Shining colorless crystals, [without odor and of a slightly 
 bitter taste. Solubility. Slowly, in about 20 parts of water, in 1.5 parts of 
 Alcohol, and in weak acid solutions. It should not be heated over 140 F. ; 
 60 C. , or mixed with alkalies, for, in either case, it decomposes into Chloral. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 gr. ; .60 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CHLORALAMIDE. 
 
 Chloralamide is an excellent hypnotic, producing calm, re- 
 freshing sleep without any bad after-effects. Frequent use does 
 not necessitate an increased dose, nor, as far as known, is any 
 habit contracted. It does not relieve pain, but is equally service- 
 able for all varieties of insomnia, unless due to pain. If possible 
 it should not be given as a powder, for it is then so very slowly 
 absorbed that probably some of it is decomposed in the intes- 
 tines or stomach ; [very rarely] , when powdered chloralamide 
 has been administered in the evening, the patient has not slept 
 during the night, but has slept all the next day, because the drug 
 has been so slowly absorbed. The best way to give it is to dis- 
 solve it in a little alcohol. The patient may be told to dissolve 
 20 gr. ; [1.20 gm.] or more, in sufficient brandy, to add water 
 not above 130 F. ; 54.4 C., and drink it before going to bed. 
 Some specimens are very insoluble, and must be suspended. It 
 is said that 10 minims [.60 c.c.] of aromatic sulphuric acid added
 
 314 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 to i fl. oz. ; [30 c.c.] of water will dissolve 30 gr. ; [2 gm.] of 
 chloralamide, but this is not always true. It acts if given as an 
 enema. Fifteen grains [i.oo gm.] of potassium bromide and 
 chloralamide, flavored with tincture of orange [peel] and chloro- 
 form water has been strongly recommended for insomnia and for 
 sea-sickness. This mixture resembles a proprietary preparation 
 called Chlorobrom. 
 
 IV. [CHLORETONUM. 
 
 CHLORETONE: (Not official. ) Synonyms. Trichlor-tertiary Butyl 
 Alcohol. Acetone-Chloroform. 
 
 SOURCE. From equal weights of Acetoae and Chloroform when Caustic 
 Potash is added. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white crystalline powder having a camphoraceous odor. 
 Solubility. Sparingly in water ; very soluble in Chloroform, Alcohol and Ether. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; .30 to 1.20 gm. 
 
 ACTION OF CHLORETONE. 
 
 Without markedly influencing respiration or blood -pressure it 
 produces anaesthesia and sleep. It directly affects sensory nerves, 
 and so may be used as a local anaesthetic. If the dose by the 
 mouth is excessive dogs may sleep for several days, finally suc- 
 cumbing from asphyxia. Since neither acetone nor chloroform 
 are found in the expired air or the urine, and the chlorides are 
 increased in the latter, it is probably broken up in the body. . 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CHLORETONE. 
 
 In one per cent, solution it may be applied as a local anaes- 
 thetic to ulcers and infected wounds. Internally, its chief use 
 is as a hypnotic, which is both safe and generally efficient. In 
 moderate doses it promptly relieves irritability of the stomach.] 
 
 V. [ANHYDROGLUCO-CHLORAL. 
 
 CHLORALOSE. Not official. C 8 H U C1 3 O 6 =259. 85. ' 
 
 SOURCE. By heating together Anhydrous Chloral and Glucose, the soluble 
 Chloralose is formed which crystallizes. C,HCljO-j-C 6 Hj,O 6 =C 8 H u Cl s O 6 -f- 
 H,0. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In small crystals, having a bitter and disagreeable, but not 
 acrid taste. Solubility. Freely in hot, slightly in cold water. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 4 gr. ; .12 to .25 gm.
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 315 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CHLORALOSE. 
 
 Chloralose on account of its bitter taste is best given in cap- 
 sules. It will produce sound sleep in which sensibility is not 
 lost, although the reflex activities are greater than usual, because 
 as, Richet says, it excites the spinal cord while depressing the 
 functions of the brain. The awakening is without unpleasant 
 effects. Ten grains; .60 gm., have produced profound uncon- 
 sciousness, so that caution should be exercised in prescribing. 
 
 VI. AMYLENI HYDRAS. 
 
 AMYLENE HYDRATE. (Not official.) (CH 3 ) 2 C 2 H 5 COH=87.8l. 
 Synonyms. Dimethylethylcarbinol. Tertiary Amylic Alcohol. 
 
 SOURCE. By the action of Sulphuric Acid on Amylene, separation of the 
 Amylene-sulphuric Acid, dilution, nitration, neutralization with Milk of Lime 
 or solution of Soda, and fractional distillation. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A limpid, colorless, oily liquid, of a peculiar penetrating 
 odor. Sp. gr., 0.815. Solubility. In 8 parts of water ; readily in Alcohol, 
 Ether or Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF AMYLENE HYDRATE. 
 
 Amylene hydrate is a hypnotic, about midway in power be- 
 tween chloral and paraldehyde, having a pleasanter taste than 
 the latter. The sleep is generally natural, and the awakening 
 prompt and complete. It is a safe hypnotic, having no action 
 upon the heart or respiration, and it may have also anodyne pro- 
 perties. It can be administered in wine, raspberry syrup, or 
 simply in water. It has been given hypodermatically, with one- 
 half its volume of alcohol. After continued use it is apt to dis- 
 agree with the stomach.] 
 
 VII. PARALDEHYDUM. 
 [PARALDEHYDE. C 6 H 12 O 3 =i3i.7.] 
 
 SOURCE. A product of the polymerization of [Ethylic] Aldehyde by 
 means of various Acids or Salts. For example, [Ethylic] Aldehyde may be 
 acted on by Hydrochloric Acid, [Carbonyl Chloride (COC1 2 ), Sulphur Dioxide] 
 or Zinc Chloride ; during the action, the temperature of the mixture rises, and 
 almost complete conversion into Paraldehyde takes place. On cooling to 
 below 32 F. [o C.], Paraldehyde crystallizes. 3C 2 H 4 O C,H 12 O 3 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless [transparent liquid, having a strong, charac-
 
 3l6 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 teristic, but not unpleasant or pungent odor, and a burning and cooling taste. 
 Solubility. In 85 parts of water ; freely in Alcohol and Ether.] 
 Dose, ]^ to i fl. dr. ; [i. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF PARALDEHYDE. 
 
 External. It is antiseptic. 
 
 Internal. Large doses increase the flow of urine and some- 
 what strengthen the heart, but they do not affect the gastro-intes- 
 tinal tract or respiration ; enormous doses of paraldehyde weaken 
 the action of the heart, and kill by paralysis of the respiratory 
 centre. 
 
 Nervous system. It is a powerful hypnotic, without any 
 unpleasant after-effects. It acts quickly, and the sleep, which 
 lasts several hours, is quiet, refreshing, and dreamless. Paralde- 
 hyde in toxic doses paralyzes the anterior cornua of the spinal 
 cord ; thus it abolishes reflex action and causes paralysis. It does 
 not affect nerves or muscles. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF PARALDEHYDE. 
 
 Internal. It is given solely as an hypnotic in the same class 
 of cases as chloral, and as it does not act on the heart it may also 
 be used for patients suffering from cardiac disease. It has been 
 used largely in asylums to produce quiet in mania, and sleep in 
 melancholia. It may produce an erythematous rash. Unless 
 given in capsules, the great objection to its use is its [disagree- 
 able] taste, which is best covered by prescribing it with syrup 
 and tincture of orange peel in at least two fluid ounces [60. c.c.] 
 of water to insure that a usual dose will be dissolved. [It can 
 also be administered in glycerin in a 25 per cent, solution, which 
 renders it more palatable.] It gives an extremely offensive and 
 persistent odor to the breath, which lasts many hours. [In- 
 stances of the paraldehyde habit have been occasionally reported. 
 There is great emaciation, cardiac weakness, unsteady gait, 
 mental confusion and agitation with hallucinations of sight and 
 hearing and unpleasant delusions. Restraint for several months 
 is necessary for cure.]
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 3 1/ 
 
 VIII. SULPHONALUM. 
 
 SULPHONAL. [B. P., not official. C 7 H 16 S 2 O 4 =227. 59. Synonym. 
 Diethylsulphondimethylmethane. ( CH 3 ) 2 C(SO 2 C 2 H 5 ) 2 =227.59. 
 
 SOURCE. Mercaptan (Ethyl Hydrosulphide) is combined with Acetone 
 to form Mercaptol, which by oxidation with Potassium Permanganate yields 
 Sulphonal. ] 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, tabular crystals, inodorous, almost tasteless. 
 Solubility. In 450 parts of cold ; in 15 parts of boiling water ; in 90 parts 
 of Alcohol or Ether ; in 3 parts of Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 40 gr. ; [i.oo to 2.40 gm.] in cachets or suspended in 
 mucilage. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SULPHONAL. 
 
 Sulphonal is an hypnotic. It does not depress the heart. 
 The drug is given for the same class of cases as chloral, but as it 
 is so insoluble, it is absorbed with difficulty and very slowly ; 
 hence it takes two or more hours to act, and its action may be 
 prolonged into the next day. It produces its effect most rapidly 
 if the fluid, in which it is suspended, is hot ; but as they are so 
 much more convenient it is usually given in cachets an hour and 
 a half before bedtime. Sulphonal rarely leads to a habit or to 
 any disagreeable after-effects. The symptoms of a sulphonal 
 habit are general lethargy, mental, moral and muscular weak- 
 ness, loss of nutrition, and dyspepsia. It has been known to 
 produce [persistent] eruptions upon the skin and hsematopor- 
 phyrin in the urine. [Several fatal cases of poisoning by this 
 drug have been reported from small doses continued for long 
 periods. Severe general functional disturbances have followed 
 its use.] Enormous single doses produce, in addition to these 
 symptoms, prolonged sleep, lasting many days, paralysis of 
 sphincters, anuria, a fall of temperature, and, late in the case, 
 depression of respiration. 
 
 IX. TRIONALUM. 
 
 [TRIONAL. (Not official.) CH 3 C(SO 2 C 2 H 5 ) 2 C 2 H 5 =24I. 56. Syn- 
 onym. Diethylsulphonmethylethylmethane. This contains three Ethyl groups 
 instead of two as does Sulphonal. 
 
 SOURCE. It is prepared as in Sulphonal, except that Methylethylketone is 
 used in place of Acetone.
 
 318 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Shining, colorless, crystalline plates, tasteless and odorless. 
 Solubility. In 320 parts of water ; readily in Alcohol and Ether. 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF TRIONAL. 
 
 Trional is a prompt hypnotic, without cumulative action, and 
 it has no injurious or unpleasant after-effects. Apparently the 
 patients do not become habituated to its use. It has been used 
 as a hypnotic and sedative for the insane ; for narcotic habitues, 
 so far as is known, it is a safe remedy. It is important the daily 
 action of the bowels be secured, an alkaline water be given daily, 
 and weekly intermissions be insisted upon, otherwise it may give 
 rise to disagreeable after-effects. It but rarely gives rise to 
 haematoporphyrinuria. 
 
 Tetronal is of similar chemical composition, containing four 
 instead of three ethyl groups, and is used for the same purposes, 
 but in somewhat larger dose. 
 
 X. URETHANUM. 
 
 URETHANE. (Not official.) CO.NH Z .OC !( H..:=88.94. Synonyms. 
 Ethyl Carbamate. Ethyl Urethane. 
 
 SOURCE. By the interaction of Urea Nitrate and Ethyl Alcohol ; and 
 crystallization on cooling. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, columnar or tabular crystals ; colorless, and 
 having a pleasant, saline, somewhat cooling taste. Solubility. In I part of 
 water ; 0.6 part of Alcohol ; I part of Ether ; 3 parts of Glycerin. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .03 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF URETHANE. 
 
 Urethane is used as a hypnotic, and is believed to provide a 
 calm, natural sleep without any disagreeable after-effects. It was 
 formerly more frequently employed.] 
 
 CLASS V. Drugs which have an Antipyretic or Analgesic Action. 
 [The single official representative is Acetanilid. 
 
 Antipyrin and Phenacetin (B. P.), Exalgin, Lactophenin, Phenocoll Hy- 
 drochloride and Thallin Sulphate, none of which are official, belong to this 
 class. Alpha- and Beta-Eucaine, local anaesthetics are considered here, for 
 convenience].
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 
 
 I. ACETANILIDUM. 
 
 ACETANILID. C 6 H 5 NHC 2 H,O[=i34.73.] Synonyms. Phenyl- 
 acetamide. Antifebrin. [An Acetyl denvative of Aniline.] 
 
 SOURCE. Glacial Acetic Acid and [pure] Aniline are heated together [the 
 excess of both ingredients is then distilled off, and the congealed residue is 
 crude Acetanilid, which is purified by repeated crystallization from water.] 
 C 6 H 5 NH 2 +HC 2 H 3 2 =C 6 H 5 NHC 2 H 3 0+H 2 0. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [White, shining micaceous crystalline laminae, or a crys- 
 talline powder, odorless, having a faintly burning taste, and permanent in the 
 air. Solubility. In 194 parts of water, and in 5 parts of Alcohol ; also solu- 
 ble in 1 8 parts of Ether, and easily soluble in Chloroform. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Potassium and sodium hydrate, and chloroform. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Aniline and its salts. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 5 gr. ; .12 to .30 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF ACETANILID. 
 
 External. It is a local haemostatic as it contracts blood- 
 vessels when applied to them. 
 
 Internal. Blood. With ordinary doses of this drug this 
 fluid is unaffected, but in large doses the color is changed, from 
 the formation of methaemoglobin. The passage of this in the 
 urine discolors it. It causes the red corpuscles to break up and 
 arrests the movements of the white. 
 
 Heart. This substance depresses the heart. It is not known 
 how it does this ; but what little evidence there is appears 
 to show that it has a directly paralyzing action on the cardiac 
 muscle. 
 
 Vessels. Acetanilid contracts the smaller vessels from direct 
 action on their muscular coat. The blood -pressure therefore 
 rises. 
 
 Respiration. This is not affected by ordinary doses. After 
 toxic doses the force of the respiratory act progressively dimin- 
 ishes. 
 
 Kidneys. This substance is a mild diuretic. The excretion 
 of urea and uric acid is stated to be increased by it. Large 
 doses cause the urine to be dark from the passage of altered 
 blood. Acetanilid is said to be excreted as aniline, but this re- 
 quires confirmation. 
 
 Skin. This may produce an erythematous rash which usually
 
 32O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 [resembles that of measles] or is urticarial, and it is occasionally 
 a mild diaphoretic. 
 
 Temperature. This substance is a powerful antipyretic. 
 It has a very slight action on the temperature of health, but it 
 reduces it very markedly when it is raised from any cause. It 
 was introduced into medicine for this property. We have 
 already seen (see p. 71) how numerous are the ways in which 
 antipyretics may act. The fall of temperature produced by this 
 drug is not due to any action on the blood or the circulation, 
 and it is too marked to be entirely owing to its diaphoretic 
 action. It decreases heat production, and it is most likely that 
 it acts directly upon that part of the central nervous system, 
 probably upon the corpora striata, which presides over heat pro- 
 duction. It, to a much less extent, increases heat dissipation. 
 The result of these two actions is that the temperature falls. The 
 proof of these statements is too long and complicated to give 
 here, but we may mention that it is easy to show both by a calo- 
 rimeter, and by the decrease of the products of the febrile de- 
 struction of tissue, such as urea, that these drugs diminish heat 
 production. [It also possesses anti -periodic properties.] 
 
 Nervous system. The drug is a powerful analgesic. Ace- 
 tanilid in large doses is said to produce first convulsions, then 
 coma, and paralysis of motor nerves and muscles ; but all these 
 statements require further experiments. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF ACETANILID. 
 
 External. Acetanilid has been used in form of a dusting 
 powder [for soft and hard venereal ulcerations, in place of iodo- 
 form,] or as an ointment (i to 24) for chronic ulcers and eczema. 
 [It has also been employed as an antiseptic for wounds. Too 
 large a surface, however, should not be dusted over.] 
 
 Internal. Pyrexia. Originally this drug was introduced 
 into medicine on account of the property which it has of reducing 
 pyrexia. The opinion is, however, gaining ground that if the 
 temperature is not dangerously high no attempt should be made 
 to reduce it, for probably the raised temperature is an endeavor 
 on the part of the body to defend itself against the micro-organ-
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 321 
 
 isms which are the cause of the particular fever from which the 
 patient is suffering ; in other words, the pyrexia is a " defensive 
 mechanism." Further, this drug is a cardiac depressant, and 
 therefore unsuitable for patients suffering from fever, and this 
 last consideration makes many physicians prefer to use cold 
 water when the temperature is so high that it, of itself, is dan- 
 gerous to life. In order to gain a rapid effect, when it has been 
 decided to use an antipyretic this drug is useful. The balance 
 of evidence is that toxic symptoms are more common after ace- 
 tanilid, which, however, does not keep the temperature down 
 quite so long as [other antipyretics. ] It takes about two hours 
 to reduce the pyrexia to its minimum. [Acetanilid] may be 
 given per rectum. [It has no action upon the intestinal tract.] 
 
 Analgesic action. This drug has the property of relieving 
 pain [of neuralgia, sciatica, dysmenorrhoea, locomotor ataxia, 
 migraine, and various headaches.] 
 
 [Under the name of Antikamnia a substance has been intro- 
 duced which is probably a mixture of 20 parts of sodium bicar- 
 bonate, 70 of acetanilid and 10 of caffeine. Since acetanilid is 
 a cardiac depressant, the addition of caffeine may be advantageous 
 in some cases. A case of death has been reported, attributed to 
 the ingestion of 24 grains [1.50 gm.] of this mixture.] Anti- 
 nervin contains acetanilid, sodium salicylate and potassium 
 
 bromide. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms. Acetanilid occasionally produces in man collapse, cyanosis, 
 very slow respiration, a feeble and irregular pulse, vomiting, profuse sweating, 
 and profound prostration. [Death has occurred after a dose of 5 gr. ; .30 gm.] 
 It is not known whether these symptoms are due to impurities in the drug. 
 
 Treatment. Stimulation by alcohol and ether, subcutaneously, and by 
 the mouth. Strychnine subcutaneously to stimulate the heart. Oxygen in- 
 halations. Warmth to the feet and body. 
 
 II. ANTIPYRINUM. 
 
 ANTIPYRIN. (Not official. ) Phenazonum, [B. P.] C 6 H 5 (CH 3 ) 2 C S 
 HN 2 O=[i87.65.] Synonym. Phenyldimethylpyrazolone. 
 
 SOURCE. Aceto-acetic Ether is acted upon by Phenyl-hydrazine, when 
 Phenylmonomethylpyrazolone, Ethyl Alcohol, and water are formed. CH S 
 COCH 2 COOC,H 6 + H 2 NNHC 6 H 5 = C 6 H 5 (CH 3 )C 3 H 2 N !i O+C,H 5 OH-f H 2 O. 
 
 21
 
 322 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 The Monomethyl compound is treated with Methyl Iodide and Methyl Alcohol. 
 C 6 H 5 (CH 3 )C 3 H 2 N 2 0+CH S I=C 6 H 5 (CH 3 ) 2 C 3 HN 2 0+HI. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, odorless, scaly crystals [of a somewhat bitter 
 taste]. Solubility. Freely in water, Alcohol and Chloroform. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Iron sulphate, iodide, and chloride, copper sulphate, 
 iodine, arsenic iodide, carbolic, hydrocyanic, and nitric acids, potassium per- 
 manganate, salicylates, [corrosive mercuric chloride], spirit of nitrous ether ; 
 all preparations of tannin give a white precipitate ; chloral hydrate decom- 
 poses it unless in dilute solution. 
 
 Dose, 3 to 20 gr. ; [.20 to 1.20 gin.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ANTIPYRIN. 
 
 [Antipyrin in small doses may moderately increase arterial 
 pressure by direct stimulation of the heart (Wood) ; in large 
 doses it is a cardiac depressant, the final fall of blood-pressure 
 being certainly due, at least in part, to a direct action upon the 
 heart.] It also contracts the blood-vessels, being therefore a 
 local haemostatic. It is a mild diuretic, and is quickly excreted 
 in the urine as antipyrin. [It may produce an erythematous 
 rash. It rapidly reduces an elevated temperature by decreasing 
 heat production, by direct action on the centre which presides 
 over heat production, and to a much less extent increases heat 
 dissipation. In large doses it is said to produce convulsions, 
 later coma, and paralysis of motor nerves and muscles. 
 
 Antipyrin is given internally as a powerful antipyretic, in 
 fevers of various kinds. It is also used as a haemostatic in haem- 
 orrhoids and epistaxis. It has been used with some success in 
 diabetes. It is largely employed as an anti-neuralgic, reliev- 
 ing the pains of locomotor ataxia and other nervous affections, 
 and as an anti-rheumatic. It has been highly recommended 
 in chorea and epilepsy. Externally it is supposed to be an anti- 
 septic, but irritation has followed its hypodermatic use. It is a 
 local anaesthetic. 
 
 Salipyrin is prepared by the action of antipyrin upon sali- 
 cylic acid in substance. It is a white, coarsely-crystalline pow- 
 der with a rather sweetish taste, readily soluble in alcohol, but 
 slightly in water. In chronic articular rheumatism and sciatica 
 it has been successful, but it does not prevent relapses. It has
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 323 
 
 been successfully used for spasmodic dysmenorrhoea. The dose 
 is from 6 to 30 gr. ; .40 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 lodopyrin or iodantipyrin is supposed to have a hydrogen 
 atom in the phenyl group of antipyrin replaced by iodine. It 
 occurs in colorless, prismatic needles, which are tasteless. It is, 
 with difficulty, soluble in cold water or alcohol, but readily when 
 hot. It causes a fall of temperature and perspiration, but with- 
 out collapse or shivering. It is doubtful if it has any advantage 
 over antipyrin. The dose is from 2 to 15 gr. ;. .12 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms. Antipyrin occasionally produces, in man, collapse, cyanosis, 
 very slow respiration, a feeble and irregular pulse, vomiting and profound pros- 
 tration. It is not known whether these symptoms have been due to impurities 
 in the drug, [but it is quite likely that they have arisen from improper dosage.] 
 Many deaths have been caused by this drug ; it has been stated that during 
 one epidemic of influenza in Vienna seventeen persons were killed by it. 
 
 Treatment. Stimulation by Alcohol and Ether subcutaneously and by the 
 mouth ; Strychnine subcutaneously to stimulate the heart ; warmth to the feet 
 and body. 
 
 III. PHENACETINUM. 
 
 [PHENACETIN.] (Not official.) Ci H 13 NO 2 =[i78.63]. Synonym. 
 Para-acetphenetidin. C 6 H 4 OC 2 H 5 NHC 2 H 3 O==[i78.63]. 
 
 SOURCE. Glacial Acetic Acid is made to act upon paraphenetidin, a pro- 
 duct of Paranitrophenol. [C 6 H 5 OC 2 H 5 NH 2 +HC 2 H 3 O 2 =C 6 H 4 OC 2 H 5 NHC 2 
 H S 0+H 2 0.] 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, tasteless, scaly crystals. Solubility. Very spar- 
 ingly (i in 1700) in water; in 30 parts of Alcohol ; soluble in Glycerin. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 10 gr. ; [.30 to .60 gm.] (as an antipyretic), in cachets, 
 capsules or suspended. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF PHENACETIN. 
 
 [Phenacetin has no action externally nor on the gastro-mtes- 
 tinal tract, and with ordinary doses the blood is unaffected. It 
 slightly depresses the heart, but does not in ordinary doses affect 
 the respiration. It is a mild diuretic, but large doses cause the 
 passage of altered blood. It is a powerful antipyretic by de- 
 creasing heat production and slightly increasing heat dissipation. 
 It is a powerful analgesic. It is a valuable remedy for reducing 
 fever, and because it depresses the heart but little, it is safer
 
 324 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 than either antipyrin or acetanilid. It is, however, very insolu- 
 ble, and slower and less powerful than these remedies, but the 
 effects last longer. As this drug possesses a marked analgesic 
 action, it is to be preferred as a remedy for the relief of pain, as, 
 neuralgia, sciatica, locomotor ataxia, migraine and various head- 
 aches. For this purpose, the dose of 5 gr.; .30 gm., should be 
 administered every hour for three or four hours ; this generally 
 gives relief. This drug has been of service in the treatment of 
 
 epilepsy. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms. This drag sometimes produces severe vomiting, sweating, 
 feeble and rapid pulse, and collapse. Treatment. Alcoholic stimulation. 
 Strychnine hypodermatically. External warmth.] 
 
 IV. EXALGINUM. 
 
 EXALGIN. (Not official.) [C 6 H 5 N(CH 3 )CH S CO=I48. 70.] Syno* 
 nym. Methyl Acetanilid. 
 
 [SOURCE. By warming together Monomethylaniline and Acetyl Chloride. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless acicular needles, with a slightly] saline taste. 
 Solubility. In 60 parts of water ; freely in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, ^ to 3 gr. ; [.03 to .20 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF EXALGIN. 
 
 Exalgin is a powerful analgesic and has been given with suc- 
 cess for neuralgia. Often it relieves when many other drugs 
 have failed. Medicinal doses hardly ever cause depression, but 
 very large quantities may be dangerous from their breaking up 
 the blood like acetanilid. It is best dissolved in Tinctura 
 Aurantii [Dulcis], but may be made into a pill. [It is used for 
 migraine, sciatica, the pains of rheumatism, and, of late, for 
 chorea. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Several severe cases of poisoning having been reported, the usual dose 
 should not be exceeded. The symptoms are similar to those of acetanilid. 
 Treatment. As for acetanilid. (See p. 321.) 
 
 V. LACTOPHENINUM. 
 
 LACTOPHENIN. (Not official. ) C n H 15 NO s =2o8. 56. Synonym. 
 Lactylparaphenetidine. C ft H 4 OC 3 H 6 NHCOCH(OH)CH,==2o8.56.
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 325 
 
 SOURCE. Lactophenin differs from Phenacetin only by the substitution of 
 Lactic for Acetic Acid. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, tasteless powder. Solubility. In 330 parts of 
 water. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 15 gr. ; .60 to i.oo gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF LACTOPHENIN. 
 
 Lactophenin is an analgesic and antithermic. It is usually 
 better borne than antipyrin. Although it may, in some instances, 
 give rise to sweating, it does not cause collapse nor cyanosis. It 
 produces a considerable and persistent lowering of a febrile 
 temperature, but without abundant perspiration, and its use is 
 not followed by chilly sensations. It has been administered in 
 articular rheumatism, influenza, scarlet fever, septicaemia and 
 other infectious diseases. Von Jaksch has obtained excellent 
 results in typhoid fever, with daily doses from 7 to 15 gr.; .50 to 
 i.oo gm., not only in reducing the fever, but as a sedative when 
 delirium becomes a prominent symptom. 
 
 VI. PHENOCOLLI HYDROCHLORIDUM. 
 
 PHENOCOLL HYDROCHLORIDE. (Not official.) C 10 H M N 2 O, 
 HCl=230.oi. 
 
 SOURCE. By the intermixture of Phenetidine with Glycocoll or Amido- 
 acetic Acid. 
 
 CHARACTERS. It is a white micro-crystalline powder. Solubility. In 
 20 parts of water. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF PHENOCOLL HYDROCHLORIDE. 
 
 It is not poisonous to animals and nor does it injuriously 
 affect the blood. It is a fairly powerful antipyretic, not followed 
 by collapse or cyanosis ; the perspiration is not more marked 
 than after large doses of antipyrin. It has also been used as an 
 antineuralgic ; in severe acute articular rheumatism it has exer- 
 cised a beneficial action upon the joints when other remedies 
 have failed. It is rapidly excreted by the urine, to which it 
 gives a brownish color, and it probably increases the excretion 
 of uric acid. The reports, of which there are now a consider- 
 able number, are favorable to this remedy.
 
 J26 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 VII. THALLIN^ SULPHAS. 
 THALLINE SULPHATE. (Not official.) 2C 9 H 10 N(OCH 3 )H 3 SO 4 
 
 SOURCE. By heating together Paramidoanisol, Paranitranisol, Glycerin 
 and Sulphuric Acid. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white or whitish granular crystalline powder having a 
 slightly Anise-like odor and a nauseous, bitter, saline and pungent taste. 
 Solubility. In 7 parts of water ; in 100 parts of Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; .12 to .60 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF THALLIN SULPHATE. 
 
 This drug was introduced into medicine as an antipyretic, but 
 it was soon abandoned because of the dangerous collapse with 
 marked cyanosis which it produced. It is rarely given inter- 
 nally, because it is poisonous to the red blood corpuscles and to 
 the nervous system. Its chief use is as an injection for gonor- 
 rhoea, in aqueous solution (i or 2 to 120), or it can be used in 
 a 2 per cent, solution in gelatin bougies. In gleet beneficial re- 
 sults have followed the injection of i to 8 aqueous solutions. 
 
 VIII. ALPHA-EUCAIN-ffii HYDROCHLORAS. 
 
 ALPHA-EUCAINE HYDROCHLORATE, (Not official.) 
 C 19 H 27 NO 4 Ha-fH 2 O=386.6i. The hydrochlorate of a synthetic alkaloid 
 having a close chemical relationship to cocaine. 
 
 SOURCE. By the action of one molecule of ammonia upon three molecules 
 of acetone, triacetonamine is formed. This is then transformed into triacetona- 
 mencyanhydrine by hydrocyanic acid. This compound when saponified be- 
 comes triacetonalkamin carbonic acid, ammonia being given off, when benzy- 
 lated and methylated trimethylbenzoyhetramethyl y oxypiperidin carbonic 
 acid methylester or Eucaine is formed. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Permanent shining scales containing one molecule of water 
 of crystallization. Solubility. In about 6 parts of water. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Caustic alkalies, alkaline carbonates and ammonia. 
 
 ACTION OF EUCAINE HYDROCHLORATE. 
 
 The general action of eucaine, both in cold and warm blooded 
 animals, consists in a marked excitation of the entire central 
 nervous system, followed by paralysis ; in toxic doses going on 
 to death. Small doses administered to mice and rabbits cause 
 increased reflex excitability, and increased but weakened respira-
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 327 
 
 tory movements. Medium doses in rabbits cause repeated tonic 
 and clonic convulsions. The animals lie senseless on their sides, 
 with dyspnoea, opisthotonos, and finally paresis of the posterior 
 limbs. These phenomena are most marked when large toxic 
 doses are administered ; the convulsions return continuously, 
 and affect all the muscles of the body. The animals finally 
 die when the paralysis reaches the respiratory muscles. When 
 the dose is not a fatal one, the convulsions gradually cease, 
 the increased reflex excitability disappears, and the paresis of 
 the hind limbs slowly improves. The effect on the central ner- 
 vous system is therefore at first excitant, and later, in toxic doses, 
 paralyzing. The paralysis is a central one, for if the sciatic 
 nerve of a frog poisoned with eucaine is exposed, and its 
 peripheral end irritated with the induced current, the limb reacts 
 in a normal manner. As regards its action on the heart and the 
 blood-vessels, the subcutaneous and intravenous injection of 
 small and medium doses slows the heart on the average from 
 twenty to thirty beats per minute, but without otherwise modi- 
 fying the beats, or increasing the blood pressure. This effect on 
 the pulse is caused by the excitation of the central vagus ; for 
 section of the vagi causes an immediate increase of the pulse to 
 the normal and above it, together with an increase of the blood 
 pressure. Death occurs from paralysis of the respiratory centres, 
 for the heart continues to beat for some time thereafter (Vinci). 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF EUCAINE HYDROCHLORATE. 
 
 Eucaine is used in from i to 5 or even 10 per cent, solutions 
 for the same purposes as is cocaine. The anaesthesia comes on 
 somewhat more slowly, with solutions of the same strength is 
 about equal to, and its effects last about the same time as with 
 the latter drug. It possesses the disadvantage of causing hyper- 
 semia of mucous membranes, and in 2 per cent, solution may 
 irritate the conjuctiva. A i per cent, solution, however, does 
 not cause any disturbance. It is preferable to cocaine in that 
 its aqueous solutions are permanent and can be sterilized by heat 
 without decomposition. It does not cause mydriasis nor dis- 
 turbance of accommodation, nor does it dry the corneal epithe-
 
 328 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 lium, and further it is relatively safer, so far as circulation and 
 respiration are concerned, than cocaine. Vinci claims that its 
 solutions possess moderate antibacterial powers. 
 
 In order to avoid the burning sensations, pain and hypersemia 
 to which eucaine may give rise, a substance known as Benzoyl- 
 vinyldiacetonalkamin hydrochlorate named Beta-eucaine (not 
 official), a compound closely related chemically to eucaine, has 
 been recommended. Its chemical and physiological properties, 
 with the above exceptions, are the same. It is safe, being three 
 and three-quarters less toxic than cocaine, does not affect the 
 heart, and is unirritating. It does not produce, when employed 
 in the eye, mydriasis, corneal lesions, nor disturbances of ac- 
 commodation. It can be sterilized by boiling without deteriora- 
 tion ; its solutions are permanent and do not decompose when 
 kept. Its field is the same as that of cocaine, and it ran be em- 
 ployed for the various operations upon the eye, nose, ears, 
 genito-urinary tract, in minor surgery and dentistry, and for in- 
 filtration anaesthesia. For medullary anaesthesia while the after- 
 effects seem no greater than with cocaine the analgesia is not so 
 uniform nor lasting. Its ease and certainty of sterilization by 
 boiling are in its favor and some .operators are strong advocates 
 of it. It is employed in from ^ to 4 per cent, (saturated) 
 aqueous solution, but of the latter not more than 30 minims ; 
 2.00 c.c., should be employed at one time, although for a pro- 
 longed operation five times this quantity may be employed]. 
 
 CLASS VI. The Antiseptics. 
 
 Carbolic Acid, Sodium Sulphocarbolate, Creosote, 
 lodoform, Naphtalin, Naphtol and Resorcin. 
 
 [Besides these the following drugs which are not official are included in 
 this class: Zinc Sulphocarbolate (B. P.), Guaiacol, Aristol, lodol, Europhen, 
 Creolin, Lysol, Asaprol, Formaldehyde, Urotropin, Saccharin, Methylene 
 Blue and Piperazine.] 
 
 I. [ACIDUM CARBOLICUM CRUDUM. 
 
 CRUDE CARBOLIC ACID. 
 
 SOURCE. A liquid consisting of various constituents of coal-tar, chiefly 
 cresol and phenol, obtained by fractional distillation between the temperatures
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 329 
 
 of 302 and 392 F. ; 150 and 200 C., and twice rectified between the tem- 
 peratures of 338 and 374 F. ; 170 to 190 C. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A nearly colorless or reddish, or brownish-red liquid of a 
 strongly empyreumatic and creosote-like odor, having a benumbing, blanching 
 and caustic effect upon the skin and mucous membrane, and a slightly acid 
 reaction. 
 
 Used only externally.] 
 
 II. ACIDUM CARBOLICUM. 
 
 CARBOLIC ACID. C 6 H 5 OH[=93.78.] Synonyms. Phenic Acid. 
 Phenol. Phenyl Alcohol. 
 
 SOURCE. [From Crude Carbolic Acid by agitation with warm concen- 
 trated solution of Soda, heating to 338 F. ; 170 C., solution and treatment 
 with Hydrochloric Acid. After being agitated with Sodium Chloride, digested 
 with Calcium Chloride, it is distilled between 336 and 374 F. ; 168.8 and 
 190 C., and crystallized. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, interlaced or separate, needle-shaped crystals, 
 or a white crystalline mass, sometimes acquiring a reddish tint, having a some- 
 what aromatic odor, and, when copiously diluted with water, a sweetish taste 
 with a slightly burning after-taste. Treated with about 8 per cent, of water, it 
 becomes fluid ; the crystals are very hygroscopic, and hence soon become semi- 
 fluid on exposure to air ; it has a faintly acid reaction and coagulates albumin. 
 Solubility. Slowly in about 15 to 20 parts of water;] freely in Alcohol, fats 
 and oils. [Solution in water is more easily made if an equal part of Glycerin 
 is added.] 
 
 Dose, l / z to i gr. ; [.03 to .06 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Unguentum Acidi Carbolici. [Ointment of Carbolic Acid. 
 Carbolic Acid, 5 ; Ointment, 95. 
 
 2. Glyceritum Acidi Carbolici. Glycerite of Carbolic Acid. 
 Carbolic Acid, 20 ; Glycerin, 80. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 5 m. ; .12 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF CARBOLIC ACID. 
 
 External. Carbolic acid is a powerful antizymotic, 
 rapidly destroying organized ferments, both animal and vegetable. 
 Consequently it destroys those of septic diseases, hence it is 
 antiseptic. It thus prevents the formation of the products of 
 the decompositions which are set up by these organisms. For 
 this reason it is disinfectant, and as the products of decompo- 
 sition are generally foul -smelling, it is deodorant. It does not 
 act so readily on unorganized ferments (enzymes), such as pepsin
 
 33O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 and ptyalin, but in large doses it likewise destroys their activity. 
 Carbolic acid is not so powerful an antizymotic as [corrosive 
 mercuric] chloride (see p. 214) ; for Evans found that anthrax 
 spores were not killed in twenty-four hours by a solution of i in 
 100, but were killed by a solution of i in 20 acting for twenty- 
 four hours, but not when it acted for only four hours. The bacilli 
 of anthrax were killed by a solution of i in 100 acting for five 
 minutes, i in 150 acting for a quarter of an hour, i in 175 acting 
 for half an hour, but were unaffected by a solution of i in 150 
 acting for one minute, i in 175 acting for a quarter of an hour, 
 i in 300 acting for an hour. Strengths of i in 40 and i in 20 
 are commonly employed in surgery. The solution in oil has no 
 antiseptic properties. The power of carbolic acid to destroy 
 low organisms makes it an efficient parasiticide against certain 
 vegetable parasites infesting the skin. 
 
 When applied to the skin in weak or moderately strong solu- 
 tions, it produces local anaesthesia with a feeling of numb- 
 ness which lasts some hours. If concentrated, it acts as an 
 irritant and caustic, causing a burning pain, and in a few 
 minutes a white spot appears, which becomes red when the acid 
 is removed. If the application is prolonged, a white eschar or 
 slough results. There is no vesication. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. If concentrated, carbolic 
 acid produces the same effect on the mouth as on the skin, and 
 is a powerful gastro-intestinal irritant (see Toxicology). In the 
 stomach it is converted into a sulphocarbolate, and unless poi- 
 sonous doses be given, it is so diluted by the gastric contents 
 that it loses its antizymotic power. 
 
 Blood. It is not known in what form carbolic acid circulates, 
 probably as an alkaline carbolate. 
 
 Circulation. Medicinal doses have no effect. Large doses 
 paralyze the vaso-motor centre in the medulla, and the blood- 
 pressure falls. It is not until very large doses have been given 
 that the heart is affected, and then its activity is depressed. 
 
 Respiration. Small doses have no influence on respiration, 
 but large ones accelerate it, probably from stimulation of the 
 vagi. Ultimately respiration is paralyzed, and death results.
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 331 
 
 Temperature. This is unaffected by small doses of carbolic 
 acid, but large doses cause it to fall, because they diminish the 
 production of heat and increase its dissipation. 
 
 Nenwus system. Carbolic acid is a cerebral depressant in 
 large doses, for coma is produced by them ; they first stimulate 
 the anterior cornua, producing convulsions, but subsequently 
 depress them, causing paralysis. 
 
 Urine. Much interest attaches to this, for even after moder- 
 ate doses of carbolic acid, or absorption from surgical dressings, 
 the urine may become dark. This is not due to blood, as 
 was once thought, for Stevenson has shown that there is no 
 increase of iron in the urine. Carbolic acid [is partially oxi- 
 dized to pyrocatechin and hydroquinone, which combine in the 
 body with sulphuric and glycuronic acids and are excreted in 
 the urine as double (ethereal) sulphates and phenol, pyrocatechin 
 and hydroquinone glycuronates.] Pyrocatechin [and hydro- 
 quinone are unstable bodies, and their oxidation products are 
 doubtless] the cause of the dark urine ; pyrocatechin can only 
 exist in alkaline urine, [so that it cannot be the sole cause of the 
 dark color.] The presence in the urine of these results of car- 
 bolic acid is recognized by distilling them over from it. The 
 distillate gives a blue color with neutral ferric chloride, and a 
 white crystalline precipitate of tribromophenol with bromine 
 water, showing the presence of sulphocarbolic acid. [The in- 
 organic sulphates are usually absent. This is determined by the 
 use of the barium chloride test which does not precipitate the 
 combined sulphates (sulphocarbolates). (Sonnenberg's test).] 
 Some carbolic acid escapes in the other excretions ; some is 
 burned up in the body. When very large doses are given car- 
 bolic acid itself may appear in the urine. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CARBOLIC ACID. 
 
 External. Carbolic acid is largely used as a deodorant and 
 disinfectant for drains, bed-pans, [for which the cheaper crude 
 acid may be employed,] soiled linen, surgical instruments, the 
 surgeon's hands, etc. Carbolic lotion (i in 40) is used to wash 
 wounds to keep them antiseptic, and carbolized gauze (which is
 
 332 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 bleached cotton gauze medicated with half its weight of a mixture 
 of carbolic acid, i ; resin, 4 ; paraffin, 4, ) is employed as a dressing 
 for the same purpose. A spray of a solution of carbolic acid was 
 formerly much used to keep the air around the wound antiseptic 
 during an operation, but it is now discarded as unnecessary. 
 
 Glycerite of carbolic acid is a very efficient preparation to 
 destroy the fungus of tinea tonsurans or tinea versicolor ; for the 
 latter it should be diluted. 
 
 Because of its anaesthetic effect a strong solution (i in 20) 
 will relieve itching from any cause. Carbolized vapor has been 
 inhaled in phthisis, but by the time it reaches the lungs it is far 
 too dilute to have any action on the tubercle bacillr. 
 
 Internal. Month. The glycerite, if diluted, may be applied 
 as a stimulant to the mouth in aphthous stomatitis, or when any 
 indolent ulceration is present. A gargle (of [carbolic acid] in 
 water, i in 120) is an excellent preparation. The glycerite has 
 been used for diphtheria, but probably it does no good, except 
 that being a local anaesthetic it soothes pain. A piece of cotton 
 soaked in strong carbolic acid will relieve pain if placed in a 
 decayed tooth, but care must be taken to prevent it from coming 
 in contact with the soft parts by putting another piece of dry 
 cotton over it. 
 
 Stomach. Carbolic acid has been given to relieve flatulence, 
 because it was thought that it would prevent decomposition in 
 the stomach ; but it is powerless to do this, owing to the degree 
 to which the gastric contents dilute it. Some state that it checks 
 vomiting and helps to cure dyspepsia, but it is not a remedy 
 which is universally regarded as useful for these purposes. It 
 may, however, be tried in obstinate cases, and it will sometimes 
 be found to be a good carminative. It has been given internally 
 as an antiseptic in phthisis, but it does no good, and those who 
 give it forget that probably very little carbolic acid reaches the 
 lungs. It has been extensively tried in typhoid fever, but with- 
 out any good effect. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 If carbolic acid is at all concentrated, immediately on swallowing it there 
 is an intense burning sensation in the mouth, [oesophagus] and stomach, and
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 333 
 
 white eschars form in the mouth. The patient is collapsed, his skin is cold 
 and clammy. The breathing becomes more and more feeble and shallow, and 
 finally stops. The urine is darkish green. Reflex movements are abolished, 
 and ultimately he becomes insensible and comatose. [Carbolic acid taken by 
 the mouth has proven fatal in two minutes.] Post-mortem. There are white, 
 hard sloughs, with perhaps inflammatory redness round them, in the mouth, 
 oesophagus, and stomach. The blood is dark and coagulates imperfectly. In 
 some cases fatty degeneration of the liver and kidneys may be found. 
 
 Treatment. Any soluble sulphate, such as an ounce [30. gm. ] of magne- 
 sium sulphate or half an ounce [15. gm.] of sodium sulphate dissolved in 
 half a pint [250. c.c.] of water, is the natural antidote, because sulphates and 
 carbolic acid form sulphocarbolates in the blood, and these are harmless. 
 [Saccharated lime or soap may be used as chemical antidotes.] Before the 
 antidote is given, wash out the stomach or use some very quickly-acting 
 emetic, as apomorphine [hydrochlorate] given hypodermatically. [It is of the 
 utmost importance to immediately] give stimulants freely, such as ether or 
 orandy subcutaneously. Apply hot water bottles and blankets if there are any 
 signs of collapse. [The most important antidote to carbolic acid is pure 
 alcohol. Success in treatment demands that the acid and alcohol should be 
 brought in contact ; therefore if the acid has been swallowed for some time 
 alcohol may not be efficacious. ] 
 
 III. SODII SULPHOCARBOLAS. 
 
 SODIUM SULPHOCARBOLATE. [NaSO 3 C 6 H 4 (OH)+2H,O= 
 
 231.56. Synonym. Sodium Paraphenolsulphonate. 
 
 SOURCE. Phenolsulphuric Acid is formed by adding Sulphuric Acid to 
 crystallized Carbolic Acid ; on heating this mixture it becomes Paraphenol- 
 sulphuric Acid, which yields a clear solution with water. C 6 H 5 OH-|-H 2 SO 4 
 =C 6 H 5 HSO 4 -|-H 2 O. Barium Carbonate is then added, and Barium Sulpho- 
 carbolateis precipitated. 2C 6 H 5 HSO 4 +BaCO 3 =Ba(SO 3 C 6 H 4 (OH) ) 2 +H 2 O 
 -|-CO 2 . This is treated with water and Sodium Carbonate ; a solution of So- 
 dium Sulphocarbolate is formed, and Barium Carbonate is precipitated. 
 Ba(SO 3 C 6 H i (OH)) 2 +Na 2 CO 3 =2NaSO 3 C 6 H 4 (OHj-f-BaCO s . The solution 
 is evaporated to crystallization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, rhombic prisms, odorless and having 
 a cooling, saline, slightly bitter taste. Solubility. In 4.8 parts of water ; in 
 132 parts of Alcohol.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SODIUM SULPHOCARBOLATE. 
 
 This substance is antiseptic, like carbolic acid, and may be 
 used externally for this purpose. Internally it is occasionally 
 given in the hope of controlling gastric fermentation.
 
 334 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ZINCI SULPHOCARBOLAS. 
 
 IV. ZINC SULPHOCARBOLATE. [B. P., not official.] Zn 
 (C 6 H 5 SO 4 ) 2 +H 2 O=[448.62. Synonym. Zinc Paraphenol Sulphonate.] 
 
 SOURCE. Sulphocarbolic Acid is formed by adding Sulphuric Acid to 
 Carbolic Acid. This is treated with Zinc Oxide ; the Zinc Sulphocarbolate 
 crystallizes out on evaporation. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless crystals, freely soluble in water. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ZINC SULPHOCARBOLATE. 
 
 Zinc sulphocarbolate is, like carbolic acid, an antiseptic, and 
 may be used externally for that purpose. [It is used as an as- 
 tringent for indolent or foul ulcers, and in subacute inflamma- 
 tions of mucous membrane, in solutions which are somewhat 
 stronger than those of zinc sulphate.] It is not given internally. 
 
 V. CREOSOTUM. 
 CREOSOTE. 
 
 SOURCE. [A mixture of Phenols, chiefly Guaiacol (C 7 H 8 O 2 ) and Creosol 
 (C 8 H, Oj) obtained during the distillation of wood tar, preferably of that de- 
 rived from the beech Fagtts Sylvatica Linne (nat. ord. Cupuliftra.} 
 
 CHARACTERS. An almost colorless, slightly yellowish or pinkish, highly 
 refractive, oily liquid, having a penetrating smoky odor, and a burning caustic 
 taste, usually becoming darker in tint on exposure to light. Sp. gr. , not below 
 1.070. Solubility. In 150 parts of water ; freely in Alcohol, Ether, Chloro- 
 form and glacial Acetic Acid. ] 
 
 IMPURITY. Carbolic Acid [which coagulates albumin and collodion. 
 Creosote does not]. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Explodes when mixed with Silver oxide. 
 
 Dose, [}4 to 2 m. ; .03 to .12 c.c. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Aqua Creosoti. Creosote Water. Creosote, lo; distilled water, 
 990. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CREOSOTE. 
 
 Creosote has the same action as carbolic acid, and before that 
 was introduced, creosote was used externally as a stimulating an- 
 tiseptic, a parasiticide and a slight local anaesthetic ; and inter- 
 nally it was given for vomiting and flatulence. An aching tooth 
 may be relieved if it is plugged with cotton thoroughly moistened
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 33$ 
 
 in creosote. [The most important use of creosote is as a pul- 
 monary antiseptic, administered by the mouth, hypodermatically, 
 or by inhalation. To Bouchard and Gimbert belongs the credit 
 of introducing the use of creosote in cases of tuberculosis. It can 
 be administered in the form of an emulsion with cod-liver oil 
 and acacia ; or with the hypophoSphites and cod-liver oil ; or 
 with the syrup of wild cherry and acacia, two minims ; .12 c.c.; 
 of the creosote being contained in a drachm; 4 c.c. of the 
 emulsion, or in a mixture of glycerin and whiskey. The dose 
 should be one-half to two minims ; .03 to .12 c.c., given thrice 
 daily, and increased to twenty to twenty-five minims; 1.20 to 
 1.50 c.c. in the twenty-four hours, by easy stages. Administered 
 in the form of enteric pills (which will dissolve only in the in- 
 testinal fluids), a daily dosage of forty-five to fifty minims; 
 3.00 to 3.30 c.c. can be reached without inconvenience. This 
 method is preferable to that of Sommerbrodt, which consists in 
 the administration of one minim; .06 c.c. of creosote in two 
 minims; 12 c.c. of cod-liver oil, in capsules. The method of 
 hypodermatic injection in sterilized olive oil requires a special 
 apparatus, is very tedious, somewhat painful, and altogether irk- 
 some to patient and physician. By inhalation it is employed 
 with equal parts of alcohol and spirit of chloroform, or in alco- 
 hol, one part to eight, in a perforated zinc inhaler, of which 15 
 minims; i. c.c., are placed upon a bit of cotton and used for 
 fifteen minutes in every hour. If the best beechwood creosote 
 is employed, no untoward results are likely to be obtained. If 
 the dose is increased too rapidly there may occur some nausea, 
 epigastric uneasiness, and even vomiting. Disturbance of the 
 kidneys has been produced and the urine presents practically the 
 same appearance as after the injection of carbolic acid (see p. 
 331). The stomach symptoms have been relieved by the pa- 
 tient placing himself upon his back, for half an hour after ad- 
 ministration of the remedy. It is quite likely that the patient 
 acquires a tolerance, for the daily dose of three hundred minims; 
 20. c.c. has been given for a considerable time, with benefit, 
 although fifty minims; 3.30 c.c. should be considered as the 
 maximum daily dose. Creosote is more efficient than either of
 
 336 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 its principal constituents, guaiacol or creosol, even if given in 
 proportionate dose. Creosote should never be given to the aged. 
 Creosote carbonate (not official) which contains 92 per cent, 
 of creosote, does not possess the caustic and irritative properties 
 of the pure creosote, and can be administered in dose of from 15 
 to 60 m. ; i. to 4. c.c., in a wineglass of sherry after meals. As 
 it is slowly absorbed it is probable that it is eliminated in greater 
 part by the bronchial mucous membrane. Since it does not irri- 
 tate the gastro-intestinal tract nor the kidneys it is the method 
 of choice in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis.] 
 
 VI. [GUAIACOLUM. 
 
 GUAIACOL. (Notofficial.) C 6 H 4 OHOCH 3 =I23.7I.] Synonym. 
 Methyl Pyrocatechin. [A liquid constituting from 60 to 90 per cent, of Creo- 
 sote, which is mainly composed of this and Creosol. 
 
 SOURCE. By fractional distillation of Beech-wood Tar; treated with 
 Ammonia to remove acid compounds, and then again fractionated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, highly refractive liquid, of a strongly aromatic 
 odor. Sp. gr., 1.117. Solubility. Very slightly in water, readily in Alco- 
 hol and Ether. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 m. ; .12 to .60 c.c. 
 
 VII. GUAIACOLI BENZOAS. 
 
 GUAIACOL BENZOATE. (Not official.) C 6 H 4 OHC,HC 5 O,= 
 203.49. Synonyms. Benzosol. Benzoyl Guaiacol. 
 
 SOURCE. This is prepared by adding to an alcoholic solution of Guaiacol, 
 Potassium Hydroxide, forming Potassium Guaiacol, which is heated in a 
 water-bath with Benzoyl Chloride. Benzoyl Guaiacol is formed and purified 
 by re-crystallization from Alcohol. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, odorless and tasteless crystalline powder. 
 Solubility. Almost insoluble in water; readily soluble in Ether and Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; .12 to .60 gm. 
 
 VIII. GUAIACOLI CARBONAS. 
 
 GUAIACOL CARBONATE. (Not official.) (C 6 H 4 OCH S ) 2 CO,= 
 257-39- 
 
 SOURCE. By passing Phosgene gas (COC1 4 ) into Guaiacol, previously dis- 
 solved in a Soda solution. The Carbonate is obtained by crystallization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, neutral crystalline powder, almost odorless and 
 tasteless. Solubility. Insoluble in water ; soluble in Ether and Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm.
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 337 
 
 IX. GUAIACOLI SALICYLAS. 
 
 GUAIACOL SALICYLATE. (Not official. ) C 6 H 4 OHCO 2 C 6 H 4 - 
 OCH 3 =2 43 .42. 
 
 SOURCE. By the action of Phosphorus Oxychloride on a mixture of 
 Sodium Guaiacol and Salicylate. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white crystalline, odorless and tasteless powder. Solu- 
 bility. Insoluble in water ; soluble in Alcohol, Ether and Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF GUAIACOL. 
 
 External. Guaiacol is antiseptic. If painted on the skin 
 over an area of from 4 to 20 square inches [10. to 50. sq. cm.], 
 it reduces pyrexia, but it is not used for this purpose as it causes 
 sweating and collapse. 
 
 Internal. [It is less likely than creosote to irritate the intes- 
 tinal canal and kidneys. Benzosol was introduced as a nearly 
 tasteless combination for the administration of guaiacol. In the 
 digestive tract it splits up into guaiacol and benzoic acid. As an 
 intestinal disinfectant it has proved to be of service in the treat- 
 ment of diabetes mellitus. The carbonate and salicylate have 
 been used as substitutes for guaiacol, and are in many cases pref- 
 erable to it. Guaiacol especially the carbonate] has been much 
 given in phthisis, for it is believed to aid the destruction of the 
 bacilli in the lungs, but although widely used there is no [abso- 
 lutely] certain evidence that it [does this. The carbonate has 
 given excellent results in the treatment of typhoid fever in limit- 
 ing the decomposition in the intestines]. 
 
 X. CREOLINUM. 
 
 [CREOLIN. (Not official.) A solution of the higher homologues of 
 Phenol. 
 
 SOURCE. Creolin is derived from coal by dry distillation, and consists of 
 a mixture of the sodium salts of some resinous acids with Creolin Oil and 
 Pyridines. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A dark brown, syrupy alkaline liquid. It forms a turbid, 
 milky mixture with water, which has the characteristic, rather pleasant, odor 
 of the preparation. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c. 
 
 22
 
 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF CREOLIN. 
 
 Creolin is a non- irritating but powerful antiseptic, frequently 
 used in place of carbolic acid. It is used pure, in 2 per cent. 
 solution, in an ointment or as a soap, 10 per cent. It has been 
 given internally in gastric fermentation, dysentery and typhoid 
 fever. Toxic symptoms have been observed, but they are rarely 
 encountered.] Jeyes' disinfectant preparations contain creolin. 
 
 XI. LYSOLUM. 
 
 [LYSOL. (Not official.) A substance containing about 50 per cent, of 
 Cresol. 
 
 SOURCE. From tar oil by dissolving in fat and saponifying with Alcohol. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A brown, oily-looking clear liquid, with a feeble aromatic 
 odor. Solubility. Soluble in all proportions in water (forming a clear, froth- 
 ing, saponaceous liquid), in Alcohol, Chloroform and Glycerin. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF LYSOL. 
 
 Lysol is an antiseptic, about one-eighth as poisonous as car- 
 bolic acid, and even less poisonous than creolin, used in from 
 one-half to two per cent, aqueous solution. The literature is 
 extensive and generally favorable.] Lysol does not affect in- 
 struments but may make them difficult to hold, as it is a solution 
 of tar oils in a neutral soap. Izal is a coal tar derivative [chiefly 
 used in England, possessing similar properties and used for the 
 same purposes.] 
 
 XII. IODOFORMUM. 
 
 IODOFORM. CHI 3 [=392.56.] Synonym. Tri-iodomethane. 
 
 SOURCE. Heat together Alcohol, Iodine, Potassium Bicarbonate, and 
 water. C 2 H 6 O4^I+2KHCOj=2CHI s -(-2KI+3H,O+2CO r 
 
 CHARACTERS. [Small lemon-yellow, lustrous crystals of the hexagonal 
 system, having a peculiar, very penetrating and persistent odor somewhat re- 
 sembling that of Saffron and Iodine, and an unpleasant, slightly sweetish, and 
 Iodine-like taste. Solubility. Very slightly in water; soluble in 52 parts of 
 Alcohol ; freely in fixed and Volatile Oils, Ether and Chloroform.] It con- 
 tains 96.7 per cent, of Iodine. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 gr. ; [.06 to .20 gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Unguentum lodoformi. [lodoform Ointment lodoform, 10; 
 Benzoinated Lard, 90.]
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 339 
 
 ACTION OF IODOFORM. 
 
 External. lodoform is [anaesthetic], antiseptic and dis- 
 infectant, if we may judge by the results obtained in clinical 
 practice ; but the experimental evidence that it has no power to 
 hinder the development of Staphylococcus pyogenes, .Bacillus 
 subtilis, and other micro-organisms, is very strong, for all, ex- 
 cept one or two experimenters state that it has no antiseptic 
 properties. The reason for these discrepancies is this : lodoform 
 only acts as an antiseptic after its decomposition, which results 
 in the liberation of free iodine. The fats always present in tis- 
 sues dissolve it. When dissolved it is easily decomposed by 
 many agents, such as light, oxygen, living cells, or ptomaines, 
 which would have no effect on it if it were undissolved. By one 
 or more of these it is, when dissolved after [having been] dusted 
 upon a wound, slowly decomposed. Iodine is thus set free 
 rapidly enough to act as an antiseptic, but not rapidly enough 
 to act as an irritant. 
 
 Internal. Not much is known about the internal action of 
 iodoform. It is eliminated in all the secretions, but chiefly in 
 the urine, as iodine, iodides, and iodates. They may be found 
 in the urine for three days after administration of iodoform. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF IODOFORM. 
 
 External. lodoform is much used as a local stimulant, an- 
 tiseptic and disinfectant. The clinical testimony as to its value 
 is overwhelming. [Before using, since iodoform itself, as above 
 explained, is not antiseptic, it must be disinfected by washing in 
 a i to 2000 solution of corrosive mercuric chloride and preserved 
 while damp, in closed, sterile jars.] 
 
 Its anaesthetic influence diminishes the pain, if there is any, 
 of the sores to which it is applied. It is an excellent application 
 for all sorts of ulcers, sores and wounds, but especially for tuber- 
 culous and syphilitic ulcerations and chancres. Powdered iodo- 
 form is usually [dusted] upon them. Wounds and venereal 
 sores are often painted with a solution of it in collodion (i in 12 
 of flexible collodion). This is an excellent application. Mixed
 
 34O INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 with bismuth subnitrate, it is useful as an insufflation (iodoform, 
 I ; starch, 2 ;) for ozsena, ulcers of the mouth and throat, and 
 tuberculous ulcers of the larynx. Often ^ gr. [.02 gm.] of mor- 
 phine acetate is added. An emulsion (iodoform, moistened with 
 alcohol, i ; boiling water, 2 ; glycerin, 7 ;) is very useful for in- 
 jection into sinuses, abscess cavities, etc. It has been used in 
 the form of a bougie for the urethra and for the nose. The sup- 
 pository [B. P., each 3 gr. ; .20 gm., in 12 gr. ; .80 gm. of oil 
 of theobroma] is useful in painful conditions of the rectum. It 
 is occasionally employed for pruritus, and to relieve the pain 
 of neuralgia. Many attempts have been made to get rid of its 
 odor; balsam of Peru, musk, or creolin (2 per cent.) have been 
 used, but oil of geranium (i to 25) is best. [Some believe that 
 the odor of iodoform is preferable to that of musk. By keeping 
 a Tonka bean or ground roasted coffee with it, the odor is 
 lessened.] 
 
 Internal. Iodoform has not been found to be of any use 
 internally. It has been tried unsuccessfully in phthisis and 
 
 many other conditions. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms. Curious symptoms, often severe and sometimes ending in 
 death, are occasionally observed after the application of iodoform to a raw sur- 
 face. They are a quick pulse, gastro-intestinal irritation, fever, rapid collapse, 
 melancholia, hallucinations, dilated pupils, extensive erythema and perhaps 
 eczema. These symptoms vary much in severity, and it is rare for more than 
 two or three of them to be present at once. Fatty degeneration of the liver 
 and muscles may occur. 
 
 [ Treatment. ] Stimulants, diaphoretics and sponging the skin with warm 
 water are recommended. 
 
 XIII. [ARISTOLUM. 
 
 ARISTOL. (Not official). C W H M O,I,=548. 38. Synonyms. Di- 
 thymoldiiodide. Annidalin. 
 
 SOURCE. It is prepared by the decomposition of a solution of Iodine in 
 Potassium Iodide, by Thymol dissolved in a solution of Sodium Hydroxide. 
 The precipitate is washed with water and dried. It contains 46 per cent, 
 of Iodine. 
 
 CHARACTERS. An amorphous brownish-red, almost tasteless powder, of a 
 slight, peculiar, iodine-like odor. Solubility. Insoluble in water and Glyc- 
 erin ; soluble in Ether and Chloroform ; with difficulty soluble in Alcohol ; it 
 is readily taken up by fixed oils and Petrolatum.
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 34! 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF ARISTOL. 
 
 It is used for the same purposes as is iodoform in various 
 skin diseases, as lupus, psoriasis and for tertiary syphilis, both in 
 ointment, lanolin, flexible collodion and as a powder. It has the 
 very great advantage of being nearly free from odor. In surgery 
 when dusted upon serous membranes it tends to prevent their 
 adhesion. 
 
 XIV. IODOLUM. 
 
 IODOL. (Not official). C 4 I 4 NH=569.oi. Synonym. Tetraiodopyrrol. 
 
 SOURCE. From the interaction of Iodine and Pyrrol in Alcoholic solution. 
 It contains 90 per cent, of Iodine. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale-yellow, bulky powder, odorless and tasteless. It 
 becomes dark in color on exposure to light. Solubility. Insoluble in water ; 
 soluble in Alcohol, Ether and fixed oils. 
 
 Dose, y z to 3 gr. ; .03 to .20 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF IODOL. 
 
 lodol was introduced as an antiseptic iodine compound, and 
 is used for the same purpose as iodoform, for which it is a fre- 
 quent substitute. It has been administered internally as a sub- 
 stitute for potassium iodide. 
 
 XV. EUROPHEN. 
 
 EUROPHEN. ( Not official. } Synonym. Diisobutylorthocresol iodide. 
 0.^11.^021=450.79. This should be distinguished from Europhin. 
 
 SOURCE. It is prepared in the same way as is Aristol except that Isobutyl- 
 orthocresol is used in place of Thymol. It contains 28 per cent, of Iodine. 
 
 CHARACTERS. It is an amorphous, golden-yellow powder of a slightly 
 saffron-like odor. Solubility. In Alcohol, Ether, and in about 4 parts of 
 Olive Oil ; insoluble in water or Glycerin. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF EUROPHEN. 
 
 Europhen is permanent when dry, but when moistened splits 
 up into iodine and a new soluble iodine compound. It is a 
 powerful germicide and bactericide, and is used for wounds and 
 for like purposes as is iodoform, and in the same quantities.] 
 
 Various iodoform-like substances (not official) are found in the market 
 which depend for their antiseptic properties upon the iodine in them. They
 
 342 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 have no advantage over iodoform except that some of them have no odor. 
 The following are the chief : 
 
 Losophan contains 80.0 per cent, of iodine. 
 
 Di-iodosalicylic acid " 66. o " " 
 
 Sozoiodol " 54.0 " " 
 
 lodosalicylic acid " 50.0 " " 
 
 XVI. [NAPHTALINUM. 
 
 NAPHTALIN. C 10 H 8 =i 27. 7. Synonym. Naphtalene. 
 
 SOURCE. A Hydrocarbon obtained from Coal Tar by distillation between 
 356 and 482 F. ; 180 and 250 C. The impure Naphtalin is treated suc- 
 cessively with Sodium Hydroxide and Sulphuric Acid, and is purified by dis- 
 tillation in the presence of steam, and by treating with concentrated Sulphuric 
 Acid and distilling. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, shining, transparent lamin?e, having a strong, 
 characteristic odor resembling that of Coal Tar, and a burning aromatic taste ; 
 slowly volatilized on exposure to air. Solubility. Insoluble in water ; soluble 
 in 15 parts of Alcohol, very soluble in Ether, Chloroform, Carbon Bisulphide, 
 and fixed or Volatile Oils. 
 
 Dose, i to 20 gr. ; .06 to 1.20 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF NAPHTALIN. 
 
 Since naphtalin is not absorbed by the system, it acts only 
 upon the mucous membrane of the bowels. It is a true intestinal 
 antiseptic, and is of great value in dysentery, and in catarrhal, 
 typhoid and tuberculous diarrhoea, where it markedly lessens or 
 entirely abolishes the fcetor of the movements. It has also been 
 used as a vermifuge (dose, 3 to 6 gr. ; .20 to .40 gm.). Suc- 
 cess in the treatment of dysentery usually requires a daily dose 
 of from one to two drachms ; 4. to 8. gm., best administered in 
 starch wafers with oil of bergamot. 
 
 XVII. NAPHTOL. 
 
 NAPHTOL. Ci H 7 OH=i43. 66. Synonym. Beta-Naphtol. A phenol 
 occurring in Coal Tar, but usually prepared artificially from Naphtalin. 
 
 SOURCE. Concentrated Sulphuric Acid is allowed to act on Naphtalin, 
 whereby y3-Naphtalin Sulphonic Acid is formed (C 10 H 7 HSO 3 ). This acid is 
 dissolved in water, saturated with Milk of Lime, and the resulting Calcium 
 Salt separated by crystallization. The crystals are re-dissolved in water and 
 decomposed by Sodium Carbonate, yielding Sodium Naphtalin-Sulphonate 
 (C 10 H 7 SOjNa). The Sodium Salt is next added to fused Sodium Hydroxide 
 and Sodium-Naphtol C 10 H 7 ONa, and Sodium Sulphite NaSO, is formed. The
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 343 
 
 former is treated with Hydrochloric Acid and Naphtol is obtained, which is 
 purified by sublimation and re- crystallization from hot water. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, or pale buff-colored, shining, crystalline laminae, 
 or a white, or yellowish-white, crystalline powder, having a faint, phenol-like 
 odor, and a sharp and pungent but not persistent taste. Solubility. In about 
 1000 parts of water, and in 0.75 part of Alcohol ; very soluble in Ether, 
 Chloroform or solutions of caustic alkalies, 
 
 Dose, i to 20 gr. ; .06 to 1.20 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF NAPHTOL. 
 
 Naphtol was introduced as an antiseptic, at fu^t in dermato- 
 logical practice as a 10 per cent, ointment, in scabies, ringworm 
 and psoriasis ; it is, however, irritating in eczema. It is a remedy 
 of great value in obtaining intestinal antisepsis, bacteriological 
 investigations showing that it destroys certain micro-organisms 
 in situ when administered to the extent of 40 gr. ; 2.70 gm. per 
 day. As it is irritating to the stomach it can be administered in 
 keratin -coated pills.] It is useful for cases of dilated stomach. 
 
 XVIII. [ASAPROLUM. 
 
 ASAPROL. (Not official). (C 10 H 6 OHSO 3 ) 2 Ca+3H 2 O=538.83. Syn- 
 onym. Calcium Beta-naphtol alpha-monosulphonate. 
 
 SOURCE. By action of free Sulphuric Acid on Beta-Naphtol, neutralizing 
 this product with Calcium Carbonate, concentration and crystallization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, or yellowish-white, crystalline powder, of a 
 slightly bitter taste, becoming darker on exposure to light. Solubility. In 1.5 
 parts of water ; in 3 parts of Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 60 gr. ; z. to 4. gm. 
 
 ACTION^ AND USES OF ASAPROL. 
 
 Asaprol is an useful, soluble and safe antiseptic. It is valuable 
 in epidemic influenza, relieving the pain and reducing the fever, 
 not giving rise to prostration nor interference with the heart or 
 respiration. In atonic dyspepsia, when fermentation alternates 
 with acid eructations, it has achieved brilliant results. Since it is 
 not irritating to the alimentary mucous membranes, it can advan- 
 tageously replace naphtol. In chronic rheumatism it will relieve 
 the pain of an acute exacerbation. In acute rheumatism, al- 
 though it does not present the disadvantages of the salicylates, it 
 is not so useful, nor so uniformly successful.]
 
 344 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 XIX. RESORCINUM. 
 
 RESORCIN. [C 6 H 4 (OH) 2 =I09.74. Synonyms. Resorcinol. Meta- 
 dioxy benzol. 
 
 SOURCE. This is a diatomic phenol obtained by heating Benzene with 
 fuming Sulphuric Acid, whereby Benzene Metadisulphonic Acid is formed 
 (C 6 H 4 (HSO 3 ) 2 ). The acid is dissolved in water, neutralized with Milk of Lime, 
 the Calcium Sulphate expressed, Sodium Carbonate added, filtered and the ni- 
 trate evaporated to dryness. The residue is then heated with Caustic Soda 
 and Sodium Resorcin (C 6 H 4 (ONa) 2 ) is formed ; continuous boiling expels the 
 Sulphurous Acid, and the residue is extracted with Ether and impure Resorcin 
 obtained by distillation. This is purified by sublimation or re-crystallization 
 from water. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless or faintly reddish, needle-shaped crystals or 
 rhombic plates, having a faint, peculiar odor, and a disagreeable, sweetish and 
 afterwards pungent taste, acquiring a reddish or brownish tint by exposure to 
 light and air. Solubility. In 0.6 part of water, and in 0.5 part of Alcohol ; 
 also readily soluble in Ether or Glycerin ; very slightly soluble in Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 5 gr. ; .12 to .30 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF RESORCIN. 
 
 This substance, originally introduced as an antipyretic, is now 
 rarely employed for this purpose, as [the necessarily large doses 
 are] too depressant to the heart. A solution of resorcin in gly- 
 cerin, i to 4, is excellent for removing epidermic scales in chronic 
 skin diseases, and also for getting rid of the [scales] in seborrhoea 
 sicca of the scalp ; [here it doubtless inhibits the action of the 
 bacteria which may be the cause of dandruff.] A lotion : Resor- 
 cin, i ; ether, i ; castor oil, i ; eau de cologne, 10 ; alcohol (90 
 per cent. ), 35 ; is useful for dandruff and alopecia. Resorcin is 
 a powerful antiseptic, and a 5 per cent, solution may be injected 
 into the bladder in cystitis. [It is of great value in fermentative 
 dyspepsia when administered, well diluted, one hour after inges- 
 tion of food. Dark -colored urine, often described as smoky, is 
 sometimes seen after large doses.] 
 
 XX. FORMALDEHYDUM. 
 
 FORMALDEHYDE. (Not official.) -CH 2 O[=29.93. Synonyms. 
 Formal. Formic Aldehyde. A gas soluble in water. The solution known 
 as Formalin contains about 40 per cent, of the gas. 
 
 SOURCE. It is obtained by the oxidation of methylic alcohol at a moder- 
 ately high temperature or by passing the vapor over red-hot metal.
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 345 
 
 CHARACTERS. The solution of Formaldehyde is colorless, having a pecu- 
 liar odor and an irritative taste. Solubility. Readily i n water and in Alcohol. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF FORMALDEHYDE. 
 
 Formaldehyde is a powerful disinfectant. It hardens the skin 
 and is irritant to the respiratory raucous membranes. It is used 
 diluted with twenty-five times its bulk of water as a preservative 
 for anatomical specimens, which do not shrink in it, and, in i to 
 60 aqueous solution, as a hardening agent in histological work. 
 As a germicide it is about equal to corrosive mercuric chloride, 
 but is not much used in surgery as it retards healing. As a pow- 
 erful disinfectant it can be employed for large rooms, when vola- 
 tilized in a special lamp. It does not bleach colored fabrics. 
 The penetrating power of the gas depends largely upon the con- 
 ditions of moisture, although under favorable circumstances it 
 may be considerable. If the micro-organisms are exposed they 
 will be destroyed within a half hour by a quart ; 960 c.c., vola- 
 tilized in a room fifteen feet square, and ten feet in height ; if 
 protected, within an hour and a half. Small animals accidentally 
 confined in rooms undergoing this process rarely survive, when 
 it is properly carried out (Harrington). 
 
 XXI. UROTROPINUM. 
 
 UROTROPIN. (Not official. )C 6 H 12 N 4 139.86. Synonym. Hexa- 
 methylentetramin. 
 
 SOURCE. It is obtained by the action of 4 molecules of Ammonia on 6 
 molecules of Formaldehyde : 4H S N+6CH 2 O=C 6 H 12 N 4 +6H 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. It occurs as colorless, transparent, six-sided rhomboids or 
 prisms, of a sweetish, afterwards bitter taste, which are permanent when kept 
 dry. It is odorless at ordinary temperatures, but heating evolves a peculiar 
 fishy odor. Solubility. Readily in 1.25 parts of water, in Chloroform, Alco- 
 hol, Acetone, and Carbon Bisulphide ; insoluble in Ether. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. All acids decompose it in the presence of warmth. 
 
 Dose, 7 to 15 gr. ; .50 to i.oo gm. in full tumbler of plain or carbonated 
 water. 
 
 ACTION OF UROTROPIN. 
 
 Large doses in man, e.g., 150 grains ; 10 gm., are well borne ; 
 intravenous injections in rabbits and dogs do not increase, but, 
 rather, slightly lower blood-pressure. Very large doses cause
 
 346 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 albuminuria in rabbits and hsematuria in dogs. Of most im- 
 portance is the inhibitory action of this remedy upon micro- 
 organisms when it is split up into formaldehyde and ammonia, 
 the former being the active agent. This takes place for the 
 most part, after ingestion, in the urine, which is not only of the 
 proper temperature but also contains uric acid and acid salts 
 which are efficient. Further, as Bardet showed, it will dissolve 
 uric acid at the temperature of the body. Lastly, it may or may 
 not produce diuresis. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF UROTROPIN. 
 
 This remedy is of especial value in diseases of the urinary 
 passages. In ammoniacal fermentation of the urine, which is 
 especially frequent in the cystitis of prostatic hypertrophy, the 
 maximum dose given for two or three successive days is efficient 
 in clearing that excretion. Inasmuch as the growth of the 
 micro-organisms is inhibited, the remedy should be continued in 
 sufficient amount to maintain this result. In gonorrhoeal pos- 
 terior urethritis, cystitis and pyelitis the results are equally favor- 
 able. It may be employed as a prophylactic measure before 
 operations upon the genito-urinary tract. For the uric acid 
 diathesis it has been used with good results by most, with failure 
 by a very few, physicians. Since it is not always diuretic, other 
 measures should be employed for this purpose. As a lithontriptic 
 some success has been claimed. For phosphaturia excellent re- 
 sults are reported. Inasmuch as the bacillus of enteric fever is 
 found in a very considerable percentage of urines from patients 
 suffering from this disease, and failure to disinfect this excretion 
 is a source of danger, urotropin should be administered not only 
 for this purpose but as well to avoid the cystitis which sometimes 
 supervenes in the course of the disease.] 
 
 XXII. SACCHARINUM. 
 
 SACCHARIN. (B. P., not official). C 6 H 4 COSO,NH=[i68.65.] 
 Synonyms. Glusidum, [B. P.] Benzoyl-sulphonic-imide. Glucusimide. 
 Gluside. 
 
 SOURCE. It is derived from Toluene, C,H 6 CH S , a derivative of coal tar, by 
 a complicated process.
 
 CARBON AND ITS COMPOUNDS. 347 
 
 CHARACTERS. A light, white, crystalline powder. In solution it has an 
 intensely sweet taste ; I of Saccharin is equal to 300 of cane sugar. Solubility. 
 In 400 parts of cold water ; in 24 parts of boiling water ; in 500 parts 
 of Chloroform ; in 25 parts of Alcohol ; in 48 parts of Glycerin. It unites with 
 alkaline hydrates and carbonates, evolving from the latter Carbon [dioxide], 
 and yields soluble Saccharin, which has lost none of its sweetness, and is very 
 soluble in water. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Commercial Saccharin is not a pure or uniform product ; it 
 often contains less than 50 per cent, of actual Saccharin. 
 
 Dose, Yz to 2 gr. ; [.03 to .12 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SACCHARIN. 
 
 [Saccharin] is an antiseptic, but it is not used as such, [ex- 
 cepting in the surgery of the bladder.] It is employed as a 
 sweetening agent, when from any cause, as in diabetes [mel- 
 litus], sugar cannot be taken. It may be given in tablets, or 
 with sodium carbonate to form soluble solutions. An elixir is 
 prepared, containing [saccharin, 2 ; sodium bicarbonate (90 per 
 cent.), i; alcohol, 5; and water, 35 parts.] This is excellent 
 for covering the taste of nauseous medicines. Usually 20 m. 
 [1.20 c.c.] are required for a four-ounce [125. c.c.] mixture. 
 
 XXIII. METHYLENE BLUE. 
 
 METHYLENE BLUE. (Not official.) Synonym. Tetrametbyl- 
 thionin chloride. [C 16 N 18 N 3 SC1=3 18.90. 
 
 SOURCE. By treating dimethylparaphenylenediamine (NH 2 C 6 H 4 N(CH 3 ) 2 ) 
 in an acid solution with Hydrogen Sulphide and Ferric Chloride. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In small, blue, scaly crystals, with a copper-bronze tinge. 
 Solubility. Readily in water. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF METHYLENE BLUE. 
 
 Methylene blue (not to be confounded with methyl blue) has 
 been introduced into medicine as antiseptic. It has been used 
 for rheumatism of the joints and muscles. Lately it has been 
 given for intermittent fevers, but the reports show that it pos- 
 sesses no advantage over quinine excepting that it is tasteless and 
 may be substituted for it if it cannot be taken or it has been un- 
 successfully used. Recent reports indicate that even when given 
 internally it causes gonococci to rapidly disappear from the
 
 INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 urine in specific urethritis. As to its effects upon inoperable 
 neoplasms when injected into them clinical reports differ widely. 
 It imparts a blue color to nerve substance and a like color to the 
 urine. It may produce irritation at the neck of the bladder, 
 which about 30 gr.; 2 gm. of powdered nutmeg is said to relieve.] 
 It has been used as an analgesic in neuralgia, migraine, sciatica, 
 and rheumatism. 
 
 XXIV. [PIPERAZINUM. 
 
 PIPERAZINE. (Not official). C 4 H 10 N 2 =85. 9. Synonyms. Piperazi- 
 dine. Diethylenediamine. Dispermine. 
 
 (This drug is antiseptic only so far as its clearing the urine of pathological 
 products prevents decomposition. It is placed here for convenience. ) 
 
 SOURCE. By the action of Ammonia on Ethylene Chloride. The mixture 
 of bases is fractionated, and from the fraction boiling between 266 F. ; 130 
 C., and 356 F. ; 180 C., Piperazine separates on cooling. 
 
 CHARACTERS. It occurs in colorless, well-defined, acicular crystals, 
 readily soluble in water. In cold, aqueous solutions, it will dissolve twelve 
 times as much Uric Acid as will Lithium Carbonate. 
 
 Dose, 8 to 15 gr. ; .50 to i.oo gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF PIPERAZINE. 
 
 Piperazine is believed to increase slightly the amount of urea 
 in the urine, while the uric acid co-efficient is diminished. The 
 testimony as to its diuretic action is conflicting, but the weight 
 of clinical evidence is in favor of its being a reliable diuretic. 
 In ordinary doses it does not appear to have any influence upon 
 the nervous, circulatory or respiratory systems ; nor does it irri- 
 tate the gastro-intestinal or the genito-urinary tract. There is 
 much clinical testimony as to the value of this drug in gout, 
 goutiness (uricacidaemia) and rheumatism. It is here given in 
 water containing carbon dioxide. It is so highly hygroscopic 
 that it cannot be administered as pill or powder.]
 
 PART II.- -ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 SECTION I. PHARMACOPCEIAL SUBSTANCES DERIVED FROM 
 THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 
 
 THE drags comprehended in this section may be arranged in many ways ; 
 but there are objections to each. Inasmuch as the medical student should be 
 well acquainted with the actions of these drugs in health and disease, those 
 which act similarly will be grouped together. In Appendix I a list of these 
 drugs, arranged according to their Natural Orders, will be found. 
 
 GROUP I. 
 Vegetable Drugs acting chiefly on the Nervous System. 
 
 These may be classified as follows : 
 CLASS I. Acting on the cerebrum. 
 
 A. Cerebral depressants or soporifics : 
 
 Opium, Hops, [Lactucarium, Pellotine]. 
 
 B. Cerebral excitants : 
 
 f Belladonna. "j Also act on nerve endings 
 
 I StrampTiium. > in glands and involuntary 
 Deliriants -j Hyoscyamus. ' muscle. 
 
 Duboisine. 
 
 Cannabis Indica. 
 
 Caffeine, [Guarana.] 
 
 CLASS II. Acting on the spinal cord. 
 
 A. Exciting the cells of the anterior cornua. [Nux Vomica,] 
 
 Strychnine. 
 
 B. Depressing the cells of the anterior cornua. Calabar bean, 
 
 [Muscarine], Gelsemium. 
 
 III. Acting on the nerves. w 
 
 A. Depressing the motor nerves. Conium, Tobacco. 
 
 B. Depressing the motor end plates. Cura/e. /dtf-0"" *** 
 c. Depressing the sensory nerves. [Coca], Cocaine. 
 
 D. Stimulating the secretory nerves. PiloCarfms. 
 
 (349)
 
 350 
 
 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CLASS I. DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE CEREBRUM. 
 [A. Cerebral Depressants or Soporifics.] 
 
 OPIUM. 
 
 OPIUM. [The concrete, milky exudation obtained by incising the un- 
 ripe capsules of Papaver somnt/trum Linn6 (nat. ord. Papaveracete), and 
 yielding, in its normal, moist condition, not less than 9 per cent, of crystal- 
 lized morphine, when assayed. Synonym. Poppy. Habitat. Western 
 Asia; cultivated.] 
 
 CHARACTERS. [In irregular or subglobular cakes, with the remnants 
 of poppy leaves and fruits of a species of Rumex adhering to the surface ; 
 plastic, or of a harder consistence ; chestnut-brown or darker, and somewhat 
 shining ; internally showing some tears and fragments of vegetable tissue. It 
 has a sharp, narcotic odor, and a peculiar, bitter taste. 
 
 VARIETIES. The above is the official opium ; but the following are met 
 with in commerce, and may be used to prepare the alkaloids:] (a) Constanti- 
 nople Opium, small lenticular masses, ^ to )4 Ib. [120. to 240. gm.] in 
 weight, and enclosed in a poppy leaf, but without the Rumex seeds. Some- 
 times the terms Turkey and Levant Opium include this. (6) Egyptian Opium. 
 Flat, more or less circular cakes, two or three in. [5. to 7.5 cm.] in diameter, 
 reddish hue internally, covered with a leaf externally. Persian, Indian, 
 English, French and German opiums are rarely met with in England. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Alkaloids. At least [nineteen] in number. Most 
 are combined with Meconic Acid, some with Sulphuric Acid, and some are 
 free. Some Morphine Salts, and Codeine are official. These two alkaloids 
 and Narceine and Thebaine are important. The following are the alkaloids 
 existing in Opium : 
 
 5. Morphine [(2.5 to 22.8 per cent.).] Hydrocotarnine 
 
 Codeine [(0.2 to 0.7 per cent.).] 
 
 Thebaine [(0.15 to I per cent).] 
 
 Narcotine [(1.3 to 10 percent.).] 
 
 Narceine [(o. I to 0.7 per cent.).] 
 
 Papaverine [(i per cent.).] 
 
 Pseudomorphine [(0.2 per cent.).] 
 
 Protopine ^ 
 
 Oxynarcotine \ [in minute quantity. 
 
 Cryptopine J 
 
 [Narcotine is more properly called Anarcotine. 
 ficial alkaloid.] 
 
 (2) Neutral bodies. Two in number : 
 
 Meconin. 
 
 (3) Organic acids. Two in number : 
 
 Meconic Acid, [official in B. P.] Thebolactic Acid. 
 
 Laudanine 
 Laudanosine 
 Meconidine 
 Rhceadine 
 Codamine 
 Gnoscopine 
 Lanthropine 
 Deuteropine (not known in pure state).] 
 
 Apomorphine is an arti 
 
 Meconoiasin.
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 351 
 
 (4) Water, \_abou\ 16 per cent. 
 
 (5) Mucilage, resin [pectin,~\ glucose, fats, essential oil, caoutchouc, odor- 
 ous substances, and ammonium, calcium and magnesium salts. 
 
 The following analysis shows how specimens vary : 
 
 Patna Opium 3.98 per cent, of Morphine, 6.36 per cent, of Anarcotine. 
 
 Smyrna " 8.27 " " 1.94 " " 
 
 IMPURITIES. Water, stones, fruits, leaves, starch, [gum, and lead balls.] 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Ferric chloride gives a deep red color (due to Meconic 
 Acid). Zinc, copper and arsenic salts, silver nitrate, lead acetate and subace- 
 tate, give precipitates of meconates, sulphates and coloring matters. All tan- 
 nin-containing preparations precipitate codeine tannate. Fixed alkalies, their 
 carbonates and ammonia precipitate morphine and [a]narcotine. The small 
 amount of glucose in opium may cause it to explode when made into a pill with 
 silver nitrate. 
 
 Dose, ^ to 2 gr. ; [.015 to .12 gm.] 
 
 [OPII PULVIS. Powdered Opium. Opium dried at a temperature 
 not exceeding 185 F. ; 85 C., and reduced to a very fine powder. 
 
 Powdered Opium, for pharmaceutical or medicinal purposes, when assayed, 
 should yield not less than 13 nor more than 15 per cent, of Crystallized Mor- 
 phine. Any Powdered Opium of a higher percentage may be brought within 
 these limits by admixture with Powdered Opium of a lower percentage, in 
 proper proportions. 
 
 Dose, j^ to 2 gr. ; .015 to .12 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Extractum Opii. Extract of Opium. Powdered Opium, 
 loo ; Distilled Water, 1000 ; Sugar of Milk, a sufficient quantity ; by 
 trituration, filtration and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, ]/i to i gr. ; .008 to .06 gm. 
 
 2. Emplastrum Opii. Opium Plaster. Extract of Opium, 60 ; 
 Burgundy Pitch, 180 ; Lead Plaster, 780; water, 80. 
 
 3. Trochisci Glycyrrhizae et Opii. Troches of Glycyrrhiza and 
 Opium. Extract of Glycyrrhiza, 15 ; Powdered Opium, 0.5 ; Acacia, 
 12 ; Sugar, 20 gm. ; Oil of Anise, O.2 c.c. To make loo troches. 
 Each troche contains about ^ gr. ; .005 gm., of Opium. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 troches. 
 
 4. Vinum Opii. Wine of Opium. Synonym. Sydenham's 
 Laudanum. Powdered Opium, 100 ; Cassia Cinnamon, 10 ; Cloves 
 IO ; Alcohol, 150 ; White Wine to 1000 ; by maceration and filtration. 
 
 Dose, 3 to 20 m. ; .20 to 1.20 c.c. 
 
 5. Pilulae Opii. Pills of Opium. Powdered Opium, 6.5 ; Soap, 
 2 gm. To make loo pills. Each pill contains I gr. ; .06 gm., of 
 Opium. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 pills.
 
 352 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 6. Pulvis Ipecacuanhas et Opii. Powder of Ipecac and Opium. 
 Synonym. Dover's Powder. Powdered Opium, IO; Ipecac, 10; 
 Sugar of Milk, 80. 
 
 Dose, 3 to 15 gr. ; .20 to i.oo gm. 
 
 7. Acetum Opii. Vinegar of Opium. Synonym. Black Drop. 
 Powdered Opium, IOO ; Nutmeg, 30 ; Sugar, 200 ; Diluted Acetic 
 Acid to looo ; by maceration and percolation. 
 
 Dose, 3 to 20 m. ; .20 to 1.20 c.c. 
 
 8. Tinctura Opii. Tincture of Opium. Synonym. Laudanum, 
 Powdered Opium, loo ; Alcohol, 400 ; Water, 400 ; Diluted Alcohol 
 to 1000 ; by maceration with Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, 50 ; and 
 percolation. 
 
 Dose, 3 to 20 m. ; .20 to 1.20 c.c. 
 
 9. Tinctura Opii Camphorata. Camphorated Tincture of 
 Opium. Synonym. Paregoric. Powdered Opium, 4 ; Benzoic Acid, 
 4 ; Camphor, 4 ; Oil of Anise, 4 ; Glycerin, 4 ; Diluted Alcohol to 
 looo ; by maceration and percolation. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c. 
 
 10. Opium Deodoratum. Deodorized Opium. Synonym. 
 Opium Denarcotisatum. Powdered Opium (containing 13 to 15 per 
 cent, of Morphine), loo ; macerated with Ether, 700 ; the clear solu- 
 tion poured off, and macerated twice with Ether, 350. The residue is 
 dried and mixed with Sugar of Milk by trituration to weigh loo parts. 
 
 Dose, % to 2 gr. ; .015 to .12 gm. 
 
 n. Tinctura Opii Deodorati. Tincture of Deodorized Opium. 
 Powdered Opium, loo ; Ether, 200 ; Alcohol, 200 ; Water to looo. 
 By maceration with Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, 50 ; by percola- 
 tion and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 3 to 20 m. ; .20 to 1.20 c.c. 
 
 12. Tinctura Ipecacuanhas et Opii. Tincture of Ipecac and 
 Opium. Tincture of Deodorized Opium, looo ; Fluid Extract of Ipe- 
 cac, loo ; Diluted Alcohol to looo ; by evaporation and filtration. 
 
 Dose, 3 to 15 m. ; .20 to i.oo c.c.] 
 
 It will be noticed that from [Extract of Opium there is prepared Emplas- 
 trum Opii, and from the Deodorized Tincture, Tinctura Ipecacuanhas et Opii. 
 
 The following non-official preparations are sometimes used : Nepenthe, of 
 the same strength as Laudanum, Liquor Opii Sedativus (Battley's solution), 
 which is about 50 per cent, stronger than Laudanum, Acetum Opii Crocatum 
 (black drop), four times as strong as Laudanum, and Tinctura Opii Ammon- 
 iata, B. P. (Scotch Paregoric), about two and one-half times as strong as the 
 Camphorated Tincture.] 
 
 The following list, in which the doses are arranged, may assist the student :
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 353 
 
 Name. Dose. 
 
 [Extractum Opii ^ to I gr. ; [.008 to .06 gm.] 
 
 ~? HPU T \ ViS , 1 * to 2 gr.; [.015 to .12 pi.] 
 
 Opium Deodoratum . . . . J /4 
 
 Pulvis Ipecacuanhas et Opii . 3 to 15 gr. ; [.20 to l.oo gin.] 
 
 Tinctura Ipecac et Opii] . . 3 to 15 m. ; [.20 to l.oo c.c.] 
 
 Vinum Opii | 
 
 Tinctura Opii r -. 
 
 r-r- r> ^ .- ^ 3 to 2O m. ; [.2O to I.2O C.C.] 
 
 [Tinctura Opu Deodorati . . 
 
 Acetum Opii 
 
 Tinctura Opii Camphorata . . I to 4 fl. dr. ; [4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 Pilulse Opii I to 2 pills. 
 
 Trochisci Glycyrrhizse et Opii] I to 4 troches. 
 
 Emplastrum Opii .... Externally. 
 
 [ACIDUM MECONICUM. Meconic Acid (not official). H 3 C 7 HO T 
 =199.51. 
 
 SOURCE. Calcium Meconate, which is precipitated in the manufacture of 
 Morphine Hydrochlorate, is placed in hot water and treated with Hydrochloric 
 Acid. On cooling, Meconic Acid crystallizes out. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Almost colorless, micaceous crystals. Solubility. In 150 
 parts of water ; in 45 parts of Alcohol ; it is decomposed by boiling water. 
 
 Preparation (not official). 
 
 Liquor Morphinae Bimeconatis. Solution of Morphine Bime- 
 conate. Morphine is precipitated by Ammonia from a solution of the 
 hydrochlorate. It is dissolved in water, Alcohol and Meconic Acid. 
 Strength, I in 80. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 40 m. ; .30 to 2.50 c.c.] 
 
 [MORPHINA. Morphine. C, 7 H, 9 NO 3 +H 2 O=3O2.34. 
 
 SOURCE. An Alkaloid obtained from Opium. Opium is macerated with 
 distilled water, and strained, the infusion is evaporated and filtered. To the 
 filtrate Alcohol and Water of Ammonia are added, and the Morphine crystal- 
 lizes out. To purify the crystals, they are boiled with Alcohol, the solution 
 filtered, when hot, through Animal Charcoal, and set aside to crystallize. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless or white, shining prismatic crystals, or fine 
 needles, or a crystalline powder, having a bitter taste. Solubility. In 4350 
 parts of water. 
 
 Dose, y$ to % gr. ; .008 to .015 gm.] 
 
 MORPHINAE HYDROCHLORAS. [Morphine Hydrochlorate. 
 C 17 H 19 N0 3 HCl+ 3 H.p=37 4 .6 3 . 
 
 SOURCE. (i) Take a cold concentrated watery solution of Opium, pre- 
 cipitate the Meconic acid and resins with Calcium Chloride. The solution 
 
 23
 
 354 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 contains Morphine Hydrochlorate. (2) Evaporate the solution till it is solid, 
 press to remove coloring matter, exhaust with boiling water, filter, and again 
 evaporate and press ; repeat this till the solution is nearly colorless. (3) Com- 
 plete the decolorization by digesting with Charcoal. (4) Precipitate the 
 Morphine with Ammonia and wash. (5) Dissolve in Hydrochloric Acid and 
 crystallize out. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, feathery needles of a silky lustre, or minute, 
 cubical crystals, having a bitter taste. Solubility. In 24 parts of water ; in 
 62 of Alcohol.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE^. Lead, iron, copper, mercury and zinc salts ; alkaline 
 carbonates ; lime water ; liquor potassii arsenitis ; all substances containing 
 tannin. 
 
 [Morphine Hydrochlorate is used in Tinctura Chloroformi et Morphinae 
 Composita. (See p. 291. [) 
 
 Dose, ^ to X T r - J [- 008 to - OI 5 g-] 
 
 MORPHINE ACETAS. Morphine Acetate. C 1T H 19 NO S C I H 4 O 1 + 
 3H.Ot~C398.i2.] 
 
 SOURCE. Morphine is precipitated with Ammonia from a solution of the 
 Hydrochlorate. It is dissolved in Acetic Acid and water, and the neutral so- 
 lution is evaporated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [A white, or faintly yellowish white, crystalline or amor- 
 phous powder, having a faint, acetous odor, and a bitter taste. Solubility. 
 In 2.5 parts of water ; in 47.6 parts of Alcohol.] Many specimens are not so 
 soluble as this. The use of this salt is diminishing as it is unstable, losing 
 Acetic Acid on exposure to air. 
 
 Dose, ^ to X S 1 "- > [- 008 to - OI 5 g m O 
 
 MORPHINE SULPHAS. Morphine Sulphate. (C 17 H 19 NO,) !1 H 2 SO 4 
 
 SOURCE. Morphine is dissolved in boiling distilled water ; diluted Sul- 
 phuric Acid is added to neutralization, and on cooling the Sulphate appears 
 in crystals. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, feathery, acicular crystals of a silky lustre, and 
 having a bitter taste. Solubility. In 2 parts of water ; sparingly in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, y$ to ^ gr. ; .008 to .015 gm. 
 
 Prepa rations. 
 
 1. Pulvis Morphinae Compositus. Compound Powder of Mor- 
 phine. Synonym. Tully's Powder. Morphine Sulphate, I ; Cam- 
 phor, 19; Glycyrrhiza, 20; precipitated Calcium Carbonate, 20; Al- 
 cohol, a sufficient quantity. By trituration. 
 
 Dose, 5. to 15. gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm. 
 
 2. Trochisci Morphinae et Ipecacuanha. Troches of Mor- 
 phine and Ipecac. Morphine Sulphate, o. 16 ; Ipecac, 0.50; Sugar,
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 355 
 
 65 gm. ; Oil of Gaultheria, 0.2 c.c. ; Mucilage of Tragacanth, a suf- 
 ficient quantity to make 100 troches. Strength. About -fa gr. ; .0016 
 gm. of Morphine in each. 
 Dose, i to 5 troches. 
 
 Two solutions of Morphine Sulphate should be carefully distinguished : 
 (l) The U. S. P. Solution (l to 480 of water), and (2) Magendie's (l to 30 
 of water). Magendie' s Solution as prepared in France is made from the ace- 
 tate and is somewhat weaker ( I to 3 grs). ] 
 
 ACTION OF OPIUM. 
 
 The action and uses of opium are due almost entirely to its 
 morphine, and therefore they may be studied together. Codeine 
 [and other alkaloids will be considered on p. 366. Meconic 
 acid appears to be nearly free from physiological properties.] 
 
 External. Opium probably has no action when applied to 
 the unbroken skin, but it has been said to be slightly anodyne. 
 It can be absorbed from and relieve the pain of raw surfaces. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Opium diminishes all the 
 secretions of the body except the sweat. The mouth conse- 
 quently becomes dry, and the patient feels thirsty, but after a 
 small dose not markedly so. This effect is partly due to the 
 direct action of the opium on the mouth, but to a less extent to 
 its influence exerted after it has been absorbed. In the stomach 
 and intestines, by the same double action, the secretion of the 
 gastric and intestinal juices is diminished. The drug also para- 
 lyzes the peristaltic movements of the stomach and intestines. 
 This is due to its action on the nervous or muscular structures in 
 the wall of the intestine itself. The result of the diminution of 
 secretion and peristalsis is that opium appeases hunger, often 
 causes indigestion, almost always gives rise to constipation, 
 and if vomiting or diarrhrea is present, it may prevent it. These 
 actions are also in part due to its general sedative influence on 
 the nervous system. If pain exists in the abdomen or elsewhere, 
 opium is a powerful anodyne. Most of it is absorbed, but 
 rather slowly. If injected subcutaneously it is excreted into the 
 stomach. With some persons it causes vomiting. Whether 
 the biliary and pancreatic secretions are diminished is not 
 known.
 
 356 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Blood. Morphine for the most part circulates in the blood as 
 such, and is excreted by the kidneys, but a small part of it is 
 destroyed in the liver. The fate of the other alkaloids is not 
 known, nor are we aware of any direct action of any of the con- 
 stituents of opium on the blood itself. 
 
 Circulation. In an ordinary healthy man small doses of opium 
 hardly affect the heart or vessels. Large doses diminish the 
 force and frequency of the heart, which finally stops in diastole. 
 These effects can be produced by applying the drug to the organ ; 
 it therefore directly affects either the cardiac muscle or the nerves 
 in it. But this local action is said to be helped by the less im- 
 portant influence of opium on the vagal centre ; this is at first 
 stimulated, and about the time at which the heart itself is de- 
 pressed, so that both these actions make the pulse slow. 
 Patients rarely die from the effect of opium on the heart and its 
 nervous apparatus, this being much less important than the in- 
 fluence on respiration, and some of the cardiac depression may 
 be secondary to asphyxia. 
 
 The vaso-motor centres are slightly depressed by moderate 
 doses, hence the vessels, particularly those of the skin, dilate ; 
 with large doses the depression is considerable. 
 
 Respiration. Opium is a direct poison to the respiratory 
 centre. Breathing therefore becomes slow, less air is taken in 
 at each inspiration, and death takes place from asphyxia. The 
 secretion of bronchial mucus is decreased. 
 
 Nervous system. Brain. The higher faculties are at first 
 excited even by small doses. In a few persons there is no inco- 
 ordination in this excitement. The intellectual power and 
 mental vigor are increased, and therefore the drug is taken by 
 some people to enable them to do their mental work. Usually, 
 however, the excitation does not affect the mind evenly ; gener- 
 ally the imagination is powerfully and pleasantly excited, much 
 more so than the faculties of reason and judgment, which are a 
 little dulled. The expression on the face is one of happiness 
 and comfort, and this corresponds with the condition of the 
 mind, which is in a state of peace, calm and happiness. This is 
 soon succeeded by sleep, which is accompanied by pleasant
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 357 
 
 dreams, generally of an impossible nature. With some persons, 
 however, the sleep is quite dreamless. This, which is the be- 
 ginning of the depression of the highest centres, is soon followed 
 by depression of the others, the higher being influenced before 
 the lower, so that soon the sleeper does not respond to any 
 sound, light, or cutaneous stimulation, nor does he feel pain. 
 It is this last fact that makes the drug so invaluable. The dose 
 requisite to annul pain depends, of course, upon the severity 
 of it. If a large amount is given, often there is no primary ex- 
 citement, and then the first symptom that opium has been taken 
 is drowsiness. On waking from sleep induced by opium some 
 persons feel quite well, but usually there is a little languor, 
 headache, and nausea. Opium-eaters take it for its stimulant 
 effect. It is given medicinally as a hypnotic and anodyne. The 
 pupil is contracted ; this is due to the effect of the drug on 
 the pupillary centre in the floor of the aqueduct of Sylvius. In 
 man, just as the stimulation of the intellectual centres is brief, so 
 is that of the cerebral motor centres in fact, it is often difficult 
 to detect any evidence of it. Their subsequent depression is 
 never so marked as that of the intellectual faculties ; for although 
 there is languor and muscular weakness, and the patient always 
 lies down, yet he can be walked about if he is supported. Vomit- 
 ing is occasionally caused by transient irritation of the vomiting 
 centre, but soon it is depressed, and therefore emetics do not act 
 well in cases of opium poisoning. 
 
 The motor cells of the spinal cord are at first slightly 
 stimulated, and consequently reflex excitability is exaggerated; 
 but they are soon depressed, and it is difficult to obtain reflex 
 movements. 
 
 The excitability of motor and sensory nerves is, perhaps, a 
 little increased at first, but in the later stages of opium poison- 
 ing they are depressed, the sensory before the motor. The 
 muscles remain irritable to the last. 
 
 Opium, in its action on the nervous system, illustrates the 
 common fact that functions at first stimulated by a drug are 
 usually subsequently paralyzed by it ; and it affords an excellent 
 example of the law of dissolution, for higher functions, such as
 
 358 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 the intellectual and imaginative, are first affected ; motion is 
 then disordered ; next the pupillary centre, and then the medul- 
 lary centres, for respiration and cardiac action are implicated. 
 The spinal cord is influenced to a less degree, the nerves very 
 slightly, and the muscles not at all. 
 
 In man the peculiarities of the action of morphine are its 
 predominating influence on the higher mental functions, and the 
 slight affection of the motor and the vaso-motor centres, the cord, 
 the nerves, and the muscles. In frogs morphine produces violent 
 convulsions, because its predominating action is to stimulate the 
 spinal cord. Birds are peculiarly insusceptible to morphine. 
 Mammals are for the most part affected in the same way as 
 man, except that the first or excitement stage is more marked ; 
 hence with many mammals, especially cats, morphine is a vio- 
 lent convulsant ; dogs and rabbits require large doses to pro- 
 duce symptoms. 
 
 Kidneys. Sometimes opium slightly increases, sometimes it 
 slightly decreases, the urinary flow. Perhaps morphine is de- 
 composed in the body, for oxydimorphine has been found in the 
 urine of those taking morphine. 
 
 Skin. Opium is a mild diaphoretic. It may cause itching. 
 
 Metabolism. If the person taking opium has glycosuria, the 
 amount of sugar he passes in the urine is diminished. General 
 metabolism appears to be decreased also, for it is stated that the 
 amounts of uric acid and carbon [dioxide] excreted are lessened, 
 but some experimenters contradict this statement. 
 
 Temperature. Large doses depress this, probably from the 
 effect of the drug upon the thermogenetic nerve centres. 
 
 Persistent use of large doses decreases the secretion of milk 
 and the menstrual discharge. It is excreted by the milk, and so 
 may affect the child. 
 
 Peculiarities. There are few drugs which have such different 
 effects upon different people. The above description states the 
 manner in which most human beings are affected ; but in some 
 the stage of excitation is very evident, so that they become deli- 
 rious and cannot sleep. In others, vomiting and indigestion are 
 very marked. Some of these peculiarities are due, no doubt, to
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 359 
 
 the varying composition of opium. Children are easily poisoned 
 by it, and therefore only small doses should be administered 
 to them ; women are more readily affected than men. Persons 
 who take it habitually soon tolerate enormous quantities. It 
 may produce an erythematous eruption on the skin. 
 
 Differences in action between opium and morphine. (i) Mor- 
 phine being more readily absorbed, acts more quickly. It is 
 especially suitable for subcutaneous injection ; given in this way 
 it acts very rapidly. (2) Opium is more liable to upset the diges- 
 tion and to cause constipation ; but this last fact often makes it 
 the more valuable in many abdominal diseases. (3) Opium is 
 the better diaphoretic. (4) Morphine is more certain in its ac- 
 tion as an anodyne and soporific ; possibly this is because of the 
 other powerful alkaloids in opium. (5) [It is less convulsant.] 
 (6) Opium is stated to act more powerfully in reducing the 
 amount of sugar present in the urine in glycosuria. [(7) Opium 
 affects the bladder sphincter less. (8) Morphine causes more 
 pruritus than opium.] 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF OPIUM. 
 
 External. Hot fomentations or poultices sprinkled with 
 laudanum are often applied to painful parts ; but probably it is 
 the heat and not the opium which relieves the pain. Linimentum 
 Opii [B. P., tincture of opium and soap liniment, equal parts], 
 rubbed into the skin diminishes the pain of chronic rheumatism 
 and myalgia ; probably in this case the friction is more efficacious 
 than the opium. Locally applied to sores and ulcers, it may 
 soothe the pain due to them. The ointment of nutgall and opium 
 [B. P., powdered opium, 2 ; gall ointment, 27 ;] will often re- 
 lieve the pain of piles and anal fissures, especially if a mild laxa- 
 tive is given by the mouth. [The warm decoction of the white 
 poppy is used in England as an anodyne fomentation. Poppy 
 capsules (Papaveris Capsulae, B. P.) are obtained from the 
 Papaver somniferum (nat. ord. Papaveracece) which is cultivated 
 in England. A ten per cent, decoction made from these con- 
 tains but a small and uncertain amount of opium, and its bene- 
 ficial effects, if any, are doubtless due to its warmth.]
 
 360 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Internal. Stomach. Morphine is of great service for the 
 pain of gastric ulcer, cancer, or even for simple painful dyspep- 
 sia. A solution [of morphine in water, i in 480 ; dose, i fl. 
 dr. ; 4. c.c.] is preferable to opium, as that may aggravate the 
 indigestion. Morphine is frequently combined with preparations 
 of bismuth, and taken immediately before or after meals. Many 
 forms of vomiting are relieved by morphine, because it decreases 
 pain, peristalsis, and excessive secretion. 
 
 Intestines. Opium is invaluable for stopping many varieties 
 of diarrhoea. If they will yield to any treatment, opium is most 
 likely to be successful. Intestinal colic, being due to irregular, 
 excessive peristaltic action, is generally relieved by opium, and, 
 indeed, so is abdominal pain of all sorts. In all inflammatory 
 conditions of the peritoneum full doses of opium must be given, 
 the object being so to paralyze the intestinal movements as to 
 prevent the peritoneal surfaces rubbing against each other. 
 [This method is quite likely to result in extensive peritoneal 
 adhesions.] It is the great mainstay in perityphlitis, acute peri- 
 tonitis, and after operations or wounds in the abdomen. Opium 
 is far preferable to morphine for abdominal cases ; if they are 
 severe, it must be boldly pushed, the patient being kept just 
 drowsy, with slightly contracted pupils ; and it often does not 
 matter if the bowels are not open for a week, or even more. 
 [The more recent and better practice, however, is to keep the 
 bowels slightly open by the use of the salines.] Morphine should 
 be given sparingly, if an abdominal operation is impending, for 
 it masks the symptoms. 
 
 Heart. Much skill is required to give opium properly in 
 heart disease. The hypodermatic injection of morphine is, on 
 the whole, to be preferred to opium. The great indication for it 
 is when cardiac pain and distress keep the patient awake. Often 
 it acts like a charm, a quiet refreshing sleep being the result of a 
 single injection. No doubt it is a cardiac depressant, but we 
 have to set against this the exhaustion of pain and insomnia. 
 Still, if the patient is very ill, these two factors must be carefully 
 balanced. [It is quite probable that in small doses administered 
 hypodermatically morphine is a cardiac stimulant.] It likewise
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 361 
 
 often relieves the pain of aneurism and intra-thoracic growths. 
 Its depressant effect may be to some extent counterbalanced by 
 combining belladonna with it. 
 
 Vessels. Opium is an excellent haemostatic. It is probably 
 efficient after absorption, but its great value is in gastric and in- 
 testinal haemorrhage, when it acts- pirtly by stopping peristaltic 
 movements. An excellent form in which to give it is the 
 Pilula Plumbi cum Opio, [B. P., powdered opium, i ; lead 
 acetate, 6 ; dose, 2 to 4 gr. ; .12 to .25 gm.] It is also very 
 useful in haemoptysis, for it acts as a haemostatic, and relieves 
 cough. 
 
 Respiration. It will be remembered that opium depresses 
 the respiratory centre ; therefore, by diminishing the activity 
 of the centre for the reflex act of coughing, it will often alleviate 
 the distressing symptoms, but it is only justifiable to give it when 
 the irritation which reflexly sets up a cough is irremovable, as in 
 intra-thoracic growth or aneurism, or when there is little or no 
 lividity and yet the cough is violent, as is often the case in pleu- 
 risy. The liability to lividity and asphyxia in many diseases 
 attended with cough must never be forgotten. Thus opium is 
 quite inadmissible in the last stages of bronchitis and pneumonia, 
 and, as a rule, in even the earlier stages of these diseases other 
 means of relieving the cough should be tried first ; and if opium 
 is given, it must be administered with great caution and judg- 
 ment. But in pneumonia without lividity it is very useful, les- 
 sening cough and pain, and promoting sleep. A "linctus 
 opiatus," a favorite remedy, is often given at night when a 
 cough keeps the patient awake. It may consist of tincture of 
 opium, i ; diluted sulphuric acid, i ; treacle, 15 ; water to [30 
 parts] . The object of the treacle is to soothe the pharynx 
 locally. Opium must also be given cautiously for [the relief of 
 the symptom] asthma, as there is in this disease a great liability 
 to the growth of a permanent opium habit. [Codeine is prefer- 
 able to all other preparations and alkaloids of opium for relief 
 of cough in pulmonary diseases.] An insufflation of one-half 
 grain [.03 gm.] of morphine acetate with 5 gr. [.30 gm.] of 
 starch is of great use when blown on to a larynx painful from
 
 362 ORGANIC MATER1A MEDICA. 
 
 organic disease. A grain [.06 gm.] of boric acid or of iodo- 
 form is often added to each insufflation. 
 
 Nervous system Brain. It is in its action on this organ 
 that the marvellous value of opium is seen, its great function 
 being to relieve pain and to produce sleep when that is prevented 
 by pain. For these purposes it is best given hypodermatically 
 as morphine, for that acts more quickly, more certainly, and is 
 less liable to produce indigestion and excitement than opium. 
 Many [prefer] to inject a solution containing ^ gr. [.0013 gm.] 
 of atropine sulphate to each ^ gr. [.03 gm.] of morphine salt, 
 for by so doing the liability of morphine to upset the stomach 
 and bowels is diminished and its efficacy as an anodyne is not 
 sensibly lessened. It would be a long list to give all the diseases 
 the pain of which can be relieved by morphine ; cancer and 
 fractures are typical instances. Morphine is very valuable for 
 the insomnia of acute diseases ; but it should never be prescribed 
 for habitual sleeplessness, for fear the patient should contract the 
 habit of opium taking unless the disease causing the insomnia 
 is incurable, when the use of opium is quite justifiable. It 
 should not be given in gout, for that is often accompanied by 
 granular kidneys ; nor for hysteria, for often it does not relieve 
 hysterical pains, and an opium habit may be formed. It is es- 
 pecially useful in renal and biliary colic, and for the after- 
 pains of a confinement. In these cases it relieves the pain partly 
 from its power as an anodyne, and also because by its paralyzing 
 effect on unstriped muscle it relaxes the muscular contraction. 
 This property also makes it valuable in some cases of spasmodic 
 stricture of the urethra. It may be given as a sedative in de- 
 lirium tremens and some forms of mania, but often such large 
 doses are required that its use is not justifiable. Patients suffer- 
 ing great pain can take enormous doses without any symptoms 
 of poisoning. 
 
 Spinal cord. It has been used for pains of locomotor ataxia 
 and occasionally in convulsive diseases, but without much success. 
 
 Kidneys. It should always be remembered that morphine is 
 excreted with difficulty, if the kidneys are diseased. There are 
 several cases recorded in which persons suffering from Bright's
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 363 
 
 disease have been killed by quite small doses of opium. But it 
 often so markedly relieves uraemic dyspnoea, uraemic insomnia, 
 the cardiac dyspnoea which may complicate Bright' s disease, and 
 even uraemic convulsions, that it may be justifiable to inject ^ 
 of a grain [.01 gm.] of a morphine salt subcutaneously into a 
 patient suffering from one of these conditions and run the slight 
 risk there is of poisoning him. But it is clear that this treatment 
 must be adopted very cautiously. 
 
 Skin. Combined with ipecacuanha [as in] Dover's powder, 
 opium is commonly given as a mild diaphoretic, in cases of slight 
 inflammatory disorder, such as a common cold. 
 
 Metabolism. Opium is administered to persons suffering from 
 diabetes, and the amount of sugar in the urine certainly dimin- 
 ishes and the patient's general health improves [but, however, 
 codeine is preferable.] Opium can, in the opinion of many, 
 control all varieties of inflammation, therefore it is given for a 
 cold in the head, for cystitis, pleurisy, etc. Occasionally per- 
 sons taking [morphine] suffer from retention of urine. We have 
 indicated the occasions on which opium and morphine are re- 
 spectively preferable. 
 
 [Heroine (not official) is morphine diacetic ester, which as a 
 hydrochlorate is freely soluble in water and alcohol. It gener- 
 ally produces no disagreeable symptoms, beyond headache, and 
 is said not to give rise to habituation. It occasionally produces 
 violent and uncontrollable vomiting. Since it diminishes the 
 sensitiveness of the respiratory centres to an excess of carbon 
 dioxide in the blood (Wood) it is useful in some forms of dysp- 
 noea. It is of great value in quieting cough. The dose is -fa to 
 gr.; .003 to .012 gm. 
 
 Dionine (not official) is morphine mono-ethyl ester hydro- 
 chlorate, which is readily soluble in water. It is somewhat 
 hypnotic, and like heroine is useful to allay cough. It is 
 said to check night sweats. The dose is ^ to ^ gr.; .01 to 
 .015 gm. 
 
 Peronine (not official) is morphine benzylic ester hydro- 
 chlorate, soluble in water. This is hypnotic, producing sound 
 sleep without previous excitement, and is useful in allaying the
 
 364 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 cough of pulmonary tuberculosis, chronic bronchitis and pertus- 
 sis. Dose, T5S gr. ; .0004 gm. in pill.] 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Acute poisoning. There may be slight preliminary excitability ; but soon 
 drowsiness sets in. This is followed by incapacity for exertion, sleep, and 
 finally deep coma. The pupils are minutely contracted. At first the patient 
 can be roused ; but soon no stimulation will do this. Reflex action is abol- 
 ished. The skin is cold, the face and lips are livid, and toward the end 
 bathed in sweat. The pulse is weak and slow. The respiration becomes 
 slower and more irregular ; and last it is stertorous, and the patient dies from 
 asphyxia. 
 
 Diagnosis of poisoning by Opium. I. From Alcoholic poisoning. Often 
 very difficult, especially if, as commonly happens, the man poisoned with 
 opium has taken alcohol or had it given to him. The pupils are more con- 
 tracted in opium poisoning. The patient is more easily roused in alcohol 
 poisoning. Examine the urine for morphine and alcohol. Get a careful his- 
 tory. 2. From cerebral hemorrhage. If this is in the pons Varolii, the 
 pupils may be very contracted and the diagnosis difficult, but look carefully 
 for local paralysis. Usually cerebral haemorrhage takes place into the internal 
 capsule, and then the face and the limbs on the opposite side are paralyzed. 
 If the haemorrhage is a small one, and especially if it is in the pons, the tem- 
 perature may be raised ; if it is a very large one, the temperature falls for the 
 first few hours, but may rise subsequently. If the pupils are unequal, the 
 case is one of cerebral haemorrhage. 3. From Carbolic Acid poisoning, in 
 which there may be coma and contracted pupils. The acid produces white 
 patches in the mouth, and the odor is characteristic. 4. From Chloroform 
 and Ether poisoning, by the odor of the breath and of the vomited matters. 
 5. From uraemia, by the signs of Bright' s disease, especially albuminuria. 6. 
 From diabetic coma, by the smell of the breath and the glycosuria. 7. From 
 the comatose stage of an epileptic fit, by the history, the dilatation of the pupils, 
 and the fact that the lividity does not deepen. 8. From the same stage of a 
 Jit in general paralysis of the insane and other nervous diseases, by the same 
 symptoms. 
 
 Post-mortem. The appearances after death from Opium poisoning are 
 those always found after fatal asphyxia. 
 
 Treatment. Wash out the stomach. [This should be repeated at fre- 
 quent intervals, because the morphine, which has been absorbed, is excreted 
 into the stomach.] Give prompt emetics (see p. 139), as apomorphine [hydro- 
 chlorate] subcutaneously. Always arouse the patient by walking him about, 
 flapping him with a towel, pinching him, applying the faradic current, and 
 putting ammonia to the nose; a pint [500. c.c. ] of strong coffee should be 
 injected into the rectum, 2 ' ff gr. [.003 gm.] of atropine sulphate given subcu- 
 taneously, or 30 minims, [2. c.c.] of tincture of belladonna by the mouth, re-
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 365 
 
 peated every quarter of an hour. [Instances of recovery from opium poisoning 
 followed by death from the belladonna or atropine, used as an antidote, have 
 been observed. Great caution must be exercised if this antidote be used, 
 if indeed it should be employed at all.] If the breathing is very difficult, arti- 
 ficial respiration should be employed. Oxygen or amyl nitrite inhalations may 
 be used. The treatment must be kept upjbr several hours if necessary. [Po- 
 tassium permanganate, well diluted, has been successfully used in an amount 
 equal to that of the alkaloid ingested ; it almost immediately destroys the 
 latter, through its chemical action. It is claimed that it can act upon the 
 poison when in the blood so that a hypodermatic injection of it even for some 
 hours after its ingestion may afford relief. Wood, however, has found that its 
 hypodermatic injection does no good in morphine poisoning. The reports 
 have been so generally favorable that potassium permanganate should be used 
 immediately] . 
 
 Chronic Morphine poisoning. As many persons administer this drug sub- 
 cutaneously to themselves, chronic poisoning is very common. The symptoms 
 are that the patient loses all sense of right and wrong, he will lie and thieve 
 in the most degrading way, especially if his desire is to obtain the drug, and 
 absolutely no statement that he makes can be trusted. He neglects his work, 
 and lets his business go to ruin. He wastes and becomes anaemic, he suffers 
 from loss of appetite, indigestion, dry mouth, sluggish bowels, and a foul 
 tongue. The nails are brittle, the skin is dry, the hair turns gray early, and 
 falls out. There is sexual impotence, no erections take place, no semen is 
 secreted, there is amenorrhcea, and the flow of milk is stopped, but there is 
 polyuria. The pupils are small, there is loss of muscular power, slight ataxia 
 and tremor in severe cases. The arm, [leg, or portions of the body] are 
 scarred with marks of the [needle]. Even 20 gr. [1.20 gm.] of morphine 
 may be taken each day. 
 
 [Treatment. ]The patient must be isolated and carefully watched [so] 
 that he gets no morphine (he often eludes or bribes his nurse) ; it should be 
 diminished gradually, so that at the end of a fortnight he is taking none. If 
 it is stopped suddenly there may be serious collapse and wild delirium. 
 Relapses are very common, and a complete cure after a relapse is very rare. 
 [No reliance can be placed upon any of the advertised cures for the morphine 
 habit ; most contain morphine and the remainder are useless. The patient on 
 entering an institution for his cure must be most thoroughly and carefully 
 searched so that he shall not be possessed of a supply sufficient to keep him 
 comfortable during his treatment. 
 
 ANTAGONISM. 
 
 Atropine, Atropine [see p. 373] is a valuable antidote to morphine, 
 because it powerfully stimulates the respiratory centre. It also stimulates the 
 cerebral convolutions and intestinal peristalsis, both depressed by morphine. 
 It appears to be antagonistic to opium in other particulars, but is not really so. 
 Thus, although it prevents perspiration and dilates the pupil, these effects are
 
 366 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 due to action on the peripheral nerve terminations, while morphine produces 
 contrary results by acting on the central nervous system. Still it has been 
 found that some of the undesirable effects that may follow the subcutaneous 
 injection of morphine, such as indigestion, constipation and cardiac depression, 
 may be avoided if T ff to T ^ gr. ; [.0004 to .0006 gm.] of atropine sulphate is 
 injected at the same time. 
 
 CODEINA. Codeine. An alkaloid obtained from Opium. C 18 H 21 
 NO 3 -f-HjO=[3i6.3i. Synonym. Methyl Morphine. 
 
 SOURCE. Obtained by evaporating the ammoniacal liquids, remaining 
 . after the precipitation of Morphine by Ammonia in the preparation of the 
 Hydrochlorate, treating the residue with water, precipitation with Caustic Pot- 
 ash, and purifying by dissolving in Ether and letting the Codeine crystallize 
 out on spontaneous evaporation. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, or nearly translucent, orthorhombic prisms, or octa- 
 hedral crystals, having a faintly bitter taste, and slightly efflorescent in warm 
 air. Solubility. In 80 parts of water ; in 3 of Alcohol.] 
 
 Dose, X to 2 T - i [- OI 5 to - 12 S m -] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CODEINE. 
 
 Codeine may produce tremors because it excites the cord more, 
 and depresses the higher faculties less, than morphine, and in man 
 its physiological action is in all respects much less than that of 
 morphine. It often relieves the hacking cough of phthisis. It 
 is also used for ovarian pain and to diminish the glycosuria in 
 diabetes [which it does more effectually than opium itself and as 
 an analgesic. It is an excellent substitute for morphine as an 
 ingredient of cough mixture. For diabetes it is usually given as 
 a pill, or in a syrup.] The phosphate (not official) has the ad- 
 vantage of being much more soluble than codeine. 
 
 [The following non-official alkaloids are sometimes used : 
 
 Thebaine. Synonym. Paramorphine. It is contained in Opium, 0.15 to 
 I per cent. It occurs in silvery scales or hard prisms, odorless and having a 
 bitterish taste ; soluble in Ether, Alcohol and Chloroform. ] This produces 
 powerful convulsions as the result of its action on the cord. Its subsequent 
 depressant action is very slight. 
 
 \_Narceine. It is contained in Opium o. I to 0.7 per cent., and occurs in 
 long quadrangular prisms, or white, silky needles, sparingly soluble in Alcohol, 
 and in water. It closely resembles morphine in its action, but is probably more 
 hypnotic and not so likely to be followed by disagreeable after-effects.] 
 
 Anarcotine. This is also known as narcotine, which is an [improper]
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 367 
 
 name, for the drug does not cause sleep. [It is contained in opium 1.3 to 10. 
 per cent., the amount varying greatly according to the source] ; it is the chief 
 constituent of Indian opium. [It exists in a free state in Opium from which it is 
 left behind when the drug is treated with water. It crystallizes in white, silky, 
 flexible needles which are tasteless and odorless. It is antiperiodic in its action 
 and is valuable not only as a preventive, but as well cures malarial fevers.] 
 
 APOMORPHIN^E HYDROCHLORAS. Apomorphine Hydro- 
 chlorate. C 17 H 17 NO 2 HC1[=302. 79.] 
 
 SOURCE. It is the hydrochlorate of an [artificial] Alkaloid obtained by 
 heating Morphine*in sealed tubes with an excess of Hydrochloric Acid. The 
 Morphine loses one molecule of water thus : Cj 7 H 19 NO 3 =:C 17 H 17 NO 2 -|-H 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [Minute, grayish- white, shining, acicular crystals, hav 
 ing a faintly bitter taste, and acquiring a greenish tint on exposure to light and 
 air. Solubility. In 45 parts of water ; in about 45 parts of Alcohol.] 
 
 Dose, ^ to \ gr. ; [.0027 to .01 gm.] hypodermatically, ^ to ^ gr. ; 
 [.003 to .006 gm.] by the mouth. 
 
 ACTION OF APOMORPHINE HYDROCHLORATE. 
 
 External. None. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. Apomorphine is the 
 most powerful emetic we possess. It does not act locally on the 
 stomach, but solely on the vomiting centre in the medulla. It 
 is therefore an indirect emetic. This is shown by the fact that 
 when the drug is injected subcutaneously it produces violent vom- 
 iting if the vessels are so tied that none can reach the stomach, 
 but not if they are so tied that it cannot reach the medulla. 
 
 Circulation. Therapeutic doses have no effect beyond the de- 
 pressing action which may be attributed to the vomiting. Large 
 doses cause a rise in the rate of the pulse, probably from stimula- 
 tion of the accelerator nerves, and with fatal doses the pulse-rate 
 falls, because the drug directly paralyzes the cardiac muscle. 
 
 Respiration. This is at first stimulated by the act of vomit- 
 ing. The effect of poisonous doses is doubtful ; probably they 
 depress respiration. [Physiological experiments show that it 
 produces a watery discharge from the blood-vessels of the respir- 
 atory mucous membrane, which is found to be paler after the 
 administration of this remedy, as well as less oedematous. This 
 effect is produced within a half hour after ingestion, and it is not 
 in any respect the first stages of emesis.]
 
 V^ 
 
 368 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Nervous system. The first result of toxic doses is to cause 
 delirium. Finally there is paralysis of the motor nerves, and 
 consequently of the muscles. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF APOMORPHINE HYDROCHLORATE. 
 
 Internal. Vomiting action. The advantages of apomor- 
 phine over the other emetics are that it is certain, prompt, and 
 powerful ; it can be given when emetics introduced directly into 
 the stomach would not act, and it does not irritate the stomach. 
 It is largely used in cases of poisoning. It is usually given hypo- 
 dermatically, [dissolved in camphor water ; i in 50. Dose, 4 to 
 8 minims ; .25 to .50 c.c. This must be prepared extemporane- 
 ously, as it will not keep.] 
 
 Expectorant action. It is, when given by the mouth, a valu- 
 able expectorant for bronchitis. [In an adult ^ gr., .002 gm., 
 or i dr., 4. c.c., of the syrup (see below) will produce a watery 
 expectoration within the time above stated, and this effect will 
 last from two to three hours. It is particularly useful in the 
 early stages of acute bronchitis, in chronic dry bronchitis, in 
 chronic catarrhal pneumonia, and in old tuberculous patients who 
 are harassed by an unproductive cough. 
 
 Soporific action. Recently it has been claimed that when 
 given hypodermatically at bedtime, in dose just short of pro- 
 ducing emesis, sleep, closely approaching the normal, ensues. 
 This is not always the case, and its hypnotic action may be due 
 to contamination with other alkaloids.] 
 
 The British Pharmaceutical Conference recommends the fol- 
 lowing Syrup of Apomorphine : Mix Rectified Spirit, 84 ; with 
 the same amount of water ; dissolve in this Apomorphine Hy- 
 drochlorate, i ; add Diluted Hydrochloric Acid, 24 ; and finally 
 Syrup, 1728 parts. Dose, ^ to i fl. dr. [2. to 4. c.c.] The 
 drug may also be given as a lozenge. 
 
 HUMULUS. 
 
 HOPS. [The strobiles of Humulus Z/W.f Linne (nat. ord. Urticaced). 
 Habitat. Northern temperate zone ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Ovate, about 3 cm. long, consisting of a thin, hairy, undu- 
 lated axis, and many obliquely ovate, membranous scales, in the upper part
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 369 
 
 reticulately-veined, and towards the base parallel-veined, glandular, and sur- 
 rounding a subglobular achene ; color of the scales greenish, free from red- 
 dish or brownish spots ; odor, aromatic ; taste, bitter, aromatic and slightly 
 astringent.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Lupulin. (2) Lupu- 
 linic Acid, II per cent., a bitter crystalline principle. (3) Valerol, i per 
 cent., an aromatic volatile oil giving the odor. (4) Resin, 9 to 18 per cent. 
 (5) Tannic acid, 3 to 4 per cent. 
 
 [^COMPATIBLES. Mineral acids, and metallic salts. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Tinctura Humuli. Tincture of Hops. Hops, 200 ; by macer- 
 ation and percolation with Diluted Alcohol to looo. 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c.-] 
 
 LUPULINUM. Lupulin. A glandular powder, separated from the 
 strobiles of Humulus Lupulus Linn6 (nat. ord. Urticacetz). 
 
 [CHARACTERS. Bright, brownish-yellow, becoming yellowish-brown, res- 
 inous, consisting of minute granules, which, as seen under the microscope, 
 are subglobular, or rather hood-shaped, and reticulate ; aromatic and bitter.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 i. Extractum Lupulini Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Lupulin. 
 Lupulin, 1000 ; by maceration and percolation with Alcohol, evapora- 
 tion and solution to looo parts. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 2. Oleoresina Lupulini. Oleoresin of Lupulin. Lupulin, loo ; 
 by percolation with Ether and evaporation. 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF HOPS. 
 
 The volatile oil is stomachic and carminative like other 
 volatile oils. [To a slight extent it reflexly excites the circula- 
 tion.] The bitter principle aids the stomachic influence. Hops 
 are decidedly soporific. Probably it is the volatile oil that 
 produces this effect. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF HOPS. 
 
 The pharmacopoeial preparations of hops are not much used, 
 but good beer, because of the hops contained in it, may with 
 some persons aid digestion, and for this purpose is often given 
 
 24
 
 3/O ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 with meals to those whose digestion is feeble after a long illness, 
 or from any other cause. [The alcohol in the beer increases this 
 effect.] Many people find the soporific influence of beer very 
 well marked. [Lupulin has been used in nervous tremors, wake- 
 fulness and in the delirium of drunkards.] 
 
 LACTUCARIUM. 
 
 [LACTUCARIUM. The concrete milk-juice of Lactuca virosa LinnS 
 (nat. ord. Composites). Synonym. Lettuce. Habitat. Southern and Central 
 Europe. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In sections of plano-convex, circular cakes, or in irregu- 
 lar, angular pieces, externally grayish-brown or dull reddish-brown, internally 
 whitish or yellowish, of a waxy lustre ; odor heavy, somewhat narcotic ; taste 
 bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents of Lactucarium are (i) Lactu- 
 cerin or Lactucone, C 16 H 26 O, about 50 per cent., a crystalline principle. (2) 
 Lactucin, C U H 12 O 3 -|-H 2 O, resembling mannit. (3) Lactucic Acid. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; .30 to 4.00 gm. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Tinctura Lactucarii. Tincture of Lactucarium. Lactucarium, 
 500 ; Glycerin, 250 ; by treatment with Benzin and drying, then 
 macerate and percolate with water, and Alcohol ; evaporate, filter and 
 add diluted Alcohol to 1000. 
 
 Dose, X to 2 fl - dr - > * to 8 - c - c - 
 
 2. Syrupus Lactucarii. Syrup of Lactucarium. Tincture of 
 Lactucarium, loo ; Sugar, 50 ; Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, 50 ; 
 triturated together with water, filter, dissolve Sugar, 700 ; and add 
 water to looo. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF LACTUCARIUM. 
 
 Lactucarium has been credited with mild hypnotic powers. 
 Large doses of the green extract may cause mental derangement, 
 and will dilate the pupil.] 
 
 [PELLOTINUM. 
 
 PELLOTINE (Not official). C,,H. il NCy=238. 50. An alkaloid ob- 
 tained from the Anhalonium Williamsii (nat. ord. Cactacece). Habitat. 
 Mexico. 
 
 CHARACTERS. The hydrochloride, which is to be found in the shops,
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 
 
 occurs as a colorless, amorphous, intensely bitter powder. Solubility. Readily 
 in water. 
 
 Dose, l / 2 to i gr. ; .03 to .06 gm. (Hypodermatically.) 
 
 ACTION OF PELLOTINE. 
 
 Slight narcosis follows its injection in from ten to fifteen 
 minutes (frogs). The reflexes are somewhat diminished. After 
 twenty to thirty minutes there comes a distinct increase of reflex 
 irritability, followed by spasms, resembling strychnine poisoning. 
 If large doses are administered this condition may pass into one 
 of complete paralysis. The pulse rate is slightly diminished, 
 drowsiness and sleep supervene after its administration to man. 
 The drug is probably excreted by the kidneys. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF PELLOTINE. 
 
 Pellotine has been recently introduced as a hypnotic which, 
 because it is unirritating, can be used hypodermatically. It 
 slows the pulse slightly, induces a feeling of weariness, weight of 
 eyelids and limbs, disinclination to mental and bodily exertion, 
 and a quiet sleep follows. The awakening is easy and usually 
 without untoward symptoms. In full doses, with the patient in 
 an upright position it may give rise to vertigo. It apparently 
 has no effect on the secretions.] 
 
 [B. Cerebral Excitants.] 
 
 BELLADONNA. 
 
 BELLADONN/E FOLIA. Belladonna Leaves. [The leaves of 
 Atropa Belladonna Linne (nat. ord. Solanaceez). Synonym. Deadly Night- 
 shade. Habitat. Europe and Asia Minor. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Leaves from 10 to 15 cm. long, from 5 to 10 cm. broad, 
 broadly ovate, equilaterally narrowed into a petiole, tapering at the apex, 
 entire on the margin, smooth, thin, the upper surface brownish-green, the 
 lower surface grayish-green, both surfaces whitish, punctate ; odor slight, 
 bitterish, disagreeable.] Resembling Belladonna leaves. Stramonium leaves, 
 more wrinkled ; hyoscyamus leaves, hairy. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Atropine (see p. 373), [(2) 
 so-called Belladonnine, a yellowish powder, is probably identical with Hyos- 
 cyamine (see p. 384).] It has been stated that atropine does not exist in Bel- 
 ladonna in the natural state, but that it is a conversion product of hyoscyamine,
 
 3/2 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 which is the natural alkaloid of Belladonna. [Atropine, hyoscine, (see p. 384), 
 daturine, (see p. 382), duboisine and scopolamine, all derived from atropaceous 
 plants, are nearly identical, and exist as malates in the plant.] 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; [.06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Extractum Belladonnae Foliorum Alcoholicum. Alco- 
 holic Extract of Belladonna Leaves. By percolation with Alcohol and 
 water, and evaporation. 
 
 Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna Leaves is used to make Emplas- 
 trum Belladonnas and Unguentum Belladonnae. 
 Dose, ^ to y z gr. ; .008 to .03 gm. 
 
 2. Tinctura Belladonnas Foliorum. Tincture of Belladonna 
 Leaves. Belladonna Leaves, 150; Diluted Alcohol, to 1000. By 
 maceration and percolation. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 3. Unguentum Belladonnae. Belladonna Ointment. Alcoholic 
 Extract of Belladonna Leaves, 10; Diluted Alcohol, 5; Benzoinated 
 Lard, 8$. 
 
 4. Emplastrum Belladonnae. Belladonna Plaster. Alcoholic 
 Extract of Belladonna Leaves, 200 ; Resin Plaster, 400 ; Soap Plaster, 
 400. Melt the plaster on a water-bath ; then add the extract of bella- 
 donna leaves and continue the heat, stirring constantly, until a homo- 
 geneous mass results. ] 
 
 BELLADONNA RADIX. Belladonna Root. The root of Atropa 
 Belladonna [LinnS (nat. ord. Solanacea). Habitat. Central and Southern 
 Europe, in woods. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In cylindrical, somewhat tapering, longitudinally wrinkled 
 pieces, 10 to 25 mm. or more in thickness ; externally brownish-gray, inter- 
 nally whitish ; fracture nearly smooth and mealy, not radiating or showing 
 medullary rays in the thicker roots, only in the layer near the bark ; nearly 
 inodorous ; taste sweetish, afterwards bitterish and strongly acrid.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. As of the leaves. Usually contains 0.2 to 0.6 per cent, 
 of alkaloids. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Extractum Belladonnae Radicis Fluidum. Fluid Extract 
 of Belladonna Root. By percolation with Alcohol and Water, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 m. ; .06 to .20 c.c. 
 
 2. Linimentum Belladonnae. Belladonna Liniment. Fluid 
 Extract of Belladonna Root, 950 ; Camphor, 50.]
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 3/3 
 
 ATROPINA. Atropine. C 17 H 23 NO 3 [=288.38. An Alkaloid obtained 
 from Belladonna, which it contains in .06 to .3 percent. As it occurs in com- 
 merce, it is always accompanied by a small proportion of hyoscyamine ex- 
 tracted along with it, from which it cannot be readily separated. 
 
 SOURCE. Atropine is made from the root thus : (i ) Make a tincture of 
 the root by maceration and percolation with Alcohol. (2) Add slaked lime ; 
 this splits up the Atropine Malate, Lime Malate being precipitated. (3) Fil- 
 ter, and add Sulphuric Acid to precipitate the excess of Lime. (4) Filter, con- 
 centrate by distillation, partially evaporate, add Potassium Carbonate ; after 
 six hours much coloring matter is precipitated. ( 5 ) Filter, add more Potas- 
 sium Carbonate ; this sets free the Atropine. (6) Shake up with Chloroform, 
 which takes up the Atropine in solution. (7) Withdraw the Chloroform, 
 evaporate, and Atropine is left. It is purified by digestion with warm Alco- 
 hol and Animal Charcoal.] 
 
 CHARACTERS. [White, acicular crystals, or a more or less amorphous, 
 white powder, without odor, having a bitter, acrid taste, and gradually assum- 
 ing a yellowish tint on exposure to air. Solubility. In 130 parts of water, 3 
 parts of Alcohol, 16 parts of Ether, 4 parts of Chloroform, and about 50 parts 
 of Glycerin.] It can be decomposed into Tropine and Tropic Acid, and re- 
 constructed by their synthesis. It is distinguished from hyoscyamine, with 
 which it is isomeric, by its melting-point, optical properties and molecular con- 
 stitution. 
 
 I NCOMPATIBLES. Caustic alkalies decompose it. 
 
 Dose, T ^ to fa gr. ; [.0005 to .001 gm.] 
 
 ATROPINE SULPHAS. Atropine Sulphate. [(C 17 H 23 NO,) 2 H 2 
 
 S0<=6 4 7.58. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Atropine in Diluted Sulphuric Acid, treat with Ether, 
 the insoluble Sulphate is deposited. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, indistinctly crystalline powder, having a very 
 bitter nauseating taste. Solubility. In 0.4 part of water ; in 6.2 parts of 
 Alcohol.] 
 
 Dose, T ^ to -fa gr. ; [.0005 to .003 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF BELLADONNA. 
 
 The action of belladonna and atropine is the same. 
 
 External. Atropine placed by itself upon the unbroken 
 skin cannot be absorbed, but rubbed in with substances which 
 are absorbed, such as alcohol, glycerin, camphor, etc., or applied 
 to a broken surface, it paralyzes the terminations of the sensory 
 nerves, especially if pain is present. It is thus a local anaes- 
 thetic and an anodyne. These are its chief actions, but to a 
 much less extent it locally paralyzes the terminations of the
 
 374 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 motor nerves, first contracts and then dilates the vessels, and 
 renders the secretions of the skin less active. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. It will be convenient to 
 describe the effects of belladonna on all secretions when speaking 
 of its action on nerves, and we need not mention here its influ- 
 ence on the muscular coat of the intestine, for that is secondary 
 to its action on the nervous system. 
 
 Blood. Atropine is quickly absorbed, but does not affect the 
 blood. Its main action is on the nervous system, and that must 
 be considered in detail. 
 
 Secretory nerves. The activity of the peripheral termina-: 
 tions of all the secretory nerves in the body is, as far as 
 we know, depressed. These nerves fall under the following 
 headings : 
 
 ^ (0) Mouth. Even small doses of atropine make the mouth 
 dry from lack of saliva and mucus. In health, secretion of sub- 
 maxillary saliva always follows stimulation of the chorda tympani 
 nerve, and, as is well known, this is due to the fact that this 
 nerve is the secretory nerve for this gland, and not to any vascu- 
 lar dilatation. If atropine be given to an animal, stimulation of 
 the chorda no longer causes an increased flow of saliva, however 
 close to the gland the nerve is excited, the reason being that 
 atropine has paralyzed the terminations of the chorda tympani. 
 In the same way the terminations of the secretory nerves of the 
 other salivary glands and the mucous glands are paralyzed, and 
 hence the mouth is dry, because normal impulses cannot reach 
 the cells of the glands. 
 
 Stomach, liver, and intestines. We do not know what influ- 
 ence atropine has on the secretions of these organs. 
 
 Sweat glands. Atropine paralyzes the terminations of the 
 nerves in the sudoriparous glands. Thus it causes the skin to 
 become dry. 
 
 Kidneys. The effect of atropine on the amount of urine 
 secreted is necessarily uncertain, as the urinary flow depends so 
 much on the secretion of sweat. 
 
 Bronchial mucous membrane. The secretion of bronchial 
 and tracheal mucus, like that of the mouth, is diminished.
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 3/5 
 
 Mammary gland. The activity of the peripheral terminations 
 of the secretory nerves in the cells of the mammary gland is in- 
 hibited, hence the flow of milk, if any is present, is arrested, 
 and belladonna is called an antigalactagogue. 
 
 Sensory nerves. It has already been mentioned that bella- 
 donna rubbed into the skin depresses the function of the termi- 
 nations of the sensory nerves. It does the same when given by 
 the mouth, but its action on sensory nerves that is to say, its 
 anaesthetic and anodyne action is very inferior to that on the 
 secretory nerves, and is not powerful enough for atropine to 
 relieve pain when given internally. It is only used as a local 
 anodyne. 
 
 Voluntary muscles and their nerves. Voluntary muscles are 
 quite unaffected even by toxic doses of atropine ; towards the end 
 of a case of belladonna poisoning the motor nerves are slightly 
 paralyzed. 
 
 Involuntary muscles and their nerves. The splanchnics are 
 the inhibitory nerves of the intestinal movements, and if they are 
 stimulated, the peristaltic movements stop ; impulses are constantly 
 descending these nerves to restrain these movements. If atropine 
 in small doses is given to animals, it is observed that the bowels 
 are relaxed, because intestinal peristalsis is much increased, 
 and that stimulation of the splanchnics is powerless to arrest it ; 
 clearly the drug has paralyzed the terminations of the splanchnics 
 in the involuntary muscles of the intestine. Larger doses stop 
 peristalsis. 
 
 All involuntary nerve terminations, as those of the muscles of 
 the bladder, ureters, urethra, vesiculae seminales, uterus and 
 vagina are paralyzed like those in the intestinal muscles. 
 
 The eye and its nerves. Atropine acts only on the termina- 
 tions of the nerves in the involuntary muscles of the eye. If it 
 be dropped into the eye or given by the mouth the pupil dilates 
 widely, and cannot be made to contract by stimulation of the 
 third nerve. That this dilatation is not due to any marked action 
 on the muscular fibres of the iris themselves is shown by the fact 
 that the atropinized pupil will contract if the muscle itself be 
 stimulated. Therefore it must be that the terminations of
 
 3/6 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 the third nerve in the iris are paralyzed. The ending of 
 this nerve in the ciliary muscle is affected in the same way, and 
 consequently accommodation is paralyzed. It is certain 
 that this mydriasis and defective accommodation is in no part 
 central, as is the contraction of the pupil produced by opium. 
 So strong is the local action of belladonna that if atropine 
 be dropped into the recently excised eye the pupil will dilate. 
 When the third nerve is cut the pupil dilates, and if, after this, 
 atropine be dropped into the eye it dilates still further. Some 
 have concluded, from this and other reasons, that atropine also 
 stimulates the terminations of the sympathetic in the iris ; but 
 this action is slight. [The pupil dilates because the elastic fibres 
 in the iris have an opportunity to act.] The intra-ocular tension 
 is increased by large doses. There is, as a result of the paralysis 
 of the ciliary muscle, disturbance of vision. Atropine does not 
 act on the pupils of birds. 
 
 The heart and its nerves. The main action of atropine is to 
 paralyze the terminations of the vagus in the heart, and 
 consequently the pulse is rendered more rapid, and cannot 
 be slowed by strongly stimulating the vagus. If the rate of the 
 heart has been lowered by [muscarine], which can be shown to 
 have a local stimulating influence on the termination of the vagus 
 in the heart, the application of atropine renders the heart quick 
 again, the two drugs being, in their effect on the heart, exactly 
 antagonistic. This quickening of the pulse from inhibition of the 
 vagal cardiac terminal filaments is the chief action of atropine on 
 the heart, but the following minor actions must be noticed. The 
 vagus centre and the trunk of the nerve are also depressed, but 
 to a much less extent. Before the pulse is quickened it is occa- 
 sionally slowed for a short time by atropine ; this is probably 
 owing to a brief excitation of the vagus centre. Some authori- 
 ties believe that part of the quickening of the pulse is due to a 
 slight stimulation of the cardiac accelerator nerves, just as we 
 have seen that some consider that the sympathetic fibres in the 
 iris are excited ; but if the accelerator nerves are stimulated, the 
 stimulation is quite subsidiary to the important paralysis of the 
 vagal terminations. Although the pulse is quickened by bella-
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 3/7 
 
 donna, its force is not diminished. Toxic doses abolish 
 the function of the cardiac muscle, and the heart stops in 
 diastole. 
 
 Vaso-moto r system and its nerves. After a considerable dose 
 of belladonna the skin is flushed, and a scarlatiniform erythe- 
 matous rash may be present in belladonna poisoning. It is thus 
 obvious that such a dose of belladonna relaxes the peripheral 
 vessels. The exact cause of this has not definitely been made 
 out, but it is extremely probable that it is largely a peripheral 
 action, quite harmonizing with the peripheral action we have 
 seen atropine to have on the involuntary muscles of the intestines, 
 eye and heart ; that is to say, the vaso-constrictor nerve-filaments 
 supplying the arterioles are paralyzed, and consequently the ves- 
 sels dilate. The action of atropine on the medullary vaso-motor 
 centre is more marked than that on the cardiac medullary centre ; 
 but it is the same, the centre first- being stimulated, and then 
 depressed. The primary stimulation is sufficient to overcome the 
 tendency of the peripheral vessels to dilate, so that belladonna 
 at first contracts them ; and as this stage of contraction lasts well 
 into the period during which, owing to paralysis of the vagal 
 terminations, the heart is accelerated, the blood-pressure rises 
 considerably ; subsequently it falls, the fall being due to the 
 depression of the vaso-motor centre and the peripheral action of 
 belladonna on the vessels, causing their wide dilatation. Ulti- 
 mately, when the heart itself is paralyzed, the blood-pressure is 
 very low. The spinal vaso-motor centres are acted on as power- 
 fully and in the same way as the medullary centre. 
 
 Respiration and its nerves. Here also belladonna paralyzes 
 peripheral nerve-filaments, in this case those of the vagus 
 in the bronchial tubes. Both the afferent and efferent pulmo- 
 nary vagal fibres are effected. The result is that the muscular 
 coat of the bronchial tube is relaxed, and that the secretions 
 (the activity of the afferent fibres being depressed) do not irritate 
 the nerves so much as before, and therefore cough is lessened. 
 It will be remembered that the quantity of bronchial secretion is 
 diminished. The medullary and spinal respiratory centres are 
 influenced precisely as the vaso-motor, that is to say, they are
 
 3/8 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 first stimulated, and so the respirations are quicker and deeper, 
 then large doses paralyze them, and the breathing is slow and 
 shallow. The patient becomes asphyxiated, and this contributes 
 to the result in a fatal case. 
 
 Temperature. This is decidedly raised by toxic doses of 
 belladonna (it may be 4 [F., about 2 C.] or more). This rise 
 is independent of the blood -pressure and of the diminution of 
 perspiration. It is said that heat-production is greatly exag- 
 gerated. The heat-loss is also increased, probably because the 
 flushing of the skin leads to a greater loss by radiation. 
 
 Spinal cord. Except for the action on the vaso-motor and 
 respiratory spinal centres, belladonna has little influence on the 
 spinal cord in man, but has a well-marked tetanizing effect in 
 frogs. It is said slightly to increase and afterwards diminish 
 general reflex excitability. 
 
 Cerebrum. A considerable dose of belladonna causes delir- 
 ium, showing that the higher centres are stimulated. Gener- 
 ally the stimulation takes place inco-ordinately. That it is pow- 
 erful is indicated by the fact that in poisoning by belladonna 
 the delirium will last for a long while. The subsequent quietude 
 is not more than the exhaustion of the cerebrum from the con- 
 tinued delirium will explain. Belladonna rarely, if ever, pro- 
 duces genuine coma. Other symptoms that may be observed 
 with large doses, and which are probably due to disorder of 
 the brain, are staggering gait, giddiness and occasionally convul- 
 sions. 
 
 Elimination. Atropine is probably eliminated entirely by the 
 kidneys. 
 
 It will be seen that the dominant action of belladonna is 
 to depress the activity of the terminations of nearly all varie- 
 ties of nerves. In addition, it first stimulates and then 
 depresses the three great medullary centres, and it is a 
 deliriant. A summary of its effects on man will be given under 
 the heading of Toxicology. 
 
 Children can take considerable doses of belladonna without 
 any symptoms of poisoning. Pigeons and rodents are pecu- 
 liarly insusceptible to it.
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 3/9 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF BELLADONNA. 
 
 Externally. Belladonna is used externally to relieve all 
 sorts of pain, for example, that of neuralgia, pleurodynia, and 
 chronic osteo-arthritis. Chloroformum Belladonnae (Brit. Pharm. 
 Conf.), the root being extracted with ammonia and chloroform, 
 diluted with a little olive oil, or the liniment is excellent for 
 these purposes. A glycerin preparation (made by rubbing [the 
 alcoholic] extract of belladonna [leaves], 4 ; with boiling water, 
 i ; and then adding gradually glycerin, 12), soothes the pain of 
 acute inflammations. This, or the plaster, or the ointment, is 
 very efficacious in preventing the secretion of milk in women 
 who do not for any reason nurse their infants. Pruritus and 
 local sweating of various parts of the body, especially the feet, 
 may sometimes be stopped by the application of belladonna lini- 
 ment. A solution of atropine sulphate, 4 ; boric acid, 5 ; in 
 water to 480 ; will dilate the pupil for ophthalmoscopic exami- 
 nation. Atropine is often used in ophthalmic practice to par- 
 alyze the movements of the iris and ciliary muscle, to break 
 down adhesions, and to prevent the formation of contractions 
 of the iris. [It must not be used if the patient is suffering from 
 glaucoma.] See also Homatropine [Hydrobromate, p. 381]. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. [Belladonna] has occasionally 
 been employed to check salivation, and some use it to overcome 
 constipation and colic. The alcoholic extract [of the leaves] 
 is then given, and is commonly combined with some purgative 
 in a pill. [This] extract in the form of a pill is often adminis- 
 tered with opium to patients suffering with appendicitis or peri- 
 tonitis ; as it is given several times a day a large amount is taken, 
 and this, as already explained, probably paralyzes intestinal 
 movements, and so aids the opium. 
 
 Skin. Atropine sulphate (y^j gr. ; .0006 gm.) injected sub- 
 cutaneously, or one or two minims [.06 to .12 c.c.] of the solu- 
 tion of atropine sulphate [i, in camphor water, 100.], by the 
 mouth will sometimes arrest sweating, .and this treatment may 
 succeed with the night-sweats of phthisis. 
 
 Circulation. There are many cases of heart disease in which 
 belladonna may advantageously be combined with other drugs.
 
 380 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Whenever we wish to empty the ventricle completely it is useful, 
 for it will be remembered that it increases the rapidity of the 
 heart without diminishing the force. But its greatest value is to 
 remove cardiac pain and distress, which it often does most effec- 
 tually. It may be conveniently applied as a plaster over the car- 
 diac region, or it may be given internally, usually as the tincture 
 [of the leaves] . 
 
 Respiration. As belladonna relaxes the muscular coat of the 
 bronchial tubes, it is of great value in spasmodic affections of 
 the respiratory passages. Thus, of all the numerous drugs that 
 have been given for whooping-cough, it is the best. It is also 
 very useful [to relieve the symptom] asthma, and in bronchitis 
 with asthma-like paroxysms ; in the last named [condition] its 
 powerful stimulation of the respiratory centre and its capability 
 of diminishing the secretion will, in properly chosen cases, ren- 
 der it particularly valuable. It is generally given as a tincture 
 [of the leaves], and combined with other drugs. A useful 
 linctus contains the tincture, 3 ; vinegar of squill, 5 ; syrup of 
 tolu, 10 ; glycerin to 60 parts. 
 
 Genito-urinary diseases. Belladonna is one of the favorite 
 remedies for the nocturnal incontinence of children, and it occa- 
 sionally overcomes this trouble in adults when it is not due to 
 organic diseases. [It relieves eneuresis because it has an anodyne 
 effect upon the centres in the cord and when excreted in the 
 urine anaesthetizes the neck of the bladder.] Its power of re- 
 lieving the spasm of involuntary muscle is well shown in the effec- 
 tual manner in which the very painful vesical spasm which accom- 
 panies -calculus, cystitis, and prostatitis may be benefited by it. 
 It may be given internally as in the form of a suppository, or 
 applied as a plaster to the perinaeum. 
 
 It has been tried in many nervous diseases, but without any 
 good results. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 [Symptoms.] If a person takes a moderate dose of belladonna he soon ex- 
 periences dryness of the mouth and throat, and as the food, therefore, cannot be 
 properly lubricated, there is difficulty of swallowing ; the pulse may at first be a 
 little slower than usual. The pupil is dilated ; accommodation is defective, and 
 vision confused. The skin feels dry. If the dose has been a large one, these
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 381 
 
 symptoms all come on quickly ; the conjunctivae and face, and perhaps other 
 parts of the skin are flushed, and the rate of the pulse is greatly increased, it 
 may even be doubled. The patient staggers, feels giddy, and reels when he 
 walks ; the throat soon becomes very hot, the skin still more flushed, the eye- 
 lids swell, and there may be a uniform erythematous rash. The temperature 
 is often raised, the respirations are slow and deep. The pupils are very widely 
 dilated. By this time the patient is quite delirious. There may be purging, 
 but this is not common ; and sometimes he complains of a frequent desire to 
 micturate, although he is unable to pass any urine. Death takes place from 
 cardiac failure combined with asphyxia. Post-mortem. The organs are all in 
 a state of venous congestion, which is due to the asphyxia. If recovery takes 
 place the patient may have no recollection of his illness. 
 
 Treatment. Give emetics (see p. 139) or wash out the stomach. Inject 
 pilocarpine and stimulants subcutaneously. Employ artificial respiration and 
 hot bottles, and give strong coffee per rectum. 
 
 ANTAGONISM. 
 
 The antagonism between atropine and morphine has already been dis- 
 cussed (see, p. 365). It is clear that as pilocarpine stimulates the terminations 
 of the secretory nerves in the salivary and sweat glands, and also excites the 
 terminations of the third nerve in the iris and ciliary muscle, it is a diaphoretic, 
 a sialagogue, and a myotic, and is in these respects antagonistic to atropine. 
 Physostigmine also causes contraction of the pupil and spasm of the ciliary 
 muscle by stimulation of the terminations of the third nerve, and it depresses 
 the respiratory centre almost from the beginning. In these points it is an 
 antagonist to atropine. 
 
 [HOMATROPIN^E HYDROBROMAS. Homatropine Hydro- 
 
 bromate^ B. P., not official.] C 16 H 21 NO 3 HBr[=355.l7]. The hydrobro- 
 mate of an alkaloid prepared from Tropine. [Homatropine is really Oxytoluyl- 
 tropine. ] 
 
 SOURCE. [( i) Tropine, C 8 H 15 NO, a derivative of Atropine, is heated with 
 Oxytoluic Acid in the presence of Hydrochloric Acid ; (2) Ammonia is added, 
 and pure Homatropine shaken out with Chloroform ; (3) the Chloroformic 
 solution is evaporated ; (4) the Homatropine is neutralized with Hydrobromic 
 Acid. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Small prismatic white crystals. Solubility. In 10 parts 
 of water ; in 133 parts of Alcohol.] 
 
 Dose, Y!^ to sV S T - > [-0005 to .003 gm.] subcutaneously. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF HOMATROPINE HYDROBROMATE. 
 
 Homatropine [hydrobromate] has an action exactly similar, 
 so far as we know, to that of atropine. It is only used to dilate
 
 382 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDIC A. 
 
 the pupil in ophthalmic practice, the advantage over atropine 
 being that the dilatation produced by homatropine passes off in a 
 quarter of the time. It may be applied as a solution, [i in] 
 distilled water [120.] Sometimes a solution in castor oil is used, 
 for it is less likely to be washed out by the tears, but it may be 
 rather irritating. 
 
 STRAMONIUM. 
 
 STRAMONII SEMEN. Stramonium Seed. [The seed of Datura 
 Stramonium Linn6 (nat. ord. Solanacea). Synonyms. Thorn apple. Stink : 
 weed. Jamestown Weed. Habitat. Asia ; naturalized in most countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 4 mm. long, reniform, flattened, pitted and wrinkled ; 
 testa dull, brownish- black, hard, inclosing a cylindrical, curved embryo, im- 
 bedded in a whitish, oily perisperm ; of an unpleasant odor when bruised, and 
 of an oily and bitter taste. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Daturine (.02 to .03 
 per cent. ) which resembles Atropine but is [probably identical with] Hyoscya- 
 mine. Usually a little Atropine is present, and the term daturine is occasion- 
 ally applied to the total alkaloids of Stramonium. (2) [A fixed oil (25 per cent ), 
 which contains Daturic Acid, C 17 H J4 O 2 .] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Caustic alkalies, metallic salts, and mineral acids. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 gr. ; [.06 to .20 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Stramonii [Seminis. Extract of Stramonium 
 Seed. By maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evap- 
 oration. 
 
 Extract of Stramonium Seed is used to prepare Unguentum 
 Stramonii. 
 
 Dose, X t Y* S T - ', -015 to .03 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Stramonii Seminis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of 
 Stramonium Seed. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and 
 Water, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 m. ; .06 to .20 c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Stramonii Seminis. Tinctura of Stramonium Seed. 
 Stramonium Seed, 150; Diluted Alcohol, by maceration and percola- 
 tion to looo. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 4. Unguentum Stramonii. Stramonium Ointment. Extract of 
 Stramonium Seed, 10; Diluted Alcohol, 5 ; Benzoinated Lard, 85.]
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 383 
 
 STRAMONII FOLIA. Stramonium Leaves. [The leaves of Datura 
 Stramonium Linne (nat. ord. Solanacece). 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 15 cm. long, petiolate, dark-green, smooth, ovate, 
 pointed, unequal, especially at the base, coarsely and sinuately toothed ; thin, 
 brittle, and nearly inodorous ; taste unpleasant, bitter and nauseous. ] Resem- 
 bling Stramonium Leaves. Belladonna leaves, but less wrinkled ; hyoscyamus 
 leaves, hairy. 
 
 COMPOSITION. As of the seeds ; the proportion of alkaloids is very in- 
 constant. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF STRAMONIUM. 
 
 The physiological action of stramonium is precisely that of 
 belladonna ; the difference being that stramonium relaxes the 
 muscular coat of the bronchial tubes more powerfully than bella- 
 donna, and it may cause the heart to be a little irregular, and 
 is generally thought to be more active than belladonna. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF STRAMONIUM. 
 
 There is no reason why stramonium should not be employed 
 for the same purposes as belladonna, but it is rarely used, except 
 in cases of [the existence of the symptom] asthma, to relieve 
 the spasm of the bronchial tubes. For this it is very valuable. 
 Cigarettes of the leaves may be smoked, or the drug may be 
 given internally. The following powder, which gives off dense 
 fumes if burnt, is said to afford great relief for asthma : Leaves 
 of Datura Stramonium, Datura Tatula [not official], Cannabis 
 Indica, and Lobelia Inflata, all in powder, of each 12 ; nitre in 
 powder, 16 ; oil of eucalyptus, i. Mix thoroughly. Himrod's, 
 Bliss', and other "cures" for asthma are of similar composi- 
 tion. 
 
 HYOSCYAMUS. 
 
 HYOSCYAMUS. {Synonym. Henbane. The leaves and flowering 
 tops of Hyoscyamus Niger Linne (nat. ord. Solanacece^ collected from plants 
 of the second year's growth. Habitat., Europe and Asia; naturalized in 
 some parts of North America. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Leaves ovate, or ovate-oblong, up to 25 cm. long and 10 
 cm. broad ; sinuate-toothed, the teeth large, oblong or triangular ; grayish- 
 green and, particularly on the lower surface, glandular-hairy; midrib promi-
 
 384 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 nent; flowers nearly sessile, with an urn-shaped, five toothed calyx, and a 
 light yellow purple- veined corolla ; odor heavy, narcotic ; taste bitter and 
 somewhat acrid.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i ) Hyoscyamine, C^H^NOj, 
 an alkaloid. It is very closely allied to the active alkaloids of belladonna and 
 stramonium (see p. 382) and is also contained in many plants of the natural 
 order Solanace<z. It, like Atropine, with which it is isomeric, consists of 
 Tropic Acid and Tropine. There is in commerce an amorphous impure Hy- 
 oscyamine, which is a dark brown extract-like fluid having a disagreeable 
 odor. As it is much cheaper than the crystalline alkaloid, it is often used, 
 [but this as well as other specimens should be proscribed.] (2) Hyoscine [see 
 p. 385], a white crystalline alkaloid. It is [stated to be] the same as Scopola- 
 minf, an alkaloid isomeric with cocaine. Only its salts are used. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE^. Vegetable acids, silver nitrate, lead acetate, and 
 alkalies. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; [.30 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Hyoscyami. [Extract of Hyoscyamus. By 
 maceration and percolation with diluted Alcohol and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 gr. ; .03 to .12 gm.] 
 
 2. Extractum Hyoscyami Fluidum. [Fluid Extract of Hyoscy- 
 amus. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and water, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 m. ; .30 to i.oo c.c.] 
 
 3. Tinctura Hyoscyami. [Tincture of Hyoscyamus. Hyoscy- 
 amus, 150 ; diluted Alcohol to 1000. By maceration and percolation. 
 
 Dose i c.c. 
 
 [HYOSCYAMINE SULPHAS. Hyoscyamine Sulphate. (C,,^ 
 NOj)jH.,SO 4 =674.58. The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid prepared from 
 Hyoscyamus. 
 
 SOURCE. Hyoscyamus is treated with Ether, to remove fat, then with 
 Alcohol acidulated with Sulphuric Acid and distilled. The aqueous residue 
 is neutralized with Soda, and the liquid precipitated with Tannic Acid, the 
 precipitate mixed with Lime, then exhausted by strong Alcohol. The Alco- 
 holic solution is treated with Sulphuric Acid, then with Soda, and finally with 
 Ether, which dissolves the alkaloid, which is obtained from it by distillation. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, indistinct crystals, or a white powder, without 
 odor, and having a bitter, acrid taste ; deliquescent in damp air. Solubility. 
 In 0.5 part of water, and in 2.5 parts of Alcohol ; very slightly soluble in 
 Ether or Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, ^3 to 3*5 gr. ; .001 to .002 gm.
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 385 
 
 HYOSCYAMINE HYDROBROMAS. Hyoscyamine Hydrobro- 
 mate. C 17 H 23 NO 3 HBr=369. 14. The hydrobromate of an alkaloid obtained 
 from Hyoscyamus. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish- white, amorphous, resin- like mass, or pris- 
 matic crystals, having, particularly when damp, a tobacco-like odor, and an 
 acrid, nauseous, and bitter taste ; deliquescent on exposure to air. Solubility. 
 In about 0.3 part of water, 2 parts of Alcohol, 3000 parts of Ether, or 250 
 parts of Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, ^ to jg ? ', > to .002 gm. 
 
 HYOSCIN^E HYDROBROMAS. Hyoscine Hydrobromate. C 1T 
 H 21 NO 4 HBr-(-3H 2 O=436.98. The Hydrobromate of an alkaloid obtained 
 from Hyoscyamus. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, rhombic crystals, odorless, and 
 having an acrid, slightly bitter taste ; permanent in the air. Solubility. In 
 1.9 parts of water, and in 13 parts of Alcohol; very slightly soluble in Ether 
 or Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, T ^j to T fo gr. ; .0004 to .0006 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF HYOSCYAMUS. 
 
 That the action of hyoscyamus is almost identical with that 
 of belladonna and stramonium is not surprising when we re- 
 member the close resemblance in alkaloidal composition. The 
 following are the chief points of difference : (i) Hyoscyamus 
 contains hyoscine in minute quantities. This is a powerful 
 cerebral and spinal sedative, and therefore the excitation 
 and delirium occasioned by the atropine in belladonna are not 
 so evident when hyoscyamus is given ; indeed, that may, owing 
 to the hyoscine in it, distinctly depress the higher functions of 
 the brain. The heart is not quite so powerfully affected by hy- 
 oscyamus as by belladonna, for hyoscine has a comparatively 
 feeble cardiac influence. Still it is, of course, affected by the 
 hyoscyamine, which acts like atropine. (2) Hyoscyamus 
 increases the peristaltic contractions of the intestines 
 more powerfully than belladonna, and at the same time it is 
 more efficient in relieving the griping of other purgatives. 
 (3) Hyoscyamus has a more markedly sedative action on 
 the urinary unstriped muscle than belladonna. (4) Hyos- 
 cine diminishes intra-ocular tension, therefore hyoscyamus does 
 not affect this so much as belladonna. 
 
 25
 
 386 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF HYOSCYAMUS. 
 
 Hyoscyamus might be used for the same purpose as bella- 
 donna, but is chiefly employed in combination with purgatives 
 to diminish their griping action. It is also largely given to re- 
 lieve vesical spasm in calculus, cystitis, and prostatitis, usually 
 in conjunction with other urinary sedatives, as buchu, uva ursi, 
 or benzoic acid if the urine is alkaline. It will be noticed that 
 the doses of the preparations of hyoscyamus are larger than those 
 of the corresponding preparations of belladonna. 
 
 Hyoscine and hyoscyamine may, if given cautiously, be em- 
 ployed as cerebral depressants, and are used in acute mania, de- 
 lirium tremens, febrile delirium, and insomnia, sometimes with 
 good results. They are mostly given in asylum practice. Hy- 
 oscine is most used, and is usually given subcutaneously. 
 Chorea, paralysis ag'tans, and other convulsive diseases have 
 been treated with them, but the convulsions always recur when 
 these drugs are discontinued. They must be given very care- 
 fully, as the activity of different specimens varies, and fatal re- 
 sults have followed their use. They should never be employed 
 if the patient is weak. 
 
 DUBOISIN^E SULPHAS. Duboisine Sulphate. (Not official.) 
 The Sulphate of the alkaloid Duboisine obtained from the leaves of Duboisia 
 myoporoides, [nat. ord. Solanace<e\. Duboisine is probably identical with 
 Hyoscyamine (see p. 384). 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF DUBOISINE. 
 
 The action of duboisine is like that of atropine, and ophthal- 
 mic discs containing ^nr of a grain [.000013 & m -] are use d to 
 dilate the pupil. 
 
 CANNABIS INDICA. 
 
 [INDIAN CANNABIS. Synonym. Indian Hemp. The flowering 
 tops of the female plant of Cannabis saliva Linne (nat. ord. Urticacece), grown 
 in the East Indies. Habitat. Asia ; collected in India. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Branching, compressed, brittle, about 5 cm. or more long, 
 with a few digitate leaves, having linear-lanceolate leaflets and numerous, 
 sheathing, pointed bracts, each containing two small, pistillate flowers, some- 
 times with the nearly ripe fruit, the whole more or less agglutinated with a
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHJEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 387 
 
 resinous exudation. It has a brownish green color, a peculiar, narcotic odor, 
 and slightly acrid taste. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. [The chief constituents are (I) Cannabinon, a soft resin. 
 (2) Choline, C 5 H J5 NO 2 , which is contained in (3) Tetanocannabine, and with 
 alkalies gives (4) Cannabinine. (5) Cannabin, a brown, amorphous resin, 
 said to be very active. ] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Water, which precipitates the resin. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 5 gr. ; [.12 to .30 gm.] 
 
 Prepa rations. 
 
 1. Extractum Cannabis Indicae. [Extract of Indian Cannabis. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, \ to % gr. ; .01 to .045 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Cannabis Indicae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of 
 Indian Cannabis. By maceration, percolation with Alcohol, which is 
 distilled off, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 5 m. ; .12 to .30 c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Cannabis Indicae. Tincture of Indian Cannabis. 
 Indian Cannabis, 5 ', Alcohol, by maceration and percolation, to 1000. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 Synonyms. Haschisch is a confection of the drug. Gunjah, or Ganga, is 
 the dried flowering tops of the cultivated female plants which are coated with 
 resin. Churrus or Charas is the resin scraped off the leaves. Bhang [or 
 Siddhi] is the dried leaves [and stalks made with preserved fruits into a con- 
 fection]. In some provinces it means powdered Ganga made into a drink. 
 Ganga and Charas are often smoked like tobacco. 
 
 ACTION OF CANNABIS INDICA. 
 
 External. None is known. 
 
 Internal. The effects of cannabis indica vary very much 
 on different people. This is partly due to the uncertain strength 
 of the preparations of the drug, and partly to individual pecu- 
 liarities, but generally the symptoms are somewhat as follows. 
 After some time, usually from half an hour to two or three hours, 
 there is a pleasurable sensation of mild intoxication ; the patient 
 is particularly gay, joyous, and pleased with everything ; he will 
 laugh and smile on the slightest provocation, and is himself able 
 to say sharp, witty things. Pleasant ideas flit through his mind 
 with wonderful rapidity, so that time seems to him much [pro- 
 longed ; space also seems to be extended] . Generally the ideas
 
 388 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 are quickly forgotten, but sometimes the memory of them re- 
 mains after recovery. The eyes are bright, the pupils may be 
 dilated. The limbs feel heavy, and there is a marked lowering 
 of general sensibility, so that he scarcely feels a severe pinch ; 
 this may pass on to complete anaesthesia. There may be head- 
 ache. After a time sleep, which is often accompanied by de- 
 lightful dreams, comes on. [On awakening the sense of hunger 
 is acute.] The drug is frequently taken in the East to produce 
 the early pleasurable symptoms, and, in moderation, it causes no 
 harm. Very few take it to excess, but in them it leads to loss 
 of appetite and strength, trembling and much weakness. Can- 
 nabis indica is reputed to occasionally produce sexual excite- 
 ment, but this is incorrect. Large doses given to a dog only 
 made him sleepy, and uncertain on his legs, but he appeared 
 contented and pleased. Much the same results followed when a 
 monkey was made to inhale the smoke daily for six months. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CANNABIS INDICA. 
 
 It has been given with success in migraine and neuralgia, but 
 it very often fails to afford relief. Its use as an hypnotic has 
 been discarded. The tincture is very difficult to prescribe, be- 
 cause of the voluminous precipitate of resin which falls on the 
 addition of water. Mucilage must be used to suspend it, and 
 the taste should be covered with spirit of chloroform. 
 
 CAFFEINA. 
 
 CAFFEINE. C 8 H 10 N 4 O,-f-H,O=2i i. 68. Synonyms. Theine. Guar- 
 anine. [A feebly basic, proximate principle, obtained from the dried leaves 
 of Thea sinensis Linn6 (nat. ord. Ternstrccmiacetf], or from the dried seed of 
 Coffea arabiea Linne (nat ord. Rubiacea), and found also in other plants. 
 Habitat. Tropical Africa ; cultivated in tropical countries. 
 
 SOURCE. Exhaust bruised coffee by successive portions of boiling water, 
 precipitate with Lead Acetate, decompose the excess of Lead Acetate in the 
 filtrate by Hydrogen Sulphide, concentrate by evaporation, neutralize with 
 Ammonia. The Caffeine crystallizes on cooling, and is purified by re-dissolving 
 in water, treating with Animal Charcoal, and evaporation. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Fleecy masses of long, flexible, white crystals, possessing 
 a silky lustre, without odor, having a bitter taste, and permanent in the air. 
 Solubility. In 80 parts of water, 33 parts of Alcohol, 555 parts of Ether, or
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 389 
 
 7 parts of Chloroform.] Tea contains 3 to 5 per cent, (hence the name Theine), 
 Coffee, 1.3 per cent, (coffee leaves contain much more). Guarana (the seeds of 
 Paullinia [Cupana]), [4 to] 5 per cent, (hence the name Guaranine). Mate 
 (Paraguay tea, the leaves of Ilex paraguayensis), 1.2 per cent. Kola nut 
 (which is used as a beverage in Africa), 3 per cent. ; this is the fruit of Sier- 
 culia acuminata. Caffeine is trimethyl-xanthine, theobromine is dimethyl- 
 xanthine, and both can be prepared synthetically from xanthine. 
 
 [Strictly speaking, Theine is the alkaloid of tea-leaves. It differs from 
 caffeine in that it is analgesic and constipates. Much of the caffeine in the 
 market is really theine and is made from the sweepings of tea- warehouses. ] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Potassium iodide, mercury salts, and tannic acid. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; [.06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Caffeina Citrata. Citrated Caffeine. Dissolve Citric Acid, 
 50, in hot Distilled Water, 100 ; add the Caffeine, 50, and evaporate the 
 resulting solution on a water-bath to dryness, constantly stirring towards 
 the end of the operation. Reduce the product to a fine powder. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white powder, odorless, having a purely acid 
 taste and an acid reaction. Solubility. One part of Citrated Caffeine 
 forms a clear, syrupy solution with about 3 parts of water. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 8 gr. ; .12 to .50 gm. 
 
 2. Caffeina Citrata Effervescens. Effervescent Citrated Caf- 
 feine. Caffeine, 10 ; Citric Acid, 10 ; Sodium Bicarbonate, 330 ; Tar- 
 taric Acid, 300 ; Sugar, 350 ; Alcohol, to make looo. Triturate the 
 solid ingredients, separately well dried, to a fine uniform powder. Mix 
 this with Alcohol to a soft paste and rub it through a sieve. Then dry 
 it, and reduce it to a coarse, granular powder. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 dr. ; 4. to 15. gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF CAFFEINE. 
 
 External. None. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Excessive tea-drinking may 
 cause indigestion, but this is probably induced by the tannic acid 
 in the tea, and not by the caffeine. The teeth of tea tasters are 
 very liable to decay. Coffee is, with some persons, slightly lax- 
 ative ; it is not known to what ingredient this is due. 
 
 Circulation. Caffeine is freely absorbed. It produces no 
 change in the blood. Moderate doses increase the force of 
 the cardiac contraction and the duration of the systole, 
 the diastolic period being shortened ; as a consequence of this
 
 39 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 the blood -pressure rises. The pulse is usually slowed. Toxic 
 doses paralyze the heart. These effects are largely due to the 
 direct action of caffeine on the cardiac muscle, but also to an 
 action on the inhibitory centres. 
 
 Vessels. Caffeine causes first a constriction and then a dilata- 
 tion of the arterioles of the body, and this is due principally to 
 its action on the muscular coat and slightly to its action on vaso- 
 motor centres. 
 
 Respiration. In animals the rate of breathing is increased by 
 caffeine. Medicinal doses are said to excite and toxic doses to 
 depress it. 
 
 Nervous system. It is well known that tea and coffee stimu- 
 late the cerebrum. This is due to the caffeine in them. The 
 patient becomes wakeful, the mental activity and capability for 
 work are increased, the reasoning powers being quite as much 
 affected as the imagination. In this respect the cerebral stimu- 
 lation of caffeine differs from that of opium, and also in that the 
 excitation is not inco-ordinate, nor is it soon replaced by sleep. 
 Very excessive tea-drinking causes trembling of all the muscles 
 of the body, and makes the patient extremely "nervous." 
 
 In man the spinal cord and muscles are very little affected by 
 caffeine, but in some frogs the spinal cord is decidedly stimu- 
 lated, and convulsions occur ; in other species the muscles are 
 thrown into a state of rigidity, which is clearly due to an action 
 on the muscles themselves, for it follows the application of caf- 
 feine to an isolated muscle. Sometimes the muscle curve is 
 altered in character. It is believed that in man the powers of 
 muscular endurance are increased by caffeine. Motor and sen- 
 sory nerves are uninfluenced in all animals. 
 
 Kidneys. As caffeine first causes a contraction of arterioles 
 there is decrease in the urinary flow ; but soon the renal vessels 
 dilate, the renal cells are stimulated and the flow of urine is in- 
 creased. Thus caffeine is a good local diuretic. 
 
 Metabolism. Many elaborate experiments have been made 
 upon the action of caffeine on tissue waste ; they are all of them 
 inconclusive, [probably] because it has no effect. It increases 
 the excretion of xanthin in the urine ; probably this xanthin is
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 39! 
 
 derived directly from it, and the increased urea said to be ex- 
 creted may also proceed directly from the caffeine. Toxic doses 
 may cause a slight rise of temperature. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CAFFEINE. 
 
 Heart. Caffeine has been most used in heart disease. It is 
 given when, as in aortic or mitral obstruction, a purely stimulant 
 effect is desired ; large doses, 3 or 8 gr. [.20 to .50 gm.] a day 
 of the [citrated, or 2 to 6 dr., 8. to 24. gm., of the effervescent 
 citrated] , are often easily borne, and may be combined with 
 strychnine. [These preparations are useful, when combined 
 with antipyrin or acetanilid derivatives, to counteract their de- 
 pressing influence upon the heart.] Caffeine will not replace 
 digitalis, for it does not slow the heart nor make it regular, and 
 it shortens the diastole. It is, on account of its diuretic action, 
 especially valuable in cardiac cases in which there is dropsy. 
 Tea and coffee are, in some persons, liable to produce irregularity 
 of the heart. 
 
 Kidney. Small doses of caffeine are powerfully diuretic, and 
 are therefore used in heart disease, ascites, pleuritic effusion, etc. 
 As the drug acts directly on the kidney, it should be given 
 cautiously in renal disease. Many patients so soon become used 
 to it that at the end of a week it has lost its power of producing 
 diuresis. 
 
 Nervous system. Occasionally it cures migraine, but it is not 
 so useful as [antipyrin] or exalgin. 
 
 It may be rendered sufficiently soluble for subcutaneous ad- 
 ministration by mixing it with a solution of sodium salicylate. 
 
 GUARANA. 
 
 GUARANA.^ Synonym. Brazilian Cocoa. [A dried paste chiefly 
 consisting of the crushed or pounded seeds of Paullinia Cupana, Kunth 
 (Paullinia sorbilis, Martius ; nat. ord., Sapindaceez. ) Habitat. Northern 
 and Western Brazil. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Subglobular or elliptic cakes, or cylindrical sticks, hard, 
 dark reddish-brown ; fracture uneven, somewhat glossy, pale reddish-brown, 
 showing fragments of seeds invested with blackish-brown integuments ; odor 
 slight, peculiar, resembling that of chocolate ; taste, astringent and bitter. 
 Solubility. It is partly soluble in water, and in Alcohol.
 
 39 2 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Guarantee, identical with 
 Caffeine, 4 to 5 per cent, (see p 388); (2) Volatile Oil, a trace ; (3) Saponin; 
 (4) Tannic acid. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i dr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Guaranae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Guarana. By 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol and water, and evaporation. 
 Dose, ^ to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF GUARANA. 
 
 Although there is no reason to believe that guaranine does not 
 produce the same action on the nervous system, heart and kid- 
 neys as caffeine, yet it is rarely used except for sick headaches ; 
 but in these cases it is sometimes of the greatest service. 
 
 [THEOBROMINjE SODIO-SALICYLAS. 
 
 THEOBROMINE SODIO-SALICYLATE. (Not official). 
 C 7 H 7 NaN 4 O i -fNaC 7 H 5 O 3 =36i.42. Synonym. Diuretin. 
 
 SOURCE. By the interaction of Sodium Theobromine and Sodium Sali- 
 cylate. It contains 49.7 per cent, of Theobromine.] It corresponds to the 
 Caffeine Sodio-Salicylate, the salt of Caffeine most used in Germany. 
 
 [CHARACTERS. A white powder, soluble in half its weight of warm 
 water, the solution remaining perfect when cooled. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 30 gr. ; i. to 2. gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF THEOBROMINE SODIO-SALICYLATE. 
 
 This is a pure diuretic acting upon the renal epithelium, 
 without action upon the heart, and it is believed that it does not 
 irritate the kidneys. The daily dose is from one to two drachms ; 
 4. to 8. gm., best administered in solution with aromatic water. 
 It has been administered with benefit in cases of severe cardiac 
 or hepatic dropsy.] It is said that it does not produce depres- 
 sion, but it has occasionally given rise to severe symptoms, 
 [which may have been due to impurities.]
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 393 
 
 CLASS II. DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE SPINAL CORD. 
 [A. The following excite the cells of the anterior cornua.] 
 
 NUX VOMICA. 
 
 NUX VOMICA. Synonyms. Poison Nut. [Dog Button. Quaker 
 Button. The seed of Strychnos Nux-vomica Linn6 (nat. ord. Loganiacece). 
 Habitat. India and East Indian Islands. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 25 mm. in diameter, orbicular, grayish or greenish- 
 gray ; soft-hairy, of a silky lustre, with a slight ridge extending from the 
 centre of one side to the edge ; internally horny, somewhat translucent, very 
 tough, with a large, circular cavity, into which the heart-shaped, nerved coty- 
 ledons project. It is inodorous and persistently bitter.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Strychnine (see below), 
 0.9 to 1.9 per cent. ; (2) Brucine, which is dimethyl oxylstrychnine, C^H^ 
 N 2 O 4 , 0.9 to 1.5 per cent, in colorless prismatic crystals or pearly flakes. Very 
 bitter, but less so than Strychnine. [Brucine is found in Hoang-Nan. ] Solu- 
 bility. Freely in Alcohol, and in 7 parts of Chloroform. It has the same 
 action as Strychnine, but is considerably less powerful and slower in its effects. 
 Strong Sulphuric or Nitric Acid gives a blood-red color. (3) Igasuric Acid, 
 with which the Strychnine and Brucine are united. (4) Loganin, \^yf^-zf^\v\ 
 in colorless prisms, an inert glucoside. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 gr. ; [.06 to .24 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Nucis Vomicae. [Extract of Nux Vomica. By 
 maceration with Acetic Acid, Alcohol and Water, percolation with 
 Alcohol and Water, and distillation ; treat with Ether, filter, evaporate 
 and add Sugar of Milk. 
 
 Extract of Nux Vomica is used to make Tinctura Nucis Vomicse. 
 Dose, y% to i gr. ; .008 to .06 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Nucis Vomicae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Nux 
 Vomica. By digestion with Acetic Acid, Alcohol and Water, and per- 
 colation with Alcohol and Water. Distil off the Alcohol and evaporate. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 m. ; .06 to .25 c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Nucis Vomicae. Tincture of Nux Vomica. Ex- 
 tract of Nux Vomica, 20 ; Alcohol and Water to 1000. By solution. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 m. ; .30 to 1.20 c.c.] - 9 O 
 
 STRYCHNINA. Strychnine. C 21 H 22 N 2 O 2 [=333.3i. An alkaloid 
 obtained from Nux Vomica, and also obtainable from other plants of the 
 natural order Loganiacetz, especially from the Strychnos Ignalia. 
 
 SOURCE. (i) Comminute the Nux Vomica ; (2) Extract the Strychnine 
 with water acidulated with Hydrochloric Acid; (3) Concentrate the infusion, 
 decompose the Strychnine with Lime ; (4) Extract the Strychnine from the 
 
 /
 
 394 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 precipitate with boiling Alcohol ; (5 ) Concentrate the solution to obtain the 
 crystals. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent, octahedral or prismatic crystals, or 
 a white crystalline powder, odorless, and having an intensely bitter taste per- 
 ceptible even in highly dilute ( I in 700,000) solution. Only extremely diluted 
 solutions should be tasted. Permanent in the air. Solubility. In 6700 parts 
 of water ; in no parts of Alcohol ; in 2500 parts of boiling water ; and in 12 
 parts of boiling Alcohol. Also soluble in 7 parts of Chloroform, but almost 
 insoluble in Ether.] Gives no color with Nitric or Sulphuric Acids. Add to 
 a crystal strong Sulphuric Acid, and then add a particle of Potassium Bichro- 
 mate, a beautiful violet color, passing to brown and green, is formed. Re- 
 sembling Strychnine. Salicylic Acid (y. v.) 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE^. Alkalies, Iodides and Bromides ; the last are especially 
 dangerous, for the precipitated strychnine bromide falls slowly. 
 
 IMPURITY. Brucine, distinguished by tests. 
 
 [Strychnine is used to prepare Fern et Strychninae Citras and Syrupus 
 Ferri, Quininae et Strychninae Phosphatum. 
 
 Dose, ^ to ^ gr. ; .001 to .003 gm. in solution, or made in a pill with 
 Sugar of Milk (thoroughly to divide it) and Glycerin of Tragacanth ; or hypo- 
 dermatically. The Nitrate (not official), soluble in I in 60 of water, may be 
 used. 
 
 STRYCHNINE SULPHAS. Strychnine Sulphate. (C^H^N/),), 
 H 2 S0 4 +5H 2 0=8 54 .24. 
 
 SOURCE. By the action of Diluted Sulphuric Acid on Strychnine, filtra- 
 tion and evaporation. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless or white, prismatic crystals, odorless and having 
 an intensely bitter taste perceptible even in highly dilute ( I in 700,000) solu- 
 tion. Efflorescent in dry air. Solubility. In 50 parts of water, and in 109 
 parts of Alcohol ; almost insoluble in Ether. 
 
 Dose, fa to fa gr. ; .001 to .005 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF Nux VOMICA. 
 
 External. Strychnine is a very powerful antiseptic. 
 Brucine is a local anaesthetic. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. Being intensely bitter, 
 nux vomica is a good stomachic, increasing the vascularity of 
 the gastric mucous membrane, the secretion of gastric juice, and 
 the movements of the stomach, just like calumba, gentian, or 
 any other bitter ; consequently it aids digestion and sharpens the 
 appetite. In the intestine it is a direct stimulant to the intestinal 
 muscular coat, and by this means it increases peristalsis, and 
 is therefore purgative.
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 395 
 
 Blood. Strychnine is absorbed into the blood, and circulates 
 as such. If blood is mixed with strychnine and shaken with air, 
 it contains more oxygen and less carbon [dioxide] than it would 
 have done had the strychnine been absent ; but there is no evi- 
 dence that strychnine in small doses alters the oxidizing power 
 of living blood. 
 
 Spinal cord. Strychnine causes convulsions. They are 
 not cerebral, for they occur if the spinal cord is separated from 
 the brain. They do not depend upon excitation of the motor 
 nerves or muscles, for they are absent in a limb the spinal ante- 
 rior nerve-roots of which are cut. They occur if the posterior 
 nerve-roots are cut, provided the proximal end is stimulated. 
 Therefore they must be spinal ; and this is proved by the fact 
 that if all the vessels of the lower part of the spinal cord are 
 [ligated] just at their entry into the cord, so that this is the only 
 part of the body deprived of its blood supply, and strychnine is 
 injected into the blood, convulsions occur in all the muscles ex- 
 cept those the nerves of which spring from the part of the cord 
 which the strychnine cannot reach. Again, if an animal be 
 convulsed by strychnine, and a probe be slowly passed down the 
 spinal canal, the convulsions will gradually cease from above 
 downwards. But a peripheral stimulus, particularly if sharp and 
 sudden, so easily excites convulsions when strychnine has been 
 given that we are justified in assuming that every convulsion is 
 excited by a peripheral stimulus, and often so slight as not to be 
 evident. Further, strychnine enormously exaggerates the con- 
 duction power of the cord in such a way that general convul- 
 sions reflexly follow a very slight local stimulus. It is believed 
 that the precise part of the spinal cord stimulated to increased 
 excitability by strychnine is that immediately on the afferent side 
 of the anterior cornual cells. 
 
 Muscles and nerves. Even with enormous doses the muscles 
 and afferent nerves are unaffected. Towards the end of a case of 
 poisoning the functional activity of the motor end-organs is de- 
 pressed. This is due to direct action on them, and occurs readily 
 in some species of frogs. 
 
 Brain. The convolutions are quite unaffected. The
 
 396 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 centres in the medulla, which are really the continuation upwards 
 of the anterior cornua of the cord, are powerfully stimulated, 
 especially the respiratory centre. The vaso-motor centre 
 is also considerably excited, and chiefly for this reason the 
 blood-pressure rises from the very first. The cardiac centre is 
 but slightly affected [although the clinical evidence is in favor 
 of its being strongly influenced]. 
 
 Circulation. Strychnine stimulates the heart directly, 
 either by its action on the cardiac muscles or, as most authorities 
 think, by stimulating the motor ganglia. The blood-pressure 
 is raised, partly no doubt by the action on the heart, but also 
 by the contraction of the vessels all over the body, which is 
 brought about first by the direct excitation, by the strychnine, of 
 the medullary vaso-motor centre, and subsequently by its asphyx- 
 ial stimulation, and also by the increased peripheral resistance 
 which must occur from the frequent contraction of all the muscles. 
 [The result is that the force of the heart is increased and the 
 diastole lengthened.] 
 
 Respiration. Respiration is rendered quicker and deeper 
 because strychnine excites the spinal and medullary respiratory 
 centres. The respiratory muscles are implicated in the general 
 convulsions with the result that the patient ultimately becomes 
 asphyxiated owing to exhaustion of them, and to their prolonged 
 contraction during the convulsive spasms. The heart continues 
 to beat after death which is entirely due to failure of respiration. 
 The excessive muscular contractions occasionally cause a rise of 
 temperature, but so rarely that often the loss of heat must be 
 greatly increased. 
 
 Special senses. Smell, hearing, touch and sight are sharpened 
 by strychnine. The field of vision, especially for blue, is said to 
 be enlarged. 
 
 Elimination. Strychnine is eliminated unchanged in the 
 urine. It is excreted very slowly, and therefore accumulates in 
 the system. Tolerance is never established. For a clinical ac- 
 count of strychnine poisoning see Toxicology. 
 
 Brucine and thebaine act like strychnine, but methyl-bru- 
 cine, methyl-thebaine, and methyl-strychnine do not influ-
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 397 
 
 ence the cord, but paralyze the ends of the motor nerves like 
 curare. 
 
 Strychnine acts on all animals in the main as on man ; but 
 some birds and guinea-pigs are less susceptible to it, for they 
 absorb it slowly. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF Nux VOMICA. 
 
 External. Strychnine is so posionous that its use as an 
 antiseptic would not be safe. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. Tincture of nux vomica 
 is very largely given with excellent results as a bitter stomachic 
 and carminative, especially in cases in which the feebleness of 
 digestion is merely part of generally feeble health. [Twenty 
 drops of tincture of nux vomica in a wineglass of hot water will 
 frequently at once check gastro-intestinal fermentation.] A mix- 
 ture of diluted hydrochloric acid, gentian and nux vomica is of 
 great service in these cases. As the digestion improves, the 
 general health improves. Because of its power to stimulate 
 peristalsis nux vomica is a valuable drug for cases of constipation 
 in which the contractile strength of the muscular coat of the in- 
 testine is weak ; usually this is a part of a general weakness of the 
 whole body. The constipation of anaemia, which can be very 
 successfully treated by a pill of extract of nux vomica and ferrous 
 sulphate, is a good instance of this variety of constipation. 
 
 Circulation. In cases of heart disease in which digitalis is 
 inadmissible, nux vomica and strychnine are excellent cardiac 
 stimulants, and for this purpose they may be combined with 
 caffeine. Patients almost dead from failure of the heart in the 
 course of chronic .cardiac disease may sometimes be brought 
 around by the subcutaneous injection of strychnine. 
 
 Respiration. Strychnine may be combined with expectorants, 
 because it stimulates the respiratory centre ; and it is extremely 
 serviceable when from any cause, such as severe bronchitis, the 
 respirations are feeble and shallow. [It is also useful in pneumo- 
 nia when death is imminent from dilatation of the right heart. 
 In this condition it should be administered hypodermatically and 
 at frequent intervals.]
 
 39$ ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Nervous system. It has been given for a number of nervous 
 diseases, but with no constantly good results, for when the disease 
 is not in the anterior cornua, strychnine is hardly indicated ; and 
 if it is in this part of the cord, it is doubtful whether it is advisa- 
 ble to stimulate the part of the body which is diseased. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms. In about an hour after a poisonous dose the patient begins to 
 feel uneasy from a sensation of impending suffocation. The tetanic convulsions 
 then commence with great violence, nearly all the muscles of the body being 
 affected at once. The limbs are thrown out, the hands are clenched, the head 
 is jerked forwards and then bent backwards, and the whole body is perfectly stiff 
 from the violence of the contractions. The pulse is very rapid ; the temperature 
 may rise. Hearing and sight are acute. The convulsion lasts a minute or two, 
 then the muscles relax, and the patient feels exhausted and sweats all over. The 
 intermission is short, convulsions soon come on again, and again there is a 
 relapse to the state of muscular relaxation. The convulsions now rapidly 
 increase in severity, and owing to the violent contractions of the muscles of the 
 back, the patient is in the position of opisthot^nos, resting on his head and his 
 heels. The abdominal muscles are as hard as a board, the chest is fixed, the 
 face becomes livid, the eyeballs are staring. The contraction of the muscles 
 of the face causes a risus sardonicus ; but those of the jaw are not affected till 
 near the end ; [this aids in distinguishing strychnine poisoning from tetanus.] 
 Consciousness is retained till the last. The slightest noise or even a bright light 
 will reflexly bring on the convulsions, which may jerk the patient out of bed. 
 Ultimately he dies from exhaustion and asphyxia. The smallest dose of strych- 
 nine known to have killed is half a grain ; [.03 gm.] Post-mortem. The usual 
 appearances of death by asphyxia are seen. 
 
 Strychnine poisoning is liable to be confounded with tetanus, but in this 
 disease symptoms come on more slowly, the muscles of the jaw are implicated 
 very early, and there is continuous muscular rigidity with paroxysmal exacer- 
 bations, but never complete muscular relaxation. 
 
 Treatment. [Give emetics (see p. 139), particularly apomorphine hydro- 
 chlorate hypodermatically, or wash out the stomach if the patient is seen early 
 enough for the passing of the tube not to cause spasm]. The stomach [may 
 be] washed with solution of potassium permanganate as for opium [poisoning, 
 but it is not so effective]. Inject large doses of potassium bromide and chloral 
 per rectum. Use amyl nitrite inhalations, and if possible artificial respiration. 
 
 ANTAGONISM. 
 
 In a sense strychnine is antidotal to chloral and morphine, but it is not a 
 strict antidote, for they act chiefly on the cerebrum. Still chloral is valuable 
 in strychnine poisoning, and although the antagonism with Calabar bean and
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 399 
 
 gelsemium is more accurate, as both depress the anterior cornua, yet they are 
 of very little use in strychnine poisoning. [Chloroform is the most practical 
 antidote to strychnine. 
 
 B. The following depress the cells of the anterior 
 cornua.] 
 
 PHYSOSTIGMA.] 
 
 PHYSOSTIGMA. [Synonyms. Calabar bean. Ordeal bean. The 
 seed of Physostigma venenosum Balfour (nat. ord. Leguminosai). Habitat. 
 Tropical Western Africa, near the mouth of the Niger and old Calabar. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 25 to 30 mm. long, 15 to 20 mm. broad, and 10 to 
 15 mm. thick; oblong, and somewhat reniform ; testa granular, chocolate- 
 brown, with a broad, black groove extending over the entire length of the con- 
 vex edge ; embryo with a short, curved radicle, and two large, white, concavo- 
 convex cotyledons ; inodorous ; taste, bean-like. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are : (l) Physostigmine or Eserine 
 (see below) ; (2) Calabarine, a derivative of Physostigmine ; (3) Eseridine ; 
 and (4) Physosterin a neutral principle closely related to cholesterine. 
 
 Dose, }/z to 2 gr. ; .03 to .12 gm. of the powdered seeds.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Physostigmatis. [Extract of Physostigma. By 
 maceration, percolation with Alcohol and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, ^j to y 2 gr. .006 to .03 gm., internally, or rather less dis- 
 solved in 10 m. ; .60 c.c. of water and given subcutaneously. 
 
 2. Tinctura Physostigmatis. Tincture of Physostigma. Phy- 
 sostigma, 150. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol to 1000. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; .60 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 PHYSOSTIGMINE SALICYLAS. Physostigmine Salicylate 
 C 15 H 21 N S O 2 C 7 H 6 O 3 =4I2. 17. Synonym. Eserine Salicylate. The Salicy- 
 late of an Alkaloid obtained from Physostigma. 
 
 SOURCE. By adding Physostigmine to a solution of Salicylic Acid in 
 boiling Distilled Water, and allowing the salt to crystallize on cooling. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless or faintly yellowish, shining, acicular, or short, 
 columnar crystals, odorless, and having a bitter taste. It acquires a reddish 
 tint when long exposed to light and air. Solubility. In 150 parts of water, 
 and in 12 parts of Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, y^ to JQ gr. ; .0006 to .002 gm. 
 
 PHYSOSTIGMINE SULPHAS. Physostigmine Sulphate. C 15 H 2 , 
 N S O 2 ) 2 H 2 SO 4 =D46.82. Synonym. Eserine Sulphate. The Sulphate of an 
 Alkaloid obtained from Physostigma. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white or yellowish-white, micro-crystalline powder ;
 
 4OO ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 odorless, and having a bitter taste. It is very deliquescent when exposed tc 
 moist air, and gradually turns reddish by exposure to air and light. Solubility. 
 Very soluble in water and in Alcohol. 
 Dose, T^ to ^ gr. ; .0006 to .002 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF CALABAR BEAN. 
 
 External. None. 
 
 Internal. Mouth. After physostigmine is absorbed it in- 
 creases the salivary secretion ; and this has been shown to 
 be due to stimulation of the terminations of the secretory nerves 
 in the glands. Other secretions are increased, probably in the 
 same way. After a time the flow of saliva ceases, because the 
 drug has so acted on the circulation as to constrict the vessels, 
 and consequently the flow of blood through the salivary glands 
 is diminished. 
 
 Stomach and intestines. The muscular coat of the stomach 
 and intestines is stimulated by the direct action of the drug 
 circulating through it. The result is that after a large dose 
 vomiting and purging occur. Physostigmine is quickly ab- 
 sorbed. 
 
 Circulation. No influence on the blood is known. The 
 effect on the heart is obscure, but it appears that the irritability 
 of the peripheral terminations of the vagus is at first increased, 
 and that consequently the heart is slowed. Very large doses 
 are said to decrease the irritability of the vagus. In addition to 
 its effects on the vagus, physostigmine powerfully stimulates the 
 contractile force of the heart. The beat is therefore both more 
 forcible and slower. Ultimately the organ is paralyzed and 
 stops in diastole. 
 
 The blood-pressure rises very much ; this is largely due 
 to the increased force of the cardiac beat, and partly to contrac- 
 tion of all unstriped muscle of the abdominal viscera, driving 
 much blood out of the abdomen. It is not known for certain 
 if the unstriped muscle of the arteries is stimulated. Analogy 
 would leave us to suppose that it is. 
 
 Respiration. This is first quickened, but soon retarded, and 
 death takes place from asphyxia. Three factors at least are 
 probably concerned in bringing about these results. The ends
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 40! 
 
 of the vagi in the lungs are stimulated, for if these nerves are cut 
 and physostigmine is administered there is no primary quicken- 
 ing of respiration. Physostigmine, from its action on involun- 
 tary muscular fibre, causes contraction of that in the bronchial 
 tubes, with consequent constriction of them. Lastly and the 
 most important, the activity of the respiratory centres in the 
 medulla and cord is depressed. 
 
 Nenwus system. Brain. Even in fatal doses consciousness 
 is unimpaired. The only part of the brain known to be affected 
 is the respiratory centre. 
 
 Spinal cord. It is here that physostigmine produces its most 
 characteristic effects. Reflex activity is inhibited; by ex- 
 clusion it can be shown that this is not owing to any influence 
 on the nerves or voluntary muscles, therefore it is due to depres- 
 sion of the anterior cornua of the spinal cord. The most 
 conclusive proof of this is the direct application of the drug to 
 the cord. There is then, at first, from the irritation, which is 
 caused by almost any substance, a slight increase of reflex ex- 
 citability, but this soon gives way to complete abolition of it. 
 Later on the posterior part of the cord is also paralyzed, so that 
 there is a diminution of cutaneous sensibility. 
 
 Voluntary muscles and their nerves. Muscular twitchings fol- 
 low large doses in many animals. These appear to be due to the 
 action on the motor nerve terminations ; sensory nerves are un- 
 affected. 
 
 Involuntary muscles. We have already seen that the involun- 
 tary muscles of the intestines, stomach, and bronchial tubes are 
 stimulated by physostigmine ; so also are those of the spleen, 
 uterus, bladder, and iris. Probably in all these instances it is 
 the terminations of the motor nerves that are affected. 
 
 Eye. Physostigmine applied locally to the conjunctiva or 
 introduced into the circulation causes contraction of the 
 pupil, spasm of accommodation from direct stimulation of 
 the ends of the motor nerves of the iris and the ciliary muscle. 
 There is a diminution of intra-ocular tension. Thus, as 
 regards both secretions and the eye, physostigmine is antagonistic 
 to atropine. 
 
 26
 
 4O2 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 The action of physostigmine is much more constant than that 
 of Calabar bean, perhaps because the other active principles in 
 the bean interfere with the action of physostigmine. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CALABAR BEAN. 
 
 Involuntary muscles. Because of its stimulating power on 
 unstriped muscle Calabar bean has been recommended for chronic 
 constipation, atony of the bladder, and chronic bronchitis with 
 deficient power of expectoration, but it is rarely given for these 
 purposes. 
 
 Spinal cord. Calabar bean has been largely used for tetanus, 
 and some cases of recovery have been reported. It must be 
 administered boldly ; the extract has often been given, but it is 
 better to inject physostigmine sulphate under the skin. Doses 
 f Vis g r -> [-002 gm.], frequently repeated, may be employed, 
 but the patient must be carefully watched. Physostigmine has 
 been given as an antidote for strychnine poisoning. 
 
 Eye. [A solution of physostigmine salicylate i or 2, to 
 water, 480 ; is dropped] in the eye to break up adhesions of the 
 iris, to diminish intra-ocular tension, and to prevent prolapse of 
 the iris after wounds,or ulcers of the cornea. It is also em- 
 ployed in glaucoma, in paralysis of the iris and ciliary muscles, 
 and to prevent the entrance of light into the eye in photophobia. 
 
 ANTAGONISM. 
 
 It will be observed that in its actions on the pupil, on secretion, on the 
 heart, and on respiration, physostigmine is antagonistic to atropine. In its 
 action on the spinal cord and respiratory centre it is antagonistic to strychnine. 
 
 [MUSCARINA. 
 
 MUSCARINE. (Not official). C 6 H 15 NO,= I36. 74. An alkaloid ob- 
 tained from Amanita Musearia, Fly Fungus. Habitat. Russia and North- 
 ern Europe. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A liquid of the consistence of syrup, without odor or taste. 
 Solubility. Nearly in water and Alcohol ; insoluble in Ether and Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, ^ to 2 m. ; .008 to .12 c.c.
 
 DRUGS ACTING f HIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 403 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF MUSCARINE. 
 
 Muscarine in its action somewhat resembles Calabar bean, and 
 it is antagonistic to atropine. It produces free salivation, abun- 
 dant perspiration, diminution of the force and frequency of the 
 pulse, dyspnoea, paralysis and finally death. The pupil is con- 
 tracted ; dilating, however, before death. The cardiac diastole 
 is prolonged, due to action upon the inhibitory nerves. The 
 muscles of the intestines and bladder are markedly contracted. 
 The abdominal secretions are increased. Although it has been 
 but little used in medicine, it is likely to be useful in intestinal 
 torpor, duodenal catarrh, and in inflammatory effusions and exu- 
 dations. As it produces contraction of pulmonary capillaries, it 
 is indicated in pulmonary haemorrhage and incipient pulmonary 
 congestion.] 
 
 GELSEMIUM. 
 
 GELSEMIUM. Synonym. Yellow Jasmine. [The rhizome and roots 
 of Gelsemium sempervirens (Linne) Persoon (nat. ord. Loganiaceez). Habitat. 
 Southern United States. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Cylindrical, long, or cut in sections, mostly from 5 to 15 
 mm. and occasionally 3 cm. thick, the roots much thinner ; externally light 
 yellowish-brown, with purplish-brown, longitudinal lines ; tough ; fracture 
 splintery ; bark thin, with silky bast-fibres, closely adhering to the pale yel- 
 lowish, porous wood, which has fine, medullary rays, and in the rhizome a 
 thin pith ; odor, aromatic, heavy ; taste bitter.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Gelsemine, [C^H^N^,, 
 a colorless, with difficulty crystallizable, bitter alkaloid, soluble in Alcohol and 
 Ether, sparingly in water. (2) Gelseminine, a brown, amorphous, bitter alka- 
 loid, very poisonous. (3) Gelseminic Acid. (4) A volatile oil. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 10 gr. ; .30 to .60 gm. Of Gelsemine hydrochlorate (not 
 official), ^ to ^ gr. ; .001 to .003 gm. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Gelsemii Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Gelsemium. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 10 m. ; .30 to .60 c.c. 
 
 2. Tinctura Gelsemii. Tincture of Gelsemium. Gelsemium, 
 150 ; by maceration and percolation with Alcohol, to looo. 
 
 Dose, ]^ to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c.]
 
 404 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION OF GELSEMIUM. 
 
 External. None. 
 
 Internal. Gelsemium produces no effect on the stomach or 
 intestines. Its powerful general physiological effects are due to 
 the gelseminirie in it. 
 
 Brain. In poisoning by gelsemium consciousness is main- 
 tained till the end ; the drug, therefore, has no power on the 
 higher cerebral centres. 
 
 Spinal cord. The most marked symptom produced by gelse- 
 mium is paralysis of all the muscles of the body ; and by a 
 series of experiments, like those used for strychnine, this can be 
 shown to be due to depression of the activity of the ante- 
 rior cornua of the spinal cord. This is said to be followed by 
 a depression of the sensory part of the cord, with consequent 
 anaesthesia. The motor nerves are quite unaffected till just 
 before death, when the end-plates are paralyzed. The result of 
 the action on the cord is that the patient may be unable to walk, 
 or, if he can, the gait is staggering ; his general sensibility is 
 much impaired. Convulsions may be produced. The cause of 
 these cannot be made out, for they appear to be neither cerebral, 
 spinal, nor peripheral. 
 
 Eye. Gelsemium soon causes disturbance of vision, then 
 follows diplopia, due to paralysis of the ocular muscles, 
 and from the same cause the upper lid drops. The pupil is 
 dilated. All these symptoms are probably owing to the paralysis 
 of the motor centres in the floor of the fourth ventricle and the 
 aqueduct of Sylvius, for these are the continuation upwards of 
 the anterior cornua. 
 
 Circulation. The action of moderate doses is not marked. 
 Toxic doses are powerfully depressant ; the force and rate of the 
 pulse and the blood-pressure fall; This is owing to a direct ac- 
 tion on the ends of the vagus. How far these effects are due 
 also to affection of the medullary and spinal centres is not 
 known. 
 
 Respiration. Soon after the administration of gelsemium the 
 respiration becomes slower and more feeble ; ultimately it stops, 
 death taking place by asphyxia. This is due to paralysis of
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 40$ 
 
 the respiratory centres in the cord and medulla. Before death 
 the temperature falls, and the skin is bathed in a cold sweat. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF GELSEMIUM. 
 
 Gelsemium was formerly given [as a circulatory depressant, 
 but it is not now used, as its other effects are so harmful. Nor 
 is it any longer prescribed for convulsive diseases, as tetanus, 
 whooping-cough, chorea, etc., as it was not found to do any 
 good. It is often successfully used for neuralgia and migraine ; 
 how it acts is quite uncertain.] A good combination for neuralgia 
 and migraine is gelsemine hydrochlorate -Z&G gr. [-0003 gm.jwith 
 butyl chloral hydrate, 3 gr. [.20 gm.] made into a pill with mu- 
 cilage, and given every two hours until pain is relieved. Some- 
 times it is employed to dilate the pupil and paralyze accommo- 
 dation. It will do this when applied locally, for it is quickly 
 absorbed from the eye. [It has the advantage that its influence 
 passes off rapidly.] Discs [of gelatin], each containing ^5 gr. 
 [.00013 gm.] gelsemine (not official), are made for application 
 to the eye. 
 
 CLASS III. DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVES. 
 [A. The following depress the motor nerves.] 
 
 CONIUM. 
 
 CONIUM. Synonym. [Spotted Hemlock. The full grown fruit of 
 Conium Maculatum, Linn6 (nat. ord. Umbellifera:')^ gathered while yet green. 
 Habitat. Europe and Asia ; naturalized in North America. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 3 mm. long ; broadly ovate, laterally compressed ; 
 grayish-green ; often divided into the two mericarps, each with five crenate 
 ribs, without oil-tubes, and containing a seed which is grooved on the face ; 
 odor and taste slight.] Resembling conium fruit. Caraway, anise, dill, all 
 known by having viitffi [oil-tubes]. 
 
 COMPOSITION. [The chief constituents are (I) Coniine, C 8 H, 7 N, the 
 active principle ; a colorless, oily, volatile alkaloid, of a disagreeable odor 
 and acrid taste.] Solubility. In 100 parts of water. It is easily obtained 
 from the plant by distillation with alkalies. It is readily decomposed by light 
 and heat, and the preparations of Conium are therefore of very varying 
 strengths. Its salts are much more stable. (2) Methyl-coniine, C 8 H 19 CN. A
 
 406 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 colorless, liquid alkaloid. (3) ConhyJrine, a nearly inert crystallizable alka- 
 loid. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE^. Caustic alkalies, vegetable acids and astringents. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 5 gr. ; [.12 to .30 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Extractum Conii. Extract of Conium. By maceration and 
 percolation with Diluted Alcohol and Acetic Acid, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, y$ to i gr. ; .02 to .06 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Conii Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Conium. By 
 maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol and Acetic Acid, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .12 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF CONIUM. 
 
 External. Coniine probably has no influence on the un- 
 broken skin, but it has been thought to be anaesthetic when ap- 
 plied to painful broken surfaces. This is doubtful, for, in the 
 first place, we have no proof that it can be absorbed from sores ; 
 and, secondly, experiments show that large doses have to be given 
 to depress the activity of sensory nerves. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. It has no special action 
 here, but it may occasionally give rise to vomiting and diarrhoea. 
 
 Circulation. Coniine is absorbed into the blood, and circu- 
 lates unchanged. Probably it paralyzes the terminations of the 
 vagus and so increases the rapidity of the cardiac beat. The 
 heart beats long after breathing has ceased. 
 
 Respiration. Owing to the profound paralysis of all motor 
 nerves, and the later depression of the respiratory centre and 
 motor part of the cord, death takes place from enfeeblement of 
 respiration and consequent asphyxia. 
 
 Nervous system. Nerves. Coniine powerfully depresses 
 all the motor nerves. This depression begins at the periph- 
 ery, and gradually ascends till the whole nerve, up to the spinal 
 cord, is incapable of responding to stimuli. This leads to paral- 
 ysis of all the muscles of the body so far as voluntary and reflex 
 motion is concerned, but they themselves are unaffected, retain- 
 ing their irritability to local stimuli. The sensory nerves are not
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 407 
 
 implicated unless the dose is very large ; then their conducting 
 power is slightly impaired. The effects on nerves are well illus- 
 trated in the death of Socrates, for he was directed to walk about 
 until his legs felt heavy (motor paralysis), and later, when his 
 foot was pressed he could not feel. 
 
 Spinal cord. This remains uninfluenced till quite late ; then, 
 if poisonous doses have been given, the function of its motor 
 cornua is feebly depressed, as is also that of the respiratory centre 
 in the medulla. These actions are probably due to the methyl- 
 coniine. As the amount of this is variable in the different spec- 
 imens, the exact period at which these effects come on varies 
 with different preparations. In some animals asphyxial convul- 
 sions are very marked. 
 
 Brain. Except for the respiratory centre the whole of th* 
 brain is unaffected by coniine. Consciousness is preserved until 
 the stage of asphyxia. 
 
 Eye. Coniine, when dropped into the eye, causes immediate 
 contraction of the pupil reflexly from the conjunctival irritation. 
 But soon the pupil dilates, and accommodation is paralyzed; 
 the same usually happens when the drug is given internally. 
 Probably these results are owing to paralysis of the terminal por- 
 tions of the third nerve, for well-marked ptosis v which is due 
 to this cause, is present. 
 
 Coniine is excreted unchanged, chiefly in the urine. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CONIUM. 
 
 External. Conium has been applied to gainful ulcers and 
 sores, but it is, for the reasons already given, doubtful whether 
 it produces any good effect. It has also been employed for 
 myalgia and rheumatism, but it is quite useless. 
 
 Internal. Conium is rarely given as a medicine, for (#) the 
 amount of coniine extracted by any preparation is very variable ; 
 () the amount in the same part of different plants is incon- 
 stant ; (t~) the amount of methyl-coniine present is also very un- 
 certain ; (V) coniine is very volatile ; (e) it is unstable, light 
 and air making it inert. For these reasons it is probable that
 
 408 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 often the pharmacopoeial preparations contain no coniine at all. 
 Ounces of the succus [B. P., which is the expressed juice of the 
 leaves and young branches, to which 25 per cent, of alcohol has 
 been added], and which is believed to be the most reliable 
 preparation, have frequently been swallowed without producing 
 any effects. The preparations of the fruit are said by some to be 
 more reliable than those of the leaves. Conium has been given 
 in spasmodic diseases, as whooping-cough, in chorea, tetanus, 
 asthma, and epilepsy, but in all it does little or no good. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms. The symptoms produced by a poisonous dose are in strict ac- 
 cordance with the physiological action. The sufferer feels his legs to be 
 heavy ; on attempting to walk he staggers, and finds he can hardly move them, 
 and finally he has to lie down because he has no power over them. The arms 
 become powerless, and lie motionless at his side. There is ptosis, and dim- 
 ness of vision from paralysis of accommodation ; the eyes are fixed, the pupil 
 is dilated. Swallowing becomes difficult. Respiration is labored, the voice 
 is lost, and death takes place from asphyxia. Post-mortem. The organs are 
 found congested with venous blood. 
 
 Treatment. Emetics (see p. 139), and wash out the stomach. Give tan- 
 nic acid and again wash it out. Stimulants subcutaneously, warmth to the 
 feet, and artificial respiration [are necessary]. 
 
 TABACUM. 
 
 [TOBACCO. The commercial dried leaves of Nicotiana Tabacum (nat. 
 ord. Solanacete). Habitat. Tropical America ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Up to 50 cm. long, oval or ovate-lanceolate, acute, entire, 
 brown, friable, glandular-hairy, of a heavy, peculiar odor, and a nauseous, 
 bitter, and acrid taste.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is (i) Nicotine, [C 10 H 14 N.,(o.7 to 
 5, sometimes n per cent.)]. A colorless, volatile, oily alkaloid, smelling and 
 tasting like Tobacco leaves, darkening with age. Solubility. Soluble in 
 water, more so in Alcohol and Ether. Turkish Tobacco contains hardly any. 
 (2) Nicotianine. (3) Salts and flavoring agents. 
 
 [Nicotine is decomposed by heat, consequently Tobacco smoke contains 
 none(Binz), but consists of small quantities of various Pyridine compounds, as 
 Pyridine C 5 H 5 N, Picoline C 6 H 7 N, Lutidine C T H 9 N, Collidine C 8 H,,N, 
 Parvoline C B H, 3 N, Coridine C 10 H 15 N, Rubidine C,,H 17 N, and small amounts 
 of Hydrocyanic and Acetic Acids, Creosote, Sulphur, and Carbon com- 
 pounds.]
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 409 
 
 ACTION OF TOBACCO. 
 
 Tobacco leaves, when taken internally, act entirely by virtue 
 of their nicotine, which is one of the most powerful and 
 rapid poisons known. 
 
 External. Nicotine is an antiseptic. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. Nicotine in even minute 
 doses (^ gr. [.009 gm.]) promptly produces greatly increased 
 salivary flow, burning pain in the mouth, oesophagus and stomach, 
 horrible nausea, quickly succeeded owing to its action on the 
 gastro-intestinal muscle by vomiting and free purging. The 
 marked characteristic of this gastro-intestinal irritation is the 
 extreme collapse which accompanies it. Thus there is a 
 rapid, very feeble pulse, intense muscular weakness, labored 
 respiration, partial loss of consciousness, occasional convulsions, 
 icy extremities, and profound general collapse. A dose of nico- 
 tine has been known to kill in three minutes, but in both man 
 and animals a certain tolerance may be acquired. 
 
 Circulation. Nicotine disintegrates the red blood-corpuscles 
 of freshly-drawn blood, but has not this effect upon living blood, 
 although the spectrum of haemoglobin is altered, so that the 
 corpuscles must be in some way affected. The action on the 
 heart is obscure ; the muscle itself is unaffected, but the rapid- 
 running, feeble pulse shows that some part of the cardiac appa- 
 ratus is powerfully influenced. The blood-pressure falls rapidly ; 
 this is not entirely due to the action of nicotine on the heart, 
 but is in part due to its peripheral action on the vessels. 
 
 Respiration. This is at first accelerated and deepened ; ulti- 
 mately it is paralyzed from depression of the centre. Death is 
 partly due to asphyxia. 
 
 Nervous system. The higher faculties are depressed by large 
 doses of nicotine, for those poisoned by it become comatose 
 within even a minute or two of taking a large dose. The con- 
 vulsions occasionally observed in man, and always in the frog, 
 are due to spinal stimulation. All observers are agreed that ulti- 
 mately the function of the motor nerves is entirely 
 abolished. This explains the intense muscular weakness. 
 Probably the sensory nerves, and certainly the muscles, escape.
 
 4IO ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Eye. A toxic dose taken internally, or the local application 
 of nicotine to the eye, contracts the pupil of man and most 
 animals. This will occur in excised eyes, and is therefore a local 
 effect. With some animals nicotine is a mydriatic. We know 
 nothing of the details of its action. 
 
 Secretion. Nicotine first stimulates but ultimately paralyzes 
 the secretory structures of the salivary, sweat and lachrymal 
 glands. 
 
 Elimination. Nicotine is eliminated partly by the lungs, but 
 chiefly in the urine, the secretion of which it increases. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF TOBACCO. 
 
 Tobacco is never used therapeutically. [In non-smokers it is 
 useful to relieve the symptom asthma.] Formerly it was em- 
 ployed in the form of an enema of leaves to relax muscular 
 spasm, so as to facilitate the reduction of dislocations. This 
 enema was also sometimes given as a purgative. [Pyridine which 
 is found in tobacco, but commercially is obtained from other 
 sources, when administered by inhalation will frequently relieve 
 the paroxysms of asthma. For this purpose a fluid drachm ; 
 4. c.c., is necessary, placed in a dish, so that it may slowly 
 evaporate. Its persistent and abominable odor is a great obstacle 
 to its use.] 
 
 Tobacco smoking, in those who are unaccustomed to it, pro- 
 duces, to a greater or less degree, the symptoms of gastro-intes- 
 tinal irritation and collapse just mentioned. Even in those who 
 are used to it the smoke may produce catarrh of the pharynx. 
 Some persons find smoking after breakfast assists the daily action 
 of the bowels. With many people it has an obscure effect, espe- 
 cially among those who lead sedentary lives, in stimulating the 
 brain and. producing a peaceable, calm state of mind. Over- 
 indulgence in it may lead to loss of appetite, irregularity of the 
 heart, chronic laryngeal and pharyngeal catarrh, and retrobulbar 
 neuritis of the optic nerve. The effect of this is that the sufferer 
 complains that objects look misty, he has a central scotoma, 
 sometimes complete, often only for red and green, and finally 
 atrophy of his optic nerve.
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 4! I 
 
 [TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms. The symptoms are those which we should expect from its 
 physiological action. 
 
 Treatment. Tannic acid followed by emetics (see p. 139). Strychnine is 
 the true physiological antidote. Alcohol and ammonia stimulate the heart. 
 The recumbent position must be maintained. Artificial respiration may be 
 necessary. ] 
 
 [B. The following depresses the motor end-plates.] 
 
 [CURARA.] 
 
 CURARE. (Not official.) Synonyms. Wourara. Ourari. Urari. 
 Wourali. The South American arrow poison, prepared from species of Strych- 
 nos and other plants. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A blackish-brown, dry extract, [brittle or hygroscopic, with 
 a bitter taste. Solubility. Almost completely in diluted Alcohol.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. It contains an extremely active poison, Curarina or Cura- 
 rine, [C 18 H 35 N,] a yellowish-brown powder intensely bitter. 
 Dose, ^ to Yi gr. ; [.0025 to .03 gm.] 
 
 The British Pharmaceutical Conference [proposes for hypodermatic injec- 
 tion of Curara :] Curare, I ; add distilled water to form a thin paste. Put in 
 a funnel plugged with absorbent wool, and gradually add more water until 12 
 parts are obtained. Of this the dose is I to 6 m. ; [.06 to .25 c.c.] 
 
 Lamellae or discs, each containing ^ gr. ; [.003 gm.] are also prepared. 
 They are dissolved in a few drops of water before injection subcutaneously. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CURARE. 
 
 The physiological action of curare, by which it paralyzes the 
 end plates of the motor nerves of voluntary muscles, is well 
 known. It has been given successfully in tetanus, and is pro- 
 bably the most useful of all the drugs employed for this very 
 fatal disease. 
 
 [C. The following depress the sensory nerves.] // 
 
 COCA. 
 
 COCA. [Synonyms. Erythroxylon. Cuca. The leaves of Erythroxy- 
 lon Coca, Lamarck (nat. ord. Linea}. Habitat. Peru and Bolivia ; culti- 
 vated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Varying between ovate, lanceolate, and obovate-oblong, 
 and from 2 to 5 or 7 cm. in length ; short-petiolate, entire, rather obtuse or 
 emarginate at the apex, slightly reticulate on both sides, with a prominent mid-
 
 412 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 rib, and on each side of it a curved line running from base to apex ; odor slight 
 and tea-like ; taste somewhat aromatic and bitter. When chewed, it tempo- 
 rarily benumbs the lips and tongue.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. It contains at least three alkaloids, viz., (i) Cocaine, which 
 is methyl benzoyl ecgonine, 0.2 per cent. ; (2) Cocamine or isatrophyl cocaine ; 
 (3) Cinnamylcocaine. Also (4) Coca-tannic acid and (5) Coca-wax. Differ- 
 ent specimens vary very much in strength of Cocaine. Fresh specimens are 
 stronger than those that have been kept. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE^. Mineral acids (decompose cocaine into benzoic acid and 
 ecgonine), sodium bromide, menthol, mercury salts and silver nitrate. 
 
 [Dose, I to 4 dr. ; 4. to 15. gm. of the leaves infused in hot water.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Cocas [Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Coca. By ma- 
 ceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 COCAINE HYDROCHLORAS. Cocaine Hydrochlorate. C 17 H 21 
 NOIIC1 [=338.71. The hydrochlorate of an Alkaloid obtained from Coca. 
 
 SOURCE. Agitate with Ether an aqueous solution of an acidulated Alco- 
 holic exlract, make alkaline with Sodium Carbonate ; separate and evaporate 
 the Ethereal liquid ; purify by repetition ; decolorize, neutralize with Hydro- 
 chloric Acid, and re-crystallize. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent crystals, or a white, crystalline pow- 
 der, without odor ; of a saline, slightly bitter taste, and producing upon the 
 tongue a tingling sensation followed by numbness of some minutes' duration. 
 Permanent in the air. Solubility. In 0.48 part of water, and in 3.5 parts of 
 Alcohol ; also soluble in 2800 parts of Ether, or in 17 parts of Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, y$ to a gr. ; .008 to .12 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF COCA. 
 
 External. Cocaine has little action on the unbroken skin, 
 but if injected subcutaneously or applied to mucous membranes 
 as, for example, those of the eye, nose, mouth, rectum, vagina 
 it produces complete local anaesthesia to pain, touch, 
 heat and cold, so that small operations can be performed without 
 the patient feeling them. A 5 to 10 per cent, solution of the 
 hydrochlorate is strong enough thus to paralyze the sensory 
 nerves. Much larger doses must be applied to motor nerves to 
 paralyze them. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. Applied to the nose and 
 tongue cocaine abolishes smell and taste respectively, and when it
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 413 
 
 is taken internally, the gastric mucous membrane experiences its 
 anaesthetic influence. Therefore the sensation of hunger is dead- 
 ened, and persons taking cocaine can go a long time without feeling 
 the want of food ; but the drug is not a food, for the body rap- 
 idly wastes. Because of its local anaesthetic effect it sometimes 
 stops vomiting. Very large doses may lead to diarrhoea. 
 
 Circulation. Large doses depress the vagus, and therefore the 
 pulse quickens, and as the vaso-motor centre is stimulated the 
 blood- pressure rises ; larger doses slow the pulse from stimulation 
 of the vagus. [Cocaine constricts the arterioles] . 
 
 Respiration. It acts upon the respiratory centre, first stimu- 
 lating it, so that the rapidity and depth of respiration are in- 
 creased ; but soon depression of the centre follows, the respira- 
 tory movements become feeble, and death takes place from 
 asphyxia. 
 
 Nenwus system. Cerebrum. Moderate doses greatly in- 
 crease the bodily and mental power, and give a sense of 
 calm and happiness, with abolition of bodily and mental fatigue. 
 This greater physical energy renders possible the performance of 
 long, exhausting muscular feats. For this, and for the extreme 
 sense of peace produced, coca leaves mixed with clay or ashes 
 are chewed by thousands of the inhabitants of Peru and the 
 neighboring countries. It is said that forty million pounds of 
 the leaves are annually harvested. A single large dose causes 
 mental excitement, delirium and ataxia, with subsequent head- 
 ache and depression. This ataxia is due to impairment of con- 
 duction of sensory impressions from the effect of the cocaine on 
 peripheral sensory nerves. An excessive indulgence in the habit 
 of coca-chewing leads to indigestion, extreme emaciation, insom- 
 nia and enfeeblement of intellect. In animals coca causes cere- 
 bral convulsions. 
 
 Eye. When a solution of cocaine of about 4 per cent, is 
 dropped into the eye local anaesthesia is produced, first of the 
 conjunctiva and cornea, later of the iris. It is attained in about 
 seven minutes, and lasts about the same time. At first there 
 may be a transitory contraction of the pupil. This is probably 
 due to reflex action, and soon gives way to wide dilatation.
 
 414 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 The maximum is attained in an hour or two. The normal state 
 is regained in from twelve to twenty-four hours. The dilated 
 pupil is freely responsive to light, and the dilatation is rapidly 
 overcome by physostigmine. The ocular tension is slightly 
 lowered, and the palpebral aperture is widened. Accommoda- 
 tion is partially, but never completely, paralyzed. These effects 
 are chiefly due to irritation of the sympathetic, and as they 
 are quickly produced by dropping the drug in the eye they are pro- 
 bably local. All these effects are slowly produced if large doses 
 of cocaine are taken internally. [Strong solutions or weak solu- 
 tions frequently applied desiccate the corneal epithelium.] 
 
 Muscles. The amount of muscular work of which the body 
 is capable is increased by cocaine, how, is not known. The 
 excretion of urea and nitrogenous metabolism are unaltered. 
 
 Temperature. This may rise in cocaine poisoning. 
 
 Kidneys. Cocaine is most likely excreted by these organs. 
 It diminishes sexual excitability. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF COCA. 
 
 External. A 5 to 10 percent, solution of the hydrochlorate 
 may be injected subcutaneously as a local anaesthetic when any 
 small operation has to be performed. [In the infiltration method 
 of Schleich three solutions are employed : cocaine hydrochlorate, 
 o. 2 (strong) ; o.i (normal) ; or o.oi (weak) ; morphine hydro- 
 chlorate, 0.025 ; sodium chloride, 0.2 ; sterilized distilled water 
 or saturated boric acid solution to 100. These are injected into 
 the substance of the skin forming wheals. This method requires 
 less of the drug than when used subcutaneously. Yet it should 
 be borne in mind that the anaesthetic properties of the two weaker 
 solutions depend largely upon the mechanical anaesthesia pro- 
 duced by injection of water, which had been previously pointed 
 out by Halsted.] Solutions, painted or dropped on, may be used 
 for operations on the mouth, throat, teeth (4 per cent.), eye 
 (i to 4 per cent.), ear, vagina, urethra and rectum (4 to 10 per 
 cent.), and they may be applied to any of these parts when they 
 are very painful. [Congestive urethral stricture may be tem- 
 porarily relieved by it so that instruments may be passed, but it
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 415 
 
 should be used with great care in urethral operations.] Cocaine 
 will relieve vaginal pruritus, and has been used locally applied 
 in the nose in hay fever. Painful ulcers, fissures, etc. , are bene- 
 ficially treated with it. Ointments, bougies, and suppositories, 
 usually containing 2 to 5 per cent, of cocaine, which mixes 
 better than the hydrochlorate, are very useful. A 15 per cent, 
 solution has been injected into the gums for tooth extraction, but 
 is not strongly recommended. [Ophthalmic surgeons] employ 
 it very largely to produce local anaesthesia of the eye. [If inflam- 
 mation is present anaesthesia is produced with great difficulty.] 
 
 Internal. Mouth. A solution is useful for painting or 
 spraying on the throat previous to laryngeal examinations. 
 [Lozenges of the hydrochlorate, containing ^ gr. ; .005 gm., 
 in each, are valuable for painful sore throat. Often in addition 
 each lozenge contains 3 gr. ; .20 gm. of extract of krameria.] 
 
 Stomach. Cocaine in some cases allays excessive vomiting, 
 and has been said to cure sea-sickness. 
 
 It is not often used in Europe as a medicine for its restorative 
 effects ; as already mentioned, it is not a food, and the good it 
 does is only temporary. 
 
 \_McdulIary Ancesthesia. It has been recently proposed to 
 obtain surgical anaesthesia by injection of from T V to \ gr. ; .006 
 to .012 gm., into the arachnoid space. Puncture is made be- 
 tween third and fourth lumbar interspace of the spine with a 
 specially prepared needle as for diagnostic purposes. A few 
 drops of the spinal fluid is allowed to escape and the solution is 
 injected. Anaesthesia supervenes, gradually extending from the 
 feet upwards, and may reach to the chest or even higher ; this per- 
 sists for a variable time, but generally sufficient for the perform- 
 ance of surgical operations. This method of anaesthesia does 
 not interfere with labor further than abolishing its pain. Strict 
 asepsis must be observed. Although thus far no accidents have 
 been recorded, it is by no means clear that it will supplant ether 
 or chloroform narcosis, nor that it can be employed when con- 
 tra-indications exist to either. Beyond some nausea, vomiting 
 and headache, after-effects are not noticed. It is yet too early 
 to formulate an opinion as to the practical value of this method.]
 
 41 6 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms. It is a respiratory depressant ; but symptoms of poisoning have 
 rarely been noticed unless the drug has been injected under the gums or skin. 
 Then it may quickly cause vertigo, pallor, fainting, profound cardiac and res- 
 piratory depression with tremors and other nervous symptoms which may per- 
 sist for months, even if the other symptoms are overcome. 
 
 In the chronic forms, known as cocamania, the sufferer takes cocaine either 
 for its pleasant effects or because he thinks it will help break himself from the 
 morphine habit, or he takes it with morphine. It is usually administered sub- 
 cutaneously. The pulse is rapid, and fainting is common. There is much 
 wasting, and the patient looks pale and death-like. Usually he surfers from 
 insomnia, and he may become acutely maniacal with delusions of persecution. 
 Visual and other hallucinations are often present, and it is very characteristic 
 that patients complain of little animals creeping on the skin, "cocaine bugs," 
 they say. They are extraordinarily prolix in both conversation and writing. 
 [Cocaine habitues are by no means infrequently met with. The moral degrada- 
 tion is fully equal to that of opium-eaters. 
 
 Treatment. This should consist in stimulation, and emptying the stomach, 
 if the drug has been ingested, by means of hypodermatic injections of apomor- 
 phine. Artificial respiration may be required. Since cocaine asphyxiates by 
 constricting the blood-vessels at the base of the brain, strychnine hypodermatic- 
 ally or alcohol may remove this danger. 
 
 For the chronic forms confinement in an asylum, with careful treatment 
 during the period of severance, is essential. 
 
 OUABAINUM. 
 
 OUABAIN. (Not official.) CgoH^O,,^^. 62. A glucoside isolated 
 from the root of a tree, said to be the Acocanthera Ouabaio (nat. ord. Apocy- 
 nace<. ) This glucoside is also obtained from the seeds of Strophanthus glabrus. 
 Habitat. Africa. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white crystalline powder slightly bitter. Solubility. 
 Soluble in hot, but with difficulty in cold water ; insoluble in Chloroform and 
 Ether. 
 
 Dose, ^ gr. ; .00013 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF OUABAIN. 
 
 Ouabain paralyzes cardiac muscle by direct action, and when 
 given hypodermatically is an emetic. According to Gley it is a 
 local anaesthetic, having ten times the power of cocaine. It has 
 also been recommended for all stages of whooping-cough in doses 
 f TniW r - > ooooS gm., for children. As it is a very powerful 
 drug, ^ gr. ; .001 gm., when taken into the blood, being suf- 
 ficient to kill a man, it should be used with great caution.
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 417 
 
 D. The following stimulates the secretory nerves.] 
 
 PILOCARPUS. 
 
 PILOCARPUS. Synonym. Jaborandi. [The leaflets of Pilocarpus 
 Selloanus Engler (Rio Janeiro Jaborandi), and of Pilocarpus Jaborandi 
 Holmes (Pernambuco Jaborandi), (nat. ord. Rutacece). Habitat. Brazil, near 
 Pernambuco. ' 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 10 to 15 cm. long, and 4 to 6 cm. broad, short- 
 stalked, oval or ovate-oblong, entire and slightly revolute at the margin, obtuse 
 and emarginate, unequal at the base ; dull green, coriaceous, pellucid punc- 
 tate, mostly smooth ; when bruised, slightly aromatic ; taste somewhat bitter 
 and pungent.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Leaves of species of Piper, not oval-oblong. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A liquid, colorless, alka- 
 loid, Pilocarpine, C n H J6 N 2 O 2 , X to J P er ceQ t- ( 2 ) Jaborine, C 22 H 32 N 4 O 4 , 
 an alkaloid resembling in its physiological action Atropine, and therefore 
 antagonistic to Filocarpine. (3) [Pilocarpidine, C 10 H U N 2 O 2 , a decomposition 
 product whose action is weaker than Pilocarpine. ] (4) A volatile oil [chiefly 
 Pilocarpene, C 10 H 16 ] . (5) A peculiar acid. These active principles are solu- 
 ble in Alcohol, but only imperfectly so in water. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; [.30 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum [Pilocarpi Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Pilocarpus. 
 By maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol and evaporation. 
 Dose, 5 to 60 m. ; .30 to 4.00 c.c.] 
 
 PILOCARPINE [HYDROCHLORAS. Pilocarpine Hydrochlo- 
 rate. C U H 16 N 2 O 2 H 0=243. 98. The hydrochlorate of an Alkaloid obtained 
 from Pilocarpus. 
 
 SOURCE. Obtained by exhausting Pilocarpus with Alcohol acidulated 
 with Hydrochloric Acid, distillation and evaporation. The filtrate is treated 
 with a slight excess of Ammonia, and a large quantity of Chloroform. The 
 solution is agitated with water, to which Hydrochloric Acid is added to neu- 
 tralization. The Hydrochlorate is obtained on evaporation in crystals which 
 are purified by re-crystallization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Small, white crystals, odorless, and having a faintly bitter 
 taste ; deliquescent on exposure to damp air. Solubility. Very soluble in 
 water and in Alcohol ; almost insoluble in Ether or Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, ^ to y,, gr. ; .008 to .02 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF PlLOCARtUS. 
 
 External. None. 
 
 Internal. Gastrointestinal tract. Pilocarpine is very 
 quickly absorbed, and soon produces a great increase in the 
 
 27
 
 41 8 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 amount of salivary secretion. The mouth seems warm, 
 and there may be a feeling of tenseness about the salivary glands. 
 The saliva contains an abundance of salts and ptyalin, and can 
 convert starch into sugar. Its increase is due to a direct stimu- 
 lation of the terminal filaments of the chorda tympani and of the 
 other nerves which end in the cells of the salivary glands, so 
 that stimulation of these nerves can add very little to the flow 
 produced by the drug in fact, not more than can be accounted 
 for by vascular alterations. This action is antagonized immedi- 
 ately by atropine, as that paralyzes the endings of these nerves. 
 To a slight extent pilocarpine excites the secretion of the gastric 
 juice, intestinal fluid, and pancreatic secretion. The unstriped 
 muscle of the stomach and intestine is stimulated, and thus the 
 drug may purge. The bile is unaffected. Large doses, especially 
 of [pilocarpus] , may produce vomiting. 
 
 Circulation. Pilocarpine has no effect on the blood, but it is 
 a cardiac depressant. The pulse-rate, it is true, may be, and 
 in the human being always is, a little accelerated at first, but 
 soon both it and the blood-pressure fall. This slowing of the 
 pulse is at once set aside by atropine, but is not prevented by 
 section of the vagus, therefore pilocarpine acts on the heart itself, 
 probably stimulating the terminations of the vagus. The blood- 
 vessels are at first dilated. 
 
 Respiration. The drug has no effect on this. The amount 
 of bronchial secretion is increased. 
 
 Skin. [Pilocarpus], through its alkaloid pilocarpine, produces 
 a very profuse secretion of sweat. It is the most powerful 
 diaphoretic drug we have. A single dose may cause the flow of 
 fifteen fluid ounces [450. c.c.] of sweat. It is said that the pro- 
 portion of urea and chlorides in the sweat is greatly increased. 
 This profuse diaphoresis is due to the action of the pilocarpine on 
 the cells of the sweat-glands, or the terminations of the nerves in 
 them, and is stopped by atropine. The skin may flush, but this is 
 not the cause of the diaphoresis. Under a course of [pilocarpus] 
 the hair grows more actively, but it becomes very coarse and dark. 
 
 Kidneys. If the sweating is profuse, the secretion of urine is 
 lessened. Pilocarpine is excreted unchanged in the urine.
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 419 
 
 Temperature. There may be a slight rise at first, but soon 
 the temperature falls considerably. This is probably due in 
 large part to the evaporation of the perspiration. 
 
 Eye. Whether applied locally to the eye or given internally, 
 pilocarpine produces great contraction of the pupil, due to 
 stimulation of the ends of the third nerve in the eye, and this is 
 antagonized by atropine. It also causes increased tension of the 
 eye-ball, and an approximation of the nearest and farthest points 
 of distinct vision. 
 
 Other actions. It stimulates the uterus, and has in very rare 
 cases produced abortion. It increases the secretion of milk, of 
 tears, of nasal mucus, and, according to some authors, that of 
 cerumen. It causes the spleen and bladder to contract. 
 
 It will be noticed that it has two main actions, (i) It stimu- 
 lates the secretions viz., those of the salivary glands, stomach, 
 intestines, skin, kidney, bronchial mucous membrane, nose, 
 lachrymal glands and ear. In those that have been investigated, 
 and probably in all, it acts locally. It has not been decided in 
 every case whether the cells of the glands or the nerve termina- 
 tions in them are affected. (2) It stimulates the nerve termina- 
 tions of involuntary muscles viz., in the eye, the intestines, the 
 stomach, the uterus, the spleen, the heart, the bladder, and it acts 
 on the muscular coat of the vessels, although these, if affected, 
 are usually dilated. The most important effects are the diapho- 
 resis, the salivation, and the myosis. It is consequently antago- 
 nistic in its action to atropine. Children bear large doses of 
 it well. Pilocarpine is much more used than [pilocarpus], as it 
 is more prompt and more certain in its action, and is less likely 
 to cause indigestion. 
 
 Jaborine has an action similar to that of atropine ; the amount 
 of it in [pilocarpus] varies, hence the varying effects of different 
 specimens of the leaves, but there is never enough totally to 
 counteract the pilocarpine. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF PILOCARPUS. 
 
 External. Pilocarpine has been used locally to promote 
 the growth of hair. An ointment (Pilocarpine [hydrochlorate],
 
 42O ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 i ; soft petrolatum, 60 ; hydrous wool fat, 60, ) or a lotion (Pilo- 
 carpine [hydrochlorate] , i ; quinine hydrochlorate, 4 ; glycerin, 
 60; rose water, 180,) have been used. 
 
 Internal. Pilocarpine has been employed for many condi- 
 tions, but its great use is as a diaphoretic in Bright' s disease. 
 For this purpose ^ of a gr., [.01 gm.] or more of the [hydro- 
 chlorate] is injected subcutaneously in the evening. The sweat- 
 ing is aided by wrapping the patient, who should be naked, in 
 several warm blankets, giving him hot drinks, and putting a hot 
 water bottle to his feet. After the sweating has ceased, he 
 should be dried and left in a dry blanket. As it is such a power- 
 ful cardiac depressant, it must be given with great caution when 
 the heart is diseased. Occasionally it is employed locally in 
 affections of the eye. Patients suffering from deafness due to 
 disease of the auditory nerve or its terminations are sometimes 
 relieved by pilocarpine. [It is often given internally for deaf- 
 ness due to otitis media sicca.] Injected subcutaneously, it has 
 been given successfully as an antidote to belladonna poisoning. 
 
 GROUP II. 
 Vegetable Drugs whose main Action is on the Heart. 
 
 CLASS I. The Digitalis group, decreasing the frequency and increasing 
 the force of the beat of the heart : 
 
 Digitalis, Strophanthus, Convallaria, Squill, [Scoparius,] Erythroph- 
 loeum, and [Adonidinj. 
 
 CLASS II. The Aconite group, decreasing the frequency and force of the 
 beat of the heart : 
 
 Aconite, [Veratrum Viride,] Veratrina. 
 
 [CLASS III. The Cactus group, increasing the frequency and force of the 
 beat of the heart : 
 
 Cactus Grandiflorus.]
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE HEART. 42! 
 
 CLASS I. THE DIGITALIS GROUP. 
 
 DIGITALIS. 
 
 DIGITALIS. [Synonym. Foxglove. The leaves of Digitalis Pur- 
 purea Linn6 (nat. ord. Scrophularinete), collected from plants of the 
 second year's growth. Habitat. Europe, in sandy soil and the edges of 
 woods. 
 
 CHARACTERS. From 10 to 30 cm. long, ovate or ovate-oblong, narrowed 
 into a petiole ; crenate ; dull green, densely and finely pubescent ; wrinkled 
 above ; paler and recticulated beneath ; midrib near the base broad ; odor slight ; 
 somewhat tea-like ; taste bitter, nauseous.] Resembling Digitalis leaves. 
 Matico leaves, which are more deeply reticulated. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Digitoxin, a glucoside, 
 crystallizable, the most active principle, very poisonous, cumulative. Insolu- 
 ble in water, sparingly in Ether, easily in Chloroform and Alcohol. Exists as 
 minute white crystals. Dose ^\^ to -$ gr. [.00025 to .00125 g m -l ( 2 ) Digi- 
 talin, a crystalline glucoside, possessing in a high degree the actions of Digi- 
 talis. It is also called Digitalinum Verum. Soluble in water, I in 1000. 
 Dose, ^ ff to T ^j gr. [.0003 to .0006 gm.] subcutaneously. (3) Digitalein, an 
 amorphous glucoside, not yet proved to be a definite chemical substance, sol- 
 uble in water, and therefore suitable for hypodermatic injections; dose hypo- 
 dermatically T ^ gr. ; .0006 gm. , said to be non-cumulative. These three 
 glucocides are said to represent the cardiac stimulating action of the drug, (4) 
 Digitonin, [C^H^O^] a glucoside closely allied both chemically and physio- 
 logically to, and perhaps identical with, the Saponin of Senega (q. v.). [Dose, 
 ^^ to T ^ 5 gr. ; .0002 to .0006 gm.] This is a cardiac depressant, and is 
 therefore antagonistic to the other active principles. (5) Digitin, a glucoside 
 devoid of physiological action. All these five glucosides are non-nitrogenous. 
 (6) Two acids, Digitalic and Antirrhinic. ("]) Other usual constituents of 
 plants, as tannic acid, volatile oil, coloring matter, starch, sugar, gum, salts. 
 It will be noticed that Digitalis contains no Alkaloids. 
 
 The following five substances, all soluble in alcohol, are met with in com- 
 merce : (A) Homolle's Digitalin (same as Quevenne's), an amorphous yel- 
 lowish-white powder or small scales, intensely bitter, inodorous, but irritating 
 to the nostrils. [Soluble in 2000 parts of water.] Consists chiefly of Digi- 
 talin with a little Digitoxin. Possesses the action of the leaves. Granules 
 of it are much used in France ; each usually contains -fa gr., .001 gm., which 
 is equal to l^ gr. ; .10 gm. of the powdered leaves. (B) Nativelle's Digi- 
 talin, [C^H^Ojj, light, white, crystalline tufts of needles, very bitter. Solu- 
 ble in Chloroform and in Alcohol, not in Water or Ether. It consists very 
 largely of Digitoxin and is cumulative. Dose, -^ to ^ gr. ; .001 to .002 gm. 
 in a pill. (C) German Digitalinum Purum. Dose, -fa to ^ gr. [.ooi to .002 
 gm., soluble in water. Consisting chiefly of Digitalein, with some digitalin
 
 422 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 and digitonin. (D) Digitoxin, already described (see p. 421). (E) Digitalin. 
 already described (see p. 421). [None of the above constituents are official.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Ferric salts, lead acetate, and cinchona. 
 
 Dose, y z to 3 gr. ; [.03 to .20 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Extractum Digitalis. Extract of Digitalis. By maceration 
 and percolation with Alcohol and Water, distillation of the Alcohol, 
 and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, ]^ to i gr. ; .015 to .06 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Digitalis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Digitalis. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and evapora- 
 tion. 
 
 Dose, ^ to 3 m. ; .03 to .20 c.c. 
 
 3. Infusum Digitalis. Infusion of Digitalis. Digitalis, 15; 
 Cinnamon Water, 150; boiling water, 260 ; Alcohol, 100 ; cold water 
 to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ;] (note that it is drachms, not ounces) ; [4. to 
 15. c.c.] 
 
 4. Tinctura Digitalis. [Tincture of Digitalis. Digitalis, 150; 
 Diluted Alcohol to 1000. By maceration and percolation. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .03 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 As the proportion of the many constituents varies in the preparations, some 
 prefer always to give the powdered leaves. 
 
 ACTION OF DIGITALIS. 
 
 External. The leaves are slightly irritating, but it is doubt- 
 ful whether any of their constituents can be absorbed by the skin. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. Digitalis is a mild 
 gastro-intestinal irritant, and even moderate doses cause 
 vomiting and diarrhosa in some people. 
 
 Blood. It is [not] rapidly absorbed ; it is not known to 
 affect the blood. 
 
 Heart. The first action of digitalis is to slow the beat of 
 the heart, the diastole is prolonged, the duration of the 
 systole is not altered, but its force is greatly increased, so 
 much so that after large doses the heart may, in animals, be seen 
 to become pale, because almost every drop of blood is squeezed
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE HEART. 423 
 
 out of it. The pulse is consequently increased in force, but re- 
 tarded. If before the drug was given the heart was beating 
 irregularly, it generally becomes regular. If the drug is taken 
 internally, the whole of both ventricles is, in mammals, affected ; 
 but in frogs one portion of the ventricle may remain spasmodic- 
 ally contracted during the diastole of the rest of it. Finally 
 the ventricles are, in frogs, arrested in systole, firmly contracted, 
 quite pale, and unable to respond to any stimuli, but in mam- 
 mals the heart finally stops in diastole. If locally applied to 
 parts of the ventricle of the frog, only those parts to which the 
 digitalis is applied are contracted ; this is not so in mammals. 
 The auricles are in most animals slowed by it but the force of 
 their beat is not much altered. In all animals large doses cause 
 great irregularity of the auricular beat. 
 
 That these phenomena are chiefly due to the direct action 
 of the drug on the cardiac muscle is shown by the fact that 
 digitalis not only tonically contracts the frog's heart when ap- 
 plied locally, but it will even increase the force of the contrac- 
 tion, when applied to the isolated apex in which it is believed 
 no nerves exist, and it acts on the embryonic heart of the chick 
 before the nerves are developed. But the inhibitory activity of 
 the cardiac peripheral end of the vagus is increased ; for a mild 
 stimulation of the vagi, which, before the drug was given, had 
 no effect, will after the drug is given, stop the heart, and in 
 warm-blooded animals digitalis does not very markedly retard 
 the pulse, if the vagi have been cut, although it increases the 
 force of the cardiac beat. The vagus centre in the medulla is 
 stimulated to a less extent. Gushing has shown that the vagal 
 action, with most of the digitalis group of drugs, begins a little 
 before the muscular. 
 
 It has been proved that even small doses actually increase 
 the amount of work done by the heart in a given time ; thus 
 there is a greater output at each ventricular contraction. 
 
 Vessels. Moderate doses of digitalis produce a great rise 
 in the blood-pressure. This is partly due to the greater 
 cardiac force, but not entirely, for in the web of the frog's foot 
 and the rabbit's mesentery the arterioles have been observed to
 
 424 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 contract vigorously when digitalis has been given. As this still 
 occurrs in arterioles quite separated from the body, and through 
 which an artificial circulation of blood containing digitalis is 
 carried on, it is clear that the drug contracts the arterioles by 
 direct action on their muscular coat. But as the con- 
 traction is greater in an intact animal than in one whose spinal 
 cord is destroyed, or in whom the nerves going to the part experi- 
 mented upon are divided, it is clear that digitalis also stimu- 
 lates the medullary and spinal vaso-motor centres. With 
 toxic doses the irritation of the centres and of the muscular coat 
 of the arterioles passes on to depression, and the blood-pressure 
 falls. 
 
 Kidney. The effect of digitalis on the kidney is very uncer- 
 tain. Most experimenters have found that in health it is diuretic, 
 but some have not, and the same discrepancy in its action on the 
 kidney exists in patients with heart disease, but generally in these 
 cases it is a diuretic. The reasons for these discrepancies are 
 that if the arterial vessels are, like the rest of the vessels in the 
 body, tightly contracted by the drug, very little blood will come 
 to the kidney, and very little urine will be secreted ; but if the 
 digitalis does not constrict the renal vessels markedly, the in- 
 creased cardiac force and the general rise of blood-pressure will 
 send more blood through the kidney and more urine will be ex- 
 creted. Some observers have, probably incorrectly, stated that 
 digitalin and digitoxin have a special effect in relaxing the ves- 
 sels of the kidney. We have no certain knowledge of the effect 
 of digitalis on the constitution of the urine. 
 
 Temperature. Moderate doses have no influence on the tem- 
 perature, but toxic doses cause it to fail even in health. The 
 reason of this is unknown. 
 
 Respiration. This is unaffected by digitalis unless poisonous 
 doses have been given, when it begins to fail from the imperfect 
 circulation through the respiratory mechanism. 
 
 Nervous system and Muscles. Medicinal doses have no 
 marked influence. Large doses will, because of the alterations 
 in the cerebral circulation, cause headache, giddiness, and dis- 
 turbances of sight and hearing. In many cases of poisoning all
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE HEART. 425 
 
 objects have appeared blue. [In acute poisoning there is a 
 peculiar blue color of the sclerotic.] 
 
 The reflex activity of the cord and motor nerves is depressed 
 independently of the action on the circulation ; sensory nerves 
 are unaffected. Digitalis directly paralyzes muscles if given in 
 toxic doses. 
 
 Uterus. This organ is said to be stimulated to contract by 
 digitalis. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF DIGITALIS. 
 
 External. Digitalis is [sometimes] used externally [in the 
 form of a poultice made from the leaves, and placed over the 
 loins in case of renal congestion] . 
 
 Internal. It is one of the most valuable drugs we have. It 
 is chiefly given in cases of cardiac disorder. 
 
 Mitral regurgitation. If in any case of this variety of heart 
 disease the organ is beating feebly, irregularly, and rapidly, 
 digitalis in moderate doses will probably strengthen, regulate, 
 and slow the beat. It will cause the left ventricle to contract 
 more forcibly and to act synchronously in all its parts ; hence 
 the mitral flaps will be better approximated, the regurgitation 
 will be less, and more blood will be sent on into the arterial cir- 
 culation. The prolonged diastole will also be of great advan- 
 tage, for it will allow more time for the blood to flow from the 
 dilated auricle, and from the right side of the heart and venous 
 system generally, into the left ventricle. In mitral regurgitation, 
 as is well known, venous engorgement and oedema of the lungs, 
 of the right side of the heart, of the liver, the kidneys, and sub- 
 cutaneous tissues is very common. Digitalis, by improving the 
 venous flow towards the heart, will ameliorate all these symptoms. 
 It might be supposed that by constricting all the peripheral arte- 
 rioles it would impede the arterial flow, because the heart will 
 have to contract against a greater peripheral resistance, but this 
 disadvantage is never enough seriously to hamper the increased 
 cardiac power ; and it must be remembered that it is a great 
 advantage to the circulation to have a proper peripheral arterial 
 resistance, for without that, the elastic coat of the arteries cannot 
 aid the arterial flow. If, as it usually does in these cases, digi-
 
 426 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 talis acts as a diuretic, this will be of great value in removing the 
 cedema, and in causing the scanty high-colored urine to become 
 pale and abundant. The improvement in the circulation relieves 
 the cardiac pain and distress which so commonly accompany 
 mitral regurgitation, the lividity passes off, the dyspnoea de- 
 creases, and usually in a day or two a wonderful improvement in 
 the patient's condition takes place. The more any case of mitral 
 regurgitation deviates from the above [cedematous] type, the less 
 good, as a rule, will digitalis do. Thus cases in which there is 
 much pain and distress, and but little regurgitation, are not so 
 often benefited, although even of such cases many are improved. 
 Sometimes the vomiting caused by digitalis prohibits its use. 
 Fatal syncope may occur in those taking digitalis if they are too 
 suddenly raised from the prone to the upright posture. 
 
 Mitral constriction. In this condition it is obvious that it 
 will be a great advantage to lengthen the diastole, for then there 
 will be a greater chance that the diastole will be long enough to 
 allow the normal amount of blood to pass through the constricted 
 orifice. In proportion as this end is attained, the oedema, 
 lividity, and other signs of backward venous congestion will be 
 relieved, and if the digitalis induces diuresis, this is very valu- 
 able in aiding the reduction of the oedema. 
 
 Diseases of the tricuspid valve, In both tricuspid constriction 
 and tricuspid regurgitation, digitalis will be beneficial in the 
 same way as in similar affections of the mitral valve. As a rule, 
 however, it does less good when the disease is on the right side 
 of the heart. 
 
 Aortic regurgitation. Often digitalis is harmful, for by pro- 
 longing the diastole more time is allowed for the blood to flow 
 back through the imperfectly closed aortic orifice, and hence 
 there is great danger of fatal syncope. The drug should only be 
 given in cases of aortic regurgitation, when the heart is very 
 rapid, or when there is evidence that not much blood regurgi- 
 tates, or when there are reasons, such as the coincident presence 
 of aortic obstruction, for wishing to strengthen and regulate the 
 contraction. The dose must be small and the effects must be 
 lv watched
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE HEART. 427 
 
 Aortic constriction. This, unfortunately, is usually accom- 
 panied by aortic regurgitation ; but sometimes when it is wished 
 to increase the force of the beat, and so to drive more blood 
 through the constricted aortic orifice, digitalis is useful, or when, 
 as a result of the obstruction, mitral dilatation and consequent 
 regurgitation, with much pulmonary and venous engorgement, 
 have set in. Many cases of pure aortic obstruction do not re- 
 quire drugs, for the heart hypertrophies sufficiently to overcome 
 the obstruction. 
 
 Bright 's disease. In cases of contracted granular kidney in 
 which the cardiac hypertrophy has been unable to overcome the 
 peripheral resistance, and consequently the left ventricle and with 
 it the auriculo-ventricular orifice has dilated, and mitral regurgi- 
 tation has therefore ensued, digitalis may be of service for the 
 reasons given elsewhere (see^. 425). A diuretic pill, often used 
 for this condition, consists of [calomel] , digitalis, and squill a 
 grain of each ; [.06 gm.] made up with extract of [hyoscyamus]. 
 Otherwise, in chronic Bright' s disease, digitalis is not a suitable 
 diuretic, for it raises the tension of the pulse, which is already 
 high. In the earlier stages of acute Bright' s disease it has been 
 given as a diuretic, but it is questionable whether it is right to 
 dilate the vessels of an acutely inflamed organ ; further, digitalis 
 is always, unless the heart is diseased, an uncertain diuretic, and 
 even in the early stage of acute Bright' s disease the arterial ten- 
 sion is somewhat raised. In chronic tubal nephritis, uncompli- 
 cated by cardiac disease, it is worse than useless, for it has no 
 effect on the renal cells, and it raises the blood-pressure. 
 
 Diseases of the cardiac muscle. If the heart be fatty, or other- 
 wise degenerated, digitalis rarely does good, for it is harmful for 
 the diseased heart to have to work against the increased arterial 
 tension, and it is said that there is danger of rupture of some 
 of the degenerated fatty fibres. The weakly acting heart that 
 is met with after pericarditis, typhoid fever, scarlet fever, rheu- 
 matism, and other acute diseases, even if no valvular defects are 
 present, is markedly strengthened by digitalis. For this purpose 
 it may be combined with caffeine, or two drachms [8. c.c.] of 
 the infusion may be given, with three minims [.20 c.c.] of
 
 428 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 stronger ammonia [water], in a little water. Each contraction 
 is more efficient, and the prolonged diastole allows more time 
 for the muscle to rest. It is clear that in the course of twenty- 
 four hours this additional repose, although but little in each 
 cycle, will amount to a considerable time. Many men who have 
 practiced rowing or other hard exercise to excess, suffer from 
 shortness of breath, and the apex of the heart is found to be a 
 little outside the normal position, but there is no demonstrable 
 valvular lesion. This condition, which also occurs in soldiers 
 after a long campaign, is much benefited by digitalis. The 
 dilatation of the right side of the heart that so frequently accom- 
 panies chronic disease of the lungs may be, but usually is not, 
 improved by digitalis. 
 
 Functional diseases of the heart. The irregular, palpitating 
 beat, often seen apart from any organic disease, may be benefited 
 markedly by digitalis ; but it must be remembered that this con- 
 dition is commonly a result of indigestion, in which case the 
 right treatment is, if possible, to cure the dyspepsia, and if 
 digitalis is given at all, to do so cautiously, for it may excite 
 indigestion. The functional affections of the heart met with in 
 highly neurotic subjects may be, but are not often, benefited by 
 digitalis. 
 
 Exophthalmic goitre may improve under a long course of 
 digitalis ; but generally this treatment fails. 
 
 Htzmorrhage. Although digitalis contracts the arterioles, it 
 is not often given as a haemostatic, for the increased blood-pres- 
 sure may lead to greater haemorrhage, but it may be useful in the 
 pulmonary haemorrhage due to disease of the mitral valve. 
 
 Alcoholism. Moderate doses of digitalis have been said to be 
 serviceable in chronic alcoholism on account of their stimulating 
 effect on the circulation. Enormous doses have been given em- 
 pirically in delirium tremens, but generally without any good 
 result. 
 
 Uterus. Because of its power to contract the uterus, digitalis 
 may be useful in menorrhagia. 
 
 [Digitalis is said to be useless if the patient suffers from high 
 fever. J
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE HEART. 429 
 
 It is often desirable to combine fluid preparations of digitalis 
 with iron salts, the resulting mixture, which is usually inky from 
 the action of the iron on the tannic acid in the digitalis, can be 
 clarified by the addition of a little diluted [phosphoric] acid. 
 Because of this difficulty the powdered digitalis leaves are often 
 made into a pill with dried [ferrdus] sulphate. 
 
 ANTAGONISM. 
 
 Antagonism between Digitalis and Aconite. Aconite is a cardiac poison, 
 weakening instead of strengthening the beat ; it dilates the peripheral vessels, 
 it lowers the blood-pressure, and after death the heart is always found in a 
 condition of diastole. In all these points it is antagonistic to digitalis, but the 
 action of aconite is very rapid, that of digitalis very slow. Therefore these 
 drugs are not practical antidotes to each other in poisoning. [Saponin and 
 senegin are considered to be the most complete physiological antidotes.] 
 
 Digitalis is cumulative. Patients who have taken it for a long while 
 sometimes suddenly show symptoms of poisoning without any increase in the 
 dose. This is because the drug is not excreted by the kidneys so fast as it is 
 absorbed, therefore it accumulates in the body. [Digitalis should be stopped 
 so soon as symptoms of gastro-intestinal irritation supervene, or the pulse be- 
 comes abnormally slow.] 
 
 STROPHANTHUS. 
 
 STROPHANTHUS. [The seed of Strophanthus hispidus De Can- 
 dolle (nat. ord. Apocynacece], deprived of its long awn. Habitat. Tropical 
 Africa. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 15 mm. long and 4 or 5 mm. broad, oblong-lance- 
 olate, flattened and obtusely edged, grayish-green, covered with appressed, 
 silky hairs, one side with a ridge extending into the attenuated, pointed end; 
 kernel white and oily, consisting of a straight embryo, having two thin cotyle- 
 dons, and surrounded by a thin layer of perisperm ; nearly inodorous ; taste 
 very bitter.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Strophanthin, [C^H^O^]. 
 It exists in all parts of the plant, but mostly in the seeds (8 to 10 per cent.). 
 This is in all probability the same as, or closely allied to, the active principle 
 Ouabain [see p. 416] which has been isolated from [another species of] Stro- 
 phanthus. It is a transparent, white, imperfectly crystalline, bitter glucoside, 
 (being split up by acids into glucose and Strophanth idin). [Very] soluble in 
 water ; insoluble in Chloroform and Ether. \_Strophanthin, according to 
 recent investigation, can be isolated from Strophanthus Kombe, and many 
 other species of Strophanthus. (2) Kombic Acid, which is not identical in all 
 varieties of Strophanthus. (3) Ineine, an Alkaloid. (4) Tanghinin, C-^H^Og. 
 in rhombic prisms.
 
 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Tinctura Strophanthi. Tincture of Strophanthus. Strophan- 
 thus, 50. By digestion and percolation with Alcohol and Water to 
 1000. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 m. ; .12 to .60 c.c. 
 
 Tincture of Strophanthus Kombe, from which the oil has been extracted 
 and made from assayed material, is far more reliable. Of this the maximum 
 dose is 5 m. ; .30 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF STROPHANTHUS. 
 
 External. None. 
 
 Internal. G astro-intestinal tract. Like digitalis, Strophan- 
 thus is liable to cause vomiting and diarrhoea, especially if 
 the dose be large. [Generally these disturbances result from 
 preparations from which the volatile oil contained in the seeds has 
 not been extracted.] In small doses its bitter action may come 
 into play, and then it will aid digestion like any other bitter 
 stomachic. 
 
 Heart. Strophanthus acts on the heart exactly like digi- 
 talis, for it strengthens the force without altering the duration 
 of the systole, slows the rate of the beat, and consequently pro- 
 longs the diastole, and makes an irregular heart regular. In fatal 
 cases of poisoning by Strophanthus, the heart may be arrested 
 either in diastole or systole. The details of its cardiac action are 
 the same as those of digitalis. 
 
 Vessels. It does not constrict the peripheral vessels, 
 or at any rate very slightly ; therefore, the slow rise of blood- 
 pressure is almost entirely due to the action of the drug on the 
 heart. This is the most important difference between it and 
 digitalis, which contracts the vessels powerfully and consequently 
 gives a greater rise of blood -pressure, [and is the reason for the 
 greater safety of the former.] 
 
 Kidneys. It is diuretic, [more] powerfully than digitalis. 
 Probably the diuresis is entirely due to the increased cardiac 
 action. No special alteration in the size of the renal vessels takes 
 place under Strophanthus. 
 
 Nervous system. This is not affected. In toxic doses it is
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE HEART. 43 1 
 
 a direct poison to the voluntary muscles. Strophanthin is a 
 powerful local anaesthetic when dropped on the conjunctive [of 
 dogs]. 
 
 Respiration. No particular effect is produced. The African 
 Kombe arrow poison is made from strophanthus. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF STROPHANTHUS. 
 
 Strophanthus is used in the same varieties of cardiac disease as 
 digitalis ; that is to say, when it is desirable to slow the heart, to 
 increase its force, to make it regular, and to prolong the diastole. 
 It is clear, therefore, that it will be chiefly valuable in cases of 
 mitral disease. A priori, it might be thought that as strophanthus 
 does not contract the peripheral vessels and so increase the car- 
 diac resistance, consequently it would be the more useful drug, 
 [and] experience has confirmed this [for certain cases] ; it will 
 generally happen that strophanthus will not produce vomiting 
 when digitalis does. [The advantages which strophanthus possesses 
 over digitalis may be summed up as (i) greater rapidity, modi- 
 fying pulse rate within an hour ; (2) absence of vaso -constrictor 
 effects ; (3) greater diuretic powers ; (4) no disturbance of diges- 
 tion from properly made preparations ; (5) absence of so-called 
 cumulation ; (6) greater value in children ; and (7) greater safety 
 in the aged. 
 
 It should be the remedy of choice in all cases, (i) in which 
 we wish to establish compensation ; ( 2 ) of arterial degeneration 
 in which a remedy which causes more energetic cardiac contrac- 
 tion is required ; (3) of cardiac disease when a diuretic is neces- 
 sary ; (4) of weak or irritable hearts ; (5) of cardiac disease in 
 childhood or old age.] Strophanthus is preferable to digitalis 
 when it is wished to give one of these drugs in Bright's disease. 
 
 CONVALLARIA. 
 
 CONVALLARIA. [The rhizome and roots of Convallaria majalis 
 Linne (nat. ord. Liliacea). Synonym. Lily of the Valley. Habitat. 
 United States, in the Allegheny Mountains ; Europe and Northern Asia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Of horizontal growth and somewhat branched, about 3 
 mm. thick, cylindrical, wrinkled, whitish, marked with few circular scars; at 
 the annulate joint are about eight or ten, long, thin roots ; fracture somewhat
 
 432 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 fibrous, white ; odor peculiar, pleasant ; taste sweetish, bitter, and somewhat 
 acrid. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Convallamarin, [C^H^ 
 O M ], a glucoside the active principle ; [a white, bitter-sweet powder, soluble 
 in water and Alcohol. (2) Convallarin, C 34 H 31 O n , a glucoside, in acrid 
 prisms, sparingly soluble in, but foaming with water, soluble in Alcohol, but 
 not in Ether.] This is said only to purge. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 [Extractum Convallariae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Con- 
 vallaria. By maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CONVALLARIA. 
 
 The action of convallaria is precisely that of digitalis, and it 
 may be given in exactly the same varieties of heart disease. It 
 is sometimes successful when digitalis has failed. It is not so 
 powerful as digitalis, but some find it less likely to produce sick- 
 ness. [It is said to act more powerfully upon the right heart, 
 but this is probably not true. A more extended experience 
 seems to indicate that this drug is very unreliable.] 
 
 SCILLA. 
 
 SQUILL. [Synonym. Sea Onion. The bulb of Urginea maritima 
 (Linne) Baker (nat. ord. Liliacete), deprived of its dry, membranaceous outer 
 scales, and cut into thin slices, the central portions being rejected. Habitat. 
 Basin of the Mediterranean near the sea. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In narrow segments, about 5 cm. long, slightly translucent, 
 yellowish-white or reddish, brittle and pulverizable when dry, tough and flexi- 
 ble after exposure to damp air ; inodorous ; taste mucilaginous, bitter and 
 acrid. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Scillitoxin, the most 
 active principle; (2) [Scillipicrin, acting upon the heart; (3) Scillin, pro- 
 ducing numbness and vomiting ; (4) Mucilage. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 i. Acetum Scillse. [Vinegar of Squill. Squill, loo ; Diluted 
 Acetic Acid, by maceration and percolation, to 1000. 
 Vinegar of Squill is used to prepare Synipus Scillse. 
 10 to 45 m. ; .60 to 3.00 c.c.
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE HEART. 433 
 
 2. Extractum Scillae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Squill. By 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and evaporation. 
 
 Fluid Extract of Squill is used to prepare Syrupus Scillse Com- 
 positus. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Scillse. Tincture of Squill. Squill, 150. By ma- 
 ceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, to 1000. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 4. Syrupus Scillae. Syrup of Squill. Vinegar of Squill, 450; 
 Sugar, 800 ; water to 1000. By solution and straining. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c. 
 
 5. Syrupus Scillse Compositus. Compound Syrup of Squill. 
 Synonym. Hive Syrup. See Antimony, p. 230.] 
 
 ACTION OF SQUILL. 
 
 Squill so closely resembles digitalis in its action that the 
 account of that drug will apply to squill, with the following ad- 
 ditions : Squill is a much more powerful gastro-intestinal 
 irritant ; vomiting and purging result from even moderate doses, 
 and after death, if animals are killed with it, much gastro-enteritis 
 is found. In the second place, some constituent of squill is 
 excreted by the bronchial mucous membrane, and in passing 
 through it irritates it. The vascularity and the amount of secre- 
 tion are thereby increased. Squill is, therefore, a powerful ex- 
 pectorant. Thirdly, squill in the course of its excretion 
 through the kidneys stimulates them ; it is, therefore, a more 
 energetic diuretic than digitalis, and it may irritate the 
 kidneys excessively. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SQUILL. 
 
 Because of its irritating properties, squill is not given alone, 
 but it is frequently combined with digitalis when that drug is 
 administered for heart disease or as a diuretic. A very favorite 
 diuretic pill is composed of squill, digitalis and calomel, i gr. 
 [.06 gm.] of each, made up [with extract of hyoscyamus, 
 i^ gr. ; .09 gm. This is sometimes known as Guy's triplex 
 pill.] 
 
 Squill is much used as an expectorant. Here also it is always 
 
 28
 
 434 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 prescribed in combination ; it is too irritating to the bronchial 
 mucous membrane for it to be advisable to give it in acute bron- 
 chitis ; nor should it be chosen in phthisis, lest it should cause 
 dyspepsia ; but it is valuable in chronic bronchitis if the secre- 
 tion is scanty. 
 
 Squill should not be given in acute Bright' s disease, for it is 
 too irritating to the kidneys. [Vinegar of squill should not be 
 prescribed with ammonium carbonate.] 
 
 SCOPARIUS. 
 
 SCOPARIUS. Synonym. Broom. The tops of Cytisus Scoparius 
 [(Linne) Link (nat. ord. Leguminostz). Habitat. Western Asia, Southern 
 and Western Europe ; naturalized in some localities in the United States. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In thin, flexible, branched twigs, pentangular, winged, 
 dark green, nearly smooth, tough, usually free from leaves ; odor peculiar 
 when bruised ; taste disagreeably bitter.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Scoparin, C^H^O^, a 
 [tasteless, amorphous, neutral principle. (2) Sparleine, C 15 H 26 N 2 , a color- 
 less, oily, very bitter alkaloid. (3) Tannic Acid. 
 
 Dose, ]^ to i dr. ; i. to 4. gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 [Extractum Scoparii Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Scoparius. 
 By maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, i^ to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 SPARTEIN^E SULPHAS. Sparteine Sulphate. C 15 H 26 N 2 H 2 SO 4 -f 
 
 4H 2 0=4<>3-23- 
 
 SOURCE. The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from Scoparius. 
 It is obtained by extracting the plant with water acidulated with Sulphuric 
 Acid, concentrating, decomposing with Sodium Hydroxide, and distilling. The 
 Sulphate is prepared from the Alkaloid by neutralization with Sulphuric Acid, 
 and crystallization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, white, prismatic crystals, or a granular powder, 
 odorless, and having a slight saline and somewhat bitter taste. Liable to 
 attract moisture when exposed to damp air. Solubility. Very soluble in 
 water and Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, y'j to 2 gr. ; .006 to .12 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF BROOM. 
 
 External. Broom has no external action. 
 
 Internal. Nervous system. [Its alkaloid sparteine sulphate
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE HEART. 435 
 
 in poisonous doses causes, in the lower animals, tremblings, inco- 
 ordination, increase of reflexes, clonic and tonic convulsions, 
 followed by enfeeblement of all the functions, convulsions, and 
 death from asphyxia. 
 
 Respiration. It paralyzes the respiratory centres, causes em- 
 barrassment of the respiration and paralyzes the motor centres 
 of the spinal cord, but has a very feeble influence upon the 
 muscles, lessening, though not destroying, their excitability. 
 
 Circulation. According to Laborde, under the influence of 
 this alkaloid there is a very great increase in the size and height 
 of the cardiac wave. If the dose has been a small one, the 
 pulse is at first accelerated ; after large doses there is a slowing 
 followed by enfeeblement of the heart. The arterial pressure is 
 not materially changed unless the dose is toxic, when it falls. 
 Small doses weaken, and large ones paralyze the pneumogastric ; 
 upon the vaso-motor system it appears to have no influence, 
 unless in very large toxic doses, when it, perhaps, acts as a 
 paralyzant. 
 
 Kidneys. Broom is of value as a diuretic. Scoparin prob- 
 ably represents the diuretic principles of the plant.] 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF BROOM. 
 
 Broom is a very useful diuretic. It is usually given in com- 
 bination with other diuretics in cases of dropsy from heart dis- 
 ease or interstitial nephritis. If there is acute renal inflammation 
 it should not be prescribed. [According to See, sparteine sul- 
 phate is of very great value in producing regularity in cases of 
 irregular cardiac action. It accelerates the beats when a weak, 
 atonic state is present, and has the great advantage of acting 
 quickly, is not cumulative, on the whole is probably inferior to 
 digitalis in power, but it is useful in uncompensated cardiac, 
 especially mitral, disease.] 
 
 ERYTHROPHLCEUM. 
 
 SASSY BARK. (Not official). Synonyms. [Manama Bark.] Or- 
 deal Bark. . Casca Bark. The bark of Erythrophlceum guineense (nat. ord. 
 LeguminoscE). [ Habitat. ] Africa. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [In flat or curved pieces of irregular siie, about 6 mm.
 
 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 thick, covered externally with an uneven warty and fissured corky layer, or 
 deprived of the same, of a dull brown color. It is hard, brittle, of a fibrous 
 texture, internally with pale yellowish brown spots, inodorous, of an astringent, 
 somewhat bitter and acrid taste, and when powdered excites sneezing.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The active principle is Erythrophlceine, a [colorless alka- 
 loid, soluble in water and Alcohol ; this is a local anaesthetic (Koller)]. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ERYTHROPHLCEUM. 
 
 The action of erythrophloeum [of which a 10 per cent, tincture 
 has been recommended in dose of from 5 to 10 m. ; .30 to .60 
 c.c., by the British Pharmaceutical Conference] is the same as 
 that of digitalis, and it may be used for the same class of cases. 
 [In organic cardiac disease its effect in strengthening the pulse 
 and in increasing the urine is by no means constant nor lasting.] 
 It is, however, more likely to cause vomiting, and the action on 
 the inhibitory cardiac mechanism is much more marked than 
 that on the cardiac muscle. 
 
 [ADONIDINUM. 
 
 ADONIDIN. (Not official). A glucoside obtained from Adonis Ver- 
 nalis (nat. ord. Ranunculacece). Synonym. False Hellebore. Habitat. 
 Northern Europe and Asia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. This glucoside occurs as a somewhat hygroscopic, canary- 
 colored powder, of intensely bitter taste ; soluble in water and Alcohol ; in- 
 soluble in Ether, Chloroform and Benzin. 
 
 Dose, */(> to J/j gr. ; .01 to .02 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF ADONIDIN. 
 
 Adonidin markedly increases the arterial pressure while de- 
 creasing the pulse rate. The primary rise is chiefly of cardiac 
 origin, the slowing of the rate is due to stimulation of the inhibi- 
 tory nerves. The late fall of blood-pressure is due, at least in 
 great part, to vaso-motor paralysis. In its action it is more 
 prompt than digitalis, and, according to Durand, does not have 
 a cumulative action. If it is diuretic, it is chiefly through its 
 effects upon the circulation. It is used for the same class of 
 cases as digitalis. Its irritating properties prevent its subcu- 
 taneous use and even prolonged administration by the mouth.]
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE HEART. 437 
 
 CLASS II. THE ACONITE GROUP. 
 
 ACONITUM. 
 
 ACONITE. [Synonyms. Monkshood. Wolfsbane. The tuber of 
 Aconitum Napellus Linne (nat. ord. Ranunculacea}. Habitat. Mountainous 
 districts of Europe, Asia, and Northwestern North America. 
 
 CHARACTERS. From 10 to 20 mm. thick at the crown ; conically con- 
 tracted below ; from 50 to 75 mm. long, with scars or fragments of radicles ; 
 dark brown externally ; whitish internally ; with a rather thick bark, the cen- 
 tral axis about seven-rayed ; without odor ; taste at first sweetish, soon becom- 
 ing acrid, and producing a sensation of tingling and numbness, which lasts for 
 some time.] Resembling Aconite. Horseradish (<]. v. ). 
 
 COMPOSITION. -The active principle is the very poisonous alkaloid Aco- 
 niline (see [below] ). Two other alkaloids are present, Aconine [C^H^Ou] 
 and Benzaconine. Other principles are, perhaps, Pseudo-aconitine, [C 3a H 49 
 NO n , or Napelline, (dose, }4 to % gr. ; .01 to .03 gm., Merck), Pseudo- 
 aconine, C 27 H 41 NO 8 , Picro-aconitine, CjjH^NOjQ, combined with Aconitic 
 Acid, H,C,H 5 6 .] 
 
 Dose, y z to 2 gr. ; [.03 to .12 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Extractum Aconiti. Extract of Aconite. By maceration and 
 percolation with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, T ^ to % gr. ; .006 to .015 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Aconiti Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Aconite. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, ', to 2 m. ; .03 to .12 c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Aconiti. Tincture of Aconite. Aconite, 35. By 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water to 1000. 
 
 Dose, % to 5 m. ; .03 to .30 c.c. 
 
 It should be remembered that Fleming's Tincture of Aconite, which is 
 found in the shops, is nearly twice as strong as the official tincture. ] 
 
 ACONITINA. Aconitine. (B. P., not official). C 33 H 45 NO 1!I ?= 
 
 [645.54.?] 
 
 SOURCE. [It is precipitated from an aqueous solution of an alcoholic ex- 
 tract of the powdered root by Ammonia, and then purified.] 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, hexagonal prisms of the rhombic system. Causes 
 tingling when placed on the tongue. By partial hydrolysis it yields benzaco- 
 nine, and on further hydrolysis it forms aconine and benzoic acid. Solubility. 
 Readily in Alcohol and Chloroform, less so in Ether ; nearly insoluble in 
 water. 
 
 [Dose, ^ gr. ; .0003 gm.]
 
 438 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Preparation, \_B. P., not official.] 
 
 Unguentum Aconitinae. [Aconitine Ointment.] Aconitine dis- 
 solved in Alcohol, I ; Oleic Acid, 8 ; [Benzoinated] Lard, 41. 
 
 ACTION OF ACONITE. 
 
 The action of aconite, which has lately been studied by Cash 
 and Dunstan, is due chiefly to the aconitine in it, and therefore 
 they may be considered together. 
 
 External. Applied to the skin, to a mucous membrane, or 
 to a raw surface, aconitine and therefore aconite, first stimulates 
 and then paralyzes the sensory nerves ; it therefore causes first 
 tingling, then numbness and local anaesthesia, which last 
 some time. Unless the skin is sound a dangerous quantity may 
 be absorbed. It is intensely irritant to the nostrils, causing, 
 when it is inhaled, sneezing and much secretion with an icy 
 cold sensation. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intcstinal tract. Unless it is very dilute, 
 numbness and tingling are produced in the mouth. There are 
 no other gastro-intestinal symptoms unless the dose is very large, 
 when there may be vomiting and purging. 
 
 Heart. If small doses are given, the rate of the beat is soon 
 very decidedly steadied and slowed, shortly after that the 
 force and tension become less, and these effects are mainly 
 due to a stimulation of the roots of the vagus. But after larger 
 doses the pulse quickens, misses beats, and becomes irregular. 
 Many of the ventricular beats have no corresponding auricular 
 contraction, although the two auricles always contract together 
 and the two ventricles contract together. As the irregularity 
 and frequency of ventricular contractions increase, the blood- 
 pressure rapidly undergoes great variations. It is not until 
 quite the end of its action that aconite influences the heart 
 muscle. The ventricles, always more affected than the auricles, 
 pass into a condition of delirium. Even small doses lead to a 
 fall of blood-pressure, but all the effects on blood-pressure 
 are almost entirely secondary to the action on the heart or its 
 nerves. The vaso-motor centre is only slightly affected. [Clin-
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE HEART. 439 
 
 ically it would appear that the peripheral vessels are dilated. 
 Aconite has been named the vegetable lancet.] 
 
 Respiration. The respiration, after a transitory quickening, 
 is slowed, expiration and the pause after it are considerably 
 prolonged. The movements become more slow and dyspnoeal, 
 the respiratory centre is powerfully depressed, but it is not easy 
 to decide whether death is due to this or to cardiac failure. 
 
 Nervous system. It appears clear that aconite, whether given 
 internally or applied locally, depresses the activity of the 
 peripheral terminations of the nerves ; the nerves of com- 
 mon sensation and temperature are affected before the 
 motor. Any pain that may be present is relieved. Large 
 doses in man cause clonic convulsions, chiefly respiratory. Later 
 on, the paralysis of the motor nerves gives rise to muscular weak- 
 ness. It is doubtful whether the cord is influenced. The brain 
 is not. The pupil is dilated. 
 
 Temperature. Aconite causes a febrile temperature to fall, 
 This is in part due to its action on the circulation and respira- 
 tion, but probably other causes are at work. 
 
 Skin. Aconite is a mild diaphoretic ; in this case also we 
 do not understand how it acts. [The cutaneous blood-vessels 
 are generally dilated.] Occasionally it produces an erythema- 
 tous rash. 
 
 Kidneys. It is said to be a feeble diuretic, but its effect is 
 very slight, Aconitine is excreted in the urine. 
 
 Benzaconine is bitter, and does not cause tingling or numb- 
 ness of mucous surfaces ; in large doses it slows the pulse-beat 
 very strikingly because the auricular beats are frequently not fol- 
 lowed by ventricular contraction. Its action is probably chiefly 
 on the heart muscle itself. It does not paralyze sensory nerves, 
 but greatly interferes with motor nerves and causes a semi-coma- 
 tose condition. The fall of temperature produced by it is very 
 slight. It will be noticed that it is in almost all respects contrary 
 in action to aconitine. 
 
 Aconine is bitter, but does not produce numbness. It is 
 non-toxic as regards the heart, and opposes the cardiac inco- 
 ordination and asequence caused by aconitine. It depresses
 
 44O ORGANIC MATER I A MEDICA. 
 
 motor nerves and respiration very strikingly, probably acting 
 like curare. 
 
 It is worth noting that, whilst the introduction into aconitine 
 of two additional acetyl groups (as in diacetyl-aconitine) gives 
 rise to a derivative very similar in action to aconitine, the loss 
 of the acetyl group, as in benzaconine, almost entirely abolishes 
 all physiological resemblance to aconitine. On the other hand, 
 the removal of the benzoyl radical from benzaconine (aconine 
 remaining) produces much less alteration in action, although it 
 does not diminish the toxicity of benzaconine. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF ACONITE. 
 
 External. As aconite produces local anaesthesia, it is ap- 
 plied externally and often with great benefit in cases of neuralgia, 
 especially facial neuralgia. Frequently it fails, and we cannot tell 
 beforehand whether it will succeed. A small piece of the oint- 
 ment [B. P.] maybe rubbed in till numbness is produced, but as 
 this is a very expensive preparation it is usually better to paint 
 on the liniment [B. P., a 40 per cent, solution of the powdered 
 root in alcohol, to which 2 per cent, of camphor is added], 
 with a camel's-hair brush. The pain of chronic rheumatism is 
 sometimes relieved by aconite. Linimentum Aconiti Composi- 
 tum, commonly called A. B. C. liniment because it contains 
 equal parts of Aconite, Belladonna and Camphor liniments, is 
 an excellent preparation for external use. Aconite should never 
 be used externally unless the skin is quite sound. 
 
 Internal. It may be given internally for neuralgia, but it 
 does not succeed nearly so well as when applied externally. It 
 is not used internally as much as formerly, when it was admin- 
 istered in almost every febrile disease, with the object of decreas- 
 ing the force and tension of the pulse. Certainly it does this 
 very effectually, and the only reason why it is not so popular at 
 the present time is, that it is not now thought desirable to reduce 
 the force and frequency of the heart in these diseases. Perhaps 
 it is used too little, for many believe that the milder febrile 
 diseases, such as tonsilitis, laryngitis, or a common cold, are dis- 
 tinctly benefited by aconite, especially if they occur in children.
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE HEART. 44! 
 
 In addition to retarding the pulse it increases perspiration and 
 lowers the temperature. As large doses diminish the force of 
 the heart, it is usually given in doses of two or three minims 
 [.12 or .20 c.c.] of the tincture every hour or so till the pulse 
 falls to nearly normal ; for the same reason it is not advisable to 
 use it for prolonged fevers, as typhoid, nor when the heart is 
 diseased, except in the few cases in which there is sufficient 
 compensative cardiac hypertrophy. In such cardiac cases it is 
 sometimes useful to slow the pulse, even when there is no fever. 
 It will occasionally relieve the pain of aneurism. A common 
 practice was to combine with it one or two minims ; [.06 or .12 
 c.c.] of Vinum Antimonii, as that has much the same action on 
 the heart. Formerly it was much used in surgery if it was feared 
 that inflammation might set in after injuries. 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms. They come on quickly ; in a few minutes there is a severe 
 burning, tingling sensation in the mouth, followed by numbness. Vomiting 
 [is not common, but may] begin in an hour or so, and [then] is very severe. 
 There is an intense abdominal burning sensation. The skin is cold and 
 clammy. Numbness and tingling, with a sense of formication of the whole 
 skin, trouble the patient very much. The pupils are dilated, the eyes fixed 
 and staring. The muscles become very feeble, hence he staggers. His pulse 
 is small, weak and irregular. There is difficulty of respiration. Death takes 
 place from asphyxia, or in some cases from syncope. The patient is often con- 
 scious to the last. Post-mortem. The usual signs of death from asphyxia are 
 seen. 
 
 Treatment. Wash out the stomach promptly, give emetics (see p. 139). 
 Use artificial respiration early. Inject stimulants, as ether or brandy, subcu- 
 taneously ; apply warmth. Atropine and the tincture of digitalis should be 
 given subcutaneously. Hot blankets and bottles [are useful]. 
 
 AMYL COLLOID. (Not official.) Synonym. Anodyne Colloid. 
 The composition of this is Amyl Hydride, 480 ; Aconitine, I ; Veratrine,6 ; 
 Collodion to 960. It is a fluid preparation. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF AMYL COLLOID. 
 
 Amyl colloid is painted on the skin over painful areas in neu- 
 ralgia, sciatica, etc. It is an elegant method of obtaining the 
 local anaesthetic action of aconitine and veratrine, which is aided 
 by the evaporation of amyl hydride ; [but it is extremely diffi-
 
 44 2 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 cult to make a clear solution.] When the collodion has formed 
 a film, a piece of warm, moist spongiopiline helps the anaesthetic 
 effect of the alkaloids. 
 
 [VERATRUM VIRIDE. 
 
 VERATRUM VIRIDE. Synonyms. American Hellebore. Green 
 Hellebore. The rhizome and roots of Veratrum viride Solander (nat. ord. 
 Liliacea). Habitat. North America, in rich woods. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Rhizome upright, obconical, simple or divided, from 3 to 
 8 cm. long, and 2 to 4 or 5 cm. thick, externally blackish-gray, internally 
 grayish-white, showing numerous short, irregular wood-bundles. Roots ema- 
 nating from all sides of the rhizome, numerous, shrivelled, light yellowish- 
 brown, about lo to 20 cm. long, and 2 mm. thick. Inodorous, but strongly 
 sternutatory when powdered ; taste bitterish and very acrid. Resembling 
 Veratrum, Valerian, Serpentaria, and Arnica, but Veratrum has thicker 
 rootlets, and no odor. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Jet-vine C^H^NOj, an 
 alkaloid, non-sternutatory. (2) Pseudojervine, an alkaloid, resembling Jer- 
 vine. (3) Veratroidine, sometimes called Cevadine, uncrystallizable, and 
 sternutatory, is probably mostly Rubijervine. (4) Resin. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm. 
 
 . Preparations. 
 
 I. Extractum Veratri Viridis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of 
 Veratrum Viride. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c. 
 
 a. Tinctura Veratri Viridis. Tincture of Veratrum Viride. 
 Veratrum Viride, 400. By maceration and percolation, with Alcohol 
 to 1000. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 m. ; .12 to .60 c.c. 
 
 It should be remembered that Norwood's Tincture of Veratrum Viride, 
 which is found in the shops, is one-tenth stronger than the official. 
 
 ACTION OF VERATRUM VIRIDE. 
 
 The action of veratrurn viride is very complex, as it contains 
 so many alkaloids, but experiments have only been made on two 
 active principles. These are jervine, and a substance, vera- 
 troidine, which further analysis shows to consist chiefly of ru- 
 bijervine, resin, and, perhaps, some other bodies. Jervine, 
 veratroidine, and veratrum viride will be considered separately.
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE HEART. 443 
 
 Jervine. Gastro-intestinal tract. When administered in- 
 ternally this substance produces profuse salivation, but neither 
 vomiting nor purging. 
 
 Circulation. The pulse is markedly lessened in frequency 
 if the animal is quiet, but often the convulsions produced by the 
 jervine cause a rapid pulse. The force of the cardiac beat is not 
 at first altered. The blood-pressure falls at once, and con- 
 tinues to fall till death. Experiments made by excluding dif- 
 ferent parts show that these effects are produced by a powerful 
 direct depressant effect on the cardiac muscle itself, 
 and that the vaso-motor nerve-centres are powerfully para- 
 lyzed. 
 
 Respiration. This is i rofoundly depressed, and death takes 
 place from asphyxia. 
 
 Nervous system. Early in the case there is muscular 
 weakness, and this becomes more and more marked, so that 
 the animal cannot stand, and reflex action is abolished. Yet, 
 weak as these muscles are, they are soon violently convulsed, 
 and it is found that jervine produces these apparently contrary 
 effects by energetically stimulating the cerebral motor centres, 
 but at the same time paralyzing the anterior cornual cells of the 
 spinal cord, although not sufficiently to prevent the very strong 
 impulses from the cerebral centres reaching the muscles and 
 causing convulsions. The muscles themselves and the motor 
 and sensory nerves are not affected ; or, if they are, they are de- 
 pressed a little, just before death. Consciousness and the pupils 
 are uninfluenced. 
 
 Veratroidine. Gastro-intestinal tract. This substance 
 always produces vomiting and sometimes purging. 
 
 Circulation. At first it lessens the pulse-rate because it 
 stimulates the pneumogastric, consequently the blood-pressure 
 falls, and if artificial respiration is kept up these effects continue 
 till, if very large doses have been given, the stimulation of the 
 vagi passes into paralysis, and then the pulse rises in frequency. 
 Veratroidine probably has no action on the vaso-motor centres. 
 Its influence on the respiratory centres is so intense that if arti- 
 ficial respiration is not maintained, the effects of the asphyxia so
 
 444 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 mask those of the drug on the vagi that the blood-pressure rises, 
 and the pulse becomes rapid. 
 
 Respiration. The function of respiratory centres is power- 
 fully depressed, the animal soon becomes asphyxiated and 
 dies. 
 
 Nervous system. The action is the same as that of jervine. 
 
 Veratrum Viride. The symptoms produced by this drug 
 in man are as follows. They are easily explained by the com- 
 bined action of jervine and veratroidine : The frequency and 
 force of the pulse are profoundly depressed. There may be 
 severe nausea and vomiting. After large doses the pulse becomes 
 very feeble and uneasy, there is difficulty of respiration and 
 intense muscular weakness. Convulsions are not common in 
 man. The temperature may fall several degrees. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF VERATRUM VIRIDE. 
 
 It is the opinion of most authorities that veratrum viride 
 should be prescribed with great caution, as it is such a powerful 
 poison. Veratrum viride has been successfully employed for 
 many years in the treatment of puerperal eclampsia, and of the 
 drugs generally employed for this purpose it is the most reliable. 
 It has been given as a cardiac depressant, but antimony and 
 aconite are much safer. Some have, however, claimed that it is 
 a better cardiac depressant than aconite, because the vomiting it 
 induces quickly indicates that too large a dose has been adminis- 
 tered ; but if the pulse is carefully watched, too much aconite 
 need not be given, and the vomiting itself is objectionable.] 
 
 VERATRINA. 
 
 VERATRINE. [A mixture of alkaloids obtained from the seed of 
 Asagrcea officinalis ( Schlechtendal et Chamisso, Lindley (nat. ord. Liliacea). 
 Habitat. Mexico to Venezuela. 
 
 SOURCE. (i) The seed is exhausted with Alcohol, and the Alcohol re- 
 covered by distillation. (2) The residuary liquid is diluted with water to pre- 
 cipitate the resins and filtered. (3) Ammonia is added to the filtrate when 
 veratrine is precipitated. (4) It is then re-dissolved, decolorized, and re-pre- 
 cipitated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white or grayish-white, amorphous or semi-crystalline 
 powder, odorless, .but causing intense irritation and sneezing when even a
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE HEART. 445 
 
 minute quantity reaches the nasal mucous membrane ; having an acrid taste, 
 and leaving a sensation of tingling and numbness on the tongue ; permanent 
 in the air. Solubility. Very slightly soluble in water ; soluble in 3 parts of 
 Alcohol ; also soluble in 6 parts of Ether, and in 2 parts of Chloroform. 
 Dose, ^ to y 1 ^ gr. ; .002 to .006 gm. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Oleatum Veratrinae. Oleate of Veratrine. Veratrine, 2; 
 Oleic Acid, 98.] 
 
 2. Unguentum Veratrinae. [Veratrine Ointment. Veratrine, 
 4 ; Olive Oil, 6 ; Benzoinated Lard, 90.] 
 
 ACTION OF VERATRINE. 
 
 External. Veratrine, if it is applied to the unbroken skin, 
 and especially if it is rubbed in, produces tingling and numb- 
 ness, followed by a sensation of coldness, and anaesthesia to 
 pain, touch, and temperature. Given subcutaneously, it causes 
 violent pain and irritation. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intesttnal tract. Inhalation of the minu- 
 test portion causes great irritation of the mucous membrane of 
 the nose, violent sneezing, and a free discharge of mucus, 
 which may be bloody. A [minute portion] upon the tongue 
 gives rise to burning pain and profuse salivation. On arriving 
 at the stomach and intestine it produces great epigastric pain, 
 vomiting and diarrhoea. These results also occur if it is 
 given subcutaneously. 
 
 Blood. Veratrine is quickly absorbed. It is not known to 
 affect the living blood, but it kills the white corpuscles in drawn 
 blood. 
 
 Heart. It acts directly on the cardiac muscle as it does upon 
 voluntary muscle ; that is to say, the contractions of the heart 
 become fewer, but each lasts a very long while until 
 ultimately the heart stops in systole. It also acts on the vagus 
 as on spinal nerves, the functional activity being first exalted, 
 and this is partly the reason of the slowing of the heart ; after- 
 wards the vagus is depressed, but this does not cause a quickening 
 of the pulse because of the action of the veratrine on the cardiac
 
 446 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 muscle, but it may make the beat irregular. The blood-pressure 
 at first rises from the increased force of the beat, but when the 
 heart becomes very slow it falls. Possibly these effects are also, 
 in part, owing to the action of the drug on the vaso -motor 
 centres. 
 
 Respiration. Small doses quicken respiration, large ones re- 
 tard it, producing long pauses, and finally arresting it. These 
 results are probably due at first to stimulation, and afterwards to 
 paralysis of the ends of the vagus in the lung, and to paralysis 
 of the respiratory centres. The temperature is lowered. 
 
 Nervous system. The brain is unaffected, and probably vera- 
 trine has no influence on the spinal cord. Motor nerves are 
 first excited and then paralyzed ; and the same is true 
 of sensory nerves and their endings, but here the primary 
 stimulation is very marked, hence the pain produced by the local 
 inunction of veratrine. 
 
 Muscles. The effect of veratrine is pecular and characteristic. 
 In animals to which it has been given, or in excised muscles to 
 which it is applied, it is found that the period during which a 
 single contraction lasts is enormously prolonged. If a 
 tracing of the contraction be taken it will be seen that the latent 
 period and the time of the ascent of the curve are unaltered, that 
 the height is greatly increased and the descent is extraordinarily 
 extended. This is a genuine lengthened contraction, which is 
 neither rigor nor tetanus, but it almost exactly resembles the 
 contraction of the muscles met with in Thomsen's disease. This 
 effect of veratrine disappears if the muscle is cooled. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF VERATRINE. 
 
 External. Veratrine [as an oleate or ointment] has been 
 much used as an inunction for neuralgia, and sometimes it suc- 
 ceeds admirably, generally in the same class of cases as are bene- 
 fited by the local application of aconite. [See also amyl colloid, 
 p. 441.] 
 
 Internal. It is rarely given internally, as it has such a 
 powerful and pecular action on the heart.
 
 DRUGS ACTING CHIEFLY ON THE HEART. 447 
 
 [CLASS III. THE CACTUS GROUP. 
 
 CACTUS. 
 
 CEREUS GRANDIFLORUS. Synonym. Night-blooming Cereus. 
 The stems of Cactus Grandiftorus Linne (nat. ord. Cactacea). Habitat. 
 Tropical America ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Its branches, or stems, are scandent, diffuse, radicant, 
 slightly 5 to 7 angular; areolae, 5 to 12 spinulose j.spinules short, 4 to 6 mm. 
 long, nearly equalling the whorl ; flowers large, nocturnal, white, pleasantly 
 and strongly fragrant ; the calyx is about 15 to 20 cm. in diameter ; the inside 
 being of a splendid yellow, the outside is of a dark brown ; the petals of a 
 pure white ; and there is a vast number of recurved stamens in the centre. 
 
 CONSTITUENT. It is believed to contain an alkaloid, Cactine, but this 
 has not been satisfactorily demonstrated. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Cacti Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Cactus. By macer- 
 ation and percolation of the fresh flowering branches with Alcohol and 
 Water and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; .60 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF CACTUS. 
 
 The action of cactus is upon the intra-cardiac ganglia and ac- 
 celerator nerves, through the cardiac plexus of the sympathetic, 
 and there is not any interference with the inhibitory nerves, nor, 
 indeed, does its administration produce any very marked vaso- 
 motor changes. It shortens the ventricular diastole, thus quick- 
 ening the pulse, and increases the blood-pressure. It is useful 
 in cardiac weakness, that is, relative incompetency ; in convales- 
 cence from typhoid fever ; in simple eccentric cardiac dilata- 
 tion ; in functional cardiac diseases, from tea, coffee, tobacco 
 and alcohol, dyspepsia, neurasthenia of the climacteric, sexual 
 exhaustion ; in the ' ' slow heart, ' ' from over-stimulation of the 
 pneumogastric or degeneration of the muscular wall of the ven- 
 tricles. It is of very great use in aortic regurgitation, but is 
 absolutely contra-indicated in mitral stenosis, thus being of value 
 in those cases where the use of digitalis is inadmissible. It has 
 a sphere of action entirely of its own, not, however, replacing 
 other remedies used for cardiac disease, but it is useful in many 
 cases where these drugs are not only dangerous, but absolutely
 
 44-8 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 contra-indicated. Failures to obtain results depend upon the 
 fact that many adulterated specimens are found in the shops, or 
 upon the uses of inert, dried material. If made from the green 
 plant, as it should always be, the fluid extract is of peculiar green 
 color.] 
 
 GROUP III. 
 
 Vegetable Drugs employed for their action on the Respiratory Organs 
 and not falling among Volatile Oils. (Sef Group VI.) 
 
 Senega, [Sanguinaria, Pulsatilla,] Ipecacuanha, 
 
 [Allium,] Lobelia, [Asclepias, Castanea, Inula, 
 
 Aspidosperma, Eridictyon, Cocillaha,] and 
 
 Prunus Virginiana. 
 
 Senega, Ipecacuanha and Lobelia are gastro-intestinal irritants. Senega 
 and Ipecacuanha are both excreted by the bronchial mucous membrane, which 
 they irritate. Group II. is connected with this group by Senega, which acts 
 on the heart like Squill, and like it is excreted by the bronchial mucous 
 membrane. 
 
 SENEGA. 
 
 [SENEGA. The root of Polygala Senega Linne (nat. ord. Polygaleiz). 
 Synonym. Senega Snakeroot Habitat. United States, westward to Min- 
 nesota. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 10 cm. long, with a heavy knotty crown, and 
 spreading tortuous branches, keeled when dry, fleshy and round after having 
 been soaked in water ; externally yellowish-gray or brownish-yellow ; bark 
 thick, whitish within, enclosing an irregular, porous, yellowish wood ; odor 
 slight, but unpleasant ; taste sweetish, afterwards acrid.] Resembling Senega 
 root. Arnica, Valerian, Serpentaria and Green Hellebore, but none of these 
 have a keel. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The active principle is Senegin (C M H 54 O 18 ). Also called 
 Safonin, which is found in Quillaja (q. .). It is a colorless, amorphous glu- 
 coside, insoluble in Alcohol, but forming a soapy emulsion when mixed with 
 boiling water, and is decomposed by Hydrochloric Acid into glucose and 
 Sapogenin. It exists as a white powder, which forms a soapy emulsion when 
 mixed with boiling water. It acts like Digitonin (see p. 421), and is found in 
 many plants. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Other roots are mixed with it 
 
 [Dose, 10 to 20 gr. ; .60 to 1.20 gm.]
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 449 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Extractum Senegae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Senega. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol, Ammonia Water and 
 Water, and evaporation. 
 
 Fluid Extract of Senega is used to prepare Syrupus Senegae and 
 Syrupus Scillae Compositus. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 20 m. ; .60 to 1.20 c.c. 
 
 2. Synipus Senegae. Syrup of Senega. Fluid Extract of Senega, 
 200 ; Ammonia Water, 5 ; Sugar, 700 ; Water to 1000. Filter before 
 adding the Sugar. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 3. Syrupus Scillae Compositus. See Antimony, p. 231.] 
 
 ACTION OF SENEGA. 
 
 External. Senega is an irritant to the skin. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Senega in large doses is an 
 irritant here also, producing salivation, vomiting and diarrhoea. 
 Even small doses often cause indigestion. It is absorbed with 
 difficulty. 
 
 Circulation. Senegin circulates as such in the blood. It 
 arrests the heart in diastole. It is excreted by the skin, the 
 bronchial mucous membrane, and the kidneys. 
 
 Respiration. When the powdered root is inhaled it acts as a 
 violent irritant to the nose, causing much sneezing and cough, 
 together with hypersemia and increased secretion from the respi- 
 ratory mucous membrane. If senega is taken internally,' the 
 bronchial mucous membrane is irritated because of excretion 
 through it of senegin, which causes vascular dilatation, greater 
 secretion, and reflexly, cough. Senega is, therefore, a stimu- 
 lating expectorant. 
 
 Kidney. It is a diuretic, because excretion of senegin through 
 the kidneys causes irritation of them. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SENEGA. 
 
 Senega is only used as a stimulating expectorant. It is evi- 
 dent that it will be useful in bronchitis, when the secretion is 
 scanty, and when the power to cough is feeble. As it is an irri- 
 tant to the bronchial mucous membrane, it must not be given in 
 
 29
 
 45O ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 acute bronchitis, nor, on account of its gastro-intestinal action, 
 when there is indigestion. It has been employed as a diuretic, 
 but it is not powerful, and is uncertain. 
 
 [SANGUINARIA. 
 
 SANGUINARIA. Synonym. Bloodroot. The rhizome of Sangui- 
 naria canadensis Linn6 (nat. ord. Papaveracetz), collected in autumn. 
 Habitat. North America, in rich woods. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Of horizontal growth, about 5 cm. long, and i cm. thick, 
 cylindrical, somewhat branched, faintly annulate, wrinkled, reddish-brown ; 
 fracture short, somewhat waxy, whitish with numerous small, red resin-cells, 
 or of a nearly uniform, brownish-red color ; bark, thin ; odor, slight ; taste 
 persistently bitter and acrid. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Its chief constituents are (l) Sanguinarine, C M H 15 NO 4 
 a white substance, soluble in Alcohol. (2) Chelerythrine, C M H 15 NO 4 . (3) 
 Protopine. C w Hj 7 NO 5 , also present in Opium. (4) Homochelidonine, C M 
 Hj,NO 4 . (5) Resins. (6) Citric and Malic Acids. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 30 gr. ; .12 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 k 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Sanguinariae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of San- 
 guinaria. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol, Water and 
 Acetic Acid, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m.; .06 to .30 c.c. (expectorant); # to i fl. dr.; 
 i. to 4. c.c. (emetic). 
 
 2. Tinctura Sanguinariae. Tincture of Sanguinaria. Sangui- 
 naria, 150 ; by maceration with Alcohol, Acetic Acid and Water, and 
 percolation to 1000. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c. (expectorant); I to 3 fl. dr. ; 
 4. to 12. c.c. (emetic). 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF SANGUINARIA. 
 
 Sanguinaria is an acrid emetic with stimulant, and in large 
 doses, narcotic powers ; it is also expectorant and said to be an 
 emmenagogue. It is chiefly used as a stimulating expectorant in 
 chronic bronchitis or in advanced stages of the acute disease. 
 
 PULSATILLA. 
 
 PULSATILLA. The herb of Anemone Pulsatilla and of Anemone 
 pratensis Linn6 (nat. ord. Ranunculacea), collected soon after flowering. 
 Habitat. Europe.
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 45 1 
 
 CHARACTERS. Leaves radical, petiolate, silky-villous, twice or thrice 
 deeply three-parted or pinnately cleft, with linear, acute lobes, appearing after 
 the large, purple flowers ; inodorous, very acrid. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is Anemonin, C^HgO^, which is 
 colorless, inodorous and, when distilled with water, acrid. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF PULSATILLA. 
 
 It is said to be very nearly the equivalent of senega, and also 
 to paralyze the heart and respiratory centres. It has been used 
 for the treatment of the symptom of asthma, convulsive coughs 
 and in bronchitis. Pulsatilla is a favorite remedy for dysmen- 
 orrhoea in its various forms, obstructive excepted. The fluid 
 extract (not official) in dose of i to 5 minims; .06 to .30 c.c., 
 has been highly recommended for orchitis and epididymitis.] 
 
 IPECACUANHA. 
 
 IPECACUANHA. Ipecac. [The root of Cepkaelis Ipecaatanha 
 (Brotero) A. Richard (nat. ord. Rttbiaced}. Habitat. Brazil to Bolivia and 
 New Granada, in damp forests ; cultivated in India. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 10 cm. long, and 4 or 5 mm. thick ; mostly simple, 
 contorted, dull grayish-brown or blackish, finely wrinkled ; closely and irreg- 
 ularly annulated, and often transversely fissured ; bark thick, brittle, brownish, 
 easily separated from the thin, whitish, tough, ligneous portion ; odor slight, 
 peculiar, nauseous ; taste bitterish, acrid, nauseating.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Emetine, C^H^NjO^ 
 from I to 2 per cent., an uncrystallizable alkaloid. It is colorless (turns yel- 
 low on keeping), odorless, bitter, and soluble in Alcohol, Ether and Chloro- 
 form, slightly soluble in water, not in caustic alkali. (2) Cephaeline, CjgH^ 
 N 2 O 4 , an amorphous, bitter alkaloid, colorless (turns yellow on keeping), solu- 
 ble in caustic alkali, less soluble in Ether than Emetine, but freely in Alcohol 
 and Chloroform. (3) A third alkaloid in minute quantities. (4) A mixture 
 called Cephaelic or Ipecacuanhic Acid. (5) Tannic acid, Volatile Oil, Starch, 
 Gum, etc. 
 
 Ipecacuanha contains about 2 per cent, of alkaloids. The proportion of 
 each varies in different specimens of the root, but as a rule there is twice as 
 much Emetine as Cephaeline. Emetine hydrochlorate and hydrobromate are 
 in the market ; a solution of either in sherry [ I to 3840] is of about the same 
 strength as Vinum Ipecacuanha:. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Hemiclesmus, which is cracked, not annulated. Almond- 
 Powder, occasionally found mixed with powdered Ipecacuanha root, gives odor 
 of [Hydrocyanic] Acid when moistened.
 
 45 2 ORGANIC MATER1A MEDICA. 
 
 Dose, of powdered root, ^ to 2 gr. ; [.03 to .12 gra. (expectorant), 
 15 to 30 gr. ; i. to 2. gm. (emetic).] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Extractum Ipecacuanhae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Ipe- 
 cac. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, distilla- 
 tion of the Alcohol, addition of water to residue, evaporation and addi- 
 tion of Alcohol. 
 
 Fluid Extract of Ipecacuanha is used to make Syrupus Ipecac- 
 uanhse, Tinctura Ipecacuanhae et Opii, and Vinum Ipecacuanhae. 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 gm. 
 
 2. Pulvis Ipecacuanhae et Opii. See Opium, p. 352. 
 
 3. Trochisci Ipecacuanhae. Troches of Ipecac. Ipecac, 2 ; 
 Tragacanth, 2 ; Sugar, 65 gm. ; Syrup of Orange, a sufficient quantity 
 for 10^ troches. Each troche contains */ gr. ; .02 gm. Ipecacuanha. 
 
 Dose, i to 6 troches. 
 
 4. Trocbisci Morphinse et Ipecacuanhae. See Morphine, p. 
 354- 
 
 5. Syrupus Ipecacuanhae. Syrup of Ipecac. Fluid Extract of 
 Ipecac, 75; Acetic Acid, 10 ; Glycerin, loo; Sugar, 700; Water to 
 IOOO. 
 
 Dose, 5 m. to 2 fl. dr. ; .30 to 8.00 c.c. 
 
 6. Tinctura Ipecacuanhae et Opii. See Opium, p. 352. 
 
 7. Vinum Ipecacuanhae. Wine of Ipecac. Fluid Extract of 
 Ipecac, loo ; Alcohol, loo ; White Wine, 800. 
 
 Dose, i to 60 m. ; .06 to 4.00 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF IPECACUANHA. 
 
 External. Ipecacuanha powder is a powerful irritant to 
 the skin, producing redness, vesication, and pustulation. It has 
 some antiseptic powers, for it can destroy anthrax bacilli, but 
 it has no effect on the spores. This property is not due to its 
 emetine, but to some other constituent. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Here also the irritating ac- 
 tion of ipecacuanha is seen. It increases the flow of saliva, di- 
 lates the gastric vessels, and stimulates the secretion of gastric 
 juice. Therefore small doses are distinctly stomachic, and 
 aid digestion. Large doses are, however, powerfully emetic. 
 This is partly due to their irritant effect upon the stomach, but
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 453 
 
 still more to the fact that emetine acts directly upon the vomit- 
 ing centre in the medulla, as can be proved by observing that, 
 when the alkaloid is thrown directly into the circulation, vomit- 
 ing follows before there is time for it to have been excreted into 
 the stomach. Ipecacuanha is, therefore, both a direct and in- 
 direct emetic. It produces a certain amount of depression, but 
 not more than the mere act of vomiting will explain. It does 
 not usually cause nausea. The irritant effect is continued in the 
 intestine, and hyperaemia, excessive secretion, and purging re- 
 sult. In dysentery there is a peculiar tolerance of ipecacuanha. 
 Ipecacuanha increases the amount of bile secreted, and is there- 
 fore a direct cholagogue. 
 
 Circulation. Large doses of emetine depress the heart 
 powerfully, the blood tension falls, and the heart finally stops in 
 diastole. 
 
 Respiration. This is unaffected. Ipecacuanha powder when 
 inhaled, or ipecacuanha taken internally, when it is excreted by 
 the bronchial mucous membrane, causes hyperaemia of it, to- 
 gether with an increased secretion of bronchial mucus, and 
 therefore, reflexly, coughing is stimulated. It is, consequently, 
 an expectorant ; and because it depresses the circulation a 
 little, it is called a depressant expectorant ; but this is a com- 
 plete misnomer, considering that the bronchial mucous mem- 
 brane is stimulated. Animals to which large doses of ipecacu- 
 anha or of emetine have been given show, after death, 
 considerable hyperaemia of the bronchial mucous membrane, 
 of the lungs, and of the stomach and intestines, and the,same 
 condition of the respiratory passage is seen if ipecacuanha 
 powder has been inhaled. 
 
 Skin. Ipecacuanha is a mild diaphoretic. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF IPECACUANHA. 
 
 External. Ipecacuanha is never, at the present day, em- 
 ployed for its external irritant -effect. It has been used with 
 success, as an antiseptic, in cases of anthrax. It is directed that 
 the wound should be dressed with the powder, and that 5 gr. 
 [.30 gm.] should be taken by the mouth, every two hours.
 
 454 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Internal. Stomach. Occasionally in small doses, such as 4 
 or 5 minims [.25 to .30 c.c.] of the wine or */ gr. [.015 gm.] 
 of the powder, it is employed as a stomachic, and these quanti- 
 ties may even stop vomiting when other drugs have failed. . A 
 usual prescription to arrest the vomiting of pregnancy is a minim 
 [.06 c.c.] of ipecacuanha wine in water every half hour. The 
 powder of ipecac [and opium] has been praised in cases of gastric 
 ulcer ; no doubt any good effect it may have is due to its stimu- 
 lating power. Ipecacuanha is a very common emetic. It should 
 not be given when it is desired, as in cases of poisoning, to 
 empty the stomach quickly, for some time elapses before it is ab- 
 sorbed and influences the medulla ; nor should it be given to the 
 very feeble, for it has no action that will counteract the depres- 
 sion of the vomiting. But it is an excellent emetic when it is 
 wished, by the act of vomiting, to empty the air-passages, as in 
 bronchitis, the early stages of diphtheria, tracheitis, and laryn- 
 gitis, for not only the vomiting, but the effect of ipecacuanha on 
 the respiratory tract and the slight subsequent depression will be 
 beneficial. It is chiefly employed for this purpose in children, 
 as they cannot cough well, and often it seems to act like a charm. 
 It used to be given in the early stage of fevers, to empty the 
 stomach of undigested food. A good emetic powder for an 
 adult consists of 20 gr. [1.20 gm.] of powdered ipecacuanha 
 with y^ gr. [.03 gm.] of tartar [emetic.] 
 
 Ipecacuanha is said to be a specific for dysentery. How it 
 acts is not known. Very large doses must be given 60 to 90 
 gr. [4. to 6. gm.] of the powder in a single dose, or 20 gr. [1.20 
 gm.] every four hours. Ipecacuanha from which the emetine 
 has been removed (de-emetized ipecacuanha) has been much 
 employed (dose, 10 to 30 gr. [.60 to 2.00 gm.]); on the other 
 hand, it has been stated that the efficient agent in the treatment 
 of dysentery is the emetine. 
 
 Haifa grain to a grain [.03 to .06 gm.] or more is often com- 
 bined in a pill with other cholagogues to relieve cases of hepatic 
 dyspepsia, and sometimes with excellent results. 
 
 Respiration. Ipecacuanha is a very common expectorant. 
 [The troches] may be [dissolved in the mouth or the syrup], or
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 455 
 
 wine may be given internally. It is suitable in cases of bron- 
 chitis or phthisis in which the secretion is scanty, and therefore 
 there is much purposeless cough ; and also when the disease is 
 of long standing, for then the stimulation of the chronically in- 
 flamed mucous membrane will aid the cure of it. Its power 
 of exciting the act of coughing adds to its usefulness. [Cephae- 
 line seems to possess the expectorant properties of ipecacuanha.] 
 
 The inhalation of ipecacuanha powder [or wine] by means 
 of an atomizer has been recommended in cases of asthma, and 
 for the asthma-like paroxysms which often accompany chronic 
 bronchitis. Sometimes it does good, but it may make the 
 trouble worse. 
 
 Skin. Dover's powder [see p. 352] is very commonly used 
 as a diaphoretic in mild feverish attacks. 
 
 [ALLIUM. 
 
 GARLIC. The bulb of Al/ium sativum Linne (nat. ord. Liliacece'], 
 Habitat. Asia and Southern Europe, cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Bulb subglobular, compound, consisting of about eight 
 compressed, wedge-shaped bulblets, which are arranged in a circle around the 
 base of the stem, and covered by several dry membranous scales. Odor pun- 
 gent and disagreeable ; taste warm and acrid. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A volatile oil, ^ per 
 cent., which consists of Allyl (C S H 5 ) oxide and sulphide. (2) Mucilage. 
 (3) Albumin. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 30 gr. ; i. to 2. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Syrupus Allii. Syrup of Garlic. Garlic, 200 ; Sugar, 800 ; di- 
 luted Acetic Acid to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF GARLIC. 
 
 The effects of garlic are those of a general stimulant, quick- 
 ening the circulation, exciting the nervous system, and promot- 
 ing expectoration. It is beneficial in impaired digestion, in 
 chronic catarrhal and other pectoral affections in which symp- 
 toms of inflammation have subsided and a relaxed state of the 
 vessels remains.]
 
 456 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 LOBELIA. 
 
 LOBELIA. [The leaves and tops of Lobelia inflata Linnfe (nat. ord. 
 JLobeliacete), collected after a portion of the capsules have become inflated. 
 Synonym. Indian Tobacco. Habitat. North America, in the fields and 
 open woods. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Leaves alternate, petiolate, the upper ones sessile, ovate 
 or oblong, about 5 cm - l n g irregularly toothed, pubescent, pale green ; 
 branches hairy, terminating in long racemes of small, pale blue flowers, having 
 an adherent five-toothed calyx, which is inflated in fruit, a bilabiate corolla, 
 and five united stamens ; odor slight, irritating ; taste mild, afterwards burn- 
 ing and acrid.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Lobeline, [an alkaloid, as 
 a yellowish, oily liquid of pungent taste, having an odor resembling that of 
 tobacco. (2) Lobelacrin (probably Lobeline Lobelate). (3) Lobelic Acid.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Caustic Alkalies, as they decompose Lobeline. 
 
 Dose, i to 10 gr. ; [.06 to .60 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Extractum Lobeliae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Lobelia. 
 By maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, i to 10 m. ; .06 to .60 c.c. 
 
 2. Tinctura Lobeliae. Tincture of Lobelia. Lobelia, 200. By 
 percolation with diluted Alcohol to 1000. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF LOBELIA. 
 
 External. Lobelia has no effect on the skin, but it is stated 
 that poisonous symptoms may occur from absorption of it 
 through the epidermis. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. Moderate or large doses 
 are powerfully irritant, and thus they cause .violent vomiting 
 and purging. A peculiarity of the action of lobelia is that these 
 results are accompanied by very intense prostration, as shown 
 by the feeble pulse, cold sweats, pale skin, and great muscular 
 relaxation. 
 
 Circulation. In the frog the heart is at first stimulated, but 
 soon depressed, and it finally stops in diastole. The blood - 
 pressure falls. This is due partly to the action on the heart, and 
 partly to paralysis of the vaso-motor centres. 
 
 Respiration. Small doses slow respiration, large doses
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 457 
 
 strongly depress the respiratory centre, and death takes place 
 from respiratory failure. The muscular coat of the bronchi is 
 said to be relaxed. 
 
 Nervous system. Toxic doses are required to affect the 
 higher cerebral centres, and then coma and convulsions are pro- 
 duced, but it is not clear how far these results are due to asphyxia. 
 The respiratory and vaso-motor centres, and probably the car- 
 diac, are, as already mentioned, depressed. Experiments seem 
 to show that the motor centres of the cord are also depressed. 
 Muscles and nerves are unaffected. 
 
 Lobeline is probably excreted by the kidneys and skin, and 
 is said to have diuretic and diaphoretic properties. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF LOBELIA. 
 
 Lobelia has been recommended as a purgative, and as an 
 emetic, but it should not be used for these purposes, because of 
 its great liability to produce collapse. It is employed [for the 
 relief of the symptom] asthma to relax the muscular coat of the 
 bronchial tubes. A [drachm ; 4. c.c.] of the tincture should 
 be given till nausea is experienced, but it should never be pushed 
 beyond that point. It may also be prescribed for bronchitis 
 accompanied by spasmodic dyspnoea. [As an external applica- 
 tion tincture of lobelia with an equal quantity of glycerin is a 
 most useful remedy for the relief of pain of acute epididymitis. 
 
 ASCLEPIAS. 
 
 ASCLEPIAS. Synonym. Pleurisy root The root of Asclepias tube- 
 rosa Linne (nat. ord. Asclepiadece}. Habitat. United States, near the At- 
 lantic Coast. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Root large and fusiform, dried in longitudinal or trans- 
 verse sections, from 2 to 1 5 cm. long, and about 2 cm. or more in thickness ; 
 the head knotty, and slightly but distinctly annulate, the remainder longitu- 
 dinally wrinkled, externally orange-brown, internally whitish ; tough and 
 having an uneven fracture ; bark thin and in two distinct layers, the inner one 
 whitish ; wood yellowish, with large, white, medullary rays. It is inodorous, 
 and has a bitterish, somewhat acrid taste. 
 
 CONSTITUENTS. (i) A crystalline Glucoside, soluble in Alcohol, Ether, 
 and somewhat in water. (2) Asclepion, a bitter crystalline principle. (3) 
 Two Resins. 
 
 Dose, % to 2 dr. ; 2. to 8. gm.
 
 4 5$ ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Asclepiadis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Asclepias. 
 By maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF PLEURISY ROOT. 
 
 Pleurisy root possesses diaphoretic, carminative, and expec- 
 torant properties, without being stimulant. It is used in the 
 disease which gives its name, and in various pectoral affections. 
 
 CASTANEA. 
 
 CASTANEA. Synonym. Chestnut. The leaves of Castanea dentata 
 (Marshall) Sudworth (nat. ord. Cupulifera}, collected in September or Octo- 
 ber, while still green. Habitat. North America, from Ontario south to 
 Florida, and west to Arkansas and Michigan. 
 
 CHARACTERS. From 15 to 25 cm. long, about 5 cm. wide, petiolate, ob- 
 long-lanceolate, acuminate, mucronate, feather- veined, sinuate- serrate, smooth ; 
 odor slight ; taste somewhat astringent. 
 
 CONSTITUENTS. (i) Tannic acid, about 9 per cent. (2) Albumin. (3) 
 Resin. (4) Gum. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 dr. ; 2. to 8. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Castaneae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Castanea. 
 By maceration with Boiling Water, percolation, evaporation, and addi- 
 tion of Glycerin and Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, ^ to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF CHESTNUT LEAVES. 
 
 Chestnut Leaves are mildly sedative, they are used only in 
 whooping-cough, because they are supposed to possess anti-spas- 
 modic and expectorant properties. 
 
 INULA. 
 
 INULA. Synonym. Elecampane. The root of Inula Helenium 
 Linne (nat. ord. Composite). Habitat. Central and Southern Europe, and 
 eastward to central Asia ; spontaneously in the United States ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In traverse, concave slices or longitudinal sections, with 
 overlapping bark, externally wrinkled and brown ; flexible in damp weather; 
 when dry, breaking with a short fracture ; internally grayish, fleshy, slightly
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 459 
 
 radiate, and dotted with numerous shining, yellowish-brown resin cells ; free 
 from starch ; odor peculiar, aromatic ; taste bitter and pungent. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Inulin, 3C 12 H M O 10 + 
 H 2 O, sometimes called Alantin, which is found in 19 to 44 per cent., accord- 
 ing to the season ; (2) Alantic Acid, C 15 H 20 O 2 ; (3) HJenin, C 6 H 8 O. (4) A 
 volatile oil, consisting of alantic anhydride, and alantol or alant camphor. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i dr. ; i. to 4. gm. ' 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF INULA. 
 
 It is chiefly used in diseases of the lungs, especially when 
 complicated with general debility. Recently, some laboratory 
 experiments have suggested that helenin may be of value in the 
 treatment of tuberculosis, since it is believed to be a bactericide. 
 
 ASPIDOSPERMA. 
 
 ASPIDOSPERMA. Synonyms. Quebracho. Iron Wood. The bark 
 of Aspidosperma Quebracho-bianco Schlechtendal (nat. ord. Apocynacea). 
 Habitat. Argentine Republic. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In nearly flat pieces, about I to 3 cm. thick ; the outer 
 surface yellowish-gray or brownish, deeply fissured ; inner surface yellowish- 
 brown or reddish-brown, distinctly striate ; fracture displaying two sharply- 
 defined strata, of about equal thickness, and both marked with numerous 
 whitish dots and striae arranged in tangential lines ; the fracture of the outer, 
 lighter-colored layer rather coarsely granular, and that of the darker colored, 
 inner layer short-splintery ; inodorous ; taste very bitter and slightly aromatic. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Aspidospermine, C^H^NjOj, (2) Quebrachamine, 
 (3) Aspidospermatine, (4) Aspidosamine, C 22 H 28 N 2 O 2 , (5) Hydroquebrachine, 
 C2jH.jgN.jO.,, all being Alkaloids, (6) Quebrachit, a peculiar sugar, (7) Tannic 
 acid. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Aspidospermatis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Aspi- 
 dosperma. By maceration with Glycerin and Alcohol, and percolation 
 with Glycerin, Alcohol and Water, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 ACTION OF ASPIDOSPERMA. 
 
 None of the alkaloids fully represent the drug. In the lower 
 animals large doses of the bark produce motor paralysis, with 
 dyspnoea and finally death from asphyxia. The breathing early
 
 460 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 becomes slower, but deeper ; the blood-pressure is not affected 
 until late. Penzoldt believes that the relief of dyspnoea, which 
 is obtained clinically, is caused by its increasing the power of the 
 blood to take up oxygen. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF ASPIDOSPERMA. 
 
 It is a bitter which may aid the appetite, and is a valuable 
 remedy when the respiration is embarrassed by emphysema, 
 chronic bronchitis, or chronic pneumonia ; even uraemic asthma 
 is benefited by it. It is not of benefit in dyspnoea of cardiac 
 origin. The commercial aspidospermine, which is an impure 
 mixture of all the alkaloids, and therefore represents their com- 
 bined action, may be given in doses of from /^ to ^ gr.; .015 
 to .03 gm. 
 
 ERIODICTYON. 
 
 ERIODICTYON. Synonyms. Yerba Santa. Mountain Balm. Con- 
 sumptive's Weed. The leaves of Eriodictyon glutinosum, Bent ham (nat. ord. 
 Hydrophyllacece). Habitat. California. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Oblong lanceolate, 5 to 10 cm. long, acute at the apex, 
 and below narrowed into a short petiole, the margin sinuately toothed to nearly 
 entire ; upper surface green, smooth, and covered with a brownish resin ; 
 lower surface reticulate and minutely white-tomentose ; odor somewhat aro- 
 matic ; taste balsamic and sweetish. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Volatile Oil, (2) Resin, 
 acrid, greenish-yellow, containing Ericolin, Cj^H^O^, (3) Tannic acid, 8 per 
 cent. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 30 gr. ; x. to 2. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Eriodictyi Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Eriodictyon. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and evapora- 
 tion. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 30 m. ; i. to 2. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF ERIODICTYON. 
 
 Eriodictyon has long been used in California as a bitter tonic, 
 and as a stimulating expectorant. It has been found useful in 
 chronic bronchitis. It is an excellent vehicle for quinine, 
 concealing its bitter taste.
 
 DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 461 
 
 COCILLAftA. 
 
 COCILLANA. (Not official). The bark of Sycocarpus Rusbyi (nat. 
 ord. Meliacea}. Habitat. Bolivia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. The bark is thick, and ash-colored, becoming rough only 
 with considerable age ; inner surface is grayish-yellow ; the odor is slight, but 
 peculiar ; taste unpleasant (not bitter), slightly nauseous. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Its chief constituents are (I) Rusbyinc (Eccles), an 
 alkaloid. (2) Two Resins. (3) Tannic Acid. (4) Calcium Oxalate. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Cocillanae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Cocill ana. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and evapora- 
 tion. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 25 m. ; .30 to 1.50 c.c. 
 
 2. Syrupus Cocillanae. Syrup of Cocillana. By maceration and 
 percolation with Alcohol and Water, with addition of Sugar. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Cocillanae. Tincture of Cocillana. By maceration 
 and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and addition of Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF COCILLANA. 
 
 Cocillana acts upon muciparous glands, increasing their ac- 
 tivity ; on the bronchial mucous membrane, causing expectora- 
 tion ; on the intestinal mucous membrane, producing a laxative 
 effect ; it also slightly increases the appetite ; it slightly 
 strengthens the heart beat, and the pulse, but does not stimulate 
 the respiratory centre. The syrup does not act as a laxative, 
 while the resins are distinctly purgative. It is of very great 
 value as an expectorant, preferable to ipecacuanha, in that it 
 does not so readily cause nausea and a metallic taste in the 
 mouth, and assists the regular movement of the bowels. If, 
 however, nausea should be produced, it is very persistent. Its 
 action is fully established three to six hours after administration, 
 and persists at least for six hours. It can, in many cases, be 
 substituted for apomorphine, ammonium carbonate and for 
 many other drugs, classed, with more or less reason, as expec- 
 torants].
 
 462 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 PRUNUS VIRGINIANA. 
 
 [WILD CHERRY. The bark of Prunus serotina Ehrhart (nat. ord. 
 Rosacecf) t collected in autumn. Habitat. North America, westward to Min- 
 nesota and Louisiana ; in woods. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In curved pieces or irregular fragments, 2 mm. or more 
 thick, outer surface greenish-brown, or yellowish-brown, smooth and somewhat 
 glossy, marked with transverse scars ; if the bark is collecte'd from old wood 
 and deprived of the corky layer, the outer surface is nut-brown and uneven ; 
 inner surface somewhat striate or fissured. Upon maceration in water it 
 develops a distinct bitter-almond odor ; its taste is astringent, aromatic and 
 bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (l) Amygdalin, which yields with water, Glucose, Hy- 
 drocyanic Acid and the Essential Oil of Bitter Almond. (2) Emulsin, prob- 
 ably identical with the emulsin of Bitter Almond. The action of this ferment 
 is destroyed at a boiling temperature. (3) Tannic Acid. 
 
 Dose, y z to i dr. ; 2. to 4. gm. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Pruni Virginianae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of 
 Wild Cherry. By maceration and percolation with Glycerin, Alcohol 
 and Water, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c. 
 
 2. Infusum Pruni Virginianae. Infusion of Wild Cherry. 
 Wild Cherry, 40. By maceration and percolation to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. oz. ; 30. to 60. c.c. 
 
 3. Syrupus Pruni Virginianae. Syrup of Wild Cherry. Wild 
 Cherry, 150 ; Sugar, 700 ; Glycerin, 150 ; Water to 1000. By macera- 
 tion and percolation. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF WILD CHERRY. 
 
 When this drug is treated with water diluted hydrocyanic acid 
 is formed, and that is probably the reason why it is efficacious 
 in relieving cough, especially a hacking cough, by which noth- 
 ing is expectorated, for [hydrocyanic] acid diminishes reflex 
 excitability. [Wild cherry] is a very favorite remedy, and the 
 syrup is a very useful flavoring agent for cough mixtures. [It 
 also, as a vehicle for tincture of digitalis, renders it less likely 
 to produce gastric disturbance.]
 
 ANTIPERIODIC, ANTIPYRETIC, AND ANTISEPTIC DRUGS. 463 
 
 GROUP IV. 
 
 Vegetable Drugs having Antiperiodic, Antipyretic, and Antiseptic 
 Properties. 
 
 Cinchona, Quinine, Salicin, Salicylic Acid, [Gaultheria,] 
 Salol, [Salophen.] 
 
 CINCHONA. 
 
 [CINCHONA. The bark of Cinchona Calisaya Weddell, Cinchona 
 officinalis Linne and of hybrids of these and of other species of Cinchona 
 (nat. ord. JZubiacea), yielding, when assayed, not less than 5 per cent, of total 
 alka-loids, and at least 2.5 per cent, of Quinine (C !i0 H M NjOj-|-H 2 O=34i.3). 
 Ha'bitat. South America, on the Eastern slope of the central chain of the 
 Andes, thence spreading northward into Colombia ; cultivated in Java, India, 
 Jamaica, and other countries ; to a limited extent also in South America. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In quills or in curved pieces, varying in length, and usually 
 2 or 3, or sometimes 5 rnm. thick ; the outer surface covered with a gray or 
 brownish-gray cork, usually slightly wrinkled, marked with transverse, and 
 also with intersecting, longitudinal fissures ( C. Calisaya), and sometimes with 
 scattered warts and slight longitudinal ridges ; inner surface light cinnamon- 
 brown, very finely striate ; fracture short and granular in the outer layer, and 
 finely fibrous in the inner layer ; powder light brown or yellowish brown ; odor 
 slight, somewhat aromatic ; taste bitler and somewhat astringent.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents of Cinchona Bark are five alkaloids, 
 two acids, a glucoside, Tannic acid, a coloring matter and a volatile oil. 
 
 (1) Quinine. An Alkaloid, exists as the Hydrate. Gives a green color 
 with Chlorine water and Ammonia ; turns the plane of polarization to the left, 
 solutions of its salts are fluorescent. Forms salts with acids. (See p. 464.) 
 
 (2) Quinidine.\\\ Alkaloid, C 20 H 24 N 2 O 2 , isomeric with Quinine, differ- 
 ing from it only in crystallizing in prisms, turning the plane of polarization to 
 the right, and not being soluble in ammonia except in excess. 
 
 (3) Cinchonine. An Alkaloid. C 20 H 24 N 2 O. Colorless prisms, inodor- 
 ous, bitter. No green color with Chlorine water and Ammonia. Turns the 
 plane of polarization to the right. Not fluorescent. (See p. 466. ) 
 
 (4) Cinchonidine. An Alkaloid, C^H^NjO, isomeric with Cinchonine, 
 differing from it in turning the plane of polarization to the left, being sparingly 
 soluble in Ether, and being slightly fluorescent. 
 
 (5) Quinamine. An Alkaloid [C 19 H 24 N 2 O 2 ]. Not important. 
 
 (6) Kinic or Quinic Acid. C 7 H 12 O 6 . Large, colorless prisms. It and 
 its salts are soluble in water, and thus Quinine may be given subcutaneously as 
 Quinine Quinate. This acid is found in the Coffee Bean and other plants. It 
 is allied to Benzoic Acid, and appears in the urine as Hippuric Acid.
 
 464 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 (7) Kinovic or Quinovic Acid, [CjjH^Og. ] A white amorphous sub- 
 stance related to Kinovin. 
 
 (8) Kinovin or Quinovin. A Glucoside, [C^H^Og,] which easily de- 
 composes into Glucose and Kinovic Acid. 
 
 (9) Cinchotannic Acid. [2104] percent. It is the astringent principle 
 of Cinchona Bark. It differs from Tannic Acid in becoming green with ferric 
 salts. It is easily oxidized to Cinchona Red. 
 
 (10) Cinchona Red. The coloring matter of the bark. It is almost in- 
 soluble in water. 
 
 (11) A Volatile Oil. This exists in minute quantities. Cinchona Bark 
 owes its smell to it. 
 
 Remijia Bark yields, in addition, Homoquinine, which is a compound of 
 Quinine and another alkaloid, Cupreine, [C 19 H M N,O r ] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Inferior barks, known by their not yielding the full strength 
 of Quinine and Cinchonine. 
 
 [The true yellow Cinchona Bark must not be confounded with other Cin- 
 chona Barks of a similar color, but having the bast fibres in bundles or raised 
 rows, and breaking with a splintery or coarsely fibrous fracture.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE^. Ammonia, lime water, metallic salts and gelatin. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 60 gr. ; [.60 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 Preparations . 
 
 [i. Infusum Cinchonae. Infusion of Cinchona. Cinchona, 60 ; 
 Aromatic Sulphuric Acid, 10 ; by percolation with Water to looo. 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. oz. ; 30. to 60. c.c. 
 
 2. Extractum Cinchonae. Extract of Cinchona. By maceration 
 and percolation with Alcohol and Water, distillation of the Alcohol 
 and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 4 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 3. Extractum Cinchonae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Cinchona. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol, Glycerin and Water, and 
 evaporation, addition of Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 60 m. ; .60 to 4.00 c.c. 
 
 4. Tinctura Cinchonae. Tincture of Cinchona. Cinchona, 200 ; 
 Glycerin, 75. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water 
 to i coo. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 CINCHONA RUBRA. 
 
 [RED CINCHONA. The bark of Cinchona suectrubta Pavon (nat 
 ord. Rubiacea}, containing not less than 5 per cent, of its peculiar alkaloids. 
 Habitat. Ecuador, west of Chimborazo. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In quills or incurved pieces, varying in length, and from
 
 ANTIPERIODIC, ANTIPYRETIC, AND ANTISEPTIC DRUGS. 465 
 
 2 to 4 or 5 mm. thick ; the outer surface covered with a grayish-brown cork, 
 more or less rough from warts and longitudinal warty ridges, and from few, 
 mostly short transverse fissures ; inner surface more or less deep reddish-brown 
 and distinctly striate ; fracture short fibrous in the inner layer ; powder red- 
 dish-brown ; odor slight ; taste bitter and astringent. 
 
 CONSTITUENTS. See Cinchona. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 60 gr. ; .60 to 4.00 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Tinctura Cinchonae Composita. Compound Tincture of Cin 
 chona. Red Cinchona, loo; Bitter Orange Peel, 80 ; Serpentaria, 20; 
 Glycerin, 75. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol, Glycerin 
 and Water to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c. 
 
 QUININA. 
 
 1. QUININE. C 20 H 24 N 2 O 2 -f3H 2 O=377.22. An Alkaloid obtained 
 from the bark of various species of Cinchona (nat. ord. Rubiacece}. 
 
 SOURCE. By adding to a solution of the Sulphate a sufficient quantity of 
 Ammonia Water to precipitate the Alkaloid. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, flaky, amorphous or crystalline powder, odorless, 
 and having a very bitter taste; permanent in the air. Solubility. In 1670 
 parts of water, and in 6 parts of Alcohol ; in 23 parts of Ether, 5 parts of 
 Chloroform and 200 parts of Glycerin ; also soluble in Carbon Bisulphide, 
 Benzin, Benzol, Ammonia Water, and diluted acids. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Other alkaloids, cinchonine, cinchonidine, quinidine and 
 cupreine. Lime, chalk, magnesia, starch and other white powders. Salicin, 
 detected by its giving a blood-red color with sulphuric acid. 
 
 Quinine is used to prepare Ferri et Quininae Citras and Ferri et Quininse 
 Citras Solubilis. 
 
 Dose, i to 20 gr. ; .06 to 1.20. gm.] 
 
 2. QUININE SULPHAS. Quinine Sulphate. (CjoH^NjO^H., 
 SO 4 [+7H 2 O=870.22. 
 
 SOURCE. By boiling Cinchona in water acidulated with Hydrochloric 
 Acid and straining. Add Lime to the decoction, and wash the precipitate. 
 Digest in boiling Alcohol, and distil off the Alcohol. Dissolve the residue in 
 Distilled Water and Sulphuric Acid, boil with Animal Charcoal, filter and set 
 aside to crystallize. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, silky, light and fine, needle-shaped crystals, 
 fragile and somewhat flexible, making a very light and easily compressible 
 mass, lustreless from superficial efflorescence after being for some time exposed 
 to the air, odorless, and having a persistent, very bitter taste. The salt is lia- 
 ble to lose water on exposure to warm air, to absorb moisture in damp air, and 
 to become colored by exposure to light. Solubility. In 740 parts of water, 
 
 3
 
 466 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 and in 65 parts of Alcohol ; also in 40 parts of Glycerin, in about 680 parts 
 of Chloroform, and freely in dilute acids. ] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE^. Alkalies and their carbonates, and astringent infusions. 
 
 [Quinine Sulphate is used to prepare Syrupus Ferri, Quininse et Strych- 
 nine Phosphatum. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm., or 5 to 20 gr. ; .30 to 1.20 grn.] (anti- 
 pyretic and antiperiodic). 
 
 3. [QUININE BISULPH AS. Quinine Bisulphate. C 20 H M N 2 O 2 
 H 2 SO 4 +7H 2 O=546.88. 
 
 SOURCE. By suspending Quinine Sulphate in water, adding Sulphuric 
 Acid, filtering and crystallizing. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, transparent or whitish, orthorhombic crystals, 
 or small needles, odorless, and having a very bitter taste. Efflorescing on 
 exposure to air. Solubility. In 10 parts of water, and in 312 parts of 
 Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, i to 20 gr. ; .06 to 1.20 gm. 
 
 4. QUININE HYDROBROMAS. Quinine Hydrobromate. C 20 
 H 24 N 2 O 2 HBr+H 2 O=422.o6. 
 
 SOURCE. By suspending Quinine Sulphate in Water, adding Barium 
 Bromide in solution, filtering, evaporating, and crystallizing. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, light, silky needles, odorless, and having a very 
 bitter taste. The salt is liable to lose water on exposure to warm or dry 
 air. 
 
 Solubility. In 54 parts of water, and in 0.6 part of Alcohol ; also soluble 
 in 6 parts of Ether, and in 12 parts of Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, i to 20 gr. ; .06 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 5. QUININE HYDROCHLORAS. Quinine Hydrochlorate. C 20 
 
 SOURCE. By treating the Alkaloid with diluted Hydrochloric Acid, and 
 crystallization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, silky, light and fine, needle-shaped crystals, odor- 
 less, and having a very bitter taste. The salt is liable to lose water when ex- 
 posed to warm air. Solubility. In 34 parts of water, and in 3 parts of Alco- 
 hol ; also soluble in 9 parts of Chloroform.] 
 Dose, i to 20 gr. ; [.06 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 6. [QUININJE VALERIANAS. See Valeriana. 
 
 7. QUINIDIN^E SULPHAS. Quinidine Sulphate. (C M H 24 N 2 O 2 ), 
 H 2 SO 4 -f-2 H 2 O=78o. 42. The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from 
 the bark of several species of Cinchona (nat. ord. Rubiacecx). 
 
 SOURCE. From the mother liquors after the crystallization of Quinine, by 
 the same process as for Quinine. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, silky needles, odorless, and having a very bitter 
 taste; permanent in the air. Solubility. In loo parts of water, and in 8
 
 ANTIPERIODIC, ANTIPYRETIC, AND ANTISEPTIC DRUGS. 467 
 
 parts of Alcohol ; also in 14 parts of Chloroform, and in acidulated water; 
 almost insoluble in Ether. 
 
 Dose, i to 20 gr. ; .06 to 1.20 gm. 
 
 8. CINCHONINA. Cinchonine. Ci 9 H M N 2 O=293.4l. 
 
 SOURCE. By precipitation of the aqueous solution of the Sulphate by 
 Ammonia Water. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White lustrous prisms or needles, without odor, at first 
 almost tasteless, but soon developing a bitter after-taste ; permanent in the air. 
 Solubility. In 3760 parts of water, and in 1 16 parts of Alcohol ; also soluble 
 in 526 parts of Ether, and in 163 parts of Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, i to 30 gr. ; .06 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 9. CINCHONINA SULPHAS. Cinchonine Sulphate. (C 19 H M N, 
 O) 2 H 2 SO 4 +2H 2 O=720.56. 
 
 SOURCE. Obtained from the mother liquors after the crystallization of the 
 Quinine, Quinidine, and Cinchonidine Sulphates by further concentration, 
 precipitating the alkaloids by Caustic Soda, washing with Alcohol till free 
 from other alkaloids, dissolving in Sulphuric Acid, purifying with animal char- 
 coal, and crystallizing. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Hard, white, lustrous, prismatic crystals, without odor, 
 and having a very bitter taste ; permanent in the air. Solubility. In 66 parts 
 of water, and in 10 parts of Alcohol ; also soluble in 78 parts of Chloroform, 
 but almost insoluble in Ether. 
 
 Dose, i to 30 gr. ; .06 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 10. CINCHONIDINE SULPHAS. Cinchonidine Sulphate. (C 19 
 H K N 2 O) 2 H 2 SO 4 +3H 2 O=738.52. The neutral Sulphate of an Alkaloid 
 obtained from the bark of various species of Cinchona. 
 
 SOURCE. Obtained from the mother liquors after the crystallization of 
 Quinine Sulphate by further concentration, purifying by crystallization from 
 Alcohol, and finally from hot water. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, silky, acicular crystals, without odor, and having 
 a very bitter taste ; slightly efflorescent on exposure to air. Solubility. In 
 70 parts of water, and in 66 parts of Alcohol; also soluble in 1316 parts of 
 Chloroform, and almost insoluble in Ether. The presence of sulphates of 
 other Cinchona Alkaloids increase its solubility in Ether and Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, i to 30 gr. ; .06 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF CINCHONA AND ITS ALKALOIDS. 
 
 The action of cinchona bark is due almost entirely to the 
 quinine in it ; the other alkaloids act in much the same way as 
 this alkaloid, the sulphate, [bisulphate, hydrobromate] and hydro- 
 chlorate of which produce the same effect as quinine itself. The 
 following description will be that of the action of quinine sul-
 
 468 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 phate, which is often called quinine. Any differences between 
 it and the bark or the other alkaloids will be mentioned in the 
 course of this description. 
 
 External. Quinine is a very powerful antiseptic. A solu- 
 tion of i to 500 destroys many forms of micro-organisms, and 
 a solution of i to 250 prevents fermentation and putrefaction. 
 Quinine is very fatal to all low forms of animal and vegetable 
 life. A solution of i to 1000 kills many infusoria. No effect 
 is produced upon the sound skin by quinine, but it is irritant to 
 a raw surface. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Quinine acts like any other 
 bitter, such as calumba. The bitter taste is very marked ; in 
 the mouth the gustatory nerves, and in the stomach the gastric 
 nerves, are stimulated. This leads reflexly to an increase of the 
 salivary and gastric secretions, and to greater vascularity and 
 peristalsis of the stomach, the appetite is sharpened and digestion 
 is aided. Quinine is, therefore, a stomachic. These effects, 
 of course, bring about a better absorption of food ; and hence, 
 if digestion was previously feeble, the patient feels stronger after 
 a course of quinine. In the stomach any quinine salt is con- 
 verted into a chloride, some of which is probably absorbed here ; 
 for in the intestines it would be precipitated by the alkaline 
 secretions. It is often excreted unchanged in the faeces. 
 
 Blood. Quinine, as the chloride, is readily absorbed into the 
 blood ; and although this is alkaline, it is not precipitated, being 
 probably held in solution by the gases of the blood. It is not 
 known that it undergoes any alteration there, but it produces 
 some remarkable changes. 
 
 (0) White corpuscles. If the movements of the white cor- 
 puscles are being watched in a drop of blood on the warm stage 
 of the microscope, and some quinine is added, they at once cease. 
 Again, if the mesentery of a living frog be put under the micro- 
 scope, and slightly irritated so as to set up inflammation, emi- 
 gration of the white corpuscles through the capillary walls, or 
 diapedesis, as it is called, will be observed ; if now some quinine 
 be injected into the circulation this ceases, but those white cor- 
 puscles that h we already passed out wander further from their
 
 ANTIPERIODIC, ANTIPYRETIC, AND ANTISEPTIC DRUGS. 469 
 
 capillary. If the quinine be applied locally to the mesentery, 
 directly the white corpuscles have passed through their capillaries 
 their movement is stopped, and the motionless corpuscles collect 
 in large numbers around the capillaries. It is clear, therefore, 
 that quinine has the power of arresting the movements of 
 white blood-corpuscles. In sufficient quantity it appears 
 actually to destroy them, for in a cat killed by quinine they are 
 much fewer in number than in a healthy cat. 
 
 (<) Red corpuscles. Quinine is said to cause a diminution in 
 the size of these, but this is most likely not strictly correct. In 
 fever, if the temperature is high, the red corpuscles are probably 
 a little larger than natural. If the temperature be reduced by 
 any means the corpuscles regain their normal size. Quinine will 
 reduce the temperature, but it probably has no special action on 
 the corpuscles. 
 
 (c~) Acidity of the blood. Blood outside the body gradually 
 becomes acid. Quinine prevents this. 
 
 (y ) Ozonizing power. If ozonized oil of turpentine be mixed 
 with a tincture of guaiacum, nothing occurs ; but if a drop of 
 blood be added, that transfers the ozone to the guaiacum, oxi- 
 dizes it, and turns it blue. This ozonizing power of blood 
 is prevented by the addition of quinine. 
 
 (/) The stability of oxy hemoglobin is strengthened by qui- 
 nine, so that the blood does not yield up its oxygen as easily as 
 normally, consequently it cannot absorb oxygen readily. This 
 inability of haemoglobin to take up oxygen in the presence of 
 quinine is parallel with its action on other varieties of proto- 
 plasm. For example, fungi absorb oxygen slowly if quinine be 
 present, and thus fermentation may be prevented. Phosphores- 
 cent infusoria (the phosphorescence is due to rapid oxidation) lose 
 this property in the presence of quinine. The ozonizing power 
 of fresh vegetable juices is retarded by it. Quinine is, therefore, 
 very constant and very powerful in interfering with oxidation. 
 
 Circulation. Small doses of quinine probably increase the 
 activity of the heart reflexly because they stimulate the stomach ; 
 but large doses (larger than are given to man medicinally), either 
 applied to the excised heart or circulating through it, directly
 
 47O ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 paralyze the organ ; the pulse becomes slower and more feeble, 
 and the heart is finally arrested in diastole. Whether it acts on 
 the muscle or the ganglia is not known. I^rge doses lower the 
 blood-pressure considerably ; this is owing partly to the effect on 
 the heart, but it is probable that this fall of arterial pressure is 
 due in part also to the action of quinine on the blood-vessels. 
 If the spleen is enlarged as a result of malarial fever, the ad- 
 ministration of quinine, curing the fever, leads to a decrease in 
 the size of the spleen, but it has no direct effect on this organ, 
 as is often asserted. 
 
 Respiration. Although, as we have seen, quinine must, be- 
 cause of its retardation of oxidation, have a powerful influence 
 on internal respiration, diminishing the activity of metabolism, 
 it has but a moderate effect on respiratory movements. Small 
 doses slightly increase, large doses depress them. 
 
 Temperature. Quinine has very little power over the healthy 
 temperature, but that of fever is markedly reduced ; it is, there- 
 fore, an energetic antipyretic. Considering its direct capa- 
 bility of diminishing metabolism in the tissues, it seems fair to 
 assume that the drug diminishes heat production, and that 
 it does so by acting directly on the thermogenetic tissues ; but, 
 whether it decreases heat production by also influencing the cere- 
 bral thermogenetic centres is not known. 
 
 Cerebrum. Small doses are believed to stimulate cerebral 
 activity. The results of experiments upon the action of quinine 
 on the brain are so discordant as to be at present valueless. The 
 effects of a large dose in man will be described under Cin- 
 chonism. 
 
 Spinal cord and nerves. In frogs, quinine causes a lessening 
 of reflex excitability, which is removed by section below the 
 medulla; but in large doses it produces a permanent diminu- 
 tion of reflex excitability. In these animals quinine also first 
 excites and then paralyzes the sensory nerves or their peripheral 
 endings. The muscles are uninfluenced. These effects are not 
 seen in man. 
 
 Uterus. It has often been stated that quinine will lead to 
 abortion, that it will, when labor has commenced, aid the expul-
 
 ANTI PERIODIC, ANTIPYRETIC, AND ANTISEPTIC DRUGS. 
 
 sion of the foetus, and that it will increase the menstrual flow if 
 that is scanty. It appears that the first statement is certainly 
 incorrect, and that the second and third are only correct for 
 some women. 
 
 Kidneys. After a full dose of quinine it is found in the 
 urine in half an hour, and is slowly excreted for several days, 
 but by far the greater part is eliminated within the first forty- 
 eight hours. The excretion of uric acid is greatly diminished, 
 and that of urea and other nitrogenous bodies in the urine is 
 also considerably lessened. This confirms the statement already 
 made that quinine retards considerably the metabolism of the 
 body, but it should be stated that very little alteration is observed 
 in the excretion of carbon [dioxide] by the lungs. It is said 
 that minute quantities of quinine are gotten rid of by all the 
 secretions, as it may be detected in milk, saliva, bile, tears, etc., 
 and it may be found in dropsical fluids if the patient has been 
 taking it. 
 
 Cinchonism. In many persons a dose of ten grains ; [.60 
 gm.] or more of quinine produces a train of physiological symp- 
 toms, chiefly from its influence on the nervous system. The 
 patient soon complains of ringing in the ears, fullness in the 
 head, and slight deafness. With larger doses these symptoms 
 increase, disturbances of vision and giddiness are added, he 
 may stagger when he walks, and the headache may be very 
 intense. 
 
 Quinine is hardly ever given as a poison, but if it should be, 
 all these symptoms of cinchonism will be very severe ; the 
 patient may be delirious and comatose, quite deaf and blind, and 
 if he die it will be from collapse due to cardiac and respiratory 
 failure. Great congestion of the middle ear and labyrinth is 
 found in animals poisoned by quinine. The mild degrees of 
 cinchonism pass off directly [after] the drug is discontinued. 
 Rarely quinine causes an erythematous rash, and it has been 
 known to give rise to epistaxis. Those who work among cin- 
 chona barks may have a rash on their skin from the mechanical 
 irritation of the powder. Both hydrobromic acid and ergotin 
 are said to diminish the liability to cinchonism.
 
 47 2 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDIC A. 
 
 Relative Action of the Alkaloids. The other alkaloids 
 are quite similar in their action to quinine, but they are not so 
 powerful. Their relative antipyretic effect is quinine 100, quini- 
 dine 90, cinchonidine 70, cinchonine 40. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CINCHONA AND ITS ALKALOIDS. 
 
 External. Quinine is too expensive for use as an antiseptic. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. It is very largely used 
 on account of its stomachic properties, chiefly for that variety of 
 indigestion which is the outcome of general ill-health, want of 
 fresh air, anaemia, etc., and not often when the stomach is the 
 organ primarily at fault. The preparations of cinchona bark are 
 very useful for this variety of dyspepsia ; they contain quite 
 enough of the alkaloids. The compound tincture has the advan- 
 tage of containing other stomachics. Iron is very commonly 
 given at the same time to correct the general condition. Quinine 
 is frequently prescribed with the tincture of [ferric] chloride ; 
 there is always enough free acid in this to dissolve any prepara- 
 tion of quinine. Alkalies, especially sal volatile, are often pre- 
 scribed with solutions of quinine sulphate, but they precipitate 
 the quinine, and therefore mucilage must be used to suspend it. 
 The dose of quinine sulphate or hydrochlorate as a stomachic 
 bitter is ^ to 2 gr. [.03 to .12 gm.] The hydrochlorate is often 
 preferred, as it is the more soluble. [Cinchonidine salicylate 
 (not official) is generally preferable to the sulphate as a tonic 
 and an antiperiodic in dose of from 5 to 10 gr.; .30 to .60 gm.] 
 
 Antipyretic effect. Quinine was commonly used as an anti- 
 pyretic, but for the rare occasions on which antipyretic drugs are 
 required, k has now been replaced by more certain drugs, as 
 phenacetin, acetanilid, and [antipyrin]. It is, however, a very 
 fairly certain antipyretic. It is best given for this purpose in a 
 single dose of 20 to 40 gr. [1.20 to 2.40 gm.] for an adult. 
 Such large doses may be prescribed either in cachets, or as a 
 solution of the hydrochlorate, or as the sulphate suspended in 
 milk [and at the same time sodium or potassium bromide should 
 be administered to avoid the disagreeable tinnitus which is set 
 up. The diluted hybrobromic acid is an excellent solvent, and,
 
 ANTIPERIODIC, ANTIPYRETIC, AND ANTISEPTIC DRUGS. 473 
 
 at the same time, will relieve the ringing in the ears] . About 
 one or two hours elapse before the temperature begins to fall. 
 Quinine is more efficacious in reducing a temperature just begin- 
 ning to fall than a rising one. Hence, if possible, it should be 
 administered two or three hours before the time at which pre- 
 vious experience of the particular case shows the temperature 
 will probably attain its maximum ; then the fall will be more 
 marked and last longer than if the drug had not been given. 
 
 Specific action. Quinine, and to a less extent the other cin- 
 chona alkaloids, have the remarkable property of arresting the 
 paroxysms of malaria fever, [because it prevents the entrance 
 of spores into the red blood-corpuscles where only their cycle 
 of development occurs.] If 15 to 30 gr. [i. to 2. gm.] be 
 taken about one or two hours before the attack is due, it will 
 not take place, or it will be very mild. [If a more prompt effect 
 is desired, quinine carbamide (not official), which is very soluble, 
 can be administered hypodermatically ; a smaller dose, 5 to 8 gr.; 
 .30 to .50 gm., in an hour or two, is almost invariably successful 
 in preventing the next immediate chill.] The same effect [may] 
 be produced if smaller doses, about 5 gr. [.30 gm.] have been 
 taken four or five times a day during the period between the 
 attacks. Not only is it thus prophylactic, but the continued use 
 of it is curative. It is also preventive, even if the persons to 
 whom it has been given have never had ague. For this purpose 
 it is administered to soldiers and sailors who have to enter mala- 
 rious regions, and it is then found that few of them get ague. 
 If the disease is very severe it is best to give single large doses. 
 [Clark's powder consists of quinine, 10 ; powdered capsicum, 
 4 ; powdered opium, i part. This is given in 15 gr. ; i.oo gm., 
 doses, and is said to be more efficacious in the treatment of ague 
 than larger doses of quinine when given alone.] 
 
 If a person has once had ague, illnesses that -he subsequently 
 suffers from are liable to assume a malarial type. This is espe- 
 cially the case with neuralgia, which is then peculiarly paroxys- 
 mal. It is often on the forehead, when it is called brow-ague. 
 In such cases the effect of quinine is frequently very well-marked, 
 and a cure speedily takes place. Sometimes neuralgia which is
 
 474 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA., 
 
 not malarial is temporarily benefited. Quinine cures ague by 
 acting, while circulating in the blood, as a direct poison to 
 the haematozoa (protozoa), the [plasmodium malariae,] 
 which infests the blood and is the cause of ague. It has been 
 given for a host of diseases, especially septicaemia, but there is 
 not any evidence that it does good to any except those men- 
 tioned. The preparations of the bark contain so little quinine 
 that they cannot be used as antipyretics or antiperiodics. 
 
 Lately it has been stated that quinine causes black -water fever ; 
 this is a pernicious error, as it will cure this form of malaria. 
 
 Quinine should, if possible, be avoided in (i) persons suffer- 
 ing from acute or subacute disease of the middle ear ; ( 2 ) those 
 suffering from gastro-intestinal irritation, which it may increase ; 
 (3) those people, occasionally met with, in whom quite small 
 doses produce very severe symptoms of cinchonism ; (4) [Men- 
 ingitis and (5) Inflammation of genito-urinary tract.] 
 
 Warburg s tincture is a medicine which has a very high reputation in 
 India for malaria. It has been called Tinctura Antiperiodica. The published 
 formula states that it is a proof-spirit tincture, containing Quinine Sulphate, 80 ; 
 Socatrine Aloes, loo ; Opium, I ; Rhubarb, 32 ; Camphor, 8 ; with Angelica, 
 Elecampane, Saffron, Fennel, Gentian, Zedoary, Cubeb, Myrrh, and Agaric, 
 as aromatics, with menstruum to 4000. [This contains about 9^ gr. ; .60 
 gm., to the ounce ; 30. c.c. , of menstruum.] Dose, I to 4 fl. dr. [4. to 15. 
 c.c.j It is often prescribed to be made without the Aloes. 
 
 SALICINUM. 
 
 SALICIN. C, S H, 8 O 7 [=285.33. A neutral principle (glucoside) ob- 
 tained from several species of Salix and Populus (nat. ord. Salicaceae). Syn- 
 onym. Willow. Habitat. Europe, naturalized in North America ; culti- 
 vated. 
 
 SOURCE. (l) Make a strong decoction of willow bark. (2) Remove the 
 tannic acid by wanning and agitating the decoction with Lead Oxide. (3) 
 Evaporate the solution. Salicin crystallizes out, and is purified by repeated 
 solution, and crystallization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, or white, silky, shining crystalline needles, or 
 a crystalline powder, odorless, and having a very bitter taste. Permanent in 
 the air. Solubility. In 28 parts of water, and in 30 parts of Alcohol ; almost 
 insoluble in Ether or Chloroform. ] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to 2.00 gm.]
 
 ANTIPERIODIC, ANTIPYRETIC, AND ANTISEPTIC DRUGS. 475 
 
 ACIDUM SALICYLICUM. 
 
 SALICYLIC ACID. HC 7 H 5 O 3 [=I37.67. An organic acid, existing 
 naturally, in combination, in various plants, see Oleum Gaultherise and Oleum 
 Betulse Volatile ; but most largely prepared synthetically from Carbolic 
 Acid.] 
 
 SOURCE. [Made by combining Sodium Carbolate with Carbon Dioxide 
 Gas. Thus, dry Carbon Dioxide is passed through Sodium Carbolate heated 
 to 428 F. ; 220 C.]. 2NaC 6 H 5 O-f-CO 2 =Na !1 C 7 H 4 O 3 (Sodium Salicylate), 
 -fC 6 H 6 O (Phenol). This is treated with Hydrochloric Acid. Na.,C 7 H 4 O 3 
 -f2HCl=2NaCl+HC 7 H 5 O 3 (Salicylic Acid). 
 
 CHARACTERS. [Light, fine, white, prismatic needles, or a light, white, 
 crystalline powder ; odorless, having a sweetish, afterwards acrid taste, and 
 permanent in the air. Solubility. In about 450 parts of Water, and in 2.4 
 parts of Alcohol ; also soluble in 2 parts of Ether, 2 parts of Absolute Alcohol, 
 and 80 parts of Chloroform.] Resembling Artificial Salicylic Acid. Strych- 
 nine, but the crystals of Strychnine are larger, colorless, non-irritating, less 
 soluble, and the solution is very bitter. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Spirit of Nitrous Ether. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Orthocreosotic, metacreosotic, and paracreosotic acids, only 
 in artificial salicylic acid. In the best specimens they are absent. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; [.30 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 SODII SALICYLAS. Sodium Salicylate. NaC 7 H 5 O 3 [=i59.67]. 
 
 SOURCE. Obtained by acting on Sodium Carbonate with Salicylic Acid. 
 [2HC 7 H 5 O 3 + Na 2 CO 3 =2NaC 7 H 5 O 3 +H. i O-t-CO 2 . The solution may be 
 strained through muslin and heated to expel the Carbon Dioxide.] 
 
 CHARACTERS. [A white, amorphous powder, odorless, and having a 
 sweetish, saline taste. Permanent in cool air. Solubility. In 0.9 part of 
 Water, and in 6 parts of Alcohol ; also soluble in Glycerin.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Hydrobromic acid, for sodium bromide is formed and 
 salicylic acid is precipitated. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Orthocreosotic, metacreosotic, and paracreosotic acids. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; .30 to 4.00 gm. 
 
 [LITHII SALICYLAS. Lithium Salicylate. (LiC 7 H 5 O s =i43.68.) 
 
 SOURCE. Obtained by heating Salicylic Acid, Lithium Carbonate, and 
 Water, until the effervescence ceases, filtering and evaporating. Li^CO, 
 -f2HC 7 H 5 O 3 =2LiC 7 H 5 O 3 +H 2 O+CO )1 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white', or grayish-white powder, odorless, and having a 
 sweetish taste ; deliquescent on exposure to air. Solubility. Very soluble in 
 Water and in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, i to 15 gr. ; .06 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 For Bismuth Salicylas see p. 183, and for Salol see p. 481.
 
 476 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION OF SALICIN, SALICYLIC ACID AND OF SODIUM [AND 
 LITHIUM] SALICYLATES. 
 
 External. Salicin and salicylic acid are antiseptics rather 
 more powerful than carbolic acid. They are stimulant and mildly 
 irritant to the skin. Locally applied, they check sweating. 
 The salts of salicylic acid are not [strongly] antiseptic. 
 Salicylic acid softens and removes epithelium. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary tract. When inhaled or applied to 
 the throat, salicylic acid is irritating, causing sneezing and 
 cough. In the stomach also it is irritant, giving rise to pain, 
 nausea, and vomiting unless well diluted. The sodium [and 
 lithium] salts and salicin are much less irritating. The gluco- 
 side, salicin, is in the bowel converted into glucose and saligenin 
 (C 7 H 8 O 2 ), and this is further decomposed into salicylic acid, 
 salicyluric acid (HC 9 H 8 NO 4 ), and salicylous acid (HC,H 6 O 2 ). 
 Liver. The bile is rendered much less viscid ; [in fact salicylic 
 acid is probably the strongest cholagogue known]. Sodium 
 salicylate, like sodium benzoate, increases both the amount and 
 the solids t>f the bile. 
 
 Blood. Salicylic acid, whether taken directly or formed in 
 the bowel from the decomposition of salicin, is rapidly absorbed 
 in spite of its insolubility, and therefore it is probably taken up 
 as sodium salicylate ; [at least] , this is the form in which it cir- 
 culates in the blood, and consequently the following description 
 will apply whether salicin, salicylic acid, or sodium salicylate has 
 been taken. It has been thought also to exist in the blood as an 
 albuminate, but of this there is no evidence, nor for the theory 
 that when the sodium salicylate meets with carbon [dioxide], 
 salicylic acid is set free. Some of the salicylic acid of the sodium 
 salt unites with glycocoll, forming salicyluric acid, which appears 
 in the urine. Thus: HC 7 H 5 O 3 +C 2 H 5 NO 2 (glycocoll)=HC 9 
 H 8 NO 4 (salicyluric acid) +H 2 O. It will be noticed that this 
 change is precisely analogous to the conversion of benzoic into 
 hippuric acid by its union with glycocoll. Binz has suggested 
 that the specific beneficial effect of the salicylates in acute rheu- 
 matism is due to setting free of salicylic acid in the inflamed
 
 ANTIPERIODIC, ANTIPYRETIC, AND ANTISEPTIC DRUGS. 477 
 
 part by the carbon [dioxide] in it. The beneficial effect of this 
 acid is also seen in a disease of bees known as foul brood, and 
 due to certain schizophytes, for feeding the creatures on syrup 
 containing salicylic acid cures them. 
 
 Heart. Salicin and salicylic acid are often stated to depress 
 the force of the heart and cause, a fall of blood -pressure. Care- 
 ful comparison shows that salicin is not nearly so depressant as 
 the acid in fact, it is probable that it has not this action at all, 
 unless given in toxic doses. Further, natural salicylic acid is 
 not so depressant as the artificial variety. For example, Char- 
 teris found that 30 gr. [2. gm.] of salicin, or 10 gr. [.60 gm.] 
 of natural salicylic acid, or 32 gr. [2.12 gm.] of natural sodium 
 salicylate had no injurious effect on a rabbit, but that much 
 smaller doses than these of the artificial acid or its salt killed the 
 animal. The artificial variety was found to contain orthocreo- 
 sotic and paracreosotic acids, and these are powerful cardiac 
 depressants. Thus it seems probable that the depressing ef- 
 fects commonly ascribed to salicylic acid are really due to the 
 impurities occasionally present in the artificial form. 
 
 Respiration. Moderate doses have very little effect on respi- 
 ration. Toxic doses strongly depress it. 
 
 Temperature. In medicinal doses salicin and salicylic acid 
 have no influence on the temperature of man, in toxic doses they 
 slightly lower it ; but they readily depress a febrile temperature, 
 and are therefore called antipyretics. They cause a slight 
 increase of perspiration, but this is not sufficient to explain the 
 fall. 
 
 Salicylic acid and salicin are antiperiodic. 
 
 Nervous system. We know little of the effect of salicylic 
 acid on the individual parts of the nervous system. The clinical 
 symptoms known as salicylism will be described presently. 
 
 Kidney. Salicylic acid escapes chiefly through the kidneys. 
 It, to a much less extent, also leaves the body by the sweat, the 
 saliva, the bronchial secretions, and the faeces. It appears in 
 the urine very soon after its ingestion (in from 10 to 30 minutes), 
 but the elimination goes on slowly. It is excreted as salicyluric 
 acid and sodium salicylate, which is split up by the phosphoric
 
 478 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 acid in the urine, yielding salicylic acid. The dark greenish 
 color of the urine sometimes seen is due to small quantities of 
 either indican or pyrocatechin. Occasionally salicylic acid 
 causes haematuria, due to congestion of the kidneys. Large 
 doses increase the nitrogenous elimination, the uric acid being 
 especially increased. The sulphur also is increased. It renders 
 the urine aseptic, and the salicyluric acid in that fluid will re- 
 duce Fehling's Solution. The urine of patients taking it gives a 
 purple color with [ferric] chloride. 
 
 Salicylism. In some persons to whom salicylic acid or its 
 salt is given a train of symptoms is produced to which the above 
 name has been applied. They are very like those produced by 
 quinine. It is probable that the cause of at least some of them 
 is the impurities existing in artificial salicylic acid, but it is stated 
 that the natural acid may rarely give rise to them. Orthocreo- 
 sotic acid is certainly toxic, metacreosotic acid has no action, and 
 it is doubtful whether paracreosotic acid is toxic. The com- 
 monest is deafness, which is often accompanied by ringing in 
 the ears ; [these symptoms may be relieved by the administra- 
 tion of a small amount of alcoholic stimulant fifteen minutes be- 
 fore each dose.] Headache is also very frequent. The ad- 
 ministration of the drug is usually stopped when these symptoms 
 show themselves ; but if it is continued the patient becomes vio- 
 lently delirious, there is nausea and vomiting, the face is flushed, 
 and the other symptoms increase in severity. The pulse falls in 
 both frequency and force, it becomes irregular, epistaxis is com- 
 mon, and haemorrhages from other parts of the body have been 
 recorded, such as haematuria and retinal haemorrhages. Albu- 
 minuria without haematuria has been observed. One of the 
 rarest symptoms is erythema or urticaria. Very large doses may 
 cause the breathing to become weaker, and death may take place 
 either from cessation of the heart or the respiratory movements. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SALICTN, SALICYLIC ACID AND OF SODIUM 
 [AND LITHIUM] SALICVLATES. 
 
 External. The ointment [official in B. P., i part of the 
 acid to 9 of hard, and 18 of soft paraffin] may be used when an
 
 ANTIPERIODIC, ANTIPYRETIC, AND ANTISEPTIC DRUGS. 
 
 antiseptic stimulating ointment is required. A collodion com- 
 posed of salicylic acid, i ; flexible collodion, 8 ; or a glycerin 
 containing 10 per cent, of salicylic acid ; or a plaster, also 10 
 per cent., are good preparations. Strong applications of sali- 
 cylic acid are very useful for removing excess of epidermis, 
 warts, or corns [because it softens epithelium] . Salicylic acid, 
 ii ; extract of cannabis indica, 2 ; flexible collodion, 87 parts, 
 form an excellent remedy (commonly known as green solution) 
 for corns. Powdered salicylic acid mixed with starch or chalk 
 may be employed to check profuse perspiration of the feet and 
 axillae. The German Pharmacopoeia has for this purpose a Pulvis 
 Salicylicus cum Talco (salicylic acid, 3 ; wheaten starch, 10 ; 
 talc, in powder, 87). The sweats of phthisis may be treated in 
 the same way. A little salicylic acid is often added to Thomp- 
 son's fluid (see p. 275). [Salicylic acid is the principal ingre- 
 dient in Thiersch's solution. For this formula see p. 275.] 
 
 Internal. Salicylic acid is a specific for [many cases of] 
 rheumatic fever ; it lowers the temperature, lessens the swelling, 
 leads to a rapid cessation of pain, and [may] diminish the 
 liability to pericarditis and other complications. It must be 
 given well diluted to prevent dyspepsia. The sodium salt is 
 often preferred as being the most soluble, but in order to diminish 
 the risk of salicylism it should be prepared either from pure arti- 
 ficial or from natural salicylic acid. If the attack is severe, 20 
 gr. [1.20 gm.] every two or three hours should be given for the 
 first twelve or twenty-four hours ; then, if the patient is doing 
 well, the frequency of the dose may be gradually diminished, but 
 it should be continued thrice daily for ten days after the tem- 
 perature is normal and the pain has ceased. Salicin is not so 
 powerful as sodium salicylate, but it is said to be less depressant 
 than the synthetic acid. 
 
 These preparations are of no use for gout or severe osteo- 
 arthritis, but occasionally the pains of chronic rheumatism are 
 relieved. 
 
 Salicylic acid or salicin may produce a fall of temperature in 
 any fever, but, as we have more certain antipyretics, they are 
 not used except for rheumatic fever. Some writers have found
 
 480 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 salicylic acid useful in migraine, sciatica, diabetes, and diph- 
 theria, but it is probably of little value for these disorders. 
 [The action of the salicylates in eliminating uric acid explains 
 their usefulness in migraine and sciatica which is incontestible in 
 some cases. So far as they limit intestinal fermentation they are 
 beneficial in the treatment of diabetes. For the glycosuria of 
 patients afflicted with gout or goutiness they are useful.] Sali- 
 cylic acid has been given to render the urine acid in cases of alka- 
 line urine and cystitis, but there are better remedies for this 
 purpose. It has also been given in cases of gallstone with the 
 object of rendering the urine less viscid. 
 
 [Aspirin (not official) is acetyl salicylic acid, which occurs as 
 a white, insoluble, crystalline powder, or in needles, of an agree- 
 able taste. In an alkaline fluid it breaks up and sets free salicylic 
 acid. It has been employed for acute polyarticular rheumatism 
 in the same doses as sodium salicylate, over which it is believed 
 to possess the advantage of not deranging digestion. 
 
 OLEUM BETUL^E VOLATILE. 
 
 VOLATILE OIL OF BETULA. Synonym. Oil of Sweet Birch. 
 A volatile oil obtained by distillation from the bark of Betula lenta Linn6 
 (Sweet Birch) ; (nat. ord. Betulacece}. Habitat. Northern United States. It 
 is identical with Methyl Salicylate (CH 9 C 7 H 5 O 3 =I5I.64), and nearly identi- 
 cal with Oil of Gaultheria. 
 
 CHARACTERS. It has the same properties and conforms to the same reac- 
 tions and tests as Methyl Salicylate (see Methyl Salicylas ; also Oleum Gaul- 
 theriae). 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c. 
 
 OLEUM GAULTHERIA. 
 
 OIL OF GAULTHERIA. Synonym. Oil of Wintergreen. A vola- 
 tile oil distilled from the leaves of Gaultheria procumbens Linn6 (Winter- 
 green) ; (nat. ord. Ericaceat), consisting almost entirely of Methyl Salicylate 
 (CH S C,H 5 O,=I5I.64) and nearly identical with Volatile Oil of Betula. 
 Habitat. North America, west to Minnesota, and south to Georgia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless or yellow, or occasionally reddish liquid, hav- 
 ing a characteristic, strongly aromatic odor, and a sweetish, warm and aromatic 
 taste. Sp.gr.: 1.175 to 1-185. Boiling point: 2l8 to 221 C. (424.4 
 F. to 429.8 F. ). It deviates polarized light slightly to the left. In other
 
 ANTIPERIODIC, ANTIPYRETIC, AND ANTISEPTIC DRUGS. 481 
 
 respects it has the same properties and conforms to the same reactions and 
 tests as Methyl Salicylate (see Methyl Salicylas ; also Oleum Betulse Volatile). 
 Dose, i to 5 m. : .06 to .30 c.c. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Spiritus Gaultheriae. Spirit of Gaultheria. Oil of Gaultheria, 
 50 ; Alcohol, 950. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 METHYL SALICYLAS. - <&*JL Y\^^^1r><^*>~*- 
 METHYL SALICYLATE. CH 3 C 7 H 5 O 3 =I51. 64. Synonym. 
 Artificial (or Synthetic) Oil of Wintergreen. Methyl Salicylate, producea 
 synthetically by distilling Salicylic Acid, or a Salicylate, with Methyl Alcohol 
 and strong Sulphuric Acid. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless or slightly yellowish liquid, having the char- 
 acteristic, strongly aromatic odor and the sweetish, warm and aromatic taste 
 of the Oil of Gaultheria, with the essential constituent of which it is identical. 
 It is wholly identical with Volatile Oil of Betula (see Oleum Betulae Volatile). 
 Sp. gr. : 1.183-1.185. Boiling point : 2i9-22i C. (426.2-429.8F.). It 
 is optically inactive. Solubility. In all proportions in Alcohol, Glacial Ace- 
 tic Acid, or Carbon Bisulphide. 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF VOLATILE OIL OF BETULA, OIL OF 
 WINTERGREEN AND METHYL SALICYLATE. 
 
 The action of these substances is the same as of salicylic acid. 
 When taken in moderate quantities, they are, like that acid, 
 broken up and eliminated as salicyluric acid. It is asserted that 
 methyl salicylate can be produced of more uniform quality and 
 is more certain and definite in its action than either of the nat- 
 ural oils. The uses of these drugs is the same as of salicylic 
 acid, and they possess the additional advantage that they are not 
 liable to contamination with impurities (ortho- and paracreo?otic 
 acids), the former of which is a powerful cardiac depressant ; 
 both are found in the artificial salicylic acid.] 
 
 SALOL. 
 
 SALOL. [C 6 H 5 C 7 H 5 O 3 =2I3.49. Synonym. Phenyl Salicylate. The 
 Salicylic Ether of Phenol. 
 
 SOURCE. By heating Salicylic Acid with Phenol in the presence of Phos- 
 phorous Pentachloride ; this action dehydrates and withdraws the elements of 
 water, and unites the Phenyl group with the Salicylic \cid radical. 
 
 31
 
 482 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, crystalline powder, odorless, or having a faintly 
 aromatic odor, and almost tasteless. Permanent in the air. Solubility. 
 Almost insoluble in water ; soluble in 10 parts of Alcohol ; also soluble in 0.3 
 part of Ether, and readily in Chloroform, and in fixed or volatile oils. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SALOL. 
 
 External. It is an antiseptic, and when mixed with talc 
 ( i to 5 ) may be used as a dusting powder. 
 
 Internal. In the body [presumably in the small intestine) 
 salol splits up into [phenol, about 36, and salicylic acid, 64 
 per cent.] and the former may render the urine dark. In rheu- 
 matic fever it is efficacious on account of the salicylic acid it 
 contains, [although somewhat slower in action] but it has no 
 advantage over salicin or salicylic acid, and the carboluria may 
 be troublesome. 
 
 [It is an antiseptic, and since this decomposition takes place 
 in the alkaline fluid, it has been used as an intestinal antiseptic 
 in acute diarrhcea, dysentery, cholera and other diseases ; also in 
 affections of the urinary tract.] For the last the following is a 
 good way of prescribing it : Salol, i ; Almond Oil, 2 ; Pow- 
 dered Acacia, i ; Syrup, 2 ; water, 24. The emulsion should 
 be made in a warm mortar with water at 150 F. [65.5 C. 
 It is a remedy of very great value in the treatment of typhoid 
 fever, for by the active disinfection of the contents of the intes- 
 tine and of the ulcerations, it favors their healing and prevents 
 reinfection, thus lowering temperature, diminishing the liability 
 to relapse and to permanent damage to tissues. It is the logical 
 treatment, because it destroys the cause of the symptoms, at their 
 point of origin. On account of the large proportion of phenol 
 which it contains it is more dangerous than the corresponding 
 amount of salicylic acid, and it is especially to be used, with 
 great caution if the kidneys are diseased. Sometimes, in fever, 
 on account of the lessened alkalinity of the intestinal contents 
 it is not decomposed into its constituents, and for that reason 
 becomes very much less effective. In this case an alkali should 
 be administered at the same time.
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. 483 
 
 SALOPHEN. 
 
 SALOPHEN. ( Not official. )C 6 H 4 (OH)CO 2 C 6 H 4 NHCOCH s =27o.40. 
 Synonym. Acetylparamidophenol Salicylate. 
 
 SOURCE. From Paranitrophenol Salicylate by a complicated process, and 
 purifying by crystallization from Alcohol. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Minute white scales, free from odor or taste. It contains 
 50.9 per cent, of Salicylic Acid. Solubility . Almost insoluble in water; 
 freely soluble in Alkalies, Alcohol and Ether. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF SALOPHEN. 
 
 In a warm alkaline solution salophen is broken up into sali- 
 cylic acid and acetylparamidophenol, the latter being harmless. 
 It is decomposed in the intestines, even when given hypoder- 
 matically. It is used as a substitute for salicylic acid in acute 
 rheumatism, and as an intestinal antiseptic. It is probably quite 
 as efficient, and much safer than salol. The fact that it is taste- 
 less renders it easy of administration.] 
 
 GROUP V. 
 
 Vegetable Purgatives. 
 
 CLASS I. Laxatives. 
 
 Prune, Fig, Tamarind, Cassia [Fistula, Manna, Phytolacca, 
 Eupatorium,] Castor Oil (small doses). 
 
 CLASS II. Simple purgatives. 
 
 Castor Oil, Rhubarb, [Juglans,] Senna, Frangula, [Rhamnus Pur- 
 shiana,] Aloes. 
 
 CLASS III. Drastic purgatives. 
 
 Scammony, Jalap, [Bryonia,] Croton Oil, Colocynth, Elaterium, 
 Gamboge. 
 
 CLASS IV. Cholagogues. 
 
 Podophyllum, [Leptandra, Chelidonium, Iris,] Euonymus. 
 
 CLASS I. LAXATIVES. 
 
 PRUNUM. 
 
 PRUNE. {The fruit of Prunus Domcstica Linn6 (nat. ord. Rosacece). 
 Habitat. Western Asia ; cultivated in many varieties.
 
 484 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Oblong or subglobular, about 3 cm. long, shrivelled 
 blackish-blue, glaucous ; the sarcocarp brownish-yellow ; sweet and acidulous ; 
 putamen hard, smooth, or irregularly ridged ; the seed almond-like in shape, 
 but smaller, and of a bitter-almond taste. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Sugar, [12 to 15 per 
 cent.], (2) Malic Acid, and (3) A purgative principle. 
 
 Prunes are contained in Confectio Sennse. 
 
 [Dose. They can be administered freely.]' 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF PRUNES. 
 
 Prunes are demulcent and slightly laxative. They may be 
 eaten as articles of diet in cases of slight constipation. [They 
 are used as a corrective for senna in the confection.] 
 
 FICUS. 
 
 FIG. [The fleshy receptacle of Ficus Carica Linne (nat. ord. Urticaceee\ 
 bearing fruit upon its inner surface. Habitat. Western Asia ; cultivated in 
 subtropical countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Compressed, of irregular shape, fleshy, brownish or 
 yellowish, covered with an efflorescence of sugar; of a sweet, frui y odor, and 
 a very sweet, mucilaginous taste. When softened in water, figs are pear- 
 shaped, with a scar or short stalk at the base, and a small scaly orifice at the 
 apex ; hollow internally ; the inner surface covered with numerous yellowish, 
 hard achenes.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Sugar, 62 percent.; (2) 
 Gum; (3) [Fat and Salts.] 
 
 Figs are contained in Confectio Sennae. 
 
 [Dose. They can be administered freely.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF FIGS. 
 
 Figs are a pleasant food and mildly purgative, forming a con- 
 venient remedy for slight constipation. 
 
 TAMARINDUS. 
 
 TAMARIND. [The preserved pulp of the fruit of Tamarindus indica 
 Linne (nat. ord. Leguminosce). Habitat. India and tropical Africa ; natur- 
 alized in the West Indies. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A reddish-brown, sweet, subacid, pulpy mass, containing 
 strong, somewhat branching fibres, and polished, brown, flatfish-quadrangular 
 seeds, each enclosed in a tough membrane ; taste sweet and refreshingly 
 acidulous. ]
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. 485 
 
 I MPURITY. Copper. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Tartaric, [Citric, Malic and Acetic Acids; (2) Sugar; 
 (3) Pectin ; (4) Tannic acid and (5) Potassium compounds.] 
 Tamarind is contained in Confectio Sennae. 
 [Dose. It can be administered freely.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF TAMARIND. 
 
 Tamarind is pleasant and acid to the taste, and a mild laxa- 
 tive. It may be made into tamarind whey ( i part of tamarind 
 to 30 of milk) and given as an acid, cooling, slightly purgative 
 drink in fevers. It is a good purgative for children, and may be 
 spread on bread and butter. 
 
 CASSIA [FISTULA]. 
 
 CASSIA [FISTULA. Synonym. Purging Cassia. The fruit of 
 Cassia Fistula Linne (nat. ord. Leguminostz). Habitat. East India ; natural- 
 ized in tropical Africa and America. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Cylindrical, 40 to 60 cm. long, nearly 25 mm. in diameter, 
 blackish-brown, somewhat veined, the sutures smooth, forming two longitudi- 
 nal bands ; indehiscent, internally divided transversely into numerous cells, 
 each containing a reddish-brown, glossy, flatfish-ovate seed imbedded in a 
 blackish-brown, sweet pulp; odor resembling that of prunes.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A purgative principle, 
 closely allied to Cathartic Acid. (See Senna, p. 492.) [(2) Sennapicrin, a 
 Glucoside, C^H^Oj,.] (3) Sugar, 60 percent. (4) [Pectin. (5) Calcium 
 Oxalate. ] 
 
 Cassia Fistula is contained in Confectio Sennae. 
 
 [Dose, i to 8 dr. ; 4. to 30. gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CASSIA FISTULA. 
 
 [The pulp is administered as] a laxative, given only in con- 
 fection of senna. 
 
 [MANNA. 
 
 MANNA. The concrete, saccharine exudation of Fraxinus Ornus 
 Linne (nat. ord. Oleaceee). Habitat. Basin of the Mediterranean. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In flatfish, somewhat three-edged pieces, occasionally 20 
 cm. long, and 5 cm. broad, usually smaller; friable; externally yellowish- 
 white, internally white, porous and crystalline ; or in fragments of different 
 sizes, brownish-white and somewhat glutinous on the surface, internally white 
 and crystalline : odor honey-like ; taste sweet, slightly bitter and faintly acrid.
 
 486 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Mannit, C 6 H 8 (OH) 6 , 90 
 per cent. (2) Glucose. (3) Fraxin, C 32 H 36 O 20 . (4) Mucilage. (5) Resin. 
 Manna is contained in Infusum Sennse Compositum. 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 oz. ; 15. to 60. gm. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF MANNA. 
 
 Manna is given as a mild laxative to children. It dissolves 
 easily in milk, and is pleasant to the taste. 
 
 PHYTOLACCA. 
 
 PHYTOLACC-ffi FRUCTUS. Phytolacca Fruit. Synonym. Poke 
 Berry. The fruit of Phytolacca decandra Linn6 (nat. ord. Phytolaccacea.*} 
 Habitat. North America ; naturalized in Europe. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A depressed globular, dark purple compound berry, about 
 8 mm. in diameter, composed of ten carpels, each containing one lenticular, 
 black seed ; juice purplish red ; inodorous ; taste sweet, slightly acrid. 
 
 CONSTITUENTS. (I) Phytolaccin. (2) Phytolaccic Acid. (3) Sugar. 
 (4) Gum. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 PHYTOLACC^E RADIX. Phytolacca Root. Synonym. Poke 
 Root. The root of Phytolacca decandra Linn6 (nat. ord. Phytolaccaced). 
 
 CHARACTERS. Large, conical, branched and fleshy; mostly in transverse 
 or longitudinal slices, wrinkled, grayish, hard ; fracture fibrous, the wood- 
 bundles in several distinct, concentric circles ; inodorous ; taste sweetish and 
 acrid. 
 
 CONSTITUENTS. (i) Resin. (2) Probably a Glucoside. (3) A volatile 
 acid. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Phytolaccae Radicis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of 
 
 Phytolacca Root. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and 
 water, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF PHYTOLACCA. 
 
 Phytolacca is used as a laxative, and in large doses it possesses 
 also some narcotic properties. Recently a preparation made 
 from the berries has been used to reduce adipose tissue.
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. 487 
 
 EUPATORIUM. 
 
 EUPATORIUM. Synonyms. Thoroughwort. Boneset. The leaves 
 and flowering tops of Eupatorium perfoliatum Linne- (nat. ord. Composites). 
 Habitat. North America, west to Dakota ; in low grounds. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Leaves opposite, united at the base, lanceolate, from 10 to 
 15 cm. long, tapering, crenately serrate, rugosely veined, rough above, downy 
 and resinous dotted beneath ; flower heads corymbed, numerous, with an 
 oblong involucre of lance-linear scales, and with from ten to fifteen white 
 florets, having a bristly pappus in a single row ; odor weak and aromatic ; 
 taste astringent and bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Its principal constituents are (i) Eupatorin, a bitter 
 glucoside. (2) Volatile Oil. (3) Resin. 
 
 Dose, % to i dr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Eupatorii Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Eupatorium. 
 By maceration and percolation with diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, ^ to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF THOROUGHWORT. 
 
 Thoroughwort is tonic, diaphoretic (in infusion), and mildly 
 laxative. It is a domestic remedy for the commencement of a 
 catarrh, influenza, or muscular rheumatism.] 
 
 CLASS II. SIMPLE PURGATIVES. 
 
 OLEUM RICINI. 
 
 CASTOR OIL. [A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Ricinus com- 
 munis Linne (nat. ord. Euphorbiacea). Habitat. India ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale yellowish or almost colorless, transparent, viscid 
 liquid, having a faint, mild odor, and a bland, afterwards slightly acrid, and 
 generally offensive taste. Sp. gr., 0.950 to 0.970. Solubility. In an equal 
 volume of Alcohol, and, in all proportions, in absolute Alcohol, or in glacial 
 Acetic Acid ; also soluble in 3 times its volume of a mixture of 19 volumes 
 of Alcohol and I volume of water (absence of more than about 5 per cent, 
 of most other fixed oils). 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Ricinolein, C 3 H 5 (C 18 H S4 
 O 3 ) 3 , which is the Ricinoleic Acid (CjgH^Og), Glyceride.] This constitutes 
 the chief fiulk. (2) Other fixed oils, as palmitin, stearin, etc. (3) Possibly 
 an alkaloid, Ricinine,r\ol purgative. (4) According to some authorities an 
 active principle which has not yet been isolated. 
 
 [Castor oil is contained in Collodium Flexile, Linimentum Sinapis Com- 
 positum, Pilulae Antimonii Composite and Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Rubri. 
 
 Dose, ^ to 2 fl. oz. ; 8. to 60. c.c.]
 
 488 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Castor oil seeds are not official, but it is important to recognize them. 
 They are [17 mm.] long and [8 mm.] wide, ovoid, flattened. The seed is 
 prolonged into a sharp beak. Epidermis shiny gray, marked by brownish 
 bands and spots. Kernel white. They contain 50 per cent, of the oil, and 
 an acrid substance which makes them poisonous. Three Castor oil seeds have 
 been known to kill an adult man. [Quite likely the seeds are not poisonous 
 when matured.] 
 
 ACTION OF CASTOR OIL. 
 
 External. Castor oil is, like olive oil, protective and 
 sedative, and may be used to drop into the eye when the con- 
 junctiva is inflamed, and as a solvent for homatropine, but this 
 solution is occasionally a little irritating. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. The so-called [unpleas- 
 ant taste] of castor oil is mostly due to the smell, and is not 
 noticed much if the nose is held when the oil is drunk. Medici- 
 nal doses produce no effect on the stomach. Reaching the in- 
 testine the oil is an excellent simple laxative or mild purga- 
 tive, acting in about five hours, and causing no griping nor sub- 
 sequent constipation. The motion is soft, but not liquid. Castor 
 oil will purge even when rubbed into the skin. How it acts is 
 unknown [but it is said to stimulate unstriped muscular fibre 
 whenever found.] It has been thought that the [ricinolein 
 (ricinoleic acid glyceride)] in the oil is decomposed in the duo- 
 denum, and the ricixioleic acid purges, but this is probably in- 
 correct. The most likely view is that the oil contains some 
 purgative principle which has not yet been isolated. Probably 
 the seeds contain much more of this than the oil, for they are 
 ten times more purgative, a fact which it is impossible to explain 
 if it is the ricinoleic acid which purges. Castor oil will purge 
 when given per rectum. 
 
 Mammary glands. [The leaves] applied locally to the breasts 
 are said to be galactagogue. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CASTOR OIL. 
 
 Castor oil is perhaps the best simple purgative we have, and 
 is very useful in cases in which there is slight temporary consti- 
 pation. Being mild in its action it is very suitable for getting 
 rid of undigested food that is causing diarrhoea, and a dose of
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. 489 
 
 castor oil with a minute quantity of laudanum in it is a favorite 
 remedy for certain forms of diarrhoea. It is also especially con- 
 venient in pregnancy, after delivery, and when in any abdominal 
 disease, as typhoid fever, peritonitis, or when, after abdominal 
 operations, the irritation caused by the faeces makes it absolutely 
 necessary to get the bowels open. Also, it is very useful for 
 children, or for very old or infirm persons, or for those suffering 
 from piles or fissures. It is a good purgative to give before and 
 after the use of anthelmintics [aspidium being excepted. It 
 should not be given during the later months of pregnancy owing 
 to its action on unstriped muscle fibres.] 
 
 Its [nauseous taste] is the only objection to it. As already 
 mentioned, this can largely be overcome by holding the nose, 
 and there are many forms of castor oil in the market so prepared 
 as to be almost colorless and odorless. It may be taken in cap- 
 sules, but they are bulky. Lemon juice or coffee conceals the 
 taste to some extent, or the oil may be added to a teaspoonful 
 [4. c.c.] of peppermint water, and then a little brandy added till 
 the oil neither sinks nor [floats] . If the inside and rim of the 
 glass are moistened with the vehicle, the oil, which should, if 
 possible, be between two layers of the vehicle, is hardly tasted. 
 [It is best administered in the beverage known as sarsaparilla.] 
 
 As an enema (castor oil, i ; warm olive oil, 5 ; mixed thor- 
 roughly) it is useful when a mild injection is required. 
 
 Breasts. The leaves of the castor-oil plant applied to the 
 breasts will sometimes induce the secretion of milk. A fluid ex- 
 tract of them [not official] may also be taken three or four times 
 
 a day. 
 
 RHEUM. 
 
 RHUBARB. [The root of Rheum offidnale Baillon (nat. ord. Poly- 
 gonactce]. Habitat. Western and Central China. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In cylindrical, conical or flattish segments, deprived of the 
 dark brown, corky layer, smoothish or somewhat wrinkled, externally covered 
 with a bright yellowish-brown powder, marked with white, elongated meshes, 
 containing a white, rather spongy tissue, and a number of short reddish-brown 
 or brownish-yellow striae ; compact, hard ; fracture uneven ; internally white, 
 with numerous red, irregularly curved and interrupted medullary rays, which 
 are radially parallel only near the cambium line ; odor somewhat peculiar, 
 aromatic; taste bitter, somewhat astringent.
 
 49O ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Chrysophan, 
 which yields Chrysophanic Acid, C 15 H JO O 4 , about 3 per cent. Synonyms. 
 Rhein. Chrysarobin, see Chrysarobinum. ] It is,not known whether, [in the 
 living plant], Rhubarb contains any Chrysophanic Acid, for when kept the 
 Chrysophan quickly oxidizes to Chrysophanic Acid. The purgative properties 
 are due to Ghrysophan which also gives the yellow color. (2) [Erythroretin. 
 (3) Emodin. (4) Phaoretin. (5) Aporctin.~\ (6) Rheotannic Acid, C 26 H 26 O U , 
 to which the astringency of Rhubarb is due. (7) Lime Oxalate, 35 per cent., 
 to which the grittiness is due. 
 
 IMPURITIES. English Rhubarb ; different taste, smell, and excess of 
 starch. Turmeric, which is turned brown by Boric Acid. 
 
 Dose, I to 5 gr. ; [.06 to .30 gm. (stomachic) ; 10 to 30 gr. ; .60 to 2.00 
 gm.] (purgative). 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Rhei. [Extract of Rhubarb. By percolation with 
 Alcohol and Water, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 3 to 5 gr. ; .20 to i.oo gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Rhei Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Rhubarb. By 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and evaporation. 
 Fluid Extract of Rhubarb is used to make Mistura Rhei et Sodse and 
 Syrupus Rhei. 
 
 Dose, ]^ to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 3. Pilulae Rhei. Pills of Rhubarb. Rhubarb, 20; Soap, 6 gm., 
 to make IOO pills. Each pill contains 3 gr. ; .20 gm. of Rhubarb. 
 
 Dose, 3 to 5 pills. 
 
 4. Pilulae Rhei Compositae. Compound Pills of Rhubarb. Rhu- 
 barb, 13 ; Purified Aloes, 10 ; Myrrh, 6 gm. ; Oil of Peppermint, 0.5 
 c.c., to make 100 pills. Each pill contains 2 gr. ; . 13 gm. of Rhubarb. 
 Dose, i to 3 pills. 
 
 5. Pulvis Rhei Compositus. Compound Powder of Rhubarb. 
 Synonym. Gregory's powder. Rhubarb, 25 ; Magnesia, 65 ; Ginger, 
 
 10. 
 
 Dose, % to i dr. ; 2. to 4. gm. 
 
 6. Tinctura Rhei. Tincture of Rhubarb. Rhubarb, IOO ; Car- 
 damom, 20 ; Glycerin, loo ; Alcohol and Water to looo ; by macera- 
 tion and percolation. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c. (stomachic) ; i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. 
 to 15. c.c. (purgative). 
 
 7. Tinctura Rhei Aromatica. Aromatic Tincture of Rhubarb. 
 Rhubarb, 200; Cassia Cinnamon, 40; Cloves, 40; Nutmeg, 20; Gly- 
 cerin, IOO ; Diluted Alcohol, to looo. By maceration and percolation.
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. 49 1 
 
 Aromatic Tincture of Rhubarb is used to make Syrupus Rhei Aro- 
 maticus. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 fl. dr. ; 4. to 12. c.c. 
 
 8. Tinctura Rhei Dulcis. Sweet Tincture of Rhubarb. Rhu- 
 barb, too ; Glycyrrhiza, 40 ; Anise, 40 ; Cardamom, 10 ; Glycerin, 100 ; 
 Diluted Alcohol to 1000. By maceration and percolation. 
 
 Dose, ]/z to i fl. oz. ; 15. to 30. c.c. 
 
 g. Mistura Rhei et Sodae. Mixture of Rhubarb and Soda. So- 
 dium Bicarbonate, 35 ; Fluid Extract of Rhubarb, 15 ; Fluid Extract of 
 Ipecac, 3 ; Spirit of Peppermint, 25 ; Glycerin, 350 ; Water to looo. 
 By solution. 
 
 DoSe, % to 2 fl. oz. ; 8. to 60. c.c. 
 
 10. Syrupus Rhei. Syrup of Rhubarb. Fluid Extract of Rhu- 
 barb, loo ; Potassium Carbonate, 10 ; Spirit of Cinnamon, 4 ; Glyce- 
 rin, 50 ; Water and Syrup to looo. By solution. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c. 
 
 11. Syrupus Rhei Aromaticus. Aromatic Syrup of Rhubarb. 
 Aromatic Tincture of Rhubarb, 150 ; Syrup, 850. By mixture. 
 
 Dose, i fl. dr. ; 4. c.c. for a child.] 
 
 ACTION OF RHUBARB. 
 
 External. Probably rhubarb would have, to a mild degree, 
 the same action as [chrysarobin] , but it is never applied ex- 
 ternally. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. In the mouth, rhubarb in- 
 creases the flow of saliva ; and in the stomach, in small doses, it, 
 like any other bitter substance, stimulates the flow of gastric 
 juice, and the vascularity and peristaltic movements of the 
 stomach. It is, therefore, a stomachic, and will aid digestion. 
 In large doses it causes purgation, producing in from four to 
 eight hours a liquid motion, colored yellow by the [chrysarobin] . 
 The resinous constituents of rhubarb are said to increase the flow 
 of bile, but certainly its cholagogue action is not sufficiently 
 powerful to explain completely its purgative properties. It is 
 commonly stated to exaggerate very actively intestinal peristalsis, 
 but there is no adequate proof of this. It is liable to gripe. The 
 purgation is followed by constipation ; this is ascribed to the 
 rheotannic acid : if so, it is probably absorbed and subsequently
 
 492 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 re-excreted into the intestines, otherwise it would be all swept 
 away in the purging. 
 
 Kidneys. The coloring matter is excreted in the urine, and 
 stains it yellow. The urinary flow is slightly increased. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF RHUBARB. 
 
 Rhubarb is commonly given to children as a stomachic pur- 
 gative in indigestion, especially when caused by errors of diet, 
 for it clears away any undigested food, and its stomachic and 
 after- astringent effects are valuable. In the same way.it is useful 
 in diarrhoea due to irritation caused by undigested food ; here 
 the after-astringency is especially serviceable. A powder of 
 powdered rhubarb and sodium bicarbonate (which [conceals] the 
 taste) equal parts, with some powdered gentian, or a similar 
 [liquid] medicine, forms an excellant stomachic for young chil- 
 dren. Rhubarb should never be given alone, because of the 
 
 griping it causes. 
 
 [JUGLANS. 
 
 JUGLANS. Synonym. Butternut. The bark of the root of Juglans 
 cinerea Linne (nat. ord. Juglandacea) , collected in autumn. Habitat. North 
 America. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In flat or curved pieces, about 5 mm. thick ; the outer 
 surface dark gray and nearly smooth, or deprived of the soft cork and deep 
 brown ; the inner surface smooth and striate ; transverse fracture short, deli- 
 cately checkered, whitish and brown ; odor, feeble ; taste bitter and somewhat 
 acrid. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Nucin, C 10 H 6 O 8 . (2) Juglandic Acid. (3) Fixed 
 Oil, 4 per cent. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 dr. ; 4. to 8. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Ext rac turn Juglandis. Extract of Juglans. By maceration and 
 percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF BUTTERNUT. 
 
 Butternut is a mild cathartic, and resembling rhubarb in the 
 property of evacuating, without debilitating, the alimentary 
 canal. It was much employed during the war of the Revolution.]
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. 493 
 
 SENNA. 
 
 SENNA. [The leaflets of Cassia acutifolia Delile (Alexandria Senna), 
 and of Cassia angustifolia Vahn (India Senna) ; (nat. ord. Leguminous). 
 
 CHARACTERS. Alexandria Senna consists of leaflets about 25 mm. 
 long and 10 mm. broad, lanceolate, or lance-oval, subcoriaceous, brittle, rather 
 pointed, equally oblique at the base, entire, grayish-green, somewhat pubes- 
 cent, of a peculiar odor, and a nauseous, bitter taste. Habitat. Eastern and 
 Central Africa.] 
 
 Resembling Senna. Argel leaves (the leaves of Solenostemma Argel 
 [Hayne, (nat. ord. Asclepiadea), which are frequently present ; these leaves 
 are thicker, one-veined, wrinkled, glaucous] and are equal at the base, as 
 also are the leaves of Uva Ursi and Buchu. 
 
 \_India Senna. Synonym. Tinnivelly Senna. Consists of leaflets from 
 3 to 5 cm. long and 10 to 15 mm. broad ; lanceolate, acute, unequally oblique 
 at the base, entire, thin, yellowish green or dull green, nearly smooth ; odor 
 peculiar, somewhat tea-like; taste mucilaginous, bitter and nauseous. Habitat. 
 Eastern Africa to India ; cultivated. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Stalks, discolored leaves, and other admixtures.] 
 COMPOSITION OF BOTH KINDS. The chief constituents are (i) Cathar- 
 tic Add, CjgoHjg.jNg.jSOj, an amorphous sulphurated Glucosicle. It exists as 
 salts of earthy bases, such as Calcium and Magnesium, which are soluble in 
 water. Cathartic Acid is capable of decomposition into Glucose and Cathar- 
 togenic Acid. It is the chief purgative principle in Senna and other purgatives. 
 
 (2) \_Sennacrol and Sennapicrin, C 3t H 58 O 17 ,] glucosides, which do not, in 
 most preparations, contribute to their action, as they are insoluble in water. 
 
 (3) Chrysophanic Acid in small amounts as a coloring matter (see Rhubarb 
 and Chrysarobinum). (4) Cathartomannit, [CjjH^Ojj, a peculiar unfer- 
 mentable] sugar. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 dr. ; [4. to 12. gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Confectio Sennae. [Confection of Senna. Senna, loo ; Oil 
 of Coriander, 5; Fig, 120; Tamarind, 100 ; Cassia Fistula, 160; 
 Prune, 70 ; Sugar, 555 ; Water to make 1000. By sifting, digestion 
 and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 dr. ; 4. to 8. gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Sennae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Senna. By 
 maceration, percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Fluid Extract of Senna is used to prepare Syrupus Sarsaparillae 
 Compositus. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 fl. dr.; 4. to 12. c.c. 
 
 3. Infusum Sennae Compositum. Compound Infusion ol 
 Senna. Synonym. Black Draught. Senna, 60 ; Manna, 120; Mag-
 
 494 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 nesium Sulphate, 1 20 ; Fennel, 20 j Boiling Water, 500 j Cold Water 
 to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. oz. ; 30. to 60. c.c. 
 
 4. Pulvis Glycyrrhizae Compositus. Compound Powder of 
 Glycyrrhiza. Synonym. Compound Liquorice Powder. Senna, 1 80; 
 Glycyrrhiza, 236 ; Oil of Fennel, 4 ; Washed Sulphur, 80 ; Sugar, 
 500. 
 
 Dose, ^ to 2 dr. ; a. to 8. gm. 
 
 5. Syrupus Sennae. Syrup of Senna. Alexandria Senna, 25 ; 
 Oil of Coriander, 5 ; Sugar, 700 ; Alcohol, 150 ; Water to 1000. By 
 digestion, straining, evaporation and filtration. 
 
 Dose, % to i fl. oz. ; 8. to 30. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF SENNA. 
 
 External. None. 
 
 Internal. Senna, because of the cathartic acid in it, stimu- 
 lates the muscular coat of the intestine, especially the colon, and 
 produces some hyperaemia. Consequently the fluid contents of 
 the small intestine are hurried through the colon, and pale yellow 
 watery stools, containing some undigested food, are the result. 
 Senna acts very feebly or not at all on the biliary secretion. 
 Large doses open the bowels several times and produce griping, 
 but not much hyperaemia. Probably there are other substances 
 in senna, besides cathartic acid, having a purgative property, 
 but it is by far the most important. Purgation by senna does 
 not subsequently cause constipation. Some constituents of it 
 are absorbed, and may cause the urine to be red. It will purge, 
 if injected into the veins, and will impart its purgative proper- 
 ties to the milk of nursing women. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SENNA. 
 
 Senna is a safe, useful purgative for cases of simple constipa- 
 tion. It is, because of its tendency to gripe and its nauseous 
 taste, rarely given alone. The compound liquorice powder is to 
 be preferred to the compound infusion of senna ("black 
 draught "), as this is a [disagreeable] mixture. Senna is largely 
 used to complete the effect of duodenal purgatives, as we see in 
 the old prescription of a blue pill at night and a black draught
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. 49$ 
 
 in the morning. Acting on the colon, it is valuable in slight 
 cases of faecal collection. Compound liquorice powder is much 
 used in habitual constipation and the constipation of pregnancy. 
 Confection of senna, coated with chocolate, forms the well- 
 known purgative, Tamar Indien, and in this form can be taken 
 by children. It is said that an infusion contains more of the 
 active principles than the other preparations ; it soon decom- 
 poses, but nitre [i to 480] will prevent this. 
 
 FRANGULA. 
 
 [FRANGULA. Synonym. Buckthorn. The bark of Rhamnus Fran- 
 gula Linne (nat. ord. JtAamneez), collected at least one year before being used. 
 Habitat. Europe and Northern Asia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Quilled, about I mm. thick ; outer surface grayish- brown, 
 or blackish-brown, with numerous small, whitish, transversely elongated lenti- 
 cels ; inner surface smooth, pale, brownish-yellow ; fracture in the outer layer 
 short, of a purplish tint ; in the inner layer fibrous and pale yellow ; when 
 masticated, coloring the saliva yellow ; nearly inodorous ; taste sweetish and 
 bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Fresh bark contains a glucoside, Frangulin, C W U W O W . 
 This in the old bark has become converted into Emodin, C 15 H 10 O 5 (also found 
 in Rhubarb), to which the value of the bark is due. Two products are ob- 
 tained from Frangulin by hydrolysis, Emodin and Rhamnose, C 6 H 12 O 6 . 
 
 Dose, y z to i dr. ; 2. to 4. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Frangulae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Frangula, 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and evaporation. 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF FRANGULA. 
 The fresh bark is a violent gastro-intestinal irritant, but 
 that which has been kept a year is a mild laxative, acting like 
 senna ; it is suitable for children, and for use in chronic con- 
 stipation. 
 
 RHAMNUS PURSHIANA.] 
 
 CASCARA SAGRADA. Synonyms. Sacred Bark. [Chittem Bark. 
 The bark of Rhamnus Purshiana De Candolle (nat. ord. Rhamne<z~). Hab- 
 itat. Northern Idaho, and westward to the Pacific Coast. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In quills or curved pieces, about 3 to 10 cm. long, and 
 about 2 mm. thick ; outer surface brownish gray and whitish ; the young bark 
 having numerous, rather broad, pale-colored warts ; inner surface yellowish to
 
 496 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 light brownish, becoming dark brown by age ; smooth or finely striate ; fracture 
 short, yellowish, in the inner layer of thick bark somewhat fibrous ; inodorous ; 
 taste bitter.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Cascarin, [a glucoside 
 said to be identical with Frangulin (see above). (2) Three resins. (3) Acids. 
 (4) A volatile oil. The fresh bark causes much griping, but this unpleasant 
 effect is lost if the bark is kept and properly cured.] 
 
 Dose, ^ to i dr. ; [i. to 4. gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum [Rhamni Purshianae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of 
 Rhamnus Purshiana. By maceration and percolation with Diluted 
 Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, ] to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CASCARA SAGRADA. 
 
 Cascara Sagrada is a simple laxative and aperient, not 
 causing much griping, and resembling in its action [buckthorn], 
 but it is more certain and more active. The bitter principle gives 
 it stomachic properties. It is very serviceable for constipation, 
 especially if chronic. A single dose may either be taken in the 
 evening, or 10 to 15 minims; .60 to i.oo c.c., of the fluid ex- 
 tract may be given three times a day before meals. One advan- 
 tage of its use is that gradually increasing doses are not required. 
 The [fluid] extract is very bitter ; this taste may be concealed by 
 aromatics, liquorice or sal volatile, and it may be given in chloro- 
 form water. The aromatic syrup [B. P.] conceals the taste very 
 well. [This consists of the fluid extract, 8 ; tincture of orange, 
 2 ; alcohol, i ; cinnamon water, 3 ; syrup, 6.] A preparation 
 known as Tinctura Laxativa, dose 20 to 60 m. [1.20 104.00 
 c.c.] (Extractum [Rhamni Purshianae Fluidum], Spiritus Am- 
 moniae Aromaticus, Spiritus Chloroformi, Tinctura Belladonnas 
 [Foliorum], Tinctura Nucis Vomicae, equal parts of each), is 
 miscible with water, and is a pleasant simple purge which is 
 especially useful for chronic constipation and may cure it. 
 
 ALOE. 
 
 ALOE BARBADENSIS. Barbadoes Aloes. [Synonym. Curacoa 
 AJoes, The inspissated juice of the leaves of Aloe vera (Linne) Webb (nat. 
 ord. Liliacea). Habitat. Island of Barbadoes.
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. 497 
 
 CHARACTERS. In hard masses, orange-brown, opaque, translucent on the 
 edges ; fracture waxy or resinous, somewhat conchoidal ; odor saffron-like ; 
 taste strongly bitter. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 10 gr. ; .03 to .60 gm.] 
 
 ALOE SOCOTRINA. Socotrine Aloes. [The inspissated juice of 
 the leaves of Aloe Perryi Baker (nat. ord. Liliacea}. Habitat. Eastern 
 Africa. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In hard masses, occasionally soft in the interior, opaque, 
 yellowish-brown, orange-brown or dark ruby-red, not greenish, translucent on 
 the edges ; fracture resinous, somewhat conchoidal. When breathed upon, it 
 emits a fragrant saffron-like odor. Taste peculiar, strongly bitter. Solubility. 
 Almost entirely soluble in Alcohol and in 4 parts of boiling water. The 
 aqueous solution becomes turbid on cooling and yields a deposit. Moistened 
 with Alcohol and examined in a thin stratum under the microscope, Socotrine 
 Aloes exhibits numerous crystals. Socotrine Aloes is less deep in color, less 
 opaque, its powder is brighter and more reddish, and its odor is not nearly so 
 disagreeable as that of Barbadoes Aloes. Some specimens of Socotrine Aloes 
 are more or less opaque and liver-colored, and then are called Hepatic Aloes.] 
 The variety known as Zanzibar Aloes is included under Socotrine Aloes. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Aloin, see p. 498. (2) A Resin. (3) A trace of Gallic 
 Acid. (4) A trace of a volatile oil giving the odor. ^Resembling Aloes. Resins 
 of Jalap, Guaiacum [and Catechu.] 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 10 gr. ; [.03 to .60 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Aloe Purificata. Purified Aloes. Socotrine Aloes, 1000 ; 
 Alcohol, 200. Heat, strain, and evaporate. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In irregular, brittle pieces, of a dull brown or red- 
 dish-brown color, and having the peculiar, aromatic odor of Socotrine 
 Aloes. It is almost entirely soluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Purified Aloes are contained in Extractum Colocynthidis Composi- 
 tum, Pilulae Rhei Compositse and Tinctura Benzoini Composita. 
 
 Dose, y?, to 10 gr. ; .03 to .60 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Aloes. Extract of Aloes. Socotrine Aloes ; by 
 disintegration by boiling in distilled water ; filtration and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, y z to 3 gr. ; .03 to .20 gm. 
 
 3. Pilulae Aloes. Pills of Aloes. Purified Aloes, 13 ; Soap, 13 
 gm. ; to make 100 pills. Each pill contains 2 gr. ; .13 gm., of Aloes. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 pills. 
 
 4. Pilulae Aloes et Asafcetidae. Pills of Aloes and Asafetida. 
 Purified Aloes, 9 ; Asafetida, 9 ; Soap, 9 gm. ; to make 100 pills. 
 Each pill contains i^ gr. ; .09 gm., of Aloes. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 pills. 
 
 3 2
 
 498 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 5. Pilulae Aloes et Ferri. Pills of Aloes and Iron. Purified 
 Aloes, 7 ; Dried Ferrous Sulphate, 7 ; Aromatic Powder, 7 gin. ; Con- 
 fection of Rose, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Each pill 
 contains about I gr. ; . 07 gm. , of Aloes. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 pills. 
 
 6. Pilulae Aloes et Mastiches. Pills of Aloes and Mastic. 
 Synonym. Lady Webster's pill. Purified Aloes, 13 ; Mastic, 4 ; Red 
 Rose, 3 gm. ; to make loo pills. Each pill contains 2 gr. ; .13 gm., 
 of Aloes. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 pills. 
 
 7. Pilulae Aloes et Myrrhae. Pills of Aloes and Myrrh. Puri- 
 fied Aloes, 13 ; Myrrh, 6 ; Aromatic Powder, 4 gm. ; Syrup, a sufficient 
 quantity to make loo pills. Each pill contains 2 gr. ; .13 gm., of Aloes. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 pills. 
 
 8. Tinctura Aloes. Tincture of Aloes. Purified Aloes, 100; 
 Liquorice Root, 200. Macerate with Diluted Alcohol and percolate to 
 
 1000. 
 
 Dose, ! 4 to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 g. Tinctura Aloes et Myrrhae. Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh. 
 Synonym. Elixir Proprietatis Paracelsi. Purified Aloes, 100; Myrrh, 
 loo ; Liquorice Root, loo. Macerate with Alcohol and Water, and 
 percolate to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 2)4 fl- dr. ; 4. to 10. c.c.] 
 
 ALOINUM. Aloin. [A neutral principle obtained from several varie- 
 ties of Aloes, chiefly Barbadoes Aloes (yielding Barbaloin} and Socotrine 
 Aloes (yielding Socaloin}, differing more or less in chemical composition and 
 physical properties according to the source from which it is derived. Besides 
 these varieties we have Nataloin (Natal) and Zanaloin (Zanzibar). 
 
 Barbaloin, CjjH^Oj, is soluble in about 60 parts of water, 20 parts of 
 Alcohol, or 470 parts of Ether. 
 
 Sofa/oin, C 15 H 16 O 7 , is soluble in about 60 parts of water, 30 parts of abso- 
 lute Alcohol, 380 parts of Ether, or 9 parts of Acetic Ether. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Minute, acicular crystals, or a microcrystalline powder, 
 varying in color from yellow to yellowish-brown, odorless or possessing a 
 slight odor of Aloes, a characteristic bitter taste, and permanent in the air. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 gr. ; .03 to .12 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF ALOES. 
 
 External. Aloes has no external action on the unbroken 
 skin, but it can be absorbed from a raw surface, for aloes sprin-
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. 499 
 
 kled on an ulcer, to which it is a slight stimulant, will lead to 
 purging. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. In the stomach the 
 bitter principle of aloes causes it to act as a stomachic, like 
 other bitters. In the intestine it increases the rate of the flow 
 of bile, and probably the amount secreted. It produces little 
 influence in the small intestine, but the muscular coat of the 
 colon is powerfully stimulated, and the intestinal secretion 
 from that part slightly accelerated. Aloes, therefore, purges, 
 and naturally takes some time, usually fifteen to twenty hours, to 
 act ; the motion is well formed, not very soft, as there is so little 
 increased secretion of fluid, and it is dark colored from the bile 
 in it. Sometimes the drug gripes somewhat, because the mus- 
 cular contraction it produces is irregular. As it acts chiefly on 
 the lower bowel the habitual use of it may lead to piles. 
 
 Female genital organs. Aloes will aggravate the menstrual 
 flow; it is therefore an emmenagogue. It is excreted by the 
 milk, for aloes given to the mother may purge the child. It is 
 stated also to be excreted in the urine, [and it is quite likely 
 that the habitual use of aloes will result in irritation of the 
 kidneys.] 
 
 Barbadoes aloes is more purgative than Socatrine aloes, and 
 contains a greater proportion of substances soluble in water. As 
 a rule aloin acts like aloes, but it does not gripe so much. Some 
 specimens, however, have very little action. This may be owing 
 to adulteration, or differences in composition of different speci- 
 mens. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF ALOES. 
 
 Aloes is an excellent purgative for cases of habitual constipa- 
 tion, many of which are due to an imperfect contraction of the 
 muscular coat of the large intestine. It is very commonly given 
 as a dinner pill (i gr. ; .06 gm., of extract of aloes and % gr.; 
 .015 gm., of extract of nux vomica) to sufferers from chronic 
 constipation, and in these cases its bitter principles acting as 
 stomachics aid digestion. If the faeces are hard, ^ gr. [.03 
 gm.] of powdered ipecacuanha should be added. To avoid
 
 5OO ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 griping it is well to combine a little extract of hyoscyamus or a 
 little extract of belladonna with it. One great advantage of 
 aloes is that the dose need not be gradually increased. It is also 
 very commonly given as a pill with mix vomica and a grain or 
 two; [.06 or .12 gm.] of dried [ferrous] sulphate to persons 
 suffering from chlorosis, and other forms of anaemia. It over- 
 comes the chronic constipation so common in these cases, and 
 some regard this as very important for the cure of the disease. 
 The amenorrhcea so frequently associated with chlorosis is often 
 benefited by aloes, and amenorrhoea due to other causes may also 
 be relieved. Aloes is of great service in many cases of chronic 
 constipation of children. A warm aqueous solution of aloin 
 purges when injected subcutaneously. Aloes must not be given 
 in pregnancy or menorrhagia. [If a patient suffers from 
 haemorrhoids which are not inflamed, aloes can be safely ad- 
 ministered, and even with marked benefit if they are due to a re- 
 laxed rectal mucous membrane, (Barker).] An enema [Soco- 
 trine aloes, 8 ; potassium carbonate, 3 ; mucilage of starch, 
 960.] is anthelmintic. 
 
 CLASS III. DRASTIC PURGATIVES. 
 
 SCAMMONIUM. 
 
 SCAMMONY. [A resinous exudation from the living root of Convol- 
 vulus Sc ammonia, Linne (nat. ord. Covolvulacea). Habitat. Western 
 Asia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In irregular, angular pieces or circular cakes, greenish- 
 gray or blackish, internally porous, and breaking with an angular fracture, 
 of a resinous lustre ; odor peculiar, somewhat cheese-like ; taste slightly acrid ; 
 powder gray or greenish-gray.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Chalk and Starch. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) The resin (see below), 75 
 to 80 per cent. (2) Gum, 10 to 20 per cent. (3) Starch. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; [.30 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Resina Scammonii. Resin of Scammony. 
 
 SOURCE. [Digest Scammony with successive portions of boiling 
 Alcohol, distil off the Alcohol, precipitate the Resin with Water, wash 
 it several times, and dry with gentle heat.
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. $01 
 
 CHARACTERS. Yellowish-brown or brownish-yellow masses or 
 fragments, breaking with glossy, resinous fracture, translucent at the 
 edges ; or a yellowish-white or grayish-white powder, having a faint 
 peculiar odor, and a slight, peculiar taste. Solubility. In Alcohol 
 in all proportions ; also wholly soluble in Ether and in Oil of Turpen- 
 tine. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is Scammonin, CggHjjgO^, 
 probably the same zsjalapin, see p. 502.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Guaiacum resin, which blues potato. Resin of jalap, 
 insoluble in Ether. 
 
 Resin of Scammony is contained in Extractum Colocynthidis Com- 
 positum. 
 
 Dose, [i to 8 gr. ; .06 to .50 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF SCAMMONY. 
 
 Gastro-intestinal tract. Scammony has no effect till it 
 reaches the duodenum. With the bile it forms a strongly 
 purgative compound, powerfully stimulating the intestinal 
 glands and causing a profuse secretion of intestinal fluids. There 
 is some exaggeration of vascularity, some irregular stimulation 
 of the muscular coat, but these are comparatively slight, and 
 there is little if any addition to the biliary flow. As a result 
 of these actions, in about four hours there is a profuse watery 
 evacuation of the bowels. The drug is, therefore, a powerful 
 hydragogue cathartic, and, in large doses, a strong gastro- 
 intestinal irritant. Its action is attended with some griping. It 
 produces no effect if injected into the blood, and therefore acts 
 only locally on the intestine. It is anthelmintic to both round- 
 worms and tape-worms. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SCAMMONY. 
 
 Scammony being a prompt purgative, obstinate constipation 
 in either children or adults may be treated with it. It may also 
 be given as an anthelmintic. 
 
 JALAPA. 
 
 JALAP. [The tuberous root of Ipom&a Jalapa, Nuttall (nat. ord. Con- 
 volvulacea). Habitat. Eastern Mexico. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Napiform, pyriform or oblong, varying in size, the large 
 roots incised, more or less wrinkled, dark brown, with lighter-colored spots,
 
 5O2 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 and short, transverse ridges ; hard, compact ; internally pale grayish-brown, 
 with numerous concentric circles composed of small resin-cells ; fracture resin- 
 ous, not fibrous ; odor slight, but peculiar, smoky and sweetish ; taste sweetish 
 and acrid. On exhausting 100 parts of Jalap by Alcohol, concentrating the 
 tincture, and pouring it into water, a precipitate of resin should be obtained, 
 which, after washing with water and drying, should weigh not less than 12 
 parts, and of which not over 10 per cent, should be soluble in Ether]. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are: (I) The official resin (see 
 below), 7 to 22 per cent, mostly Jalapurgin, C^H^O^. (2) A soft resin. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; [.30 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Jalapae. [Extract of Jalap. By maceration and 
 percolation, with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Extract of Jalap is contained in Pilulae Catharticae Composite and 
 Pilulse Catharticae Vegetabiles. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 8 gr. ; .12 to .50 gm. 
 
 2. Pulvis Jalapae Compositus. Compound powder of Jalap. 
 Synonym. Pulvis Purgans. Jalap, 35 ; Potassium Bitartrate, 65. 
 
 Dose, ]^ to i dr. ; i. to 40. gm. 
 
 3. Resina Jalapae. Resin of Jalap. 
 
 SOURCE. By maceration with Alcohol, percolation, distillation of 
 the Alcohol, and precipitation with water, and drying. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Yellowish- brown, or brown masses or fragments, 
 breaking with a resinous, glossy fracture, translucent at the edges, or a 
 yellowish-gray or yellowish-brown powder, having a slight, peculiar 
 odor, and a somewhat acrid taste]. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i } Jalapurgin, or Con- 
 volvulin [CjjHjopOjj], a glucoside, a hard substance insoluble in Ether, 
 more irritant thanyiz/a/m, and probably the most active ingredient of 
 Jalap. (2) Jalapin [probably identical with Scammoniri]. This is a 
 soft resinous substance, soluble in Ether. It is found in Jalap wood 
 and Jalap stalk. (3) Starch and Gum. Resembling Jalap Resin. 
 Aloes, which is bitter. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; [.06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF JALAP. 
 
 The mode of action of jalap is precisely the same as that 
 of scammony, with only two exceptions. It causes a greater 
 secretion of intestinal juice, and is therefore more hydragogue ; 
 it stimulates the vessels and muscular coat less, and therefore is 
 less irritant and griping.
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. 503 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF JALAP. 
 
 Jalap is very largely used as a hydragogue purgative when we 
 want to draw off large quantities of fluid ; therefore it is especially 
 suitable for patients with Bright' s disease, for those suffering from 
 uraemia, and for those with dropsy from any cause. Large doses 
 should not be given if the intestinal mucous membrane is liable 
 to inflame easily. It is occasionally employed for severe consti- 
 pation. [An old prescription consists of equal parts of powdered 
 jalap and calomel, well triturated. The dose is from 5 to 10 gr. ; 
 .30 to .60 gm. This is known as Rush's thunderbolt. Curi- 
 ously enough, it does not gripe.. 
 
 BRYONIA. 
 
 BRYONIA. Synonym. Bryony. The root of Bryonia alba, and of 
 Bryonia dioica Linne (nat. ord. Cucurbitacece}. Habitat. Central and 
 Southern Europe. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In transverse sections about 5 cm. in diameter, the bark 
 gray-brown, rough, thin, the central portion whitish or grayish, with numerous, 
 small, projecting wood-bundles arranged in circles and radiating lines; frac- 
 ture short ; inodorous ; taste disagreeably bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Bryonin, C^H^Og, a bit- 
 ter glucoside ; (2) Resin; (3) Starch; (4) Gum. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 60 gr. ; .60 to 4.00 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Tinctura Bryoniae. Tincture of Bryonia. Bryonia, 100; by 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol to looo. 
 Dose, 2 to 4 fl. dr. ; 8. to 15. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF BRYONIA. 
 
 Bryonia is an active hydragogue cathartic, which was for- 
 merly much employed, but has been superseded by jalap.] 
 
 OLEUM [TIGLII.] 
 
 CROTON OIL. [A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Croton Tig- 
 lium Linne (nat. ord. Euphorbiacece}. Habitat. India and Philippine 
 Islands ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale yellow or brownish-yellow, somewhat viscid, and 
 slightly fluorescent liquid, having a slight fatty odor, and a mild, oily, after- 
 wards acrid and burning taste ; when applied to the skin, it produces rubefac-
 
 504 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 tion or a pustular eruption. Sp. gr., 0.940 to 0.960. Solubility. When 
 fresh, in about 60 parts of Alcohol, the solubility increasing by age ; feebly 
 soluble in Ether, Chloroform, Carbon Bisulphide, and in fixed or volatile oils. 
 The oil should be at least two years old ; when fresh it is of no value.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Several volatile acids (I 
 per cent, in all) ; these give the odor. [ Tiglinic Acid, C 5 H 8 O 2 , is the charac- 
 teristic one ; the others are Acetic, Isobutyric, Isovalerianic, Formic, Laurie, 
 Myristic, Palmitic, Stearic, existing as glycerides. (2) Several fatty acids, 
 both free and combined to form fats. (3) Crotonol, C 18 H 28 O 4 ] a substance 
 which is non-purgative, but is capable of causing cutaneous irritation. 
 
 Dose, } to 2 m. ; [.015 to .12 c'.c.] on a lump of sugar, or mixed with 
 Castor Oil and placed at the back of the mouth, so that it may be quickly 
 swallowed. 
 
 Croton seeds are not official, but it is important to recognize them. They 
 are [13 mm.] long, [8 mm.] broad, ovoid and bluntly oblong, covered with a 
 brown shell, which on scraping becomes black. The kernel is white and 
 oily. They yield 50 to 60 per cent, of Croton Oil. They are known from 
 Castor- oil seeds, which are like them, by the fact that the Castor-oil seeds are 
 bright, polished and mottled. 
 
 ACTION OF CROTON OIL. 
 
 External. Croton oil is one of the most powerful irri- 
 tants in the pharmacopoeia. A drop placed on the skin causes 
 redness, burning pain, and quickly a crop of vesicles form (vesi- 
 cation) ; these rapidly become pustules (pustulation), and the 
 surrounding subcutaneous tissue is red and cedematous. [The 
 pustules may be umbilicated, but differ from variolous pustules 
 in that they vary greatly in their size.] 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. Very soon after a drop 
 has been taken there is considerable griping and abdominal 
 pain. In an hour or two the bowels are opened, and this may 
 subsequently occur several times, the motions becoming, more 
 and more fluid. The croton oil greatly aggravates the vascu- 
 larity of the stomach and intestines, the mucous membrane of 
 which becomes red, cedematous and angry-looking ; there is a 
 great increase of the intestinal secretion, but none of the bile. 
 The drug produces, in fact, severe enteritis, and to a less ex- 
 tent gastritis. The motions may contain blood. These effects 
 are all due to the local [action] of the croton oil. It is probable 
 that the peristaltic movements are increased also ; whether this
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. 505 
 
 is a result of the irritation, or of some action of the drug exerted 
 after absorption, is not known. Croton oil applied to the skin 
 may cause free purgation. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CROTON OIL. 
 
 External. Croton oil was formerly employed externally as 
 an irritant and a counter-irritant for inflamed joints, pleurisy, 
 bronchitis, phthisis, etc. ; but it is not often so used now, as the 
 scars left after the suppuration are very unsightly, the application 
 is 'too painful and the inflammation induced too severe. [Cor- 
 son's paint is a 5 to 15 per cent, solution of croton oil in ether, 
 to which a small quantity of tincture of iodine is added to color 
 it]. A little croton oil spread over an area not exceeding that 
 of a [dime] may be applied to set up suppuration in the scalp, 
 and so destroy an inveterate patch of ringworm if it is wished to 
 cure it quickly. The croton oil will certainly do this, but the 
 resulting suppuration is so severe that the remedy should be used 
 with care, and only when all others have failed. The liniment 
 [of the B. P., 15 per cent, of croton oil in equal parts of oil of 
 cajuput and alcohol], well diluted, is occasionally employed to 
 stimulate the skin in alopecia. 
 
 Internal. Croton oil should only be given in very obstinate 
 constipation, not due to organic obstruction, and only one dose 
 should be administered. Not more than one or two drops 
 should be prescribed. Constipation due to lead poisoning and 
 faecal impaction are sometimes suitable cases. Placed on the 
 back of the tongue, it is, on account of its small bulk, a useful 
 purgative for lunatics who refuse to take anything, and for un- 
 conscious patients, because in such cases it is quickly swallowed 
 reflexly ; hence also it is commonly given to those who are un- 
 conscious from apoplexy. It must never be administered to 
 children, to pregnant women, to feeble subjects, to those with 
 haemorrhoids, nor to those suffering from peritonitis, gastritis, 
 or enteritis. 
 
 COLOCYNTHIS. 
 
 COLOCYNTH. [^xwowywj. Bitter Apple. Bitter Gourd. Bitter 
 Cucumber. The fruit of Citrullus Colocynthis, Schrader (nat. ord. Cucur-
 
 $O6 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 bitacetz), deprived of its rind. Habitat. Southern and Western Asia, 
 Northern and Southern Africa, Greece and Spain. 
 
 CHARACTERS. From 5 to 10 cm. in diameter; globular; white or. yel- 
 lowish-white ; light, spongy ; readily breaking into three wedge-shaped 
 pieces, each containing near the rounded surface, many flat, ovate, brown 
 seeds ; inodorous ; taste intensely bitter. The pulp only should be used, the 
 seeds being separated and rejected.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Seeds and cortex. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Colocynthin, [C^H^O^ 
 about 2 per cent.,] an amorphous or crystalline, bitter, active glucoside, readily 
 soluble in water and Alcohol. (2) Resinous matter having the names of 
 Citrullin, Colocynthein and Colocynthitin, insoluble in water. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 8 gr. ; [.12 to .50 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Extractum Colocynthidis. Extract of Colocynth. By 
 maceration with Diluted Alcohol, expression and straining; percolation 
 and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 gr. ; .03 to .12 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Colocynthidis Compositum. Compound Extract 
 of Colocynth. Extract of Colocynth, 160 ; Purified Aloes, 500; Car- 
 damom, 60 ; Resin of Scammony, 140 ; Soap, 140 ; Alcohol, loo. 
 By melting, straining and reducing to powder. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm. 
 
 3. Pilulae Catharticae Compositae. See Mercury, p. 212. 
 
 4. Pilulae Catharticae Vegetabiles. Vegetable Cathartic Pills. 
 Compound Extract of Colocynth, 60 ; Extract of Hyoscyamus, 30 ; 
 Extract of Jalap, 30; Extract of Leptandra, 15; Resin of Podophyl- 
 lum, 15 gm. ; Oil of Peppermint, 8 c.c. ; Water, to make 1000 pills. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 pills.] 
 
 ACTION OF COLOCYNTH. 
 
 In small doses colocynth acts as a simple bitter, increasing 
 the gastric and intestinal secretions and improving the appetite. 
 In larger doses it augments considerably the flow of bile and suc- 
 cus entericus, stimulates the muscular coat, causes a little griping, 
 and leads to the evacuation of a watery motion. In still 
 larger doses the hypersecretion is excessive and the griping is 
 severe because the muscular coat is powerfully irritated, and
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. 5O/ 
 
 several abundant watery motions result. The drug may therefore 
 be called drastic, hydragogue, and cathartic. The depres- 
 sion produced may be considerable. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF COLOCYNTH. 
 
 Colocynth should never be given alone, because of the grip- 
 ing it causes. In the colocynth and hyoscyamus pill, [i part 
 of colocynth, 2 parts of hyoscyamus,] which is often prescribed, 
 the hyoscyamus prevents this painful result. Colocynth is an 
 excellent purgative for producing a single abundant evacuation 
 of the bowels in chronic constipation, such as that so often met 
 with in persons suffering from hepatic disorder, and in those 
 confined to bed. Because of the watery character of the motions 
 it may be given in ascites or Bright's disease, but jalap or scam- 
 mony is usually preferred. It is too irritant for habitual use. 
 It should never be administered if there is any suspicion of in- 
 testinal or gastric inflammation, nor in pregnancy. It is often 
 combined with milder purgatives. A diuretic action has been 
 claimed for it, but this is unimportant. 
 
 ELATERINUM. 
 
 [ELATERIN. C 20 H 28 O 5 =347.2O. A neutral principle obtained from 
 Elaterium, a substance deposited by the juice of the fruit of Ecballium Ela- 
 lerium (Linne) A. Richard (nat. ord. Cucurbitace<z). Synonym. Squirting 
 Cucumber. Habitat. Western Asia, Northern Africa and Southern Europe ; 
 cultivated. 
 
 SOURCE. Exhaust Elaterium with Chloroform. Add Ether, wash the 
 resulting precipitate with Ether ; purify by re-crystallization with Chloroform. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Minute, white, hexagonal scales, or prismatic crystals, 
 without odor, and having a slightly acrid, bitter taste ; permanent in the air. 
 Solubility. In 4250 parts of water, and in 337 parts of Alcohol ; also soluble 
 in 543 parts of Ether, or in 2.4 parts of Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, ^ to T ^ gr. ; .003 to .005 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Trituratio Elaterini. Trituration of Elaterin. Elaterin, lo ; Sugar 
 of Milk, 90. 
 
 Dose, YZ to i gr. ; .03 to .06 gm.]
 
 5O8 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION OF ELATERIN. 
 
 Elaterin is violently purgative, producing profuse water)' 
 evacuations, attended with griping and much prostration. It 
 acts like colocynth, and except that it is much more energetic, the 
 description of that drug will apply to it. It increases the salivary 
 secretion. When injected subcutaneously it purges. It is the 
 most powerful hydragogue purgative in the Pharmacopoeia. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF ELATERIN. 
 
 Elaterin should not be given in ordinary constipation, as it is 
 too violent in its effects, but on account of the large amount of 
 fluid it brings away it is in suitable cases very useful in ascites 
 and in Bright' s disease. The same cautions as were enumer- 
 ated for colocynth are still more necessary here. It should not 
 be given, or only with great care, in heart disease, on account 
 of the depression produced. 
 
 GAMBOGIA. 
 
 [GAMBOGE. A gum resin obtained from Garcinia Hanburii Hooker 
 filius (nat. ord. Guttifera). Habitat. Anam, Camboja and Siam. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In cylindrical pieces, sometimes hollow in the centre, 2 
 to 5 cm. in diameter, longitudinally striate on the surface ; fracture flattish- 
 conchoidal, of a waxy lustre, orange-red ; in powder bright yellow ; inodorous ; 
 taste very acrid ; the powder sternutatory. Solubility. It is partly soluble in 
 Alcohol and in Ether.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) A brilliant yellow Resin, 
 Gambogic Acid, [65 to 80 per cent. (2) Gum, 16 to 26 per cent.] This is 
 soluble, so that an emulsion of Gambogic Acid is formed with water. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Starch, woody fibre. 
 
 [ Gamboge is contained in Pilulae Catharticse Composite. ] 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; [.06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF GAMBOGE. 
 
 Gamboge is a drastic, hydragogue purgative, causing 
 much griping, and, in large doses, great irritation of the alimen- 
 tary canal. Most of it passes in the faeces, but some is absorbed, 
 causing the urine to be yellow. It is slightly diuretic.
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. $09 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF GAMBOGE. 
 
 It is not often prescribed, as it is uncertain, and gripes con- 
 siderably. It should never be given alone. It has been used as 
 an anthelmintic. 
 
 CLASS IV. CHOLAGOGUES. 
 
 PODOPHYLLUM. 
 
 PODOPHYLLUM. [Synonyms. May Apple. Mandrake. The 
 rhizome and Roots of Podopkylltmt peltatum Linne (nat ord. Berberidece). 
 Habitat. North America, in rich woods and thickets. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Of horizontal growth, consisting of joints about 5 cm. 
 long, flattish cylindrical, about 5 mm. thick, but somewhat enlarged at the end, 
 which has a circular scar on the upper side, a tuft of about ten, nearly simple, 
 fragile roots on the lower side, and is sometimes branched laterally ; smooth or 
 somewhat wrinkled, orange-brown, internally white and mealy, with a circle 
 of small wood-bundles ; pith large ; nearly inodorous ; taste sweetish, some- 
 what bitter and acrid.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) The official Resin (see 
 below), 4 to 5 per cent. (2) Podophyllic Acid, a coloring principle. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; .30 to 1.20 gm. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Podophylli. Extract of Podophyllum. By mac- 
 eration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, distillation of the 
 Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; .12 to .60 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Podophylli Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Podo- 
 phyllum. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, 
 distillation of the Alcohol and solution. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 m. ; .30 to 1.20 c.c.] 
 
 3. Resina Podophylli. [Resin of Podophyllum. Synonym. 
 Podophyllin. 
 
 SOURCE. By maceration and percolation in Alcohol, distillation of 
 the Alcohol, precipitation of Resin in Hydrochloric Acid and Water; 
 wash and dry. 
 
 CHARACTERS. An amorphous powder, varying in color from gray- 
 ish-white to pale greenish-yellow or yellowish-green, turning darker 
 when exposed to heat ; having a slight, peculiar odor, and a peculiar, 
 faintly bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Solubility. In Alcohol in 
 all proportions ; Ether dissolves 15 to 20 per cent, of it.]
 
 5IO ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The Resin consists mainly of Podophyllotoxin t 
 [CjjH^C^-f^HjO, which is said to be a mixture of Picropodophyllin, 
 75 to 80 per cent., the purgative principle, and Picropodophyllic Acid, 
 both existing free in the rhizome ; with these are associated minor resins, 
 and Podophylloquercitin, a coloring principle.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Water precipitates it from Alcohol ; acids pre- 
 cipitate it from Ammonia. 
 
 [Resin of Podophyllum is contained in Pilulae Catharticae Vege- 
 tabiles. ] 
 
 Dose, yto}4gr.', [.008 to .03 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF PODOPHYLLIN. 
 
 External. It has no external action unless applied to raw 
 surfaces, from which it may be absorbed, and then it will purge. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. Podophyllin has a bitter 
 taste. It is in large doses a powerful gastro-intestinal irritant, 
 and has caused death. In medicinal doses it gives rise to much 
 griping pain, perhaps some nausea, and in about ten hours there 
 is an evacuation of the bowels ; the motion, which is liquid, 
 is deeply stained with bile. The pain shows that the muscular 
 coat is stimulated, the liquidity that probably more intestinal 
 fluid is secreted, and the color that more bile is poured into the 
 intestine. In small doses podophyllin probably increases the 
 secretion of bile, and certainly the solids in it are greater; in 
 purgative doses it is said not to increase the quantity, although 
 more bile is poured from the bladder into the intestine. It is 
 thus a direct and indirect cholagogue. It probably acts after 
 absorption, for all its effects can be produced if it is injected 
 subcutaneously. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF PODOPHYLLUM. 
 
 Podophyllum is only used for its cholagogue purgative 
 action. [An old name for this drug is Vegetable Mercury.] It 
 is especially suitable for constipation due to hepatic disorder, 
 whether functional, as in the hepatic dyspepsia which commonly 
 goes by the name of biliousness, or organic, as in hepatic cirr- 
 hosis and cancer. It must be remembered that as it causes much 
 griping, it should be combined with hyoscyamus or some other
 
 VEGETABLE PURGATIVES. $11 
 
 drug to overcome this ; that it takes a long while to act, and will 
 therefore be swept away before it has produced any effect if given 
 with quickly acting purgatives ; and that it is better to begin 
 with small doses, as people are very unequally affected by it. It 
 may be advantageously combined with calomel in a pill. It is 
 so disagreeable to the taste that it is better to dissolve the resin 
 in aromatic spirit of ammonia (i to 480). 
 
 [LEPTANDRA. 
 
 LEPTANDRA. Synonym. Culver's Root. The rhizome and roots 
 of Veronica virginica Linne (nat. ord. Scrophularinece). Habitat. United 
 States, south to Georgia, and west to Minnesota, in low grounds. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Of horizontal growth, from 10 to 15 cm. long, and about 
 5 mm. thick, somewhat flattened, bent and branched, deep blackish- brown, 
 with cup-shaped scars on the upper side, hard, of a woody fracture, with a 
 thin, blackish bark, a hard, yellowish wood, and a large, purplish-brown, about 
 six-rayed pith ; roots thin, wrinkled, very fragile ; inodorous ; taste bitter and 
 feebly acrid. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Leptandrin, a bitter, 
 crystalline glucoside. (2) A saccharine principle having the properties of 
 Mannit. (3) Possibly a Volatile Alkaloid. 
 
 Dose, % to i dr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 i. Extractum Leptandrae. Extract of Leptandra. By macer- 
 ation and percolation with Alcohol and water, and evaporation. 
 
 Extract of Leptandra is contained in Pilulae Catharticae Vege- 
 tabiles. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 gr. ; .06 to .20 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Leptandrae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Lep- 
 tandra. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF LEPTANDRA. 
 
 Recent leptandra root acts as a violent cathartic, and some- 
 times as an emetic. It is an excellent cholagogue, appears to 
 have a special influence upon the muciparous follicles of the 
 intestine, and it acts very advantageously in cases of duodenal 
 indigestion and chronic constipation.
 
 512 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHELIDONIUM. 
 
 CHELIDONIUM. .Sywwi/wz. Celandine. The entire plant, CM- 
 idonium ma/us Linne (nat. ord. Papaveracecz). Habitat. Europe; natural- 
 ized in North America. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Root several-headed, branching, reddish-brown ; stem 
 about 50 cm. long, light-green, hairy ; leaves about 15 cm. long, thin, petio- 
 late, the upper ones smaller and sessile, light-green, on the lower side glau- 
 cous, lyrate-pinnatifid, the pinnae ovate-oblong, obtuse, coarsely crenate or 
 incised and the terminal one often three-lobed ; flowers in small, long pedun- 
 cled umbels with two sepals and four yellow petals ; capsule linear, two-valved 
 and many seeded. The fresh plant contains a saffron-colored milk-juice, and 
 has an unpleasant odor and acrid taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (l) Chelerythrine, C 2 ,H ]7 NO 4 . (2) Sanguinarine, 
 C M H 15 NO 4 (see p. 450.) (3) Chdidonine, C 20 H ]9 NO 5 . (4) Protopine, 
 C 20 H 17 NO 5 , also contained in Opium and Sanguinaria. (5) Chelidoxanthin, 
 Chelidonic and Chelidoninic Acids. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 60 gr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF CELANDINE. 
 
 Celandine has been found useful in jaundice, apparently pos- 
 sessing a stimulating effect upon the hepatic secretions. It is a 
 somewhat irregularly acting purgative, giving rise to watery mo- 
 tives, but at the same time to griping pains. It was the chief 
 ingredient in the old Decoctum ad Ictericos of the Edinburgh 
 Pharmacopoeia. 
 
 IRIS. 
 
 IRIS. Synonym. Blue Flag. The rhizome and roots of Iris versi- 
 color Linne (nat. ord. Iridccc}. Habitat. North America, in swampy localities. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Rhizome of horizontal growth, consisting of joints, 5 to 
 10 cm. long, cylindrical in the lower half, flattish near the upper extremity, 
 and terminated by a circular scar, annulated from the leaf-sheaths, grayish- 
 brown ; roots long, simple, crowded near the broad end ; odor slight ; taste 
 acrid and nauseous. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) An acrid resin. (2) Pos- 
 sibly an alkaloid. (3) Fat. (4) A camphoraceous body. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 gr. ; .60 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 Prep a rations. 
 
 i. Extractum Iridis. Extract of Iris. By maceration and per- 
 eolation with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, i to 3 gr. ; .06 to .20 gm.
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 513 
 
 2. Extractum Iridis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Iris. By 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; .60 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 IRIDINUM. 
 
 IRIDIN. (Not official.) Synonym. Irisin. The powdered extractive 
 obtained from the root of Iris versicolor^ 
 
 CHARACTERS. A dark-brown, bitter, nauseous powder. 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; [.06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF IRIS. 
 
 [The extract and fluid extract of iris are infrequently used.] 
 Iridin is a cholagogue, and as it rarely gripes, it may be given 
 when it is required to use a cholagogue purgative daily for some 
 time. It may be combined with euonymin, calomel, podophyl- 
 lin and other cholagogue purgatives. 
 
 EUONYMUS. 
 
 EUONYMUS. Synonyms. Wahoo. Spindle Tree. [The bark of the 
 root of Enonymus atropurpureus Jacquin (nat. ord. Celastrinece). Habitat. 
 United States, southward to Florida, and westward to Wisconsin, in shady 
 woods. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In quilled or curved pieces, from 2 to 8 mm. thick, outer 
 surface, ash-gray, with blackish patches, detached in thin and small scales ; 
 inner surface whitish or slightly tawny, smooth ; fracture smooth, whitish, 
 the inner layers of a laminated appearance ; nearly inodorous ; taste sweetish, 
 somewhat bitter and acrid]. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Euonymin [an amorphous 
 resin, very bitter. (2) Atrofurpurin, a crystalline glucoside. (3) Citric, 
 Tartaric and Malic Acids. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 dr. ; 4. to 8. gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Euonymi. Extract of Euonymus. [Synonym. 
 Euonymin. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, 
 distillation of the Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF EUONYMUS. 
 
 In small doses euonymin stimulates the appetite and flow of 
 gastric juice ; in larger, it is irritant to the intestine and is 
 
 33
 
 514 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 cathartic. An ordinary dose increases the amount of bile ex- 
 creted into the intestine, but does not gripe or cause much intes- 
 tinal secretion. It has slight diuretic and expectorant effects ; 
 but its only use is as a purgative for those cases of constipation 
 in which the liver is disordered, and for which it is particularly 
 efficacious. It is usually combined with other cholagogues as 
 iridin and calomel. 
 
 GROUP VI. 
 Volatile Oils. 
 
 These, when applied externally, stimulate the skin, and thus cause red- 
 ness, sometimes even vesication, tingling, and subsequent numbness. Taken 
 internally, they stimulate the gastrointestinal tract, increasing its vascularity, 
 the flow of saliva, of gastric juice, and of succus entericus ; and they excite its 
 unstriped muscular fibres. Thus in moderate doses they are stomachics and 
 carminatives ; in large doses they are gastro-intestinal irritants. Their irri- 
 tation of the stomach reflexly stimulates the heart and the central nervous sys- 
 tem. They are absorbed and excreted by the skin, which they may thus 
 irritate, and by the bronchial mucous membrane, while they consequently 
 stimulate, increasing the amount of secretion from it, its vascularity, the expul- 
 sive power of its unstriped muscles, and reflexly this irritation leads to cough- 
 ing; consequently they are expectorants, [although they may later limit the 
 amount of secretion formed]. They are also largely excreted by the kidneys, 
 which are stimulated even to inflammation, and hence these drugs are often 
 diuretic ; and by the genito-urinary mucous membrane, which is also 
 stimulated, often so energetically that it may become inflamed. [Some are 
 antiseptic.] Some volatile oils act strongly in all these ways ; others act much 
 more powerfully in some than in others. [Volatile and fixed oils are usually 
 mutually soluble in all proportions. Volatile oils are generally slightly soluble 
 in water.] 
 
 They will be classified according to the tissue on which they chiefly act, 
 or for the action for which they are mostly used. 
 
 CLASS I. Volatile oils (or substances containing them), acting chiefly 
 upon, or used chiefly for their stimulation of the skin. 
 
 [Turpentine,] Oil of Turpentine, [Oil of Erigeron, Pix Liquida,] 
 Oil of Cade, Burgundy Pitch, Resin, Frankincense, Canada [Turpen- 
 tine,] Mustard, Oil of Cajuput, Eucalyptus, Oil of Rosemary, Arnica, 
 Mezereum, [Elemi.] 
 
 CLASS II. Volatile oils (or substances containing them) acting chiefly 
 upon, or used chiefly for their stimulation of the gastro-intestinal tract.
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 515 
 
 Pyrethrum, Cloves, Pimenta, Pepper, Nutmeg, [Mace,] Cinna- 
 mon, Horseradish, Capsicum, Ginger, Cardamom, Sumbul, Oil of 
 Lavender, [Oil of Lavender Flowers, Oil of Bergamot,] Peppermint, 
 Spearmint, Anise, [Illicium,] Coriander, Fennel, Caraway, Dill, Sam- 
 bucus, [Oil of Pennyroyal, Absinthium], Chamomile, [Matricaria, 
 Rose.] 
 
 CLASS III. Volatile oils (or substances containing them) acting chiefly 
 upon the stomach, so as to reflexly stimulate the heart and central nervous 
 systems, or chiefly used for this purpose. 
 
 Valerian, [Cypripedium,] Asafcetida, Galbanum, Ammoniacum, 
 Myrrh. 
 
 CLASS IV. Volatile oils (or substances containing them) acting chiefly 
 upon, or used chiefly for their stimulation of the bronchial mucous mem- 
 brane. 
 
 Terebene, [Terpin Hydrate], Balsam of Peru, Balsam of Tolu, 
 Storax, Fir Wood Oil, Grindelia. 
 
 CLASS V. Volatile oils (or substances containing them) acting chiefly 
 upon, or used chiefly for their stimulation of the kidneys and genito-urinary 
 tract. 
 
 Oil of Juniper, Buchu, Copaiba, [Oil of Thyme], Cubeb, Oil of 
 Santal, [Matico, Damiana.] 
 
 [CLASS VI. Volatile oils (or substances containing them) acting chiefly 
 upon, or used chiefly for their stimulation of the female genital organs. 
 Savine, Tansy, Oil of Rue.] 
 
 CLASS I. THOSE USED CHIEFLY FOR THEIR ACTION ON 
 THE SKIN. 
 
 TEREBINTHINA. 
 
 [TURPENTINE. A concrete oleoresin obtained from Pinus palustris 
 Miller, and from other species of Pinus (nat. ord. Conifera}. Habitat, 
 United States ; in the Atlantic and Gulf States from Virginia to Texas. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In yellowish, opaque, tough masses, brittle in the cold, 
 crumbly-crystalline in the interior, of a terebinthinate odor and taste.] 
 
 OLEUM TEREBINTHINA. 
 
 OIL OF TURPENTINE. [A volatile oil distilled from Turpentine. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A thin, colorless liquid, having a characteristic odor and 
 taste, both of which become stronger and less pleasant by age and exposure to 
 the air. Sp. gr., 0.855 100.870. Dissolves Resins (the solution forms varnish), 
 Wax, Sulphur, Phosphorus and Iodine. Solubility. In 3 times its volume 
 of Alcohol, the solution being neutral or slightly acid to litmus paper : also 
 soluble in an equal volume of Glacial Acetic Acid.] It is easily oxidized.
 
 516 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Old Oil of Turpentine is an oxidizing agent ; it readily absorbs Oxygen, and 
 becomes converted into an Oleoresin. French Oil of Turpentine is Icevo- 
 rotatory, some of it comes from Finns maritima ; English Oil of Turpentine, 
 which mostly comes from America, and Russian Oil of Turpentine are dextro- 
 rotatory. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Oil of Turpentine is a mixture of (i) several isomeric hy- 
 drocarbons (terpenes), all having the formula C 10 H 16 . The chief of them found 
 in the oil are pinene, phellandrtne, limonene, and dipentene. They vary in 
 their boiling points and the direction in which they rotate the plane of polar- 
 ization. The principal terpene in American oil of turpentine is dextro-pinene ; 
 the principal terpene in French oil of turpentine is lasvopinene. (2) Sesqui- 
 terpenes, C 15 H 24 . (3) Bornyl acetate. Most turpentine contains [from 20 to 
 30 per cent. ] of the Oil of Turpentine. Many official volatile oils, viz., Oils of 
 Lavender, [Cubeb, Juniper,] Peppermint, Chamomile, Caraway, Cloves, con- 
 tain various terpenes, all isomeric, and all having the formula, C 10 H 16 . An 
 oxidation product of terpene is Camphor, C 10 H 16 O, which is pharmacopoeial 
 (see Camphor). Sanitas (set p. 518) is another product of the oxidation of a 
 terpene. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; [.30 to 2.00 c.c., or J^ to 4 fl. dr. ; 2. to 15. c.c.] 
 (anthelmintic). 
 
 Two parts of mucilage, with thorough trituration, emulsify one part of Oil 
 of Turpentine with sixteen parts of water. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Oleum Terebinthinae Rectificatum. Rectified Oil of Tur- 
 pentine. 
 
 SOURCE. Oil of Turpentine, I ; Lime water, 6 volumes. By 
 shaking and distillation. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A thin, colorless liquid, having the general proper- 
 ties mentioned under Oil of Turpentine. Sp. gr. , 0.855 * 0.865. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c., or ^ to 4 fl. dr. ; 2. to 15. 
 c.c. (anthelmintic). 
 
 2. Linimentum Terebinthinae. Turpentine Liniment. Resin 
 Cerate, 650; Oil of Turpentine, 350. By melting and mixing.] 
 
 ACTION OF TURPENTINE. 
 
 External. Oil of turpentine has, to a marked degree, the 
 action of other volatile oils. Thus applied to the skin, especially 
 if rubbed in, it causes the vessels to dilate, there is a sense of 
 warmth, the part becomes red, and subsequently common sensa- 
 tion is blunted. The oil is therefore rubefacient, irritant, 
 and counter-irritant. If enough is applied, it is a vesicant.
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 5 I/ 
 
 Like the other volatile oils it is antiseptic and disinfectant. 
 It is absorbed by the unbroken skin. 
 
 Internal. Alimentary canal. Oil of turpentine has the 
 same stimulant effect when locally applied to the mouth and 
 pharynx as it has on the skin, and in the stomach it powerfully 
 dilates the vessels, increases peristalsis and the gastric secretion, 
 and reflexly stimulates the heart, but on account of its 
 nauseous taste it is not used for these properties, which it has in 
 common with other volatile oils. Its effects on the intestine are 
 the same as those on the stomach, the most marked being its 
 energetic stimulation of the muscular coat, hence it is a strong 
 carminative, expelling gas from the bowels. If a large amount 
 is given, the excitation of the muscular coat leads to purging, 
 the motions often containing much blood, haemorrhage resulting 
 from the great vascular dilatation. Oil of turpentine is anthel- 
 mintic, killing the tapeworm when administered in doses of 
 [/^] * 4 fl- dr. [ 2 - * I 5- c - c -]> but * ms treatment may cause 
 severe symptoms. When given as an enema it kills the thread- 
 worm. 
 
 Circulation. Oil of turpentine is readily absorbed. We do 
 not know in what form it circulates. Statements concerning its 
 action on the heart and vessels are very discordant, probably be- 
 cause different experimenters have used different varieties of oil 
 of turpentine ; but most specimens appear first to stimulate 
 the heart, in some degree at least, directly, for oil of turpen- 
 tine locally applied will excite the excised heart, increasing the 
 force and frequency of the cardiac beat. It contracts the ves- 
 sels, arid therefore it is a haemostatic. The blood-pressure 
 rises. After a large dose of any variety this stimulation is fol- 
 lowed by depression, the heart beats feebly, the vessels dilate, 
 and the blood-pressure falls. 
 
 Respiration. When inhaled, oil of turpentine acts on the 
 bronchial mucous membrane as it does on the skin, irritating it, 
 dilating the vessels, increasing and disinfecting the secretion, 
 stimulating the muscles of the bronchi, and reflexly exciting 
 cough. If given internally, [since] some of it is excreted by the 
 bronchial mucous membrane, similar effects are produced. At
 
 518 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 the same time the activity of the respiratory movements is in- 
 creased, so that the drug is a powerful expectorant. 
 
 Nervous system. Oil of turpentine in large doses is a severe 
 depressant to the nervous system, producing languor, dulness, 
 sleepiness, and unsteady gait. Toxic doses cause coma and 
 paralyze the sensory nerves ; consequently reflex action is abol- 
 ished. 
 
 Kidneys. It acts more powerfully on these than almost any 
 other volatile oil. Even moderate doses may lead to pain in the 
 loins, scanty, high-colored urine, albuminuria, and haematuria. 
 The urinary passages are also irritated ; consequently, owing 
 to muscular spasm, there is difficulty in passing water, micturition 
 is painful, and a sensation of heat in the perinseum is present 
 (these symptoms constitute strangury). If a large dose has been 
 given, the urine may be completely suppressed. Turpentine 
 
 causes the urine to smell of violets. 
 
 
 
 Skin. Oil of turpentine is excreted by the skin, and may 
 cause an erythematous rash. 
 
 Some is probably excreted by the milk, bile and intestinal 
 mucous membrane. 
 
 It is said to be a mild antipyretic. [Old] oil of turpentine 
 [containing oxygen {see p. 239)] is an antidote to phosphorus, 
 and it is stated that [that] and [the] French oil are preferable, 
 but this is doubtful. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF TURPENTINE. 
 
 External. Oil of turpentine is very largely employed as an 
 irritant or counter-irritant in various forms of chronic inflamma- 
 tion, such as osteo-arthritis, bronchitis, or pleurisy. The liniment 
 forms a useful application. It may also be rubbed in over pain- 
 ful areas, as in neuralgia, myalgia, rheumatic pains, lumbago, etc. 
 Sometimes it is used as a parasiticide for ringworm. Sanitas [not 
 official] is an aqueous solution of common turpentine, which has 
 been allowed to oxidize in the air. Its active antiseptic principle 
 is hydrogen [dioxide,] and it contains a little thymol. It is a 
 very pleasant disinfectant, but is not so strong as carbolic acid. 
 [Oil of turpentine is an excellent antiseptic for old suppurat-
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 519 
 
 ing wounds. Care must be taken that it does not blister the 
 skin. ] 
 
 Internal. Stomach and intestines. [For internal use the 
 rectified oil only should be prescribed.] It is not often pre- 
 scribed for its carminative and stomachic effects, though given 
 either by the mouth or as an enema (i to 15 fl. oz. of mucilage 
 of starch) it is often very efficacious in removing the intestinal 
 distension due to gas. If it is used as an anthelmintic, [^ to 4 
 fl. dr., 2. to 15. c.c.], emulsified in mucilage and followed by a 
 dose of castor oil, should be given. Sometimes it promptly re- 
 lieves intestinal haemorrhage, such as that due to typhoid fever. 
 [It is also used in this disease as an antiseptic.] Whenever it is 
 prescribed as a haemostatic, considerable doses, 30 to 60 minims 
 [2. to 4. c.c.] should be administered every hour fora few hours. 
 
 Circulation. It is not employed to influence this, except as a 
 haemostatic. It has the reputation of being fairly efficacious in 
 arresting haemorrhage. It may be given in haemoptysis and 
 other conditions attended with bleeding. 
 
 Respiration. It is not much used as an inhalation, for the 
 [Vapor Olei Pini Sylvestris (^. ?'.,)] is much pleasanter, but it 
 might be employed to disinfect foul bronchial secretions, and 
 to stimulate the mucous membrane in chronic bronchitis. 
 
 It should be remembered that oil of turpentine must be given 
 internally with great care because of its liability to cause inflam- 
 mation of the kidneys; indeed, this fact and its [unpleasant] 
 taste account for its not being so often administered as would 
 otherwise be the case. It should never be given to the subjects 
 of Bright' s disease. 
 
 [OLEUM ERIGERONTIS. 
 
 OIL OF ERIGERON. Synonym. Oil of Fleabane. A volatile oil 
 distilled from the fresh, flowering herb of Erigeron canadense Linn6 (nat. ord. 
 Composite.) Habitat. North America, in fields and waste places; natural- 
 ized in other countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale yellow, limpid liquid, becoming darker and thicker 
 by age and exposure to the air, having a peculiar aromatic, persistent odor, 
 and an aromatic, slightly pungent taste. Sp. gr., about 0.850, increasing with 
 age. Solubility. In an equal volume of Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 m. ; .30 to i.oo c.c.
 
 52O ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF THE OIL OF ERIGERON. 
 Oil of erigeron is less irritant and also less efficient than oil of 
 turpentine. Externally it is often applied to prevent insects from 
 injuring the skin. It has been used in diarrhoea, dysentery and 
 haemorrhages, in much the same way as oil of turpentine.] 
 
 FIX LIQUIDA. 
 
 TAR. [An empyreumatic oleoresin obtained by the destructive distilla- 
 tion of the wood of Pinus palustris, Miller, and of other species of Finus (nat. 
 ord. Conifer(E). Habitat. United States. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Thick, viscid, semi-fluid, blackish-brown, heavier than 
 water, transparent in thin layers, becoming granular and opaque with age ; 
 odor empyreumatic, terebinthinate ; taste sharp, empyreumatic. Solubility. 
 Slightly, in water ; soluble in Alcohol, fixed and volatile oils, and solution of 
 Potassium or Sodium Hydrate. ] On distillation it gives off an empyreumatic 
 oil (oil of tar), which is official (see below), and pyroligneous acid. What 
 remains behind is pitch. This is black, solid, melting in boiling water. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Tar is a very complex substance. The chief constituents 
 are (l) Oil of Turpentine (see p. 515). (2) Creosote (see p. 334). (3) Phe- 
 nols (see p. 324). (4) Pyrocatechin, or Catechol, C 6 H 6 O., (which see). (5) 
 Acetic Acid. (6) Acetone. (7) Xylol. (8) Toluol. (9) Methylic Alcohol. 
 (10) Resins. 
 
 Dose, X to x dr. i [* to 4- S m -] > n the form of pill. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Syrupus Picis Liquidae. Syrup of Tar. Tar, 75 ; Water, 
 150 ; Boiling Distilled Water, 400 ; Sugar, 800 ; Glycerin, 100 ; Dis- 
 tilled Water to lOOO. By solution, decantation and filtration. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c. ] 
 
 2. Unguentum Picis Liquidae. [Tar Ointment. Tar, 500 ; 
 Yellow Wax, 125 ; Lard, 375. 
 
 OLEUM PICIS LIQUID^. Oil of Tar. A volatile oil distilled 
 from Tar. 
 
 CHARACTERS. An almost colorless liquid when freshly distilled, but 
 soon acquiring a dark, reddish-brown color, and having a strong, tarry odor 
 and taste. Sp. gr., about 0.970. Solubility. Readily in Alcohol.] 
 
 ACTION OF TAR. 
 
 External. Tar has precisely the same action as oil of tur- 
 pentine, but it is not so powerful, therefore the vascular dilata-
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 521 
 
 tion rarely proceeds to the stage of vesication ; but pustules may 
 result if the tar is rubbed in. 
 
 Internal. It is very liable to upset digestion ; in large doses 
 it causes epigastric pain, vomiting, severe headache, dark urine, 
 and other symptoms of carbolic acid poisoning (see p. 332). 
 Some of its constituents are excreted by mucous membranes, 
 especially the bronchial, on which it acts as a disinfectant, stimu- 
 lating expectorant. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF TAR. 
 
 External. Tar ointment, which is [sometimes] rather hard, 
 and may be softened by half the wax with almond oil, is often 
 applied as a stimulant to chronic skin diseases, such as psoriasis 
 and chronic eczema. Because of its mildly anaesthetic action, 
 it is sometime? useful in pruritus. 
 
 [Wood tar is the only official form of tar, but coal tar is often 
 used in medicine. The prepared form of it is made by simply 
 heating and stirring coal tar at 120 F. 48 C. for an hour.] 
 Liquor Picis Carbonis [not official] is a favorite preparation for 
 many skin diseases. It may be made thus : Dissolve resin soap, 
 i (see below) in alcohol, 8 ; add prepared coal tar, 4 ; digest 
 at 125 F. [51 C.] for two days, allow it to cool, then decant 
 and filter. An ointment of 3 parts of lard with i of this solu- 
 tion may be made. Liquor Carbonis Detergens [not official] is 
 an alcoholic solution of ordinary coal tar. [It is used externally 
 in skin diseases, diluted in 20 parts of water.] 
 
 Internal. Coal tar is rarely prescribed for internal use. 
 Wood tar is only given as an expectorant, and it is very valuable 
 for chronic bronchitis. It may be prescribed as a pill or as the 
 syrup, or as Vinum Picis [not official] (a saturated solution of 
 wood tar in sherry, dose i to 4 fl. dr. [4. to 15. c.c.]), or as the 
 French preparation, Eau de Goudron. Tar water is made by 
 stirring wood tar with water [i to 4] for fifteen minutes and 
 decanting. The dose is a pint [480. c.c.] daily. It may be 
 used externally as a wash. The syrup with syrup of wild cherry 
 (see p. 462) and apomorphine hydrochlorate ^ gr. ; .003 gm., 
 forms an excellent cough mixture.
 
 522 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 OLEUM CADINUM. 
 
 OIL OF CADE. [Synonyms. Huile de Cade. Juniper Tar Oil. A 
 product of the dry distillation of the wood of Juniperus Oxycedrus Linne (nat. 
 ord. Conifera). Habitat, Mediterranean districts of North Africa, Spain, 
 Portugal and France ; in waste places and on stony hill-sides. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A brownish or dark brown, clear, thick liquid, having a 
 tarry odor, and an empyreumatic, burning, somewhat bitter taste. Sp. gr., 
 alxjut 0.950. Solubility. Almost insoluble in water ; only partially soluble 
 in Alcohol, but is completely soluble in Ether, Chloroform, or Carbon Bi- 
 sulphide. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. Probably much the same as that of Tar. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF OIL OF CADE. 
 
 Oil of cade has the same action on the skin as tar, but it is 
 preferable, as the odor is pleasanter. The diseases treated by the 
 application of it are psoriasis, chronic eczema, and pruritus. A 
 usual formula is oil of cade, i ; soft soap, 4 ; alcohol, 4 ; but an 
 ointment made by melting with it an equal part of yellow wax, 
 is a more agreeable preparation. 
 
 FIX BURGUNDICA. 
 
 BURGUNDY PITCH. [The prepared, resinous exudation of Abies 
 excelsa Poiret (nat. ord. Conifera). Habitat. Europe, in the Southern parts, 
 in mountainous districts. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Hard, yet gradually taking the form of the vessels in 
 which it is kept ; brittle, with a shining, conchoidal fracture, opaque or trans- 
 lucent, reddish-brown or yellowish-brown, odor agreeably terebinthinate; 
 taste aromatic, sweelish, not bitter. Solubility. Almost entirely in Glacial 
 Acetic Acid, and partly soluble in cold Alcohol.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. [The chief constituents are (I) Resin; (2) A volatile 
 oil, a mixture of several isomeric terpenes in variable proportion.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Palm Oil and Resin, which are detected by not being solu- 
 ble in Glacial Acetic Acid. 
 
 [Burgundy Pitch is contained in Emplastrum Ferri and Emplastrum Opii.] 
 
 - Preparations. 
 
 1. Emplastrum Picis [Burgundicae. Burgundy Pitch Plaster. 
 Burgundy Pitch, 800 ; Yellow Wax, 150 ; Olive Oil, 50. 
 
 2. Emplastrum Picis Cantharidatum. Cantharidal Pitch Plas- 
 ter. Synonym. Warming Plaster. Cerate of Cantharides, 80 ; Bur- 
 gundy Pitch to looo. Heat the cerate and strain ; melt the pitch with 
 the strained liquid.]
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 523 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF BURGUNDY PITCH. 
 
 Burgundy pitch is used as a basis for plasters.- It is mildly 
 stimulant to the skin. 
 
 RESINA. 
 
 RESIN. [Synonyms. Colophony. Rosin. The residue left after dis- 
 tilling off the Volatile Oil from Turpeptine. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A transparent, amber-colored substance, hard, brittle, pul- 
 verizable ; fracture glossy and shallow-conchoidal ; odor and taste faintly tere- 
 binthinate. Sp. gr., 1.070 to 1. 080. Solubility. In Alcohol, Ether, and 
 fixed or volatile oils ; also in solution of Potassium or Sodium Hydrate. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Resin may be considered as containing Abietic Acid 
 Anhydride, C^H^Oj, 80 to 90 per cent. 
 
 Resin is contained in Ceratum Cantharidis. ] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Ceratum Resinae. Resin Cerate. Synonym. Basilicon 
 Ointment. Resin, 350; Yellow Wax, 150; Lard, 500. 
 Resin Cerate is contained in Linimentum Terebinthinae. 
 
 2. Emplastrum Resinae. Resin Plaster. Synonym. Adhesive 
 Plaster. Resin, 140 ; Lead Plaster, 800 ; Yellow Wax, 60. 
 Resin Plaster is contained in Emplastrum Arnicae, Emplastrum Belladonnas, 
 and Emplastrum Capsici.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF RESIN. 
 
 Resin is antiseptic and slightly stimulant, and is, therefore, an 
 excellent application for indolent ulcers, sores and wounds. 
 Resin soap is formed by boiling together in an evaporating dish 
 for two hours : resin, 6 ; caustic soda, i ; and water, 2.5 ; sepa- 
 rating the soap by a strainer, and drying on a water-bath. It 
 may be used as an emulsifying agent, but the taste is very dis- 
 agreeable. 
 
 THUS AMERICANUM. 
 
 FRANKINCENSE. [B. P., not official.] The concrete oleo-resin 
 scraped off the trunks of Pinus tceda, Frankincense Pine, and Pinus australis, 
 the Swamp Pine (nat. ord. Conifers). Habitat. Southern United States. 
 
 CHARACTERS. When fresh it is a soft, yellow, opaque, tough, solid, 
 becoming darker, dry and brittle by keeping. Odor and taste as of other 
 Turpentines.
 
 524 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 USES OF FRANKINCENSE. 
 Frankincense is used for the same purposes as resin (see p. 
 
 ^3). 
 
 TEREBINTHINA CANADENSIS. 
 
 CANADA TURPENTINE. Synonyms. Canada Balsam. [Balsam 
 of Fir. A liquid oleo-resin obtained from Abies balsamea (Linnfe) Miller 
 (nat. ord. Coniferce}. Habitat. Canada r.nd Northern United States, west to 
 Minnesota, and south along the mountains to Virginia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish or faintly greenish, transparent, viscid liquid, 
 of an agreeable, terebinthinate odor, and a bitterish, slightly acrid taste. When 
 exposed to the air, it gradually dries, forming a transparent mass. Solubility. 
 Completely in Ether, Chloroform or Benzol. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) A volatile oil, 20 to 30 per cent. (2) Resin. (3) A 
 bitter principle soluble in water.] 
 
 Canada Turpentine is contained in Collodium Flexile. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CANADA TURPENTINE. 
 
 Canada turpentine is rarely used except for its physical pro- 
 perty of drying to form an adhesive varnish. It has the same 
 action as oil of turpentine. 
 
 SINAPIS. 
 
 i. SINAPIS ALBA. White Mustard. [The seed of Brassica alba 
 (Linn6) Hooker filius et Thompson (nat ord. Crucifem). Habitat. Asia 
 and Southern Europe ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 2 mm. in diameter, almost globular, with a circular 
 hilum ; testa yellowish, finely pitted, hard ; embryo oily, with a curved 
 radicle, and two cotyledons, one folded over the other ; free from starch ; in- 
 odorous ; taste pungent and acrid.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A bland fixed oil, [20 to 
 25 per cent.] (2) Sinalbin, [CgoH^NjSjOjg,] and Myrosin ; the latter is an 
 Enzyme, and in contact with water converts Sinalbin, which is a Glucoside, 
 into a fixed pungent body, very acrid, called Acrinyl Sulphocyanide, 
 [C T H 7 ONCS], Glucose, and Sinapine Sulphate, [C^H^NOjHjSOj. 
 
 a. SINAPIS NIGRA. Black Mustard. [The seed of Brassica nigra 
 (Linn6) Koch (nat. ord. Crucifertf). Habitat. Asia and Southern Europe ; 
 cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About I mm. in diameter, almost globular, with a circular 
 hilum ; testa blackish-brown or grayish-brown, finely pitted, hard, embryo 
 oily, with a curved radicle, and two cotyledons, one folded over the other; 
 free from starch ; inodorous when dry, but when triturated with water, of a 
 pungent, penetrating, irritating odor ; taste pungent and acrid.]
 
 VOLATILE OILS. $25 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) The same fixed oil as the 
 white seeds, about 35 per cent. (2) Sinigrin (which is Potassium Myronate, 
 C 10 H 18 KO 10 NS.j, a potassium salt of myronic acid, which is a crystalline gluco- 
 side) and Myrosin, an enzyme which on contact with water converts Sinigrin 
 into the official volatile Oil of Mustard, (see below) (C 3 H 5 CNS, which is 
 Allyl Sulpkocyanide), Glucose, and Potassium Sulphate. The volatile oil is 
 very pungent and highly volatile, and its development on the addition of water 
 explains the pungency of ordinary mustard. 
 
 Resembling black mustard seeds. Colchicum seeds, which are larger, 
 lighter and not quite globular. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 [Charta Sinapis. Mustard Paper. Black Mustard, loo. Per- 
 colate the Mustard with a sufficient quantity of Benzin. Remove the 
 powder and dry ; add this to the solution ; India rubber, 10 ; Benzin, 
 loo ; and Carbon Bisulphide, 100 ; and with a brush apply to one side 
 of a piece of rather stiff, well-sized paper, and dry.] 
 
 3. OLEUM SINAPIS VOLATILE. Volatile Oil of Mustard. 
 [Allyl Sulphocyanide, C 3 H 5 CNS. A volatile oil obtained from Black Mus- 
 tard by maceration with Water and subsequent distillation. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless or pale yellow, limpid, and strongly refractive 
 liquid, having a very pungent and acrid odor and taste. Sp. gr., 1.018 to 
 1.029. Solubility. Freely in Alcohol, Ether or Carbon Disulphide. ] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Linimentum Sinapis [Compositum. Compound Liniment of 
 Mustard. Volatile Oil of Mustard, 30 ; Fluid Extract of Mezereum, 
 200 ; Camphor, 60; Castor Oil, 150 ; Alcohol, to looo; by solution.] 
 
 ACTION OF MUSTARD. 
 
 External. Mustard is a typical powerful local irritant. 
 Thus it first produces dilatation of the vessels, which causes red- 
 ness of the skin (rubefacient effect) and a sensation of warmth. 
 Because of the irritant action of mustard on the sensory nerves, 
 a severe burning pain is soon felt. The irritation of the nerves 
 is followed by their paralysis, consequently there is a local loss 
 of sensibility, and a diminution both of the pain produced by 
 the mustard and of any that may have been present before its 
 application. The irritation of the vessels leads to the transuda- 
 tion of plasma through them ; this, collecting under the epidermis, 
 raises it, and thus vesicles, blebs, or blisters, are formed (vesi- 
 cant effect.) Mustard is also a counter-irritant {see p. 61);
 
 526 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 that is to say, the stimulation of the cutaneous nerves reflexly 
 leads to an alteration in the size of the vessels of the viscera 
 under the seat of application. 
 
 This excitation of the sensory nerves is sufficiently powerful 
 to reflexly stimulate the heart and respiration, and some- 
 times to restore consciousness after fainting. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. Mustard also acts here 
 as an irritant. Taken in the usual small quantities as a condi- 
 ment, it causes a sense of warmth in the stomach, it moderately 
 stimulates the secretion of gastric juice and the peristaltic 
 movements, and therefore sharpens the appetite. A dose of one 
 to four teaspoonfuls [4. to 15. gm.] stirred up in a tumbler of 
 [lukewarm] water is sufficiently irritating to be a direct stomachic 
 emetic, causing prompt vomiting without the depression which 
 usually attends emetics, because the mustard reflexly stimulates 
 the heart and respiration. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF MUSTARD. 
 
 External. A poultice made with flaxseed and having a little 
 mustard (i to 16 of flaxseed) sprinkled on it is a very "common 
 and efficacious application as an irritant and counter-irritant in 
 rheumatism, pleurisy, pneumonia, bronchitis, pericarditis, and 
 many inflammatory diseases. In the manner already explained, 
 it will, when applied to the skin, soothe pain in gastralgia, colic, 
 painful diseases of the chest, neuralgia, lumbago, etc. The 
 paper or any of the mustard leaves that are sold, moistened in 
 water, form an excellent application. Often the local applica- 
 tion of mustard over the stomach relieves vomiting. A large 
 mustard poultice applied to the legs was formerly used as a reflex 
 stimulant in cases of syncope, asphyxia, and coma. 
 
 Common colds and febrile conditions, especially in children, 
 are often treated by placing the feet and legs or the whole body 
 in mustard and water as hot as can be borne [i to 128], the 
 object being by the cutaneous dilatation to withdraw blood from 
 the inflamed part. A mustard sitz-bath may be taken at the 
 time of the expected period, to induce menstruation. 
 
 Internal. Mustard is used as a condiment, and also as an
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 
 
 emetic. It is especially valuable for poisoning by narcotics, be- 
 cause of its reflex stimulant effects. 
 
 OLEUM CAJUPUTI. 
 
 [OIL OF CAJUPUT. A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of 
 Melaleuca Leucadendron Linne (nat. ord. Myrtacets], Habitat. East Indian 
 Islands. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A light, thin, bluish-green, or after rectification, colorless 
 liquid, having a peculiar, agreeable, distinctly camphoraceous odor, and an 
 aromatic, bitterish taste. Sp. gr., 0.922 to 0.929. Solubility. Readily in 
 Alcohol. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Cajuputol, Ci H 18 O ; (67 
 per cent. ) said to be identical with Cineol, and is isomeric with Eucalyptol. 
 (2) Terpineol, C 10 H, 8 O, and (3) Several terpenes, C 10 H 16 ( cajuputene, ) and 
 
 C 15 H W 
 
 IMPURITIES. Copper, and other oils. 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; [.06 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF OIL OF CAJUPUT. 
 
 The action of oil of cajuput is exactly the same as that of the 
 oil of cloves (g. v. ) 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF OIL OF CAJUPUT. 
 
 External. Oil of cajuput is used as a stimulant, irritant, 
 and counter-irritant usually diluted with sweet oil for all sorts 
 of purposes when any of these effects are needed. Thus it is 
 rubbed in for chilblains, myalgia, rheumatic pains, chronic in- 
 flammatory conditions of the joints or periosteum. It has also 
 been employed as a parasiticide for Tinea tonsurans. The only 
 objection to its use is its strong smell. 
 
 Internal. It is occasionally given in dyspepsia, usually com- 
 bined with other remedies, for the sake of its carminative, stom- 
 achic, and anti -spasmodic effects ; it may be taken on sugar. 
 
 EUCALYPTUS. 
 
 [EUCALYPTUS. The leaves of Eucalyptus globulus Labillardiere 
 (nat. ord. A1yrtace<e), collected from the older parts of the tree. Habitat. 
 Australia ; cultivated in subtropical countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Petiolate, lanceolately scythe-shaped, from 15 to 30 cm. 
 long, rounded below, tapering above, entire, leathery, grayish-green, glandu-
 
 528 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 lar, feather- veined between the midrib, and marginal veins ; odor strongly 
 camphoraceous ; taste pungently aromatic and somewhat cooling, bitter and 
 astringent. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (I) A volatile oil (see below); (2) Cerylic Alcohol ; (3) 
 A crystallizable Fatty Acid ; (4) A crystallizable Resin. 
 
 Dose, ^ to 2 dr. ; 2. to 8. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Eucalypti Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Eucalyptus. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and evapora- 
 tion. 
 
 Dose, YZ to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 OLEUM EUCALYPTI. [Oil of Eucalyptus. A volatile oil dis- 
 tilled from the fresh leaves of Eucalyptus globulus Labillardiere, Eucalyptus 
 oleosa F. v. Mueller, and some other species of Eucalyptus (nat. ord. 
 Myrtacea:}. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless or faintly yellowish liquid, having a charac- 
 teristic, aromatic, somewhat comphoraceous odor, and a pungent, spicy, and 
 cooling taste. Sp. gr.,o.9!5 to 0.925. Solubility. In all proportions, in 
 Alcohol, Carbon Bisulphide, or Glacial Acetic Acid.] The oils from different 
 species of Eucalyptus vary very much. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Eucalyptol C 10 H, 8 O or 
 Cineol (about 70 per cent.) ; [(2) Cymene, C 10 H M ; (3) Eucalyptene, C 10 H, 6 ; 
 (4) Tannic Acid.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Alkalies, mineral acids, and metallic salts. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; [.30 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 EUCALYPTOL. Eucalyptol. Ci H 18 O=l53.66. A neutral body 
 obtained from the volatile oil of Eucalyptus globulus Labillardiere, and of 
 some o;her species of Eucalyptus ( nat. ord. Myrtacet?}. 
 
 SOURCE. In the distillation of Eucalyptus leaves, crude Eucalyptol comes 
 over between 338 and 352.4 F. ; 170 and 178 C., and is purified by re-dis- 
 tillation from Caustic Potash or Calcium Chloride. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless liquid, having a characteristic, aromatic, and 
 distinctly camphoraceous odor, and a pungent, spicy, and cooling taste. Sp. 
 gr. ,0.930. Solubility. In all proportions, in Alcohol, Carbon Bisulphide, 
 and Glacial Acetic Acid. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF EUCALYPTUS. 
 
 External. Oil of eucalyptus is much less irritant when 
 applied externally than other volatile oils, but if its vapor is con- 
 fined it will produce vesication and pustulation. It is power-
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 529 
 
 fully antiseptic and disinfectant. Old oil is more anti- 
 septic than new, probably from the greater amount of ozone it 
 contains. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. In medicinal doses oil 
 of eucalyptus is stomachic, having the same action as oil of cloves. 
 In large doses it produces severe gastro-intestinal irritation, as 
 shown by vomiting, diarrhoea, and abdominal pain. 
 
 Circulation. It, like quinine, arrests the movements of the 
 white blood-corpuscles ; and it likewise resembles this drug in its 
 antipyretic and its antiperiodic actions, and also, it is said, in 
 causing contraction of spleen ; but quinine is in all respects the 
 more energetic. In medicinal doses the heart is stimulated by 
 oil of eucalyptus, and the blood-pressure rises ; probably these 
 effects are reflex from the stomach. After large quantities the 
 action of the heart is enfeebled, and temperature falls. 
 
 Respiration. Small doses slightly accelerate, poisonous doses 
 slow respiration. 
 
 Nervous system. Large doses are powerfully depressant to the 
 brain, to the medulla, and to the spinal cord, abolishing reflex 
 action. Death occurs from paralysis of respiration. 
 
 Mucous membranes, kidneys, and skin. Like other volatile 
 oils, eucalyptus is excreted by all these channels. It imparts its 
 odor to and disinfects the breath and the urine. It stimulates the 
 organs by which it is excreted, consequently it is a diaphoretic, a 
 stimulating expectorant, a diuretic, and a stimulant to the genito- 
 urinary tract. Large doses cause renal congestion. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF EUCALYPTUS. 
 
 External. It is used as an antiseptic for wounds, sores, and 
 ulcers. It is three times as powerful as carbolic acid, and is there- 
 fore preferred by some surgeons. A eucalyptus gauze has been 
 prepared as a dressing for wounds, which may be washed with a 
 weak solution of the oil in alcohol. An ointment of oil of euca- 
 lyptus, 8 ; iodoform, i ; hard paraffin and vaseline, of each 40, is 
 applied to chancres. An emulsion of the oil is used as an ure- 
 thral injection. It would probably be an efficient parasiticide. 
 
 Internal. A vapor or the spray of oil of eucalyptus has 
 
 34
 
 53 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 been recommended for diphtheria and fetid bronchitis, and it is 
 sometimes given by the mouth to correct the foetor of the expec- 
 toration. Occasionally it is used for its stomachic and carminative 
 effects, especially if the faeces are very foul smelling, and some 
 employ it in cystitis and pyelitis. It has been prescribed in 
 septicaemia. As an antiperiodic for ague and an antipyretic it 
 is far inferior to quinine. [In most cases eucalyptol can be sub- 
 stituted for the oil with advantage.] 
 
 OLEUM ROSMARINI. 
 
 OIL OF ROSEMARY. [A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of 
 Rosmarinus officinalis Linne (nat. ord. Labiatai). Habitat. Basin of the 
 Mediterranean ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless or pale yellow, limpid liquid, having the 
 characteristic pungent odor of Rosemary, and a warm, somewhat camphora- 
 ceous taste. Sp. gr. , 0.895 to -9 I S- Solubility. In an equal volume of 
 Alcohol ; also soluble in an equal volume of Glacial Acetic Acid. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) The terpene, Finene, 
 [C 10 H 16 , 80 per cent.] (2) Cineol, [C 10 H 18 O]. (3) Borneol, [C 10 H,,O], an 
 alcohol isomeric with Geraniol (q. z>.). (4) Linalool (see p. 545)- (5) 
 Menthol (see p. 547). 
 
 Oil of Rosemary is contained in Linimentum Saponis and Tinctura Lav- 
 andulae Composite. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m.; [.06 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF OIL OF ROSEMARY. 
 
 Oil of rosemary has an action similar to that of other aromatic 
 volatile oils. It is very commonly used to give a pleasant scent 
 to lotions and other preparations which are used externally. 
 
 ARNICA. 
 
 [ARNIC-dE FLORES. Arnica Flowers. The flower heads of Arnica 
 montana Linne (nat. ord. Compositor). Synonym. Leopardsbane. Habitat. 
 Europe and Northern Asia ; in mountainous districts. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Heads about 3 cm. broad, depressed-roundish, consisting 
 of scaly involucre in two rows, and a small, nearly flat, hairy receptacle, bear- 
 ing about sixteen yellow, strap-shaped, ten- nerved ray-florets, and numerous 
 yellow, five-toothed, tubular disk-florets, having slender, spindle-shaped 
 achenes, crowned by a hairy pappus. Odor feeble, aromatic ; taste bitter and 
 acrid. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (I) Arnicin, an amorphous, yellow, acrid, bitter principle;
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 53! 
 
 easily soluble in Alcohol and Ether. (2) Volatile Oil. (3) Caprylic and 
 Capronic Acids. (4) Resin. (5) Tannic acid. 
 Dose, 10 to 20 gr. ; .60 to 1.20 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Tinctura Arnicae Florum. Tincture of Arnica Flowers. Arnica 
 Flowers, 200 ; by percolation with Diluted Alcohol to 1000. 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; .60 to l.oo c.c.] 
 
 ARNIC/E [RADIX. Arnica Root. The rhizome and roots of Arnica 
 montana Linne (nat. ord. Composites). 
 
 CHARACTERS. Rhizome about 5 cm. long, and 3 or 4 mm. thick ; exter- 
 nally brown, rough from leaf-scars ; internally whitish, with a rather thick 
 bark, containing a circle of resin-cells, surrounding the short, yellowish wood- 
 wedges, and large spongy pith. The roots numerous, thin, fragile, grayish- 
 brown, with a thick bark containing a circle of resin-cells. Odor somewhat 
 aromatic ; taste pungently aromatic and bitter.] Resembling Arnica. Vale- 
 rian and Serpentaria, each having a characteristic odor ; Veratrum Viride, 
 having thicker rootlets. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The same as of the flowers. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; [.30 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Extractum Arnicae Radicis. Extract of Arnica Root. By 
 maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Extract of Arnica Root is used to make Emplastrum Arnicae. 
 Dose, 5 to 10 gr. ; .30 to .60 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Arnicae Radicis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of 
 Arnica Root. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, 
 and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 m. ; .30 to 1.20 c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Arnicae Radicis. Tincture of Arnica Root. Arnica 
 Root, loo ; by maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water to 
 
 IOOO. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 10 m. ; .30 to .60 c.c. 
 
 4. Emplastrum Arnicae. Arnica Plaster. Extract of Arnica 
 Root, 330; resin plaster, 670.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ARNICA. 
 
 External. The action of arnica is the same as that of vola- 
 tile oils generally. Externally the tincture is used as an applica- 
 tion to bruises, but it is very doubtful how far its good effects
 
 532 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 are owing to the [alcohol] and how far to any increase of cuta- 
 neous vascularity due to the volatile oil of the arnica. 
 
 Internal. It is rarely given internally, but in small doses it 
 is a stomachic, a carminative, and a reflex stimulant, and in 
 larger doses causes vomiting and purging. It is excreted by the 
 kidneys and mucous membranes, and it has been credited with 
 obscure effects on the central nervous system. 
 
 MEZEREUM. 
 
 [MEZEREUM. Synonym. Mezereon. The bark of Daphne Meze- 
 num Linne, and other species of Daphne (nat. ord. Thymel&acea'). Habitat. 
 Europe in mountainous regions, eastward to Siberia ; spontaneous in Canada 
 and New England. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In long thin bands, usually folded or rolled into disks; 
 outer surface yellowish or brownish yellow, with transverse scars, and minute, 
 blackish dots, underneath of a light greenish color ; inner surface whitish, 
 silky ; bast in transverse layers, very tough ; inodorous ; taste very acrid. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Mezerein, a soft, acrid 
 resin. (2) An acrid, rubefacient, volatile oil. (3) Daphnin, C 15 H 16 O 9 -|- 
 2H 2 O, a bitter glucoside in fine needles or rectangular plates. (4) Coccogin, 
 C^H^Og, a bitter principle. 
 
 Mezereum is contained in Decoctum Sarsaparillae Compositum and Ex- 
 tractum Sarsaparillae Compositum Fluidum. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Mezerei Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Mezereum. By 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol and evaporation. 
 
 Fluid Extract of Mezereum is used in Linimentum Sinapis Com- 
 positum. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 m. ; .30 to i.oo c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF MEZEREUM. 
 
 [External. Mezereum has the same action as volatile oils 
 generally. It is a powerful rubefacient and vesicant externally, 
 and is used chiefly in the compound mustard liniment, where it 
 excites the same effects and is employed for the same purposes as 
 the oil of mustard. Almost its only use at present is to keep 
 open an issue, a procedure which is very rarely employed. 
 
 Internal. It is a gastric stimulant, producing, in large doses, 
 vomiting and diarrhoea.]
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 533 
 
 ELEMI. 
 
 [MANILLA ELEMI (not official.) A concrete resinous exudation, 
 probably from Canarium commune (nat. ord. Bursaracece). Habitat. 
 Manilla. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A soft unctuous mass, becoming harder and yellowish by 
 age. Strong fennel -like odor. Resembling Elemi. Asafoetida, Galbanum, 
 and Ammoniacum, but Elemi is known'by its odor. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Resinous bodies, 80 per 
 cent. (2) A volatile oil. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ELEMI. 
 
 Elemi acts like volatile oils generally, but is only used as a 
 stimulating disinfectant ointment which was formerly official in 
 B. P. as elemi, i; ointment, 4.] 
 
 CLASS II. THOSE USED CHIEFLY FOR THEIR ACTION ON 
 THE GASTRO-INTESTINAL TRACT. 
 
 PYRETHRUM. 
 
 PYRETHRUM. Synonym. Pellitory. [The root of Anacyclus Py- 
 rethrum (Linne) De Candolle (nat. ord. Composites). Habitat. Highlands 
 of Northern Africa. 
 
 CHARACTERS. From 5 to 10 cm. long, and i to 2 cm. thick, somewhat 
 fusiform, nearly simple, annulate above, wrinkled below, externally dark gray- 
 ish brown ; internally brownish-white ; fracture short ; bark rather thick, con- 
 taining two circles of resin-cells, and surrounding the slender wood bundles 
 and medullary rays, the latter having about four circles of shining resin-cells ; 
 inodorous, pungent and very acrid. ] Resembling Pyrethrum. Taraxacum, 
 which is darker and has not a burning taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Two volatile oils. [(2) An 
 acrid, brown Resin. (3) Inulin, 50 per cent., which in many plants replaces 
 starch. 
 
 Dose, y z to i dr. ; 2. to 4. gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Tinctura Pyrethri. [Tincture of Pyrethrum. Pyrethrum, 200 ; 
 by maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water to 1000.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF PYRETHRUM. 
 
 Pyrethrum is a powerful sialogogue, and causes a burning sen- 
 sation in the mouth, followed by numbness and tingling. Small 
 quantities give a pleasant taste to tooth powders.
 
 534 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CARYOPHYLLUS. 
 
 CLOVES. [The unexpanded flowers of Eugenia aromatica (Linne) O. 
 Kuntze (nat. ord Myrtacece). Habitat. Molucca Islands ; cultivated in 
 tropical countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 15 mm. long, dark brown, consisting of a sub- 
 cylindrical, solid and granular calyx-tube, terminated by four teeth, and sur- 
 mounted by a globular head, formed of four petals, which cover numerous 
 curved stamens, and one style. Cloves emit oil, when scratched, and have a 
 strong, aromatic odor, and a pungent, spicy taste.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Oleum Caryophylli [(see 
 below), 18 per cent] (2) Eugenin [C 10 H 12 O 2 ], a crystalline body. (3) 
 Caryofhyllin, [C 10 H 16 O,] a neutral body isomeric with Camphor. 
 
 [Cloves are contained in Vinum Opii, Tinctura Rhei Aromatica, and Tinc- 
 tura Lavanduloe Composita. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 OLEUM CARYOPHYLLI. [Oil of Cloves. A volatile oil distilled 
 from Cloves. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale yellow, thin liquid, becoming darker and thicker 
 by age and exposure to the air, having a strongly aromatic odor of Cloves, and 
 a pungent and spicy taste. Sp. gr., 1. 060 to 1.067. Solubility. Soluble in 
 an equal volume of Alcohol ; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial Acetic 
 Acid.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Eugenol (Synonym. 
 Eugenic Acid), C 10 H, 2 O 2 , 85 per cent., which chemically resembles Phenol, 
 and forms permanent Salts with Alkalies. This is also found in Oil of Pi- 
 menta. (2) A terpene (Caryophyllene), Ci 5 H M . 
 
 INCOMPATIBI.ES. Lime water, iron salts, mineral acids, and gelatin. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; [.06 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF CLOVES AND OIL OF CLOVES. 
 
 Oil of cloves is a typical example of a volatile oil the most 
 important actions of which are exerted in the stomach. 
 
 External. When rubbed into the skin it is stimulant, 
 rubefacient, irritant, and counter-irritant, and gives rise to 
 considerable vascular dilatation. At first it causes a sensation of 
 tingling and pain, which afterwards is replaced by local anaes- 
 thesia. It is a parasiticide and antiseptic. 
 
 Internal. Mouth. In the mouth, oil of cloves produces 
 the same effects as on the skin : there is a burning sensation 
 accompanied by vascular dilatation and an increased flow of
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 535 
 
 saliva, and followed by local anaesthesia. Cloves stimulate the 
 nerves of taste, and being volatile and aromatic, those of smell 
 also ; by both these means taste is sharpened. 
 
 Stomach. The stimulant effect of cloves is experienced here. 
 The vessels are dilated, peristalsis is accelerated, the 
 secretion of gastric juice is excited, and as cloves are pleasant 
 and aromatic, they do not ordinarily produce nausea ; conse- 
 quently the appetite is increased. The combined effect of 
 these actions is to aid digestive processes therefore oil of cloves 
 is stomachic; and to facilitate the expulsion of gas thus it is 
 carminative. The stimulation of the gastric nerves to a slight 
 extent reflexly affects the heart in the same way as alcohol ; 
 therefore the rate and force of the pulse are moderately 
 increased. 
 
 Intestines, Here likewise oil of cloves dilates the vessels, and 
 stimulates the secretion and the muscular coat of the intestine ; 
 consequently colicky pains due to irregular contraction of it are 
 relieved, and flatus is expelled. 
 
 Circulation. Oil of cloves is readily absorbed from the intes- 
 tine, circulates in the blood, and is said to increase the number 
 of white corpuscles. It may, to a slight extent, stimulate the 
 heart directly, but the greater part of the stimulation of the heart 
 excited by it is reflex from the stomach. It is credited with the 
 power of arresting painful spasmodic contractions in various parts 
 of the body. It can, as we have seen, do this in the intestine, ., 
 and possibly it may have to a slight extent the same action in the 
 bronchial tubes, heart, etc. This causes it to be called anti- 
 spasmodic. 
 
 Mucous membranes. Like other volatile oils it is excreted by 
 the kidneys, skin, bronchi, and genito-urinary tract, and in pass- 
 ing through these structures will act as a stimulating disinfect- 
 ant to their secretion ; but oil of cloves is never used for these 
 purposes. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CLOVES AND OIL OF CLOVES. 
 External. Oil of cloves is too [expensive] for frequent ex- 
 ternal application, but on account of its local anaesthetic effect it
 
 536 ORGANIC M'ATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 has been used for neuralgia. It is employed to give a pleasant 
 scent to liniments. 
 
 Internal. The oil is sometimes dropped into decayed teeth 
 to relieve pain. Cloves are frequently employed in cookery for 
 their taste, and because they stimulate the appetite and aid diges- 
 tion. The oil or infusion [B. P., i to 40] may be used medici- 
 nally as a stomachic, as a carminative, as an anti-spasmodic, or 
 to relieve colicky pains in indigestion. It will be noticed that 
 oil of cloves is [sometimes combined with preparations of scam- 
 mony, of castor oil, and of] colocynth. This is to prevent the 
 griping these purgatives might otherwise cause. 
 
 PIMENTA. 
 
 PIMENTA. [Synonym. Allspice. The nearly ripe fruit of Pimenta 
 officinalis Lindley (nat. ord. Myrtacea). Habitat. Tropical America; culti- 
 vated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 5 mm. in diameter, nearly globular, crowned with 
 the short, four-parted calyx or its remnants, and a short style ; brownish or 
 brownish gray, granular and glandular, two-celled ; each cell containing one 
 brown plano-convex, roundish-reniform seed ; odor and taste pungently aro- 
 matic, clove-like.] Resembling Pimenta. Pepper, which has no calyx; 
 Cubeb, which is stalked. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief ingredient is [Oleum Pimento (see below), 
 which is chemically almost identical with the volatile oil found in cloves. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 OLEUM PIMENTO. [Oil of Pimenta. Synonym. Oil of Allspice. 
 A volatile oil distilled from Pimenta. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless or pale yellow liquid, having a strong, aro- 
 matic, Clove like odor, and a pungent, spicy taste. It becomes darker and 
 thicker by age and exposure to the air. Sp. gr., 1.045 to l-55- Solubility. 
 With an equal volume of Alcohol it forms a clear solution. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) JEugenoI, 70 per cent. (2) A sesquiterpene. 
 
 Oil of Pimenta is used in Spiritus Myrcise. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ALLSPICE. 
 
 The action and uses of pimenta and its oil are precisely the 
 same as those of cloves and oil of cloves.
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 537 
 
 PIPER. 
 
 PEPPER. [Synonym. Black Pepper. The unripe fruit of Piper 
 Nigrum, Linne (nat. ord. Piperacece). Habitat. India ; cultivated in the 
 tropics. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Globular, about 4 mm. in diameter, reticulately wrinkled, 
 brownish-black, or grayish-black, internally lighter, hollow, with an undevel- 
 oped embryo ; odor aromatic ; taste jpungently spicy. ] Resembling Black 
 Pepper. Pimenta, which has a calyx ; Cubeb, which is stalked. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) An Oleoresin, readily yield- 
 ing a volatile oil, [i to 2 per cent] with the odor of pepper, and a resin. (2) 
 Piperin, (see below), 6 to 8 per cent. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; .30 to 1.20 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Oleoresina Piperis. Oleoresin of Pepper. By percolation with 
 Ether, distillation and evaporation of the residue. 
 Dose, ^ to i gr. ; .015 to .06 gm. 
 
 PIPERINUM. Piperin. C 17 H 19 NO S =284.38. A neutral principle ob- 
 tained from Pepper, and obtainable also from other plants of the natural order 
 Piperacece. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless or pale yellowish, shining, prismatic crystals, 
 odorless and almost tasteless when first put in the mouth, but on prolonged 
 contact producing a sharp and bitter sensation. Permanent in the air. Solu- 
 bility. Almost insoluble in water ; soluble in 30 parts of Alcohol ; also 
 slightly soluble in Ether. Isomeric with Morphine, it decomposes into Piperic 
 Acid, C W H 10 O 4 , and a liquid Alkaloid Piperidine, C 5 HjjN. 
 
 Dose, i to 10 gr. ; .06 to .60 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF PEPPER. 
 
 Pepper, because of its volatile oil, acts like other substances 
 containing volatile oils ; thus externally it is at first rubefacient 
 and counter-irritant, and subsequently it acts as an anodyne. 
 Internally it increases the secretions of the mouth, and in the 
 stomach it is stomachic and "carminative. During its excretion 
 it stimulates the mucous membrane of the genito-urinary tract. 
 Piperin is believed to be a feeble antipyretic and antiperiodic. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF PEPPER. 
 
 Occasionally pepper is used externally as an irritant for the 
 same class of cases as mustard. Internally it may be applied in 
 the form of a gargle, as a stimulant for the relaxed conditions of
 
 538 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 the throat. It is taken in the form of a condiment for its 
 stomachic properties. The confection [B. P. , Pepper, 2 ; car- 
 away, 3; honey, 15. Synonym. Ward's paste], or pepper 
 lozenges are given empirically to relieve haemorrhoids, ulcers of 
 the rectum, and fissures of the anus. 
 
 MYRISTICA. 
 
 NUTMEG. [The seed of Myristica Fragrans Houttuyn (nat. ord. 
 MyristicaceiE), deprived of its testa. Habitat. Molucca Islands ; cultivated 
 in tropical countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Oval or roundish-ovate, about 25 mm. long, light brown, 
 reticulately furrowed, with a circular scar on the broad end ; internally pale 
 brownish, with dark orange-brown veins, and of a fatty lustre ; odor strongly 
 aromatic ; taste aromatic, warm, and somewhat bitter. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) The fi xed oil, 25 1030 
 per cent, (see below). (2) The volatile oil (see below), 2 to 8 per cent. 
 
 Nutmeg is contained in [Pulvis Aromaticus, and Tinctura Lavandulse 
 Composita. ] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; [.30 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 [OLEUM MYRISTICA EXPRESSUM. (Not official). Ex- 
 pressed Oil of Nutmeg. A concrete oil obtained by expression and heat from 
 Nutmeg. . 
 
 CHARACTERS. Orange-brown or orange-yellow, mottled, of a firm consis- 
 tence ; odor like Nutmeg. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Glyceryl Oleate, C 3 H 5 
 (CjgH^O^j. (2) Glyceryl Butyrate, C S H 5 (C U H 7 O 2 ) S . (3) Glyceryl, Myris- 
 tate, C s H 5 (C u H 27 Oj) s . (4) A little volatile oil. (5) A little resin.] 
 
 OLEUM MYRISTICA. [Oil of Nutmeg. A volatile oil distilled 
 from Nutmeg. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A thin, colorless or pale yellowish liquid, having the 
 characteristic odor of Nutmeg and a warm, spicy taste. It becomes darker 
 and thicker by age and exposure to the air. Sp. gr., 0.870 to 0.900. Solu- 
 bility. In an equal volume of Alcohol.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Myristicene [Ci H lg ,], a 
 terpene. (2) Afyristicol, [C 10 H U O, a stearopten, isomeric with Carvol. 
 
 Oil of Nutmeg is contained in Spiritus Ammoniae Aromaticus.] 
 
 Dose, i to 3 m. ; [.06 to .20 c.c. J 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Spiritus Myristicae. [Spirit of Nutmeg. Synonym. Essence 
 of Nutmeg. Oil of Nutmeg, 50 ; Alcohol, 950. 
 Dose, y 2 to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c.]
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 539 
 
 MACIS. 
 
 [MACE. The arillode of the seed of Myristica fragrans Houttuyn (nat. 
 ord. Myristicaceiz). Habitat. Molucca Islands ; cultivated in the tropical 
 countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In narrow bands, 25 mm. or more long, somewhat 
 branched and lobed above, united into broader bands below ; brownish- 
 orange ; fatty when scratched or pressed ; odor fragrant, taste warm and 
 aromatic. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A Volatile Oil, 8 per 
 cent., a greater portion of which is Afacene, C 10 H 16 . (2) A red fixed Oil. (3) 
 Resin. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; .30 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF NUTMEG AND MACE. 
 
 The action of oil of nutmeg is the same as that of other 
 aromatic oils. [The expressed oil of nutmeg is used in plasters 
 as a sweet-smelling stimulant.] Nutmeg [and mace] are much 
 employed in cookery for the sake of their volatile oil, which is 
 an agreeable stomachic. A liniment, containing one part of the 
 expressed oil to three of olive oil, is an elegant antiparasitic for 
 mild cases of ringworm. 
 
 CINNAMOMUM. 
 
 [CINNAMOMUM SAIGONICUM. Saigon Cinnamon. The bark 
 of an undetermined species of Cinnamomum (nat. ord. Laurinea:}, Habitat. 
 China. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In quills about 15 cm. long, and 10 to 15 mm. in 
 diameter, the bark 2 or 3 mm. thick ; outer surface gray or light grayish -brown 
 with whitish patches, more or less rough from numerous warts and some trans- 
 verse ridges and fine longitudinal wrinkles ; the inner surface cinnamon-brown 
 or dark brown, granular and slightly striate ; fracture short, granular, in the 
 outer layer cinnamon-colored, having near the cork numerous whitish striae 
 forming an almost uninterrupted line ; odor fragrant ; taste sweet, warmly aro- 
 matic, somewhat astringent. 
 
 CINNAMOMUM ZEYLANICUM. Ceylon Cinnamon. The inner 
 bark of the shoots of Cinnamomum zeylanicum Breyne (nat. ord. Laurinea:). 
 Habitat. Ceylon ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Long, closely-rolled quills, composed of eight or more 
 layers of bark of the thickness of paper ; pale yellowish-brown ; outer surface 
 smooth, marked with wavy lines of bast-bundles ; inner surface striate ; frac- 
 ture short splintery ; odor fragrant ; taste sweet and warmly aromatic.
 
 54O ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A Volatile Oil, j^ to i% 
 percent (2) Tannic acid. (3) Sugar. (4) Mannit.] 
 IMPURITY. Cassia Bark. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Pulvis Arornaticus. Aromatic Powder. Ceylon Cinnamon, 
 35; Cardamom, 15; Ginger, 35 ; Nutmeg, 15. 
 
 Aromatic Powder is used to make Extractum Aromaticum Fluidum. 
 Dose, 10 to 30 gr. ; .60 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 2. Tinctura Cinnamomi. Tincture of Cinnamon. Ceylon Cin- 
 namon, 100 ; Glycerin, 50 ; Alcohol and Water to 1000. By perco- 
 lation. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 3. Extractum Aromaticum Fluidum. Aromatic Fluid Ex- 
 tract. Aromatic Powder, by maceration and percolation with Alcohol, 
 
 and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; .60 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 CINNAMOMUM CASSIA. Cassia Cinnamon. Synonym. Cassia 
 Bark. The bark of the shoots of one or more undetermined species of Cinna- 
 momum grown in China (Chinese Cinnamon) (nat. ord. Laurinea). Habitat. 
 China. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In quills of varying length and about i mm. or more in 
 thickness; nearly deprived of the corky layer; yellowish-brown; outer sur- 
 face somewhat rough ; fracture nearly smooth ; odor fragrant ; taste sweet, 
 and warmly aromatic. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Volatile Oil (see below). (2) Tannic acid. (3) 
 Sugar. (4) Mannit. 
 
 Cassia Cinnamon is contained in Tinctura Cardamomi Composita, Tinc- 
 tura Catechu Composita, Tinctura Lavandulae Composita and Vinum Opii.] 
 
 OLEUM CINNAMOMI. [Oil of Cinnamon. Synonym. Oil of 
 Cassia. A volatile oil distilled from Cassia Cinnamon. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish or brownish liquid, becoming darker and 
 thicker by age and exposure to the air, having the characteristic odor of Cin- 
 namon, and a sweetish, spicy, and burning taste. Sp. gr. , 1.055 to 1-065. 
 Solubility. In an equal volume of Alcohol.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Cinnamic Aldehyde, 
 C 9 H 8 O, which makes up the greatest part. (2) Eugenol [found also in the 
 oils of cloves and nutmeg. (3) In old oil, Cinnamic Acid, CgHgO.,. 
 
 Oil of Cinnamon is contained in Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Aqua Cinnamomi. Cinnamon Water. Oil of Cinnamon, 2; 
 by trituration with precipitated Calcium Phosphate and addition of Dis- 
 tilled Water to 1000.
 
 VOLATILE OILS. $4! 
 
 Cinnamon Water is contained in Infusum Digitalis. 
 Dose, Y?, to i fl. oz. ; 15. to 30. c.c. 
 
 2. Spiritus Cinnamomi. Spirit of Cinnamon. Oil of Cinna- 
 mon, 100 ; Alcohol, 900. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; .60 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CINNAMON. 
 Oil of cinnamon has the same action as other aromatic vola- 
 tile oils, and is therefore stomachic and carminative. Cinnamon 
 bark in addition has, in virtue of its tannic acid, some astringent 
 action, and is consequently a common flavoring vehicle for 
 astringent stomachic powders and mixtures, except such as con- 
 tain iron. Finely powdered cinnamon (60 to 90 gr. [4, to 6. 
 gm.] ), is given night and morning in acute dysentery. 
 
 ARMORACIA. 
 
 HORSE-RADISH. [B. P., not official.] The fresh root of the Coch- 
 learia armoracia (nat. ord. Cruciferce). Habitat. Cultivated in [the United 
 States and Britain. It is most active in the autumn and early spring, before 
 the leaves have appeared.] 
 
 CHARACTERS. A long, cylindrical, fleshy root, enlarged at the upper end, 
 where it is marked by the scars of fallen leaves, [12 to 25 mm.] in diameter, 
 and usually [30 cm.] or more long. Pale yellowish or brownish- white exter- 
 nally ; whitish and fleshy within. Taste very pungent. Inodorous unless 
 bruised or scraped. Resembling Horse-Radish Root. Aconite root, which is 
 shorter, conical, not cylindrical, darker, and causes tingling and numbness 
 when chewed. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is a substance which, by the action 
 of an enzyme, yields a volatile oil, Butyl Sulphocyanide, C 4 H g CNS. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF HORSE-RADISH. 
 
 Horse-radish is a condiment, having the same action as mus- 
 tard.. It has been used as a counter-irritant. The [compound] 
 spirit [B. P., scraped horse-radish root, 10 ; bitter orange peel, 
 10 ; nutmeg, i ; alcohol, 192 ; water, 196 ; dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 
 4. to 8. c.c.] is a pleasant flavoring and carminative agent. 
 
 CAPSICUM. 
 
 CAPSICUM. [Synonyms. Cayenne Pepper. Guinea Pepper. Afri- 
 can Pepper. The fruit of Capsicum fastigiatum Blume (nat. ord. Solanacetz). 
 Habitat. Tropical America ; cultivated in tropical countries.
 
 542 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Oblong-conical, from 10 to 20 mm. long, supported by a 
 flatfish, cup-shaped, five-toothed calyx, with a red, shining membranous and 
 translucent pericarp, enclosing two cells, and containing flat, reniform, yellow- 
 ish seeds attached to a thick, central placenta. It has a peculiar odor, and an 
 intensely hot taste.] Dried and powdered it constitutes red pepper. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Capsaicin, [C 9 H 14 NO 2 ], 
 a crystallizable acrid substance. (2) Capsicin, a volatile Alkaloid smelling 
 like Coniine. (3) A fixed oil. (4) A Resin. (5) Fatty matter. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Various red substances, e.g., red-lead. 
 
 Dose, i to 8 gr. ; [.06 to .50 gm.] 
 
 Prepa rations. 
 
 [i. Extractum Capsici Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Capsicum. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, i to 8 m. ; .06 to .50 c.c. 
 
 2. Oleoresina Capsici. Oleoresin of Capsicum. By percolation 
 with Ether and distillation, and evaporation of the residue. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i m. ; .015 to .06 c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Capsici. Tincture of Capsicum. Capsicum, 50. 
 By percolation with Alcohol and Water to loco. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 m. ; .30 to 4.00 c.c. 
 
 4. Emplastrum Capsici. Capsicum Plaster. Resin Plaster and 
 Oleoresin of Capsicum. Cover muslin with the melted plaster, coat it 
 when cool, by brushing on the Oleoresin.] 
 
 ACTION OF CAPSICUM. 
 
 The action of capsicum is like that of volatile oils generally. 
 Thus externally it is a powerful rubefacient, irritant, and counter- 
 irritant. Internally in small doses it stimulates the gastric secre- 
 tions, causes dilatation of the gastric vessels, and excites the 
 muscular coat. It is therefore stomachic and carminative. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CAPSICUM. 
 
 External. Capsicum ointment [B. P. Capsicum, 6 ; sper- 
 maceti, 3 ; olive oil, 22 ; which resembles Smedley's paste] is 
 used as a counter-irritant for pleurisy, sciatica, neuralgia and 
 rheumatic pains. 
 
 Internal. Capsicum is used as a condiment. Medicinally 
 it is given as a stomachic and carminative in dyspepsia, particu- 
 larly that of drunkards when it is required either to excite the 
 appetite and digestion, or to cause the evacuation of gas.
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 543 
 
 ZINGIBER. 
 
 GINGER. [The rhizome of Zingiber officinale Roscoe (nat. ord. Sci- 
 laminecE}. Habitat. India; cultivated in the tropics. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 5 to 10 cm. long, 10 to 15 mm. broad, and 4 to 8 
 mm. thick, flattish, on one side lobed or clavately branched ; deprived of the 
 corky layer ; pale, buff-colored, striate, breaking with a mealy, rather fibrous 
 fracture, showing numerous small, scattered resin-cells and nbro-vascular 
 bundles, the latter enclosed by a nucleus sheath ; agreeably aromatic, and of a 
 pungent and warm taste.-] Resembling Ginger. Turmeric, which is yellow. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) An aromatic volatile oil, 
 [^ to 2 per cent.] giving the flavor. (2) Resin. [(3) Gingerol, to which 
 the pungent taste is due (Thresh). 
 
 Ginger is contained in Pulvis Rhei Compositus and Pulvis Aromaticus. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm.j 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Zingiberis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Ginger. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Fluid Extract of Ginger is used in Syrupus Zingiberis. 
 Dose, 5 to 15 m. ; .30 to i.oo c.c. 
 
 2. Oleoresina Zingiberis. Oleoresin of Ginger. By percolation 
 with Ether, distillation, and evaporation of the residue. 
 
 Dose, ]/z to 2 m. ; .03 to .12 c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Zingiberis. Tincture of Ginger. Ginger, 200. By 
 percolation with Alcohol to 1000. 
 
 Tincture of Ginger is used in Trochisci Zingiberis. 
 Dose, % to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 4. Syrupus Zingiberis. Syrup of Ginger. Fluid Extract of 
 Ginger, 30 ; Sugar, 850 ; Water to 1000. By trituration with Precipi- 
 tated Calcium Phosphate, solution and filtration. 
 
 Dose, ^ to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c. 
 
 5. Trochisci Zingiberis. Troches of Ginger. Tincture of Gin- 
 ger, 20 ; Tragacanth, 4 ; Sugar, 130 gm. ; Syrup of Ginger in sufficient 
 quantity to make 100 troches. 
 
 Dose, freely.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF GINGER. 
 
 Its action is the same as that of other substances containing 
 aromatic volatile oils. It is chiefly used as a stomachic, car- 
 minative, and flavoring agent. The oleoresin is a useful addi- 
 tion to purgative pills to prevent griping.
 
 544 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CARDAMOMUM. 
 
 CARDAMOM. [The fruit of Elettaria repens (Sonnrat) Baillon (nat. 
 ord. ScitaminecE}. Habitat. Malabar; cultivated in India. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Ovoid or oblong, from 10 to 15 mm. long, obtusely tri- 
 angular, rounded at the base, beaked, longitudinally striate ; of a pale buff 
 color, three-celled, with a thin, leathery, nearly tasteless pericarp, and a central 
 placenta. The seeds are about 4 mm. long, reddish-brown, angular, rugose, 
 depressed at the hilum, surrounded by a thin, membranous arillus, and have 
 an agreeable odor and a pungent, aromatic taste. ] - 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A volatile oil, 4 to 5 per 
 cent., which contains a terpene, C 10 H 16 , called Terpinene. (2) A fixed oil, 
 10 to II per cent. The pericarp is medicinally inactive. 
 
 Cardamom is contained in Extractum Colocynthidis Compositum, [Pulvis 
 Aromaticus, Tinctura Gentianse Composita, Tinctura Rhei, and Tinctura Rhei 
 Dulcis]. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 15 gr. ; [.60 to i.oo gm. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Tinctura Cardamomi. Tincture of Cardamom. Cardamom, 
 loo. By maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol to looo. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 2. Tinctura Cardamomi Composita. Compound Tincture of 
 Cardamom. Cardamom, 20; Caraway, IO; Cassia Cinnamon, 20; 
 Cochineal, 5 ; Glycerin, 50. By percolation with Diluted Alcohol to 
 
 IOOO. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 4 3. dr. ; 8. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CARDAMOM. 
 
 Cardamom, because of its volatile oil, acts like cloves or pep- 
 per; therefore it is carminative and stomachic. As it has a 
 pleasant taste, and the [compound] tincture is of a red color, it 
 is much used as a coloring and flavoring agent. A good flavor- 
 ing carminative is the Tinctura Carminativa of the British Phar- 
 maceutical Conference. It contains cardamom, 6 ; tincture of 
 ginger, 6 ; oil of cinnamom, oil of caraway, oil of cloves, of 
 each, i; rectified spirit to 96. Dose, 2 to 10 minims [.12 to 
 
 .60 c.c.] 
 
 SUMBUL. 
 
 SUMBUL. Synonym. Musk Root. [The root of Ferula Sumbul 
 (Kauffmann) Hooker filius (nat. ord. Umbellifeia). Habitat. Central and 
 Northeastern Asia.
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 545 
 
 CHARACTERS. In transverse segments, varying in diameter from about 
 2 to 7 cm., and in length from 15 to 30 mm.; light, spongy, annulate or 
 longitudinally wrinkled ; bark thin, brown, more or less bristly fibrous ; the 
 interior whitish, with numerous brownish-yellow resin dots and irregular, 
 easily separated fibres ; odor strong, musk-like ; taste bitter and balsamic.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A volatile oil. (2) Two 
 Resins. (3) Valerianic Acid. (4) Sumbjilic and Angelic Acids. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Tinctura Sumbul. [Tincture of Sumbul. Sumbul, 100 ; by 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water to 1000. 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SUMBUL. 
 
 The action of sumbul is the same as that of volatile oils in 
 general. It is only used internally, and is given as a carmina- 
 tive in flatulence. It is also employed in much the same class 
 of cases as valerian that is to say, in neurotic conditions, hys- 
 teria, etc. In Russia it is given chiefly as a stimulant in typhoid 
 fever, dysentery, diarrhoea, etc., for the same purposes as musk 
 is employed in many other countries. 
 
 OLEUM LAVANDUL^E [FLORUM.] 
 
 OIL OF LAVENDER [FLOWERS. A volatile oil distilled from 
 the fresh flowers of Lavandula officinalis Chaix (nat. ord. Labiatte). Habitat. 
 Southern Europe ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless or yellowish liquid, having the fragrant odor 
 of Lavender Flowers, and a pungent and bitter taste. Sp. gr., 0.885 to 
 0.897. Solubility. In all proportions in Alcohol. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Linalool Acetate (also 
 found in Oil of Bergamot). (2) Linalool, C, H 18 O, which is an alcohol and 
 an oxidation product of the terpene, Myrcene, C 10 H 16 . It is isomeric with 
 Bomeol (see p. 53) Geraniol (<j. v. ) and Menthol (see p. 547). (3) Cineol\ 
 also found in Oil of Eucalyptus (see p. 528) and other volatile oils. 
 
 IMPURITY. -Oil of Spike. 
 
 Oil of Lavender Floivers is contained in Linimentum Saponis Mollis, 
 Spiritus Ammoniee Aromaticus, and Unguentum Diachylon. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 i. Spiritus Lavandulae. Spirit of Lavender. Oil of Lavender 
 Flowers, 50 ; Deodorized Alcohol, 950. 
 Dose, y z to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c.
 
 546 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 2. Tinctura Lavandulae Composita. Compound Tincture of 
 Lavender. Synonym. Compound Spirit of Lavender. Oil of Lav- 
 ender Flowers, 8 ; Oil of Rosemary, 2 ; Cassia Cinnamon, 20 ; Cloves, 
 5 ; Nutmeg, 10 ; Red Saunders, 10 ; Alcohol, 700 ; Water, 250 ; di- 
 luted Alcohol to looo. By mixing and percolation. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Lavender is contained in Liquor Potassii 
 Arsenitis. 
 
 Dose, J^ to I fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF OIL OF LAVENDER FLOWERS. 
 
 Oil of lavender flowers has the same action as other aromatic 
 volatile oils. It is used externally as a pleasant stimulating com- 
 ponent of liniments, and most red lotions (see p. 178) are 
 colored with the compound tincture. This given internally 
 makes a very agreeable gastric stimulant, and carminative agent. 
 
 [OLEUM BERGAMOTT.E. 
 
 OIL OF BERGAMOT. Synonym. Oleum Bergamii. A volatile 
 oil obtained by expression from the rind of the fresh fruit of Citrus Bergamia, 
 Risso et Poiteau (nat. ord. Rutacece}. Habitat. Sicily; naturalized in sub- 
 tropical countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A greenish or greenish-yellow, thin liquid, having a 
 peculiar^ very fragrant odor, and an aromatic, bitter taste. Sp. gr., 0.880 to 
 0.885. Solubility. In Alcohol and in Glacial Acetic Acid. 
 
 COMPOSITION. By fractional distillation is obtained (I) Limonine. (2) 
 Dipentene, C, H 16 . (3) Linalool, C 10 H 18 O, 25 percent. (4) Linalool acetate, 
 j, about 20 per cent., and to which the odor is probably due. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF OIL OF BERGAMOT. 
 Although possessed of the stimulant properties of volatile oils 
 in general, it is used chiefly, if not exclusively, as a perfume 
 
 MENTHA PIPERITA. 
 
 PEPPERMINT. The leaves and tops of Mentha piperita Smith (nat. 
 ord. Labiate. Habitat. Wild in Asia, Europe, and North America ; 
 cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Leaves about 5 cm. long, petiolate, ovate-lanceolate, acute, 
 sharply serrate, glandular, nearly smooth, the few hairs containing crystals of 
 Menthol in one or mor.e thin cells ; branches quadrangular, often purplish ; 
 flowers in terminal, conical spikes, with a tubular, five-toothed, often purplish, 
 calyx, a purplish, four-lobed corolla, and four short stamens ; odor aromatic ; 
 taste pungent and cooling.
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 547 
 
 COMPOSITION. -Its chief constituents are (l) A volatile oil, (see below) ; 
 (2) A liquid, and (3) a crystalline Menthol. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 i. Spiritus Menthae Piperitae. Spirit of Peppermint. Synonym. 
 Essence of Peppermint. Oil of Peppermint, 100 ; Peppermint, IO. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol to 1000. 
 
 Spirit of Peppermint is contained in Mistura Rhei et Sodas. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 m. ; .30 to i.oo c.c.] 
 
 OLEUM MENTH^ PIPERITAE. Oil of Peppermint. [A vola- 
 tile oil distilled from Peppermint. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, or yellowish, or greenish-yellow liquid, be- 
 coming darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air, having the char- 
 acteristic, strong odor of Peppermint, and a strongly aromatic, pungent taste, 
 followed by a sensation of cold when air is drawn into the mouth. Sp. gr., 
 0.900 to 0.920. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Menthene, C 10 H 18 , the 
 liquid Terpene obtained by distillation. (2) Menthol, the solid Stearopten 
 ((/. -ft. ), 50 to 65 per cent. 
 
 Oil of Peppermint is contained in Pilulse Rhei Compositse. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 Prepa rations. 
 
 1. Aqua Menthae Piperitae. [Peppermint water. Oil of Pep- 
 permint, 2. By trituration with precipitated Calcium Phosphate, and 
 filtration with distilled water to 1000. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 fl. oz. ; 15. to 60. c.c. 
 
 2. Spiritus Menthae Piperitae. See above. 
 
 3. Trochisci Menthae Piperitae. Troches of Peppermint. Oil 
 of Peppermint, I ; Sugar, 80 gm. ; Mucilage of Tragacanth to make 
 loo troches. 
 
 Dose, Freely.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF PEPPERMINT. 
 
 External. The action of oil of peppermint is the same as 
 that of volatile oils generally, but the cool, numb feeling often 
 produced by volatile oils after the sensation has passed off is 
 especially well marked with oil of peppermint ; and this effect, 
 which is due to the menthol in it, has caused it to be applied 
 externally in neuralgia. Like many other volatile oils it is a
 
 548 ORGANIC MATERIA MED1CA. 
 
 powerful antiseptic. [It is in common use as the " peppermint 
 test" for defective plumbing.] 
 
 Internal. It is often used as a powerful stomachic and car- 
 minative, and also as a flavoring agent. 
 
 [MENTHA VIRIDIS. 
 
 SPEARMINT. The leaves and tops of Mentha viridis Linnfi (nat. 
 ord- Labiates'). Habitat. Wild in Europe and North America ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Leaves about 5 cm - l n gi subsessile, lance-ovate, acute 
 serrate, glandular, nearly smooth ; branches quadrangular, mostly light green ; 
 flowers in terminal, interrupted, narrow, acute spikes, with a tubular, sharply 
 five-toothed calyx, a light-purplish, four-lobed corolla, and four rather long 
 stamens ; odor aromatic, taste pungent. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) A volatile oil (see below). (2) Resin. (3) Gum. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Spiritus Menthae Viridis. Spirit of Spearmint. Synonym. 
 Essence of Spearmint. Oil of Spearmint, loo ; Spearmint, 10. By 
 maceration with Alcohol and filtration to 1000. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 m. ; .30 to i.oo c.c.] 
 
 OLEUM MENTHA VIRIDIS. [Oil of Spearmint. A volatile oil 
 distilled from Spearmint. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, yellowish, or greenish-yellow liquid, becom- 
 ing darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air, having the character- 
 istic, strong odor of Spearmint, and a hot, aromatic taste. Sp. gr. , o. 930 to 
 0.940. Solubility. Freely in Alcohol.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Menthene, the same ter- 
 pene as in Peppermint. (2) [Carvol,~\ C 10 H U O, a Stearopten isomeric with 
 Thymol (</. v. ). 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; [.06 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Aqua Menthae Viridis. [Spearmint water. Oil of Spear- 
 mint, 2. By trituration with precipitated Calcium Phosphate, addition 
 of Distilled Water and filtration to 1000. 
 
 Dose, YZ to 2 fl. oz. ; 15. to 60. c.c.] 
 
 2. Spiritus Menthae Viridis. (See above). 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SPEARMINT. 
 
 These are the same as those of [peppermint and] oil of pep- 
 permint, [but oil of spearmint is not so agreeable.]
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 549 
 
 ANISUM. 
 
 ANISE. [The fruit of Pimpinella Anisum Linne (nat. ord. Umbelli- 
 Habitat. Western Asia, Egypt, Southeastern Europe ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 4 or 5 mm. long, ovate, compressed at the sides, 
 grayish, finely hairy, and consisting of two mericarps, each with a flat face, 
 and five light, brownish, filiform ridges, and about 15 thin oil tubes, which 
 can be seen in a transverse section by the microscope. It has an agreeable 
 aromatic odor, and a sweet, spicy taste. - Resembling Anise. Conium, which 
 has single mericarps, smooth, grooved upon the face, and having crenate ridges 
 with wrinkles between them, and no oil-tubes. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is the official volatile oil (see below). 
 
 Anise is contained in Tinctura Rhei Dulcis. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 gr. ; .60 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 ILLICIUM. Synonym. Star Anise. The fruit of Illicium verum 
 Hooker filius (nat. ord. Magnoliace<z}. Habitat. Northern Anam. 
 
 CHARACTERS. The fruit is pedunculate and consists of eight stellately 
 arranged carpels, which are boat-shaped, about 10 mm. long, rather woody, 
 wrinkled, straight-beaked, brown, dehiscent on the upper suture, internally 
 reddish-brown, glossy, and containing a single, flatfish, oval, glossy, brownish- 
 yellow seed ; odor anise-like ; taste of the carpels sweet and aromatic, and of 
 the seeds oily. Resembling Star Anise. Illicium anisatum Linne (Illicium 
 reli^iosum Siebold), the carpels of which are more woody, shrivelled, and have 
 a thin, mostly curved beak, a faint, clove-like odor, and an unpleasant taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is the volatile oil. 
 
 Oleum Anisi may be distilled from this as well as from Pimpinella Anisum. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 OLEUM ANISI. [Oil of Anise. A volatile oil distilled from Anise. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless or pale yellow, thin, and strongly refractive 
 liquid, having the characteristic odor of Anise, and a sweetish, mildly aro- 
 matic taste. That from the Pimpinella Anisum solidifies at 59 F. [15 C. ] ; 
 that from Illicium verum (Star-anise) at about 50 F. [10 C.]. Sp. gr., about 
 0.980 to 0.990. Solubility. In an equal volume of Alcohol.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) A Terpene, [C 10 H 16 , in 
 small quantity. (2) A Stearopten, anethol, C 10 H 12 O, 80 per cent. 
 
 Oil of Anise is contained in Tinctura Opii Camphorata, Spiritus Aurantii 
 Compositus, Syrupus Sarsaparilloe Compositus, and Trochisci Glycyrrhizoe et 
 Opii. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 I. [Aqua Anisi. Anise water. ^ Oil of Anise, 2. By trituration 
 with precipitated Calcium Phosphate, addition of Water and filtration 
 to loco. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i fl. oz. ; 8. to 30. c.c.
 
 55O ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 2. Spiritus Anisi. Spirit of Anise. Oil of Anise, loo ; Alcohol, 
 900. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ANISE. 
 
 The action of oil of anise is the same as that of aromatic oils 
 generally. It is specially used to get rid of flatulence in children, 
 and, on account of its slightly expectorant action, as a basis of 
 cough mixtures. 
 
 CORIANDRUM. 
 
 CORIANDER. [The fruit of Coriandrum sativum Linne (nat. ord. 
 Umbellifera). Habitat. Central Asia and Southern Europe ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Globular; about 4 mm. in diameter; crowned \vith the 
 calyx-teeth and stylopod ; brownish yellow, with slight, longitudinal ridges; 
 the two mericarps cohering, enclosing a lenticular cavity, and each furnished 
 on the face with two oil-tubes ; odor and taste agreeably aromatic.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is the official volatile oil (see below). 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 gr. ; [.60 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 OLEUM CORIANDRI. [Oil of Coriander. A volatile oil distilled 
 from Coriander. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless or slightly yellowish liquid, having the char- 
 acteristic, aromatic odor of Coriander, and a warm, spicy taste. Sp. gr., 0.870 
 to 0.885. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Pinene, the chief terpene of Oil of Turpentine, 5 per 
 cent. (2) Coriandrol, C 10 H 18 O, which is isomeric with Borneo Camphor 
 (q. 0.] 
 
 Oil of Coriander is contained in Syrupus Sennse, [Confectio Sennae, and 
 Spiritus Aurantii Compositus. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 5 m. ; .12 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CORIANDER. 
 
 Oil of coriander has the same action as other volatile oils. 
 It is chiefly used as a stomachic and carminative, and to disguise 
 the taste of rhubarb and senna. 
 
 FCENICULUM. 
 
 FENNEL. [The fruit of Fceniculum capillaceum Gilibert (nat. ord. 
 Umbellifene). Habitat. Levant and Southern Europe ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Oblong, nearly cylindrical, slightly curved, from 4 to 8 
 mm. long, brownish or greenish-brown ; readily separable into the two promi- 
 nent mericarps, each with five light-brown, obtuse ribs, four oil-tubes on the
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 551 
 
 back, and two or four oil-tubes upon the flat face ; odor and taste aromatic, 
 anise-like.] Resembling Fennel. Conium fruit (Fennel is larger and has 
 prominent vittae, [oil-tubes] ), Caraway and Anise fruits. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is the official volatile oil, probably 
 [chemically] identical with Oil of Anise (see p. 549)- 
 
 [Fennel is contained m Infusum Sennae Compositum. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 30 gr. ; i. to 2. gm. 
 
 OLEUM FCENICULI. Oil of Eennel. A volatile oil distilled from 
 Fennel. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless or pale yellowish liquid, having the charac- 
 teristic, aromatic odor of Fennel, and a sweetish, mild and spicy taste. Sp. 
 gr., not less than 0.960. Solubility. In an equal volume of Alcohol. 
 
 Oil of Fennel is contained in Spiritus Juniperi Compositus and Pulvis 
 Glycyrrhizoe Compositus. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Aqua Fceniculi. Fennel water. Oil of Fennel, 2. By tritura- 
 tion with precipitated Calcium Phosphate, addition of Distilled Water ; 
 and filtration to 1000. 
 
 Dose, % to i fl. oz. ; 8. to 30. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF FENNEL. 
 These are same as of oil of anise or of coriander. 
 
 CARUM. 
 
 CARAWAY. [The fruit of Carum Carvi Linne (nat. ord. Umbelli- 
 ferce). Habitat. Central and Western Asia ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Oblong, laterally compressed, about 4 or 5 mm. long, 
 usually separated into the two mericarps, which are curved, narrower at both 
 ends, brown, with five yellowish, filiform ribs, and with six oil-tubes. Cara- 
 way has an agreeable odor, and a sweetish, spicy taste.] Resembling Cara- 
 way. Conium and Fennel. Caraway is known by its small ridges and spicy 
 taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is the official volatile oil (see below), 
 [5 to 7 per cent. 
 
 Caraway is contained in Tinctura Cardamomi Composita.] 
 
 Dose, 15 to 30 gr. ; [i. to 2. gm.] 
 
 OLEUM CARI. [Oil of Caraway. A volatile oil distilled from Car- 
 away. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, or pale yellow, thin liquid, having the char- 
 acteristic, aromatic odor of Caraway, and a mild, spicy taste. Sp. gr., 0.910 
 to 0.920. Solubility. In an equal volume of Alcohol.]
 
 55 2 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Cymene, Ci H u ; also 
 found in Oil of Eucalyptus (see p. 528). (2) [Carvol,~\ C, H U O, isomeric 
 with Thymol (q. v.), also found in Oil of Spearmint. (3) Limonene, a ter- 
 pene, C, H 16 ; also found in Oil of Lemon (y. v.). 
 
 [ Oil of Caraway is contained in Spiritus Juniperi Compositus. ] 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; [.06 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CARAWAY. 
 
 The action and uses of oil of caraway are the same as those of 
 other aromatic volatile oils. It is employed as a carminative, 
 stomachic and flavoring agent. 
 
 ANETHUM. 
 
 DILL. [B. P., not official.] The dried fruit of Peucedanum grav- 
 eolens (nat. ord. Umbellifera}. Habitat. Middle and Southern Europe ; 
 [cultivated.] 
 
 CHARACTERS. Broadly oval, [12 mm.] long, brown, flat, with a pale, 
 broad membranous border. Mericarps distinct, odor and taste agreeable and 
 aromatic. Resembling Dill. Conium, Anise, Fennel, Caraway ; but Dill is 
 winged. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is the volatile oil (see below.) 
 
 OLEUM ANETHI. [Oil of Dill. B. P., (not official)]. The oil 
 distilled from Dill fruit. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Pale yellow, odor pungent, taste hot and sweetish. Sp. 
 gr., 0.905 to 0.920. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are almost identical with those of 
 Oil of Caraway (see p. 551). 
 
 Dose, i to 4 m. ; [.06 to .25 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF DILL. 
 
 The same as those of anise and caraway. Dill water [B. P. ; 
 dill fruit, i; water, 10; dose, i to 2 fl. oz., 30. to 60. c.c.] is 
 a common carminative for children, and it covers very well 
 the taste of sodium salts. 
 
 SAMBUCUS. 
 
 SAMBUCUS. Synonym. Elder. [The flowers of Sambucus cana- 
 densis Linne (nat. ord. Caprifoliacea}. Habitat. North America, west to 
 the Rocky Mountains, in damp places. 
 
 CHARACTERS. The flowers, when fresh, about 5 mm. broad, and after 
 drying shrivelled ; calyx superior, minutely five-toothed ; corolla originally
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 553 
 
 cream-colored, after drying pale brownish-yellow, wheel-shaped and five- 
 lobed, with five stamens on the short tube; odor peculiar; taste sweetish, 
 somewhat aromatic and bitterish.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) A resin. (2) Valerianic 
 Acid. (3) A volatile oil. 
 
 Dose, y z to i dr. ; [2. to 4. gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SAMBUCUS. 
 
 Elder flowers are used to flavor medicines, [and are gently 
 stimulant and diaphoretic. 
 
 HEDEOMA. 
 
 HEDEOMA. Synonym. Pennyroyal. The leaves and tops of He~ 
 deoma pulegioides (Linne) Persoon (nat. ord. Labiates). Habitat. North 
 America, south to Georgia, and west to Dakota ; in sandy fields. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Leaves opposite, short-petioled, about 12 mm. long, ob- 
 long-ovate, obscurely serrate, glandular beneath ; branches roundish-quad- 
 rangular, hairy ; flowers in small axillary cymules, with a tubular ovoid, 
 bilabiate and five-toothed calyx, and a pale blue, spotted, bilabiate corolla, 
 containing two sterile and two fertile, exserted stamens ; odor strong, mint- 
 like ; taste warm and pungent. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is the official volatile oil. 
 
 OLEUM HEDEOMdE. Oil of Hedeoma. Synonym. Oil of Penny- 
 royal. A volatile oil distilled from Hedeoma. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale yellowish, limpid liquid, having a characteristic, 
 pungent, mint-like odor and taste. Sp. gr., 0.930 to 0.940. Solubility. 
 Freely in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF PENNYROYAL. 
 
 Pennyroyal is a gentle aromatic stimulant, and may be given 
 in flatulent colic and sick stomach. The oil is in common use 
 locally applied as a remedy for mosquito bites. 
 
 ABSINTHIUM. 
 
 ABSINTHIUM. Synonym. Wormwood. The leaves and tops of 
 Artemisia Absinthium Linne (nat. ord. Composites). Habitat^ Northern 
 Asia, Europe and Northern Africa ; naturalized in North America ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Leaves about 5 cm. long, hoary, silky-pubescent, petio- 
 iate, roundish-triangular in outline ; pinnately two- or three-cleft, with the 
 segments lanceolate, the terminal one spatulate ; bracts three-cleft or entire ;
 
 554 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 heads numerous, about 3 mm. long, subglobose, with numerous small, pale 
 yellow florets, all tubular and without pappus ; odor aromatic ; taste persist- 
 ently bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The principal constituents are (i) A volatile oil, about 
 I per cent., mainly Absinthol, C 10 H 16 O. (2) A bitter glucoside, Absinthin, 
 C 15 H M O. (3) Absinthic Acid. The volatile oil mixed with alcohol and oil 
 of anise is known as absinthe, a beverage much esteemed in France. 
 
 Dose, 8 to 40 gr. ; .50 to 2.40 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF WORMWOOD. 
 
 Wormwood is used in an infusion as an aromatic tonic in 
 itony of stomach or intestines.] 
 
 ANTHEMIS. 
 
 ANTHEMIS. Synonym. Chamomile. [The flower-heads of Anthe- 
 mis nobilis Linne (nat. ord. Composite), collected from cultivated plants. 
 Habitat. Southern and Western Europe ; cultivated ; naturalized in a few 
 localities in the United States. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Heads subglobular, about 2 cm. broad, consisting of an 
 imbricated involucre, and numerous white, strap-shaped, three-toothed florets, 
 and few, or no, yellow tubular disk florets, inserted upon a chaffy, conical, 
 solid receptacle. It has a strong, agreeable odor, and an aromatic, bitter 
 taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is the volatile oil. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 dr. j 2. to 8. gm.] 
 
 OLEUM ANTHEMIDIS. [B. P., not official]. Oil of Chamo- 
 mile. The volatile oil distilled from Chamomile flowers. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Pale blue or greenish-blue, becoming yellowish-brown. 
 Odor and taste like Chamomile. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) A terpene, C^H^. (2) 
 [Anthemol, C 10 H 16 O.] (3) [Anthemene, CjgHj,, in tasteless needles.] (4) 
 A bitter principle. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 m. ; [.06 to .25 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CHAMOMILE. 
 
 External. A poultice made with chamomile flowers is a 
 popular domestic remedy. Its virtues are due to its warmth. 
 
 Internal. Like other volatile oils, oil of chamomile is a 
 stomachic and carminative. The infusion [i to 20], in large 
 doses [5 to 10 fl. oz.; 150. to 300. c.c.] is a simple emetic.
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 555 
 
 [MATRICARIA. 
 
 MATRICARIA. Synonym. German Chamomile. The flower-heads 
 of Matricaria Chamomilla, Linne (nat. ord. Composite). Habitat. Europe 
 and Western Asia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 15 to 20 mm. broad, composed of a flattish, imbri- 
 cate involucre, a conical, hollow, naked receptacle, which is about 5 mm. 
 high, about fifteen white, ligulate, reflexed ray florets, and numerous yellow, 
 tubular, perfect disk-florets without pappus ; strongly aromatic and bitter. 
 Resembling Matricaria. Anthemis Arvensis and Anthemis Cotula, but these 
 have conical, solid, and chaffy receptacles. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Volatile Oil ^ per cent. (2) Anthemic Acid. (3) 
 Anthemidin, probably a glucoside. (4) Tannic acid. 
 
 Dose, ]. to I dr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 ACTION AND ,USES OF MATRICARIA. 
 The actions and uses are identical with those of chamomile.] 
 
 ROSA GALLICA. Red Rose. [The petals of Rosa gallica Linne 
 (nat. ord. Rosaceiz), collected before expanding. Habitat. Asia Minor and 
 Southern Europe ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Usually in small cones, consisting of numerous imbricated, 
 roundish, retuse, deep purple -colored, yellow-clawed petals, having a roseate 
 odor and a bitterish, slightly acidulous and distinctly astringent taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A volatile oil, in minute 
 quantities. (2) Tannic Acid. (3) Mucilage. (4) Sugar. 
 
 Red Rose is contained in Pilulse Aloes et Mastiches.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Confectio Rosae. [Confection of Rose. Red Rose, 80; 
 Sugar, 640 ; Clarified Honey, 12 ; Stronger Rose Water, 160. 
 
 Dose, )4 to i dr. ; 2. to 4. gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Rosae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Rose. By 
 maceration with Glycerin and Diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Fluid Extract of Rose is used to make Mel Rosae and Syrupus 
 Rosse. 
 
 Dose, ]^ to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 3. Mel Rosse. Honey of Rose. Fluid Extract of Rose, 120; 
 Clarified Honey, to looo. 
 
 Dose, freely. 
 
 4. Syrupus Rosas. Syrup of Rose. Fluid Extract of Rose, 
 125 ; Syrup, 875. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 ROSA CENTIFOLIA. Pale Rose. The petals of Rosa centifolia 
 Linne (nat. ord. Rosacece). Habitat. Western Asia; cultivated.
 
 556 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Roundish-obovate and retuse, or obcordate, pink, fragrant, 
 sweetish, slightly bitter and faintly astringent. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Volatile oil, in minute quantities. (2) Mucilage. (3) 
 Tannic Acid. (4) Malates and Tartrates.^ . 
 
 OLEUM ROS/E. Oil of Rose. Synonym. Attar of Rose. A vola- 
 tile oil distilled from the fresh flowers of Rosa damascena Miller (nat. ord. 
 Rosacea). Habitat. Cultivated in Bulgaria. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale yellowish, transparent liquid, having the strong 
 fragrant odor of Rose, and a mild, slightly sweetish taste. Sp. gr., 0.865 to 
 0.880. Solubility. It is but slightly soluble in Alcohol. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. Its principal constituent is Rhodinol, or Geraniol, C 10 H 18 O, 
 a volatile oil, 12 to 14 per cent., very fragrant, It is an alcohol and is related 
 to Linalool which occurs in Oil of Lavender flowers. 
 
 [IMPURITIES. Oil of Ginger-grass or Turkish Oil of Geranium, Oil of 
 Rose Geranium, Spermaceti and Paraffin. ] 
 
 Prepa rations. 
 
 [i. Aqua Rosae Fortior. Stronger Rose Water. Synonym. 
 Triple Rose Water. Water saturated with the volatile oil of Rose 
 petals, obtained as a by-product in the distillation of Oil of Rose. 
 
 Stronger Rose Water is used to make Confectio Rosae. 
 
 Dose, indefinite. 
 
 2. Aqua Rosae. Rose Water. Stronger Rose Water, and Dis- 
 tilled Water, of each, one volume. 
 
 Dose, indefinite. 
 
 3. Unguentum Aquae Rosae. Ointment of Rose Water. Syno- 
 nym. Cold Cream. Spermaceti, 125; White Wax, I2O; Expressed 
 Oil of Almond, 600 ; Stronger Rose Water, 190; Sodium Borate, 5.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ROSE. 
 
 The preparations of rose are pleasant vehicles, the confection 
 for pills and the water for lotions. The infusion ([B. P., not 
 official] dried petals, 2 ; diluted sulphuric acid, i; water, 80) 
 is mildly astringent. [The ointment of rose water is a favorite 
 soothing application for the skin.] 
 
 CLASS III. THOSE USED CHIEFLY FOR THEIR ACTION ON 
 THE HEART AND CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM. 
 
 VALERIANA. 
 
 VALERIAN. The rhizome and roots of Valeriana officinalis [Linn 
 (nat. ord. Valerianea}. Habitat. Europe and Northern Asia; naturalized 
 in England ; cultivated.
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 557 
 
 CHARACTERS. Rhizome from 2 to 4 cm. long, and I to 2 cm. thick, up- 
 right, subglobular or obconical, truncate at both ends, brown or yellowish- 
 brown, internally whitish or pale brownish, with a narrow circle of white 
 wood under the thin bark. Roots numerous, slender, brittle, brown with a 
 thick bark, and slender, ligneous cord. Odor peculiar, becoming stronger 
 and unpleasant on keeping ; taste camphoraceous and somewhat bitter. ] Re- 
 sembling Valerian. Serpentaria, Arnica, Green Hellebore; but Valerian is 
 known by its odor. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) A volatile oil, ^ to 2 per 
 cent., consisting of JBorneol, C 10 H 18 O, and Pinene, a terpene (see p. 516). 
 (2) Valerianic Acid, C 5 H 10 O 2 . It is colorless, oily, with the odor of Valerian, 
 and strongly acid, wiih a burning taste. Solubility. In 30 parts of water; 
 readily in Alcohol and Ether. The amount of it in Valerian increases by 
 keeping, while that of the oil decreases. It can be derived from Amylic 
 Alcohol, C 5 H 12 O (Valeryl Aldehyde). [(3) Formic, Acetic and Malic Acids. 
 (4) Tannic acid. (5) Resin. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 gr. ; .60 to 2.00 grn.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Extractum Valerianae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Valerian. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and evapora- 
 tion. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; .60 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 2. Tinctura Valerianae. Tincture of Valerian. Valerian, 200 ; 
 by maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water to looo. 
 
 Dose, ^ to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Valerianae Ammoniata. Ammoniated Tincture 
 of Valerian. Valerian, 200; by maceration and percolation with Aro- 
 matic Spirit of Ammonia to 1000. 
 
 Dose, y?, to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c. 
 
 AMMONII VALERIANAS. Ammonium Valerianate. NH 4 C 5 H 9 O 2 
 =118.78. 
 
 SOURCE. By saturating Valerianic Acid with Gaseous Ammonia, obtained 
 from a mixture of Ammonium Chloride and Lime, and crystallization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, or white, quadrangular plates, emitting the odor 
 of Valerianic Acid, of a sharp and sweetish taste, and deliquescent in moist 
 air. Solubility. Very soluble in Water and in Alcohol ; also soluble in 
 Ether. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 8 gr. ; .12 to .50 gm. 
 
 FERRI VALERIANAS. Ferric Valerianate. 
 
 SOURCE. By precipitating a .diluted solution of Ferric Sulphate, with a 
 solution of Sodium Valerianate and washing the precipitate.
 
 558 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A dark, brick-red, amorphous powder of somewhat vary- 
 ing chemical composition, having the odor of Valerianic Acid, and a mildly 
 styptic taste ; permanent in dry air. Solubility. Insoluble in cold water, but 
 readily soluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 gr. ; .06 to .20 gm. 
 
 SODII VALERIANAS. (Not official.) Sodium Valerianate. NaC 5 
 H 9 O 2 =I23.77. 
 
 SOURCE. Make Valerianic Acid by distilling a mixture of Amylic Alcohol, 
 Sulphuric Acid, and Potassium Bichromate. Saturate the distillate which 
 contains Valerianic Acid, with Caustic Soda, and evaporate. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White masses of a powerful Valerian-like odor. Solubility. 
 Easily in both Alcohol and Ether. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm. 
 
 QUININE VALERIANAS. Quinine Valerianate. C 20 H 24 N 2 O 2 
 
 C 6 H 10 Cyf-H 2 0=443-<>7. 
 
 SOURCE. By decomposing Quinine Sulphate by Ammonia, combining 
 directly with Valerianic Acid, and crystallizing from a cold solution. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, or nearly white, pearly, lustrous, triclinic crystals, 
 having a slight odor of Valerianic Acid, and a bitter taste. Permanent in the 
 air. Solubility. In 100 parts of Water, and in 5 parts of Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, i to 30 gr. ; .06 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 ZINCI VALERIANAS. Zinc Valerianate. Zn(C 5 H 9 O 2 ) 2 [+2H 2 O 
 =302.56, 
 
 SOURCE. From hot solutions of Zinc Sulphate and Sodium Valerianate; 
 evaporate and Zinc Valerianate crystallizes out. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, pearly scales, having the odor of Valerianic Acid, 
 and a sweetish, astringent and metallic taste. On exposure to the air it slowly 
 loses Valerianic Acid. Solubility, In about 100 parts of water, and in 40 
 parts of Alcohol.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. All acids, soluble carbonates, most metallic salts and 
 vegetable astringents. 
 
 Dose, YI to 3 gr. ; [.03 to .20 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF VALERIAN AND THE VALERIANATES. 
 
 Neither valerianic acid, [ammonium, ferric, sodium, quinine] 
 nor zinc valerianates are known to have any action [although 
 their extensive use warrants the belief that they are valuable 
 remedies.] 
 
 Valerian itself acts in virtue of its volatile oil, which has the 
 same properties as other volatile oils. Valerian is therefore an 
 irritant when applied externally ; internally it stimulates the
 
 VOLATILE OILS. . 559 
 
 mouth, stomach, and intestines ; consequently it increases the 
 appetite and the vascularity, the secretion, and the peristaltic 
 action of the stomach, and intestines ; and in its excretion, 
 which takes place chiefly through the bronchial mucous mem- 
 brane, kidneys and genito-urinary mucous membrane, it excites 
 the flow of fluids excreted through these parts. Acting reflexly 
 from the stomach, it stimulates the circulation rather more 
 powerfully than most volatile oils. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF VALERIAN AND THE VALERIANATES. 
 
 Preparations of valerian, or still better the oil [not official, 2 
 to 5 m., .12 to .30 c.c.] suspended in mucilage with cinnamon 
 water, are often given as carminatives in cases of flatulence, and 
 as reflex stimulants in fainting, palpitation, etc. Valerian and 
 [the] valerianates sometimes relieve neuralgia, and they are 
 often prescribed for hysteria and other neurotic conditions, but 
 frequently without benefit. 
 
 [CYPRIPEDIUM. 
 
 CYPRIPEDIUM. Synonym. Ladies' Slipper. The rhizome and 
 roots of Cypripedium pubescens Swartz, and of Cypripedium parviflorum 
 Salisbury (nat. ord. Orchide<e). Habitat. North America ; in swampy places. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Of horizontal growth, bent, 10 cm., or less, long; from 
 3 to 5 mm. thick ; on the upper side beset with numerous circular, cup-shaped 
 scars ; closely covered below with simple, wiry roots, varying from 10 to 15 
 cm. in length ; brittle, dark brown, or orange-brown ; fracture short, white ; 
 odor peculiar, heavy j taste sweetish, bitter and somewhat pungent. 
 
 COMPOSITION. It contains (i) A volatile oil. (2) A volatile acid. (3) 
 Two resins. (4) Tannic acid. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 30 gr. ; i. to 2. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Cypripedii Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Cypripe- 
 dium. By maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 30 m ; i. to 2. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 
 
 Cypripedium is a gentle, nervous stimulant, resembling vale- 
 rian in its action. It has been used for nervous diseases, epilepsy, 
 hypochondriasis and neuralgia.]
 
 $6O . ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ASAFCETIDA. 
 
 ASAFETIDA. A gum-resin obtained [from the root of Ferula faetida 
 (Bunge) Regel (nat. ord. Umbelliferce). Habitat. Persia, Turkestan and 
 Afghanistan. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In irregular masses composed of whitish tears, which are 
 imbedded in a yellowish-gray or brownish-gray, sticky mass. The tears, when 
 hard, break with a conchoidal fracture, showing a milk-white color, which 
 changes, gradually, on exposure, to pink, and finally to brown. It has a per- 
 sistent, alliaceous odor, and a bitter alliaceous acrid taste. Solubility. Partly 
 in Ether and Alcohol.] Resembling Asafetida. Galbanum, Ammoniacum, 
 and Benzoin, distinguished by their peculiar odors, which differ markedly from 
 that of Asafetida. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) A volatile oil, 5 per cent., 
 the most important ingredient of which is [Allyl sulphide (see p. 455).] This 
 gives Asafetida its very unpleasant odor. (2) Gum, 25 per cent. (3) Bas- 
 sorin resin, 65 per cent. , [which contains Ferulaic Acid, C 10 H 10 O 4 . ] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Earthy matter [or Calcium Sulphate and Carbonate, and 
 sand.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 i. [Emulsum Asafcetidae. Emulsion of Asafetida. Synonyms. 
 Mistura Asafcetidae. Milk of Asafetida. Asafetida, 40 ; by rubbing 
 in a warmed mortar with Water, and straining to looo. 
 
 Dose, Yz to i fl. oz. ; 15. to 30. c.c. 
 
 2. Pilulae Aloes et Asafcetidae. See Aloes, p. 497. 
 
 3. Pilulae Asafcetidae. Pills of Asafetida. Asafetida, 20 ; 
 Soap, 60 gm. ; to make 100 pills. Each pill contains 3 gr. ; .20 gm. 
 of Asafetida. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 pills. 
 
 4. Tinctura Asafcetidae. Tincture of Asafetida. Asafetida, 
 200. By maceration with Alcohol, and filtration to looo. 
 
 Dose, ' ^ to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF ASAFETIDA. 
 
 Both internally and externally, asafetida, in virtue of its vola- 
 tile oil, acts like volatile oils generally. Its action as a stimulant 
 to the intestinal muscle is especially well marked, hence it is 
 combined with aloes in Pilulae Aloes et Asafcetidae ; and the 
 enema, [i to 64 of water,] will relieve flatus. Owing to its 
 containing [allyl sulphide] it is extremely [unpleasant], and there- 
 fore it is not, like many volatile oils, available as a condiment. 
 Its taste is credited with some mental effect in cases of hysteria.
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 561 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF ASAFETIDA. 
 
 Asafetida is not used externally. Internally it is prescribed 
 to aid the action of other purgatives, and also to stimulate the 
 muscular coat to expel flatus. It may be given by the mouth or 
 as an enema. Partly on account of its reflex stimulating effect, 
 but also on account of its very [unpleasant] taste, it is used to 
 control hysteria, emotional, and other mental disturbances, but 
 it often fails. P'or this purpose it may be combined with vale- 
 rian. Cases of malingering may sometimes be cured by making 
 the patient take, three times a day, an effervescing draught con- 
 taining a few [drops] of each of the tinctures of valerian and 
 asafetida, with some mucilage to suspend the precipitated resin. 
 The effervescence makes the [unpleasant] taste of these medi- 
 cines "repeat" in the mouth for some time after taking them. 
 Asafetida oil would in the course of its excretion disinfect the 
 urine and the expectoration, but its smell forbids its use for these 
 
 purposes. 
 
 GALBANUM. 
 
 GALBANUM. [B. P., not official.] A gum-resin obtained from 
 Ferula galbaniflua, ferula rubrifaulis (nat. ord. Umbellifertz), and probably 
 other species. \_ffabifaf. ~\ Persia and the Levant. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Tears or masses of agglutinated tears. Tears roundish, 
 about the size of a pea, yellowish-brown or yellowish-green. Translucent, 
 rough, and dirty. Hard and brittle in the cold, softening with heat and be- 
 coming sticky. Masses contain pieces of root, stem, etc. They are hard, 
 compact yellowish-brown. Odor peculiar, aromatic. Taste bitter, unpleas- 
 ant. Resembling Galbanum. Ammoniacum, Asafoetida, and Benzoin ; known 
 by their different odors. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Volatile oil, C 10 H 16 , 6 to 
 9 per cent. , consisting chiefly of a terpene, C 10 H 16 . (2) A sulphurous resin, 60 
 to 67 per cent. (3) Gum, 19 to 22 per cent. (4) Umbelliferone, [C 9 H 6 O S in 
 acicular crystals]. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF GALBANUM. 
 
 Galbanum acts like other substances containing volatile oils ; 
 it is always combined with ammoniacum or asafetida. It has 
 been used externally as a plaster [Galbanum, i ; ammoniacum, 
 i; yellow wax, i ; lead plaster, 8;] for its irritant effect, to aid 
 the absorption of old inflammatory products, and internally it is 
 given with asafetida as a carminative. 
 
 36
 
 562 . ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 AMMONIACUM. 
 
 AMMONIAC. A gum-resin [obtained from Dorema Ammoniacum 
 Don (nat ord. Umbellifertz). Habitat. Eastern Persia and Turkestan. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In roundish tears, from 2 to 6 mm. or more in diameter ; 
 externally pale yellowish-brown, internally milk-white, brittle when cold, and 
 breaking with a flat, conchoidal, and waxy fracture ; or the tears are super- 
 ficially united into irregular masses without any intervening, dark-colored 
 substance. It has a peculiar odor, and a bitter, acrid and nauseous taste.] 
 Resembling Ammoniacum, Asafoetida, Galbanum, Benzoin, known by their 
 odor. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief ingredients are (i) Volatile oil, 10 per cent. 
 
 (2) Resin, 70 per cent (3) Gum, 20 per cent. 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Emplastrum Ammoniaci cum Hydrargyro. [See Mer- 
 cury, p. 210. 
 
 2. Emulsum Ammoniaci. Emulsion of Ammoniac. Ammo- 
 niac, 40 ; water added gradually to 1000. It forms a milk-like emul- 
 sion. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i fl. oz. ; 15. to 30. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF AMMONIACUM. 
 
 The action of ammoniacum is precisely the same as that of 
 volatile oils generally. It is employed externally to aid, by its 
 mildly irritating effects, the absorption of chronic inflammatory 
 products, and internally in chronic bronchitis with offensive 
 expectoration for the sake of the remote disinfectant expectorant 
 effect that it has, in the course of its excretion through the 
 bronchial mucous membrane. 
 
 MYRRHA. 
 
 MYRRH. A gum-resin [obtained from Commiphora Myrrha (Nees) 
 Engler (nat. ord. Burseracea}. Habitat. Eastern Africa and Southwestern 
 Arabia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In roundish or irregular tears or masses, brownish-yellow 
 or reddish-brown ; fracture waxy, somewhat splintery, translucent on the edges, 
 sometimes marked with whitish veins ; odor balsamic ; taste aromatic, bitter 
 and acrid. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Mvrrhin r^H^G,,,], a 
 resin, 23 per cent. (2) Myrrhol, C 10 H J4 O, a volatile oil. 2 J[to 4} pef cent. 
 
 (3) Gum, 60 per cent. (4) A bitter principle.
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 563 
 
 IMPURITIES. Many varieties of gum and gum-resins. 
 \_Myrrk is contained in Mistura Ferri Composita and Pilulae Rhei Com- 
 positae. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Tinctura Myrrhae. [Tincture of Myrrh. Myrrh, 200 ; by 
 maceration with Alcohol and filtration to 1000. 
 
 Dose, X to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4'. c.c. 
 
 2. Tinctura Aloes et Myrrhae. See Aloes, p. 498. 
 
 3. Pilulae Aloes et Myrrhae. See Aloes, p. 498.] 
 
 ACTION OF MYRRH. 
 
 External. Both externally and internally, myrrh has the 
 same action as other substances containing a volatile oil. It is a 
 mild disinfectant, and a stimulant to sores and ulcers. 
 
 Internal. It has the same effect in the mouth. It is a 
 stomachic carminative, exciting the appetite, the flow of 
 gastric juice, and the vascularity and peristalsis of the stomach 
 and intestines. The number of leucocytes in the blood is said 
 to be increased by the administration of myrrh. It is excreted 
 by mucous membranes, especially the genito-urinary and the 
 bronchial, and it stimulates and disinfects their secretions in its 
 passage through them. Thus it becomes an expectorant, a 
 uterine stimulant, and an emmenagogue. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF MYRRH. 
 
 External. Occasionally myrrh has been employed as a 
 stimulant to sores and ulcers. 
 
 Internal. It is, in the form of the tincture diffused through 
 water [i to 16], used as a mouth-wash and gargle for sore spongy 
 gums, relaxed throat, and other similar conditions, for which it 
 is often combined with borax, as in the following formula: 
 Myrrh, i; eau de Cologne, 16 ; borax, i; water, 3 ; syrup, 3. 
 It is frequently given with purgatives for the sake of its carmina- 
 tive and stomachic properties. It is also commonly combined 
 with iron when this drug is given for anaemia, but the reason for 
 this is not clear. It is prescribed for amenorrhoea, and has been
 
 564 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 given for cystitis, and as a disinfectant expectorant for chronic 
 bronchitis. 
 
 CLASS IV. THOSE USED CHIEFLY FOR THEIR ACTION ON 
 THE BRONCHIAL MUCOUS MEMBRANE. 
 
 TEREBENUM. 
 
 [TEREBENE. C 10 Hi 6 =i35. 7. A liquid consisting chiefly of Pinene, 
 and containing not more than very small proportions of Terpinene and Dipen- 
 tene. 
 
 SOURCE. From acting upon Oil of Turpentine with Sulphuric Acid, and 
 distilling. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless or slightly yellowish, thin liquid, having a 
 rather agreeable thyme- like odor, and an aromatic, somewhat terebinthinate 
 taste. Sp.gr., about 0.862. Solubility. Only slightly soluble in Water, but 
 soluble in an equal volume of Alcohol, glacial Acetic Acid, or Carbon Bisul- 
 phide. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 m. ; .30 to i.oo c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF TEREBENE. 
 
 Terebene is an excellent stimulating disinfectant expectorant 
 for chronic bronchitis. It may be used as an inhalation thus : 
 Pure terebene, 2; magnesium carbonate, i; distilled water, 24. 
 Use this in water [i to 128] at 140 F. [60 C.] in an apparatus 
 so arranged that air can be drawn through it and inhaled. Or it 
 may be given with other expectorants in a mixture ; many pa- 
 tients find five drops several times a day on sugar quite sufficient 
 to cure a slight winter cough [although it is said to form an in- 
 soluble compound with sugar.] 
 
 [TERPINI HYDRAS. 
 
 TERPIN HYDRATE. C, n H 18 (OH),+ 11,0=189.58. The Hydrate 
 of the Diatomic Alcohol Terpin. 
 
 SOURCE. Rectified Oil of Turpentine, Alcohol and Nitric Acid are 
 allowed to stand together for three or four days in shallow porcelain dishes. 
 The crystals which have formed are collected, drained thoroughly, dried by 
 absorbent paper, and re- crystallized in a cold solution of Alcohol. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, lustrous, rhombic prisms, nearly odorless, and 
 having a slightly aromatic and somewhat bitter taste. Permanent in the air. 
 Solubility. Soluble in about 250 parts of water, and in 10 parts of Alcohol ; 
 also soluble in about loo parts of Ether, 200 parts of Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 30 gr. ; .12 to 2.00 gm.
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 565 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF TERPIN HYDRATE. 
 
 Terpin hydrate is an antiseptic, and it is believed that it will 
 arrest the development of tubercle bacilli. It increases the secre- 
 tion of the mucous membrane, and the functional activity of the 
 kidneys. It has been given as an antiseptic in acute and chronic 
 bronchitis, when the secretion is unusually free, in whooping- 
 cough, and rarely in the treatment of chronic nephritis, chronic 
 cystitis and gonorrhoea. 
 
 BALSAMUM PERUVIANUM. 
 
 BALSAM OF PERU. A balsam [obtained from Toluifera Pereira 
 (Royle) Baillon (nat. ord. Leguminostz). It is obtained from the bark after 
 it has been beaten, scorched and removed. Habitat. Central America. Bal- 
 sam of Peru is named from its place of export. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A liquid having a syrupy consistence, free from stringiness 
 or stickiness, of a brownish-black color in bulk, reddish-brown and transparent 
 in thin layers, of an agreeable vanilla-like, somewhat smoky odor, and a bitter 
 taste, leaving a persistent after-taste. On exposure to air it does not become 
 hard. Sp. gr., 1.135 to 1.150. Solubility. Miscible, in- all proportions, 
 with absolute Alcohol, Chloroform, or Glacial Acetic Acid ; only partially 
 soluble in Ether or Benzin. It is completely soluble in 5 parts of Alcohol.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A volatile oil. This is 
 present in large quantities ; it consists of [Cinnametn (Benzylic Cinnamate), 
 C 9 H 7 (C 7 H 7 )O 2 , about 60 per cent. (2) Cinnamic Acid, C 9 H 8 O 2 . (3) Resin, 
 about 32 per cent., which on dry distillation yields Benzoic Add, HC 7 H 5 O 2 . 
 Small quantities of (4) Benzylic Benzoate, C 7 H 5 (C 7 H 7 )O 2 , (5) Benzyl Alcohol, 
 C 7 H 8 O, (6) Stilbene, C U H 12 , (7) Styrol, C 8 H 8 , and (8) Styracin or Cinnamyl 
 Cinnamate, C 9 H 7 (C g H 9 )O 2 . 
 
 IMPURITIES. Fixed oils, resins, oleoresins and alcohol.] 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; [.60 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF BALSAM OF PERU. 
 
 External. Like most substances containing a volatile oil, 
 balsam of Peru is a disinfectant, and also a stimulant when 
 rubbed into the skin or applied to raw surfaces. Formerly it 
 was much used for these purposes, chiefly as an application to 
 indolent sores and chronic eczema. [As a stimulating dressing 
 for sluggish granulations a 5 to 10 per cent, solution in castor 
 oil is frequently employed.] A mixture of balsam of Peru, i; 
 lard, 7 ; is very useful for sore nipples and cracked lips. It is
 
 566 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 not often employed at present except externally as antiparasitic 
 for pediculi, scabies and ringworm. [An ointment consisting 
 of balsam of Peru, 20 ; olive oil, 50 ; petrolatum, 100 ; may be 
 used.] For scabies it should be applied in the way already de- 
 scribed for sulphur ointment [see p. 259]; it is a more agreeable 
 preparation. 
 
 Internal. Like most volatile oils balsam of Peru is carmina- 
 tive and stomachic, and after absorption is excreted by, and 
 stimulates and disinfects the mucous membranes. For this 
 reason it is used as an expectorant in chronic bronchitis. It 
 is also excreted by the skin and the kidneys. 
 
 BALSAMUM TOLUTANUM. 
 
 BALSAM OF TOLU. A balsam [obtained from Toluifera Baha- 
 rnum Linne (nat. ord. Leguminos<z). Habitat. Venezuela and New 
 Granada. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish-brown, semi-fluid or nearly solid mass, be- 
 coming more brittle when exposed to cold, transparent in thin layers, having 
 an agreeable odor recalling that of Vanilla, but distinct from it, and a mild, 
 aromatic taste. Solubility. Readily and completely soluble in Alcohol. 
 Also completely soluble in Chloroform, and in solutions of the fixed alkalies ; 
 almost completely soluble in Ether, but nearly insoluble in water, Benzin, or 
 Carbon Bisulphide.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Toluene, C 10 H 16 , [i per 
 cent., a thin, colorless, aromatic oil. (2) Benzylic Benzoate, C 7 H 6 (C 7 H 7 )O 2 , a 
 colorless, aromatic oil. (3) Benzylic Cinnamate, C 9 H 7 (C 7 H 7 )O r (4) Ben- 
 zoic Acid, HC 7 H 5 O 2 . (5) Cinnamic Acid, C 9 H 8 O 2 . (6) Resins. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Turpentine, storax, sweet gum, and resins. 
 
 Balsam of 7olu is contained in Tinctura Benzoini Composita. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; .60 to 2.00 c.c.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Syrupus Tolutanus. [Syrup of Tolu. Balsam of Tolu, 10; 
 Alcohol, 50 ; Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, 50 ; Sugar, 850 ; Water 
 to looo. By solution and filtration. 
 
 Dose, YJ. to i fl. oz. ; 15. to 30. c.c. 
 
 2. Tinctura Tolutana. Tincture of Tolu. Balsam of Tolu, 100. 
 By maceration with Alcohol and filtration to looo. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c.]
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 567 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF BALSAM OF TOLU. 
 Although it has an action in all respects similar to that of 
 balsam of Peru, it is only used as an expectorant in cough 
 
 mixtures. 
 
 STYRAX. 
 
 STORAX. [A balsam prepared from the inner bark of Liquidambar 
 orientalis Miller (nat. ord. Hamamelacece). Habitat. Asia Minor. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A semi-liquid, gray, sticky, opaque mass, depositing on 
 standing a heavier, dark-brown stratum ; transparent in thin layers, and having 
 an agreeable odor and a balsamic taste. Solubility. Insoluble in water, but 
 completely soluble in an equal weight of warm Alcohol. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Siyrol, C 8 Hg, or Cinna- 
 mene, a volatile oil. (2) Cinnamic Acid, C 9 H g O 2 , colorless, odorless, crystalline; 
 this can be oxidized to Benzoic Acid, and is also found in Cinnamon, and Bal- 
 sams of Tolu and Peru. (3) Slyracin, or Cinnamyl Cinnamate, C 9 H 7 (C 9 H 9 )O r 
 (4) Phenylpropyl Cinnamate, C 9 H 7 (C 9 H 17 )Oj. (5) Ethyl Cinnamate, C 9 H 7 
 (C,H 5 )O 2 . (6) Storesin, CjjHjgOj, in considerable quantity. (7) Vanillin, 
 having a fragrant odor.] 
 
 Storax is contained in Tinctura Benzoini Composita. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; [.30 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF STORAX. 
 
 Storax has the same action as balsams of Tolu and Peru and 
 benzoin, and may be employed for the same purposes. It is not 
 often given internally except in the compound tincture of ben- 
 zoin. Mixed with an equal part of olive oil it may be used to 
 kill the \_Sarcoptes scabiei\ and pediculi. 
 
 OLEUM PINI. 
 
 OIL OF PINE. [B. P., not official.] The oil is distilled from the fresh 
 leaves of Pinus pumilio (nat. ord. Coniferce). Synonyms. Pinol. Pumiline. 
 [ Habitat. Russia . ] 
 
 CHARACTERS. Almost colorless. Odor aromatic. Taste pungent. Sp. 
 gr., 0.865 to 0.870. [Solubility. In 7 parts of Alcohol.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Various terpenes. (2) Boruyl Acetate. 
 
 [Preparation. 
 
 Vapor Olei Pini (not official). Vapor of Oil of Pine. Oil of Pine, 
 2 ; rub with Magnesium Carbonate, I ; add Water, 24. Put I ff. dr. ; 
 4. c.c. of this in half a pint, 240. c.c. of cold and half a pint, 240. c.c. 
 of boiling water, in a vessel so arranged that air, drawn through the 
 liquid, can be inhaled.]
 
 568 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF FIR-WOOD OIL. 
 
 The action of oil of pine is the same as that of oil of turpen- 
 tine (see p. 515). But it is pleasanter to inhale, and forms a 
 useful, stimulating, disinfectant, expectorant inhalation in chronic 
 bronchitis or laryngitis. 
 
 GRINDELIA. 
 
 GRINDELIA. [The leaves and flowering tops of Grindelia robusta 
 Nuttall, and of Grindelia squarrosa Dunal (nat. ord. Composite). Habitat. 
 
 (1) G. robusta, North America, west of the Rocky Mountains, in salt marshes. 
 
 (2) G. sqttarrosa, Western Plains to the Sierra Nevada and south to Texas. 
 CHARACTERS. Leaves about 5 cm. or less long, varying from broadly 
 
 spatulate or oblong to lanceolate, sessile or clasping, obtuse, more or less 
 sharply serrate, often spinosely toothed, or even lacinate-pinnatifid, pale green, 
 smooth, finely dotted, thickish, brittle ; heads many-flowered, subglobular or 
 somewhat conical ; the involucre hemispherical, about 10 mm. broad, com- 
 posed of numerous imbricated, squarrosely-tipped or spreading scales ; ray. 
 florets yellow, ligulate, pistillate ; disk-florets yellow, tubulaf, perfect ; pappus 
 consisting of two or three awns of the length of the disk-florets ; odor balsamic, 
 taste pungently aromatic and bitter. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A volatile oil. (2) A 
 resin, resembling Saponin in its action. (3) Probably an alkaloid, [Grinde- 
 &*.] 
 
 Dose, ^ to i dr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Grindeliae [Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Grindelia. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, ^ to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF GRINDELIA. 
 
 In small doses, grindelia is a mild stomachic and cardiac 
 sedative, but its main action depends upon the fact that in its 
 excretion by the bronchial mucous membrane it acts as an expec- 
 torant, and also relaxes the muscular coat of the bronchial tubes, 
 and this explains its efficacy [in the symptom] asthma. Two or 
 three doses of twenty minims; [1.20 c.c.], of the fluid extract 
 in milk, which prevents precipitation of the resin, given every 
 twenty minutes, will often allay the paroxysms of asthma. 
 Between the attacks, this dose should be taken three times daily. 
 The same quantity may with advantage be added to mixtures
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 569 
 
 prescribed for chronic bronchitis, for not only is grindelia an 
 expectorant, but it relieves the asthmatic paroxysms which so 
 frequently accompany bronchitis. It is very bitter ; its taste is 
 best concealed by Spiritus Chloroformi. Linen soaked in a 
 lotion of the fluid extract in water, i to 48, is applied to the skin 
 for the dermatitis caused by Rhus toxicodendron, the poison ivy. 
 The same lotion is used in burns and as an injection in gleet and 
 leucorrhcea. 
 
 CLASS V. THOSE USED CHIEFLY FOR THEIR ACTION ON 
 THE KIDNEYS AND GENITO-URINARY TRACT. 
 
 OLEUM JUNIPERI. 
 
 OIL OF JUNIPER. A volatile oil distilled [from the fruit (berry) 
 of Juniperus comnninis Linne (nat. ord. Coniferie). Habitat. North 
 America throughout Canada, the Northern United States, and in the Rocky 
 Mountains south to New Mexico. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless or faintly greenish-yellow liquid, becoming 
 darker and thicker by age and exposure to air, having the characteristic odor 
 of Juniper, and a warm, aromatic, somewhat terebinthinate and bitterish taste. 
 Sp. gr., 0.850 to 0.890. Solubility. In about 4 times its volume of Alcohol. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. Oil of Juniper is composed chiefly of terpenes, which are 
 mostly Finene and Cadinene. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 m. ; [.12 to .60 c.c.] 
 
 Prepa rations. 
 
 1. Spiritus Juniperi. [Spirit of Juniper. Oil of Juniper, 50 } 
 Alcohol, 950. 
 
 Dose, 30 to 60 m. ; 2. to 4. c.c. 
 
 2. Spiritus Juniperi Compositus. Compound Spirit of Juniper. 
 Oil of Juniper, 8 ; Oil of Caraway, I ; Oil of Fennel, I ; Alcohol, 
 1400 ; Water to 2000. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr.; 4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF OIL OF JUNIPER. 
 
 Oil of juniper has much the same action as oil of turpentine ; 
 but it is not so liable to upset the digestion ; and although it is 
 a powerful renal stimulant and diuretic, it does not easily cause 
 hrematuria and albuminuria. [Because of its antiseptic proper- 
 ties it is employed for the preservation of cat-gut.]
 
 5/O ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF OIL OF JUNIPER. 
 
 Internal. Occasionally it is given as a pleasant carminative 
 and stomachic, but its main use is as a diuretic in heart disease, 
 hepatic ascites, and chronic Bright' s disease. It must not be 
 given in the acute form, and should always be combined with 
 other diuretics. It certainly markedly increases the quantity 
 of the urine, which it causes to smell like violets. As [it is] a 
 constituent of Holland and [other] gins these are good forms of 
 alcohol for persons suffering from the above diseases. 
 
 BUCHU. 
 
 BUCHU. Synonym. Bucco. The leaves of Barosma betulina 
 [(Thunberg) Bartling et Wendland, and Barosma crenulata (Linne) Hooker 
 (nat. ord. Rutacea). Habitat. Southern Africa. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 15 mm. long, roundish-obovate, with a rather 
 wedge-shaped base, or varying between oval and obovate, obtuse, crenate or 
 serrate, with a gland at the base of each tooth, dull yellowish-green, thickish, 
 pellucid-punctate ; odor and taste strongly aromatic, somewhat mint-like, pun- 
 gent and bitterish. ] Resembling Buchu. Senna and Uva Ursi, which have 
 entire leaves. 
 
 IMPURITY. Leaves of Emplanum serrulatum, which have no glands. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) A yellowish-brown volatile 
 oil, from the glands. [(2) A stearopten (Diospkenol, C 10 H 16 O 2 )] in solution 
 in a liquid hydrocarbon. The stearopten is deposited on exposure to air. (3) 
 A [glucoside Barosmin, soluble in alcohol (scarcely so, if cold) and in ether, 
 volatile oils, dilute acids and alkalies. (4) Rutin, a bitter principle. (5) 
 Mucilage. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 30 gr. ; i. to 2. grn.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 [Extractum Buchu Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Buchu. By 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, 15 to 30 m. ; i. to 2. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF BUCHU. 
 
 A medicinal dose of buchu causes a slight feeling of warmth 
 in the stomach, and a large one gives rise to vomiting. The 
 volatile oil diffuses into the blood and is excreted by the bron- 
 chial mucous membrane, which it stimulates, and buchu is there- 
 fore occasionally given as an expectorant. Most of the oil is
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 5/1 
 
 excreted by the kidneys, which are also stimulated, and thus 
 buchu is a mild diuretic. In the process of excretion it gives 
 a peculiar odor to the urine, and acts as an astringent and dis- 
 infectant to the urinary tract, especially the bladder. It 
 has consequently been administered for cystitis, irritable bladder, 
 pyelitis, gonorrhoea, etc. Large doses continued for a long 
 time are said to damage the kidney. The infusion [B. P., i to 
 20, dose i to 2 fl. oz., 30. to 6b. c.c.] contains very little of 
 the oil. The fluid extract does not mix well with water on ac- 
 count of the oil in it. The action of the buchu is much the 
 same as that of pareira, (<?. v.) but it is pleasanter to take, and 
 is a good vehicle for diuretics. 
 
 COPAIBA. 
 
 COPAIBA. Synonyms. Copaiva. [Balsam of Copaiba. (This is not 
 a true balsam because it does not contain cinnamic or benzoic acid). The oleo- 
 resin of Copaiba Langsdorffii (Desfontaines) O. Kuntze, and of other species 
 of Copaiba (nat. ord. Leguminoste}. Habitat. Brazil, Venezuela and New 
 Granada. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A transparent or translucent, more or less viscid liquid, of 
 a pale yellow to brownish-yellow color, having a peculiar, aromatic odor, and 
 a bitter acrid taste. Sp. gr., 0.940 to 0.990. Solubility. Insoluble in 
 water ; readily soluble in absolute Alcohol, Ether, Chloroform, Carbon Disul- 
 phide, Benzin, and fixed and volatile oils.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) The volatile oil, 48 to 85 
 percent, (see below). (2) The Resin, 15 to 52 per cent, (see below), which 
 exists dissolved in the oil. It consists of two Resins: (a) Copaivic Acid, 
 [CjoH^O^,] the chief constituent, a crystalline Resin, with a faint odor, a 
 bitter taste, insoluble in water, easily soluble in absolute Alcohol and Am- 
 monia ; (b) a non-crystallizable, viscid Resin, I ^ per cent. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Turpentine, detected by the smell on heating. Fixed oils ; 
 these leave a greasy ring round the resinous stain when heated on paper. 
 Gurjun Balsam, which coagulates at 270 F. ; [132 C. ;] Copaiba does not. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i fl. dr. ; [i. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 Preparation, 
 
 [Massa Copaibae. Mass of Copaiba. Synonym. Solidified 
 Copaiba. Copaiba, 94 ; Magnesia, 6. By trituration with water, and 
 heating. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i dr. ; i. to 4. gm.] 
 
 OLEUM COPAIBA. [Oil of Copaiba.] A volatile oil distilled from 
 Copaiba.
 
 5/2 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. [A colorless or pale yellowish liquid, having the charac- 
 teristic odor of Copaiba, and an aromatic, bitterish and pungent taste. It is 
 isomeric with Turpentine, C 10 H 16 . Sp. gr., 0.890100.910. Solubility. In 
 about lo times its volume of Alcohol.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. It consists chiefly of the hydrocarbon, Caryophyllene {see 
 
 P- 534)- 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 m. ; [.30 to i.oo c.c.] suspended in Mucilage of Acacia 
 (l}4 fl. oz. [45. c.c.] for every fl. oz. [30. c.c.] of Oil of Copaiba) or yolk of 
 egg. Cinnamon or Peppermint Water, with Tincture of Orange or Ginger, 
 covers the taste. It may be dissolved in water with the aid of Liquor Potassae, 
 with which it forms a soap, or it may be given in capsules. 
 
 [RESINA COPAIBA. Resin of Copaiba. The residue left after 
 distilling off the volatile oil from Copaiba. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish or brownish-yellow, brittle resin, having a 
 slight odor and taste of Copaiba. Solubility. In Alcohol, Ether, Chloro- 
 form, Carbon Disulphide, Benzol, or Amylic Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF COPAIBA. 
 
 External. Copaiba is a stimulant to the skin. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. It acts like other volatile 
 oils. Small doses produce a feeling of warmth in the epigas- 
 trium ; but with large doses its irritant effect leads to vomiting 
 and diarrhoea. Its taste is [unpleasant] , and the eructations it 
 may cause are very disagreeable. 
 
 Mucous membrane. Here also it acts like other volatile oils. 
 It is quickly absorbed, and then is excreted by all the mucous 
 membranes, which it stimulates in its passage through them, in- 
 creasing their vascularity and the amount of their secretion, 
 which, if foul, is disinfected. Because of these actions it is a 
 disinfectant expectorant, and a stimulating disinfectant to 
 the whole of the genito-urinary tract. It imparts a powerful 
 odor to the breath and mucous secretions. It is also excreted by 
 the skin, and its irritant effect here is seen in the erythematous 
 rash it often produces. Some, too, passes out by the milk. 
 
 Kidneys. Copaiba has a more marked action on the kidneys 
 than most substances containing volatile oils, and this is in great 
 part due to the resin, which is particularly stimulating to the
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 573 
 
 renal organs, and copaiba is therefore a useful diuretic. Large 
 doses of it greatly irritate the kidney, as is shown by pain in the 
 loins and blood and albumin in the urine. The oil and the resin 
 are excreted in the urine, and the resin can be [precipitated] 
 from it by nitric acid ; but this precipitate is known not to be 
 albumin by the fact that it is evenly distributed through the fluid 
 and is dissolved by heat. [It also leads to confusion when 
 Trommer's test is employed to detect glucose.] If the renal 
 congestion is severe, the urine may be very scanty. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF COPAIBA. 
 
 Internal. Genito-urinary tract. Copaiba, or more usually 
 its oil, is largely used to stimulate and disinfect this part of the 
 body in cases of pyelitis, vaginitis, and gonorrhoea. It is often 
 prescribed for this last disease, and is best given when the acute 
 symptoms have subsided, otherwise it may increase them. 
 
 Kidneys, The resin is an admirable diuretic for hepatic and 
 cardiac dropsy, but because of its liability to irritate the kidneys 
 should not be given in Bright' s disease. After a time patients 
 seem to become accustomed to it, for the diuresis is not so 
 marked as at first. It is [disagreeable] and difficult to make 
 palatable. Fifteen grains [i. gm.] of the resin with 20 minims 
 [1.20 c.c.] of alcohol, 15 grains [i. gm.] of tragacanth to sus- 
 pend it, and a fluid drachm [4. c.c.] of syrup of ginger in an 
 ounce [30. c.c.] of water may be given for a dose. 
 
 Bronchial mucous membrane. Copaiba is occasionally used 
 as a disinfectant expectorant when the secretion is very foul as, 
 for example, when the bronchial tubes are dilated. 
 
 Skin. Copaiba has been given in chronic skin diseases, as 
 psoriasis, for the cutaneous stimulation caused by it, but it is now 
 quite discarded. 
 
 The reasons why it is rarely used except in gonorrhoea, for 
 which it would not be employed if it had not such a strongly 
 marked beneficial action, are that the smell of the breath of 
 those taking it is very disagreeable, it is very [unpleasant] to the 
 taste, and often causes indigestion.
 
 574 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 [OLEUM THYMI. 
 
 OIL OF THYME. A volatile oil distilled from the leaves and flower- 
 ing tops of Thymus vulgaris Linne (nat. ord. Labiata). Habitat. Southern 
 France. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish or yellowish-red liquid, having a strong odor 
 of Thyme, and an aromatic, pungent, afterwards cooling taste. It becomes 
 darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air. Sp. gr. , 0.900 to 0.930. 
 
 Solubility. In half its volume of Alcohol, forming a clear solution, which 
 is neutral or only very slightly acrid to litmus paper. Also soluble in all pro- 
 portions, in Carbon Disulphide, and in Glacial Acetic Acid. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Its chief constituents are the hydrocarbons (i) Cymene, 
 C 10 H M . (2) Thymcne, C, H 16 . 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF THE OIL OF THYME. 
 
 Its action is similar to that of copaiba. The chief use of oil 
 of thyme is as a source of thymol. It has been employed in 
 the treatment of bronchitis, gonorrhoea, gleet, leucorrhosa, and 
 
 vesical catarrh.] 
 
 CUBEBA. 
 
 CUBEB. The unripe fruit of Piper Cubeba [Linne films (nat. ord. 
 Piperacea). Habitat. Java ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Globular, about 4 or 5 mm. in diameter, contracted at the 
 base into a rounded stipe about 6 or 8 mm. long, reticulately wrinkled, 
 blackish-gray, internally whitish and hollow ; odor strong, spicy ; taste aro- 
 matic and pungent.] Resembling Cubeb. Pepper and Pimenta ; neither has 
 a stalk. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) The volatile oil [5 to] 
 15 per cent, (see below). (2) The Oleoresin, 6 per cent, (see below), which 
 contains Cubebin, a white, crystalline, odorless substance, and Cubebic Acid. 
 (5) A little Piperine. 
 
 Dose, 30 to 60 gr. ; [2. to 4. gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Extractum Cubebae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Cubeb. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, y z to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c. 
 
 2. Oleoresina Cubebae. Oleoresin of Cubeb. 
 
 SOURCE. By percolation with Ether; distil off, and evaporate the 
 Ether. 
 
 Oleoresin of Cubeb is used to make Trochisci Cubebae. 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c.
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 575 
 
 3. Tinctura Cubebae. Tincture of Cubeb. Cubeb, 200. By 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol to looo. 
 
 Dose, y? to 3 fl. dr. ; 2. to 12. c.c. 
 
 4. Trochisci Cubebae. Troches of Cubeb. Oleoresin of Cubeb, 
 4; Oil of Sassafras, I ; Extract of Glycyrrhiza, 25 ; Acacia, 12 gm. ; 
 Syrup of Tolu, sufficient quantity to make loo troches. Each troche 
 contains ^ m. ; .04 c.c., of the Oleoresin.] 
 
 Dose, i to 6 troches. 
 
 OLEUM CUBEB^E. Oil of Cubeb. A volatile oil distilled from 
 Cubeb. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, [pale greenish, or yellowish liquid, having 
 the characteristic odor of Cubeb, and a warm, camphoraceous, aromatic taste. 
 Sp. gr., about 0.920. Solubility. Soluble in an equal volume of Alcohol.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Cubeb Camphor, [C 15 
 H M O, a Stearopten. (2) Two oils, C 15 H.j 4 . (3) A small amount of a 
 Terpene. ] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 m. ; [.30 to 1.20 c.c.] suspended in Mucilage. 
 
 ACTION OF CUBEB. 
 
 External. Like other substances containing a volatile oil, 
 cubeb is rubefacient when rubbed into the skin. 
 
 Internal. Small doses are stomachic and carminative, and 
 improve digestion, but moderate doses are very liable to cause 
 dyspepsia. Cubeb enters the blood, and, like many volatile oils, 
 slightly stimulates the heart, and also excites the organs through 
 which it is excreted. Occasionally, therefore, it causes an ery- 
 thematous eruption on the skin ; it increases and disinfects the 
 bronchial secretion, and is consequently an expectorant ; but its 
 main action is on the genito-urinary passages, the mucous 
 membrane of which is powerfully stimulated, and the secretions 
 of which are disinfected. The kidneys are also irritated, hence 
 cubeb is a diuretic. It appears in the urine in a form (probably 
 as a salt of cubebic acid) which may be precipitated by nitric 
 acid. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CUBEB. 
 
 It is sometimes employed as [troches], or as a powder, or as the 
 smoke of cubeb cigarettes, to stimulate the mucous membrane in 
 cases of slight bronchitis, chronic sore throat, or follicular pharyn- 
 gitis. Chronic nasal catarrh and hay-fever have been treated by
 
 57<-> ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 insufflations of the powder. [The symptom] asthma is sometimes 
 relieved by the cigarettes. Many popular bronchial troches con- 
 tain cubeb ; in them it exercises- its expectorant action. Cubeb 
 is rarely used as a stomachic or cardiac stimulant, because it is so 
 liable to upset digestion ; but as it is less likely to do so than 
 copaiba, is a little pleasanter to take, and is almost as powerful a 
 stimulant to the geni to-urinary mucous membrane ; it is largely 
 used in gleet, gonorrhoea, and chronic cystitis. 
 
 OLEUM SANTALI. 
 
 OIL OF SANTAL. Synonym. [Oil of Sandal Wood. A volatile oil 
 distilled from the wood of Santalum album Linn6 (nat. ord. Santalacece}. 
 Habitat. Southern India. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale yellowish or yellow, somewhat thickish liquid, 
 having a peculiar, strongly aromatic odor, and a pungent, spicy taste. _ Sp. gr., 
 0.970 to 0.978. It deviates polarized light to the left: distinction from 
 Australian (Sp. gr. , 0.953) an d West Indian (Sp. gr., 0.965) Sandal 
 Wood Oil, which deviate polarized light to the right. Solubility. Readily in 
 Alcohol. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Santalol, C, 5 H M O, an alcohol, 90 per cent. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 m. ; [.12 to .60 c.c. 1 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF OIL OF SANTAL. 
 
 The action of the oil of santal is the same as that of volatile 
 oils in general, but, like that of the oils of copaiba and cubeb, 
 it is especially manifested in the genito-urinary mucous 
 membranes, which are stimulated and disinfected. The 
 drug is used in gonorrhoea and gleet. [It is best administered in 
 capsules, or in an emulsion.] It is pleasanter than copaiba, but 
 more expensive. It appears in the urine half an hour after 
 administration. Some of it is excreted by the bronchial mucous 
 membrane ; it is, therefore, a stimulating disinfectant expecto- 
 rant. Two or three drops on sugar will frequently relieve the 
 hacking cough so often met with when but little sputum is 
 
 expectorated. 
 
 [MATICO. 
 
 MATICO. The leaves of Piper angustifolium Ruiz et Pavon (nat. ord. 
 Piperacea). Habitat. Tropical America. 
 
 CHARACTERS. From loto 15 cm. long, short petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, 
 apex pointed, base unequally heart-shaped, margin very finely crenulate, tessei-
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 577 
 
 lated above, reticulate beneath, the meshes small, and the veins densely brown- 
 ish-hairy ; aromatic, spicy and- bitterish. Resembling Matico leaves. Digitalis 
 leaves, which are less deeply reticulated. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Volatile oil, [2^ per 
 cent. (2) A pungent resin. (3) A bitter principle. (4) Artanthic Acid. 
 (5) Tannic acid. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 dr. ; 2. to 8. gm. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Matico Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Matico. By 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, YZ to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c. 
 
 2. Tinctura Matico. Tincture of Matico. Matico, 100, by 
 maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol to looo. 
 
 Dose, Yz to i fl. oz. ; 15. to 30. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF MATICO. 
 The volatile oil of matico probably has much the same action 
 as that of cubeb, influencing chiefly the gen i to-urinary passages. 
 It has been given for the same cases, but is now rarely used. The 
 leaves are sometimes placed upon a bleeding surface. Their 
 numerous hairs promote the clotting of the blood, and thus they 
 
 are hsemostatic. 
 
 DAMIANA. 
 
 DAMIANA. (Not official.) The leaves of several plants, principally 
 Bigelovia vcneta Gray and Turnera microphylla De Candolle, var. , aphro- 
 disiaca (nat. ord. Turneracea). Habitat. Western North America. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents of the last as given by Rantzer are 
 (i) A volatile oil, I per cent., amber-colored, having an aromatic odor, and 
 a warm camphoraceous taste. (2) Tannic acid. (3) Two resins. 
 
 Dose, y z to i oz. ; 15. to 30. gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF DAMIANA. 
 
 Damiana has enjoyed considerable reputation as a remedy for 
 sexual atony. Some observers believe it to be only tonic. It is 
 best administered as a fluid extract, in the dose of ^ fl. dr., 2. cc. 
 
 CLASS VI. THOSE USED CHIEFLY FOR THEIR ACTION ON 
 THE FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS. 
 
 SABINA. 
 
 S A VINE. The tops of Juniper us Sabina Linne (nat. ord. Coniferee}. 
 Habitat. Siberia, Europe, Canada and Northern United States. 
 
 37
 
 5/8 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Short, thin, subquadrangular branchlets ; leaves rather 
 dark green, in four rows, opposite, scale-like, ovate-lanceolate, more or less 
 acute, appressed, imbricated on the back with a shallow groove containing an 
 oblong or roundish gland ; odor peculiar, terebinthinate ; taste nauseous, resin- 
 ous and bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is the volatile oil (see below), about 
 2 per cent. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Sabinae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Savine. By 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, 5 to 15 m. ; .30 to i.oo c.c. 
 
 OLEUM SABINAE. Oil of Savine. A volatile oil distilled from 
 Savine. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless or yellowish liquid, having a peculiar terebin- 
 thinate odor, and a pungent, bitterish and camphoraceous taste. It becomes 
 darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air. Sp. gr., 0.910 to 0.940. 
 Solubility. Soluble in equal volume of Alcohol. 
 
 COMPOSITION. It contains several terpenes. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c. 
 
 ACTION OF SAVINE. 
 
 Oil of savine has the same action as oil of turpentine, but it 
 is more marked. Thus externally it causes great redness, pain, 
 vesication, and even pustulation. Internally it may produce 
 severe gastro-intestinal irritation, with vomiting, abdominal pain 
 and purging. In its excretion through the kidney and the mu- 
 cous membranes of the geni to-urinary tract it severely irritates 
 them ; thus hsematuria, scanty urine, and pain on micturition may 
 follow its use. The point in which the action of oil of savine 
 differs from that of the oil of turpentine is that it powerfully 
 irritates the ovaries and uterus, causing hyperaemia of them 
 and accelerating menstruation. It also induces contractions of 
 the pregnant uterus, and therefore it is an ecbolic. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SAVINE. 
 
 The cerate made from the fluid extract, i; in resin cerate, 
 4, has been used as a powerful irritant and counter-irritant, and 
 internally savine may be given as an emmenagogue ; but, on the 
 whole, its use is to be discouraged, as it is so liable to cause
 
 VOLATILE OILS. 579 
 
 serious gastro-enteritis. It has often been administered as an 
 ecbolic with criminal intent, but it is rarely used in medicine. 
 
 TANACETUM. 
 
 TANSY. The leaves and tops of Tanacetum vulgare Linn6 (nat. ord. 
 Composite). Habitat. Asia and Europe ; naturalized in North America ; 
 cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Leaves about 15 cm. long; bipinnatifid, the segments 
 oblong, obtuse, serrate, or incised, smooth, dark green and glandular ; flower- 
 heads corymbose, with an imbricated involucre, a convex, naked receptacle, 
 and numerous yellow, tubular florets ; odor strongly aromatic ; taste pungent 
 and bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (I Tanacetin, C U H 16 O 4 , a bitter principle. (2) Volatile 
 oil, ^ per cent. (3) Tannic acid. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i dr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF TANSY. 
 
 Tansy possesses the properties of an aromatic bitter, and is an 
 irritant narcotic. It has been used as an abortifacient, but is 
 dangerous in large doses, several fatal cases having been recorded. 
 
 OLEUM RUTjE. 
 
 OIL OF RUE. (Not official.) The volatile oil distilled from the fresh 
 herb of Ruta graveolens (nat. ord. Rutacea). Habitat. Britain. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A light yellow oil, becoming brown on keeping. Taste 
 bitter. Odor aromatic, disagreeable. Soluble in an equal weight of Alcohol. 
 Sp. gr., about 0.880. 
 
 COMPOSITION. It consists mainly of MethyUnonyl Ketone, CH 3 ,CO. 
 C 9 H 19 . 
 
 Dose, i to 4 m. ; .06 to .25 c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF OIL OF RUE. 
 
 External. Oil of rue is irritant and vesicant. 
 
 Internal. In large doses it is a powerful gastro-intestinal 
 irritant. It is eliminated in, and may be recognized by its odor 
 in the urine, breath and perspiration. It is irritant to the kid- 
 neys, ovaries and uterus, and excites the menstrual flow ; 
 consequently it is given in amenorrhoea. From its stimulating 
 action on the uterus rue has been used as an abortifacient, and 
 fatal cases of poisoning from gastro-intestinal irritation have 
 been recorded. It is very rarely given as a medicine. In all 
 points its action resembles that of savine.]
 
 580 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 GROUP VII. 
 Vegetable Bitters. 
 
 All these substances contain a bitter principle which stimulates .the functions 
 of the stomach. 
 
 Calumba, [Canella, Calamus,] Gentian, Quassia, Cascarilla, Chirata, 
 Cusparia, Serpentaria, Cimicifuga, Dandelion, Orange Peel. 
 
 [Caluraba, Canella, Calamus, Gentian, Quassia, Chirata, Cusparia and Dan- 
 delion, do not contain Tannic Acid.] 
 
 CALUMBA. 
 
 CALUMBA. [Synonym. Columbo. The root of Jateorrhiza palmata 
 (Lamarck) Miers (nat. ord. Menispermacece). Habitat. Eastern Africa; 
 cultivated in some East Indian Islands. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In nearly circular disks, 3 to 6 cm. in diameter, externally 
 greenish-brown and wrinkled, internally yellowish or grayish-yellow, depressed 
 in the centre, with a few interrupted circles of projecting wood-bundles, dis- 
 tinctly radiate in the outer portion ; fracture short, mealy ; odor, slight ; taste 
 mucilaginous, slightly aromatic, very bitter.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Calumbin, C n H H O 7 , a 
 neutral, bitter principle crystallizing in white needles. (2) Berberine \_C W 
 II 17 NO 4 ], an alkaloid (q. v.) t giving the yellow color. (3) Calumbic acid, 
 CjjHjjOg]. (4) Starch, 33 per cent. No Tannic Acid is present, so Calumba 
 can be prescribed with iron salts. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Extractum Calumbae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Calumba. 
 By maceration and percolation in Alcohol and Water and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 2. Tinctura Calumbae. Tincture of Calumba. Calumba, 100, 
 by maceration and percolation in Alcohol and Water to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF CALUMBA. 
 
 External. Calumba is a mild antiseptic and disinfectant. 
 Internal. Mouth. Calumba is a typical bitter; the appe- 
 tite is sharpened because the gustatory nerves are stimulated ;
 
 VEGETABLE BITTERS. 581 
 
 this reflexly leads to dilatation of the gastric vessels and to an 
 increase in the gastric and salivary secretions. 
 
 Stomach. The effects on the gastric mucous membrane which 
 were brought about reflexly by the stimulation of the gustatory 
 nerves are further exaggerated by the arrival of the saliva in the 
 stomach, and by the direct action of the calumba on it, for 
 although the immediate effect of a bitter in the stomach is to 
 diminish the flow of gastric juice, it is [rapidly] absorbed, and 
 after absorption it has the power to quickly increase the flow of 
 gastric juice. The result of these actions is to cause a feeling of 
 hunger, an extra secretion of gastric juice and greater vascular 
 dilatation, and all this helps the digestion of the food. 
 Peristalsis in the stomach and intestine is made slightly more ac- 
 tive, and thus calumba is carminative. Large doses have a 
 paralytic effect on the secretion, and are very powerful. The 
 long continued use of bitters leads to gastric catarrh and conse- 
 quent indigestion. 
 
 Most of these substances, like volatile oils, cause an increased 
 migration of leucocytes from the intestinal glands into the 
 blood. 
 
 Injected [into] the rectum bitters are anthelmintic, destroy- 
 ing the threadworm. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CALUMBA. 
 
 Calumba i? only employed to stimulate the gastric functions 
 and improve the appetite in cases of chronic indigestion due to 
 a general weakness of action on the part of the stomach. It is 
 thus a type of the large class of stomachics. It is especially 
 valuable in that form of dyspepsia in which the stomach par- 
 ticipates in a general feebleness of all the organs of the body, 
 such as we see in anaemia, starvation, convalescence from acute 
 diseases, tuberculosis and general exhaustion. Bitters should 
 never be used when there is acute or subacute gastritis, a gastric 
 ulcer or pain. They will obviously make all these conditions 
 worse. They must not be too concentrated, nor given for too 
 long a time, lest they should over-irritate the stomach. They 
 should always, as far as possible, be combined with modes of
 
 $82 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 treatment designed to relieve the cause of the dyspepsia. Often 
 they are called tonics ; all that is meant by this is that, as they 
 render the digestion of food more easy, the general health will 
 improve. Most bitters, when given as rectal injections [ad- 
 ministered when the patient is in the knee-chest position], are 
 anthelmintics for the Oxyuris vermicularis. Half a pint [250. 
 c.c.] of the infusion [B. P., Calumba, i; cold water (to avoid 
 extracting the starch), 20;] maybe thrown [into] the rectum 
 
 of an adult. 
 
 [CANELLA. 
 
 CANELL^E CORTEX. (Not official.) Canella Bark. The bark 
 of Canella alba (nat. ord. Canellaced) deprived of its corky layer and dried. 
 Habitat. South Florida and the Bahamas. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Quills, 8 to 20 cm. long, or flattish pieces. Externally, 
 orange-brown or buff, with sometimes remains of corky layer as silver-gray 
 patches ; whitish internally. Agreeable odor, like Cloves and Cinnamon ; 
 bitter taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are: (i) A volatile oil (i per 
 cent. ), consisting of several oils, one of which is identical with Eugenic Acid, 
 obtained from Oil of Cloves. (2) A bitter principle, Canellin. No Tannic 
 Acid is present. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 60 gr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF CANELLA. 
 Canella is an aromatic bitter stomachic, not often prescribed. 
 
 CALAMUS. 
 
 CALAMUS. Synonym. Sweet Flag. The rhizome of Acorus Cal- 
 amus Linne (nat. ord. Aroidea}. Habitat. Europe and North America, on 
 the banks of streams and ponds. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In sections of various lengths, unpeeled, about 2 cm. 
 broad, subcylindrical, longitudinally wrinkled ; on the upper surface marked 
 with leaf-scars forming triangles, and on the lower surface with the circular 
 scars of the rootlets in wavy lines; externally reddish-brown, somewhat annu- 
 late from remnants of leaf-sheaths ; internally whitish, of a spongy texture, 
 breaking with a short, corky fracture, showing numerous oil-cells and scattered 
 wood-bundles, the latter crowded within the subcircular endoderm. It has 
 an aromatic odor, and a strongly bitter taste. As found in the shops it is gen- 
 erally peeled. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Acorin CjjHjpO,, a bitter 
 glucoside, as a syrupy, yellow liquid. (2) Volatile oil, I to 2 per cent. (3) 
 Calamine, an alkaloid. (4) Choline.
 
 VEGETABLE BITTERS. 583 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Calami Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Calamus. By 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, 15 to 60 m. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF CALAMUS. 
 
 Sweet flag is a simple bitter and feeble aromatic, and is used 
 with advantage in pain or uneasiness in the stomach or bowels 
 arising from flatulence, or as an adjuvant to purgative medicines.] 
 
 GENTIANA. 
 
 GENTIAN. [The root of Gentiana lutea Linne (nat. ord. Gentianea). 
 Habitat. Mountains of Central and Southern Europe. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In nearly cylindrical pieces or longitudinal slices, about 
 25 mm. thick, the upper portion closely annulate, the lower portion longitudi- 
 nally wrinkled ; externally deep yellowish-brown ; internally lighter ; some- 
 what flexible and tough when damp ; rather brittle when dry ; fracture uneven ; 
 the bark rather thick, separated from the somewhat spongy meditullium by a 
 black cambium line ; odor peculiar, faint, more prominent when moistened ; 
 taste sweetish and persistently bitter.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Gentiopicrin, an active, 
 very bitter glucoside, soluble in water and Alcohol. Can be split up into 
 glucose and Gentiogenin. (2) Gentisic Add, [C U H, O 5 , in yellow, tasteless 
 needles,] united with Gentiopicrin. (3) A trace of a volatile oil. (4) Gentian- 
 ose, a sugar. Gentian contains no Tannic Acid, but cannot be prescribed with 
 iron, because that darkens the coloring matter. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Iron salts, silver nitrate, and lead salts. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to 2.00 gin.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Gentianae. [Extract of Gentian. By maceration 
 and percolation with Water, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; .12 to .60 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Gentianae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Gentian. 
 By maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Gentianae Composita. Compound Tincture of 
 Gentian. Gentian, loo ; Bitter Orange Peel, 40 ; Cardamom, 10. By 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. 4r. ; 4. to 15. c.c.]
 
 584 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF GENTIAN. 
 
 Gentian has the same action as other bitters, such as calumba, 
 and is employed for the same class of cases. It is more used 
 than any other bitter, because its taste is pleasant and it is not 
 astringent. 
 
 QUASSIA. 
 
 QUASSIA. [The wood of Picrana exceha (Swartz) Lindley (nat. ord. 
 Simarubea). Habitat. Jamaica. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In billets of various sizes, dense, tough, of medium hard- 
 ness, porous, with a minute pith and marrow, medullary rays ; inodorous, and 
 intensely bitter. In the shops it is usually met with in the form of chips or 
 raspings of a yellowish-white color.] Resembling Quassia. Sassafras, but 
 this is aromatic and not bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) [Quasstin, C, H,,O S , a 
 bitter principle occurring in crystalline rectangular plates.] (2) A volatile oil. 
 No Tannic Acid being present, Quassia can be prescribed with iron salts. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Extractum Quassiae, Extract of Quassia. By percolation 
 with Water, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, }4 to 3 gr. ; .03 to .20 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Quassiae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Quassia. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and evapora- 
 tion. 
 
 Dose, ' 4 to * fi- dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Quassiae. Tincture of Quassia. Quassia, 100; by 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water to looo. 
 
 Dose, )4 to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF QUASSIA. 
 
 Quassia is an aromatic bitter stomachic, acting in the same way 
 as calumba. As it contains no tannic acid it is often prescribed 
 with iron. The only objection to it is that some persons find it 
 too bitter. Injected per rectum, it is an excellent anthelmintic 
 for Oxyuris vermicularis ; half a pint [250 c.c.] of the infusion 
 [i to 100 of cold water to avoid extraction of too much of the 
 bitter principle,] may be given for this purpose, [the patient 
 being in the knee-chest position.]
 
 VEGETABLE BITTERS. 585 
 
 CASCARILLA. 
 
 CASCARILLA. [The bark of Croton Eluteria Bennett (nat. ord. 
 Euphorbiacea). Habitat. Bahama Islands. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In quills or curved pieces about 2 mm. thick, having a 
 grayish, somewhat fissured, easily detached, corky layer, more or less coated 
 with a white lichen, the uncoated surface being dull brown, and the inner sur- 
 face smooth. It breaks with a short fracture, having a resinous and radially 
 striate appearance. When burned, it emits a strong, aromatic, somewhat 
 musk-like odor ; its taste is warm and very bitter. ] Resembling Cascarilla. 
 Pale Cinchona, which is less white, smooth and small. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Cascarillin, a bitter, neu- 
 tral crystalline substance. (2) Volatile oil, [1.5 per cent.] (3) Resin. (4) 
 Tannic acid. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Mineral acids, lime water and metallic salts. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 gr. ; [.60 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CASCARILLA. 
 Cascarilla, because of its bitter principle cascarillin, like other 
 vegetable bitters, improves the digestion, and this stomachic and 
 carminative action is aided by the volatile oil in it. It is pleasant 
 to take, and is suitable for the same cases as calumba. The 
 infusion [i to 20] will not keep good for more than a day unless 
 the tincture [i to 15] is added to it. Mineral acids precipitate 
 the resin from the tincture ; therefore the infusion should be 
 
 prescribed with them. 
 
 CHIRATA. 
 
 CHIRATA. Synonym. Chiretta. [The entire plant, Swertia Chirata 
 Hamilton (nat. ord. Gentianeae). Habitat. Mountains of Northern India. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Root nearly simple, about 7 cm. long ; stem branched, 
 nearly I meter long, slightly quadrangular above ; containing a narrow wood- 
 circle and a large yellowish pith. Leaves opposite, sessile, ovate, entire five- 
 nerved. Flowers numerous, small, with a four-lobed calyx and corolla. The 
 whole plant smooth, pale brown, inodorous, and intensely bitter.] Resembling 
 Chirata. Lobelia, which is not bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Chiratin, [CjgH^gO^,] an 
 active, bitter principle, as a yellow, hygroscopic powder. (2) Ophelic Acid, 
 CjjH.joOjp] with which it is combined. No Tannic Acid is present. 
 
 Dose, ]/i to i dr. ; [2. to 4. gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Extractum Chiratae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Chirata. By 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and evaporation. 
 Dose, y 2 to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c.
 
 586 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 2. Tinctura Chiratae. Tincture of Chirata. Chirata, loo ; by 
 maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water to 1000. 
 Dose, y z to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CHIRATA. 
 
 Chirata has the same actions and uses as gentian, calumba and 
 other bitters. As it contains no tannic acid, it can be given 
 with iron. It is more [frequently] used in India. 
 
 CUSPARIA. 
 
 CUSPARIjE CORTEX. [B. P., not official.] Cusparia Bark. Syn- 
 onym. Angustura Bark. The bark of Cusparia febrifuga (&%*.. ord. Rutacea). 
 [Habitat. ]Tropical South America. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Flat or curved pieces or quills, [16 cm.] or less long, [4 
 mm.] thick, obliquely cut on the inner edge. Externally a yellowish-gray, 
 mottled, corky layer, which can be scraped off, and shows a dirk brown 
 resinous layer; inner surface light brown, flaky. Fracture short, resinous, and 
 showing, under a lens, white points or lines. Taste bitter, aromatic. Odor 
 musty, disagreeable. [Resembling Cusparia. Canella Alba, but this is 
 darker, and has pared edges. ] 
 
 IMPURITY. Bark of Strychnos nux-vomica (false Angustura bark) ; its 
 inner surface gives bright blood-red color with Nitric Acid, showing Brucine ; 
 Cusparia does not. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Cusparine, or Angustu- 
 rine, a crystalline bitter alkaloid. (2) An alkaloid, Galipeine. (3) An alka- 
 loid, Galipidine. (4) An alkaloid, Cusparidine. (5) An aromatic oil. It is 
 stated that no Tannic Acid is present, but Iron Salts are incompatible with 
 Cusparia. . 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Mineral acids and metallic salts. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 40 gr. ; [.60 to 2.40 gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Infusum Cuspariae. [B. P., not official. Infusion of Cusparia], 
 Cusparia, 5 ; Water at 120 F. ; [48.8 C.] (to avoid extraction of 
 nauseous principles), 100. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. oz. ; [30. to 60. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CUSPARIA. 
 
 Cusparia bark is an aromatic bitter, having a similar action 
 to calumba. It is used to make Angustura Bitters. In South 
 America it is given [in large doses] as an antiperiodic.
 
 VEGETABLE BITTERS. 587 
 
 SERPENTARIA. 
 
 SERPENTARIA. Synonym. [Virginia Snakeroot. The rhizome 
 and roots of Aristolochia Serpentaria Linne, and of Aristolochia reticulata 
 Nuttall (nat. ord. Aristoloehiacea}. Habitat. United States, in hilly woods. 
 
 CHARACTERS. The rhizome is about 25 mm. long, thin, bent; on the 
 upper side with approximate short stem bases ; on the lower side with numer- 
 ous, thin, branching roots about 10 cm. long ; dull, yellowish-brown, inter- 
 nally whitish ; the wood-rays of the rhizome longest on the lower side ; odor 
 aromatic, camphoraceous ; taste warm, bitterish, and camphoraceous. The 
 roots of Aristolochia reticulata are coarser, longer, and less interlaced than 
 those of Aristolochia Serpentaria.} Resembling Serpentaria. [Veratrunc 
 Viride, (see p. 442),] Arnica, (seep. 530), and Valerian, (see p. 556.) 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) A bitter principle, Aristo* 
 lochine [in light-yellow needles. (2) A volatile oil, ^ per cent, containing a 
 Terpene, and mainly C 15 H 25 O 2 , Borneol Ether. (3) Resin. (4) Tannic 
 Acid in small quantity. 
 
 Serpentaria is used to prepare Tinctura Cinchonae Composita. ] 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 gr. ; [.60 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Extractum Serpentariae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Ser- 
 pentaria. By'maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; .60 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 2. Tinctura Serpentariae. Tincture of Serpentaria. Serpen- 
 taria, loo ; by maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water to 
 
 1000. 
 
 Dose, % to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SERPENTARIA. 
 
 In the small doses in which serpentaria is given in medicine 
 it is a bitter stomachic, acting just like calumba and cascarilla, 
 and is used for the same class of cases. It is rarely prescribed 
 alone. In large doses it produces vomiting and purging. Many 
 virtues have been attributed to it which it [quite likely] does 
 
 not possess. 
 
 CIMICIFUGA. 
 
 CIMICIFUG A. [Synonyms. Black Snakeroot. Black Cohosh. The 
 rhizome and roots of Cimicifuga racemosa (Linne) Nuttall (nat. ord, Ranun- 
 culacea). Habitat. North America ; in rich woodlands, westward to Eastern 
 Kansas.
 
 588 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. -The rhizome is of horizontal growth, hard, 5 era. or more 
 long, about 25 mm. thick, with numerous stout, upright or curved branches, 
 terminated by a cup-shaped scar, and with numerous wiry, brittle, obtusely 
 quadrangular roots, about 2 mm. thick ; the whole brownish -black, of a slight 
 but heavy odor, and of a bitter, acrid taste. Rhizome and branches have a 
 smooth fracture, with a rather large pith, surrounded by numerous sublinear, 
 whitish wood-rays, and a thin, firm bark. The roots break with a short 
 fracture, have a thick bark, and contain a ligneous cord expanding into about 
 four rays. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) An acrid, crystalline prin- 
 ciple, soluble in Chloroform and Alcohol. (2) Tannic and Gallic Acids. (3) 
 Two Resins.] 
 
 Cimicifugin or Macrotin is an impure resin deposited from the tincture on 
 aoding water. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Cimicifugae. [Extract of Cimicifuga. By macer- 
 ation and percolation with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Cimicifugae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Cimici- 
 fuga. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 'j to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Cimicifugae. Tincture of Cimicifuga. Cimicifuga, 
 200 ; by maceration and percolation with Alcohol to 1000. 
 
 Dose, YJ. to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF CIMICIFUGA. 
 
 Cimicifuga has two chief actions. It influences the gastric 
 secretion like any other bitter, and, to a slight extent, it de- 
 presses the rate, but increases the force of the pulse, like digitalis. 
 The arterial tension rises. It is said to cause contractions of the 
 uterus and to increase the menstrual flow. 
 
 * 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CIMICIFUGA. 
 
 It has been used for chorea, dyspepsia, bronchitis, amenor- 
 rhcea, dysmenorrhcea, rheumatism, neuralgia, and many other 
 diseases. The evidence that it does much good [beyond thax 
 accomplished by a simple bitter] , is slight. 
 
 TARAXACUM. 
 
 TARAXACUM. [Synonym. Dandelion. The root of Taraxa-vm 
 officinale Weber (nat. ord. Com/>osi/a-), gathered in autumn. Habitat. Grassy 
 places and roadsides in Europe ; naturalized in the United States.
 
 VEGETABLE BITTERS. 589 
 
 CHARACTERS. Slightly conical, about 30 cm. long, and i or 2 cm. thick 
 above, crowned with several short, thickish heads, somewhat branched, bark 
 brown, longitudinally wrinkled, when dry breaking with a short fracture, 
 showing a yellowish, porous central axis, surrounded by a thick, while bark, 
 containing numerous milk vessels arranged in concentric circles ; inodorous ; 
 bitter.] Resembling Taraxacum. Pellitory, which is pungent when chewed. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are [(i) Taraxacin, a crystalline 
 bitler principle, soluble in water and Alcohol. (2) Taraxacerin, C 8 H 16 O]. 
 (3) Asparagin (found in asparagus, marsh-mallow, liquorice, euonymus) of no 
 therapeutic value. (4) Inulin. (5) Resin (which gives the juice its milky 
 appearance). 
 
 [IMPURITY. The root of the Chicorium Intybus, which is paler, and has 
 the milk vessels in radiating lines.] 
 
 Dose, i to 3 dr. ; [4. to 12. gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Extractum Taraxaci. Extract of Taraxacum. By expres- 
 sion and straining and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Taraxaci Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Taraxacum. 
 By maceration and percolation with diluted Alcohol and evaporation. 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF DANDELION. 
 
 Dandelion is a simple bitter, and acts as a stomachic, just 
 like calumba. It is also slightly laxative. It was formerly much 
 more used than at the present day. It has been said to stimulate 
 the flow of bile, but this is incorrect. [The vulgar name by 
 which dandelion is known both in England and France suggests 
 that it may be diuretic.] 
 
 AURANTII CORTEX. 
 
 [AURANTII AMARI CORTEX. Bitter Orange Peel. The rind 
 of the fruit of Citrus vulgaris Risso (nat. ord. Rutacea). Habitat. Northern 
 India ; cultivated in subtropical countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In narrow, thin bands, or in quarters ; epidermis of a 
 dark, brownish-green color, glandular, and with very little of the spongy, white 
 inner layer adhering to it ; it has a fragrant odor, and an aromatic, bitter taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A volatile oil, consisting 
 mainly of Hesperidene, C IO H, 6 , with a small portion of Geraniol, C, H 16 O. 
 (2)Threeglucosides, Hesperidin, hohesperidin and Aurantiamarin, the bitter 
 principle. Both Bitter and Sweet Orange Peel contain a substance which re- 
 acts with iron salts and Tannic Acid.
 
 59O ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Bitter Orange Peel is used in preparing Tinctura Cinchonae Composite 
 and Tinctura Gentianae Composita. 
 
 Prepa rations. 
 
 1. Extractum Aurantii Amari Fluidum. Fluid Extract of 
 Bitter Orange Peel. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and 
 water, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, y^ to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c. 
 
 2. Tinctura Aurantii Amari. Tincture of Bitter Orange Peel. 
 Bitter Orange Peel, 200. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol 
 and water to looo. 
 
 Dose, i to a fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 AURANTII DULCIS CORTEX. Sweet Orange Peel. The rind 
 of the fresh fruit of Citrus Aurantium Linne (nat. ord. Rutaceie). Habitat. 
 As of the Citrus vulgaris. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Closely resembling Bitter Orange Peel, but having an 
 orange-yellow color. It has a sweetish, fragrant odor, and an aromatic, slightly 
 bitter taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. As of the Bitter Orange Peel. 
 
 Prepa rations. 
 
 1. Sympus Aurantii. Syrup of Orange. Sweet Orange Peel, 
 50 ; Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, 50 ; Sugar, 700. By boiling 
 with Alcohol, mixture of the tincture (thus formed) in Sugar with Water, 
 addition of Water and nitration to looo. 
 
 Dose, as vehicle. 
 
 2. Tinctura Aurantii Dulcis. Tincture of Sweet Orange Peel. 
 Sweet Orange Peel, 200. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol 
 to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 OLEUM AURANTII CORTICIS. Oil of Orange Peel, a volatile 
 oil obtained by expression from the fresh peel of either the Bitter Orange, 
 Citrus vulgarus Risso, or the Sweet Orange, Citrus Aurantium Linne (nat. 
 ord. Rutacea). 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale, yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, aro- 
 matic odor of Orange, and an aromatic and, when obtained from the Bitter 
 Orange, somewhat bitter taste. Sp. gr., about 0.850. Solubility. In four 
 times its volume of Alcohol. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Oil of Turpentine or other oils containing Pinene. 
 
 Oil of Orange Peel is contained in Spiritus Myrciae.
 
 VEGETABLE BITTERS. 59 1 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Spiritus Aurantii. Spirit of Orange. Oil of Orange Peel, 50; 
 Deodorized Alcohol, 950. 
 
 Dose, as vehicle. 
 
 2. Spiritus Aurantii Compositus. Compound Spirit of Orange. 
 Oil of Orange Peel, 200; Oil of Lemon, 50; Oil of Coriander, 20; 
 Oil of Anise, 5 ; Deodorized Alcohol to 1000. 
 
 Dose, as vehicle. 
 
 3. Elixir Aromaticum. Aromatic Elixir. Compound Spirit of 
 Orange, 12; Syrup, 375; Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, 15; De- 
 odorized Alcohol, Distilled Water, each, a sufficient quantity to make 
 looo. By solution of the Compound Spirit of Orange in Deodorized 
 Alcohol, to 250; addition of Syrup and Precipitated Calcium Phos- 
 phate, and filtering, with Distilled Water to looo. 
 
 Dose, as vehicle. 
 
 OLEUM AURANTII FLORUM. Oil of Orange Flowers. Syn- 
 onym. Oil of Neroli. A volatile oil distilled from fresh flowers of the Bitter 
 Orange, Citrus -vulgaris Risso (nat. ord. Rutacece). 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish or brownish, thin liquid, having a very fra- 
 grant odor of Orange Flowers, and an aromatic, somewhat bitter taste. Sp. 
 gr., 0.875 to 0.890. Solubility. In an equal volume of Alcohol. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Aqua Aurantii Florurn Fortior. Stronger Orange Flower 
 Water. Synonym. Triple Orange Flower Water. Water saturated 
 with the volatile oil of fresh Orange Flowers. 
 
 Dose, indeterminate. 
 
 2. Aqua Aurantii Florum. Orange Flower Water. Stronger 
 Orange Flower Water, 500; Distilled Water to looo. 
 
 Dose, indeterminate. 
 
 3. Syru pus Aurantii Florum. Syrup of Orange Flowers. Sugar, 
 850 ; Orange Flower Water to looo. 
 
 Dose, indeterminate.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ORANGE. 
 
 The various preparations of the orange are used largely as 
 flavoring agents. They are slightly bitter and stomachic. [The 
 aromatic elixir is an excellent flavoring agent and vehicle for 
 liquid medicines.]
 
 592 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 GROUP VIII. 
 Vegetable Drugs containing Tannic Acid. 
 
 These are all astringent. 
 
 [Oak Bark,] Nutgall, [Tannic Acid, Gallic Acid, Pyrogallol,] Catechu, 
 
 Krameria, Kino, Haematoxylon, Hamamelis, [Rhus Glabra, 
 
 Geranium, Rubus, Rumex,] Eucalyptus Gum, [Goto.] 
 
 [QUERCUS ALBA. White Oak. The bark of the Qiiercus alba 
 Linne (nat. ord. Cupulifera). Habitat. North America, westward to Min- 
 nesota, Kansas, and Mississippi ; in woods. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In nearly flat pieces, deprived of the corky layer, about 5 
 mm. thick ; pale brown ; inner surface with short, sharp, longitudinal ridges ; 
 tough ; of a coarse, fibrous fracture, a faint, tan-like odor, and a strongly 
 astringent taste. As met with in the shops it is usually an irregularly coarse, 
 fibrous powder, which does not tinge the saliva yellow. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (\) Quercitannic acid, [C W 1I M 
 O u , 6 to II per cent., a variety of Tannic Acid. (2) Quercin, a bitter prin- 
 ciple. (3) Quercite, a sugar. (4) Resin. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. See Tannic Acid, p. 593.] 
 
 GALLA. [Nutgall. An excrescence on Qucrcus lusitanica Lamarck 
 (nat. ord. Cupuliferir], caused by the punctures and deposited ova of Cynips 
 Galla tinctoriie Olivier (class Insecta ; order Hymenoptera. Habitat 
 Levant. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Subglobular, I or 2 cm. in diameter, more or less tuber- 
 culated above, otherwise smooth, heavy, hard ; often with a circular hole near 
 the middle, communicating with the central cavity ; blackish olive-green or 
 blackish-gray ; fracture granular, grayish ; in the centre a cavity containing 
 either the partly developed insect, or purulent remains left by it; nearly in- 
 odorous, taste strongly astringent.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Tannic Acid, [501060] 
 per cent. (2) Gallic Acid, 2 to [3] per cent. (3) Sugar. (4) Resin. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. See Tannic and Gallic Acids, [p. 593 and p. 596.] 
 
 Prepa rations. 
 
 1. Tinctura Gallae. [Tincture of Nutgall. Nutgall, 200; by 
 maceration with Glycerin, 100, and Alcohol to looo. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 2. Unguentum Gallae. Nutgall Ointment. Nutgall, 20 ; Ben- 
 zoinated Lard, 80.]
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS CONTAINING TANNIC ACID. 593 
 
 ACIDUM TANNICUM. Tannic Acid, [HC U H 9 O 9 =32I.22. Syn- 
 onyms. Tannin. Gallotannic Acid. Digallic Acid. An organic acid ex- 
 tracted from Nutgall.] 
 
 SOURCE. (i) Expose powdered Nutgall to a damp atmosphere for twenty- 
 four hours. (2) Add Ether to form a paste, and let it stand, closely coveted, 
 for six hours. (3) Express this in a close canvas cloth, between tinned plates, 
 reduce the lesulting cake to powder and mix with sufficient Ether and express 
 as before. (4) Mix the expressed liquids and allow the mixture to evaporate 
 spontaneously. Tanmc Acid remains. [2"HC 7 H 5 O 5 H 2 O HC U H 9 O 8 . ] 
 
 CHARACTERS. [A light yellowish, amorphous powder, usually cohering 
 in form of glistening scales or spongy masses, odorless, or having a faint char- 
 acteristic odor, and a strongly astringent taste ; gradually turning darker when 
 exposed to air and light. Solubility. In about I part of water, and in 0.6 
 part of Alcohol ; also in about I part of Glycerin, with the intervention of a 
 moderate heat ; freely soluble in diluted Alcohol, sparingly in absolute Alco- 
 hol ; almost insoluble in absolute Ether, Chloroform, Benzol or Benzin.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Mineral acids, alkalies, antimony, lead, silver, and 
 ferric salts, alkaloids, gelatin, and emulsions. 
 
 Dose, i to 20 gr. ; [.06 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Collodium Stypticum. Styptic Collodion. Tannic Acid, 
 20 ; Alcohol, 5 ; Ether, 25 ; Collodion, to too. By solution. 
 
 2. Trochisci Acidi Tannici. Troches of Tannic Acid. Tannic 
 Acid, 6; Sugar, 65; Tragacanth, 2 gm.; Stronger Orange Flower 
 Water, a sufficient quantity to make loo troches. Each troche contains 
 about I gr. ; .06 gm. of Tannic Acid. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 troches. 
 
 3. Unguentum Acidi Tannici. Ointment of Tannic Acid. Tan- 
 nic Acid, 20 ; Benzoinated Lard, 80. 
 
 4. Glyceritum Acidi Tannici. Glycerite of Tannic Acid. Tan- 
 nic Acid, 20; Glycerin, 80.] 
 
 ACTION OF TANNIC ACID. 
 
 External. Tannic acid is one of the most important drugs, 
 because it coagulates albumin and gelatin with great readiness ; 
 that is to say, it tans the tissues, for it is by coagulating the in- 
 terstitial fluid in skins that tannic acid converts them into 
 leather. The coagulated albumin or gelatin powerfully resists 
 putrefaction. If an albuminous discharge is taking place from a 
 sore or mucous surface and tannic acid is applied, the excreted 
 
 38
 
 594 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 fluid is coagulated, and the coagulum forms a solid protecting 
 layer which prevents further discharge. As the tannic acid soaks 
 into the tissues it coagulates the albuminous fluids there also, and 
 this still further hinders the discharge of fluid, therefore it is an 
 energetic astringent. If bleeding is taking place, tannic acid 
 of course coagulates the blood as it flows and the clots plug the 
 vessels ; at the same time the coagulum formed within the tissues, 
 by its contraction, constricts the blood-vessels, and thus tannic 
 acid becomes a powerful haemostatic. It has no noteworthy 
 direct effect on the blood-vessels themselves. Tannic acid is 
 mildly depressant to sensory nerves. Like other acids it is irri- 
 tant, but it is very feebly so, and consequently its action in this 
 direction is more than counterbalanced by its strongly astringent 
 effects. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. Because tannic acid co- 
 agulates the mucous secretions and the fluids in mucous mem- 
 branes, it makes the mouth dry and feel stiff when locally ap- 
 plied ; in the stomach large doses prevent the secretion of gastric 
 juice, decrease the flow of mucus, and may cause vomiting. For 
 these reasons, and also because it precipitates pepsin, it interferes 
 with digestion. It will check gastric haemorrhage. In the in- 
 testine is is either converted into gallic acid, or forms al- 
 kaline tannates, and until these alterations it acts as an intestinal 
 astringent, controlling intestinal bleeding and causing constipa- 
 tion ; but this acid and these salts have no astringent properties, 
 therefore when, [as is often the case,] drugs containing large 
 amounts of tannic acid act as powerful intestinal astringents, we 
 must suppose that the amount of tannic acid taken is large 
 enough for the conversion of it, into salts or gallic acid, to take 
 place slowly. It is absorbed chiefly as gallates, and to a much 
 less extent as tannates. 
 
 Remote effects. Gallates and undecomposed alkaline tannates 
 circulate in the blood, but they have no power to coagulate al- 
 bumin, nor have they any astringent influence when locally ap- 
 plied, therefore it is difficult to believe that tannic acid has any 
 remote astringent or haemostatic effects ; some claim that it has, 
 but they have not proved their case. It is excreted in the urine
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS CONTAINING TANNIC ACID. $95 
 
 of animals as gallates with traces of tannates, but in man no 
 derivative of it can be detected in the urine or other excretions, 
 so that any which has been absorbed is entirely decomposed in 
 the body. Any excess passes out in the faeces as tannates and 
 gallates. Many vegetable substances, as logwood, depend for 
 their astringent properties on the tannic acid they contain. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF 'TANNIC ACID. 
 
 The therapeutical applications of tannic acid are very numer- 
 ous. It is used as an astringent for ulcers, sores, various moist 
 eruptions, tonsillitis, pharyngitis, nasal catarrh, otorrhcea, gastric 
 catarrh, diarrhoea (large doses of 30 gr. ; [2 gm.] may be given, 
 and catechu and logwood are favorite remedies), leucorrhcea, 
 gonorrhoea, rectal ulcers, fissures, and prolapse. It is employed 
 as a haemostatic in bleeding from small wounds, ulcers, the gums, 
 the pharynx, the nose, the stomach, the intestine, haemorrhoids, 
 and the bladder.- Whenever practicable a good method of ap- 
 plication is to dust it on the part, especially for a haemorrhage ; 
 if this is gastric or intestinal, 30 gr. ; [2. gm.] or more should 
 be frequently given by the mouth. For external use or applica- 
 tion to the throat the glycerite is useful. A gargle of the gly- 
 cerite in water, [i to 8] may be made. The [troches] are con- 
 venient for pharyngitis. A spray ( i to 2 in 96 of water) or an 
 insufflation of tannic acid and starch may be used for the mouth 
 and larynx. The ointment of [nutgall] and opium, [i to 14 
 of ointment of nutgall,] is a favorite application for piles. The 
 suppositories [3 gr. ; . 20 gm. each] are useful for rectal discharges. 
 Solutions [i to 48] in water may be injected into the urethra 
 for urethritis and gonorrhoea, and into the bladder for cystitis. 
 [It should never be used hypodermatically] . The decoction 
 of oak bark, employed as a [high] rectal injection, destroys the 
 threadworm. [A preparation of nutgall dissolved in glycerin 
 was formerly used as an injection into hernial sacs (Heaton's 
 method). The temporary results were excellent, but sooner or 
 later failures occurred in a very large percentage of cases. 
 
 Tannigen (not official), the acetic acid ester of tannic acid, 
 is prepared by the action of glacial acetic acid on tannic acid.
 
 596 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 It is a tasteless, odorless powder, insoluble in water, and is believed 
 to pass -unchanged through the stomach and to be slowly decom- 
 posed in the intestines, thus exerting an astringent effect in them. 
 The dose is 5 to 30 gr. , .30 to 2.00 gm. in wafers. 
 
 Tannalbin (not official) is a tannin albuminate which has 
 been subjected to a dry heat of 230 248 F. (no-i2o C.) for 
 several hours. It is a faintly yellow, tasteless powder containing 
 about 50 per cent, of tannic acid. Laboratory experiments have 
 shown that it is not easily decomposed by an artificial gastric 
 juice, but it is rapidly separated into its constituents in an alka- 
 line medium or by an artificial solution of the pancreatic fer- 
 ments. This preparation then passes through the stomach un- 
 changed, and may not be broken up until it has passed well down 
 into the intestine. The dose is 5 gr., .30 gm., given in wafers 
 at frequent intervals. 
 
 ACIDUM GALLICUM. Gallic Acid. HC 7 H 5 O 5 -fH,O[=i87.55. 
 An organic acid, usually prepared from Tannic Acid. 
 
 SOURCE. By exposing a mixture of Nutgall and distilled water in the 
 form of a thin paste, to the air for a month, expressing and rejecting the liquor, 
 boiling the residue with distilled water and filtering, when hot, through purified 
 Animal Charcoal. HC U H 9 O 9 +H S O=2HC 7 H 5 O 5 . 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, or pale fawn-colored, silky, interlaced needles, 
 or tnclinic prisms ; odorless ; having an astringent or slightly acidulous taste ; 
 permanent in the air. Solubility. In loo parts of water, and in 5 parts of 
 Alcohol ; also soluble in 40 parts of Ether, and in 12 parts of Glycerin. Very 
 slightly soluble in Chloroform, Benzol, or Benzin.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Feme and metallic salts generally, and Spiritus Athens 
 Nitrosi. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; [.30 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF GALLIC ACID. 
 
 Gallic acid has no power to coagulate albumin, and therefore 
 possesses none of the local properties of tannic acid. If it is 
 wished to produce the supposed remote astringent effects of tan- 
 nic acid, gallic acid may be administered, for tannic acid is in 
 the intestine converted into it. 
 
 PYROGALLOL. 
 
 [PYROGALLOL. C 6 H S (OII),=I25.7. Synonym. Pyrogallic Acid. 
 SOURCE. A triatomic phenol obtained chiefly by the dry distillation of 
 Gallic Acid. HC 7 H & O ft =C,H,(OH),f CO,.
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS CONTAINING TANNIC ACID. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Light white, shining laminas, or fine needles, odorless, 
 and having a bitter taste ; acquiring a gray or darker tint on exposure to air 
 and light. Solubility. In 1.7 parts of water, and in I part of Alcohol; also 
 soluble in 1.2 parts of Ether.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF PYROGALLOL. 
 It is used externally as an ointment (Jarisch's ointment is 
 pyrogallic acid, i; lard, 8) for the treatment of chronic psoria- 
 sis. It is also an excellent parasiticide for ringworm. [Before 
 pyrogallol is used, vaseline^ should be applied thoroughly, and 
 wiped off, to remove scales and other morbid products.] It 
 must not be applied over too large a surface, as it may be ab- 
 sorbed, and then it breaks up the blood corpuscles, causing 
 methaemoglobinuria and jaundice. Jarisch's ointment is very 
 strong ; a more usual strength is i or 2 [or even less] to 48 of 
 lard. [When it is applied in solution or ointment, it stains the 
 skin, but not permanently ; linen and clothing are, however, 
 permanently darkened. To avoid the staining it has been pro- 
 posed to dissolve the remedy in flexible collodion, i or 2 to 24.] 
 
 CATECHU. 
 
 CATECHU. [Synonym. Cutch. An extract prepared from the wood 
 of Acacia Catechu (Linne films) Willdenow (nat. or'd. Leguminoste). Habitat. 
 India. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In irregular masses, containing fragments of leaves, dark 
 brown, brittle, somewhat porous and glossy when freshly broken. It is nearly 
 inodorous, and has a strongly astringent and sweetish taste.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Catechntannic Acid, about 
 45 percent., the active principle, isomeric with Catechin, and converted into 
 it by boiling or by the saliva, a red color being formed. (2) Catechin or 
 Catechuic Acid [C. il Hj O 9 -t-5H 2 O], probably inactive. Both constituents 
 give a green precipitate with Ferric Salts. (3) Pyrocatechin or catechol gives 
 a green color with ferric chloride. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Alkalies, metallic salts, and gelatin. 
 
 IMPURITY. Starch. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 gr. ; [.60 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 Prepa ra tions. 
 
 i. [Tinctura Catechu Composita. Compound Tincture of Cate- 
 chu. Catechu, 100 ; Cassia Cinnamon, 50 ; by maceration and perco- 
 lation with diluted Alcohol, to 1000. 
 
 Dose, YZ to 2 fl. dr. 2. to 8. c.c.
 
 598 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 2. Trochisci Catechu. Troches of Catechu. Catechu, 6 ; 
 Sugar, 65 ; Tragacanth, 2 gm. ; Stronger Orange Flower Water, a 
 sufficient quantity to make loo troches. Each troche contains about 
 I gr. ; .06 gm. 
 
 Dose, i to 6 troches.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CATECHU. 
 Catechu is a powerful astringent, acting in virtue of its 
 tannic acid, and having a precisely similar action to it. It is 
 used as a [troche] for sore throat, and the compound [tincture] 
 is very efficacious for diarrhoea. 
 
 KRAMERIA. 
 
 [KRAMERIA. Synonym. Rhatany. The root of Krameria triandra 
 Ruiz et Pavon, and of Krameria Ixina Linne (nat. ord. Polygalea). Habitat. 
 Peru and Bolivia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. From I to 3 cm. thick, knotty and several-headed above, 
 branched below, the branches long ; bark smooth or, in the thinner pieces, 
 scaly, deep rust-brown, I to 2 mm. thick, very astringent, inodorous ; wood 
 pale brownish red, tough, with fine medullary rays, nearly tasteless. The root 
 of Krameria Ixina (Savanilla Rhatany) is less knotty and more slender, and 
 has a dark purplish-brown bark, about 3 mm. thick.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) \_Kramerotannic Acid, 
 C M H 24 O 21 , 20 per cent. (.2) Rhatanin. (3) Rhatanic red, C M H M O,,], the 
 coloring matter. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Alkalies, lime water, iron and lead salts, and gelatin. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Krameriae. [Extract of Krameria. By percola- 
 tion with water, straining and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 10 gr. ; .30 to .60 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Krameriae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of KramerT . 
 By maceration and percolation with Glycerin and Diluted Alcohol, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Fluid Extract of Krameria is used to make Syrupus Kramenae. 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Krameriae. Tincture of Krameria. Krameria, 200 ; 
 by maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol to 1000. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c. 
 
 4. Trochisci Krameriae. Troches of Krameria. Extract of 
 Krameria, 6 ; Sugar, 65 ; Tragacanth, 2 gm.; Stronger Orange Flower
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS CONTAINING TANNIC ACID. 599 
 
 Water, a sufficient quantity to make 100 troches. Each troche con- 
 tains about I gr. ; .06 gm. 
 Dose, i to 5 troches. 
 
 5. Syrupus Krameriae. Syrup of Krameria. Fluid Extract of 
 Krameria, 450 ; Syrup, 550. 
 
 Dose, y z to 4 fl. dr. ; 2. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF KRAMERIA. 
 
 The action of krameria is due entirely to the tannic acid it 
 contains. It is therefore a powerful astringent. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF KRAMERIA. 
 
 The extract is the important ingredient of many tooth pow- 
 ders which are useful when the gums are liable to bleed. An 
 infusion [B. P., i to 20] is an excellent gargle for a relaxed 
 throat, and the troches are also efficacious. [The B. P. has a 
 troche each containing i gr.; .06 gm. of the extract with ^ gr. ; 
 .003 gm. of cocaine hydrochlorate, with a fruit basis.] Bleed- 
 ing from the nose or the rectum may be stopped by applying 
 powdered krameria locally ; the infusion may be used as an in- 
 jection in leucorrhcea or gonorrhoea. Any of its preparations, 
 especially [the fluid extract] are powerful astringents for all 
 varieties of diarrhoea, and may be taken to stop bleeding from 
 the stomach and intestines. They are also given as remote 
 haemostatics for haemoptysis and haematuria, but they are not 
 
 reliable for these purposes. 
 
 KINO. 
 
 KINO. [The inspissated juice of Pterocarpus Marsupium Roxburgh 
 (nat. ord. Leguminosce). Habitat. East Indies. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Small, angular, dark brownish-red, shining pieces, brittle, 
 in thin layers ruby red and transparent, inodorous, very astringent and sweet- 
 ish, tingeing the saliva deep red. Solubility. Soluble in Alcohol, nearly in- 
 soluble in Ether, and only slightly soluble in cold water. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Kinotannic Acid, [C 18 
 H lg O 8 ,] 75 per cent. (2) Kinoin, a crystalline neutral principle. (3) Pyro- 
 catechin, C 6 H 4 (OH 2 ), a substance also found pathologically in the urine, and 
 giving it a dark color. It reduces blue copper solutions. (4) Kino red, 
 formed from kinotannic acid by oxidation. (5) Gum. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Mineral acids, alkalies, all metallic salts, carbonates, 
 and gelatin. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to 2.00 gm.]
 
 6OO ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Tinctura Kino. [Tincture of Kino. Kino, 100 ; Glycerin, 150. 
 By maceration and filtration with water, aco ; and Alcohol to 1000. 
 Dose, # to 2 fl. dr. ; i. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF KINO. 
 
 Kinotannic acid acts like tannic acid, and therefore kino is 
 a powerful astringent. It is used in astringent gargles, and 
 also in diarrhoea mixtures. 
 
 H^EMATOXYLON. 
 
 H^MATOXYLON. Synonym. Logwood. [The heart-wood of 
 Hamatoxylon campechianum Linne (nat. ord. Leguminoxe). Habitat. 
 Central America ; naturalized in the West Indies. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Heavy, hard, externally purplish -black, internally brown- 
 ish-red, and marked with irregular, concentric circles, splitting irregularly ; 
 odor faint, agreeable ; taste sweetish, astringent. When chewed, it colors 
 the saliva dark pink. Logwood is generally met with in the form of small 
 chips or coarse powder of a dark brownish-red color, often with a greenish 
 lustre.] Resembling Logwood. Red Saunders, which is more dense and 
 less astringent. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Tannic Acid. (2) Hcema- 
 toxylin, C 16 H 14 O 6 , 12 per cent. Occurring in [sweet], colorless crystals, 
 which become dark -red on exposure to light. Solutions of it are used to stain 
 histological specimens. [(3) H&matein, C 16 H 12 O 6 , a product of oxidation 
 of the former, having a green, metallic lustre.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Mineral acids, lime water, and tartar emetic; metallic 
 salts give a blue color. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 [Extractum Haematoxylon. Extract of Haematoxylon. By 
 maceration in Water, boiling, straining and evaporation. 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF LOGWOOD. 
 
 In virtue of its tannic acid, logwood is a powerful astringent, 
 and for this purpose is used to control diarrhoea of all sorts. It 
 may be combined with other astringents, as chalk and [with] 
 opium [to check peristalsis.] It does not easily produce consti- 
 pation. It colors the urine and faeces dark red. One disadvan 
 tage of it is that it stains linen, if [it comes in contact with] it.
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS CONTAINING TANNIC ACID. 6oi 
 
 HAMAMELIS. 
 
 HAMAMELIS. [Synonym. Witchhazel. The leaves of Hamamelis 
 virginiana Linne (nat. ord. Hamamelaccie}, collected in autumn. Habitat. 
 North America, in thickets. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Short petiolate, about 10 cm. long, obovate or oval, slightly 
 heart-shaped and oblique at the base, sinuate-toothed, thickish, nearly smooth ; 
 inodorous ; taste astringent and bitter. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Tannic Acid, 8 per cent. 
 (2) A bitter principle not yet isolated., (3) Resin. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 [Extractum Hamamelidis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Hama- 
 melis. By maceration and percolation with Glycerin, Alcohol and 
 Water, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, y z to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF WITCHHAZEL. 
 
 Hamamelis is, because of its tannic acid, astringent and 
 haemostatic. The [fluid] extract is used for capillary haemor- 
 rhage from wounds, for bleeding from the nose, the sockets of 
 the teeth, the gums, or from piles, and it may be injected into 
 the bladder in vesical haemorrhage. For all these purposes it is 
 diluted with water; the fluid extract in 10 or 20 parts of water 
 is commonly employed. Locally applied, hamamelis, either as 
 the ointment [B. P., i to 10, made from the fluid extract] or 
 the diluted fluid [extract], is used as an astringent in bruises, 
 sprains, pharyngitis, and nasal catarrh. The ointment is often 
 used for piles. Given by the mouth, hamamelis may check 
 diarrhoea, dysentery, etc.; and it is reputed to be a remote 
 haemostatic and astringent, but this is probably incorrect. 
 Hazeline is a distilled extract from the leaves. [A preparation of 
 witchhazel in popular use is known as Pond's extract. 
 
 RHUS GLABRA. 
 
 RHUS GLABRA. Synonym. Sumach. The fruit of Rhus glabra 
 Linne (nat. ord. Anacardiea}. Habitat. North America, west to Colorado 
 and Idaho ; in barren soil. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Subglobular, about 3 mm. in diameter, drupaceous, crim- 
 son, densely hairy, containing a roundish-oblong, smooth putamen ; inodor- 
 ous : taste acidulous.
 
 6O2 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Tannic Acid, of which 
 it contains from 6 to 27 per cent. (2) Gallic Acid. (3) Acid calcium and 
 potassium malates. (4) A red coloring matter. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Rhois Glabrae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Rhus 
 Glabra. By maceration and percolation with Glycerin and Diluted 
 Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, # to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF RHUS GLABRA. 
 
 Sumach fruit is astringent and refrigerant. The fluid extract, 
 when diluted, affords a very useful and effective gargle for in- 
 flammation and ulceration of the throat. 
 
 GERANIUM. 
 
 GERANIUM. Synonym. Cranesbill. The rhizome of Geranium 
 maculatum Linn6 (nat. ord. Geraniaceai). Habitat. North America, in 
 woods and thickets. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Of horizontal growth, cylindrical, 5 to 7 cm. long ; about 
 I cm. thick ; rather sharply tuberculated, longitudinally wrinkled, dark 
 brown ; fracture short, pale reddish-brown ; bark thin ; wood-wedges yellow- 
 ish, small, forming a circle near the cambium line ; medullary rays broad ; 
 central pith large ; roots thin, fragile ; inodorous ; taste strongly astringent. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (I) Tannic Acid, 12 to 17 per cent. (2) Gallic Acid. 
 (3) Pectin. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Geranii Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Geranium. 
 By maceration and percolation with Glycerin and Diluted Alcohol, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, ! 4 to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF GERANIUM. 
 
 Geranium is one of the best indigenous astringents, and is of 
 great use in diarrhoea and dysentery, and in the various haemor- 
 rhages. 
 
 RUBUS. 
 
 RUBUS. Synonym. Blackberry. The bark of the root of Rubus vil- 
 fosus Aiton, Rubus canadensis Linne, and Rubus trivialis Michaux (nat. ord. 
 Rosacea}. Habitat. North America, in fields and thickets.
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS CONTAINING TANNIC ACID. 603 
 
 CHARACTERS. In thin, tough, flexible bands, outer surface blackish or 
 blackish-gray, inner surface pale brownish, sometimes with strips of whitish, 
 tasteless wood adhering ; inodorous ; taste strongly astringent, somewhat 
 bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Tannic Acid, 10 to 13 per cent. (2) Gallic Acid, 
 0.4 per cent. (3) Villosin, a bitter crystalline glucoside, soluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Rubi Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Rubus. By 
 maceration and percolation wiuY Glycerin, Alcohol and Water, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Fluid Extract of Rubus is used to make Syrupus Rubi. 
 Dose, ^ to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c. 
 
 2. Syrupus Rubi. Syrup of Rubus. Fluid Extract of Rubus, 
 250 ; Syrup, 750. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF BLACKBERRY. 
 
 The preparations made from blackberry root are tonic and 
 slightly astringent. They are used for diarrhoea; blackberry 
 brandy is a common domestic remedy. 
 
 RUMEX. 
 
 RUMEX. Synonym. Yellow Dock. The root of Rumex crispus 
 
 Linne, and of some other species of Rumex (nat. ord. Polygonacea}. Hab- 
 itat. Europe ; naturalized in North America, in grassy places and along road- 
 sides. 
 
 CHARACTERS. From 20 to 30 cm. long, about 10 to 15 mm. thick, some- 
 what fusiform, fleshy, nearly simple, annulate above, deeply wrinkled below ; 
 externally rusty brown, internally whitish, with fine, straight, interrupted, red- 
 dish, medullary rays, and a rather thick bark ; fracture short ; odor slight, 
 peculiar ; taste bitter and astringent. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (I) Tannic Acid. (2) Kumicin, identical with Chry- 
 sophanic Acid. (3) Calcium Oxalate, and other salts. 
 
 Dose, ] to i dr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Rumicis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Rumex. By 
 maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, % to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF RUMEX. 
 
 Rumex is astringent, slightly tonic and alterative. It has been 
 used in svphilis. scorbutic disorders, and cutaneous eruptions.]
 
 604 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 EUCALYPTI GUMMI. 
 
 EUCALYPTUS GUM [B. P., not official.] Synonym. Red Gum. 
 A ruby -colored exudation from the baik of Eucalyptus rostrata (nat. ord. 
 Myrtacea) and from other species. [Habitat. ] Australia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. An inspissated secretion forming semi- translucent and 
 garnet-colored grains or small masses. Tough and difficult to powder. Ad- 
 heres to the teeth when chewed. Taste very astringent. Soluble in water. 
 Resembling Eucalyptus Gum. Kino, which is darker and feebly soluble in 
 water. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Kinotannic Acid. (2) 
 Catechin. (3) Pyrocatechin. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; [.12 to .60 gm.] in powder, or in an aqueous solu- 
 tion or made into a pill with mucilage of Acacia. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF RED GUM. 
 Red gum is, by virtue of its tannic acid, powerfully astrin- 
 gent and is used in diarrhoea and dysentery. Lozenges, i gr. 
 [.06 gm.] in each, with fruit paste, or a decoction of i in 40, as 
 a gargle, are employed for relaxed throats. This decoction may 
 also be given in 2 to 4 [fl.] dr. [8. to 15. c.c.] doses for diarrhcea. 
 A fluid extract (red gum, 7 ; water, 21 ; alcohol, i ;) dose, y 2 to 
 i fl. dr. [2. to 4. c.c.]is a useful preparation. Injected into the 
 nose it stops epistaxis. Mixed with i to 10 of water it may be 
 injected into the rectum or vagina, or may be used as a mouth 
 wash. Suppositories, each containing 5 gr. ; [.30 gm.] of red 
 gum, are prepared, and may be employed for piles. 
 
 GOTO. 
 
 GOTO BARK. [Not official..] The bark [of Drimys Winteri, Foster, 
 var. granatensis, Eichler. Habitat. Venezuela. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In irregular pieces, outer surface irregular as well as the 
 inner surface ; color cinnamon-brown ; upon fresh cross-section the bark is seen 
 to be filled with yellowish spots, except in the outer portions ; odor aromatic, 
 especially if bruised ; the powder is very pungent. Resembling Goto Bark. 
 Paracoto Bark, which has a less powerful odor and taste ; and is marked with 
 deep, whitish furrows upon its surface. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Cotoin (see p. 605). (2) A 
 volatile oil. (3) A resin in large amount. (4) A volatile alkaloid of a pep- 
 pery taste, probably propylamine. (5) Piperonylic Acid, C 8 H 6 O 4 . ] Coto is 
 placed here provisionally among the drugs containing Tannic Acid, until its 
 composition [can be ascertained.] 
 
 Dose, i to 10 gr. ; [.06 to .60 gm.]
 
 VEGETABLE DEMULCENT SUBSTANCES. 605 
 
 [COTOIN.-C n H 18 0,=377.io. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A glucoside occurring as a pale yellow, amorphous powder, 
 or in minute, curved, white, fusible prisms. Solubility. Slightly in water; 
 soluble in Alcohol, Ether, and Chloroform. It has a biting taste, and its pow- 
 der is irritating to the nostrils. 
 
 Dose, I to 2 gr. ; .06 to .12 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF GOTO. 
 
 Goto is not astringent, but because it produces absorption, 
 coto bark and cotoin have established a reputation as remedies 
 for diarrhoea, whether infantile, in phthisis or in typhoid fever. 
 It also checks salivation and night-sweats. A 10 per cent, tincture 
 of coto has been recommended by the British Pharmaceutical 
 Conference. Dose, 10 m. ; .60 c.c. every 2 hours, with mucil- 
 age or syrup to suspend the large amount of resin which it con- 
 tains. It should not be combined with Mistura Cretae.] 
 
 GROUP IX. 
 
 Vegetable Demulcent Substances. 
 
 Many of these are nutritive. 
 
 Olive Oil, Soap, [Chondrus,] Glycerin, Oleic Acid, [Althaea,] Almond, 
 
 Tragacanth, Acacia, [Ulmus,] Liquorice, Linseed, [Pearl 
 
 Barley,] Sugar, Malt, Soja Bean, fCetraria, Raisins.] 
 
 OLEUM OLIV.E. 
 
 OLIVE OIL. \_Synonym. Sweet Oil. A fixed oil expressed from the 
 ripe fruit of Olea europaa Linn6 (nat. ord. Oleacetz). Habitat. Asia and 
 Southern Europe ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale yellow, or light greenish-yellow, oily liquid, having 
 a slight, peculiar odor, and a nutty, oleaginous taste, with a faintly acrid after- 
 taste. Sp. gr., 0.91 5 to 0.918. Solubility. Very sparingly soluble in Alco- 
 hol, but readily soluble in Ether, Chloroform, or Carbon Bisulphide.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The [three] constituents are (i) Olein, 72 per cent., a 
 fluid oil, a compound of Oleic Acid and Glyceryl, thus : CjHjfCjgHjjO,)^ 
 (2) Pahnitin, 28 per cent. , a solid oil, a compound of Palmitic Acid, and 
 Glyceryl, C 3 H 5 (C 16 H 31 O^ 3 . The formula for Oleic Acid is HC^H^O., ; and 
 for Palmitic, HC, 6 H 31 O 2 . [(3) Arachin, C M H 40 O 2 . 
 
 IMPURITIES. Cotton seed and other oils, especially Sesame. 
 
 Dose, freely.]
 
 606 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Olive Oil is contained in [Emplastrum Plumbi, Emplastrum Ferri, Env. 
 plastrum Picis Burgundicse, Ceratum Cetacei, Unguentum Diachylon, and 
 Unguentum Veratrinae. ] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF OLIVE OIL. 
 
 External. Olive oil is used to facilitate jthe rubbing of 
 parts ; for this purpose it is employed in massage. It is a com- 
 mon soothing protective to burns [being used in place of linseed 
 oil in Linimentum Calcis (see p. 157)], and may be mixed with 
 poultices to prevent their [adhering] to the skin. If rubbed in 
 vigorously, it can be absorbed through the epidermis, and might 
 be thus used as a food when nourishment cannot be given by the 
 mouth. 
 
 Internal. For its soothing protective qualities it may be 
 swallowed after corrosive poisons have been taken. It is an excel- 
 lent mild laxative, and can be given with food for this purpose. 
 Some persons like it ; with others it excites nausea and vomiting. 
 An olive oil enema (olive oil, 15 ; with or without warm mucil- 
 age of starch, 18) ; [or a soap enema (soap, i ; warm water, 
 32)], is often used to open the bowels when a mild non-irritat- 
 ing injection is required. A gall stone placed in pure olive oil 
 at the temperature of the body is slowly dissolved, because cho- 
 lesterin, which is the chief constituent of gall stones, is soluble 
 in olive oil. It is also soluble in oleic acid and in animal soaps. 
 Many patients suffering from gall stones derive much benefit from 
 taking olive oil. This is chiefly because the oil or some of its 
 constituents are excreted by the bile, and to a much less extent 
 because the intestinal peristalsis set up by the olive oil extends 
 to the bile ducts. From 2 to 8 fl. oz. [60. to 240. c.c.] should 
 be taken daily. It may be mashed with fish or potato. Some 
 [patients] take it better if a [small quantity] of menthol and a 
 drachm [4. c.c.] of brandy are added to each half pint [240. c.c.] 
 of oil. Eunatrol, or pure sodium oleate, which is given a special 
 name to distinguish it from the ordinary impure forms, has been 
 successfully used in cases of gall stones. Thirty to forty grains 
 [2.00 to 2.40 gm.] may be given daily. It is best prescribed 
 as 5 gr. [-3 g m -] P ills -
 
 VEGETABLE DEMULCENT SUBSTANCES. 6o/ 
 
 Olive oil is a food, but it is not often used in this country as 
 such. The history of fats and oils in the body is discussed in 
 
 works on physiology. 
 
 SAPO. 
 
 SOAP. Sodium Oleate, NaC 18 HjjOj. [Synonyms. White Castile 
 Soap, Hard Soap. 
 
 SOURCE. Soap is prepared from Soda and Olive Oil. C J H 5 (C 18 H JJ Oj) s -(- 
 3NaOH=2NaC 18 H 33 O. i (Hard Soap)-fC 3 H 5 (OH) s (Glycerin). 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white or whitish solid, hard, yet easily cut when fresh, 
 having a faint, peculiar odor free from rancidity, a disagreeable, alkaline taste, 
 and an alkaline reaction. Solubility. Soluble in water and in Alcohol, more 
 readily with the aid of heat. 
 
 Soap is contained in Pilulae Aloes, Pilulae Aloes et Asafoetidae, Pilulae 
 Asafcetidae, Pilulae Opii, and Pilulas Rhei.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Emplastrum Saponis. Soap Plaster. Soap, 100; Lead 
 Plaster, 900 ; by solution in Water and evaporation. 
 
 2. Linimentum Saponis. Soap Liniment. Synonym. Opo- 
 deldoc. Soap, 70; Camphor, 45; Oil of Rosemary, 10; Alcohol, 
 750 ; Water to 1000. 
 
 Soap Liniment is contained in Linimentum Chloroform!.] 
 
 SAPO MOLLIS. 
 
 SOFT SOAP. Potassium Oleate. [Synonyms. Sapo Viridis. Green 
 Soap. A soap prepared from Potassa and fixed oils, generally from Olive 
 Oil. 
 
 SOURCE. By heating Linseed Oil, 400; adding to this Potassa, 90; dis- 
 solved in Water, 450 ; and Alcohol, 40 ; until the mixture is soluble in boiling 
 Water without the separation of oily drops. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A soft, unctuous mass, of a yellowish-brown or brownish- 
 yellow color. Solubility. In about 5 parts of hot Water to a nearly clear 
 liquid ; also in 2 parts of hot Alcohol, without leaving more than 3 per cent, 
 of insoluble residue. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Linimentum Saponis Mollis. Liniment of Soft Soap. Syn- 
 onym. Tinctura Saponis Viridis. Soft Soap, 650 ; Oil of Lavender 
 Flowers, 20; Alcohol, 300; Water to 1000. By filtration. ] 
 
 USES OF SOAP. 
 
 Hard soap may be used for medicated soaps. The prescriber 
 should state the percentage of the drug, e.g., ichthyol, tar,
 
 608 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 sulphur, he wishes the soap to contain. The dispenser planes 
 the soap into thin shavings, dries them at 100 F. [37.8 C.], 
 powders them in a mortar, then thoroughly mixes and beats up 
 the soap powder, the drugs, and one part of alcohol (60 per cent. ) 
 to 8 parts of soap powder. The whole is put into a soap press 
 and stamped. [Soaps are used for cleansing. The plaster is 
 protective against bed-sores. The liniment is used as a cutane- 
 ous stimulant. That of soft soap is employed for psoriasis, lichen 
 and eczema.] Hard soap forms a basis for many pills. Either 
 soap is frequently made into a lather- with about a pint [500. 
 c.c.] of water at 100 F. [37.8 C.] and used as a purgative 
 enema. Soft soap is much preferred; about i fl. oz. [30. c.c.] 
 is commonly used. All enemata, but perhaps especially those 
 made with hard soap, may produce an erythematous rash, prob- 
 ably due to the solution and consequent absorption of some 
 
 faecal toxin. 
 
 [CHONDRUS. 
 
 CHONDRUS. Synonyms. Irish Moss. Carragheen. The entire 
 plant of Chondrus crisfus Stackhouse, and Gigartina mamillosa J. Agardh 
 (class Alga). Habitat. Atlantic Ocean. 
 
 CHARACT/ERS. Yellowish or white, horny, translucent; many-times 
 forked ; when softened in water, cartilaginous ; shape of the segments varying 
 from wedge-shape to linear ; at the apex emarginate or two-lobed. It has a 
 slight sea-weed odor, and mucilaginous, somewhat saline taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Mucilaginous Compounds, 90 per cent. (2) Albu- 
 minoids. (3) Chlorides, sulphates and phosphates, with traces of bromides 
 and iodides. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 4 dr. ; 8. to 15. gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF IRISH Moss. 
 
 Irish Moss is not only a demulcent, but as well, when made 
 into a jelly, is a useful article of diet. It is also used in making 
 preparations of bone marrow.] 
 
 GLYCERINUM. 
 
 GLYCERIN. [C,H 5 (OH) 8 91.79. A triatomic alcohol. Synonym. 
 Glycerol. 
 
 SOURCE. A liquid obtained by the decomposition of vegetable or animal 
 fats or fixed oils (see pp. 13 and 605), and containing not less than 95 per 
 cent, of absolute Glycerin.
 
 VEGETABLE DEMULCENT SUBSTANCES. 609 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear, colorless liquid, of a thick, syrupy consistence, 
 oily to the touch, odorless, very sweet and slightly warm to the taste. When 
 exposed to the air, it slowly abstracts moisture. Sp. gr., not less than 1.250. 
 Solubility. In all proportions, in Water or Alcohol ; also soluble in a mixture 
 of 3 parts of Alcohol and I part of Ether, but insoluble in Ether, Chloroform, 
 Carbon Bisulphide, Benzin, Benzol, and fixed or volatile oils. 
 
 Glycerin is contained in Elixir Phosphor!, Liquor Ferri et Ammonii Ace- 
 tatis, Mucilago Tragacanthae, Massa Hydrargyri, Pilulae Phosphori, in the 
 Glycerita and in many Extracta, Extracta Fktida, Syrupi and Tincturse.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 m. ; [.30 to 4.00 c.c.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Glyceritum Amyli. Glycerite of Starch. Starch, lo ; Water, 
 10 j Glycerin, 80. 
 
 Dose, freely. 
 
 2. Glyceritum Vitelli. Glycerite of Yolk of Egg. Synonym. 
 Glyconin. Fresh Yolk of Egg, 45 ; Glycerin, 55. 
 
 Dose, freely. 
 
 3. Glyceritum Acidi Carbolici. See Carbolic Acid, p. 329. 
 
 4. Glyceritum Acidi Tannici. See Tannic Acid, p. 593. 
 
 5. Glyceritum Boroglycerini. See Boric Acid, p. 273. 
 
 6. Glyceritum Hydrastis. See Hydrastis, p. 640. 
 
 7. Suppositoria Glycerini. Suppositories of Glycerin. Glycerin, 
 60 ; Sodium Carbonate, 3 ; Stearic Acid, 5 gni. By solution with heat, 
 pouring into ten moulds, and wrapping in tin-foil, when cold. Each 
 suppository contains 90 gr. ; 6. gm. of Glycerin. 
 
 Dose, as required.] 
 
 ACTION OF GLYCERIN. 
 
 External. As glycerin is an excellent solvent for numerous 
 [substances], such as iodine, bromine, alkalies, tannic acid, 
 many neutral salts, alkaloids, salicin, etc., it is a good vehicle 
 for applying these substances to the skin and to sores. It does 
 not evaporate nor turn rancid, and is powerfully hygroscopic. 
 
 Internal. In man the only visible effect produced by its 
 administration is purging. This occurs with quite small doses 
 if it is given by the rectum, but large doses are necessary if given 
 
 39
 
 6lO ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 by the mouth. It is absorbed from the alimentary canal, and is 
 to a slight extent a food, for some of it is oxidized in the body. 
 Sometimes ite administration leads to the appearance in the urine 
 of a body which reduces cupric oxide and gives the fermentation 
 test for sugar. There has been much dispute as to whether 
 glycerin can control nitrogenous metabolism, but it appears that 
 it cannot in any way save the waste of nitrogenous tissues. It 
 probably has some influence on the amount of glycogen in the 
 liver. It has also been thought to prevent artificial glycosuria, 
 but this is doubtful. 
 
 Very large doses in animals cause the urine to be dark from 
 the presence of the coloring matter of the blood, although there 
 are no corpuscles in it ; they also lead to loss of muscular 
 strength, lethargy, dryness of mucous membranes, collapse and 
 death. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF GLYCERIN. 
 
 External. Glycerin is much employed as a basis for appli- 
 cations to the skin and the eye. It is commonly used for chapped 
 hands and slight excoriations. It is readily absorbed when 
 rubbed into the skin, therefore it is a convenient vehicle for the 
 absorption of substances by the skin. Belladonna mixed with 
 glycerin is often rubbed in when we desire its local anodyne 
 action (see p. 379.) [Glycerin as well as boroglycerin (see p. 
 273) is used extensively in various local applications in the treat- 
 ment of diseases of women]. 
 
 Internal. As glycerin is sweet, it is an excellent flavoring 
 agent. It is demulcent, and is used as a vehicle for applying 
 substances, such as tannic acid, to the throat. It is rarely given 
 by the mouth for any medicinal virtue. It has been administered 
 for dyspepsia, for diabetes, and as a nutritive agent, but in each 
 case without any good result. One to two fl. dr, [4. to 8. c.c.] 
 injected [into] the rectum, or a glycerin suppository, form an 
 excellent means of opening the bowels in simple constipation, 
 especially when the faeces are in the sigmoid flexure and rectum. 
 The result is prompt, often occurring within less than half an 
 hour. No pain nor constitutional disturbance is produced.
 
 VEGETABLE DEMULCENT SUBSTANCES. 6 1 I 
 
 ACIDUM OLEICUM. 
 
 OLEIC ACID. HCjgH^O^^aSi.sS. 
 
 SOURCE. An organic acid, prepared in a sufficiently pure condition by 
 cooling commercial Oleic Acid to about 41 F. ; 5 C., then separating and 
 preserving the liquid portion.] In case [that it is obtained from] Olive 
 Oil the reaction is C S H 5 (C 18 H 33 O. ! ) 3 +3H 2 O=3HC 18 H 33 O 2 +C3H 5 (OH 3 ) 
 (Glycerin). 
 
 CHARACTERS. [A yellowish or brownish-yellow, oily liquid, having a 
 peculiar, lard-like odor and taste ; becoming darker and absorbing Oxygen on 
 exposure to air. It becomes semi-solid at 40 F. ; 4.4 C. Sp. gr., about 
 0.900. Solubility. Insoluble in water; soluble in Alcohol, Chloroform, 
 Benzol, Benzin, Oil of Turpentine, and fixed and volatile oils.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. It is rarely pure, usually containing Stearic and Palmitic 
 Acids. 
 
 \_Oleic Add is used to prepare Oleatum Hydrargyri, Oleatum Veratrinse, 
 and Oleatum Zinci. There is some doubt whether the pharmacopoeial oleates 
 are chemical combinations or simple solutions.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF OLEIC ACID. 
 
 Oleic acid is used as a solvent for remedies which it is desired 
 to apply by means of cutaneous inunction, for it more readily 
 penetrates the skin than fats and oils. [Oleates are made from 
 the alkaloids, not from their salts. If metals are employed, the 
 oxides only are chosen.] Copper oleate is also used for ring- 
 worm and indolent sores. 
 
 ALTHAEA. 
 
 [ALTHAEA. Synonym. Marshmallow. The root of Altfuza officinalis 
 Linne (nat. ord. Malvacece). Habitat. Europe, Western and Northern Asia ; 
 naturalized in the Eastern United States and in Australia, in salt marshes} 
 culivated in Europe. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In cylindrical or somewhat conical pieces, from 10 to 15 
 cm. long, 10 to 15 mm. in diameter, deeply wrinkled ; deprived of the brown, 
 corky layer and small roots ; externally white, marked with a number of 
 circular spots, and of a somewhat hairy appearance from the loosened bast- 
 fibres ; internally whitish and fleshy. It breaks with a short granular and 
 mealy fracture, has a faint, aromatic odor, and a sweetish, mucilaginous taste. 
 
 Resembling Althcea. Young and peeled Belladonna roots, but these have 
 no hair-like bast-fibres upon the surface. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Asparagin, I per cent. (2) Bassorin, a mucilage, 
 35 per cent. (3) Sugar, 8 per cent. (4) Pectin, 10 per cent.
 
 6l2 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Syrupus Althaeae. Syrup of Althaea. Althoca, 50 ; Alcohol, 30 ; 
 Glycerin, loo ; Sugar, 700 ; Water to 1000. 
 Dose, freely. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF MARSHMALLOW. 
 
 Marshmallow is used as a demulcent, for irritation and inflam- 
 mation of mucous membranes.] 
 
 AMYGDALA. 
 
 AMYGDALA AMARA. Bitter Almond. The seed of Prunus 
 Amygdalus, var. amara [De Candolle (nat. ord. Rosacea:}. Habitat. Western 
 Asia ; naturalized in the Mediterranean basin ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 25 mm. long, oblong-lanceolate, flattish, covered 
 with a cinnamon-brown, scurfy testa, marked by about sixteen lines emanating 
 from a broad scar at the blunt end. The embryo has the shape of the seed, is 
 white, oily, consists of two plano-convex cotyledons, and a short radicle at the 
 pointed end, and has a bitter taste. When triturated with water, Bitter 
 Almond yields a milk-white emulsion, which emits an odor of Hydrocyanic 
 Acid.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Oleum Amygdala \_Ex- 
 pressum (see p. 613), 45 per cent., the same fixed oil as in the sweet variety.] 
 (2) Emu/sin. (3) Amygdalin, [C 20 H 27 NO n , a crystalline glucoside, having 
 a sweetish bitter taste,] which yields Oleum Amygdala Amarce. [It is very 
 important to distinguish it from the Oleum Amygdala Expressum, which is 
 harmless. The oil of bitter almond is usually very poisonous from admixture 
 of Hydrocyanic Acid ; for if moisture has had access to the glucoside Amyg- 
 dalin, on which in the presence of water, the emulsin in the almond acts as a 
 ferment, the volatile oil of bitter almond (benzaldthyde), glucose and Hydrocy- 
 anic Acid are formed.] C 20 H 27 NO 11 -|-2H 2 O=[C 2 H 6 O] (the volatile oil) -+- 
 HCN-f-2C 6 H 12 O 6 . The oil when separated from the [Hydrocyanic] Acid is 
 not poisonous, and is used to flavor sweets. An artificial oil of bitter almond 
 called Nitrobenzol is often substituted, and has caused death. 
 
 Bitter Almond is contained in Syrupus Amygdalae. 
 
 [OLEUM AMYGDALA AMARCE. Oil of Bitter Almond. 
 
 SOURCE. A volatile oil obtained from Bitter Almond by maceration with 
 water, and subsequent distillation. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear, colorless or yellowish, thin, and strongly refrac- 
 tive liquid, having a peculiar, aromatic odor, and a bitter and burning taste. 
 Sp. gr., 1. 060 to 1.070. Boiling point, about 356 F. ; 180 C. Optically 
 inactive. Solubility. In 300 parts of water, and in Alcohol or Ether in all 
 proportions ; also soluble in Nitric Acid at ordinary temperatures without the 
 evolution of nitrous vapors. 
 
 Dose, to y t m. ; .01 to .03 c.c.
 
 VEGETABLE DEMULCENT SUBSTANCES. 613 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Aqua Amygdalae Amarae. Bitter Almond Water. Oil of 
 Bitter Almond, I ; Distilled Water, 999. By solution and filtration. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 4 fl. dr. ; 8. to 15. c.c. 
 
 2. Spiritus Amygdalae Amarae. Spirit of Bitter Almond. 
 Synonym. Essence of Bitter Almond. Oil of Bitter Almond, 10; 
 Alcohol, 800 ; Distilled Water, to 1000. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 45 m. ; i. to 3. c.c.] 
 
 AMYGDALA DULCIS. Sweet Almond. Synonym. Jordan Al- 
 mond. [The seed of Prumis Amygdalus, var. dulcis De Candolle (nat. ord. 
 Jiosacetf.) Habitat. Western Asia ; naturalized in the Mediterranean basin ; 
 cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Closely resembling the bitter almond (see Amygdala 
 Amara), but having a bland, sweetish taste, free from rancidity. When tri- 
 turated with water, it yields a milk-white emulsion, free from the odor of 
 Hydrocyanic Acid.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Oleum Amygdala Ex- 
 pressum (see below), 56 per cent., a fixed oil. (2) Emulsin, and other albu- 
 minous bodies. 
 
 IMPURITY. The bitter almond, giving an odor of [Hydrocyanic] Acid 
 when rubbed with water. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Emulsum Amygdalae. Emulsion of Almond. Synonyms. 
 Mistura Amygdalae. Milk of Almond. Sweet Almond, 60 ; Acacia, 
 10 ; Sugar, 30 ; Distilled Water, 1000. 
 
 Dose, indeterminate. 
 
 2. Syrupus Amygdalae. Syrup of Almond. Sweet Almond, 
 140; Bitter Almond, 40; Sugar, 200; Orange Flower Water, loo; 
 Water, 130 ; Syrup to 1000. 
 
 Dose, indeterminate.] 
 
 OLEUM AMYGDALAE [EXPRESSUM. Expressed Oil of Al- 
 mtond. 
 
 SOURCE. A fixed oil expressed from Bitter or Sweet Almond. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A clear, pale straw-colored or colorless, oily liquid, 
 almost inodorous, and having a mild, nutty taste. Sp. gr., 0.915 to 0.920. 
 Solubility. Only slightly soluble in Alcohol ; soluble in Ether and in Chloro- 
 form in all proportions. 
 
 Expressed Oil of Almond is contained in Emulsum Chloroformi and 
 Unguentum Aquae Rosae. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c.]
 
 6 14 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ALMOND. 
 
 The sweet almond is demulcent. Its most important medi- 
 cinal use is that it is made into flour to replace starchy food in 
 cases of diabetes. Biscuits are made of the flour. These are 
 very palatable, are a good nutritive food, and contain very little 
 starch. The only objection to them is their price. With a little 
 care they can be made at home. The flour of other nuts, as 
 Brazil nuts, has been used, but it is not nearly so palatable. The 
 almond [emulsion] is a very pleasant vehicle for the suspension of 
 insoluble substances, and its powder [B. P., sweet almond, 8; 
 sugar, 4 ; acacia, i] is a palatable basis for powders. The [ex- 
 pressed] oil of almond might be used for the same purposes as 
 olive oil. It is pleasanter, but very expensive. 
 
 TRAGACANTHA. 
 
 TRAGACANTH. A gummy exudation from [Astragalus gummifer 
 Labillardiere, and from other species of Astragalus (nat. ord. Leguminostz) . 
 Habitat. Western Asia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In narrow or broad bands, more or less curved or con- 
 torted, marked by parallel lines, or ridges, white or faintly yellowish, translu- 
 cent, horn-like, tough, and rendered more easily pulverizable by a heat of 
 122 F. ; 50 C. Very sparingly soluble in cold water, but swells into a gela- 
 tinous mass, which is tinged violet (not so deep as the color given by starch 
 by tincture of iodine.] Resembling Tragacanth. Squill, which is thicker 
 and opaque. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Other gums. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are ( i) Bassorin CH 10 O 5 , a gum 
 33 per cent., only slightly soluble in water, unfermentable. (2) Arabin, 53 
 per cent., which resembles, but is not identical with the Arabin of Acacia. 
 Precipitated by lead acetate. (3) A little starch. 
 
 [ Tragacanth is contained in several Trochisci.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Mucilago Tragacanthae. [Mucilage of Tragacanth. Tragacanth, 
 6; Glycerin, 18; Water to 100. By heating, maceration and straining. 
 Dose, indeterminate.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF TRAGACANTH. 
 
 Tragacanth is a demulcent, and as such may be soothing when 
 applied to a sore throat. Its chief use is to suspend insoluble
 
 VEGETABLE DEMULCENT SUBSTANCES. 615 
 
 bodies, as resins, oils, and insoluble powders. The mucilage is 
 better for this purpose than the compound powder [(B. P., not 
 official), tragacanth, i; acacia, i; starch, i; sugar, 3;], which, 
 because of its starch, is liable to ferment. 
 
 ACACIA. 
 
 [ACACIA. Synonym. Gum Arabic. A gummy exudation from Acacia 
 Senegal Willdenow (nat. ord. Leguminosce). Habitat. Eastern Africa, 
 principally Kordofan ; Western Africa, near the river Senegal. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In roundish tears of various sizes, or broken into angular 
 fragments, with a glass-like, sometimes iridescent fracture, opaque from 
 numerous fissures, but transparent and nearly colorless in thin pieces ; nearly 
 inodorous ; taste insipid, mucilaginous ; insoluble in Alcohol, but soluble in 
 water, forming a thick, mucilaginous liquid. Solubility. Slowly but com- 
 pletely soluble in 2 parts of water ; insoluble in Alcohol.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is Arabin, C 12 H M O n ; combined 
 with Calcium, Magnesium and Potassium. This is not affected by lead acetate. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Starch, and gum resins. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Alcohol, sulphuric acid, borax, ferric salts and lead 
 subacetate. 
 
 [Acacia is contained in Emulsum Amygdalae, Pulvis Gretas Compositus, 
 and in some Trochisci.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Mucilago Acaciae. [Mucilage of Acacia. Acacia, 340; 
 Water, to 1000. 
 
 Mucilage of Acacia is contained in Mistura Glycyrrhizae Composite 
 and Syrupus Acaciae. 
 Dose, freely. 
 
 2. Syrupus Acaciae. Syrup of Acacia. Mucilage of Acacia, 25 ; 
 Syrup, 75. 
 
 Dose, freely.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ACACIA. 
 
 Acacia is demulcent. It is used to suspend insoluble sub- 
 stances, as oils, resins, and insoluble powders. A fluid ounce 
 [30. c.c.Jof most oils or resinous tinctures requires 3 fl. dr. [12. 
 c.c.] of mucilage of acacia for suspension, but copaiba requires 
 10 fl. dr. [40. c.c.]. A disadvantage of it is that it is liable to 
 undergo acetous fermentation, which greatly diminishes its emul- 
 sifying powers. This may be overcome, to some extent, by
 
 6l6 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 making it with tolu or clove water. It may give rise to indi- 
 
 gestion and diarrhoea. 
 
 ULMUS. 
 
 [ELM. Synonym. Slippery Elm Bark. The inner bark of Ulmus 
 fulva Michaux (rial. ord. Urticacea). Habitat. North America, west to 
 Louisiana and Nebraska, in woods. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In flat pieces, varying in length and width, about 3 mm. 
 thick, tough, pale brownish white, the inner surface finely ridged ; fracture 
 fibrous and mealy ; the transverse section delicately checkered ; odor slight, 
 peculiar ; taste mucilaginous, insipid. 
 
 COMPOSITION. It contains (i) Mucilage. (2) Some Tannic Acid. 
 
 Dose, 2 dr. ; 8. gm., or more. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Mucilago Ulmi. Mucilage of Elm. Elm, 6 ; Boiling Water, 
 100. By digestion and straining. 
 Dose, freely. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF SLIPPERY ELM BARK. 
 
 Slippery Elm bark is an excellent demulcent. It is especially 
 recommended in dysentery, diarrhoea and diseases of the urinary 
 passages. It is often employed to make poultices, especially for 
 use upon children, because it is lighter than flaxseed.] 
 
 GLYCYRRHIZA. 
 
 GLYCYRRHIZA. [Sj'wowyw. Liquorice Root. The root of Gly- 
 cyrrhiza glabra Linne, and of the variety glandulifera (Waldstein et Kittai- 
 bel) Reger et Herder (nat. ord. Leguminosce). Habitat. Southern Europe 
 and Western Asia ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In long, cylindrical pieces, from 5 to 25 mm. thick, 
 longitudinally wrinkled, externally grayish-brown, warty ; internally tawny- 
 yellow ; pliable, tough ; fracture coarsely fibrous ; bark rather thick ; wood 
 porous, but dense, in narrow wedges ; medullary rays linear ; taste sweet, 
 somewhat acrid. The underground stem, which is often present, has the same 
 appearance, but contains a thin pith. The drug derived from the variety 
 glandulifera (so-called Russian Liquorice), consists usually of roots or root- 
 branches, I to 4 cm. thick, 15 to 30 cm. long, frequently deprived of the corky 
 layer, the wood rather soft, and usually more or less cleft.] Resembling 
 Liquorice. Pyrethrum and Taraxacum, which are not sweet. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are ( I ) Glycyrrhizin [C 24 H M 
 O 9 , about 6 per cent.], a yellow amorphous glucoside, probably in combina- 
 tion with Ammonia. With acids this yields a very bitter substance, Glycyrrhe-
 
 VEGETABLE DEMULCENT SUBSTANCES. 6l/ 
 
 fin, and glucose. (2) Asparagin, [about 3 per cent. (3) Glycyramin. (4) 
 An acrid Resin.] (5) Starch. 
 
 \_Glycyrrhiza is used in Decoctum Sarsaparilke Compositum, Extractum 
 Sarsaparillae Fluidum Compositum, Massa Hydrargyri, Pilulae Ferri lodidi, 
 Pulvis Morphinae Compositus, Tinctura Aloes, and Tinctura Aloes et Myrrhae.] 
 
 Liquorice or its preparations are contained in many preparations, gener- 
 ally to cover their nauseous taste. They [conceal] very well that of Aloes 
 [Rhamnus Purshiana], Ammonium Chloride, Hyoscyamus, Senega, Senna, 
 Turpentine, and very bitter substances, as Quinine Sulphate. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Extractum Glycyrrhizae. [Extract of Glycyrrhiza. Syno- 
 nym. Extract of Liquorice. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In flattened, cylindrical rolls, from 15 to 18 cm. 
 long, and from 15 to 30 mm. thick ; of a glossy, black color. It 
 breaks with a sharp, conchoidal, shining fracture, and has a very sweet 
 peculiar taste. Not less than 60 per cent, of it should be soluble in 
 cold water. 
 
 Extract of Glycyrrhiza is contained in Trochisci Ammonii Chloridi 
 and Trochisci Glycyrrhizse et Opii. 
 
 Dose, freely. 
 
 2. Extractum Glycyrrhizae Purum. Pure Extract of Gly- 
 cyrrhiza. By maceration and percolation with Water of Ammonia and 
 Distilled Water, and evaporation. 
 
 Pure Extract of Glycyrrhiza is used to make Mistura Glycyrrhizae 
 Composita. 
 
 Dose, freely. 
 
 3. Extractum Glycyrrhizae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Gly- 
 cyrrhiza. By maceration and percolation with Water of Ammonia, 
 Alcohol and water, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, freely. 
 
 4. Glycyrrhizinum Ammoniatum. Ammoniated Glycyrrhizin. 
 SOURCE. Glycyrrhiza, by maceration and percolation with Water 
 
 of Ammonia and Water ; precipitation with Sulphuric Acid, solution 
 with Water of Ammonia, and drying. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Dark -brown or brownish-red scales, without odor, 
 and having a very sweet taste. Solubility, Readily in Water and in 
 Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 5. Pulvis Glycyrrhizae Compositus. See Senna, p. 493. 
 
 6. [Mistura Glycyrrhizae Composita. Compound Mixture of 
 Glycyrrhiza. Synonym. Brown Mixture. Pure Extract of Glycyr-
 
 6l8 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 rhiza, 30; Sugar, 50 ; Mucilage of Acacia, 100 ; Camphorated Tincture 
 of Opium, 120; Wine of Antimony, 60 ; Spirit of Nitrous Ether, 30; 
 Water, to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF LIQUORICE. 
 
 Liquorice is an excellent demulcent for sore throats. It is 
 used to [conceal] the taste of [disagreeable] medicines, and as a 
 basis for pills. The compound liquorice powder is laxative by 
 virtue of its senna [although liquorice itself has distinct laxative 
 properties. Brown Mixture is much used in dispensary practice 
 as an expectorant.] 
 
 LINUM. 
 
 [LINSEED. Synonym. Flaxseed. The seed of Linum usitatissimum 
 Linne (nat ord. Linea). Habitat. Levant and Southern Europe ; cultivated 
 and spontaneous in most temperate countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 4 or 5 mm. long, oblong-ovate, flattened, obliquely 
 pointed at one end, brown, glossy, covered with a transparent, mucilaginous 
 epithelium, which swells considerably in water ; the embryo whitish or pale 
 greenish, with two large, oily, plano-convex cotyledons, and a thin perisperm ; 
 inodorous ; taste mucilaginous, oily and bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) A viscid, fixed oil, 30 to 35 per cent in the embryo. 
 (2) Mucilage; 15 per cent, in the epithelium. (3) Proteids, 25 per cent (4) 
 Amygdalin, a minute quantity. ] 
 
 OLEUM LINI. [Linseed Oil. Synonym. Oil of Flaxseed. A fixed 
 oil expressed from Linseed without the use of heat. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish or yellow, oily liquid, having a slight, pecu- 
 liar odor, and a bland taste. When exposed to the air it gradually thickens, 
 and acquires a strong odor and taste. Sp. gr., 0.930 to 0.940. Solubility. 
 In about 10 parts of Alcohol, and in all proportions in Ether, Chloroform, 
 Benzin, Carbon Bisulphide, or Oil of Turpentine. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Its most characteristic principles are (i) Linolein. (2) 
 Myristin. (3) Palmitin. (4) Albumin, a large percentage, to which its 
 drying properties are due. ) 
 
 Dose, y-t to 2 fl. oz. ; 15. to 60. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF FLAXSEED. 
 
 A flaxseed poultice [4 to 10 of boiling water with constant 
 stirring and the .basin being kept hot] is a very common means 
 of applying warmth and moisture to a part. It is used to relieve
 
 VEGETABLE DEMULCENT SUBSTANCES. 619 
 
 pain, and as a mild irritant to accelerate inflammation and the 
 bursting of an abscess, or as a counter-irritant in all sorts of deep- 
 seated inflammations. The poultices should not be too thick, 
 and should be smeared with oil to prevent their sticking to the 
 skin. The vascular dilatation caused by the flaxseed poultice 
 may be increased by adding i part of mustard to 16 of flaxseed. 
 [Oil of flaxseed] is applied to burns. Mixed with an equal 
 quantity of solution of lime it forms Carron Oil (see p. 157.) 
 [Flaxseed tea flaxseed, 3; liquorice, i; boiling water, 100; 
 infuse for two hours] is a common domestic demulcent ; the 
 large quantity of mucilage it contains forms a coating for the 
 pharynx and mouth, and thus relieves cough due to sore throat. 
 It is said to be slightly diuretic. 
 
 SACCHARUM. 
 
 [SUGAR. C u H 22 O n =34l.2. Synonyms. Cane Sugar. Sucrose. The 
 refined Sugar obtained from Saccharum officinarutn Linne, and from various 
 species or varieties of Sorghum (nat. ord. Graminece) ; also from one or more 
 varieties of Beta vulgaris Linne (nat. ord. Chenopodiacece). Habitat. 
 Southern Asia ; cultivated in tropical and subtropical countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, dry, hard, distinctly crystalline granules, odorless, 
 and having a purely sweet taste. Permanent in the air. Solubility. In 0.5 
 part of water, and in 175 parts of Alcohol ; but insoluble in Ether, Chloro- 
 form, or Carbon Bisulphide. 
 
 Dose, indefinite. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Syrupus. Syrup. Sugar, 850 ; Distilled Water, by solution with 
 heat, and straining to 1000. 
 
 Syrup thus prepared has the Sp. gr., 1.317. It is used for com- 
 pound syrups. 
 
 Dose, indefinite.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SUGAR. 
 
 Sugar is used as a sweetening agent. [Syrup is used as a 
 vehicle.] Syrupus Glucosi [(B. P., not official.) Syrup, 2; 
 liquid glucose of commerce, i ;] is used in pharmacy, especially 
 in the making of pills, as it forms a neutral basis.
 
 62O ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 [HORDEUM DECORTICATUM. 
 
 PEARL BARLEY. (Not official.) The dried seed of Hordeum dis- 
 tichum (nat. ord. Graminacea:) divested of its integuments. Habitat. 
 Britain. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, rounded, with a light longitudinal furrow. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF PEARL BARLEY. 
 Barley water (i to 15 of boiling water) forms a pleasant de- 
 mulcent drink, especially if the throat be dry and sore. It is 
 also given for the diarrhoeas of infants.] 
 
 MALTUM. 
 
 MALT. (Not official.) Synonym. Byne. The seed of common 
 barley, Hordeum distichum (nat. ord. Gramtmtft*), caused to enter the in- 
 cipient state of germination by artificial means, and dried. It contains the 
 ferment Diastase, which can convert starch into Dextrin and Maltose. Thus 
 IO(C 6 H 10 5 )+4H0=4C 11 H H 11 , Maltose +(C U H W O 10 ), Dextrin. 
 
 EXTRACTUM MALTI. [(Not official). Extract of Malt. By 
 maceration, dilution with Water, straining and evaporation in vacua of the 
 strained liquid.] 
 
 CHARACTERS. It is a sweet, thick, brownish liquid, like honey, forming 
 an emulsion with oils. [Most specimens are too viscid for prolonged use.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. This varies very much. The chief constituent is Maltose 
 (C^H^Oj,); there is also some Dextrin (C^H^O,,,), some Diastase (unless 
 destroyed by boiling), Albumin, [Inorganic] sails [contained in] barley, and 
 sometimes Alcohol. 
 
 [Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF MALT. 
 
 Maltose is a very valuable food, especially for persons who 
 are suffering from wasting diseases, and have a feeble digestion. 
 It is easily retained by the stomach, even when, as often is the 
 case in phthisis, other food, especially cod-liver oil, is rejected. 
 In such a case a malt extract is an excellent substitute for cod 
 liver oil. Maltose as a food leads to the formation of fat. The 
 diastase contained in the malt extract, acting upon the starch in 
 farinaceous food, converts it into dextrin and maltose, and thus, 
 if the secretion of saliva and pancreatic juice is feeble, the malt 
 extract to some extent supplies their place. Like the ferments 
 in pancreatic juice and saliva, diastase can only act in an
 
 VEGETABLE DEMULCENT SUBSTANCES. 62 L 
 
 alkaline medium, and therefore should not be given until, at 
 least, two hours after a meal. [Inasmuch as diastase is a most 
 important constituent, all malts should be rejected which do not 
 contain at least 4 per cent, of diastase. The liquid malts con- 
 taining alcohol, which destroys this ferment, are worthless for 
 assisting starch digestion and are usually only beers of an inferior 
 quality. Malt extract, to which a suitable amount of fluid ex- 
 tract of rhamus purshiana has been added, is an excellent laxa- 
 tive.] Emulsions of cod-liver oil in it are frequently useful. 
 Bynol is an example of these. They should contain i part of 
 oil to 4 of malt. A mixture of extract of malt and iron is also 
 valuable (ferric pyrophosphate, 2 ; water, 3 ; dissolve and add 
 extract of malt, 95. Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. [4. to 15. c.c.]). 
 
 SOJA. 
 
 SOJA BEAN. (Not official.) The bean of So/a hispida. [Habitat. 
 Japan ; cultivated in Southern Asia. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Soluble Casein, 30; Albumin, 0.5 ; Insoluble Casein, 7 ; 
 Fat, iS ; Cholesterin, 2 ; Water, 10 ; Dextrin, 10 ; Starch, 5 ; Cellulose, 5 ; 
 Ash, 5 ; and a powerful amylolytic ferment. ] These are powdered and made 
 into a flour, from which bread and biscuits are prepared. The flour contains 
 but very little starch or sugar, sometimes not more than 2 or 4 per cent 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SOJA BEAN. 
 
 Bread and biscuits made from the flour are used in the treat- 
 ment of diabetes as a substitute for gluten bread ; and many 
 patients prefer the taste. They are quite as efficacious in reducing 
 the amount of sugar passed in the urine. 
 ' 
 
 [CETRARIA. 
 
 CETRARIA. 5>woj/w. Iceland Moss. Cetraria islandica (Linne) 
 Acharius (class Lichenes). Habitat. Northern Hemisphere. 
 
 CHARACTERS. From 5 to 10 cm. lon^, foliaceous, irregularly branched 
 into fringed and channelled lobes, brownish above, whitish beneath, and 
 marked with small, depressed spots ; brittle and inodorous ; when softened in 
 water, cartilaginous, and having a slight odor ; its taste is mucilaginous and 
 bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Lichenin, C 12 H M O 10 , 70 
 per cent (2) Cetraric Acid, Cj 8 H 16 O 8 , a bitter principle, 2 per cent. (3)
 
 J622 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Lichenstearic Acid, C^H^O.,, I per cent. (4) Fumaric Acid. (5) Oxalic 
 Acid. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Pine leaves, mosses and other lichens. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Decoctum Cetrariae. Decoction of Cetraria. Cetraria, 50. By 
 boiling in water and straining to 1000. 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. oz. ; 30. to 120. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ICELAND Moss. 
 
 The decoction is demulcent, and may be given in sore throat. 
 The moss is a food, and the jelly formed by boiling may, when 
 suitably flavored, be taken by diabetics.] 
 
 UV^E. 
 
 [RAISINS. (Not official.) The ripe fruit of Vitis vinifera (nat. ord. 
 Ampelida), the grape-vine, dried in the sun, or partly by artificial heat. Hab- 
 itat. Spain. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Grape Sugar. (2) Acid 
 Potassium Tartrate. (3) Other acids and salts. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF RAISINS. 
 Raisins are used as sweetening agents, and are demulcent.] 
 
 GROUP X. 
 Vegetable Drugs which are used to kill parasites. 
 
 CLASS I. Anthelmintics for the various species of Tapeworm. 
 [Aspidium,] Pomegranate, Kousso, [Kamala, Pepo.] 
 CLASS II. Anthelmintics for the Roundworm (Ascaris lumbricoides). 
 Santonica, [Spigelia, Chenopodium.] 
 CLASS III. Parasiticides used for Pediculi. 
 Stavesacre, Picrotoxin. 
 
 CLASS IV. Anthelmintics for the Threadworm ( Oxyuris vermicularis\ 
 [Calumba, Quassia, Oak Bark.] 
 
 These have been described [in Groups VII and VIII, to .which reference 
 should be made. ]
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS USED TO KILL PARASITES. 623 
 
 CLASS I. ANTHELMINTICS USED FOR TAPEWORMS. 
 ASPIDIUM. 
 
 [ASPIDIUM. Synonym. Male Fern. The rhizome of Dryopteris 
 Filix-mas Schott, and of Dryopteris marginalis Asa Gray (nat. ord. Filices). 
 Habitat. North America, Northern Asia, Europe. 
 
 CHARACTERS. From 5 to 15 cm. long, 10 to 25 mm. in thickness, and, 
 together with the closely imbricated, dark brown, roundish, and slightly curved 
 stipe-remnants, 50 to 75 mm. in diameter ; densely covered with brown, glossy, 
 transparent, and soft, chaffy scales ; internally pale green, rather spongy ; vas- 
 cular bundles about ten {Dryopteris Filix-mas) or six {Dryopteris marginalis} 
 in number, arranged in an interrupted circle ; odor slight, but disagreeable ; 
 taste sweetish, acrid, somewhat bitter, astringent, and nauseous.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Filicic acid, [CjjH^Ojj, 
 a white, amorphous or] crystalline body, said to be the active principle. (2) A 
 fixed oil, 6 to 7 per cent. (3) \_Filicin, CjjH^Ojj, a crystalline substance, 
 soluble in Chloroform, Benzol and fixed and volatile oils. (4) Filix-red.] 
 (5) Resins. 
 
 Dose, y z to i^ dr. ; 2. to 6. gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 [Oleoresina Aspidii. Oleoresin of Aspidium. By percolation 
 with Ether, distillation of the Ether, and evaporation. 
 Dose, % to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF MALE FERN. 
 
 [Aspidium] is the most certain anthelmintic we have for the 
 common tapeworm (Ttznta soliutti), and the Bothriocephalus 
 latus. It may be flavored with ginger or peppermint. The intes- 
 tine should first be emptied with a mild purge to ensure the worm 
 not being protected by food. Then the [aspidium] should be 
 administered, and about twelve hours afterwards another dose of 
 the purgative should be given to clear away the dead worm. Very 
 little food should be taken during the treatment, and the head 
 of the worm should be carefully searched for in the motion. 
 [Recently several cases of poisoning have been reported, pre- 
 sumably not due to an excessive dose, but to the fact that castor 
 oil was administered at the same time with it, notably increas- 
 ing the absorption of filicic acid.] 
 
 This remedy also kills the Anchylostoma duodenale outside the 
 body, and has been successfully given to persons suffering from 
 this parasite.
 
 624 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 GRANATUM. 
 
 [POMEGRANATE. The bark of the stem and root of Punica 
 Granatum Linn6 (nat. ord. Lytkrariea). Habitat. India and Southwestern 
 Asia ; cultivated and naturalized in subtropical countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In the quills or fragments, from 5 to 10 cm. long, and 
 from I to 3 mm. thick ; outer surface yellowish-gray, somewhat warty, or 
 longitudinally and reticulately-ridged ; the stem-bark often partly covered with 
 blackish lichens ; the thicker pieces of the root-bark more or less scaly exter- 
 nally ; inner surface smooth, finely striate, grayish-yellow ; fracture short, 
 granular, greenish-yellow ; indistinctly radiate ; inodorous ; taste astringent, 
 very slightly bitter.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are [(i) Pelletierine, C 8 H 13 NO, 
 ^ per cent., a colorless, oily, aromatic alkaloid, soluble in water, Alcohol, 
 Ether and Chloroform. (2) Three allied alkaloids, Methyl-, Pseudo-, and 
 Isopellelierine. (3) Punicotannic Acid, C^H^O^, 20 percent.] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Alkalies, lime water, metallic salts, and gelatin. 
 
 Dose, y t to \y z dr. ; [2. to 6. gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF POMEGRANATE. 
 Pomegranate is a powerful astringent, and the decoction 
 [B. P., i to 5 ; dose, ^ to 2 fl. oz. ; 15. to 60. c.c.] may be 
 used as a gargle for a sore throat. In large doses it is emetic and 
 purgative. It is an anthelmintic for the tapeworm. It is so 
 [disagreeable] that it is rarely used, but if employed the decoc- 
 tion may be given every hour for four hours before breakfast. A 
 purge should be administered the night before and a few hours 
 after breakfast. Pelletierine [dose of tannate, (not official), 3 
 to 6 gr. ; .20 to .40 gm.] is the active anthelmintic principle, 
 and is said to be very efficient for killing the common tapeworm. 
 Large doses of pelletierine given to animals act like curare. 
 
 CUSSO. 
 
 KOUSSO. Synonyms. [Brayera. Kooso. The female inflorescence 
 of Hagenia abyssinica (Bruce) Gmelin (nat. ord. Rosacece}. Habitat. 
 Abyssinia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In bundles, rolls, or compressed clusters, consisting of 
 panicles about 25 cm. long, with a sheathing bract at the base of each branch ; 
 the two roundish bracts at the base of each flower, and the four or five obovate, 
 outer sepals are of a reddish color, membranous and veiny ; calyx top-shaped, 
 hairy, enclosing two carpels or nutlets ; odor slight, fragrant and tea like ; taste 
 bitter, acrid, and nauseous.]
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS USED TO KILL PARASITES. 625 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) \_Kosin or] Koussin, a 
 neutral, active principle, [in yellow crystals, tasteless, soluble in Chloroform, 
 Benzol, Ether and Alcohol ; insoluble in water. (2) Oil. (3) Gum. (4) 
 Tannic Acid. (5) Two Resins. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 4 dr. ; 8. to 15. gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 [Extractum Cusso Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Kousso. Syn- 
 onym. Extractum Brayerce Fluidum. By maceration and percolation 
 with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; 4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF Kousso. 
 Kousso is used as an anthelmintic for all species of tapeworm. 
 [Koussin (not official) has been given with good results. Dose, 
 20 to 40 gr. ; i. 20 to 2.40 gm.] 
 
 KAMALA. 
 
 [KAMALA. Synonym. Rottlera. The glands and hairs from the 
 capsules of Mallotus pkilippinenns (Lamarck) Mueller Arg. (nat. ord. 
 Euphorbiacea:'). Habitat. India, China and Philippine Islands. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A granular, mobile, brick-red or brownish-red powder, 
 inodorous and nearly tasteless, imparting a deep red color to alkaline liquids, 
 Alcohol, Ether, or Choloroform, and a pale, yellow tinge to boiling water. 
 Under the microscope it is seen to consist of stellately arranged, colorless 
 hairs, mixed with depressed-globular glands, containing numerous red, club- 
 shaped vesicles. Solubility. Insoluble in hot and cold water. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Rottlerin, [C^H^Og, a 
 neutral principle in yellowish needles, soluble in hot Alcohol, Ether, Benzol, 
 and Carbon Disulphide. (2) Resins, nearly 80 per cent. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 dr. ; 4. to 8. gm. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF KAMALA. 
 
 Kamala is an anthelmintic. It will kill the Tcenia solium, 
 and probably the Oxyuris vennicularis and the Ascaris lumbri- 
 coides. It is also purgative.] 
 
 PEPO. 
 
 [PUMPKIN SEED. The seed of Cucurbita Pepo Linne (nat. ord. 
 Cucurbitacete). Habitat.- Tropical Asia and America; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 2 cm. long, broadly ovate, flat, white, or whitish, 
 nearly smooth, with a shallow groove parallel to the edge ; containing a 
 
 40
 
 626 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 short, conical radicle and two flat cotyledons ; inodorous ; taste bland and 
 oily. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Fixed oil, 44 per cent. (2) An Acrid Resin, con- 
 sidered to be the taeniafuge principle. (3) Two Proteids (Myosin and Vitellin). 
 (4) Fatty Acids. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 oz. ; 30. to 90. gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF PUMPKIN SEED. 
 
 Pepo administered as an emulsion is one of the most efficient 
 and at the same time harmless tseniafuges.] 
 
 CLASS II. ANTHELMINTICS USED FOR THE ROUNDWORM. 
 SANTONICA. 
 
 SANTONICA. [Synonym. Levant Wormseed. The unexpanded 
 flower-heads of Artemisia pauciflora Weber (nat. ord. Composite}. Habitat. 
 Turkestan. 
 
 CHARACTERS. From 2 to 4 mm. long, oblong-ovoid, obtuse, smooth, 
 somewhat glossy, grayish-green, after exposure to light brownish-green, con- 
 sisting of an involucre of about 12 to 18 closely imbricated, glandular scales 
 with a broad midrib, enclosing four or five rudimentary florets ; odor strong, 
 peculiar, somewhat camphoraceous ; taste aromatic and bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Santonin (see below). 
 (2) A volatile oil, 2 per cent., consisting mainly of Cineol, C 10 H 18 O. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 60 gr. ; i. to 4. gm.] 
 
 SANTONINUM. Santonin. C 15 H 18 O 3 [=245.43. A neutral prin- 
 ciple obtained from Santonica. 
 
 SOURCE. By exhausting Santonica, mixed with Lime, with Diluted Alco- 
 hol, distilling off the Alcohol, and adding Acetic Acid to the residue. The 
 precipitated Santonin is purified by dissolving it in Alcohol, treating with 
 Animal Charcoal, and crystallizing. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, shining, flattened, prismatic crystals, odorless 
 and nearly tasteless when first put in the mouth, but afterwards developing a 
 bitter taste ; not altered by exposure to air, but turning yellow on exposure to 
 light. Solubility. Nearly insoluble in water ; soluble in 40 parts of Alcohol ; 
 also soluble in 140 parts of Ether, in 4 parts of Chloroform, and in solutions 
 of Caustic Alkalies.] 
 
 Dose, X to x f> r -I [- OI 5 to - 6 & m - (child), i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm.] 
 (adult). 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Trochisci Santonini. [Troches of Santonin. Santonin, 3; Sugar, 
 I IO ; Tragacanth, 3 gm. ; Stronger Orange Flower Water, to make 100 
 troches. Each troche contains about % gr. ; .03 gm. 
 
 Dose, 2 (child) to 10 troches (adult).]
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS USED TO KILL PARASITES. 627 
 
 ACTION OF SANTONIN. 
 
 Santonin is anthelmintic, killing the roundworm, As- 
 f art's lumbricoides, and according to some authorities the Oxyuris 
 vermicularis, but this is doubtful, for it does not kill these worms 
 outside the body, and therefore if efficient must be changed in 
 the intestine. It has no action on tapeworms. Some of the 
 santonin is absorbed as sodium - santoninate. Medicinal doses 
 will usually cause the urine, if it is acid, to be a greenish-yellow 
 or saffron color, and if it is alkaline to be purplish-red. This 
 is due to the excretion in that fluid of some substance resulting 
 from the changes undergone by santonin in the body. It is 
 slightly diuretic. Often even small doses lead to xanthopsy 
 that is to say, everything the patient sees has a yellow tint ; 
 this is not the result of the staining of the tissues of the eye 
 yellow, but is a direct effect on some other part of the visual 
 path. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF SANTONIN. 
 
 Santonin is used solely to kill intestinal worms. It should be 
 given on an empty stomach, and should be followed in two hours 
 by a purgative, such as calomel, which acts on the small intestine, 
 for this is the part inhabited by the worms killed by santonin. 
 It is certainly very efficacious for the Asian's lumbricoides. The 
 lozenge [B. P., i gr., .06 gm. each] is not to be recommended, 
 for it may not dissolve, and then will probably fail to kill the 
 worm. A good way to give santonin is to suspend it and castor 
 oil in mucilage flavored with peppermint. As already mentioned, 
 probably it has no effect on the Oxyuris vermieularis, when 
 given by the mouth, but a suppository made with oil of theo- 
 broma, and containing 4 gr.; 25 gm. of santonin, is said to kill 
 this parasite. 
 
 [TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 Symptoms.} Several cases of fatal poisoning by santonin are on record. 
 Cerebral symptoms are very prominent. Thus convulsions, accompanied by 
 unconsciousness, trismus, and dilated pupils, are generally present. The sur- 
 face becomes cold, there is sweating, there may be trembling, the pulse and 
 respiration become weaker and weaker, and death takes place from cardiac 
 and respiratory failure.
 
 628 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 {Treatment. Ammonia, or strychnine sulphate hypodermatically. If the 
 drug is given with castor oil the danger of poisoning is lessened. 
 
 SPIGELIA. 
 
 SPIGELIA. Synonyms. Pinkroot. Carolina Pink. The rhizome and 
 roots of Spigelia marilandica Linn6 (nat. ord. Loganiacetz). Habitat. 
 Southern United States ; westward to Texas and Wisconsin, in rich woods. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Of horizontal growth, about 5 cm. or more long, 2 or 3 
 mm. thick, dark purplish brown, bent, somewhat branched, on the upper side 
 with cup-shaped scars ; on the lower side with numerous, thin, brittle, lighter- 
 colored roots, about 10 cm. long; the rhizome internally with a whitish wood 
 and a pith which is usually dark-colored or decayed ; odor somewhat aroma- 
 tic ; taste sweetish, bitter and pungent. Resembling Spigelia root. Phlox 
 Carolina, but the rootlets are brownish-yellow, rather coarse, straight, and 
 contain a straw-colored wood underneath a readily removable bark. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Spigeline, a volatile alkaloid. (2) A little volatile 
 oil. (3) Bitter principle. (4) Resin. 
 
 Dose, i^ to 2 dr. ; i. to 8. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Spigeliae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Spigelia. By 
 maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, ^ to 2 fl. dr. ; i. to 8. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF SPIGELIA. 
 
 Spigelia is one of the most powerful anthelmintics. It may 
 give rise to symptoms of narcotic poisoning, which, however, 
 may be obviated by its combination with a cathartic like senna. 
 
 CHENOPODIUM. 
 
 CHENOPODIUM. Synonym. American Wormseed. The fruit of 
 Chenopodium ambrosioides Linne, and variety anthelminticntn Gray (nat. ord. 
 Chenopodiacetz}. Habitat. West India and Central America ; naturalized in 
 the United States. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Nearly 2 mm. in diameter, depressed -globular, glandular, 
 dull greenish or brownish, the integuments friable, and containing a lenticular, 
 obtusely-edged, glossy, black seed. It has a peculiar,' somewhat terebinthinate 
 odor, and a bitterish, pungent taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. It is composed chiefly of a volatile oil, consisting of (i) 
 a hydrocarbon, C 10 H I6 , and (2) a liquid, oxygenated oil C 10 II 16 O. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 30 gr. ; i. to 2. gm.
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS USED TO KILL PARASITES. 629 
 
 OLEUM CHENOPODII. Oil of Chenopodium. Synonym. Oil 
 of American Wormseed. A volatile oil distilled from Chenopodium. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A thin, colorless or yellowish liquid, having a peculiar, 
 penetrating, somewhat camphoraceous odor, and a pungent and bitter taste. 
 Sp. gr. , about 0.970. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 m. ; .12 to .60 c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF CHENOPODIUM. 
 
 Wormseed is one of the most efficient anthelmintics, particu- 
 larly against Ascarides, but it should be followed by a cathartic.] 
 
 CLASS III. PARASITICIDES USED FOR PEDICULI. 
 STAPHISAGRIA. 
 
 STAPHISAGRIA. [Synonym. Stavesacre. The seed of Delphinium 
 Staphisagria Linne (nat. ord. Ranunculacea}. Habitat. Basin of the Med- 
 iterranean ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 5 mm. long, 3 or 4 mm. broad, flattish-tetrahedral, 
 one side convex, brown or brownish-gray, with reticulate ridges, containing a 
 whitish, oily albumen and a straight embryo ; nearly inodorous ; taste bitter 
 and acrid. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Delphinine, [C-^Hj-NOg, 
 a white, crystalline, poisonous alkaloid, soluble in Alcohol, Ether and Chloro- 
 form, resembling Aconite in its action. (2) Delphinoidine, C^HggNjOj, an 
 amoi phous alkaloid ; solubility as of Delphinine. (3) Delphisine,C^H^f) v 
 a crystalline alkaloid of the same solubility. (4) Staphisagrine , C^H^NOj, 
 an alkaloid but slightly soluble in water. (5) Fixed oil, 25 per cent] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF STAPHISAGRIA. 
 
 [Staphisagria] is only used as a parasiticide to kill pediculi. 
 The affected part is rubbed with the ointment, [B. P., 4 ; yel- 
 low wax, 2 ; benzoinated lard, 17] which, in the case of pediculi 
 vestimentorum, is allowed to soak, day and night, into the gar- 
 ments next to the skin, for the parasite inhabits them. It is 
 often employed, but it will be remembered that many other 
 parasiticides for pediculi have been mentioned (see p. 51). 
 
 PICROTOXINUM. 
 
 PICROTOXIN. C 30 H 34 O ls [=6oo.58. A neutral principle obtained 
 from the seed of Anamirta paniculata Colebrooke (nat. ord. Menispermaceee). 
 Synonyms. Cocculus Indicus. Fishberry. Habitat. East India.
 
 630 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 SOURCE. Obtained by exhaustion with hot Alcohol, evaporation and puri- 
 fication by re-crystallization, after decolorizing with Animal Charcoal. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, flexible, shining, prismatic crystals, or a micro- 
 crystalline powder, odorless, and having a very bitter taste ; permanent in the 
 air. Solubility. Soluble in 240 parts of water, and in 9 parts of Alcohol ; 
 also soluble in solutions of the alkalies, and in acids. Very slightly soluble in 
 Ether or Chloroform. ] 
 
 Dose, T ^j to ^y gr. ; [.0005 to .001 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF PlCROTOXIN. 
 
 External. Picrotoxin is very destructive to lower forms of 
 life, and is therefore antiparasitic. 
 
 Internal. It is a powerful poison, causing severe gastro-in- 
 testinal irritation, collapse, lightheadedness, convulsions, hyper- 
 pyrexia, slowing of the pulse and stimulation of the respiratory 
 centre. Death results from asphyxia, partly due to convulsions 
 and partly to ultimate paralysis of the respiratory centre. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF PICROTOXIN. 
 
 External. An ointment of the seeds in lard [i to 6] has 
 been applied to the scalp to kill pediculi. It must be employed 
 with caution, for this strong poison can be absorbed if the skin 
 be broken. It is an expensive ointment. 
 
 Internal. Picrotoxin is used empirically, to check the 
 night sweating of phthisis. A single dose should be given in 
 the evening. Its action is uncertain, but sometimes it succeeds. 
 Many other diseases have been treated with it, but there is no 
 evidence that it has benefited them. [Tablets] , each containing 
 T&T of a grain [.0006 gm.], are prepared for subcutaneous injec- 
 tion. One should be dissolved in a few drops of water imme- 
 diately before use.
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS HAVING A DIURETIC ACTION. 63! 
 
 GROUP XL 
 
 Vegetable drugs apparently having only a diuretic 
 
 action. 
 
 Uva Ursi, [Apocynum, Zea,] Triticum, [Marrubium, Pareira, 
 Dulcamara, Chimaphila, Fabiana.J 
 
 UVA URSI. 
 
 UVA URSI. Synonym. Bearberry. [The leaves of Arctostaphylos 
 Uva Ursi (Linne) Sprengel (nat. ord. Ericacea). Habitat. Northern Hemi- 
 sphere, in dry and sandy or rocky places; in the United States, south to Penn- 
 sylvania, New Mexico, and California. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Very short-stalked, obovate or oblong-spatulate, coriaceous, 
 from 15 to 20 mm. long, and 5 to 8 mm. broad, obtuse, slightly revolute on 
 the margin, upper surface with depressed veins ; lower surface distinctly reticu- 
 late ; odor faint, hay-like ; taste strongly astringent, and somewhat bitter. 
 Resembling Uva Ursi. Senna (see p. 493) and Buchu (see p. 570.)] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Arbutin, [Cj 2 H 16 O 7 ,] a 
 bitter, crystalline glucoside yielding glucose, hydroquinone and methyl-hydro- 
 quinone. (2) Ericolin [C 10 H 16 O, a bitter, crystalline glucoside. (3) Ursone, 
 a tasteless neutral body. (4) Tannic Acid, 6 to 7 per cent. (5) Gallic Acid. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Iron, lead and silver salts, alkaloids, and gelatin.] 
 
 Dose, % to i dr. ; [i. to 4. gm.] 
 
 Preparations, 
 
 [i. Extractum Uvae Ursi. Extract of Uva Ursi. By maceration 
 and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and evaporation. 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Uvae Ursi Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Uva Ursi. 
 By maceration and percolation with Glycerin, Alcohol and Water, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, j^ to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF UVA URSI. 
 
 Uva ursi is a well-marked diuretic, and is astringent and 
 disinfectant to the urinary mucous membrane. Its dis- 
 infectant action is probably due to the decomposition of the ar- 
 butin into glucose and hydroquinone, for after uva ursi is given 
 this substance is found in the urine, and it is a very energetic 
 antiseptic. This decomposition must take place in the kidneys,
 
 632 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 for hydroquinone is a powerful poison. Against this being the 
 reason of the disinfectant action of the uva ursi, it is urged that 
 giving arbutin does not disinfect the urine ; but others deny this, 
 and the probability is that the first-mentioned view is correct. 
 Arbutin itself is a diuretic. The urine may be a pale greenish 
 to dark greenish -brown color. Hydroquinone is also found in 
 the urine in carbolic acid poisoning (see p. 332). [The fluid 
 extract is an excellent remedy for ardor urinae of acute gonor- 
 rhoea.] The astringent action of uva ursi on the urinary tract is 
 usually ascribed to the gallic and tannic acids, but as these are 
 not remote astringents this is most likely wrong. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF UVA URSI. 
 
 Uva ursi is given to disinfect the urine in the same class of 
 cases as buchu that is to say, in pyelitis, cystitis and gonorrhoea. 
 
 [APOCYNUM. 
 
 APOCYNUM. Synonym. Canadian Hemp. The root of Apocynum 
 cannabinum Linn6 (nat. ord. Apocynacea]. Habitat. United States, on the 
 border of thickets and in grassy places. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Long, cylindrical, somewhat branched, 5 to 10 mm. thick, 
 gray or brownish-gray, longitudinally wrinkled and transversely fissured ; 
 brittle ; fracture short, white ; the bark rather thick ; the wood porous, spongy, 
 with delicate, medullary rays ; inodorous ; taste bitter, disagreeable. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Apocynein, a glucoside, 
 soluble in water, acting like digitalin. (2) Apocynin, an amorphous, resinous 
 glucoside. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 5 gr. ; .12 to .30 grn. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Apocyni Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Apocynum. 
 By maceration and percolation with Glycerin, Alcohol and Water, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 20 m. ; .12 to 1.20 c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF APOCYNUM. 
 
 Canadian hemp has been found to be beneficial in dropsy, be- 
 cause of its action which is not only diuretic, but as well re- 
 sembling that of strophanthus and similar drugs, when used as 
 an infusion (i to 16), of which the dose is one to two fluid
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS HAVING A DIURETIC ACTION. 633 
 
 ounces; 30. to 60. c.c., twice or three times daily. This is a 
 more valuable drug than its limited use would indicate. It fre- 
 quently produces copious diuresis after other, and better known 
 drugs, have failed. It is also, in larger doses, a hydragogue 
 cathartic. 
 
 ZEA. 
 
 ZEA. Synonym. Corn-silk. The styles and stigmas of Zea Mays 
 Linn6 (nat. ord. Grammes}. Habitat. Tropical America ; cultivated in 
 the warm, temperate zone. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Thread-like ; about 15 cm. long, and 0.5 mm. broad, 
 yellowish or greenish, soft silky, finely hairy, and delicately veined longitudi- 
 nally ; inodorous ; taste sweetish. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Its chief constituents are (l) Maizenic Acid, about 2 
 percent (2) Fixed oil. (3) Resin. (4) Salts. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 dr. ; 4. to 8. gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF CORN-SILK. 
 
 Corn-silk is a mild but fairly certain diuretic when given in 
 full doses. It is useful in acute and chronic cystitis and in the 
 bladder irritation of uric acid and for phosphatic gravel. It is 
 possibly as well a cardiac stimulant in the dropsy of heart dis- 
 ease. It is best administered in the form of an infusion, in boil- 
 ing water (i to 8), taken almost ad libitum. ,] 
 
 TRITICUM. 
 
 TRITICUM. \_Synonym. Couch-Grass. The rhizome of Agropyrum 
 repens (Linne) Beauvois (nat. ord. Graminetz), gathered in the spring and de- 
 prived of the roots. Habitat. Europe and North America. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Very long and creeping, about 2 mm. thick ; as met with 
 in the shops, cut into sections about I cm. long ; smooth, but wrinkled ; hollow 
 in the centre, straw-yellow ; inodorous, taste sweetish. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Triticin, about 8 per cent., a gummy substance resem.- 
 bling Inulin. (2) Inosit. (3) Malates. 
 
 Dose, i to 8 dr. ; 4. to 30. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Tritici Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Triticum. By 
 percolation with Boiling Water, evaporation, addition of Alcohol and 
 filtration. 
 
 Dose, i to 8 fl. dr. ; 4. to 30. c.c.]
 
 634 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF TRITICUM. 
 
 Triticum is a diuretic, and is used as a sedative in inflamma- 
 tion of the genito-urinary membranes. 
 
 [MARRUBIUM. 
 
 MARRUBIUM. Synonym. Horehound. The leaves and tops of 
 Marrubium vulgare Linn6 (nat. ord. Labiate}. Habitat. Europe, Central 
 Asia ; naturalized in North America ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Leaves about 25 mm. long, opposite, petiolate, roundish- 
 ovate, obtuse, coarsely crenate, strongly rugose, downy above, white-hairy 
 beneath; branches quadrangular, white, tomentose ; flowers in dense, axillary 
 woolly whorls, with a stiffly ten- toothed calyx, a whitish, bilabiate corolla, and 
 four included stamens ; aromatic and bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (I) Marrubiin, possibly a glucoside, in crystalline scales 
 or prisms, soluble in Ether, Chloroform and Alcohol. (2) Volatile Oil, in 
 small amount. (3) Resin. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 dr. ; 4. to 8. gm. 
 
 USES AND ACTION OF HOREHOUND. 
 
 Horehound, used as a decoction or an infusion, is in moder- 
 ate doses a diuretic, in large doses laxative, and may be so given 
 as to increase the action of the skin and kidneys ; but its action 
 is not marked. It is probably also a bitter stomachic. Confec- 
 tion of horehound slowly dissolved in the mouth relieves the 
 relaxed throat of public speakers.] 
 
 PAREIRA. 
 
 PAREIRA. [Synonym. Pareira Brava. The root of Chondodendron 
 tomeniosum Ruiz et Pavon (nat. ord. Menispermacea;'). Habitat. Brazil. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Subcylindrical, somewhat tortuous pieces, about 10 to 15 
 cm. long, varying in thickness from 2 to 10 cm. ; externally dark brownish- 
 gray, with transverse ridges and fissures and longitudinal furrows ; internally 
 pale brown, and, when freshly cut, having a waxy lustre ; bark thin ; wood 
 porous, in two or more somewhat irregularly concentric circles, with rather 
 large medullary rays, and no distinct central pith ; hiodorous ; taste bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is Pelosine, an alkaloid, about 0.5 
 per cent., identical with Berberine (see p. 640) and Buxine]. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Ferric and lead salts, and tincture of iodine. 
 
 Dose, l /t\io\ dr. ; [2. to 4. gm.]
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS HAVING A DIURETIC ACTION. 635 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 [Extractum Pareirae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Pareira. By 
 maceration and percolation with Glycerin, Alcohol, and Water, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF PAREIRA. 
 
 Pareira [besides its diuretic,' in which it closely resembles 
 buchu, is not known .to have any physiological action.] It is 
 used empirically in chronic inflammation of the genito- urinary 
 tract, such as pyelitis, cystitis, gonorrhoea, and gleet. [It was 
 formerly renowned as a lithontriptic.] 
 
 [DULCAMARA. 
 
 DULCAMARA. Synonyms. Bittersweet. Woodjr Nightshade. The 
 young branches of Solatium Dulcamara Linne (nat. ord. Solanacecz'). Habi- 
 tat. Europe and Asia ; naturalized in North America. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 5 mm., or less, thick, cylindrical, somewhat angu- 
 lar, longitudinally striate, more or less warty, usually hollow in the centre, cut 
 into short sections. The thin bark is externally pale greenish, or light greenish 
 brown, marked with alternate leaf-scars, and internally green ; the greenish or 
 yellowish wood forms one or two concentric rings. Odor slight ; taste bitter, 
 afterwards sweet. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (I) Solanine, C 42 H 87 NO 15 , the active alkaloid. (2) Dul- 
 camarin, C 23 H 3t O lQi 0.4 per cent, a glucoside, soluble in water and Alcohol, 
 and yielding frothy solutions. (3) Resin. (4) Gum. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 dr. ; 4. to 8. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Dulcamarae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Dulcamara. 
 By maceration and percolation with diluted Alcohol and evaporation: 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF DULCAMARA. 
 
 Dulcamara increases the secretions, particularly those of the 
 kidneys and skin, with some diminution of sensibility. In large 
 doses it is an aero-narcotic poison. It has been employed chiefly 
 for cutaneous eruptions, particularly of a scaly character, but is 
 seldom prescribed.
 
 636 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHIMAPHILA. 
 
 CHIMAPHILA. Synonyms. Pipsissewa. Prince's Pine. The leaves 
 of Chimaphila umbellata (Linne) Nuttall (nat. ord. Ericacete). Habitat. 
 Northern Continent. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 5 cm. long, oblanceolate, sharply serrate above, 
 wedge-shaped and nearly entire towards the base ; coriaceous, smooth, and 
 dark-green on the upper surface. It is nearly inodorous, and has an astringent 
 and bitterish taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (l) Arbutin (ste-p. 631). (2) Ericolin. (3) Chimaphilin, 
 in yellow, tasteless, volatile crystals. (4) Ursone. (5) Tannic Acid, 4 per cent. 
 
 Dose, YI to 2 dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Chimaphilae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Chima- 
 phila. By maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evap- 
 oration. 
 
 Dose, y z to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF CHIMAPHILA. 
 
 This plant is diuretic and diaphoretic. It is used for rheumat- 
 ism and nephritic affections. 
 
 FABIANA. 
 
 PICHI. (Not official.) The branches of the woody shrub, Fabiana 
 imbricata (nat. ord. Solanacea}. Habitat. Peru and Chili. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A woody shrub growing on rocky hill-tops, with plume- 
 like sprays, the small densely-crowded leaves much resembling those of 
 a conifer. The branches and leafy branchlets are resinous, with an aromatic 
 odor and taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. It contains (i) Fabianine, a bitter alkaloid. (2) A Resin. 
 (3) A crystalline substance. (4) An essential oil. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Fabianse Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Fabiana. By 
 maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, 5 to 40 m. ; .30 to 2.50 c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF PICHI. 
 
 Pichi is a diuretic of great value in inflammation of the blad- 
 der and catarrh of the urinary tract. It should not be used in 
 organic disease. It is best prescribed in combination with an 
 alkali, as sodium carbonate.]
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS ACTING ON UNSTRIPED MUSCLE. 637 
 
 GROUP XII. 
 
 Vegetable drugs acting locally on unstriped muscle, 
 especially that of the uterus. 
 
 Ergot, Hydrastis, [Cotton Root Bark, Caulophyllum, Viburnum, 
 
 Apiol.] 
 
 ERGOTA. 
 
 ERGOT. [Synonym. Ergot of Rye. The sclerotium of Claviceps pur- 
 purea (Fries) Tulasne (class Fungi), replacing the grain of rye, Secale cereale 
 Linne (nat. ord. Graminece). Habitat. Spain and Russia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Somewhat fusiform, obtusely triangular, usually curved, 
 about 2 or 3 cm. long, and 3 mm. thick ; three-furrowed, obtuse at both ends, 
 purplish-black, internally whitish with some purplish striae, breaking with a 
 short fracture ; odor peculiar, heavy ; taste oily and disagreeable.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are [(i) Ergotine, CsoH^NjOj, 
 an amorphous alkaloid, feebly bitter ; soluble in Alcohol and water. (2) 
 Ecboline, an amorphous alkaloid, slightly bitter ; soluble in water and Alcohol. 
 (3) Ergotinine, C S5 H 40 N 4 O 6 , a crystalline alkaloid, slightly bitter.] (4) 
 Sphacelic Acid [known also as Sphacelotoxiri\, a non-nitrogenous, unstable 
 body, insoluble in water, soluble in alkalies. It is believed to be the active 
 agent in contracting the blood-vessels. (5) Cornutine, an active alkaloid, [not 
 only contracts the blood-vessels but] is believed to be the agent which con- 
 tracts the uterus. This is the chief active constituent of alcoholic extracts of 
 Ergot. (6) [Sclerotinic, Ergotinic or Ergotic Acid, I to 4 per cent., solu- 
 ble in water and alkalies, having ecbolic properties]. This is really a mixture 
 of Sphacelic Acid and Cornutine. (7) A fixed oil, 30 per cent. (8) Tri- 
 methylamine, to which the odor is due. (9) Tannic Acid. Many other 
 bodies have been found in Ergot, but those given are believed to be the more 
 important ; the composition of Ergot is not yet certainly made out. 
 
 Dose, 30 to 60 gr. ; [2. to 4. gin.] 
 
 Preparations, 
 
 1. [Extractum Ergotae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Ergot. By 
 maceration and percolation with Acetic Acid and Diluted Alcohol, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, YZ to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 3. c.c. 
 
 2. Extractum Ergotae. Extract of Ergot. Synonym. Ergotin. 
 Fluid Extract of Ergot. By evaporation to a pilular consistence. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm.
 
 638 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 3. Vinum Ergotae. Wine of Ergot. Ergot, 150. By percola- 
 tion with White Wine, 150; and Alcohol, to 1000. 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; .4 to .15 c.c. 
 
 It is said that Ammonia is the best solvent for the active principles of 
 Ergot. It may be extemporaneously prescribed as follows : Ergot, i ; Aro- 
 matic Spirit of Ammonia, 2. Dose, 10 to 60 m. ; .60 to 4.00 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF ERGOT. 
 
 \ 
 
 The chief action of cornutine is on voluntary and involun- 
 tary muscle, which is stimulated to contract, hence prolonged 
 muscle curves, increased peristalsis of the [intestines], tonic 
 contraction of the uterus, and consequent rise of blood-pressure. 
 It also causes convulsions. Sphacelic acid also acts directly on 
 the muscular tissue of arterioles and the uterus, causing it to con- 
 tract, and in addition it produces an actual thickening of the 
 walls of the arterioles. These substances are rarely given sepa- 
 rately, and the following account refers to the action of ergot 
 itself. 
 
 External. None. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. The unstriped muscle 
 of the intestine is stimulated by ergot, and this leads to greatly 
 increased peristaltic movements, sometimes strong enough* to 
 cause relaxation of the bowels. The vessels of the intestine are 
 constricted, in part because of the contraction of their own 
 muscular fibres, and in part because of the contraction of those 
 of the intestinal muscular coat. The result is that the intestine 
 is blanched. 
 
 Blood. The active principles of ergot are readily absorbed, 
 but they are not known to produce any effect on the blood. 
 
 Heart. The activity of the heart muscle is depressed by 
 ergot ; therefore the rate of the pulse falls, and consequently at 
 first the blood -pressure may fall. 
 
 Vessels. But the fall of blood-pressure is soon followed by a 
 great rise, and this is due to the general contraction of the 
 arteries all over the body ; they can, in some parts, be seen to 
 become smaller. The rise of pressure is most marked in the 
 pulmonary artery, and here there is no primary fall. The veins
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS ACTING ON UNSTRIPED MUSCLE. 639 
 
 are contracted to a less extent. This vascular contraction is 
 less if the spinal cord is destroyed, from which it is fair to infer 
 that it is partly due to the action of ergot on the vaso-motor 
 centres in the cord, but the drug acts largely directly on the 
 muscular coat of the vessels. [Because it contracts the arterioles 
 it is haemostatic.] If the ergot be taken for a long time the 
 contraction of the arterioles, together with the associated thick- 
 ening of their walls produced by sphacelic acid, lead to gan- 
 grene of various parts of the body, and this was a prominent 
 symptom of the ergotism (chronic poisoning by ergot) which 
 used to be seen in the very poor who could get no better food 
 than rye infected with Claviceps purpurea. Enormous single 
 doses of ergot appear to paralyze the vaso-motor centres, and 
 then the blood-pressure falls from vascular dilatation and cardiac 
 depression. 
 
 Nenious system. Medicinal doses, or even an enormous single 
 dose, very rarely affect the nervous system, but if ergot be taken 
 for a long time a peculiar train of symptoms sets in ; they con- 
 stituted the second variety of chronic ergotism in the [times] 
 when diseased bread was eaten. The sufferer first complained 
 of itching and tingling, and a sensation of insects running over 
 the skin ; this was followed by numbness and local anaes- 
 thesia. These symptoms first appeared in the hands and feet, 
 but spread over the whole body. They were followed by tonic 
 contractions of various muscles, especially those of the ex- 
 tremities. The muscular power was lessened, and the gait was 
 staggering. Dimness of vision and loss of hearing, and epi- 
 leptiform convulsions were sometimes present. This variety 
 of ergotism was usually accompanied by vomiting and diarrhoea. 
 Death occurred from [exhaustion]. 
 
 Uterus. Ergot powerfully excites the pregnant uterus of 
 women and lower animals to contract and expel its contents. It 
 is therefore called an ecbolic. It is not decided whether this 
 effect is due to the action of the drug on the organ itself or on 
 the spinal centres. Ergot has very little power to cause contrac- 
 tion of the unimpregnated uterus. 
 
 The flow of urine, of saliva, of sweat, and of milk is dimin-
 
 640 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ished by ergot, probably because of the general vascular con- 
 striction. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF ERGOT. 
 
 The chief use of ergot is to cause efficient contraction of the 
 uterus after labor, and so to diminish the risk of post-partum 
 haemorrhage. If there is any likelihood of profuse bleeding it 
 should be given subcutaneously, so that it may act rapidly. 
 
 Ergot should [not] be administered before the child is ex- 
 pelled, for the contraction produced by it not only gradually 
 becomes more severe, but more prolonged, so that ultimately the 
 uterus remains tightly contracted for several minutes ; that is, of 
 course, dangerous to the life of the child, and if the resistance be 
 very great, may lead to rupture of the uterus. [The modern 
 practice is to forbid its use until after the expulsion of the 
 placenta.] 
 
 This drug has often been given as a haemostatic in haemoptysis 
 and other haemorrhages from different parts of the body. Some 
 authors claim great success. Frequently it fails, and it may, by 
 the general rise of blood-pressure, do more harm than good. It 
 is difficult to [estimate] its value, for so many haemorrhages \vill 
 stop, even if no drugs are given. It has been used to check the 
 night-sweats of phthisis, and as an antigalactagogue. 
 
 It is often desirable to combine the [fluid] extract of ergot 
 with [ferric] chloride. Because of the tannic acid in the ergot 
 an inky mixture results ; but this may be clarified by the addition 
 of a little citric acid, and the taste may be covered with chloro- 
 form water. 
 
 HYDRASTIS. 
 
 HYDRASTIS. [Synonyms. Golden Seal. Yellow Puccoon. The 
 rhizome and roots of Hydrastis canaJensis Linne (nat. ord. Ranunculacea.) 
 Habitat. North America, west to Missouri and Arkansas, in woodlands. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Rhizome about 4 cm. long and 6 mm. thick ; oblique 
 with short branches, somewhat annulate and longitudinally wrinkled ; exter- 
 nally brownish-gray ; fracture short, waxy, bright reddish-yellow, with a thick - 
 ish bark, about ten narrow wood-wedges, broad medullary rays, and large pith. 
 Roots thin, brittle, with a thick, yellow bark and subquadrangular, wo xly 
 centre. Odor slight ; taste bitter. ] 
 
 COMPOSITION. It contains (i) Berberine, [C M H 1T NO 4 , an alkaloid ex-
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS ACTING ON UNSTRIPED MUSCLE. 64! 
 
 isting as yellowish prismatic crystals, and is found in many plants (Berberis, 
 Calumba, Coptis, Menispermum, Xanthorrhiza, Xanthoxylum, etc. ), chiefly in 
 the orders Berberaceiz, Menispermacece, and Ranimculacea. It is identical 
 with Buxine, the alkaloid of Buxus sempervirens, and Pelosine, that of Chon- 
 dodendron tormentosurn (Pareira). (2) Hydrastine, C 21 H 21 NO 6 , a colorless 
 alkaloid, soluble in Alcohol and Ether.] (3) Canadine, C 21 H 21 NO 4 , in white 
 needles. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; [.30 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 i. [Extractum Hydrastis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Hydras- 
 tis. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol, Glycerin and water, 
 and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 m. ; .30 to 4.00 c.c. 
 
 2. Tinctura Hydrastis. Tincture of Hydrastis. Hydrastis, 200 ; 
 by maceration and percolation with diluted Alcohol to 1000. 
 
 Dose, YZ to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. to 8. c.c. 
 
 3. Glyceritum Hydrastis. Glycerite of Hydrastis. Hydrastis, 
 by percolation and maceration with Alcohol, distil off the Alcohol, add 
 Water, filter, and to the nitrate add an equal volume of Glycerin. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 m. ; .30 to 4.00 c.c. 
 
 HYDRASTININ^E HYDROCHLORAS. Hydrastinine Hydro- 
 chlorate. C U H U NO 2 HC1^224.97. The Hydrochlorate of an artificial al- 
 kaloid derived from Hydrastine, the latter being obtained from Hydrastis. 
 
 SOURCE. By acting upon Hydrastine by oxidizing agents, as when Man 
 ganese Dioxide and Sulphuric Acid are used together, or when Platinic 
 Chloride is employed. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Light yellow, amorphous granules, or a pale yellow, crys- 
 talline powder, odorless, and having a bitter, saline taste ; deliquescent on 
 exposure to damp air. Solubility. In 0.3 part of water, and in 3 parts of 
 Alcohol ; with difficulty soluble in Ether or Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, T \ to \ gr. ; .005 to .01 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF HYDRASTIS. 
 
 Hydrastis, in moderate doses, acts as a gastric bitter, promot- 
 ing the appetite, stimulating the gastro-intestinal secretions, and 
 peristalsis. It increases the flow of bile. It contracts the pe- 
 ripheral arterioles chiefly, if not entirely, from its action on the 
 vaso-motor centre in the medulla. In moderate doses it dimin- 
 ishes the rate and depresses the force of the cardiac contraction, 
 but the contraction of the arterioles causes a rise of blood-pres- 
 
 41
 
 642 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 sure. It is said to increase uterine contractions and to produce 
 abortion, but this is doubtful. In poisonous doses it still more 
 depresses the heart, causing a great fall of blood-pressure ; it 
 produces convulsions similar to those of strychnine, and kills by 
 paralysis of respiration. Its action is mainly due to the alkaloid 
 hydrastine. It has been stated that this, before it acts, is oxi- 
 dized into hydrastinine, but against this is the fact that it is ex- 
 creted unchanged in the urine. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF HYDRASTIS. 
 
 External. Hydrastis is employed empirically as a local 
 stimulating application in chronic inflammations, such as un- 
 healthy ulcers. It is used also as a lotion in hyperidrosis, acne, 
 and seborrhcea. Any of the preparations may be employed, if 
 diluted with water. 
 
 Internal. The chief use of hydrastis is that it is empirically 
 administered for chronic inflammations of mucous membranes. 
 It is said to be especially valuable for uterine affections, partic- 
 ularly menorrhagia and dysmenorrhoea. It is given to stop uter- 
 ine haemorrhage and to arrest the growth of uterine tumors. For 
 all these diseases hydrastinine hydrochlorate has been much used. 
 Hydrastis is also employed in the chronic gastritis of drunken- 
 ness, and to a rather less degree in other forms of chronic gastro- 
 intestinal catarrh. As an injection or lotion it is employed (any 
 preparation diluted with an equal part of water) for chronic nasal 
 catarrh, otorrhoea, leucorrhcea, gonorrhoea, and as a mouth wash 
 in aphthous stomatitis, chronic pharyngitis, etc. Some authors 
 claim that it is useful for the same diseases of the heart as are 
 benefited by digitalis. As an antiperiodic, hydrastis is inferior 
 [but next in value to] quinine. 
 
 [GOSSYPII RADICIS CORTEX. 
 
 COTTON ROOT BARK. The bark of the root of Gossypium 
 herbaceutn Linne, and of other species of Gossypium (nat. ord. Mahacea'). 
 Habitat. Subtropical Asia and Africa ; cultivated in the United States. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In thin, flexible bands or quilled pieces; outer surface 
 brownish-yellow, with slight longitudinal ridges or meshes, small, black, cir- 
 cular dots, or short, transverse lines, and dull, brownish-orange patches, from
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS ACTING ON UNSTRIPED MUSCLE. 643 
 
 the abrasion of the thin cork ; inner surface whitish, of a silky lustre, finely 
 striate ; bast-fibres long, tough, and separable into papery layers ; inodorous ; 
 taste very slightly acrid and faintly astringent. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (I) A yellow Resin. (2) A fixed Oil. (3) Tannic 
 Acid. (4) Yellow coloring- matter. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i dr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Gossypii Radicis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of 
 Cotton Root Bark. By maceration and percolation with Glycerin and 
 Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, ]^ to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF COTTON ROOT BARK. 
 
 Cotton Root Bark has the same action as ergot, and is an 
 emmenagogue and an abortifacient. It is used as an uterine 
 haemostatic in the treatment of menorrhagia and metrorrhagia 
 from various causes, and particularly from uterine fibroids. 
 
 CAULOPHYLLUM. 
 
 CAULOPHYLLUM. Synonyms. Blue Cohosh. Squaw Root. The 
 rhizome and roots of Caulophyllum thalictroides (Linne) Michaux (nat. ord. 
 Berberidacece}. Habitat. North America, southward to Kentucky, in rich 
 woodlands. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Rhizome of horizontal growth, about 10 cm. long, and 
 about 6 to 10 mm. thick, bent ; on the upper side with broad, concave stem ; 
 scars and short, knotty branches ; externally grayish-brown, internally whitish, 
 tough and woody. Roots numerous, matted, about lo cm. long, and I mm. 
 thick, rather tough ; nearly inodorous ; taste sweetish, slightly bitter and some- 
 what acrid. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Its chief constituents are (i) Caulophylline, an alkaloid, 
 which is colorless, odorless and almost tasteless, and crystallizes with difficulty. 
 (2) Saponin, (see p. 448). (3) Resins, 12 per cent. (4) Tannic Acid. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF CAULOPHYLLUM. 
 
 Caulophyllum is used to increase the force of uterine contrac- 
 tions ; it has been employed as a remedy for deficient labor-pains, 
 and is believed to be useful in dysmenorrhoea. 
 
 VIBURNUM. 
 
 VIBURNUM PRUNIFOLIUM. Sy/wy/w. Black Haw. The 
 bark of Viburnum prunifolium Linne (nat. ord. Caprifoliacece). Habitat. 
 United States, westward to Kansas and Mississippi ; in thickets.
 
 644 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In thin pieces or quills, glossy purplish-brown, with scat- 
 tered warts and minute black dots ; when collected from old wood, grayish- 
 brown; the thin, corky layer easily removed from the green layer; inner 
 surface whitish, smooth ; fracture short ; inodorous, somewhat astringent and 
 bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Its chief constituents are (l) A brown, bitter Resin. 
 (2) Viburnin, a greenish yellow, bitter principle. (3) Valerianic Acid. (4) 
 Tannic Acid. (5) Oxalates, Citrates and Malates. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i dr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Viburni Prunifolii Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Vi- 
 burnum Prunifolium. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and 
 Water, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, ^ to I fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 VIBURNUM OPUL.US. Synonyms. Cramp Bark. High Bush 
 Cranberry. The bark of Viburnum Opulus Linne (nat. ord. Caprifoliacea). 
 Habitat. North America, from New Brunswick westward, and southward to 
 Pennsylvania, in low grounds. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In flattish or curved bands, or occasionally in quills, some- 
 times 30 cm. long, and from I to 1.5 mm. thick, outer surface ash-gray, 
 marked with scattered somewhat traversely elongated warts of a brownish 
 color, due to abrasion, and more or less marked with blackish dots, and chiefly 
 in a longitudinal direction with black, irregular lines or thin ridges ; under- 
 neath the easily-removed corky layer of a pale brownish or somewhat reddish- 
 brown color ; the inner surface dingy -white or brownish; fracture tough, the 
 tissue separating in layers ; inodorous ; taste somewhat astringent and bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The same as of Viburnum Prunifolium. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 dr. ; 4. to 8. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Viburni Opuli Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Vibur- 
 num Opulus. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, 
 and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF VIBURNUM. 
 
 Viburnum is believed to be an antispasmodic, diuretic and 
 tonic. It is especially used in the nervous diseases of pregnancy 
 and to prevent miscarriage. It has considerable reputation as a 
 remedy for spasmodic dysmenorrhcea, in the treatment of after-
 
 COLCHICUM. 645 
 
 pains, and in menorrhagia. This remedy has been in extensive 
 use for more than twenty years and is undoubtedly of value. 
 
 APIOLUM. 
 
 APIOL. (Not official. ) C 12 H M O 4 =22i.48. A substance obtained from 
 the fruit of Petroselinum sativum (nat. ord. Umbelliferce}. Synonym. 
 Parsley. Habitat. Southern Europe ; cultivated. 
 
 SOURCE. The fruit is exhausted Avith Petroleum Benzin, the solvent 
 evaporated, the residue treated with strong Alcohol, on the evaporation of 
 which Apiol is left. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless liquid resembling a fixed oil, but not saponi- 
 fiable, becoming turbid without congealing at 12 C. ; 10.4 F., having an acid 
 reaction, the odor of parsley, and a pungent taste. Sp. gr., 1.070. Solu- 
 bility. Easily in Alcohol, Ether, Chloroform, and Glacial Acetic Acid. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 15 m ; .60 to i.oo c.c., (in capsules.) 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF APIOL. 
 
 Apiol in large doses acts as a cerebral and circulatory stim- 
 ulant. It is useful in amenorrhoea, scanty menstruation and dys- 
 menorrho2a when administered immediately before the expected 
 period and these conditions are due to a want of ovarian activity ; 
 that is, where direct emmenagogues are required.] 
 
 GROUP XIII. 
 
 Colchicum. 
 
 [The sole value of this drug is that it is generally a specific for gout.] 
 COLCHICUM. 
 
 [COLCHICI RADIX. Colchicum Root. The corm of Colchicum au- 
 tumnale Linne (nat. ord. Liliacea:). Synonym. Meadow Saffron. Habitat. 
 Southern and Central Europe. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 25 mm. long, ovoid, flatfish and with a groove on 
 one side ; externally brownish and wrinkled ; internally white and solid ; often 
 in transverse slices, reniform in shape, and breaking with a short, mealy frac- 
 ture; inodorous ; taste sweetish, bitter and somewhat acrid.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Colchicine, [C M H 25 NO,, 
 about 0.5 percent., the active principle; a bitter alkaloid, usually amorphous, 
 but may be obtained in prismatic crystals, soluble in water and Alcohol, and 
 Chloroform,] but changed by most acids into Cokhiceine, [Cj^H-^NOg.] (2)
 
 646 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Veratrine (see p. 444), in traces combined with Gallic Acid. (3) Starch. 
 (4) Sugar. (5) Gum. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. All astringent preparations, tincture of iodine, and 
 tincture of guaiacum. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 8 gr. ; .12 to .50 gm.,] in powder. 
 
 Prep a rations. 
 
 [i. Extractum Colchici Radicis. Extract of Colchicum Root. 
 By maceration and percolation with Acetic Acid and Water, and evap- 
 oration. 
 
 Dose, ^ to 2 gr. ; .03 to .12 gm. 
 
 2. Extractum Colchici Radicis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of 
 Colchicum Root. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and 
 Water, and, evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 8 m. ; .12 to .50 c.c. 
 
 5. Vinum Colchici Radicis. Wine of Colchicum Root. Col- 
 cbicum Root, 400 ; by percolation with Alcohol, 150 ; and with White 
 Wine to 1000. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 m. ; .30 to i.oo c.c.] 
 
 COLCHICI SEMEN. Colchicum. Seed. The seed of Colchicum 
 autumnale [Linn6 (nat. ord. Liliaceai}. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Subglobular, about 2 mm. thick, very slightly pointed at 
 the hilum; reddish brown, finely pitted, internally whitish; very hard and 
 tough; inodorous; taste bitter and somewhat acrid.] Resembling Colchicum 
 seed. Black mustard seed (see p. 524.) 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) The same as of the conn 
 [root], but the proportion of the active alkaloid Colchicine is [smaller (0.3 
 per cent.). (2) A fixed oil, 6 to 8 per cent.] 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; [.06 to .30 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Extractum Colchici Seminis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of 
 Colchicum Seed. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and 
 Water, and evaporation. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c. 
 
 2. Tinctura Colchici Seminis. Tincture of Colchicum Seed. 
 Colchicum Seed, 150 ; by maceration and percolation with Alcohol and 
 Water to 1000. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; .60 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 
 3. Vinum Colchici Seminis. Wine of Colchicum Seed. Col- 
 chicum Seed, 150; by maceration with Alcohol, 150; and with White 
 Wine to 1000. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; .60 to 2.00 c.c.]
 
 COLCHICUM. 647 
 
 ACTION OF COLCHICUM. 
 
 External. When applied to the skin colchicum acts as an 
 irritant, causing hyperaemia and smarting, and the dust inhaled 
 gives rise to sneezing. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. In moderate medicinal 
 doses colchicum produces no effect on most persons beyond 
 slightly increasing the secretion of bile, but with others it causes 
 loss of appetite, and a little purging, nausea and colic. In 
 larger doses it gives rise, in all persons, to great abdominal pain, 
 vomiting and profuse diarrhoea with the passage of blood. It is 
 in fact a powerful gastro-intestinal irritant. There is also 
 great prostration, the pulse becomes small, rapid, and thready, 
 the skin cold and bedewed with sweat, and the respiration slow ; 
 death is due to collapse. It is probable that these results are not, 
 to any great extent, owing to the effect of colchicine on the heart 
 or respiration, but that they are merely the consequence of the 
 severe gastro- enteritis, which, it is well known, will cause fatal 
 collapse. These effects are produced if colchicine is injected 
 subcutaneously, a circumstance which shows that this alkaloid i& 
 an active principle of the drug, and that it is excreted into the 
 intestine. It is a curious fact that after a certain point, increas- 
 ing the quantity does not lead to an increase of the symptoms. 
 In animals the action on the heart is not marked, but diarrhoea 
 and vomiting are severe. 
 
 Nervous system. Medicinal doses have no effect. Even a 
 fatal dose does not impair consciousness. Cold-blooded animals 
 bear much larger proportionate doses than warm, but in all, after 
 large quantities, sensation is paralyzed, and ultimately the spinal 
 motor centres are powerfully depressed, death taking place from 
 respiratory paralysis. Colchicine is said to act on muscles like 
 veratrine. 
 
 Kidney. The most discordant statements have been made 
 about the action of colchicum on the urine, but it has not been 
 definitely shown that either the quantity or composition, even 
 in the amount of uric acid, is altered. After death by poisoning, 
 the alkaloid is found in the blood and in most of the organs of 
 the body.
 
 648 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF COLCHICUM. 
 
 Colchicum is hardly ever used except for gout. Given during 
 the attack, it most markedly relieves the pain ; in smaller doses 
 given between the attacks it diminishes their severity. It is often 
 very useful for dyspepsia, eczema, headache, neuritis, conjuncti- 
 vitis, bronchitis, and other conditions which, when occurring 
 in those suffering from gout, are probably related to it. How 
 it acts is not known. Occasionally it is combined with other 
 cholagogues, especially if i- is desired to give these remedies to a 
 person who is the subject of gout. If any symptoms of gastric 
 or intestinal irritation appear, its use must be discontinued for a 
 time. As it is a cardiac depressant, those who take it should keep 
 the bowels well open, lest it accumulate in the body. Hence it 
 is commonly combined with magnesium sulphate. The seed is 
 said to be [less] active than the corm. [A well-known formula 
 is : extract of colchicum root, calomel, powdered aloes, pow- 
 dered ipecacuanha, of each i gr., .06 gm., with j to y 2 gr. ; 
 .015 to .03 gm. of extract of mix vomica. ] 
 
 GROUP XIV. 
 
 The Stearoptens. 
 
 The three bodies in this group are white solids, all very closely related to 
 volatile oils, all are antiseptic (two very powerfully so) and two at least, and 
 probably all three, are local anaesthetics. 
 
 Camphor, Thymol, Menthol. 
 
 CAMPHORA. 
 
 CAMPHOR. [Synonyms. Gum Camphor, Laurel Camphor, C,0H ]6 O 
 =151.66. A stearopten (having the nature of a ketone) obtained from Cin- 
 namomum Camphora) (Linne) Nees et Ebermaier (nat. ord. Laurinetz), and 
 purified by sublimation. Habitat. China and Japan. 
 
 SOURCE. The branches and chipped wood are exposed to the vapors of 
 boiling water, the volatilized Camphor is condensed, drained and pressed from 
 the adherent volatile oil (Oil of Camphor), and subsequently refined by subli- 
 mation in vessels of glass or iron. Camphor is now obtained by tapping the 
 trees and collecting the exudation.
 
 THE STEAROPTENS. 649 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, translucent masses, of a tough consistence and a 
 crystalline structure, readily pulverizable in the presence of a little Alcohol, 
 Ether, or Chloroform, having a penetrating, characteristic odor, and a pun- 
 gently aromatic taste. Sp. gr., 0.995. Burns with a smoky flame. Volatil- 
 izes slowly at ordinary temperatures. Sublimes entirely when heated. Solu- 
 bility. Very sparingly soluble in water, but readily soluble in Alcohol, Ether, 
 Chloroform, Carbon Bisulphide, Benzih, and in fixed and volatile oils. When 
 Camphor is triturated in about molecular proportions with Menthol, Thymol, 
 Phenol, or Chloral hydrate, liquefaction ensues.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. Camphor is an oxidation product of Pinene (see Oil of Tur- 
 pentine, [p. 515]), and may also be derived from Cymene found in Oil of Car- 
 away [see p. 551] and Oil of Eucalyptus [see p. 527]. The [official] cam- 
 phor is called Laurel Camphor, and is dextro-rotary. Borneol, known as 
 Borneo, [Sumatra or Barus] Camphor, see p. 557, is often in commerce sub- 
 stituted for the official camphor, which it closely resembles, is derived from 
 Dryobalanops \_Camphora\ and known from the official variety by sinking 
 in water is C IO H 18 O ; that is to say, an alcohol. The common form of Borneol 
 is dextro-rotary, but laevo-rotary and inactive varieties are known. 
 
 [Camphor is contained in Linimentum Belladonnae, Linimentum Sinapis 
 Compositum, Linimentum Saponis, Tinctura Opii Camphorata and Pulvis Mor- 
 phinx 1 Compositus.] 
 
 Dose, 3 to 20 gr. ; [.20 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Aqua Camphorae. Camphor Water. Camphor, 8 ; by tri- 
 turation vijith Alcohol, 5 ; and precipitated Calcium Phosphate, 5 ; ad- 
 dition of Water, and filtration to 1000. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to 2 fl. oz. ; 15. to 60. c.c. 
 
 2. Linimentum Camphorae. Camphor Liniment. Synonym. 
 Camphorated Oil. Camphor, 200 ; Cotton Seed Oil, 800. 
 
 3. Spiritus Camphorae. Spirit of Camphor. Camphor, 100 ; 
 Alcohol to 1000. By solution and filtration. 
 
 4. Ceratum Camphorae. Camphor Cerate. Camphor Liniment, 
 IOO; White Wax, 300 ; Lard, 600. 
 
 CAMPHORA MONOBROMATA. Monobromated Camphor, C 10 
 H 15 BrO=230.42. 
 
 SOURCE. By heating Bromine and Camphor, at 172 F. ; 77-7 C., solu- 
 tion in Benzin, and re- crystallization from hot Alcohol. C 10 H 16 O-|-2Br=C 10 
 H 15 BrO-f-HBr. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, prismatic needles or scales, having a mild, 
 camphoraceous odor and taste, permanent in the air, unaffected by light, and
 
 650 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 neutral to litmus paper. Solubility. Almost insoluble in water; freely solu- 
 ble in Alcohol, Ether, Chloroform, hot Benzin, and fixed and volatile oils ; 
 slightly soluble in Glycerin. It is also soluble without decomposition in cold, 
 concentrated Sulphuric Acid, from which it separates again unaltered, when 
 the solution is poured into water. 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; .12 to .60 gm. 
 
 ACIDUM CAMPHORICUM. (Not official. ) Camphoric Acid. 
 
 C io H i64= I 99-44- 
 
 SOURCE. From Camphor by oxidation with Nitric Acid. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, acicular, odorless crystals having a faintly acid 
 taste. Solubility. Nearly insoluble in cold, readily soluble in hot water, 
 Alcohol, Ether and oils. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 gr. ; .60 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF CAMPHOR. 
 
 External. Camphor, although not a volatile oil, acts very 
 much like one. Thus it is a direct cutaneous stimulant, dilating 
 the vessels of the skin, and at first causing a sensation of 
 warmth, but subsequently a slight degree of local anaesthesia. 
 It is a feeble antiseptic. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-intestinal tract. In the stomach it is 
 mildly stimulant, dilating the vessels, increasing the flow of 
 gastric juice and the peristalsis. Hence it is stomachic and car- 
 minative. It has a slight reflex stimulating effect on the heart. 
 In medicinal doses it has little action on the intestines. 
 
 Absorption. It is quickly absorbed, both from the intestines 
 and the skin, and two bodies formed in the body from it are 
 known. One, camphoral (one atom of H in camphor being re- 
 placed by OH), combines with glycuronic acid and is excreted 
 in the urine as campho-glycuronic acid. Another, an amido- 
 derivative, is also found in the urine. 
 
 Circulation. It increases the number of leucocytes in the 
 blood. To a slight extent the heart is excited directly by it in 
 addition to the reflex stimulation just mentioned. And so the 
 pulse becomes fuller and stronger ; the rate is not much affected. 
 The face may be flushed. 
 
 Respiration. Probably some camphor or some derivative 
 from it is excreted by the bronchial mucous membrane, the vas-
 
 THE STEAROPTENS. 651 
 
 cularity and secretion of which it consequently stimulates. It 
 has the reputation of being a feeble expectorant. 
 
 Skin. It is a mild diaphoretic. This effect is believed to 
 be due to the action of the drug on the central nervous system. 
 Probably some of the camphor is excreted by the skin, for the 
 sweat may smell of it. 
 
 Nervous system. Different people are differently susceptible 
 to the effects of camphor. Five to ten grains [.30 to .60 gm.] 
 will in some persons produce a feeling of exhilaration, or in 
 others a sense of comfort and quietness. Larger doses cause 
 excitement, giddiness, a slow pulse, and ultimately headache, 
 burning pain in the stomach, faintness, confusion of ideas, de- 
 lirium, violent convulsions, insensibility, a small, feeble pulse, 
 and finally death from collapse. It is a mild antipyretic. 
 
 Sexual organs. Camphor is reputed to be an aphrodisiac, but 
 this is probably incorrect. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CAMPHOR. 
 
 External. Its stimulating effects make camphor a favorite 
 ingredient of many liniments. It is constantly rubbed into the 
 skin in some form or another as a mild irritant or counter-irritant 
 in, for example, chronic rheumatism, chronic inflammatory indu- 
 rations, and the slighter chest complaints of children ; and also 
 in myalgia, neuralgia, lumbago, and sciatica, in which cases, be- 
 cause of its property of causing local anaesthesia, it relieves pain. 
 In addition to the pharmacopoeial preparations, a Chloroformum 
 Camphorse (camphor, 2, dissolved in chloroform, i) may be 
 used. The liquid preparations with chloral [hydrate,] carbolic 
 acid, and thymol are excellent local anodynes for neuralgia, and 
 may be dropped into a tooth to relieve toothache. 
 
 Internal. Camphor is used as a carminative, especially in 
 neurotic subjects. It is a common remedy for a cold in the head, 
 and is probably beneficial on account of its stimulation of the 
 circulation and its slight antipyretic and diaphoretic effects. 
 Many expectorant mixtures contain camphor. It has been given 
 as an antispasmodic in hysteria and allied conditions, and some 
 state that it is of use in cholera. [Monobromated Camphor re-
 
 652 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 sembles, but is not identical with, the bromides in its therapeu- 
 tical action, being used as a nervous sedative. Camphoric acid 
 is successfully administered for colliquative sweating, e.g., that 
 of pulmonary tuberculosis. The daily amount of from 15 to 75 
 gr. ; i. to 5. gm., should be given in the evening in divided 
 doses at short intervals, either dry upon the tongue or in starch 
 wafers.] 
 
 THYMOL. 
 
 THYMOL. C 10 H M O[=i49.66. A phenol (classified in the B. P. as a 
 stearopt en) occurring in the volatile oils of ( I) Thymus vul^aris Linne, (2) 
 Monarda punctata Linn6 (nat. ord. Labiatte], and (3) Carurn Ajowan (Rox- 
 burgh) Bentham et Hooker (nat. ord. Umbelliferd). Habitat. (i) Southern 
 Europe ; cultivated. (2) United States, west to Texas and Colorado ; in 
 sandy fields. (3) India, Persia, Egypt. 
 
 SOURCE. Thymol is separated from the terpenes in the volatile oils by 
 fractional distillation, agitated with solution of Soda to remove more of the 
 terpenes and cooled. The compound of Soda and Thymol is decomposed by 
 Hydrochloric Acid, and Thymol is re-crystallized from an alcoholic solution. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Large, colorless, translucent crystals of the hexagonal sys- 
 tem, having an aromatic, thyme-like odor, and a pungent, aromatic taste, with 
 a very slight caustic effect upon the lips. Sp. gr., as a solid, is 1.069, ^ ut 
 when liquefied by fusion it is lighter than water. When triturated with about 
 equal quantities of Camphor, Menthol, or Chloral hydrate, it liquefies. Solu- 
 bility. Soluble in about 1200 parts of water, and in less than its own weight 
 of Alcohol, Ether, or Chloroform ; also readily soluble in Carbon Disulphide, 
 Glacial Acetic Acid, and in fixed or volatile oils. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Paraffin, and spermaceti. 
 
 Dose, i to 3 gr. ; .20 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF THYMOL. 
 
 Thymol is a more powerful antiseptic than carbolic acid, 
 but its insolubility is a drawback. It has been used in antiseptic 
 surgery. A saturated solution, thymol gauze, and thymol oint- 
 ment are employed. It is non-irritating. It has considerable 
 antiparasitic powers, and solutions in alcohol or ether (i in 15) 
 have been used in ringworm. A solution in glycerin (i in 200) 
 has been recommended for sore throat. A little alcohol is very 
 useful for facilitating the aqueous solution of thymol. [The 
 odor is likely to attract house flies.] Thymol in 30 gr. ; [2. 
 gm.] doses has been given as an anthelmintic for the Anchylos-
 
 THE STEAROPTENS. 653 
 
 toma duodenale. After its administration the urine may become 
 green. 
 
 MENTHOL. 
 
 MENTHOL. C 10 H 19 OH [=155. 66. A stearopten (having the char- 
 acter of a secondary Alcohol), obtained from the official oil of peppermint 
 (from Mentha piperita Smith), or from Japanese or Chinese oil of peppermint 
 (from Mentha arvensis Linne, var. piperascens Holmes, and Mentha cana- 
 densis Linne, var. glabrata Holmes ; nat. ord. Labiate). 
 
 SOURCE. By fractional distillation of. the volatile oil and freezing the 
 higher boiling product, and crystallization. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Colorless, acicular or prismatic crystals, having a strong 
 and pure odor of peppermint, and a warm, aromatic taste, followed by a sen- 
 sation of cold, when air is drawn into the mouth. Solubility. Slightly solu- 
 ble in water, but imparts to the latter its odor and taste. It is freely soluble in 
 Alcohol, Ether, Chloroform, Carbon Bisulphide, or glacial Acetic Acid. 
 When it is triturated with about an equal weight of Camphor, Thymol, or 
 Chloral hydrate, the mixture becomes liquid.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Glass and magnesium sulphate. 
 
 Dose, ]/ z to 2 gr. ; [.03 to .12 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF MENTHOL. 
 
 Menthol is chiefly employed externally, for it produces local 
 anaesthesia, a feeling of coldness and numbness, and thereby al- 
 leviates the pain of neuralgia, especially if it involves a super- 
 ficial nerve. It is very efficacious in some cases. The solid 
 menthol, [in the form of a cone,] maybe drawn [over] the skin, 
 or an alcoholic solution may be painted on, or a plaster ; [men- 
 thol, 3; yellow wax, i; resin, 15; spread upon rubber cloth] 
 may be applied. In very hot weather this may be too fluid, and 
 then more wax should be added. A solution made by heat with 
 oleic acid [i to 2.4] is an excellent preparation, and a good 
 liniment is formed of menthol, 3 ; chloroform, 4 ; olive oil, 9, 
 The local application often relieves itching. Menthol has been 
 applied locally to carious teeth, and has been inhaled with ad- 
 vantage [for the relief of the symptom] asthma. For teeth it is 
 best rubbed up with an equal part of [pure carbolic acid], 
 camphor or chloral hydrate. The oily liquid formed in either 
 case may be put in the tooth. For [the symptom] asthma it is 
 readily volatilized by the addition of hot water. Solutions of it
 
 654 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 have been painted upon the throat in diphtheria. A pigment 
 of i to 4 in olive oil is employed for painting the larynx in 
 tuberculous ulceration. [It has been used internally in small 
 doses (iV gr.; .006 gm.) to relieve nausea and vomiting.] It is 
 a powerful antiseptic, and is excreted in the urine, rendering it 
 aseptic and giving it a pleasant smell. Menthol should be pre- 
 served in closed tin boxes. 
 
 GROUP XV. 
 
 Vegetable drugs acting by virtue of important acids 
 they contain. 
 
 Lemon juice (Citric Acid), Laurocerasus (Hydrocyanic Acid), Ben- 
 zoin (Benzoic Acid), Chrysarobinum (Chrysophanic Acid), [Rhus Toxi- 
 codendron (Toxicodendric Acid). Wild Cherry] (see p. 462) and Bitter 
 Almond (see p. 612), both of which yield Hydrocyanic- Acid, have already 
 been considered. 
 
 LEMON. 
 
 LIMONIS CORTEX. Lemon Peel. [The rind of the recent fruit of 
 Citrus Limonum Risso (nat. ord. Rutacea). Habitat. Northern India ; cul- 
 tivated in subtropical countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In narrow, thin bands or in elliptical segments, with very 
 little of a spongy, white, inner layer adhering to them ; outer surface deep 
 lemon-yellow, and ruggedly glandular ; odor fragrant ; taste aromatic and 
 bitterish.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) The official oil, C 10 H J6 
 (see below). (2) Hesperidin, [C. H H. J6 O 1 . ! , a bitter principle. 
 
 Lemon Peelis used in Spiritus Limonis.] 
 
 OLEUM LIMONIS. Oil of Lemon. [A volatile oil obtained by 
 expression from fresh Lemon Peel. . 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale yellow, limpid liquid, having the fragrant odor of 
 lemon, and an aromatic, somewhat bitterish taste. Sp. gr., 0.858 100.859. 
 Solubility. In three times its volume of Alcohol ; also soluble, in all propor- 
 tions, in absolute Alcohol, Carbon Disulphide, or glacial Acetic Acid. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A terpene called Citrene, 
 or Limonene, C 10 H 16 , 90 per cent., strongly dextro-rotary. This is also found 
 in Orange Peel and Oil of Caraway. (2) Geranial or Citral, [C, H 16 O,] an 
 aldehyde derived from Geraniol found in Oil of Rose (see p. 55^). (3) Cit- 
 ronellal, an aldehyde of the alcohol, Citronellol.
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS ACTING BY THEIR ACIDS. 655 
 
 [ Oil of L emon is contained in Spiritus Ammoniae Aromaticus, and Spiritus 
 Aurantii Compositus. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Spiritus Limonis. Spirit of Lemon. Synonym. Essence of 
 Lemon. Oil of Lemon, 50; Lemon Peel, 50; by maceration and fil- 
 tration with Deodorized Alcohol to 1000. 
 
 Spirit of Lemon is contained in Syrupus Acidi Citrici. 
 
 Dose, j to 2 fl. dr. ; 2. toS. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF LEMON. 
 
 The same as those of orange. The oil applied externally is 
 rubefacient. 
 
 LIMONIS SUCCUS. Lemon Juice. The freshly expressed juice of 
 the ripe fruit of Citrus Limonum [Risso (nat. ord. Rutacea}. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A slightly turbid, yellowish liquid, usually having an odor 
 of lemon due to the accidental presence of some of the volatile oil of the rind. 
 Taste acid, and often slightly bitter. Sp. gr., not less than 1.030.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. Lemon juice contains (I) Citric Acid [(H 3 C 6 H 5 O 7 -|- 
 H 2 O), about 7 per cent.,] both free, and combined to form "Potassium and 
 other salts. (2) Malic Acid. (3) Phosphoric Acid. 
 
 Dose, YZ to 2 fl. oz. ; [15. to 60. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF LEMON JUICE. 
 
 Lemon juice is used to relieve thirst, and to make effervescing 
 mixtures and drinks. Its action in the body is the same as that 
 of citric acid (see p. 266). Three or four ounces [90. or 120. 
 c.c.] of lemon juice daily are of great benefit in scurvy. Why 
 this is we do not certainly know. Lemon juice is probably more 
 efficacious than citric acid. 
 
 LAUROCERASUS. 
 
 CHERRY LAUREL. [B. P., not official.] The fresh leaves of 
 Prunus laurocerasus (nat. ord. Rosacece}. [ffabitat. Europe.] 
 
 CHARACTERS. Thick coriaceous, on short, strong petioles. Oblong or 
 ovate, [12 to 1 6 cm.] long, tapering towards each end, recurved at the apex, 
 distinctly but sharply serrated, dark-green, smooth and shining above, pale 
 beneath. Prominent midrib with, on either side of it at the base, one or two 
 granular depressions. Inodorous, except on bruising, when they emit a ratafia- 
 like odor.
 
 656 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Laurocerusin, a gluco- 
 side ; it is a compound of Amygdalin and Amygdalic Acid. (2) Emulsin. 
 By the same changes as in the case with Bitter Almond (see p. 612), in the 
 presence of moisture, an oil, [Hydrocyanic] Acid and Glucose are formed. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Aqua Laurocerasi. [B. P., not official. Cherry Laurel Water.] 
 Made by distillation and standardized so that its strength is o. I per 
 cent, of absolute Hydrocyanic Acid. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Metallic salts. 
 
 Dose, ^ to 2 fl. dr. ; [2. to 8. ex.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF CHERRY LAUREL. 
 
 Its action is the same as that of diluted hydrocyanic acid (see 
 p. 134). Aqua laurocerasi is not often employed ; for owing to 
 the volatilization of the [hydrocyanic] acid, its strength is not 
 constant. It is used as a flavoring agent. 
 
 BENZOINUM. 
 
 BENZOIN. Synonym. Gum Benjamin. A balsamic resin obtained 
 from Sty rax Benzoin [Dryander (nat. ord. Styraced). Habitat. Sumatra, 
 Java, probably also Siam. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In lumps consisting of agglutinated, yellowish-brown tears, 
 which are internally milk-white, or in the form of a reddish-brown mass, 
 more or less mottled from whitish tears imbedded in it. It is almost wholly 
 soluble in 5 parts of moderately warm Alcohol, and in solutions of the fixed 
 alkalies. When heated, it gives off fumes of Benzoic Acid. It has an agree- 
 able, balsamic odor, and a slight, aromatic taste. Solubility. In 5 parts of 
 Alcohol] ; easily in Ether [or Solution of] Potassa. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Benzoic Acid (set p. 657), 
 12 to 20 per cent. (2) Cinnamic Acid, C 9 H 8 O 2 , a trace. (3) Resin. (4) 
 Volatile Oil. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. Adeps [Benzoinatus. Benzoinated Lard. Benzoin, 20; 
 Lard, 1000 ; by melting and straining. 
 
 2. Tinctura Benzoini. Tincture of Benzoin. Benzoin, 200 ; 
 by maceration and filtration with Alcohol to 1000. 
 
 Dose, y t to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c. 
 
 3. Tinctura Benzoini Composita. Compound Tincture of 
 Benzoin. Synonym. Friar's Balsam. Benzoin, 120; Storax, 80 ;
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS ACTING BY THEIR ACIDS. 657 
 
 Balsam of Tolu, 40 ; Purified Aloes, 20 ; by digestion with Alcohol, 
 and filtration to 1000. 
 
 Dose, Yi to I fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 ACIDUM BENZOICUM. Benzoic Acid. HC 7 N 5 O 2 [=i2i.7i]. 
 
 SOURCE. From Benzoin by sublimation. [Toluene (toluol) is generally 
 the source of this substance. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, or yellowish-white, lustrous scales or friable 
 needles, odorless, or having a slight, characteristic odor resembling that of 
 Benzoin, and of a warm, acid taste ; somewhat volatile at a moderately warm 
 temperature, and rendered darker by exposure to light. Solubility. When 
 pure, in about 500 parts of water, and in 2 parts of Alcohol. Also soluble in 
 3 parts of Ether, 7 parts of Chloroform, and readily soluble in Carbon Disul- 
 phide, Benzol, fixed and volatile oils, but sparingly soluble in Benzin. 
 
 Benzoic Acid is contained in Tinctura Opii Camphorata. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 AMMONII BENZOAS. Ammonium Benzoate. NH 4 C 7 H 5 O 2 [= 
 138.72. 
 
 SOURCE. Dissolve Benzoic Acid in Water of Ammonia and distilled 
 water, and evaporate, set aside to crystallize. HC 7 H 5 O 2 -|-NH 4 OH=NH 4 
 C 7 H 5 2 +H 2 0. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Thin, white, four-sided, laminar crystals, odorless or hav- 
 ing a slight odor of Benzoic Acid, a saline, bitter, afterwards slightly acrid 
 taste, and gradually losing Ammonia on exposure to the air. Solubility. In 
 5 parts of water, and in 28 parts of Alcohol. ] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Ferric salts, Liquor Potassae, and acids. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; [.30 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 SODII BENZOAS. [Sodium Benzoate. NaC 7 H 5 O 2 =i43.7i. 
 
 SOURCE. Benzoic Acid is added to a hot concentrated solution of pure 
 Sodium Carbonate, the solution is evaporated, cooled and allowed to crystal- 
 lize. 2HC 7 H 5 O 2 4-Na 2 CO 3 =2NaC 7 H 5 O 2 +CO 2 -f-H 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, amorphous powder, odorless, or having a faint 
 odor of Benzoin, and a sweetish, astringent taste ; permanent in the air. Solu- 
 bility. In 1.8 parts of water, and in 45 parts of Alcohol.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; [.30 to 4. gm.] 
 
 [LITHII BENZOAS. Lithium Benzoate. LiC 7 H 5 O 2 =i27.72. 
 
 SOURCE. By decomposing Lithium Carbonate with Benzoic Acid. 
 Li 2 CO s +2HC 7 Hp 2 =2LiC 7 H 5 O 2 4-CO 2 4-H 2 O. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A light, white powder, or small, shining, crystalline 
 scales ; odorless, or of faint benzoin-like odor, and of a cooling, sweetish taste ; 
 permanent in the air. Solubility. In 4 parts of water, and in 12 parts of 
 Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; .30 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 42
 
 6$ 8 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION OF BENZOIC ACID. 
 
 So far as is known, the action of benzoic acid, its salts, and 
 benzoin, is the same. We shall therefore here describe only the 
 action of benzoic acid. 
 
 External. Benzoic acid is a powerful antiseptic. The 
 growth of many forms of bacteria is completely inhibited by a 
 solution of i in 1000. In a concentrated form it is a stimulant 
 and irritant when applied to the skin. 
 
 Internal. The chief fact about the internal action of benzoic 
 acid that has been worked out is that when it is given by the 
 mouth, hippuric acid appears in the urine. This happens 
 by combination with a molecule of glycocoll, HC.H 5 O.,4-C 2 H 5 
 NO,=C 9 H 9 NO 3 (hippuric acid)+H 2 O. The source of the gly- 
 cocoll is not known. The conversion takes place in the kidneys, 
 for after giving large doses of benzoic acid, it alone can be found 
 in the blood, and if the renal arteries are tied, no hippuric acid 
 is formed, but if only the ureters are tied it is formed. Also 
 benzoic acid has been successfully converted into hippuric acid 
 by passing blood, containing benzoic acid, but no glycocoll, 
 slowly through the kidneys removed directly after death. Fur- 
 ther researches show that the conversion is probably effected 
 by the renal cells. Hippuric acid has been found in the 
 urine of new-born children when benzoic acid has been given 
 to the mother shortly before delivery. If hippuric acid is given 
 by the mouth benzoic acid is found in the blood, but hippuric 
 [acid] reappears in the urine. The hippuric acid in the urine 
 renders alkaline urine acid, and it stimulates and disinfects 
 the urinary mucous membrane. Occasionally succinic as well as 
 hippuric acid appears in the urine. 
 
 Benzoic acid or some derivative of it is probably excreted in 
 the bronchial secretion, for the bronchial mucous membrane is 
 stimulated by the administration of benzoic acid,- the mucus 
 being increased in quantity and disinfected. The acid is there- 
 fore expectorant. The same effects are brought about if the 
 vapor of benzoic acid is inhaled. It is said also to be excreted 
 by the skin and salivary glands, and thereby to increase their 
 activity. It is slightly diuretic. Medicinal doses do not pro-
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS ACTING BY THEIR ACIDS. 659 
 
 duce any effect on the stomach, intestines, circulation, or nerv- 
 ous system. 
 
 Benzoic acid and its salts are antipyretic, and it is stated that 
 they are even more powerful than salicylic acid. How they pro- 
 duce a fall of temperature is not known. Metabolism is believed 
 to be generally increased. Sodium and ammonium benzoate in- 
 crease both the quantity and the solids of the bile. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF BENZOIC ACID. 
 
 External. Lint soaked in the compound tincture is a 
 favorite dressing for wounds and sores of all sorts. Its chief 
 advantage is the antiseptic power it possesses. Its stimulating 
 effect is also valuable. Benzoinated lard is a common basis for 
 ointments when it is wished that the active ingredient should be 
 absorbed, for the lard melts on the body, especially if covered 
 with a bandage ; the benzoin prevents the decomposition of the 
 lard. If the benzoin irritates, which it is likely to do if near the 
 eye, 3 parts of oil of cloves or 2 of oil of gaultheria to [480 
 parts] of lard makes a non-irritant basis which keeps indefinitely. 
 
 Internal. Lungs. Benzoin, benzoic acid and its com- 
 pounds are very commonly employed as stimulating, disinfecting 
 expectorants in cases of bronchitis or phthisis in which the ex- 
 pectoration is foul and scanty. The vapor from a mixture of a 
 pint, [500 c.c.] of water at 140 F., [60 C.] and a fluid drachm, 
 [4, c.c.] of compound tincture of benzoin is often inhaled for 
 bronchitis and laryngitis. 
 
 Urinary organs. Benzoic acid is a most valuable drug for 
 acidifying the alkaline decomposing urine which is formed in 
 pyelitis and cystitis, and for stimulating and disinfecting the 
 urinary tract in the same conditions. Ammonium benzoate is 
 so much more soluble than benzoic acid that it is to be pre- 
 ferred to it. Spirit of chloroform covers the taste. It may with 
 advantage be combined with the urinary sedatives, as tincture 
 of hyoscyamus. The conversion to hippuric acid has been said 
 not to take place when the kidney is diseased. 
 
 Benzoic acid has been used in Germany instead of salicylic 
 acid for rheumatic fever.
 
 66O ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHRYSAROBINUM. 
 
 CHRYSAROBIN. [A neutral principle, in its commercial, more or 
 less impure form, extracted from Goa or Araroba Powder, a substance found 
 deposited in the wood of Andira Araroba Aguiar (nat. ord. Leguminosa). 
 Habitat. Brazil. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale, orange-yellow, microcrystalline powder, odorless 
 and tasteless ; turning brownish-yellow on exposure to air. Solubility. Very 
 slightly soluble in cold water or Alcohol ; soluble in 33 parts of boiling Ben- 
 zol, in Chloroform, and in solutions of the alkalies. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent of Goa powder is Chrysarobin, 
 C 27 H 30 O U .] Synonyms. Rhein. Chrysophan (see p. 490). In the fresh 
 plant it probably exists as a Glucoside, but this is slowly oxidized into Chryso- 
 phanic Acid, C J5 H 10 O 4 , and glucose. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Unguentum Chrysarobini. [Chrysarobin Ointment. Chrys- 
 arobin, 5 ; Benzoinated Lard, 95-] 
 
 ACTION OF CHRYSAROBIN. 
 
 External. It is a powerful irritant to the skin, which it 
 stains yellowish brown. Linen is stained the same color. (The 
 stain may be removed by a weak solution of caustic soda or 
 chlorinated lime. ) It is antiparasitic. 
 
 Internal. It is cathartic and very irritating to the stomach 
 and bowels, causing vomiting and purging. It is excreted by 
 the kidneys, and stains the urine yellow. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CHRYSAROBIN. 
 
 It is used as an antiparasitic in ringworm, and to excite healthy 
 inflammation in chronic cutaneous diseases, especially psoriasis 
 and acne rosacea. A pigment (chrysarobin, i; solution of 
 gutta percha, 9 [solution of gutta percha is made by decantation 
 of gutta percha, i; lead carbonate, i; chloroform, 9;]) is more 
 cleanly than the ointment and does not stain the clothes. 
 Chrysarobin has also been given internally for skin diseases, but 
 as it is so irritating this practice is not advisable. 
 
 [RHUS TOXICODENDRON. 
 
 RHUS TOXICODENDRON. Synonyms. Poison Ivy. Poison 
 Oak. The fresh leaves of Rhus radicans Linne (nat. ord. Anacardiete}. 
 Habitat. North America, west to Wyoming and Texas ; in thickets.
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS USED AS FLAVORING AGENTS. 66 I 
 
 CHARACTERS. Long-petiolate, trifoliolate ; the lateral leaflets sessile or 
 nearly so, about 10 cm. long, obliquely ovate, pointed ; the terminal leaflets 
 stalked, ovate or oval, pointed, with a wedge-shaped or rounded base; the 
 leaflets entire and glabrous, or variously notched, coarsely toothed, or lobed, 
 more or less downy ; when dry, papery and brittle ; inodorous ; taste some- 
 what astringent and acrid. Resembling Rhus Toxicodendron. The leaves 
 of Ptelea trifoliata, which are similar in appearance, but have all the leaflets 
 sessile. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Toxicodendric Acid, a vol- 
 atile Acid. (2) Tannic Acid. (3) Fixed Oil. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 gr. ; .06 to .30 gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF RHUS TOXICODENDRON. 
 
 The tincture of the fresh leaves (dose, iV to 2 m.; .006 to 
 .12 c.c.) has been used in paralysis, nocturnal incontinence of 
 urine and cutaneous diseases ; but the remedy is dangerous and 
 probably, an useless one, for these purposes. Largely diluted 
 it has been used as a lotion for bruises and burns.] 
 
 GROUP XVI. 
 
 [Vegetable drugs only used as Flavoring Agents. 
 
 Balm, Raspberry, Vanilla, Sage, Oil of Bay, Oil of Sesamum.] 
 [MELISSA. 
 
 MELISSA. Synonym. Balm. The leaves and tops of Melissa offici- 
 nalis Linne (nat. ord. Labiate). Habitat. Asia Minor, Southern Europe ; 
 naturalized in the United States ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Leaves long, petiolate, ovate, obtuse- founded or subcor- 
 dateatthe base, crenate, somewhat hairy, glandular ; branches quadrangular; 
 flowers in about four-flowered cymules, with a tubular, bell-shaped, five- 
 toothed calyx, a whitish or purplish bilabiate corolla, and four stamens ; 
 fragrant, aromatic ; somewhat astringent and bitterish. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Volatile Oil, % per cent. \.i) Tannic Acid. (3) 
 Bitter principle. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 dr. ; 4. to 8. gm. 
 
 USES OF BALM. 
 Balm is used as a flavoring agent.
 
 662 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 RUBUS ID^EUS. 
 
 RASPBERRY. The fruit of Rubus idmus Linne (nat. ord. Rosacea}. 
 Habitat. Europe and Asia ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Deprived of the c >nical receptacle, and therefore hollow 
 at the base ; hemispherical, red, finely hairy, composed of from twenty to 
 thirty coalesced, small drupes, each one crowned with the withered style ; 
 juice red ; of an agreeable odor, and a pleasant, acidulous taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Volatile oil, a trace. (2) Citric and Malic Acids. 
 (3) Sugar, about 5 per cent (4) Pectin. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Syrupus Rubi Idaei. Syrup of Raspberry. Fresh ripe raspberries 
 (filtered juice), 40 ; Sugar, 60. 
 Dose, indefinite. 
 
 USES OF RASPBERRY. 
 Raspberry syrup is used chiefly as a flavoring agent. 
 
 VANILLA. 
 
 VANILLA. The fruit of Vanilla planifolia Andrews (nat. ord. Or- 
 chideee). Habitat. Eastern Mexico, in hot, damp woods ; cultivated in the 
 tropics. 
 
 CHARACTERS. From 15 to 25 cm. long, and about 8 mm. thick, linear, 
 narrowed and bent or hooked at the base, rather oblique at the apex, wrinkled, 
 somewhat warty, dark brown, glossy-leathery, one-celled, and containing a 
 blackish-brown pulp, with numerous, minute seeds, and more or less acicular 
 crystals ; odor and taste peculiar, fragrant. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Its chief constituents are Vanillin, C 8 H 8 O 3 , a crystal- 
 line principle, 1.7 to 2.75 per cent., which develops upon the ripening of the 
 pod. (2) Fixed Oil, II per cent. (3) Resin. (4) Sugar. (5) Mucilage. 
 Vanillin is the Aldehyde of Methylprotocatechuic Acid ; and can be prepared 
 artificially from Coniferin, Carbolic Acid, Guaiacol and Eugenol, C in H 12 Oj, 
 the last being found in Oil of Cloves (set p. 534). 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Tinctura Vanillae. Tincture of Vanilla. Vanilla, 100 ; Sugar, 
 200 ; by maceration with Alcohol and Water to 1000. 
 Dose, as flavoring agent. 
 
 USES OF VANILLA. 
 Vanilla is used solely as a flavoring agent.
 
 VEGETABLE DRUGS USED AS FLAVORING AGENTS. 663 
 
 SALVIA. 
 
 SALVIA. Synonym. Sage. The leaves of Safoia officinalis Linne 
 (nat. ord. Labiate}. Habitat. Southern Europe; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 5 cm. long, petiolate, ovate-oblong, obtuse or sub- 
 acute at the apex, rounded or somewhat heart-shaped at the base, finely crenu- 
 late, thickish, wrinkled, grayish green, soft -hairy and glandular beneath ; odor 
 aromatic ; taste aromatic, bitterish, and somewhat astringent. 
 
 COMPOSITION. It contains (l) A volatile oil, containing Salviol, C 10 
 H 18 O, Cineo/&nd Pinene. (2) Resin. (3) Tannic acid. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i dr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF SAGE. 
 
 It is used chiefly as a condiment, and it is said to be beneficial 
 in checking the perspiration of hectic fever. 
 
 OLEUM MYRCI..E. 
 
 OIL OF MYRCIA. Synonym. Oil of Bay. A volatile oil distilled 
 from the leaves of Myrcia acris De Candolle (nat. ord. Myrtacece). Habitat. 
 West Indies. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellow or brownish-yellow liquid, having an aromatic, 
 somewhat clove-like odor, and a pungent, spicy taste. Sp. gr. , 0.975 to 
 0.990. Solubility. With an equal amount of Alcohol, glacial Acetic Acid, 
 or Carbon Disulphide, it yields slightly turbid solutions. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Spiritus Myrciae. Spirit of Myrcia. Synonym. Bay Rum. Oil 
 of Myrcia, 16 ; Oil of Orange Peel, I ; Oil of Pimenta, I ; Alcohol, 
 1 220 ; Water to 2000. 
 
 USES OF MYRCIA. 
 
 Oil of myrcia is used solely as a perfume. Bay rum is used 
 as a refrigerant lotion. 
 
 OLEUM SESAMI. 
 
 OIL OF SESA.MUM. Synonyms. Sesame Oil. Teel Oil. Benne 
 Oil. A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Sesamum indicum Linne (nat. 
 ord. Pedaliacetz). Habitat. India; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish or yellow, oily liquid, inodorous or nearly so, 
 and having a bland, nut-like taste. Sp. gr., 0.919 to 0.923. 
 
 USES OF OIL OF SESAMUM. 
 Benne oil is used in preparing hair oil.]
 
 664 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 GROUP XVII. 
 
 Vegetable drugs used only as coloring agents. 
 
 Saffron, Red Saunders. 
 CROCUS. 
 
 SAFFRON. [The stigmas of Crocus sativus Linn6 (nat. ord. Iridea:}. 
 Habitat. Western Asia ; cultivated in Spain and France. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Separate stigmas, or three, attached to the top of the 
 style, about 3 cm. long, flattish-tubular, almost thread-like, broader and 
 notched above ; orange-brown; odor strong, peculiar, aromatic; taste bitterish 
 and aromatic.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (1) Polychroite, [C^H^O^, 
 an amorphous, brown-yellow Glucoside, soluble in Alcohol and water, splitting 
 into Sugar (Crocose), and red Crocetin, (formerly called Crocin], C^H^Oj, 
 soluble in Ether and Alcohol. (2) Picrocrocin, CjgHggOj,, in colorless, bitter 
 needles, readily soluble in Alcohol and water. (3) A volatile oil, C 10 H 16 , I 
 percent. (4) Fixed oil.] 
 
 IMPURITIES. Marigold, saffron petals, chalk, and oil. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to 2.00 gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Tinctura Croci. [Tincture of Saffron. Saffron, 100 ; by macer- 
 ation and percolation with Diluted Alcohol to looo. 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c.J 
 
 USES OF SAFFRON. 
 Saffron is only used to color [pharmaceutical] preparations, but 
 
 it is expensive. 
 
 SANTALUM RUBRUM. 
 
 [RED SAUNDERS. The wood of Pterocarpus sanlalinus Linnfc 
 filius (nat. ord. Leguminosa:}. Habitat. Madras ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A hard, heavy, dark reddish-brown, coarsely splintery 
 wood, deprived of the light-colored sap-wood ; usually met with in chips, or 
 as a coarse, irregular, brownish-red powder, nearly inodorous and nearly taste- 
 less.] Resembling Red Saunders. Logwood, which is less dense. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are [(i) Santa/in, C 15 H 14 O & , in 
 red needles. (2) Santal, C 8 H 6 O S , in colorless scales. (3) Pterocarpin, 
 C^HjgOg. (4) Homopterocarpin, C 24 H M Oj, in colorless crystals.] 
 
 Red Saunders is contained in Tinctura Lavandulae Composite. 
 
 USES OF RED SAUNDERS. 
 
 Red Saunders is used to color preparations, [but is of no value 
 medicinally.]
 
 SUBSTANCES WHOSE ACTION IS MECHANICAL. 66$ 
 
 GROUP XVIII. 
 
 Vegetable substances whose action is mechanical. 
 
 Cotton, [Pyroxylin, Cotton Seed Oil], Oil of Theobroma, [Mastic], 
 India-rubber, Starch, Lycopodium, Quillaja. 
 
 GOSSYPIUM [PURIFICATUM. 
 
 PURIFIED COTTON. Synonym. Absorbent Cotton. The hairs 
 of the seed of Gossypium herbaceum Linne, and of other species of Gos- 
 sypium (nat. ord. Malvacea}, freed from adhering impurities, and deprived of 
 fatty matter. Habitat. Tropical Asia and Africa ; cultivated in tropical and 
 subtropical countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, soft, fine filaments, appearing under the micro- 
 scope as hollow, flattened and twisted bands, spirally striate, and slightly thick- 
 ened at the edges ; inodorous and tasteless ; insoluble in ordinary solvents, but 
 soluble in Copper Ammonium Sulphate solution.] 
 
 PYROXYLINUM. Pyroxylin. Synonyms. Gun Cotton. [Soluble 
 Gun Cotton. Calloxylin. Purified Cotton, loo ; is immersed in a mixture of 
 Sulphuric, 2200 ; and Nitric Acids, 1400 ; washed with a large quantity of 
 Water, drained and dried. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 i. Collodium. Collodion. Pyroxylin, 30; dissolved in Ether, 
 750 ; and Alcohol, 250. 
 
 a. Collodium Flexile. Flexible Collodion. Collodion, 920; 
 Canada Turpentine, 5 ; Castor Oil, 30. 
 
 3. Collodium Cantharidatum. Cantharidal Collodion. Syn- 
 onym. Blistering Collodion. Cantharides, 60; by percolation with 
 Chloroform, evaporation and solution of residue in Flexible Collodium, 
 85- 
 
 4. Collodium Stypticum. See Tannic Acid, p. 593.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 The uses of cotton are well known. Cotton, lint and gauze 
 are frequently medicated, e.g., Sal Alembroth, 2 per cent. ; 
 Boric Acid, 5 or 10 per cent. ; Salicylic Acid, 5 per cent. ; 
 Carbolic Acid, 5 per cent. ; lodoform, 5, 10 and 50 per cent. 
 
 Pyroxylin is only used to make collodion. Collodion, when 
 painted on the skin, rapidly dries from evaporation of the ether,
 
 666 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 and covers the skin with a thin protective film. Flexible collo- 
 dion has the same properties, but it does not crack, as collodion 
 often does. These preparations are protective to small wounds, 
 and are used after slight operations. If the end of the urethra 
 or prepuce is closed at night with collodion, nocturnal inconti- 
 nence may sometimes be cured. 
 
 [OLEUM GOSSYPII SEMINIS. 
 
 COTTON SEED OIL. A fixed oil expressed from the seed of 
 Gossypium herbaceum Linne, and other species of Gossypium (nat. ord. Mal- 
 vacea), and subsequently purified. Habitat. Asia and Africa ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale yellow, oily liquid, without odor, and having a 
 bland, nut-like taste and neutral reaction. Sp. gr. , 0.920 to 0.930. Solu- 
 bility. Slighly soluble in Alcohol, but readily soluble in Ether, Chloroform, 
 or Carbon Disulphide. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (l) Olein. (2) Palmitin. (3) Coloring matter. 
 
 Cotton Seed Oil is used in Linimentum Ammonise and Linimentum Cam- 
 phorae. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF COTTON SEED OIL. 
 
 This is used simply as a bland, nutritious oil, and in lini- 
 ments.] 
 
 OLEUM THEOBROMATIS. 
 
 OIL OF THEOBROMA. Synonym. Cacao Butter. [A fixed oil 
 expressed from the seed of Theobroma Cacao Linne (nat ord. Sterculiacece}. 
 Habitat. South America. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish-white solid, having a faint, agreeable odor, 
 and a bland, chocolate-like taste. Sp. gr., 0.970 to 0.980. Solubility. 
 Readily in Ether or Chloroform ; also soluble in 100 parts of Alcohol. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (I) Stearin. (2) Olein. (3) 
 Theobromine, an alkaloid, C 7 H 8 N 4 O 2 . (4) Formic, Acetic and Butyric Acid 
 Glycerides. ] 
 
 USES OF OIL OF THEOBROMA. 
 
 Oil of theobroma is used to make suppositories, [and as a 
 source of stearic acid. It is also used by inunction to improve 
 the nutrition of the body.] 
 
 [MASTICHE. 
 
 MASTIC. A concrete resinous exudation from Pistacia Lentiscus Linne 
 (nat. ord. Anacardiea). Habitat. Mediterranean basin. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Globular or elongated tears, of about the size of a pea, 
 sometimes covered with a whitish dust, pale yellow, transparent, having a
 
 SUBSTANCES WHOSE ACTION IS MECHANICAL. 667 
 
 glass-like lustre and an opalescent refraction ; brittle ; becoming plastic when 
 chewed ; of a weak, somewhat balsamic, resinous odor, and a mild terebin- 
 thinate taste. Solubility. Completely in Ether, and, for the most part, solu- 
 ble in Alcohol. Resembling Mastic. Acacia, which is larger, rougher, and 
 more opaque. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) A resin, C^H^O.,, Mas- 
 tichic Acid, 90 per cent.; soluble in Alcohol. (2) Masticin, a resin, insolu- 
 ble in Alcohol. (3) Volatile oil, C 10 H 16 , I to 2 per cent. 
 
 I MPURIT Y. Sandarac. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Pilulse Aloes et Mastiches. See Aloes, p. 498. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF MASTIC. 
 
 Mastic is a mild stimulant, mostly used as a masticatory, for 
 filling decayed teeth, and for cements and varnishes. 
 
 ELASTICA. 
 
 INDIA-RUBBER. Synonym. Caoutchouc. The prepared milk- 
 juice of various species of Hevea (nat. ord. Euphorbiacetz), known in com- 
 merce as Para Rubber. Habitat. In tropical countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In cakes, balls, or hollow, bottle-shaped pieces, externally 
 brown to brownish-black, internally brownish or of lighter tint ; very elastic. 
 Solubility. Insoluble in water, diluted acids, or diluted solutions of alkalies; 
 soluble in Chloroform, Carbon Bisulphide, Oil of Turpentine, Benzin, and 
 Benzol. When heated to about 257 F. ; 125 C., it melts, remaining soft 
 and adhesive after cooling. Odor faint, peculiar ; nearly tasteless. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) A solid Hydrocarbon, C^H^. (2) Fat. (3) Vola- 
 tile oil. (4) Coloring matters. On combining it with 10 per cent, of Sulphur, 
 Vulcanized Rubber is obtained ; with 50 per cent., and hardening by pressure 
 Vulcanite or Ebonite is produced. 
 
 USES OF INDIA-RUBBER. 
 
 India-rubber is used for making plasters, bougies, pessaries, 
 and syringes.] 
 
 AMYLUM. 
 
 STARCH. [The fecula of the seed of Zea Mays Linne (nat. ord. Gra- 
 tmnea}. Habitat. Tropical Asia and Africa ; cultivated in tropical and sub- 
 tropical countries. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In irregular, angular masses, which are easily reduced to 
 a fine powder ; white, inodorous, and tasteless; insoluble in Ether, Alcohol, 
 or cold water. Under the microscope appearing as granules, nearly uniform
 
 668 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 in size, more or less angular in outline, with indistinct striae and with a distinct 
 hilum near the centre. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Its ultimate composition is C 6 H 10 O 5 , but it consists of a 
 mixture of various modifications of Starch-cellulose and Starch-granulose.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 [Glyceritum Amyli. See Glycerin, p. 609.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF STARCH. 
 Starch is chiefly employed for its mechanical properties, on 
 account of which it is used as a basis for dusting powders and 
 insufflations. The glycerite is a basis for suppositories. The 
 mucilage (i to 40 of water, gradually added and then boiled 
 and stirred for a few minutes) is a basis for ointments, and may 
 be used to suspend insoluble powders or oils ; it is very [conve- 
 nient] as a basis for enemata, but does not keep well and is 
 therefore not suitable as a vehicle for a mixture. 
 
 LYCOPODIUM. 
 
 LYCOPODIUM. [5y0yw.r. Vegetable Sulphur. Club Moss. The 
 spores of Lycopodium clavatum Linne, and of other species of Lycopodium 
 (nat. ord. Lycopodiacea}. Habitat. Europe, Asia, and North America, in 
 dry woods. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A fine powder, pale yellowish, very mobile, inodorous, 
 tasteless, floating upon water and not wetted by it, but sinking on being boiled 
 with it, and burning quickly when thrown into a flame. Under the micro- 
 scope the spores are seen to be sphsero-tetrahedral, the surfaces marked with 
 recticulated ridges, and the edges beset with short projections. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Fixed oil, 47 to 49 per cent. (2) Cane Sugar, 2 per 
 cent. (3) A volatile base, Methylamine, in minute quantities. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Pollen, starch and sand.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF LYCOPODIUM. 
 
 Lycopodium has a great power of absorbing oils and oleo- 
 resins. It is excellent as a basis of pills, especially as it protects 
 hygroscopic substances, for it is powerfully repellant to water. 
 It is useful as a dusting powder, and also as a basis for insuffla- 
 tions. 
 
 QUILLAJA. 
 
 QUILLAJA. Synonyms. [Panama Bark. Soap Bark. The inner 
 bark of Quillaja Saponaria Molina (nat. ord. Rosacece). Habitat. Chili and 
 Peru.
 
 VEGETABLE SUBSTANCES ACTING ON METABOLISM. 669 
 
 CHARACTERS. Flat, large pieces, about 5 mm. thick; outer surface 
 brownish-white, ofien with small patches of brown cork attached, otherwise 
 smooth ; inner surface whitish, smooth ; fracture splintery, checkered with 
 pale, brownish bast fibres, imbedded in white tissue ; inodorous ; taste per- 
 sistently acrid ; the dust very sternutatory.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. (I) Saponin, about 9 per cent., \_(see p. 448) a mixture of 
 the Glucosides, Quillaic Acid, C 19 H 30 O 10 , and Sapotoxin, C 17 H 26 O 10 .] 
 
 Dose, ]^ to y 2 dr. ; [i. to 2. gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Tinctura Quillajae. [Tincture of Quillaja. Quillaja, 200 ; by 
 boiling with Water, straining and washing, addition of Alcohol, 350 ; 
 filtration and addition of Water to 1000. 
 
 Dose, l / 2 to 2 fl. dr.; 2. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF QUILLAJA. 
 
 The tincture of quillaja, on account of its soapy nature, is 
 largely employed to make a lather for shampooing, and may be 
 used to aid the diffusion of oils and other insoluble bodies, but 
 the fact that it contains the active body saponin is an objection 
 to its employment for emulsifying medicines for internal ad- 
 ministration. On the other hand, because of the saponin, it 
 might probably be used more largely as an expectorant. Those 
 who have employed it speak very favorably of it, especially in 
 cases in which the object is to promote free expectoration of 
 mucus which is accumulating in the chest. 
 
 GROUP XIX. 
 Vegetable substances [acting on Metabolism], 
 
 Guaiacum [Xanthoxylum], Sarsaparilla, [Menispermum, Stillingia, 
 
 Lappa,] Sassafras, Hemidesmus, [Calendula, Scutellaria, 
 
 Tonga], Bael Fruit, Oleum Gynocardiae. 
 
 GUAIACUM. 
 
 GUAIACI LIGNUM. Guaiacum Wood. Synonym. Lignum vitae. 
 The heart-wool of Guaiacum officinale [Linn6, and of Guaiacum sanctum 
 Linne (nat. ord. Zygophyllea). Habitat. West Indies, North and South 
 America.
 
 6/O ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Heavier than water, hard, brown or greenish-brown, resin- 
 ous, marked^ with irregular, concentrated circles, surrounded by a yellowish 
 alburnum, splitting irregularly ; when heated, emitting a balsamic odor ; taste 
 slightly acrid. Guaiacum Wood is generally used in the form of raspings or 
 turnings, which should be greenish-brown, containing few particles of a 
 whitish color, and should acquire a dark bluish-green color on the addition of 
 Nitric Acid.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The principal constituent is the Resin (see below), 20 to 
 25 per cent. 
 
 \Guaiacum Wood is used to make Decoctum Sarsaparillae Compositum.] 
 
 Dose, X t> z dr. [* to 4- ? m< ] 
 
 GUAIACI RESINA. Guaiac. {Synonym. Gum Guaiac. The resin 
 of the wood of Guaiacum officinal? Linne (nat. ord. Zygophyllea). 
 
 SOURCE. By melting the resin of the heartwood by fire. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In irregular masses, or subglobular pieces, externally green- 
 ish-brown, internally of a glassy lustre, and, in recent Guaiac, usually reddish- 
 brown, transparent in thin splinters, fusible, feebly aromatic, the odor becom- 
 ing stronger in heating ; taste somewhat acrid ; powder grayish, turning green 
 on exposure to air.] Guaiacum Resin on dry distillation yields Cresol and 
 Guaiacol, also found in Creosote (set p. 334). Resembling Guaiacum Resin. 
 Myrrh, Scammony, Benzoin, Aloes, and Resin, but these have no greenish 
 tinge. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are three resins (l) Guaiaconic 
 Add, C, 9 H M O 6 (70 per cent.). (2) Guaiadc Acid, resembling Benzoic Acid. 
 (3) Guaiaretic Add, [C 20 H M O 4 (about 10 per cent.).] These are insoluble 
 in water, soluble in alkalies, but precipitated on neutralization. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Mineral acids and spirit of nitrous ether. 
 
 [Guaiac Resin is contained in Pilulre Antimonii Composite.] 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; [.30 to a.oo gm.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Tinctura Guaiaci. Tincture of Guaiac. Guaiac, 200. By 
 maceration with Alcohol, and filtration to 1000. 
 Dose, j to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 2. Tinctura Guaiaci Ammoniata. [Ammoniated Tincture of 
 Guaiac. Guaiac, 200 ; by maceration with Aromatic Spirit of Ammo- 
 nia, and filtration to 1000. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF GUAIAC. 
 
 External. [The tincture of guaiac is used for the detection 
 of blood stains.]
 
 VEGETABLE SUBSTANCES ACTING ON METABOLISM. 6/1 
 
 Internal. Guaiacum resin gives rise to an acrid feeling in 
 the throat and a sensation of heat in the epigastrium. It in- 
 creases the secretions and movements of the intestine and 
 stomach. Large doses are gastro-intestinal irritants, causing 
 vomiting and purging. It reflexly stimulates the heart. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF GUAIAC. 
 
 Internal. Guaiacum resin is so [disagreeable] and its value 
 so doubtful that it is rarely ordered. It is used empirically, 
 sometimes successfully, for chronic sore throat, especially if the 
 subject has had syphilis. Lozenges (13 gr. [.20 gm.] of the 
 resin with a fruit basis) are preferred. The mixture [B. P., 
 Guaiacum resin, 6 ; sugar, 6 ; tragacanth, i ; cinnamon water, 
 240 ; dose, ^ to i fl. oz., 15. to 30. c.c.] is said to be a more 
 efficacious preparation than that of the tincture. Thirty grains 
 [2. gm.] of the powder itself may be placed on the back of the 
 throat and swallowed. Guaiacum is a mild purgative, and it has 
 been given as a pill in chronic constipation ; this property ac- 
 counts for its presence in compound [cathartic] pills. Lately it 
 has been strongly recommended by Garrod as a means of ward- 
 ing off attacks of gout. For this purpose 12 gr., [.75 gm.] of 
 the powdered resin may be taken in a cachet for an indefinite 
 period, even several years. It is well to follow it by a draught 
 of effervescent lithium citrate. It was formerly employed in 
 
 chronic rheumatism. 
 
 [XANTHOXYLON. 
 
 XANTHOXYLON. 5y0yw. Prickly Ash Bark. The bark of Xan- 
 thoxylum americanum Miller, and of Xanthoxylum Clava-Herculis Linne 
 (nat. ord. Rutacea). Habitat. North America. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Xanthoxylum americanum (Northern Prickly Ash) is in 
 curved or quilled fragments, about I mm. thick ; outer surface brownish gray, 
 with whitish patches, and minute, black dots, faintly furrowed, with some 
 brown, glossy, straight, two-edged spines, linear at the base, and about 5 mm. 
 long ; inner surface whitish, smooth ; fracture short, non-fibrous, green in the 
 outer and yellowish in the inner layer ; inodorous ; taste bitterish, very pun- 
 gent. 
 
 Xanthoxylum Clava-Herculis (Southern Prickly Ash) resembles the pre- 
 ceding, but is about 2 mm. thick, and is marked by many conical, corky pro- 
 jections, sometimes 2 cm. high, and by stout, brown spines, rising from a
 
 672 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 corky base. Resembling Xanthoxylum. Aralia sfiinosa, which is nearly 
 smooth externally, and beset with slender prickles in transverse rows. 
 
 COMPOSITION. It contains (i) An acrid, green oil. (2) A resin, crys. 
 talline, white and tasteless. (3) An acrid, soft resin. (4) A bitter substance, 
 probably an alkaloid. (5) Tannic acid, in small quantity. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 30 gr. ; .60 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Xanthoxyli Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Xanthoxy- 
 lum. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, 10 to 30 m. ; .60 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF PRICKLY ASH BARK. 
 Xanthoxylum has about the same action as guaiac. It pro- 
 duces, when swallowed, a sensation of heat. It enjoys some 
 reputation as a remedy for chronic rheumatism, and has been 
 used in syphilis and chronic hepatic disorders. For patients 
 suffering from chronic syphilis who do not tolerate either mer- 
 cury or the iodides, McDade's formula may be employed. This 
 is equal parts of the fluid extracts of sarsaparilla, stillingia, lappa, 
 phytolacca root and tincture of xanthoxylon. The dose is from 
 i to 4 fl. dr., 4. to 15. c.c., thrice daily. The bark, used as a 
 masticatory, is a popular remedy for tooth-ache.] 
 
 SARSAPARILLA. 
 
 SARSAPARILLA. [The root of Smilax officinalis Kunth, Smilax 
 medica Chamisso et Schlechtendal, Smilax papyracea Duhamel, and of other 
 undetermined species of Smilax (nat. ord. Liliacea). Habitat. Tropical 
 America, from Mexico to Brazil. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 4 or 5 mm. thick, very long, cylindrical, longitudi- 
 nally wrinkled, externally grayish-brown or orange-brown ; internally showing 
 a whitish and mealy, or somewhat horny, cortical layer, surrounding a circular 
 wood-zone, the latter enclosing a broad pith ; nearly inodorous ; taste mucila- 
 ginous, bitter, and acrid.] Resembling Sarsaparilla. Senega, which is 
 twisted and keeled ; Hemidesmus, which is cracked transversely. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Parillin [also named 
 Smilacin, Parillinic Acid and ParigHn, about 0.2 per cent., an acrid gluco- 
 side, soluble in hot water and Alcohol, insoluble in Ether], closely resembling 
 Saponin. (2) Resin. (3) Trace of a Volatile Oil. [(4) Calcium Oxalate 
 and other salts. ] 
 
 INCOMPATIBLES. Alkalies. 
 
 Dose, Yi to I dr. ; [2. to 4. gm,]
 
 VEGETABLE SUBSTANCES ACTING ON METABOLISM. 6/3 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 I. [Decoctum Sarsaparillae Compositum. Compound Decoction 
 of Sarsaparilla. Sarsaparilla, loo; Sassafras, 20; Guaiacum Wood, 
 20 ; Glycyrrhiza, 20 ; Mezereum, 10. By boiling, maceration in Water 
 and straining to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 4 fi. oz. ; 30. to 120. c.c. 
 
 2. Extractum Sarsaparillae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Sar- 
 saparilla. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and Water, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, ^2 to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c. 
 
 3. Extractum Sarsaparillae Fluidum Compositum. Com- 
 pound Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla. Sarsaparilla, 750 ; Glycyrrhiza, 
 120 ; Sassafras, loo; Mezereum, 30. By maceration and percolation 
 in Glycerin, Alcohol and Water, and evaporation, to 1000. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c. 
 
 4. Syrupus Sarsaparillae Compositus. Compound Syrup of 
 Sarsaparilla. Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla, 200. ; Fluid Extract of 
 Glycyrrhiza, 15 ; Fluid Extract of Senna, 15 ; Oil of Sassafras, ^ Oil 
 of Anise, y 1 ^ ; Oil of Gaultheria, ^ ; Sugar, 650. By mixing, filtering, 
 dissolving the Sugar, and straining with Water to looo. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to i fl. oz. ; 15. to 30. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SARSAPARILLA. 
 
 Sarsaparilla is not known to have any physiological action. 
 It is never given alone, therefore we are ignorant of its therapeu- 
 tical effects. Probably it has none. 
 
 [MENISPERMUM. 
 
 MENISPERMUM. Canadian Moonseed. Synonym. Yellow Par- 
 ilia. The rhizome and roots of Menispermum canadense Linn6 (nat. ord. 
 Menispermacea:\ Habitat. North America, in moist thickets. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Rhizome several feet long, about 5 mm. thick, brown or 
 yellowish -brown, somewhat knotty, finely wrinkled, longitudinally and beset 
 with numerous thin, rather brittle roots ; fracture tough, woody ; internally 
 yellowish, the bark rather thick, the wood rays broad, porous, and longest on 
 the lower side ; pith distinct ; nearly inodorous ; taste bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Afenispine, awhile alka- 
 loid, insoluble in Benzol and alkalies. (2) Berberine (see p. 640). (3) 
 Tannic acid. (4) Resin. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 gr. ; .30 to 2.00 gm. 
 
 43
 
 6/4 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Menispermi Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Menisper- 
 mum. By maceration and percolation with Alcohol and water, and 
 evaporation. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 30 m. ; .30 to 2.00 c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF CANADIAN MOONSEED. 
 The action and uses of menispermum are similar to those of 
 
 sarsaparilla. 
 
 STILLINGIA. 
 
 STILLINGIA. Synonyms. Queen's Root. Queen's Delight. The 
 root of Slillingia sylvatica Linne (nat. ord. Euphorbiacea'). Habitat. South- 
 ern United States, in sandy soil. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 30 cm. long, and nearly 5 cm. thick, subcylindri- 
 cal, slightly branched, compact, wrinkled, tough, grayish-brown, breaking with 
 a fibrous fracture, showing a thick bark and porous wood, the inner bark and 
 medullary rays having numerous yellowish-brown resin-cells ; odor peculiar, 
 unpleasant ; taste bitter, acrid, and pungent. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Sylvacrol, an acrid resin, soluble in Alcohol and 
 Chloroform. (2) Probably a glucoside. (3) Resin. (4) Volatile Oil. (5) 
 Tannic Acid. 
 
 Dose, ]4, to i dr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Stillingiae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Stillingia. 
 By maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, % to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF STILLINGIA. 
 
 Stillingia is in large doses emetic and cathartic, but in smaller 
 ones, alterative. It is a valuable remedy in syphilis and in the 
 cutaneous and hepatic diseases which are benefited by so-called 
 
 alterative medicines. 
 
 LAPPA. 
 
 LAPPA. Synonym. Burdock. The root of Arctium Lappa Linne 
 and some other species of Arctium (nat. ord. Composita:). Habitat. Europe 
 and Northern Asia ; naturalized in North America, in waste places. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 30 cm. or more long, and in its thickest portion, 
 from I to 2 cm. thick ; nearly simple, fusiform, fleshy, longitudinally wrinkled, 
 crowned with a tuft of whitish, soft, hairy leaf-stalks ; grayish-brown, inter- 
 nally paler ; fracture somewhat horny ; bark rather thick, the inner part and 
 the wood radially striate, the parenchyma free from starch, often with cavi
 
 VEGETABLE SUBSTANCES ACTING ON METABOLISM. 6/5 
 
 ties lined with white remains of tissue ; odor feeble and unpleasant ; taste 
 mucilaginous, sweetish and somewhat bitter. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Possibly a glucoside. (2) 
 Inulin. (3) Resin. (4) Tannic Acid, in small quantity. 
 
 Dose, y 2 to i dr. ; 2. to 4. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Lappae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Lappa. By 
 maceration and percolation with Diluted Alcohol, and evaporation. 
 Dose, y z to i fl. dr. ; 2. to 4. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF BURDOCK. 
 
 Burdock is considered to be a diuretic and a diaphoretic alter- 
 ative. It has been recommended in the treatment of various 
 chronic skin diseases, especially in psoriasis and acne.] 
 
 SASSAFRAS. 
 
 SASSAFRAS. [The bark of the root of Sassafras variifolium (Salis- 
 bury) O. Kuntze (nat. ord. Laurine<z). Habitat. North America from 
 Eastern Texas and Kansas eastward to Florida and Ontario ; in woods. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In irregular fragments, deprived of the gray, corky layer, 
 bright rust-brown, soft, fragile, with a short, corky fracture ; the inner surface 
 smooth ; strongly fragrant; taste sweetish, aromatic, and somewhat astringent. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A volatile oil (see below), 
 about 5 per cent. (2) Sassafrid, a peculiar decomposition product of Tannic 
 Acid. (3) Resin. (4) Tannic Acid. ] 
 
 Sassafras is contained in [Decoctum Sarsaparillae Compositum, and Ex- 
 tractum Sarsaparillae Fluidum Compositum. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i dr. ; [i. to 4. gm.] 
 
 [SASSAFRAS MEDULLA. Sassafras Pith. The pith of Sassafras 
 variifolium (Salisbury) O. Kuntze (nat. ord. LaurinecE). 
 
 CHARACTERS. In slender, cylindrical pieces, often curved or coiled, 
 light, spongy, white, inodorous and insipid. Macerated in water it forms a 
 mucilaginous liquid, which is not precipitated on the addition of Alcohol. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Mucilago Sassafras Medullae. Mucilage of Sassafras Pith. 
 Sassafras Pith, 2 ; Water, loo. By maceration and straining. 
 Dose, freely. 
 
 OLEUM SASSAFRAS. Oil of Sassafras. A volatile oil distilled 
 from Sassafras. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish or reddish-yellow liquid, having the charac- 
 teristic odor of Sassafras without the odor of Camphor, and a warm, aromatic
 
 6/6 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 taste. It becomes darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air. Sp. gr., 
 1.070 to 1.090. Solubility. Soluble, in all proportions in Alcohol, in Glacial 
 Acetic Acid, and in Carbon Bisulphide. 
 
 Oil of Sassafras is contained in Syrupus Sarsaparillse Compositus. 
 
 Dose, i to 5 m. ; .06 to .30 c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SASSAFRAS. 
 
 The external and internal action of sassafras is, so far as is 
 known, the same as that of volatile oils generally. [The mucilage 
 is somewhat stimulant in its action, and is an excellent vehicle.] 
 
 HEMIDESMUS. 
 
 HEMIDESMUS. [B. P., not official.] The dried root of Hemides- 
 mus Indicus (nat ord. Asclepiadacece). Synonym. Indian Sarsaparilla. 
 [Habitat. India. ] 
 
 CHARACTERS. Cylindrical, twisted, longitudinally furrowed; [15. cm.] 
 long ; their yellowish-brown corky layer easily separable from the rest of the 
 bark, which is annularly cracked. Odor fragrant, taste sweetish, slightly 
 acid. Resembling Hemidesmus. Sarsaparilla, Ipecacuanha, and Senega, but 
 they have no cracks. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) [Coumarin] (2) Hemi- 
 desmine. (3) Tannic Acid. 
 
 Preparation, 
 
 Syrupus Hemidesmi. [B. P., not official. Syrup of Hemi- 
 desmus]. Hemidesmus, 4 ; Sugar, 28 ; Boiling Water, 16. 
 Dose, YT, to i fl. dr. ; [2. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF INDIAN SARSAPARILLA. 
 
 Hemidesmus is used chiefly in India, and for the same pur- 
 poses as Sarsaparilla. It is doubtful whether it has any particular 
 action. The syrup may be given as a flavoring agent. 
 
 [CALENDULA. 
 
 CALENDULA. Synonym. Marigold. The florets of Calendula 
 officinalis Linn6 (nat. ord. Composite). Habitat. Levant and Southern 
 Europe ; cultivated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Florets about 12 mm. long, linear and strap-shaped, deli- 
 cately veined in a longitudinal direction, yellow or orange-colored, three- 
 toothed above, the short hairy tube enclosing the remnants of a filiform style 
 terminating in two elongated branches ; odor slight and somewhat heavy ; 
 taste somewhat bitter and faintly saline.
 
 VEGETABLE SUBSTANCES ACTING ON METABOLISM. 6// 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) A peculiar principle, 
 Calendulin, which is regarded as analogous to Bassorin. (2) An amorphous 
 bitter principle. (3) Gum. 
 
 Dose, 15 to 60 gr. ; i. to 4. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Tinctura Calendulae. Tincture of Calendula. Calendula, 200. 
 By maceration and percolation with Alcohol to 1000. 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr.; 4. to 15. c.c. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF MARIGOLD. 
 
 Marigold was formerly supposed to be antispasmodic, sudo- 
 rific and emmenagogue, but now it is believed to have no thera- 
 peutic value. 
 
 SCUTELLARIA. 
 
 SCUTE.L.LA.RI A. Synonym. Skullcap. The herb of Scutellaria 
 lateriflora Linne (nat. ord. Labiata). Habitat. North America ; west to 
 Alabama, New Mexico and Oregon, in damp thickets. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 50 cm. long, smooth ; stem quadrangular, branched ; 
 leaves opposite, petiolate, about 5 cm. long, ovate-lanceolate or ovate-oblong, 
 serrate ; flowers in axillary, one-sided racemes, with a pale blue corolla, and 
 bilabiate calyx, closed in fruit, the upper lip helmet-shaped; odor slight ; taste 
 bitterish. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) A bitterish principle. (2) Volatile oil, a trace. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 dr. ; 4. to 8. gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Extractum Scutellarise Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Scutel- 
 laria. By maceration and percolation with .Diluted Alcohol and evap- 
 oration. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c. 
 
 USES OF SCUTELLARIA. 
 
 Scutellaria has little medicinal effect. It is used as a nervous 
 sedative ; formerly it was given in decoction for epilepsy. 
 
 TONGA. 
 
 TONGA. The bark of Raphidorphora vitiensis (nat. ord. Aracea) and 
 Premna taitensis (nat. ord. Verbenacea']. Habitat. Fiji Islands. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Tongine, a volatile alka- 
 loid. (2) A volatile oil. 
 
 Dose, ^ to i dr. ; i. to 4. gm.
 
 6/8 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF TONGA. 
 
 Tonga as a fluid extract; dose, ^ to i fl. dr. ; i. to 4. c.c., 
 undoubtedly relieves some cases of intractable neuralgia. Com- 
 bined with salicylates it is of great value for the treatment of so- 
 called muscular rheumatism. In large doses it is purgative.] 
 
 BEL^E FRUCTUS. 
 
 BAEL FRUIT. [B. P., not official.] The dried half-ripe fruit of 
 sEgle marmelos (nat. ord. Rutacece}. [Habitat.'] Malabar and Coromandel. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Roundish fruit the size of a large orange, usually imported 
 in fragments of the hard, woody rind, with adherent dried pulp and seeds. 
 
 COMPOSITION. [Tannic Acid in small quantity. 
 
 Preparation, not official. 
 
 Extractum Belae Liquidum. Fluid Extract of Bael Fruit. 
 Bael Fruit, 16; water, 17. 
 
 Dose, i to 2 fl. dr. ; 4. to 8. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF BAEL FRUIT. 
 
 The imported bael fruit is probably useless. In India the ex- 
 tract of the fresh fruit is used for the treatment of diarrhoea and 
 dysentery. It contains but little tannic acid, and its mode of 
 action is not known. 
 
 OLEUM GYNOCARDI^. 
 
 CHAULMOOGRA OIL. [Not official.] The expressed oil from the 
 seed of Gynocardia odorata (nat. ord. Bixinea). [Habitat. East India.] 
 
 CHARACTERS. [This is a whitish substance which is solid at 107 F., 
 42 C. , and is of an acid reaction. Sp. gr. , at above temperature, 0.930.] 
 Solubility. In ether, chloroform, and alcohol. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Chiefly Gynocardic Acid, [C U H M O S ,] a yellowish oily 
 body with a burning taste. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 20 m. ; [.30 to 1.20 c.c.] in capsules. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF CHAULMOOGRA OIL. 
 
 Chaulmoogra oil has been much used in leprosy, for the bacilli 
 present in the blood have diminished in number during its ad- 
 ministration, but it does not cure the disease. An ointment (3 
 to 8 of lanolin) has been used as a stimulant in chronic eczema
 
 ANIMAL DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 6/9 
 
 and psoriasis. [It has been largely employed as a local applica- 
 tion for bruises, sprains and stiffness by athletes.] 
 
 SECTION II. PHARMACOPCEIAL SUBSTANCES DERIVED FROM 
 THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 
 
 [The drugs in this section which act similarly will be grouped together. 
 In Appendix II. a list of these drugs, arranged according to their Natural 
 Orders, will be found.] 
 
 GROUP I. 
 
 [Animal Drugs acting chiefly on the Nervous System.] 
 MOSCHUS. 
 
 MUSK. The dried secretion from the preputial follicles of Moschus 
 moschiferus [Linn6 (class Mammalia; order Ruminantia). Habitat. 
 Central Asia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In irregular, crumbly somewhat unctuous grains, dark 
 reddish-brown, having a peculiar, penetrating and persistent odor, and a bitter- 
 ish taste. It is contained in oval or roundish sacs about 4 to 5 cm. in diam- 
 eter, on one side invested with a smoothish membrane, on the other side 
 covered with stiff, appressed, grayish hairs, concentrically arranged around two 
 orifices near the centre. Solubility. About IO per cent, of Musk is soluble in 
 Alcohol, the tincture being light brownish-yellow, and on the addition of 
 water becoming slightly turbid. About 50 per cent, of Musk is soluble in 
 water, the solution being deep brown, faintly acid, and strongly odorous. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (I) Ammonia. (2) An acid. (3) Cholesterin. (4) Fats 
 and Oils. (5) Wax. (6) Gelatinous and albuminous principles. The odor- 
 iferous principle has not been isolated,] but it is probably a product of decom- 
 position, being constantly formed ; complete drying destroys the odor, but it 
 returns after water is added. 
 
 IMPURITIES. Dried blood, [resin, lead and other substances.] 
 
 Dose, 2 to 10 gr. ; [.12 to .60 gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 [Tinctura Moschi. Tincture of Musk. Musk, 50; Alcohol, 
 450 ; Water, 450 ; by maceration and filtration with Diluted Alcohol, 
 to looo. 
 
 Dose, % to i fl. dr. ; x. to 4. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF MUSK. 
 
 Musk is a very powerful diffusible stimulant, especially to 
 the heart and nervous system. It also stimulates the respiratory
 
 68O ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 centre. How it acts is not known. Occasionally it produces 
 headache and nausea. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF MUSK. 
 
 It has been used, and apparently with great success, in the 
 collapse and prostration of long continued severe diseases, such 
 as typhoid fever and pneumonia. Various functional nervous 
 diseases, as hysteria, are occasionally treated with it. Its high 
 price limits its use. It is usually given as a pill. 
 
 GROUP II. 
 
 [Animal Purgatives. 
 
 Oxgall and Honey.] 
 PEL BOVIS. 
 
 [OXGALL. Synonym. Fel Tauri. The fresh bile of Bos Taurus 
 Linn6 (class Mammalia; order Ruminantia}. Habitat. Domesticated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A brownish-green or dark-green, somewhat viscid liquid, 
 having a peculiar, unpleasant odor, and a disagreeable, bitter taste. Sp. gr., 
 1.018 to 1.028.] 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; [.30 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 [Fel Bovis Purificatum. Purified Oxgall. 
 
 SOURCE. Evaporate Oxgall, 300, to 100 ; add Alcohol, ioo. 
 Decant, filter, and after distillation of the Alcohol, evaporate. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish-green, soft solid, having a peculiar 
 odor, and a partly sweet and partly bitter taste. Solubility. Very 
 soluble in water and in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 ACTION OF OXGALL. 
 
 [Oxgall when added to albuminous solutions delays their de- 
 composition. It aids in the absorption of fats. If given by the 
 mouth it is mostly absorbed from the intestine and acts as a chol- 
 agogue.]
 
 ANIMAL PURGATIVES. 68 1 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF OXGALL. 
 
 Oxgall has been used as a cholagogue purgative in cases of 
 constipation, in which the pale color of the faeces indicates a 
 deficient secretion of bile. [It has also been used as an anti- 
 septic in typhoid fever and in intestinal fermentation.] An 
 enema of twenty grains [1.20 gm.] or more dissolved in an 
 ounce or two [30. to 60. c.c.] of water is very useful in case of 
 impacted faeces, in which the rectum is so full that there is not 
 sufficient room for a larger enema. [One to two ounces ; 30. to 
 60. gm. of oxgall in a pint ; 500 c.c., of water would be much 
 more likely to be successful. According to Fraser bile has some 
 antitoxic power with reference to the poisons produced by patho- 
 genic micro-organisms.] 
 
 MEL. 
 
 [HONEY. A saccharine secretion deposited in the honey-comb by Apis 
 mellifica Linne (class Insecta ; order Hymenoptera). Habitat. Domesti- 
 cated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A syrupy liquid of a light yellowish to pale yellowish- 
 brown color, translucent when fresh, but gradually becoming opaque and 
 crystalline, having a characteristic, aromatic odor, and a sweet, faintly acrid 
 taste. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Dextrose or Grape Sugar. 
 (2) Glucose or Fruit Sugar. (3) Wax. (4) Volatile oil. (5) Formic Acid, 
 a minute quantity. ] 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Mel Despumatum. Clarified Honey. Melt Honey in a water- 
 bath, and strain while hot, adding 5 per cent, of Glycerin. 
 
 Clarified Honey is contained in Confectio Rosae and Mel Rosae. 
 [Dose, freely.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF HONEY. 
 Honey is a demulcent, relieving dryness of the mouth and 
 facilitating swallowing. Oxymel, [clarified honey 8, acetic acid 
 i, water i], is a useful preparation. It is a common ingredient 
 of cough mixtures. Honey is a mild laxative, and may be given 
 to children for this purpose.
 
 682 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 GROUP III. 
 
 [Animal Digestants. 
 
 Pepsin and Pancreatin.] 
 PEPSINUM. 
 
 PEPSIN. [A proteolytic ferment or enzyme obtained from the glandular 
 layer of fresh stomachs from healthy pigs, (Sus scrofa Linn ; class Mam- 
 malia ; order Pachydermata), and capable of digesting not less than 3000 
 times its own weight of freshly coagulated and disintegrated egg albumin. 
 Habitat. Domesticated. 
 
 SOURCE. The mucous membrane of a pig's stomach, dissected off and 
 finely chopped, is macerated in water acidulated with Hydrochloric Acid for 
 several days, with frequent stirring. The strained liquor is decanted and So- 
 dium Chloride mixed with it. After several hours the floating mixture is 
 skimmed from the surface and placed in cotton cloth to drain, and finally sub- 
 mitted to strong pressure to get rid of the saline solution. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A fine white, or yellowish-white, amorphous powder, or 
 thin, pale yellow or yellowish, transparent or translucent grains or scales, free 
 from any offensive odor, and having a mildly acidulous or slightly saline taste, 
 usually followed by a suggestion of bitterness. It slowly attracts moisture 
 when exposed to the air. Solubility. Soluble, or for the most part soluble, in 
 about 100 parts of water, with more or less opalescence ; more soluble in water 
 acidulated with Hydrochloric Acid ; insoluble in Alcohol, Ether or Chloroform. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; .30 to 4.00 gm. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Pepsinum Saccharatum. Saccharated Pepsin. Pepsin, lo ; 
 Sugar of Milk, 90. By trituration. Saccharated Pepsin should digest 
 300 times its own weight of freshly coagulated and disintegrated egg 
 albumin. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 60 gr. ; .30 to 4.00 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF PEPSIN. 
 
 Pepsin may be given to help gastric digestion in those in 
 whom from old age or long illness the secretion of gastric juice 
 is deficient. Thus, for example, it is useful in convalescence 
 from acute illness or in cases of cancer of the stomach. It is of 
 no use as an aid to the digestion of fatty or carbo-hydrate food. 
 It should be given in a powder or a pill directly after meal* and 
 should be followed in about half an hour by a dose of
 
 ANIMAL DIGESTANTS. 683 
 
 chloric acid. The pepsin should be tested before use, as many 
 preparations in the market are inert powders. 
 
 Pepsin may be used to predigest albuminous food, either for 
 administration by the mouth or the rectum. Often this is better 
 than giving pepsin internally, for morbid processes may be going 
 on in the stomach which prevent digestion. The rectum has 
 very feeble powers of digestion, and therefore nutrient enemata 
 or suppositories should always be predigested. It is found that 
 for predigestion pancreatin (see below) is usually a more reliable 
 preparation than pepsin. Both should be employed with judg- 
 ment, for there is a likelihood that if artificial digestion be used 
 too long, the digestive functions of the stomach may [become 
 incapable of action] from want of use. 
 
 The following directions for peptonizing meat may be fol- 
 lowed. Take one pound [450. gm.] of lean meat, reduce to a 
 fine pulp, add six times its weight of water containing 0.2 per 
 cent, of hydrochloric acid and i2ogr. [8. gm.] of pepsin. Di- 
 gest at 120 F. [48. C.] in a porcelain digester for five or six 
 hours with frequent stirring. Then neutralize with sodium car- 
 bonate, boil and filter. Evaporate the filtrate on a water bath 
 till it is of the consistency of a soft extract. 
 
 Peptonized meat suppositories are often very valuable. To 
 make one suppository 30 gr. [2. gm.] of the above -extract is 
 mixed with 40 gr. [2.40 gm.] of oil of theobroma, and moulded 
 in a conical mould. 
 
 [PANCREATINUM. 
 
 PANCREATIN. Synonym. Zymine. A mixture of the enzymes 
 naturally existing in the pancreas of warm-blooded animals, usually obtained 
 from the fresh pancreas of healthy pigs (Sus scrofa Linng ; class Mammalia; 
 order Pachydermata}. Habitat. Domesticated. 
 
 SOURCE. Macerate the cut-up pancreas in water acidulated with Hydro- 
 chloric Acid for forty-eight hours, add a saturated solution of Sodium Chloride, 
 allow to stand until the Pancreatin rises to the surface ; skim this, drain in 
 a muslin filter, wash with a less concentrated solution of salt until nearly dry ; 
 then rub up with Sugar of Milk, dry thoroughly without heat, and dilute with 
 Sugar of Milk, until 10 gr. ; .60 gm. , will just emulsify 2 fl. dr.; 8. c.c. of Cod 
 Liver Oil. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish, yellowish-white, or grayish, amorphous
 
 684 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 powder, odorless, or having a faint, peculiar, not unpleasant odor, and a some- 
 what meat-like taste. Solubility. Slowly and almost completely soluble in 
 water, insoluble in Alcohol. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 gr. ; .30 to i.oo gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF PANCREATIN. 
 
 Pancreatin has the power of converting starch into sugar, al- 
 bumin and fibrin into peptones, and first curdling and then pep- 
 tonizing milk. It will not act in an acid medium nor above 
 140 F. [60 C.]. The directions for peptonizing milk are 
 given on p. 688. [It is used as an artificial agent to assist the 
 digestion of invalids and of old persons, or those prostrated by 
 fever or exhaustion. Also by means of this, food may be par- 
 tially or wholly digested previous to administration. It should 
 be used in combination with an alkali, as sodium bicarbonate, 
 in the proportion of i to 4. Nutritive enemata should be 
 thoroughly pancreatized.] 
 
 GROUP IV. 
 [Animal Drugs which are also Foods. 
 
 Cod Liver Oil, Milk, Extract of Meat.] 
 OLEUM MORRHU/E. 
 
 COD LIVER OIL. Synonym. [Oleum Jecoris Aselli. A fixed oil 
 obtained from fresh livers of Gadus Morrhua Linne, and of other species of 
 Gadus (class Pisces: order Teleostia ; family Gadida.} Habitat. North 
 Atlantic Ocean. An oil obtained from the Candle fish ( Thaleichthys Pacificus] 
 is found in the markets under the name of Eulachon Oil and is sometimes sold 
 as Cod Liver Oil. 
 
 SOURCE. The fresh livers are slowly heated, and the oil is decanted from 
 the water, and sometimes deprived of the solid fat by partial freezing. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pale yellow, thin, oily liquid, having a peculiar, slightly 
 fishy, but not rancid odor, and a bland, slightly fishy taste. Sp. gr., 0.920 to 
 0.925. Solubility. Scarcely soluble in Alcohol, but readily soluble in Ether, 
 Chloroform, or Carbon Bisulphide ; also in 2.5 parts of Acetic Ether. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Olein, 70 per cent., which 
 is a fluid fixed oil, and is Glycerin Oleate the most abundant constituent of 
 Cod Liver Oil. (2) Palmitin, with some Stearin, 25 per cent. (3) Free
 
 ANIMAL DRUGS WHICH ARE ALSO FOODS. 685 
 
 fatty acids, as Oleic, Palmitic, Stearic. (4) Gaduin, CjjH^Og, a peculiar 
 principle, very insoluble in ordinary menstrua. (5) Morrhuol, a crystalline 
 substance of uncertain composition, containing Phosphorus, Iodine and Bro- 
 mine. (6) Traces of Iodine and Bromine. (7) Biliary principles. The so- 
 called alkaloids of Cod Liver Oil are decomposition products, ptomaines or 
 cadaveric alkaloids, and are found in larger quantities in the brown oils. Their 
 existence in fresh oil obtained from healthy livers has not been demonstrated.] 
 Dose, i to 4 fl. dr. ; [4. to 15. c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF COD LIVER OIL. 
 
 External. Cod liver oil is a bland unirritating oil. If it is 
 desired to administer it in cases in which it is rejected by the 
 stomach, it may be rubbed into the skin. The oil is certainly 
 absorbed when applied in this way. 
 
 Internal. Gastro-inte stinal tract. Cod liver oil, even more 
 than other oils, is liable to cause indigestion, nausea, and sick- 
 ness. Large doses may set up diarrhoea. It is more readily 
 absorbed than other oils. Loops of intestine have been isolated 
 in the lower animals, and into each loop different oils have been 
 injected. The intestines are returned to the abdominal cavity, 
 and after some time the animal is killed and the loops are 
 opened. It is always found that the cod liver oil has been more 
 rapidly absorbed than any other oil. The facility with which 
 cod liver oil is absorbed is also shown by the fact that it often 
 cannot be recognized in the faeces, although equal quantities of 
 other oils taken by the mouth are passed tinaltered. Some 
 authorities believe that the superior absorbability of cod liver oil 
 depends on the biliary principles contained in it, but this is 
 doubtful ; others think that it is because the presence of free 
 acids facilitates saponification and emulsion. Certainly it con- 
 tains more free fatty acids than other oils, and it also emulsifies 
 much more easily. 
 
 Tissues. Not only is cod liver oil more readily absorbed than 
 other oils, but it is a better food. All oils lead to an increased 
 formation of fat, but cod liver oil is the most powerful in this 
 respect. It reduces the color of a solution of potassium per- 
 manganate more readily than other oils that is to say, it is more 
 readily oxidized. Thus, as it is more easily absorbed and more
 
 686 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 easily oxidized, we have a partial explanation of its peculiar value 
 in increasing the weight of the body ; but the general belief is 
 that these two facts do not wholly explain the action of cod liver 
 oil, and that it has some peculiar specific action not yet under- 
 stood, especially upon those suffering from phthisis for whom it 
 is a very valuable drug. [If it is true, as has been stated, that 
 iodine may occur in the proportion of i to 2000 of the oil, the 
 influence of this remedy is not to be ignored.] 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF COD LIVER OIL. 
 
 External. The smell of cod liver oil is so disagreeable that 
 it should not be rubbed in externally unless this treatment be 
 absolutely necessary. 
 
 Internal. Cod liver oil is of the greatest service in all varie- 
 ties of tuberculous disease, the centra-indications being high 
 temperature, severe haemoptysis and dyspepsia, vomiting, or 
 diarrhoea, whether primary or induced by the oil. Patients 
 often improve in every way under its influence. With the same 
 exceptions it may be administered with great advantage in 
 rickets, and in any chronic disease associated with loss of flesh, 
 such as suppuration, convalescence from acute disease, tertiary 
 syphilis and starvation. It is often of benefit in the chronic 
 bronchitis and the chronic eczema of childhood. It is frequently 
 given with success in neuralgia, general feebleness, despondency 
 and other nervous conditions. Formerly it was often prescribed 
 for chronic rheumatism. Many persons cannot, or imagine they 
 cannot, take it on account of its [unpleasant] taste. There are 
 in the market several preparations of cod liver oil in which, by 
 careful preparation, the disagreeable taste is almost abolished. 
 Ten minims [.60 c.c.] of pure ether, with a [minim] or two [.06 
 to .12 c.c.] of oil of peppermint or cloves, will, when mixed 
 with a dose of cod liver oil, often render it more palatable. 
 Sometimes it is taken in [soft] capsules, or made into a jelly with 
 isinglass, or a little salt is put into the mouth after the oil is 
 taken, or the mouth is rinsed out with brandy beforehand. 
 Sometimes it is taken in coffee, but perhaps the best way is to 
 form an emulsion of it. A very nutritious one is made by rub-
 
 ANIMAL DRUGS WHICH ARE ALSO FOODS. 687 
 
 bing together equal parts of [extract of malt] and cod liver oil, 
 and in this the oil can hardly be tasted [but it is likely to re- 
 peat.] 
 
 The British Pharmaceutical Conference advises rne following 
 emulsion : Cod liver oil, 8 fl. oz. [240. c.c.]; the yolk of two 
 eggs; tragacanth in powder, 16 gr. [i. gm.]; elixir of [saccharin 
 (saccharin,] 24 gr.; [1.50 gm.] ;. sodium bicarbonate, 12 gr. 
 [.75 gm.] ; alcohol, i fl. dr. [4. c.c.]; disti-lled water, 7 fl. dr. 
 [28. c.c.]), i fl. dr. [4. c.c.]; tincture of benzoin, i fl. dr. ; 
 [4. c.c.] ; spirit of chloroform, 4 fl. dr.;[i5- c.c.]; oil of bitter 
 almond, 8 m. ; [.50 c.c.]; distilled water to 16 fl. oz.; [500. 
 c.c.]. Dose, 2 to 8 fl. dr.; [8. to 30. c.c.]. It is frequently 
 desirable to give cod liver oil with iron. In that case the fol- 
 lowing preparation, in which the oil is emulsified with an alkali, 
 will be found useful : Cod liver oil, 4 fl. dr.; [15. c.c.]; iron 
 and ammonium citrate, 5 gr.; [.30 gm.]; potassium carbonate, 
 3 gr.; [.20 gm. ; saccharin,] * gr. [.015 gm.]; oil of caraway, 
 ^ m. ; [.015 c.c.] ; water to i fl. oz. ; [30. c.c.]. 
 
 LAC. 
 
 [MILK. Not official. The fresh milk of the cow, Bos Taurus. (Ord. 
 Ruminantia. ) Habitat. Domesticated. ] 
 
 ARTIFICIAL HUMAN MILK. (Not official.) 
 
 PREPARATION. Take half a pint [240. c.c.] of skimmed milk; heat it 
 to about 96 F. ; [35.5 C. ] and put into the warmed milk a piece of rennet 
 an inch [2.5 cm.] square, or a teaspoonful [4. c.c.] of essence of rennet. 
 Put the milk in a fender, or over a lamp, until it is quite warm. As soon as it is 
 set, remove the rennet, break up the curd into small pieces with a knife, and 
 let it stand for ten or fifteen minutes; the curd will then sink. Then pour 
 the whey into a saucepan and boil quickly. Measure one-third of a pint [160. 
 c.c.] of this whey, and dissolve in it, while it is hot, 1 10 gr. [7. gm.] of Sugar 
 of Milk. When this third of a pint [160. c.c.] of whey is cold, add to it two- 
 thirds of a pint [320. c.c.] of new milk and two teaspoonfuls ; [8. c.c.] of 
 cream and stir. The food should be made fresh every twelve hours, and 
 warmed as required. Care should be taken to select an essence of rennet 
 which does not make the milk taste. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ARTIFICIAL HUMAN MILK. 
 Artificial human milk is invaluable as a food for infants whose 
 mothers cannot suckle them. Many cases of infantile diarrhoea,
 
 688 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 indigestion, and sickness can be cured by substituting this milk 
 for the usual milk and water, or infants' food. Some large dairy 
 firms supply it, but it is cheaper to make it at home, and the 
 above directions are easily carried out. When bought it is often 
 sterilized and sold in air-tight bottles. It should be remembered 
 that a long-continued diet of sterilized milk may, in children, 
 cause rickets. 
 
 PEPTONIZED MILK. (Not official.) 
 
 PREPARATION. Mix a pint [480. c.c.] of milk with 5 fl. oz. [150. c.c.] 
 of water. Heat to 140 F. "[60 C.], and add Liquor Pancreatis, [B. P.] I 
 fl. dr. [4. c.c.]; and Sodium Bicarbonate, 20 gr. ; [1.20 gm.]. Leave the 
 mixture at the ordinary temperature of the room for three hours, or if kept at 
 about 135 F. [57.2 C.] for about half an hour, then heat for a moment to 
 boiling point. If too much pancreatic solution is used the milk is bitter. [This 
 preparation should be kept on ice until required.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF PEPTONIZED MILK. 
 Peptonized milk is used in many conditions in which it is 
 thought that the gastric digestion is too feeble to digest ordinary 
 milk, or in which it is desired, as sometimes, in typhoid fever, 
 for instance, to avoid the curdling of milk in the stomach. Milk 
 should always be peptonized before being introduced into an 
 enema. An usual nutrient enema consists of the yolk of an egg 
 and milk up to four fluid ounces [120. c.c.]. This mixture may 
 be peptonized in just the same way and with the same quantity 
 of peptonizing agents as the pint [480. c.c.] of milk. Thirty 
 grains; [2. gm.] of common salt should be added to the enema 
 before use. 
 
 KUMYSS. (Not official). [This is frequently written, Koumiss.] 
 PREPARATION. Dissolve 4 dr. [15 gm.] of grape sugar in 4 fl. oz. [120. 
 c.c.] of water and 20 gr. [1.20 gm.] of yeast in 4 fl. oz. [120. c.c.] of cow's 
 milk. Pour both into a bottle holding a quart [960. c.c.], which is then filled 
 up with milk, corked, wired, and put in a cool place and frequently shaken for 
 four days. 
 
 USES OF KUMYSS. 
 
 Kumyss contains a little alcohol and is extremely useful as a 
 stimulant food in convalescence, in phthisis, and other conditions 
 of exhaustion. [It is also used for the same purposes as milk ; it
 
 ANIMAL DRUGS WHICH ARE ALSO FOODS. 689 
 
 is usually more agreeable to the patient and is often borne by the 
 stomach when all other food is vomited. The above is a very 
 good substitute for the kumyss drunk by the Tartars, who prepare 
 it by fermenting mare's milk.] 
 
 [EXTRACTUM CARNIS. 
 
 EXTRACT OF MEAT. (Not official). This preparation has for 
 its object the obtaining the nutritive matters of the flesh of animals in a per- 
 manent concentrated state. 
 
 SOURCE. Equal parts of meat and cold water. Straining, evaporation 
 and straining. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Reddish-brown in color, of a slightly acrid taste, and 
 frequently of a disagreeable odor. 
 
 COMPOSITION. 100 parts of meat yield 25 of extract. It is rich in ni- 
 trogenous principles, but contains neither fat nor gelatin. The method of 
 Liebig has been followed, with variations, by a large number of manufacturers. 
 The product, however, by no means represents the nutritive qualities of the 
 meat itself, because the albumin and fibrin are largely wanting, besides an 
 endeavor is put forth to get rid of the gelatin and fat. Of late the attempt has 
 been made to retain these important nutritive principles. The beef meal 
 which was used by Debove in his method of forced feeding (gavage) was 
 practically desiccated beef; but it did not have its highest nutritive value be- 
 cause it was, to a considerable extent, composed of insoluble matters. The 
 more recent preparations are based upon the classical studies of Wurtz which 
 showed that in the juice of the Carica papaya (nat. ord. Passiflora) was a 
 principle, called papain, capable of converting albuminoids into soluble albu- 
 moses and peptones. The fact that a similar vegetable digestive principle 
 exists in the juice of the pine-apple and allied plants of the nat. ord. Brome- 
 liacea, as was first shown by Marcano, has been utilized in the manufacture of 
 the Mosquera-Julia beef meal, where the process of digestion is carried on 
 before desiccation, or it may be made as a jelly. The advantages of a vege- 
 table over an animal pepsin, the greater acceptability to weak stomachs, the 
 avoidance of the unpleasant taste and the disagreeable odor, and absence of 
 bitterness are very important. By this method the preparation contains only 
 ten per cent, of water, has four times the amount of albuminoid matter pre- 
 sent in average lean beef, one-half of which is already in an assimilable form, 
 and about three times as much fat, in addition. Besides, it is very convenient 
 for administration. 
 
 ACTION AND USES OF EXTRACT OF MEAT. 
 
 Extract of meat is useful as a nutrient and a stimulant in re- 
 lieving prostration and fatigue. The solution seasoned with cap- 
 sicum is valuable in alcoholic excess and delirium tremens. In 
 
 44
 
 690 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 the infantile bowel disturbances, when milk must be forbidden, 
 it is often indicated. In phthisis it will frequently sustain the 
 patient ; in the aged it will support life without taxing the di- 
 gestive powers. The amount to be used should be regulated by 
 the age and condition of the patient.] 
 
 GROUP V. 
 
 [Animal Emollients. 
 Lard, Spermaceti, Egg.] 
 
 ADEPS. 
 
 LARD. [The prepared internal fat of the abdomen of Sus scrofa Linne 
 (class Mammalia; order Pachydermata), purified by washing with water, 
 melting, and straining. Habitat. Domesticated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A soft, white, unctuous solid, having a faint odor free 
 from rancidity, and a bland taste. Solubility. Insoluble in water; very 
 slightly soluble in Alcohol ; readily soluble in Ether, Chloroform, Carbon 
 Bisulphide or Benzin. Sp. gr., about 0.932 at 59 F. ; 15 C.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Olein, 60 per cent. (2) Stearin. (3) Palmitin. 
 Adeps Induratus (Indurated Lard), which is ordinary lard deprived of a portion 
 of its oil by pressure, may be used in [hot climates] when the high temperature 
 renders ordinary lard too soft for use in ointments. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 1. [Adeps Benzoinatus. See Benzoin, p. 656. 
 
 2. Ceratum. Cerate. White Wax, 300 ; lard, 700. 
 
 3. Ceratum Resinae. See Resin, p. 523. 
 
 4. Unguentum. Ointment Lard, 800 ; Yellow Wax, 200. 
 
 OLEUM AD I PIS. Lard Oil. A fixed oil expressed from Lard at a 
 low temperature. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A colorless, or pale yellow oily liquid, having a peculiar 
 odor, and a bland taste. Sp. gr., 0.910 to 0.920. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Olein. (2) Palmitin. (3) Stearin.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF LARD. 
 
 Lard is an emollient, and is used as a basis for ointments when 
 it is wished that the active ingredient should be absorbed, for
 
 ANIMAL EMOLLIENTS. 69! 
 
 lard melts at the temperature of the body, especially if bandaged 
 on. The [benzoinated] lard has the advantage of not quickly 
 
 becoming rancid. 
 
 CETACEUM. 
 
 SPERMACETI. [A peculiar, concrete, fatty substance, obtained from 
 the sperm whale, Physeter macrocephalus Linne ^class Mammalia ; order 
 Cetacea. Habitat. Pacific and Indian Oceans. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, somewhat translucent, slightly unctuous masses of 
 a scaly-crystalline fracture and a pearly lustre ; odorless, and having a bland, 
 mild taste. It becomes yellowish and rancid by exposure to air. Sp. gr., 
 about 0.945. Solubility. Insoluble in water, and nearly so in cold Alcohol ; 
 also in Ether, Chloroform, Carbon Bisulphide, fixed and volatile oils ; only 
 slightly soluble in cold Benzin.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. It is mainly Celylic Alcohol, CjjHjjOH, which in combi- 
 nation with Palmitic Acid, HC 16 H 31 O,,, forms a fat, Cetin, CjjHjjCjgHjjOj. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Ceratum Cetacei. Spermaceti Cerate. Spermaceti, 100 
 White Wax, 350 ; Olive Oil, 550. 
 
 2. Unguentum Aquae Rosas. See Rose, p. 556.] 
 
 [USES OF SPERMACETI.] 
 
 Spermaceti is used as an emollient and as a basis for ointments 
 
 [and cerates]. 
 
 [VITELLUS. 
 
 YOLK OF EGG. The yolk of the egg of Callus Bankiva, var. do- 
 mestica Temminck (class Aves ; order Gallina). Habitat. Java and Cochin 
 China ; domesticated. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Vitellin, 16 per cent. (2) Fat, 30 per cent. (3) In- 
 organic Salts, Cholesterin, Lecithin, and coloring matter. 
 
 Preparation. 
 Glyceritum Vitelli. See Glycerin, p. 608. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF YOLK OF EGG. 
 
 Yolk of egg is used to make emulsions and is nutritive and 
 emollient. 
 
 OVI ALBUMIN. 
 
 EGG ALBUMIN. Not official. The liquid white of egg of Callus 
 Bankiva^ var. domestica. Habitat. Java and Cochin China ; domesticated.
 
 692 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF EGG ALBUMIN. 
 
 Egg albumin is an antidote to poisoning by corrosives and 
 irritants, especially corrosive mercuric chloride, copper sulphate, 
 lead salts and silver nitrate. Like the yolk it is nutritive and 
 emollient.] 
 
 GROUP VI. 
 
 [Animal Coloring Agents. 
 
 COCCUS.] 
 
 COCHINEAL. [Synonyms. Cochineal Bug. Red Scale Insect. The 
 dried female of Coccus cacti Linne (class Insecta ; order Hemiptera) . Habitat. 
 Mexico and Central America ; upon Opuntia cochinillifera, Miller and 
 other species. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 5 mm. long, of a purplish-gray or purplish-black 
 color ; somewhat oblong and angular in outline ; flat or concave beneath ; 
 convex above ; transversely wrinkled ; easily pulverizable, yielding a dark red 
 powder; odor faint ; taste slightly bitterish.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (l) Carminic Acid, [C 17 H, 8 
 O 10> 10 per cent., a glucoside. ' (2) Coccerin, a wax. (3) Fat, consisting of 
 myristin, and fatty acids.] Sulphuric acid and several other reagents precipi- 
 tate from its' decoction the well-known coloring matter carmine. 
 
 Cochineal is contained in Tinctura Cardamomi Composita. 
 
 USES OF COCHINEAL. 
 
 Cochineal is only used as a coloring agent. [The B. P. directs 
 a tincture to be made by maceration of cochineal, i; alcohol (45 
 per cent.), 10.] 
 
 GROUP VII. 
 [Animal Drugs whose action is Mechanical. 
 
 Suet, Curd Soap, Stearic Acid, Wool Fat, Isinglass, Sugar of Milk, 
 Wax, Gelatin, Cantharides, Ichthyol.] 
 
 SEVUM. 
 
 SUET. [Synonym. Mutton Suet. The internal fat of the abdomen of 
 Ovis Aries Linne (class Mammalia ; order Ruminantia}, purified by melting 
 and straining. Habitat. Domesticated.
 
 ANIMAL DRUGS WHOSE ACTION IS MECHANICAL. 693 
 
 CHARACTERS. A white, solid fat, nearly inodorous, and having a bland 
 taste when fresh, but becoming rancid on prolonged exposure to the air. 
 Solubility. Insoluble in water or cold Alcohol ; soluble in about 60 parts of 
 Ether, and slowly in 2 parts of Benzin. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Its chief constituents are (i) Stearin. (2) Palmitin. 
 (3) Olein. (4) Hircin. 
 
 Suet is contained in Unguentum Hydrargyri. 
 
 USES OF SUET. 
 Suet is used chiefly in cerates.] 
 
 SAPO ANIMALIS. 
 
 CURD SOAP [B. P., not official.] Soap made with sodium [hydrate] 
 and a purified animal fat consisting principally of Stearin. It is chiefly Sodium 
 Stearate, but contains some Sodium Palmitate and about 30 per cent, of water. 
 
 [USES OF CURD SOAP.] 
 
 Curd soap is used as a basis [for plasters, liniments, pills and 
 suppositories. Emplastrum Saponis consists of curd soap, 10; 
 lead plaster, 36; resin, 12. Emplastrum Saponis Fuscum 
 (brown soap plaster) is curd soap, 20 ; yellow wax, 25 ; olive 
 oil, 40; lead oxide, 30; vinegar, 320.] 
 
 [ACIDUM STEARICUM. 
 
 STEARIC ACID. HC 18 H 35 O 2 =283.38. 
 
 SOURCE. An organic acid, in its commercial, more or less impure form, 
 usually obtained from the more solid fats, chiefly tallow from the ox, Bos 
 Taurus Linn6 ; (class Mammalia; order Ruminantia), Habitat. Domes- 
 ticated. By boiling with soda-lye, the Stearin is decomposed, Sodium Stear- 
 ate being formed with the liberation of Glycerin. C 3 H 6 (C 18 H 35 O 2 ) 3 -f 3NaOH 
 =C 3 H 5 (OH) 3 -|-3NaCj 8 H 35 O 2 . The soap is decomposed by heating with 
 water and Sulphuric Acid, setting free the fatty acids which are removed and 
 purified with hot Alcohol. On cooling, Stearic Acid will separate. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A hard, white, somewhat glossy solid, odorless and taste- 
 less, and permanent in the air. Solubility. Insoluble in water ; soluble in 
 about 45 parts of Alcohol at 59 F. ; 15 C., readily soluble in boiling Alcohol, 
 and in Ether. 
 
 USES OF STEARIC ACID. 
 
 Stearic acid is used in the manufacture of glycerin supposi- 
 tories. In combination with zinc and copper, as stearates of those 
 metals, unofficial preparations have been introduced and used
 
 694 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 with success in the treatment of various diseases of the skin and 
 
 mucous membranes.] 
 
 ADEPS LAN^E. 
 
 WOOL FAT. [B. P., not official.] The purified cholesterin fat ob- 
 tained as a bye-product in the dressing of sheep's wool. 
 
 SOURCE. Sheep's wool, washed with cold water, then subjected to heat 
 and pressure, yields impure wool fat. This is purified by melting, washing 
 with alkali, and then washed with an acid while it is heated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Semi-transparent, pale yellow, tenacious body. Ignited, 
 it burns with a sooty flame. Melts between 100 and 112 F. ; [37.7 and 
 44.4 C.] ; odor like sheep's wool. Solubility. Freely in Chloroform and in 
 Ether, partially in Alcohol. Insoluble in water, but on vigorous stirring takes 
 up \]^ times its weight. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Before the separation of the fatty acids it consists of (l) 
 Cholesterin and Isocholesterin, 70 per cent. (2) Fatty acids, 30 per cent. 
 
 ADEPS LANJE HYDROSUS. 
 
 HYDROUS WOOL-FAT. Synonyms. Lanolin. [CEsypum. The 
 purified fat of the wool of sheep (Ovis Aries, Linne ; class Mammalia ; order 
 Ruminantia), mixed with not more than 30 per cent, of water. Habitat. 
 Domesticated. 
 
 SOURCE. Sheep's wool is. treated with a weak soda solution, and the 
 solution acidulated. The remaining wool is treated with Benzin, the liquid 
 distilled, and the residue deprived of color by oxidizing agents, or sunlight. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish-white or nearly white, ointment-like mass, 
 having a faint, peculiar odor. Solubility. Insoluble in water, but miscible 
 with twice its weight of the latter, without losing its ointment-like character. 
 
 COMPOSITION. Its chief constituents are (I) Cholesterin, C 26 H 43 (OH). 
 (2) Ethers of Stearic, Palmitic, Oleic, Valerianic and other acids.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF HYDROUS WOOL-FAT. 
 Hydrous wool-fat when gently rubbed in the skin is more 
 quickly absorbed than most fats, hence it is a useful basis if we 
 wish to administer substances as, for example, mercury by 
 inunction. [It is undoubtedly soothing to the skin, and often 
 makes an excellent basis for ointments expected to act especially 
 
 upon the skin.] 
 
 [ICHTHYOCOLLA. 
 
 ISINGLASS. The swimming-bladder of Acipenser Huso Linne, and 
 of other species of Acipenser (class Pisces ; order Sturiones). Habitat. 
 Caspian and Black Seas and tributary rivers. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In separate sheets, sometimes rolled, of a horny or pearly
 
 ANIMAL DRUGS WHOSE ACTION IS MECHANICAL. 69$ 
 
 appearance ; whitish or yellowish, semi-transparent, iridescent, inodorous, 
 and insipid. Solubility. Almost entirely soluble in boiling water and in boil- 
 ing diluted Alcohol. A solution of Isinglass in 24 parts of boiling water 
 forms, on cooling, a transparent jelly. 
 
 COMPOSITION. (i) Gelatin (Gluten], 98 per cent. (2) Insoluble mem- 
 brane, about 2 per cent. 
 
 Dose, freely. 
 
 Preparation. 
 
 Emplastrum Ichthyocollae.' Isinglass plaster. Synonym. 
 Court plaster. Isinglass, to ; Alcohol, 40 ; Glycerin, I ; Hot Water 
 sufficient for solution. To be applied with a brush upon taffeta, pre- 
 viously coated on the back with Tincture of Benzoin. 
 
 USES OF ISINGLASS. 
 
 Isinglass is an emollient and nutritive substance, and is chiefly 
 used externally as a protective. A better court plaster has gold- 
 beaters' skin as a base.] 
 
 SACCHARUM LACTIS. 
 
 SUGAR OF MILK. Synonym. Lactose. C, 2 H 22 O n +H 2 O[=359.i6. 
 A peculiar, crystal line sugar, obtained from the whey of cow's milk by evapo- 
 ration, and purified by re-crystallization (Bos Taurus Linne ; class Mammalia; 
 order Kuminantia). Habitat. Domesticated. 
 
 CHARACTERS. White, hard, crystalline masses, yielding a white powder 
 feeling gritty on the tongue, odorless and having a faintly sweet taste. Per- 
 manent in the air. Solubility. In about 6 parts of water; insoluble in Al- 
 cohol, Ether or Chloroform.] 
 
 Sugar of Milk is used in [Pulvis Ipecacuanhae et Opii, and Trituratio 
 Elaterini. 
 
 Dose, indefinite.] 
 
 [USES OF SUGAR OF MILK.] 
 
 Sugar of milk is used as a vehicle for triturations of substances, 
 because being very hard it thoroughly divides them, and also it 
 is but slightly deliquescent. For these reasons it is used as a dil- 
 uent to get extracts to the required strength. It is employed 
 to sweeten infants' foods. [It is a non-nitrogenous, bland article 
 of diet and has been used in consumption and other wasting dis-. 
 eases. According to See, it is a diuretic which may be employed 
 to advantage in cardiac dropsy.]
 
 696 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 CERA. 
 
 [CERA FLAVA. Yellow Wax. A peculiar, concrete substance, pre- 
 pared by Apis mellifica Linn6 (class Insecta ; order Hymenoptera}. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish to brownish-yellow solid, having an agree- 
 able, honey-like odor, and faint balsamic taste. Sp. gr., 0.955 to 0.967. 
 Solubility. Insoluble in water, sparingly soluble in cold Alcohol. It is com- 
 pletely soluble in Ether, Chloroform, and in fixed and volatile oils. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The principal constituents are (I) Hydrocarbons (pro- 
 bably C 27 H M and C^H^) about 12 per cent. (2) Cerin or Cerotic Acid, 
 C 27 H 54 Oj. (3) Myricin or Myrical Palmitate, C 30 H 61 ,C 16 H 31 O 2 , the principal 
 constituent. (4) An Alcohol, CjjH 62 O, in small quantities. (5) Ceiylic Al- 
 cohol, C 27 H 56 O. 
 
 Yellow Wax is used in Ceratum Cantharidis, Ceratum Resinse, Unguen- 
 tum, and Unguentum Picis Liquidae. 
 
 CERA ALBA. White Wax. Made by bleaching yellow wax by ex- 
 posure to moisture, air and light. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A yellowish-white solid, somewhat translucent in thin 
 layers, having a slightly rancid odor,, and an insipid taste. Sp. gr., 0.965 to 
 0.975. 
 
 COMPOSITION. As of yellow wax. 
 
 White Wax is used in Ceratum, Ceratum Camphone, Ceratum Cetacei 
 and Unguentum Aquae Rosse.] 
 
 USES OF WAX. 
 
 Yellow and white wax are only used as bases for many plas- 
 ters, [cerates] and ointments. 
 
 GELATINUM. 
 
 GELATIN. [B. P., not official]. The air-dried product of the action 
 of boiling water on gelatinous tissues, as skin, tendons, ligaments, and bone. 
 
 CHARACTERS. In translucent sheets or shreds. The solution in hot water 
 is colorless and inodorous ; it solidifies to a jelly on cooling. It is insoluble 
 in Alcohol and Ether. Its aqueous solution is precipitated by Tannic Acid.] 
 
 USES OF GELATIN. 
 
 Gelatin is useful as a basis for suppositories, pessaries, bougies, 
 capsules, lozenges, and as a coating for pills. Glycogelatin 
 (gelatin, 2 ; glycerin, 5 ; orange flower water, 5 ; colored with 
 carmine) is an excellent basis for throat pastilles. Each should 
 weigh 30 gr. [2. gm.]. Almost any drug can be incorporated 
 in such pastilles. Medicated gelatin is often melted and painted 
 on the skin in cutaneous diseases.
 
 ANIMAL DRUGS WHOSE ACTION IS MECHANICAL. 697 
 
 CANTHARIS. 
 
 CANTHARIDES. [Sy0j<wj. Spanish Flies. Blister Beetles. The 
 Cantharis vesicatoria De Geer (class Insecta ; order Coleoplera.) Habitat. 
 Southern and Central Europe, mainly on Oleaceae and Caprifoliacae. 
 
 CHARACTERS. About 25 mm. long and 6 mm. broad ; flattish cylindrical, 
 with filiform antennae, black in the upper part, and with long wing-cases and 
 ample, membranous, transparent, brownish wings ; elsewhere of a shining, 
 coppery-green color. The powder is grayish-brown, and contains green 
 shining particles. Odor strong and disa'greeable ; taste slight, afterwards 
 acrid.] 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituents are (i) Cantkaridin, C 10 H 12 O 4 , 
 0.4 to I per cent., the active principle, a crystallizable body forming colorless 
 plates, soluble in Alcohol, Ether, Acetic Ether, Glacial Acetic Acid, Chloro- 
 form, and oils. It is found especially in the generative apparatus, the eggs, 
 and the blood. (2) A volatile oil giving the odor and said to have the same 
 action as Cantharidin. (3) A green oil, the coloring principle, closely allied 
 to chlorophyll. (4) [Various extractives and salts.] 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 [i. Ceratum Cantharidis. Cantharides Cerate. Cantharides, 
 320; Yellow Wax, 180; Resin, 180 ; Lard, 220; Oil of Turpentine, 
 150. 
 
 Cantharides Cerate is contained in Emplastrum Picis Canthari- 
 datum. See Burgundy Pitch, p. 522. 
 
 2. Collodium Cantharidatum. See Pyroxylin, p. 665. 
 
 3. Tinctura Cantharidis. Tincture of Cantharides. Canthar- 
 ides, 5 ! by percolation with Alcohol to 1000. 
 
 Dose, i to 15 m. ; .06 to i.oo c.c.] 
 
 ACTION OF CANTHARIDES. 
 
 External. Cantharides is a powerful irritant ; but it is 
 slower in its action than most [irritants]. If any of its prepara- 
 tions are applied to the skin, no effect is noticed for two or three 
 hours ; then a tingling, burning pain is perceived. Soon the part 
 becomes red from vascular dilatation, the dnig now producing its 
 rubefacient effect. The next stage is the formation of several 
 vesicles. These soon run together to form one large bleb full of 
 clear serum. Not only is cantharides an irritant and vesicant, 
 but it is a powerful counter-irritant, probably dilating by re- 
 flex action the vessels of the deep-seated organs under the point 
 of application.
 
 698 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Cantharidin can be absorbed by the skin in sufficient quantity 
 to produce internal effects. 
 
 Internal. Cantharides is hardly used internally in medicine, 
 as it is such a powerful irritant. 
 
 Gastro-intestinal tract. It produces severe gastro-intesti- 
 nal irritation, the patient suffering from abdominal pain, diar- 
 rhoea and vomiting. There may be a burning pain in the throat ; 
 the motions and vomited matters may contain blood. These 
 symptoms naturally cause much general depression. 
 
 Genito -urinary tract. The active principle is absorbed into 
 the blood, and a few hours after the gastro-intestinal symptoms 
 have set in the patient complains of great pain in the loins 
 and strangury that is to say, there is an urgent desire to [urin- 
 ate] ; the effort is very painful from vesical tenesmus, and the 
 quantity of urine passed is very small ; it may contain albumin 
 
 and blood. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF CANTHARIDES. 
 
 External. Cantharides is the basis of many preparations 
 the object of which is to stimulate the growth of hair, such as 
 the following: Acetum cantharidis [B. P., cantharides, i; gla- 
 cial acetic acid, 5 ; water], i; glycerin, i; spiritus rosmarini, 
 i; water, 10. Cantharides is very largely employed to raise a 
 blister, and it is of all drugs the most commonly used counter- 
 irritant. It is applied to the chest in pleurisy, over the pericar- 
 dium in pericarditis, over the inflamed nerves in neuritis, over 
 the mastoid process in disease of the ear, over joints with chronic 
 effusion into them, over the stomach when there is gastric pain, 
 vomiting, etc. A blister applied over the nerve will often re- 
 lieve pain in neuralgia. If a further counter-irritant effect is de- 
 sired, the blister, which is usually pricked, may be irritated by 
 the application of any irritating ointment. [Unguentum Sabinae ; 
 savine, 8 ; yellow wax, 3 ; benzoinated lard, 16 ;] was formerly 
 much used for this purpose.] This, however, is very painful, 
 and nowadays after the pricking some bland ointment is usually 
 applied. The cantharides preparation should not be left on 
 after the d* velopment of the bleb, lest the cantharidin should be 
 absorbM Cantharides should not be applied to a part on which
 
 ANIMAL DRUGS WHOSE ACTION IS MECHANICAL. 699 
 
 the patient lies, for a bed-sore may form ; nor must it be used 
 in renal disease ; and it should be carefully employed in children 
 or debilitated persons. It ought not to be applied to paralyzed 
 limbs. [The cuticle raised by a blister may be used for skin- 
 grafting.] 
 
 Internal. The drug is rarely given internally, but it has 
 been used with success in small doses in cases of chronic gleet. 
 Sometimes, [but not often,] it relieves chordee. [Small doses 
 are sometimes useful in the late stage of acute desquamative 
 nephritis. It has been recommended for diabetes insipidus. 
 Cantharidin, in the form of potassium cantharidinate ( T ro gr.; 
 .ooo6gm. hypodermatically) has been used as a remedy for pulmo- 
 nary tuberculosis, and for lupus. For all that cures of both of 
 these diseases have been claimed, the value of this drug is by no 
 
 means established.] 
 
 TOXICOLOGY. 
 
 [Symptoms. ] In severe cases of poisoning there may be greatly increased 
 sexual desire, numerous seminal emissions, violent priapism, with swelling and 
 heat of the genital organs. In women cantharides may cause abortion or in- 
 duce menstruation. Post-Mortem. Intense gastro-intestinal inflammation is 
 present, consequently swelling, ecchymoses, and hpyersemia of the mucous 
 membrane of the alimentary canal are observed. The kidneys are found to be 
 very congested, and in the early stage of acute nephritis. There is also much 
 inflammation of the genito-urinary mucous membrane. 
 
 [Treatment. There is no chemical nor physiological antidote to Cantha- 
 rides. The stomach should be emptied by emetics (see p. 139), or washed out 
 by the stomach-pump. Mucilaginous and demulcent liquids should be freely 
 given. Opium is indicated to relieve the pain and gastro- enteritis.] 
 
 ICHTHYOLUM. 
 
 ICHTHYOL. [Not official.] Synonym. Ammonium Ichthyol-Sul- 
 phonate. 
 
 SOURCE. A bituminous quartz containing the fossil remains of fish 
 is distilled with [concentrated Sulphuric Acid, and the distillate is treated 
 with a concentrated solution of Sodium Chloride, whereby the Sulphuric 
 and Sulphurous Acids are removed.] The distillate is then saturated with 
 Ammonia. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A viscous, reddish-brown, almost black substance, having 
 a tarry odor and containing 15 per cent, of Sulphur. Solubility. Soluble in 
 Water, Glycerin, Oils and Fats. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 20 gr. ; [.60 to 1.20 gm.]
 
 7OO ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 Lithium, Sodium, and Zinc Ichthyol Sulphonates are prepared. [The 
 name Ichthyol is understood to refer to the Ammonium Salt.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ICHTHYOL. 
 
 [Ichthyol is an active reducing agent.] It is chiefly used ex- 
 ternally for chronic eczema and psoriasis. An ointment with 
 lanolin and ichthyol 20 to 50 per cent, [is recommended by Von 
 Nussbaum for the treatment of erysipelas. It has been used in 
 the form of a suppository for chronic prostatitis.] Ichthyol 
 paste (starch, 40, moisten with water, 20, rub in ichthyol, 40, 
 and then a strong solution of albumin, i or more) is recom- 
 mended for acne rosacea. Ichthyol has been given as a pill for 
 chronic rheumatism in dose from 10 to 30 gr.; [.60 to 2.00 gm. 
 Under the name of Thiol, a mixture of sulphuretted hydrocar- 
 bons has been used as a substitute for ichthyol, because it is less 
 offensive. It has been applied as an ointment in vaseline, (i 
 
 to 8).] 
 
 HIRUDO. 
 
 THE LEECH. [B. P., not official.] Two species are employed: 
 (i) Sanguisuga medicinalis, the speckled leech (belly greenish-yellow, 
 spotted with black); (2) Sanguisuga officinalis, the green leech (belly olive- 
 green, not spotted), (nat. ord. , Annelida). 
 
 CHARACTERS of both species. Body soft, smooth, [5] or more [cm.] 
 long, tapering to each end plano-convex, wrinkled transversely, back olive- 
 green, with six rusty-red longitudinal stripes. Each leech has a muscular disc 
 at each end. In the centre of the anterior one is a tri-radiate mouth, provided 
 with three saws and two rows of teeth. 
 
 [The leech, although not a drug, is considered with this group for con- 
 venience. ] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF THE LEECH. 
 
 Leeches are used to remove blood. They are usually applied 
 over deep seated organs when they are congested, and great re- 
 lief is often afforded. For example, three or four leeches near 
 the liver, when that organ is enlarged in heart disease, or one 
 or two behind the ear, when the tympanic cavity is inflamed 
 frequently do good. The leech being applied to the skin, the 
 animal fixes itself by its sucker-like disc, makes a tri-radiate cut 
 with its mouth, and draws into its body, which consequently be-
 
 THE ORGANIC EXTRACTS. /OI 
 
 comes swollen, about a drachm and a half [6. c.c.] of blood. 
 If this is not sufficient, a hot fomentation put on, after the ani- 
 mal is removed, may increase the quantity to half a fluid ounce ; 
 [15. c.c.]. The skin should be well washed with a little milk 
 before the leech is applied. Occasionally the haemorrhage re- 
 quires pressure, or some local styptic, as ferric chloride [or 
 better styptic collodion] , to stop it. If leeches have to be ap- 
 plied to the mouth, rectum, or uterus, leech glasses, which only 
 allow the head to protrude, should be used. 
 
 GROUP VIII. 
 
 [The Organic Extracts. 
 
 Thyroid, Suprarenal, and Brain Extracts, and Testicular Juice. 
 
 None of these are official. ] 
 
 THYROIDEUM SICCUM. Dry Thyroid [B. P., not official]. A 
 powder prepared from the fresh and healthy thyroid gland of the sheep. 
 
 SOURCE. Remove the fat and connective tissue directly the sheep is killed. 
 Reject cystic, hypertrophied or otherwise abnormal glands. Mince. Dry at 
 90 to 100 F. [32.2 to 37.7 C.]. Powder the dried product. Remove 
 all fat by washing with petroleum spirit and again dry. 
 
 CHARACTERS. Light dull-brown powder with faint meat-like odor and 
 taste and free from odor of putrescence. Liable to become damp and then it 
 deteriorates. 
 
 COMPOSITION. The chief constituent is a proteid, which exist* in the col- 
 loid matter and is called Thyroidin ; it contains 9.3 per cent, of iodine and 
 o. 5 per cent, of phosphorus. 
 
 Dose, 3 to 10 gr. ; [.20 to .60 gm.] 
 
 LIQUOR THYROIDEI.- [Solution of Thyroid. B. P. , not official. ] 
 A liquid prepared from the fresh and healthy thyroid gland of the sheep. 
 
 SOURCE. The fresh healthy glands are bruised with, for each gland, 34 
 minims [2.20 c.c.] of glycerin and 34 minims [2.20 c.c.] of a 0.5 per cent, 
 solution of [carbolic acid]. Let stand for 24 hours, strain and add enough 
 of the carbolic acid [solution] to make 100 minims [6.70 c.c.]. 
 
 CHARACTERS. A pinkish, turbid liquid, free from odor of putrescence. 
 To be freshly prepared and kept in stoppered bottles. Strtngth. 100 minims 
 6.70 c.c.] represent one gland. 
 
 COMPOSITION. As of the powder. 
 
 Dose, 5 to 15 m. ; [.30 to i.oo c.c.]
 
 7O2 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 ACTION OF THYROID EXTRACT. 
 
 Circulation. Thyroid administered to man increases con- 
 siderably the rate of the pulse, causes palpitation, enfeebles the 
 cardiac beat, and makes the skin flushed and moist. Experi- 
 ments on animals have failed to reveal the precise cause of this. 
 The blood-pressure falls when a decoction of the gland is in- 
 jected ; the fall is vasomotor, for the heart is not affected. Or- 
 dinary doses produce no effect on the blood except an increase 
 of lymphocytes. 
 
 Excretion. The active constituents of thyroid gland are 
 probably excreted entirely through the kidneys. Large doses 
 may cause diarrhoea. 
 
 Metabolism. The administration of thyroid leads to a greatly 
 increased oxidation of all the tissues, consequently an excess 
 of urea, uric acid and xanthin bases are excreted in the urine 
 and more [carbon dioxide] by the lungs. It follows that large 
 doses of thyroid reduce the body weight. 
 
 Kidneys. The quantity of urine is increased by thyroid gland, 
 which may cause sugar to appear in the urine. 
 
 Nerupus system. Occasionally a fine tremor, restlessness, and 
 insomnia are caused by large doses. 
 
 THERAPEUTICS OF THYROID EXTRACT. 
 
 It is known that human beings or monkeys whose thyroid is 
 excised become myxoedematous, and that all sufferers from 
 myxcedema have atrophied thyroid glands. If a preparation of 
 sheep's thyroid is given to patients suffering from myxoedema, all 
 the symptoms disappear, usually in about six weeks. The effect 
 is as striking as anything in medicine. The [solution] is better 
 than the powder, for that may decompose. It is best to begin 
 with 5 m., [.30 c.c.] thrice daily, in water, gradually to increase 
 the dose till 10 m., [.60 c.c.] are given, and when all symp- 
 toms have disappeared it will be necessary for about 10 m., [.60 
 c.c.] to be taken twice a week for the rest of the patient's lite 
 to prevent recurrence. When the treatment was first introduced 
 the glands were eaten, or transplanted under the skin, or the ex-
 
 THE ORGANIC EXTRACTS. 703 
 
 tract was administered subcutaneously ; but equally good results 
 are obtained by giving the [solution] or the powder by the 
 mouth : compressed tablets of the powder are very convenient 
 and much used. A diminution of certain goitres follows the 
 giving of thyroid, but it is useless in exophthalmic goitre. 
 Cretinism is also marvellously benefited, both mentally and 
 bodily, by thyroid preparations, especially if given early in the 
 patient's life. A few cases of imbecility in children, a few of 
 climacteric insanity, and a few of tetany have been much im- 
 proved by thyroid. Chronic psoriasis, which has resisted all 
 other treatment, often disappears if the patient be put to bed and 
 take daily enough of thyroid preparations to keep him on the 
 brink of poisoning by them, but unfortunately the disease often 
 returns when the treatment is discontinued. 
 
 Thyroid preparations have been much used for obesity, but 
 the practice is not to be recommended. They must be carefully 
 given to those suffering from cardiac disorder. A preparation 
 called lodothyrine, which contains the active principles of the 
 gland, has been used lately. [A milk-sugar triturate of this is 
 given in daily dose of 15 to 30 gr.; i. to 2. gm.] 
 
 Poisoning. An overdose of a thyroid preparation causes an 
 exaggeration of the effects already described. The most evident 
 are rapid pulse, slight pyrexia, headache, nausea, diarrhoea, rest- 
 lessness, pains in the limbs, pruritus, and rarely delirium. These 
 symptoms are termed " Thyroidism." If large doses be given 
 to monkeys for a long period of time, a condition termed 
 " Chronic Thyoidism " is produced. The symptoms of it are 
 emaciation, muscular weakness, paresis, some alopecia, erection 
 of some of the hairs on the head, proptosis, dilatation of pupils, 
 widening of palpebral fissure, and death from asthenia. In 
 some respects these monkeys resemble patients suffering from 
 exophthalmic goitre. [Very large doses taken for a long time 
 make patients thin and also produce degeneration of the cardiac 
 muscle so that permanent disability may result. Surgeons are 
 especially liable to make this error.] 
 
 SUPRARENAL EXTRACT [Not official] is prepared from the supra-
 
 704 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 renal capsules of the sheep, [ox and pig]. The active principle exists only in 
 the medulla of the gland. It may be given in tablets. 
 [Dose, 5 to 20 gr. ; .30 to 1.20 gm.] 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF SUPRARENAL EXTRACT. 
 
 This has been shown experimentally [to increase the tone of 
 all muscular tissue, mainly if not entirely by direct action (Oliver 
 and Schafer), to constrict the small arteries through its action on 
 the vasomotor centre (Szymonowicz and Cybulski), and to raise 
 blood-pressure more than any other known substance.] It in- 
 hibits the heart through the vagus and produces a muscle curve 
 like veratrine. [It may be used as a local vaso -constrictor in 
 minor surgery. On account of this property it may be applied 
 to inflamed tissues so that these may be rendered anaesthetic by 
 cocaine. For topical application a filtered, freshly-made aque- 
 ous solution should be employed ; it may be sterilized by heat 
 without destroying its active principle. All antiseptics, used as 
 preservatives, are disappointing. The active principle has been 
 isolated by Abel for which he proposed the name epinephrin. 
 Its salts produce an exceedingly powerful effect on blood-pres- 
 sure.] Treatment should begin with i gr.; [.06 gm.], of the 
 extract as [powder dry on the tongue and swallowed without 
 water] thrice daily, but the dose should be rapidly pushed [to 
 5 gr.; .30 gm.]. The gastric contents have no effect upon the 
 extract. [It should never be given hypodermatically on account 
 of the collapse which it causes when administered in this way. 
 It is of great value in the treatment of " Hay-fever " given in- 
 ternally and also applied locally. It is useful in the treatment 
 of acute and chronic bronchitis, bronchial asthma, congestion 
 and oedema of the lungs, haemoptysis, and oedema of the glottis. 
 It may be cautiously used in diseases of the heart, which it 
 stimulates from direct action on the heart muscle.] Some writers 
 claim that it benefits Addison's disease, but others have failed to 
 notice any improvement. 
 
 [BRAIN EXTRACT. (Not official.) The gray matter of a sheep's 
 brain is sterilized, macerated in aseptic glycerin and filtered by the method of
 
 THE ANTITOXINS AND SERUMS. /O5 
 
 D'Arsonval, being sterilized under carbon dioxide gas of a pressure of thirty 
 atmospheres. 
 
 Dose, 15 m., i.oo c c., hypodermatically. 
 
 USES OF BRAIN EXTRACT. 
 
 Paul has made use of this for the treatment of various nervous 
 disorders and claims excellent, although not always constant, 
 results. Febrile reaction, prostration, and in some cases cardiac 
 weakness, has followed its administration. 
 
 TESTICULAR JUICE (Not official) is prepared in the same way as 
 brain extract. 
 
 Dose, 10 to 20 m. ; .60 to 1.20 c.c., hypodermatically. 
 
 USES OF TESTICULAR JUICE. 
 
 Brown-Sequard believed that certain organs supply to the 
 body a natural ferment which is essential to health. When this 
 ferment is absent the vital forces degenerate. Under the use of 
 this fluid the functions of organic life are performed with new 
 vigor. Favorable reports of its use in many hundreds of patients 
 suffering from organic nervous diseases are on record.] 
 
 Extracts of many other organs, especially bone marrow and 
 thymus, have been employed in medicine, but there is so little 
 evidence that they are of any use that they need not be referred 
 to here. 
 
 GROUP IX. 
 
 [The Antitoxins and Serums. 
 
 Diphtheria and Tetanus Antitoxins, Antistreptococcic, Antipneumo- 
 
 coccic, and Antivenomous Serums, Plague, Cholera and Typhoid 
 
 Serums and Inoculations, Nutrient Serum, and Hydrophobia 
 
 Antidote. 
 
 None of these are official.] 
 
 DIPHTHERIA ANTITOXIN. [Not official.] When the bacillus 
 of diphtheria grows in the body it produces toxins, albumoses, and an organic 
 acid, 'and provokes the formation of a substance (called an antitoxin) which is 
 found in the blood. This antitoxin is an antidote to the toxin of the diph- 
 theria bacillus, and it is largely owing to the production of it that the patient 
 
 45
 
 706 ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 is enabled to survive, and his chances of surviving are enhanced if antitoxin is 
 administered to him to aid that which is formed in his body. 
 
 SOURCE. Diphtheria bacilli are grown in a flask containing some nutrient 
 broth (e.g., meat broth), to which 0.5 per cent, of sodium chloride and 2 per 
 cent, of commercial peptone have been added. At the end of some weeks the 
 bacilli are filtered off, and the fluid left contains a large amount of diphtheria 
 toxin, and it should be of such strength that .01 c.c. [i^ m. ] of it will kill a 
 good-sized guinea pig. From .02 to l.oo c.c. [3 to 15 m.] of it is aseptically 
 injected into the jugular vein of a horse; this produces slight symptoms. As 
 soon as they are past a larger dose is injected, and so the dose is gradually in- 
 creased until loo c.c. [25 fl. dr.] or more are given at each injection. This 
 leads to the formation of a large amount of antitoxin in the blood serum. At 
 the end of some months the horse is bled to 8 liters [quarts] in a sterilized 
 vessel, the blood coagulates, and the antitoxic serum is put into sterilized 
 bottles and hermetically sealed, a little carbolic acid or other antiseptic being 
 added to prevent decomposition. 
 
 The details may be modified, as horses vary in their reaction to the toxin, 
 and toxins vary in strength, but the essentials of the method always remain 
 the same. 
 
 Mode of Administration. The antitoxic serum has been shown to be use- 
 less when given by the mouth, perhaps because it is destroyed in the liver. 
 Therefore it is always injected subcutaneously ; usually between the shoulders 
 or on the side of the abdomen. Before injection the skin must be thoroughly 
 washed with an -antiseptic, and all ordinary antiseptic precautions should be 
 taken. After injection the puncture should be healed with antiseptic gauze, 
 iodoform and collodion. The antitoxin should be taken from a fresh bottle. 
 A special syringe, so constructed that all the parts of it can be boiled before 
 use is employed. 
 
 Dose. It is better to give a small dose of a concentrated rather than a 
 large dose of a dilute antitoxin. The dose is the same for children and adults. 
 The strength of it, which is stated on the bottle, varies between 200 and 2500 
 units per cubic centimeter, but it is usually about 500. The antitoxin must be 
 obtained from a reliable source. The quantity given should be such that from 
 4000 to 12,000 units or even more are injected in the first twenty-four hours 
 after the patient comes under treatment. This amount may be divided into 
 two or three doses, but should be repeated on the second and third days, if 
 accessary. A unit is the smallest quantity of antitoxic serum, which when 
 mixe*with a certain quantity of a standard diphtheritic toxin and with it in- 
 jected into the subcutaneous tissue of a healthy guinea-pig weighing from 250 
 to 300 grammes [8 to 10 oz. ], protects the animal from death within four days. 
 
 It is impossible in a work like this to give a more precise definition, for all 
 diphtheritic toxin consists of a toxin proper, which is poisonous, and toxoid 
 bodies which, although not poisonous, will neutralize the antitoxic properties 
 of antitoxic serum. Therefore, to standardize antitoxic serum it must be tested 
 against diphtheritic toxin in which the proportion of toxins proper and toxoids
 
 THE ANTITOXINS AND SERUMS. 7O/ 
 
 and the neutralizing activity of the latter as regards antitoxin are known and 
 constant. Such a standard toxin is kept in the Government testing department 
 in Berlin, and the strength of all diphtheritic antitoxins should be expressed in 
 terms of it. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF DIPHTHERIA ANTITOXIN. 
 
 Antitoxin serum diminishes all the symptoms of diphtheria, 
 and in particular it greatly lessens the liability to sudden heart 
 failure. If the diphtheria toxin be 'administered to animals fatty 
 degeneration of the heart is found after death, but if they have 
 also had antitoxin this is absent. Both clinical and experimental 
 evidence show that after antitoxin is given, although the bacilli 
 continue to exist in the throat, the formation of membrane 
 ceases and that which is present rapidly disappears ; therefore 
 laryngeal diphtheria rarely follows faucial if antitoxin is used 
 early, the patient becomes less anaemic, his pulse improves, and 
 his temperature may fall a little, although this is less influenced 
 by antitoxin than are the other symptoms of diphtheria. The 
 maximum effect of the antitoxin is not seen until twenty-four 
 hours after injection. All reliable collections of cases show that 
 the mortality, especially in children, is much less when the anti- 
 toxin is used. It should be given at the earliest possible moment, 
 even if it is only likely that the patient is suffering from diph- 
 theria, for the number of fatal cases is less when antitoxin is used 
 early in the illness. The benefit is more marked in laryngeal 
 than in otner varieties of diphtheria, the mortality of trache- 
 otomy cases falling by one half. The frequency of the occur- 
 rence of paralysis is not diminished, but the percentage of re- 
 coveries in cafes with paralysis is slightly increased. 
 
 Symptoms of poisoning are sometimes seen after this anti- 
 toxin has been given, but they are unimportant. They are not 
 due to the antitoxin in, but to some other constituent of the 
 serum, for they may follow when the simple serum of animals is 
 injected into the human subject. The most common is a rash, 
 met with in about 35 per cent, of the patients injected ; it may 
 appear as late as the end of the third week after injection, but 
 it is usually seen at the end of the first week. In a few cases a 
 second rash is observed after the first has faded. Usually it is a
 
 708 ORGANIC MATERIA MED1CA. 
 
 mere erythema, but it may be papular or uticarial. Commonly 
 it disappears in three days. Pains in the joints and slight swell- 
 ing of them are occasionally present [and finally somewhat rarely 
 there has been observed an irregular temperature range and con- 
 secutively emaciation and death ; evidently pointing toward an 
 acquired septicaemia. Further in a few cases an early fatal re- 
 sult has been reported. Browne and Benda both have shown 
 that in a fatal issue, nephritis, in the majority of cases, is the 
 cause of death, and clinically haemorrhagic nephritis is by no 
 means rare. Inasmuch as this remedy militates solely against 
 the infection of the Klebs-Loeffler bacillus and clinically most 
 cases of diphtheria are cases of mixed infection, the usual local 
 antiseptic and general supporting measures must not be omitted. 
 The danger of antitoxin lies in the horse-serum, for, many years 
 before antitoxin was made, the results of injection of an alien 
 serum had been pointed out. Concentrated serums then should 
 be preferred in that they give the largest amount of antitoxin 
 with the smallest amount of serum. 
 
 So far as prophylaxis is concerned, the question is still sub 
 judice, many failures are reported, and indeed instances of rein- 
 fection have occurred even after suitable doses of antitoxin have 
 been used during a previous attack.] 
 
 TETANUS ANTITOXIN. [Not official.] This is prepared on the 
 same principles as diphtheria antitoxin, and is administered in the same way 
 or directly into the brain. No marked success has attended its use, perhaps 
 because tetanus is not usually [recognized] till long after infection, and per- 
 haps because the tetanus toxin is very firmly united with the proteids of the 
 central nervous system. [Recent reports indicate that this Antitoxin, particu- 
 larly when injected directly into the brain, will soon take its place as a valuable 
 and trustworthy remedy for this disease. ] 
 
 ANTISTREPTOCOCCIC SERUM. (Not official.) Streptococci 
 do not cause the diseases due to them by developing a toxin which circulates 
 in the blood, but by being themselves carried all over the body, which at- 
 tempts to kill them by developing a toxin fatal to them. To prepare anti- 
 streptococcic serum the virulence of the streptococci is increased by their pas- 
 sage through several rabbits ; they are then grown on a medium which 
 preserves their virulence. A horse is next treated with successive doses of 
 cultivations of these living streptococci, each more potent than the former.
 
 THE ANTITOXINS AND SERUMS. 709 
 
 At the end of the year the strength of the antitoxic serum of the horse is power- 
 ful enough for use. This is always given subcutaneously and the dose varies 
 with different specimens of serum. 
 
 ACTION AND THERAPEUTICS OF ANTISTREPTOCOCCIC SERUM. 
 
 Our experience of the value of antistreptococcic serum is 
 limited, but it suggests itself as useful for those diseases which 
 are principally due to infection by streptococci. Such are 
 malignant endocarditis, erysipelas, surgical septicajmia, disease 
 of the middle ear, thrombosis of the lateral sinus, and puerperal 
 septicaemia. Successful cases of its use in these disorders have 
 been recorded, and it might be used with advantage in any of 
 the many diseases in which streptococci can be found. One 
 great disadvantage of it is that it is always impossible to foretell 
 whether it will be of use; this is because different cultivations 
 of apparently the same streptococcus vary so widely in their 
 properties that serum which is antibactericidal to one cultivation 
 is not to another. 
 
 ANTIPNEUMOCOCCIC SERUM. (Not official.) This is prepared 
 in the same way as antistreptococcic serum, and like it is antibactericidal, not 
 antitoxic. It has been used for diseases due to the pneumococcus, but the evi- 
 dence of its efficacy is slight. 
 
 ANTIVENOMOUS SERUM. (Not official.) Probably the poison 
 of all venomous snakes is the same. Horses are rendered immune to snake 
 poison by repeated injections of snake-venom, and Calmette and Fraser have 
 shown that the hypodermatic injection of serum from such horses will cure 
 those bitten by a venomous snake and also render persons immune to snake 
 poison. 
 
 PLAGUE SERUM AND INOCULATION. (Not official.) A 
 serum obtained from horses inoculated with plague has been used in the treat- 
 ment of human beings affected with plague. Its efficacy is doubtful. If it 
 does good it is in virtue of its antibactericidal properties, for it is not antitoxic. 
 An emulsion of dead plague bacilli has been largely used to vaccinate those 
 exposed to plague. Haffkine has shown that those thus vaccinated rarely 
 contract plague when exposed to it. 
 
 CHOLERA SERUM AND INOCULATION. (Not official.) 
 This serum is of no therapeutic value, but there is some evidence that vaccina- 
 tion with cholera micro-organisms affords some protection.
 
 7IO ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 TYPHOID SERUM AND INOCULATION. (Not official.) 
 There is no evidence that the serum treatment of typhoid fever is of benefit. 
 Inoculation by injecting dead bacilli in the abdominal wall with all antiseptic 
 precautions has been practiced. Local inflammatory reaction with some 
 pyrexia follows in a few hours, but usually soon passes off. Therefore it is 
 best not to give the injection in the evening. It has not yet been shown 
 whether this inoculation confers immunity, but the blood serum of an inoculated 
 person [agglutinates] typhoid bacilli. 
 
 NUTRIENT SERUM. (Not official.) When diphtheritic antitoxic 
 serum was first introduced it was very dilute, and therefore large quantities 
 (e.g., 320 c.c. [10 fl. oz.] in two days for a child five years old) were injected. 
 Such quantities produced no ill-effects, and this fact suggested to Salter that 
 serum might be injected subcutaneously as a food in human beings. He has 
 shown by experiments on animals that while the injection of small quantities, 
 by increasing the katabolism of the body, leads to an increase of urinary 
 nitrogen and a loss of weight, when large quantities are injected the serum is 
 utilized as a food to such an extent as more than to counterbalance the loss due 
 to the induced increased katabolism, for life is much prolonged if animals are 
 allowed no food nor drink except such as is provided by the subcutaneous in- 
 jection of serum. 
 
 When the serum of one animal is injected into another of a different species, 
 unimportant toxic effects, such as transitory pyrexia, a rash, and joint pains are 
 frequently observed. Salter states that if serum be heated to 65 C. [149 F.] 
 the bodies producing these effects and those exciting increased nitrogenous 
 katabolism are destroyed, although the value of the serum as a subcutaneous 
 food is not impaired. 
 
 Such a heated horse- or sheep-serum may be injected into man when, after 
 severe abdominal operations, it is impossible or undesirable to introduce any 
 food into the stomach or intestines, in certain severe cases of gastro-intestinal 
 disease, as gastric ulcer, typhoid fever, infantile diarrhoea, or during the 
 vomiting that occurs with severe post- diphtheritic paralysis. For an infant 
 33 to 40 c.c., [8 to 10 fl. dr.], for a child 60 to 80 c.c., [16 to 20 fl. dr.], and 
 for an adult 100 to 120 c.c., [3 to 4 fl. oz.], may be used and repeated ac- 
 cording to the severity of the case. If it is intended to administer repeated 
 daily doses, the most satisfactory plan is to inject the liquid into the loose sub- 
 cutaneous tissue of, say one loin on the first occasion, the opposite loin on the 
 second, then into either axilla, then between the shoulder blades, and so on, 
 thus ringing the changes and giving each shot a few days' rest before practic- 
 ing a second inoculation at the same place. 
 
 HYDROPHOBIA ANTIDOTE. [Although this is not an antitoxin 
 nor a serum it is conveniently considered here. ] A rabbit is inoculated from 
 the spinal cord of an animal dead of hydrophobia, other rabbits are inoculated 
 from this, and so through a series until the spinal cord (which is the chief seat
 
 THE ANTITOXINS AND SERUMS. 7 II 
 
 of the virus in hydrophobia) contains a virus the incubation period of which is 
 seven days. The spinal cord loses its virulence when exposed to the air, so 
 that a series of spinal cords (each of which originally contained a virus the in- 
 cubation period of which was seven days) can be prepared of greater or less 
 virulence according to the time during which they have been exposed to the 
 air. 
 
 USES OF HYDROPHOBIA ANTIDOTE. 
 
 It is found that if a patient who has been bitten by a rabid 
 dog is inoculated first with a rabbit's spinal cord of a low degree 
 of virulence, and the next day with one of higher degree, and so 
 on increasing the virulence of the injection, hydrophobia does 
 not usually develop in him if the treatment is begun soon after 
 the bite. [The reports of the use of this suggest that some of 
 the deaths after treatment may be due to it rather than to the 
 bite. Inasmuch as the incubation period of hydrophobia is so 
 extremely variable, the pathological findings so inconstant and 
 the symptoms so diverse, there is some reason for doubting the 
 existence of the disease in man. At least the majority of alleged 
 cases have been shown to have been those of various diseases. 
 For this reason the antidote possesses but little interest save to 
 those who are interested in spreading hydrophobia-phobia.]
 
 APPENDIX I. 
 
 THE PHARMACOPCEIAL VEGETABLE DRUGS ARRANGED 
 ACCORDING TO THEIR NATURAL ORDERS. 
 
 NAT. ORDER. 
 
 NAME OP PLANT. 
 
 PART OF PLANT. 
 
 NAME OF DRUG. 
 
 Ranunculaceae 
 
 Magnoliaceae 
 Menispermaceae ... 
 
 Berberideae 
 
 Aconitum Napellus 
 Anemone Pulsatilla 
 " pratensis 
 Delphinium Staphisagria 
 Cimicifuga racemosa 
 Hydrastis canadensis 
 lllicium verum 
 Jateorrhiza palmata 
 Chondodendron tomentosum 
 Menispermum canadense 
 
 Anamirta paniculata 
 
 Tuber 
 Herb 
 
 Seed 
 Rhizomeand roots 
 
 Fruit 
 Root 
 
 Rhizome and 
 roots 
 Neutral principle 
 from seed 
 
 Aconite. 
 Pulsatilla. 
 
 Stavesacre. 
 Cimicifuga. 
 Hydrastis. 
 Star-anise. 
 Calumba. 
 Pareira. 
 Canadian Moon- 
 seed. 
 Picrotoxin. 
 
 Blue Cohosh. 
 
 Papaveraceae 
 Cruciferse 
 
 Podophyllum peltatum 
 Papaver somniferum 
 
 Chelidonium majus 
 Sanguinaria canadensis 
 
 roots 
 Rhizome and 
 roots 
 Exudation from 
 capsules 
 Plant 
 Rhizome 
 Seed 
 
 May apple. 
 Opium. 
 
 Celandine. 
 Bloodroot. 
 White mustard. 
 
 Polygaleas 
 
 " nigra 
 
 Root 
 
 Black mustard. 
 Senega. 
 
 Guttiferae 
 
 Krameria triandra 
 " Ixina 
 
 
 Rhatany. 
 
 Ternstrcemiaceae... 
 
 Thea sinensis 
 
 Proximateprinci- 
 ple from leaves 
 
 Caffeine. 
 Purified Cotton. 
 
 Sterculiaceae 
 
 Althaea officinalis 
 Theobroma Cacao 
 
 Bark of root 
 Oil from seed 
 Root 
 Oil from seed 
 
 Cotton root bark. 
 Cotton seed oil. 
 Marshmallow. 
 Oil of theobroma. 
 
 Zygophylleac 
 Geraniaceae 
 
 Erythroxylon Coca 
 Guaiacum officinale 
 
 " sanctum 
 Geranium maculatum 
 
 Leaves 
 Heart wood 
 Resin 
 Wood 
 Rhizome 
 Bark 
 
 Coca. 
 Guaiacum wood. 
 Guaiac. 
 Guaiacum wood. 
 Cranesbill. 
 
 
 " Clava-Herculis 
 Citrus vulgaris 
 " Aurantium 
 " Limonum 
 
 " Bergamia 
 
 Barosma betulina 
 " crenulata 
 Pilocarpus Selloanus 
 " Jaborandi 
 
 Rind of fruit 
 
 Juice " 
 Oil from rind of 
 fruit 
 Leaves 
 
 Leaflets 
 Wood 
 
 Bitter orange peel. 
 Sweet " " 
 Lemon peel. 
 " juice. 
 Oil of bergamot. 
 
 Buchu 
 Jaborandi. 
 
 Burse raceae 
 Celastrinea: 
 Rhamnex 
 
 Commiphora Myrrha 
 Euonymus atropurpureus 
 
 Gum-resin 
 Bark of rojt 
 Bark 
 
 Myrrh. 
 Euonymus. 
 
 
 " Purshiana. 
 
 
 CascaraSagrada. 
 
 (713)
 
 714 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 NAT. ORDER. 
 
 NAMB OP PLANT. 
 
 PART OF PLANT. 
 
 NAME OF DRUG. 
 
 Vitaceac 
 
 Vitis Vinifera 
 
 From juice of fruit 
 
 White Wine. 
 
 
 
 
 Red 
 
 Sapindacez 
 
 Paullinia Cupana 
 
 Seeds 
 
 Guarana. 
 
 Anacardieae 
 
 Pistacia Lentiscus. 
 
 Resinous exuda- 
 
 Mastic. 
 
 
 
 tion 
 
 
 
 Rhus glabra 
 
 Fruit 
 
 Rhus glabra. 
 
 
 " radicans 
 
 Leaves 
 
 Poison Ivy. 
 
 Legu minosae. 
 
 Astragalus gummifer 
 
 Gummy exuda- 
 
 Tragacanth. 
 
 
 
 tion 
 
 
 
 Acacia Senegal 
 
 Gum from stem 
 
 Gum Arabic. 
 
 
 Glycyrrhiza glabra and var. 
 
 Root 
 
 Liquorice. 
 
 
 glandulifera 
 
 
 
 
 Cystisus Scoparius 
 
 Tops 
 
 Broom. 
 
 
 Pterocarpus santalinus 
 
 Wood 
 
 Red Saunders. 
 
 
 ' Marsupium. 
 Toluifera Pereirae 
 
 Inspissated juice 
 Balsam 
 
 Kino. 
 Balsam of Peru. 
 
 
 " Balsamum 
 
 
 
 Balsam of Tolu. 
 
 
 Physostigma venenosum 
 
 Seed 
 
 Calabar bean. 
 
 
 Andira Araroba 
 
 Neutral principle 
 
 Chrysarobin. 
 
 
 Cassia acutifolia 
 
 Leaflets 
 
 Senna. 
 
 
 " angustifolia 
 
 " 
 
 " 
 
 
 " Fistula 
 
 Fruit 
 
 Purging Cassia. 
 
 
 Hzmatoxylon campechianum 
 
 Wood 
 
 Logwood. 
 
 
 Tamarindus indica 
 
 Pulp of fruit 
 
 Tamarind. 
 
 
 Acacia Catechu 
 
 Extract from 
 
 Catechu. 
 
 
 
 wood 
 
 
 
 Copaiba Langsdorffii 
 
 Oleoresin 
 
 Copaiba. 
 
 Rosaceae 
 
 Rosa gallica 
 
 Petals 
 
 Red rose. 
 
 
 " centifolia 
 
 
 Pale " 
 
 
 " damascena 
 
 Oil from flowers 
 
 Oil of rose. 
 
 
 Kubus villosus 
 
 Bark of root 
 
 Blackberry. 
 
 
 " canadensis 
 
 ii ii 
 
 " 
 
 
 " trivialis 
 
 ii ii 
 
 " 
 
 
 " idaeus 
 
 Fruit 
 
 Raspberry. 
 
 
 Prunus Amygdalus v ar.dulcis 
 
 Seed 
 
 Sweet almond. 
 
 
 " " " amara 
 
 " 
 
 Bitter " 
 
 
 Hagenia abyssinia 
 
 Female inflores- 
 
 Kousso. 
 
 
 
 cence 
 
 
 
 Prunus domestica 
 
 Fruit 
 
 Prune. 
 
 
 " serotina 
 
 Bark 
 
 Wild Cherry. 
 
 
 Quillaja Saponaria 
 
 " 
 
 Soap bark. 
 
 Hamamelaceae 
 
 Liquidambar orientals 
 
 Balsam from bark 
 
 Storax. 
 
 
 Hamamelis virginiana 
 
 Leaves 
 
 Hamamelis. 
 
 Myrtaccac 
 
 Eugenia aromatica 
 
 Unexpanded flow- 
 
 Cloves. 
 
 
 
 ers 
 
 
 
 Myrcia acris 
 
 Oil from leaves 
 
 Oil of Bay. 
 
 
 Pimenta officinalis 
 
 Fruit 
 
 Allspice. 
 
 
 Melaleuca Leucadendron 
 
 Oil from leaves 
 
 Oil of Cajuput. 
 
 
 Eucalyptus globulus 
 
 Leaves 
 
 Eucalyptus. 
 
 
 " oleosa 
 
 Oil from leaves 
 
 Oil of Eucalyptus. 
 
 Lythrarieae 
 
 Punica Granatum 
 
 Bark of stem and 
 
 Pomegranate. 
 
 
 
 root 
 
 
 Cucurbitacez 
 
 Citrullus Colocynthis 
 
 Fruit 
 
 Colocynth. 
 
 
 Bryonia alba 
 
 Root 
 
 Bryonia. 
 
 
 " dioica 
 
 K 
 
 41 
 
 
 Cucurbita Pepo 
 
 Seed 
 
 Pumpkin seed. 
 
 Umbelliferse 
 
 Ecballium Elaterium 
 Conium maculatum 
 
 juice of Fruit 
 Fruit 
 
 Elaterium. 
 Hemlock. 
 
 
 Pimpinella Anisum 
 
 
 Anise. 
 
 
 Carum Ajowan 
 
 Phenol from oil 
 
 Thymol. 
 
 
 Ferula foetida 
 
 Gum-resin from 
 
 Asafetida. 
 
 
 
 root 
 
 
 
 Ferula Sumbul 
 
 Root 
 
 Sumbul. 
 
 
 Dorema Ammoniacum 
 
 Gum-resin 
 
 Ammoniac. 
 
 
 Coriandrum sativum 
 
 Fruit 
 
 Coriander. 
 
 
 Foeniculum capillaceum 
 
 
 
 Fennel. 
 
 
 Carum Carvi 
 
 " 
 
 Caraway.
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 715 
 
 
 
 
 
 NAT. ORDER. 
 
 
 
 
 Caprifoliaceae 
 
 Sambucus canadensis 
 
 Flowers 
 
 Elder. 
 
 
 Viburnum prunifolium 
 
 Bark 
 
 Black Haw. 
 
 
 ". Opulus 
 
 " 
 
 Cramp Bark. 
 
 
 Coflfea arabica 
 
 Proximate princi- 
 
 Caffeine. 
 
 
 
 ple from seeds 
 
 
 
 Cinchona officinalis 
 
 Bark 
 
 Cinchona bark. 
 
 
 " Calisaya 
 
 " 
 
 i ii 
 
 
 " succirubra 
 
 " 
 
 Red cinchona. 
 
 
 Cephaelis Ipecacuanha 
 
 Root 
 
 Ipecac. 
 
 Valerianeae 
 
 Valeriana officinalis 
 
 Rhizome and 
 
 Valerian. 
 
 
 
 roots 
 
 
 Compositae ......... 
 
 Anacyclus Pyrethrum 
 
 Root 
 
 Pellitory. 
 
 
 Eupatorium perfoliatum 
 
 Leaves and flow- 
 
 Thoroughwort. 
 
 
 
 ering tops 
 
 
 
 Artemisia pauciflora 
 
 Flower-heads 
 
 Santonica. 
 
 
 Calendula officinalis 
 
 Florets 
 
 Marigold. 
 
 
 Anthemis nobilis 
 
 Flower-heads 
 
 Chamomile. 
 
 
 Grindelia robusta 
 
 Leaves and flow- 
 
 Grindelia. 
 
 
 
 ering tops 
 
 
 
 " squarrosa 
 
 Leaves and flow- 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 ering tops 
 
 
 
 Matricaria Chamomilla 
 
 Flower-heads 
 
 German Chamo- 
 
 
 
 
 mile. 
 
 
 Tanacetum vulgare 
 
 Leaves and tops 
 
 Tansy. 
 
 
 Artemisia Absinthium 
 
 ii ii 
 
 Wormwood. 
 
 
 Taraxacum officinale 
 
 Root 
 
 Dandelion. 
 
 
 Inula Helenium 
 
 
 
 Elecampane. 
 
 
 Arnica montana 
 
 Flower-heads 
 
 Arnica flowers. 
 
 
 " 
 
 Rhizome and 
 
 " root. 
 
 
 
 roots 
 
 
 
 Lactuca virosa 
 
 Milk juice 
 
 Lactucarium. 
 
 
 Erigeron canadense 
 
 Oil from herb 
 
 Oil of Fleabane. 
 
 
 Arctium Lappa 
 
 Root 
 
 Burdock. 
 
 Lobeliaceae 
 
 Lobelia inflata 
 
 Leaves and tops 
 
 Lobelia. 
 
 Ericaceae 
 
 Arctostaphylos Uva ursi 
 
 Leaves 
 
 Uva ursi. 
 
 
 Chimaphila umbellata 
 
 
 Pipsissewa. 
 
 
 Gaultheria procumbens 
 
 Oil from leaves 
 
 Oil of wintergreen. 
 
 Styraceae 
 
 Styrax Benzoin 
 
 Balsamic Resin 
 
 Benzoin. 
 
 Oleaceae 
 
 Olea europaea 
 
 Oil from fruit 
 
 Olive oil. 
 
 
 Fraxinus Ornus 
 
 Exudation 
 
 Manna. 
 
 Apocynaceae 
 
 Apocynum cannabinum 
 
 Root 
 
 Canadian Hemp. 
 
 
 Aspidosperma Quebracho- 
 
 Bark 
 
 Quebracho. 
 
 
 bianco 
 
 
 
 
 Strophanthus hispidus 
 
 Seed 
 
 Strophanthus. 
 
 Asclepiadeae 
 
 Asclepias tuberosa 
 
 Root 
 
 Pleurisy Root. 
 
 Loganiaceae 
 
 Strychnos Nux-vomica 
 
 Seed 
 
 Nux vomica. 
 
 
 Spigelia marilandica 
 
 Rhizome * roots 
 
 Pink root. 
 
 
 Gelsemium sempervirens 
 
 ii ii 
 
 Gelsemium. 
 
 Gentianeae 
 
 Gentiana lutea 
 
 Root 
 
 Gentian. 
 
 
 Swertia Chirata 
 
 Plant 
 
 Chirata. 
 
 Hydrophyllacex... 
 
 Eriodictyon glutinosum 
 
 Leaves 
 
 Eriodictyon. 
 
 Convolvulaceae 
 
 Convolvulus Scammonia 
 
 Resinous exuda- 
 
 Scammony. 
 
 
 
 tion 
 
 
 Solanaceae 
 
 Ipomoea Jalapa 
 Capsicum fastigiatum 
 
 Tuberous root 
 Fruit 
 
 Jalap. 
 Capsicum. 
 
 
 Atropa Belladonna 
 
 Root and leaves 
 
 Belladonna. 
 
 
 Datura Stramonium 
 
 Seed and leaves 
 
 Stramonium. 
 
 
 Hyoscyamus niger 
 
 Leaves and flow- 
 
 Henbane. 
 
 
 
 ering tops 
 
 
 
 Solanum Dulcamara 
 
 Branches 
 
 Bittersweet. 
 
 
 Nicotiana Tabacum 
 
 Leaves 
 
 Tobacco. 
 
 Scrophularincae 
 
 Digitalis purpurea 
 
 11 
 
 Digitalis 
 
 
 Veronica virginica 
 
 Rhizome and 
 
 Culver's Root. 
 
 
 
 roots 
 
 
 Pedalaceae 
 
 Sesamum indicum 
 
 Oil from seed 
 
 Benne oil. 
 
 Labiatae 
 
 Rosmarinus officinalis 
 
 Oil from leaves 
 
 Oil of rosemary. 
 
 
 Salvia officinalis 
 
 Leaves 
 
 Sage.
 
 716 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 NAT. ORDER. 
 
 NAME OP PLANT. 
 
 PART OP PLANT. 
 
 NAME OP DRUG. 
 
 Labiatae 
 
 Scutellaria lateriflora 
 
 Herb 
 
 Scullcap. 
 
 
 Lavandula officinalis 
 
 Oil of flowers 
 
 Oil of lavender. 
 
 
 Hedeoma pulegioides 
 
 Leaves and tops 
 
 Pennyroyal. 
 
 
 Mentha piperita 
 
 ii ii 
 
 Peppermint. 
 
 
 " viridis 
 
 u u 
 
 Spearmint. 
 
 
 " arvensis 
 
 Stereopten 
 
 Menthol. 
 
 
 " canadensis 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 
 Melissa officinalis 
 
 Leaves and tops 
 
 Balm. 
 
 
 Monarda punctata 
 
 Phenol from oil 
 
 Thymol. 
 
 
 Thymus vulgaris 
 
 u ii 
 
 " 
 
 
 i ii 
 
 Oil from leaves and 
 
 Oil of thyme. 
 
 
 
 flowering tops 
 
 
 
 Matrubium vulgare 
 
 Leaves and tops 
 
 Horehound. 
 
 Chenopodiaceae..... 
 
 Chenopodium ambrosioides 
 
 Fruit 
 
 American Worm- 
 
 
 var. anthelminticum 
 
 
 seed. 
 
 
 Beta vulgaris 
 
 From cane 
 
 Sugar. 
 
 Phy tolaccaceac 
 
 Phytolacca decandra 
 
 Root 
 
 Poke Root. 
 
 
 ii ii 
 
 Fruit 
 
 " Berry. 
 
 Polygonaceae 
 
 Rheum officinale 
 
 Root 
 
 Rhubarb. 
 
 
 Rumex cnspus 
 
 ' 
 
 Yellow Dock. 
 
 Aristolochiaceae ... 
 
 Aristolochia Serpentaria 
 
 Rhizome and roots 
 
 Serpentaria. 
 
 
 " reticulata 
 
 ii ii 
 
 " 
 
 Piperaceae 
 
 Piper nigrum 
 
 Fruit 
 
 Black pepper. 
 
 
 Piper Cubeba 
 
 
 ,~,,j~... 
 Cubeb. 
 
 
 Piper angustifolium 
 
 Leaves 
 
 Matico. 
 
 Myristicaceae 
 
 Myristica fragrans 
 
 Seed 
 
 Nutmeg. 
 
 
 it ii 
 
 Arillade of seed 
 
 Mace. 
 
 Laurineae. 
 
 Cinnamomum sp. indtter. 
 
 Bark of shoots 
 
 Chinese Cinnamon 
 
 
 
 Bark 
 
 Saigon " 
 
 
 zeylanicum 
 
 Bark of shoots 
 
 Ceylon " 
 
 
 Camphora 
 
 Stearopten 
 
 Camphor. 
 
 
 Sassafras variifolium 
 
 Bark of root 
 
 Sassafras. 
 
 
 ii 
 
 Pith 
 
 Pith 
 
 Thymelaeacrae 
 
 Daphne Mezereum 
 
 Bark 
 
 Mezereum. 
 
 Santalaceae 
 
 Santalum album 
 
 Oil from wood 
 
 Oil of Santal. 
 
 E u phorbiaceae 
 
 Croton Eleuteria 
 
 Bark 
 
 Cascarilla. 
 
 
 " Tiglium 
 
 Oil from seed 
 
 Croton oil. 
 
 
 Ricinus communis 
 
 ii ii 
 
 Castor oil. 
 
 
 Hevea jr/. indeter. 
 
 Milk-juice 
 
 India rubber. 
 
 
 Stillingia sylvatica 
 Mallotus philippinensis 
 
 Root 
 Glands and hairs 
 
 Queen's root. 
 Kamala. 
 
 
 
 from capsules 
 
 
 Urticacese 
 
 Humulus Lupulus 
 
 Strobiles 
 
 Hops. 
 
 
 Ficus Carica 
 
 Fleshy receptacle 
 
 Fig. 
 
 
 Ulmus fulva 
 
 Inner bark 
 
 Slippery Elm. 
 
 
 Cannabis sativa 
 
 Flowering tops 
 
 Indian cannabis. 
 
 Juglandaceae 
 
 Juglans cinerea 
 
 Bark of root 
 
 Butternut. 
 
 Cupuliferae 
 
 Quercus alba 
 
 Bark 
 
 White oak. 
 
 
 " lusitanica 
 
 Parasitic excres- 
 
 Nutgall. 
 
 
 
 cences 
 
 
 
 Castanea dentata 
 
 Leaves 
 
 Chestnut. 
 
 
 Fagus sylvatica 
 
 Wood-tar 
 
 Creosote. 
 
 Betulacez 
 
 Betula lenta 
 
 Oil from bark 
 
 Volatile oil of 
 
 
 
 
 Betula. 
 
 Salicaceae 
 
 Salix if. indet. 
 
 Neutral principle 
 
 Salicin. 
 
 
 Populus j/. indet. 
 
 
 
 Coniferx ..... 
 
 Abies balsamea 
 
 Oleoresin from 
 
 Canada balsam. 
 
 
 
 bark 
 
 
 
 Abies excelsa 
 
 Resinous exuda- 
 
 Burgundy pitch. 
 
 
 
 tion 
 
 
 
 Pinus palustris 
 
 Oleoresin from 
 
 Tar. 
 
 
 
 wood 
 
 
 
 ii ii 
 
 Oleoresin 
 
 Turpentine. 
 
 
 Juniperus communis 
 
 Oil from fruit 
 
 Oil of juniper. 
 
 
 Sabina 
 
 Tops 
 
 Savine. 
 
 
 " Oxycedrus 
 
 Distillation of 
 
 Oil of cade. 
 
 
 
 wood 

 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 NAT. ORDER. 
 
 NAME OF PLANT. 
 
 PART OF PLANT. 
 
 NAME OF DRUG. 
 
 Orchideae 
 
 Cypripedium pubescens 
 
 Rhizome * roots 
 
 Ladies' slipper. 
 
 Scitamineae 
 
 parviflorum 
 Vanilla planifolia 
 Elettaria repens 
 
 Fruit 
 
 Vanilla. 
 Cardamom. 
 
 Irideae 
 
 Zingiber officinale 
 
 Rhizome 
 Stigmas 
 
 Ginger. 
 Saffron. 
 
 Liliaceae 
 
 Iris versicolor 
 Allium sativum 
 
 Rhizome * roots 
 Bulb 
 
 Blueflag. 
 Garlic. 
 
 
 Colchicum autumnale 
 Convallaria majalis 
 
 Smilax officinalis 
 " medica 
 " papyracea 
 Asagraea officinalis 
 
 Veratrum viride 
 
 Urginea maritima 
 Aloe Perryi 
 " vera 
 
 Corm 
 Seed 
 Rhizome and 
 roots 
 Root 
 
 Alkaloids from 
 seed 
 Rhizome and 
 roots 
 Bulb 
 Juice of leaves 
 
 Colchicum root, 
 seed. 
 Convallaria. 
 
 Sarsaparilla. 
 
 Vera trine. 
 Veratrum Viride. 
 
 Squill. 
 Socatrine Aloes. 
 Barbadoes " 
 
 
 
 
 
 Lycopodiaceae 
 Filices 
 
 Zea Mays 
 
 Hordeum distichum 
 
 Saccharum omcinarum 
 Lycopodium clavatum 
 
 Styles and stig- 
 mas 
 Fecula of seed 
 Seed 
 From cane 
 Spores 
 
 Corn-silk. 
 
 Starch. 
 Pearl barley. 
 Sugar. 
 Lycopodium. 
 
 Fungi 
 
 " marginalis 
 
 
 Ergot. 
 
 Lichenes 
 
 
 Thallus 
 
 
 Algae 
 
 
 Plant 
 
 
 
 Gigartina mamillosa 
 

 
 APPENDIX II. 
 
 [THE PHARMACOPCEIAL ANIMAL DRUGS ARRANGED 
 ACCORDING TO THEIR NATURAL ORDERS. 
 
 VERTEBRATA. 
 
 CLASS. 
 
 NAT. ORDER. 
 
 NAME OP ANIMAL. 
 
 PART OP ANIMAL. NAME OP DRUG 
 
 MAMMALIA 
 
 Ruminantia 
 
 Moschus moscbiferus 
 
 Dried secretion from 
 preputial follicles 
 
 Musk. 
 
 
 
 Ovis Aries 
 
 Internal fat of abdo- 
 
 Suet. 
 
 
 
 
 men 
 
 
 
 
 
 Purified fat of wool 
 
 Hydrous woo 
 fat. 
 
 
 
 Bos Taurus 
 
 Sugar from whey of 
 cow's milk 
 
 Sugar of milk. 
 
 
 
 
 Fresh bile 
 
 Ox Gall. 
 
 
 
 
 Organic acid from 
 tallow 
 
 Stearic Acid. 
 
 
 Pachydermata 
 
 Sus scrofa 
 
 Internal fat of the 
 abdomen 
 
 Lard. 
 
 
 
 
 Ferment from glan- 
 dular layer of 
 stomach 
 
 Pepsin. 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 Enzymes from pan- 
 creas 
 
 Pancreatin. 
 
 
 Cetacca 
 
 Physeter macrocephalus 
 
 Fatty substance 
 
 Spermaceti. 
 
 AVES 
 
 Gallinse 
 
 Callus Bankiva, 
 var. domestica 
 
 From the egg 
 
 Yolk of Egg. 
 
 PISCES 
 
 Sturiones 
 
 Ascipenser Huso 
 
 Swimming bladder 
 
 Isinglass. 
 
 
 Teleoslia 
 
 Gadus Morrhua 
 
 Oil from fresh liver 
 
 Cod Liver Oil. 
 
 INVERTEBRATA. 
 
 INSECT A 
 
 Hymenoptera 
 
 Apis mellifica 
 
 Secretion from the 
 honeycomb 
 
 Honey. 
 
 
 
 
 Concrete substance 
 
 Yellow Wax. 
 
 
 Hemiptera 
 
 Coccus cacti 
 
 Dried female insect 
 
 Cochineal. 
 
 
 Coleoptera 
 
 Cantharis vesicatoria 
 
 The insect 
 
 Cantharides.J 
 
 (718)
 
 APPENDIX III. 
 
 A LIST OF LATIN PHRASES COMMONLY USED IN 
 THE WRITING OF PRESCRIPTIONS. 
 
 u. 
 
 Ana 
 
 of each. 
 
 Ad. 
 
 Adde 
 
 add. 
 
 [Adhib. 
 
 Adhibendus 
 
 to be administered. 
 
 Admov. 
 
 Admove 
 
 apply- 
 
 Ad lib. 
 Ad sat. 
 
 Ad libitum 
 Ad saturandum 
 
 to the desired amount.] 
 to saturation. 
 
 Ad us. 
 
 Ad usum 
 
 according to custom. 
 
 JEq. 
 
 jBcnlH 
 
 equal. 
 
 [Agit. 
 
 Agitetur 
 
 let it be shaken. 
 
 Alt. hor. 
 
 Alternis horis 
 
 every other hour. 
 
 Ampul. 
 
 Ampulla 
 
 a large bottle.] 
 
 Aq. 
 
 Aqua 
 
 water. 
 
 Aq. bull. 
 
 Aqua bulliens 
 
 boiling water. 
 
 Aq. dest. 
 
 Aqua destillata 
 
 distilled water. 
 
 [Aq. ferv. 
 
 Aqua fervens 
 
 hot water. 
 
 Aq. fluv. 
 
 Aqua fluviatilis 
 
 river water. 
 
 Aq. font. 
 
 Aqua fontis 
 
 spring water. 
 
 Aq. pluv. 
 
 Aqua pluvialis 
 
 rain water. 
 
 Bene 
 
 Bene 
 
 well.] 
 
 Bib. 
 
 Bibe 
 
 drink. 
 
 Bis ind. 
 
 Bis in dies 
 
 twice a day. 
 
 Bis in 7 d. 
 
 Bis in septem diebus 
 
 twice a week. 
 
 [Bol. 
 
 Bolus 
 
 a large pill. 
 
 Bull. 
 
 Bulliat 
 
 let it boil.] 
 
 C. 
 
 Cum 
 
 with. 
 
 Calef. 
 
 Calefactus 
 
 warmed. 
 
 Cap. 
 
 Capiat 
 
 let him take. 
 
 [Cap. 
 
 Capsula 
 
 a capsule. 
 
 Chart. 
 
 Cbarta 
 
 a paper. 
 
 Chartul. 
 
 Chartula 
 
 a small paper. 
 
 Cib. 
 
 Cibus 
 
 food. 
 
 Cito disp. 
 
 Cito dispensetur 
 
 let it be dispensed quickly.] 
 
 C. m. 
 
 Cras mane 
 
 to-morrow morning 
 
 C. m. s. 
 C. n. 
 
 Cras mane sumendus 
 Cras nocte 
 
 to be taken to-morrow morning; 
 to-morrow night. 
 
 Cochl. 
 
 Cochleare 
 
 a spoonful. 
 
 Cochl. ampl. 
 
 Cochleare ampluni 
 
 a table-spoonful. 
 
 Cocbl. infant. 
 
 Cochleare infantis 
 
 a teaspoonful. 
 
 Cochl. mag. 
 
 Cochleare magnum 
 
 a table-spoonful. 
 
 Cochl. mod. 
 
 Cochleare modicum 
 
 a dessert-spoonful. 
 
 Cochl. parv. 
 
 Cochleare parvum 
 
 a teaspoonful. 
 
 [Col. 
 
 Cola 
 
 strain. 
 
 Collun. 
 
 Collunarium 
 
 a nasal wash. 
 
 Collut. 
 
 Collutorium 
 
 a mouth wash. 
 
 Collyr. 
 
 Collyrium 
 
 an eye wash. 
 
 Cont. 
 
 Contere 
 
 rub together.] 
 
 Contin. 
 
 Continueter 
 
 let it be continued. 
 
 Cras. 
 
 Cras 
 
 to-morrow. 
 
 Cuj. 
 
 Cuj us 
 
 of which. 
 
 C. v. 
 
 Cras vespere 
 
 to-morrow evening. 
 
 Cyatb. 
 
 Cyathus 
 
 a glassful. 
 
 Cyath. vinos. 
 
 Cyathus vinosus 
 
 a wine glassful. 
 
 ID. d. 
 
 Da 
 
 give. 
 
 D. 
 
 Dosis 
 
 a dose. 
 
 Deaur. 
 Dec, 
 
 Deaurentur 
 Decanta 
 
 let (the pills) be gilded, 
 decant.] 
 
 
 
 (719)
 
 720 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 D. d. In d. 
 
 De die in diem 
 
 from day to day. 
 
 Del. 
 
 Detur 
 
 let it be given. 
 
 Dieb. alt. 
 
 Diebus alternis 
 
 on alternate days. 
 
 Dim. 
 
 Dimidius 
 
 one-half. 
 
 Div. 
 
 Divide 
 
 divide. 
 
 D. in p. as. 
 
 Divide in parts aequales 
 
 divide into equal parti*. 
 
 Exhib. 
 
 Exhibiatur 
 
 let it be gi yen. 
 
 F. or ft. 
 
 Fiat 
 
 let it be made. 
 
 F. h. 
 
 Fiat haustus 
 
 make a draught. 
 
 F. m. 
 
 Fiat mistura 
 
 make a mixture. 
 
 F. pil. 
 
 Fiat pilula 
 
 make a pill. 
 
 [Form. 
 
 Formula 
 
 a prescription. 
 
 F s.a. 
 
 Fac secundum artem 
 
 make according to art. 
 
 Garg. 
 Gtt. 
 
 Gargarysma 
 Gutta or guttae 
 
 a gargle.] 
 drop or drops. 
 
 Habt. 
 
 Habeat 
 
 let him have. 
 
 [Hor. decub. 
 
 Hora decubitus 
 
 at bedtime. 
 
 Hor. intermed. 
 
 Horis intermediis 
 
 at intermediate hours. 
 
 H. s. 
 
 Hora somni 
 
 at bedtime. 
 
 111. 
 
 lllico 
 
 immediately. 
 
 Imp. 
 Jnd. 
 
 Impone 
 Indies 
 
 apply.] 
 daily. 
 
 [Instar 
 
 Instar 
 
 the size of. 
 
 Involv. gelat. 
 
 Involve gelatine 
 
 coat with gelatin.] 
 
 Lat. dol. 
 
 Lateri dolenti 
 
 to the painful side. 
 
 FLen. 
 
 Lenilur 
 
 easily. 
 
 Len. ter. 
 
 Lenitur terendo 
 
 by rubbing gently. 
 
 Mane 
 
 Mane 
 
 in the morning. 
 
 Mane primo 
 
 Mane primo 
 
 early in the morning. 
 
 Mic. pan. 
 
 Mica panis 
 
 bread crumb.] 
 
 Mil. 
 
 Mitte 
 
 send. 
 
 [Mode diet. 
 
 Mode dictu 
 
 in the manner directed.] 
 
 Mod. praescript 
 (Non repetat. 
 
 Modo praescripto 
 Non repetatur 
 
 in the manner prescribed. 
 let it not be repeated.] 
 
 O. m. 
 
 Omni mane 
 
 every morning. 
 
 Omn. bih. 
 
 Omni bihora 
 
 every two hours. 
 
 Omn. hor. 
 
 Omni hora 
 
 every hour. 
 
 O. n. 
 
 Omni nocte 
 
 every night. 
 
 P. or pt. 
 
 Perstetur 
 
 continue. 
 
 Part. aeq. 
 
 Partes aequales 
 
 equal parts. 
 
 [Penicil. cam. 
 Pil. 
 
 Penicillum camelinum 
 Pilula 
 
 a camel's hair pencil, 
 a pill.] 
 
 P. r. n. 
 
 Pro re nata 
 
 when required. 
 
 [Q. hor. 
 
 Quaqua hora 
 Quantum libet 
 
 every hour.] 
 as much as is requisite. 
 
 O. s. 
 
 Quantum sufficit 
 
 a sufficient quantity. 
 
 Q. v. 
 
 Quantum volueris 
 
 at will. 
 
 R. 
 
 Recipe 
 
 take. 
 
 [Red. in pulv. 
 Rep. 
 
 Redactus in pulverem 
 Repetatur 
 
 reduced to powder.] 
 let it be repeated. 
 
 (Sat. 
 
 Satis 
 
 sufficient. 
 
 Semel 
 
 Semel 
 
 once. 
 
 Semi h. 
 
 Semi hora 
 
 half an hour. 
 
 Sesq. h. 
 
 Sesqui hora 
 
 an hour and a half. 
 
 Sic. 
 
 Sicetur 
 
 let it be dried. 
 
 Sin. 
 
 Sine 
 
 without.] 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Singulorum 
 
 of each. 
 
 [Si op. sit. 
 Sum. 
 
 Si opus sit 
 Sumat or sumendum 
 
 if necessary.] 
 let him take or let it be taken. 
 
 T. d. 
 
 Ter in die 
 
 three times a day. 
 
 [J er - 
 Ter. bene 
 
 Tere 
 Tere bene 
 
 Rub. 
 Rub well. 
 
 Trit. 
 
 Trituretur 
 
 let it be triturated. 
 
 Utere 
 
 Utere 
 
 make use of. 
 
 Vehic. 
 
 Vehiculum 
 
 menstruum. 
 
 Ver. 
 
 Verus 
 
 genuine. 
 
 Vep. 
 
 Vesper 
 
 the evening.]
 
 INDEX. 
 
 [In all Latin titles of more 
 
 than one syllable, the accented syllable is distin- 
 
 guished by the sign ' placed 
 
 after the corresponding 
 
 vowel. 
 
 A BBREVIATIONS, 45, Acid, citric, syrup of, 266 
 
 Acids, 263. 
 
 /\ 719 
 
 chromic, 234 
 
 A'cidum ace'ticum, 265 
 
 Absinthe, 553 
 
 chrysophanic, 490, 493 
 
 dilu'tum, 266 
 
 Absinthic acid, 554 
 
 digallic, 593 
 
 gla'ciale, 266 
 
 Absinthin, 554 
 
 di-iodosalicylic, 341 
 
 arseno'sum, 223 
 
 Absin'thium, 553 
 
 gallic, 596 
 
 benzo'icum, 657 
 
 Absinthol, 554 
 
 gallotannic, 593 
 
 bo'ricum, 273 
 
 Abstra'cta, 36 
 
 hydriodic, syrup of, 248 
 
 campho'ricum, 650 
 
 Abstracts, 36 
 
 hydrobromic, diluted, 
 
 carbo'licum, 329 
 
 Absolute alcohol, 280 
 
 258 
 
 cru'dum, 328 
 
 Absorbent cotton, 665 
 
 hydrochloric, 264 
 
 chro'micum, 234 
 
 Aca'cia, 615 
 
 hydrocyanic, diluted, 
 
 ci'tricum, 266 
 
 Accelerating centre, drugs 
 
 '34 
 
 gallicum, 596 
 
 acting on, 58 
 
 hypophosphorous, di- 
 
 hydrobro'micum dilu'- 
 
 Ace'ta, 19 
 
 luted, 240 
 
 tum, 258 
 
 Acetanilid, 319 
 
 iodosalicylic, 342 
 
 hydrochlo'ricum, 264 
 
 Acetanili'dum, 319 
 
 lactic, 267 
 
 dilu'tum, 265 
 
 Acetylparamidophenol 
 
 meconic, 350, 353 
 
 hydrocya'nicum dilu'- 
 
 salicylate, 483 
 
 muriatic, 264 
 
 tum, 134 
 
 Acetic acid, 265 
 
 nitric, 264 
 
 hypophosphor'osum di- 
 
 glacial, 266 
 
 diluted, 264 
 
 lu'tum, 240 
 
 ether, 300 
 
 nitrohydrochloric, 264 
 
 la'cticum, 267 
 
 Acetone-chloroform, 290 
 
 nitromuriatic, 264 
 
 meco'nicum, 353 
 
 Ace'tum o'pii, 352 
 
 oleic, 611 
 
 ni'tricum, 264 
 
 sci'llae, 432 
 
 phenic, 329 
 
 dilu'tum, 264 
 
 Acetyl salicylic acid, 480 
 
 phosphoric, 265 
 
 nitrohydrochlo'ricum, 
 
 Acid, acetic, 265 
 
 diluted, 265 
 
 264 
 
 diluted, 266 
 
 prussic, 134 
 
 dilu'tum, 264 
 
 glacial, 266 
 
 pyrogallic, 596 
 
 ole'icum, 611 
 
 arsenous, 223 
 
 salicylic, 475 
 
 phospho'ricum, 265 
 
 solution, 224 
 
 stearic, 693 
 
 dilu'tum, 265 
 
 benzoic, 656 
 
 sulphanilic, 250 
 
 salicy'licum, 475 
 
 boracic, 273 
 
 sulphuric, 263 
 
 stea'ricum, 693 
 
 boric, 273 
 
 diluted, 263 
 
 sulphu'ricum, 263 
 
 cacodylic, 228 
 
 aromatic, 264 
 
 dilu'tum, 263 
 
 camphoric, 650 
 
 sulphurous, 272 
 
 aroma'ticum, 264 
 
 carbolic, 329 
 
 tannic, 593 
 
 sulphuro'sum, 272 
 
 crude, 328 
 
 ointment, 593 
 
 ta'nnicum, 593 
 
 ointment, 329 
 
 troches, 593 
 
 tarta'ricum, 266 
 
 citric, 266 
 
 tartaric, 266 
 
 Aconine, 437 
 
 
 46 
 
 (721)
 
 722 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Aconite, 437 
 
 Allyl sulphocyanide, 525 
 
 Ammo'nii be'nzoas, 657 
 
 Aconiti'na, 437 
 
 Allspice, 536 
 
 bro'midum, 253 
 
 Aconitine, 437 
 
 oil of, 536 
 
 ca'rbonas, 150 
 
 Aconi'tum, 437 
 
 Almond, bitter, 612 
 
 chlo'ridum, 151 
 
 Acorin, 582 
 
 Jordan, 613 
 
 io'dum, 249 
 
 Acrinyl sulphocyanide, 524 
 
 sweet, 613 
 
 ni'tras, 153 
 
 Actions, pharmacological, 46 
 
 A'loe, 496 
 
 valeria'nas, 557 
 
 therapeutic, 46 
 
 barbaden'sis, 496 
 
 Ammoniated mercury oint- 
 
 cumulative, 40 
 
 curacoa, 496 
 
 ment, 213 
 
 Actol, 173 
 
 purifica'ta, 497 
 
 Ammonio-ferric alum, 193 
 
 A'deps, 690 
 
 socatri'na, 497 
 
 citrate, 194 
 
 benzoina'tus, 690 
 
 Aloes, Zanzibar, 497 
 
 sulphate, 193 
 
 indura'tus, 690 
 
 Aloin, 498 
 
 tartrate, 195 
 
 la'nae, 694 
 
 Aloi'num, 498 
 
 mercuric chloride, 220 
 
 hydro'sus, 694 
 
 Alpha-eucaine, 326 
 
 Ammonium, acetate, solu- 
 
 Adhesive plaster, 523 
 
 Alterative, 115 
 
 tion of, 1 52 
 
 A'djuvans, 41 
 
 Althae'a, 611 
 
 benzoate, 657 
 
 Administration of drugs, 
 
 Alum, 185 
 
 bromide, 253 
 
 38 
 
 ammonio-ferric, 193 
 
 carbonate, 150 
 
 Adonidin, 436 
 
 burnt, 1 86 
 
 chloride, 151 
 
 Adonidi'num, 436 
 
 dried, 186 
 
 troches, 152 
 
 ^sculap, 93, 144 
 
 potassium, 185 
 
 ichthyol sulphonate, 699 
 
 JE'ther, 297 
 
 Alu'men, 185 
 
 iodide, 249 
 
 ace'ticus, 300 
 
 exsicca'tum, 186 
 
 nitrate, 153 
 
 broma'tus, 301 
 
 u'stum, 1 86 
 
 valerianate, 557 
 
 jE'thyl bro'midum, 301 
 
 Alu'mina, hydrated, 186 
 
 Ammo'nium, 148 
 
 African pepper, 541 
 
 Alu'mini hy'dras, 186 
 
 Amy'gdala ama'ra, 612 
 
 Air, 74 
 
 su'lphas, 186 
 
 du'lcis, 613 
 
 Aix-les-Bains, 262 
 
 Aluminum, 185 
 
 Amygdalin, 462, 612, 656 
 
 la-Chapelle, 262 
 
 acetate, 186 
 
 Amyl colloid, 441 
 
 Alantin, 459 
 
 hydroxide, 186 
 
 ni'tris, 305 
 
 Albumin Egg, 691 
 
 naphtol sulphonate, 187 
 
 nitrite, 305 
 
 A'lcohol, 279 
 
 and potassium sulphate, 
 
 Amylene hydrate, 315 
 
 absolute, 280 
 
 185 
 
 Amyle'ni hy'dras, 315 
 
 absolu'tum, 280 
 
 sulphate, 186 
 
 Amylic alcohol, 289 
 
 amylic, 289 
 
 Alumnol, 187 
 
 A'mylum, 667 
 
 amy'licum, 289 
 
 Amaroids, 12 
 
 Anaesthetics, general, 106 
 
 deodora'tum, 280 
 
 American hellebore, 442 
 
 local, 101 
 
 diluted, 279 
 
 wormseed, 628 
 
 dangers of, 108 
 
 dilu'tum, 279 
 
 Ammonia, aromatic spirit of, 
 
 Analgesics, 318 
 
 deodorized, 280 
 
 M9 
 
 Anaphrodisiacs, 113 
 
 ethyl, 279 
 
 bakers', 150 
 
 Anarcotine, 350, 366 
 
 ethylic, 279 
 
 liniment, 149 
 
 Anethene, 552 
 
 phenyl, 329 
 
 spirit of, 149 
 
 Anethol, 549 
 
 tertiary amyl, 315 
 
 water, 149 
 
 Ane'thum, 552 
 
 Aldehyde, formic, 344 
 
 Ammoniac, 563 
 
 Anemonin, 451 
 
 Ale, 281 
 
 emulsion, 562 
 
 Angelic acid, 545 
 
 Alkaline earths, 155 
 
 plaster, with mercury, 
 
 Angustura bark, 586 
 
 metals, 122 
 
 210 
 
 Anhidrotics, 65 
 
 Alkaloids, 12 
 
 Ammoni'acum, 562 
 
 Anhydrogluco chloral, 314 
 
 A'llium, 455 
 
 Ammoniatcd glycyrrhizin, 
 
 Animal charcoal, 276 
 
 Allyl oxide, 455 
 
 6.7 
 
 Anise, 549 
 
 sulphide, 455 
 
 mercury, 213 
 
 Ani'sum, 549
 
 INDEX. 
 
 723 
 
 Annidalin, 340 
 
 Antitoxin, tetanus, 708 
 
 Aristolochine, 587 
 
 Anodyne, Hoffman's, 298 
 
 Antivenomous serum, 709 
 
 Armora'cia, 541 
 
 colloid, 441 
 
 Antizymotics, 50 
 
 A'rnica, 530 
 
 Anodynes, local, 101 
 
 Apenta, 93 
 
 A'rnicae ra'dix, 531 
 
 Anthelmintics, 50 
 
 Aphrodisiacs, 113 
 
 flo'res, 530 
 
 Anthemene, 554 
 
 Apiol, 645 
 
 Arnica root, 531 
 
 Anthemidin, 555 
 
 Apio'lum, 643 m 
 
 flowers, 530 
 
 A'nthemis, 526 
 
 Apocynein, 632 
 
 plaster, 531 
 
 Anthemol, 526 
 
 Apocynin, 632 
 
 Arnicin, 530 
 
 Anticholagogues, 97 
 
 Apo'cynum, 632 
 
 Aromatic elixir, 591 
 
 Antidote, arsenic, 193 
 
 Apomorphi'nae hydrochlo'- 
 
 fluid extract, 540 
 
 hydrophobia, 710 
 
 ras, 367 
 
 powder, 540 
 
 Anti-emetics, 89 
 
 Apomorphine hydrochlorate, 
 
 Arsenic, 223 
 
 Antifebrin, 319 
 
 367 
 
 antidote, 193 
 
 Antigalactagogues, 114 
 
 Aporetin, 490 
 
 and mercuric iodide, so- 
 
 Antihidrotics,6s 
 
 Appendix, 713 
 
 lution of, 212 
 
 Antikamnia, 321 
 
 A'qua, 116 
 
 iodide, 224 
 
 Antimonial powder, 231 
 
 amm'onioe, 149 
 
 trioxide, 223 
 
 Antimo'nium, 230 
 
 fo'rtior, 148 
 
 white, 223 
 
 Antimo'nii et pota'ssii tar'- 
 
 amy'gdalae am'arae, 612 
 
 A'rseni io'didum, 224 
 
 tras, 231 
 
 an'isi, 549 
 
 Arsenous acid, 223 
 
 o'xidum, 230 
 
 aura'ntii flo'rum, 591 
 
 solution of, 224 
 
 su'lphidum, 230 
 
 fo'rtior, 591 
 
 A'rsenum, 223 
 
 purifica'tum, 230 
 
 campho'rae, 649 
 
 Artanthic acid, 577 
 
 Antimo'nium sulphura'tum, 
 
 chlo'ri, 243 
 
 Artificial human milk, 687 
 
 230 
 
 chlorofo'rmi, 291 
 
 oil of wintergreen, 481 
 
 Antimony and potassium 
 
 cinnamo'mi, 540 
 
 Asafetida, 560 
 
 tartrate, 231 
 
 creoso'ti, 334 
 
 Asafoe'tida, 560 
 
 black purified, 230 
 
 destilla'ta, 116 
 
 Asaprol, 343 
 
 oxide, 230 
 
 fceni'culi, 551 
 
 Asapro'lum, 343 
 
 pills, compound, 212 
 
 hydroge'nii dio'xidi, 120 
 
 Ascle'pias, 457 
 
 sulphide, 230 
 
 me'nthae piperi'tse, 547 
 
 Asclepion, 457 
 
 purified, 230 
 
 me'nthae vi'ridis, 548 
 
 Ash, prickly, 671 
 
 sulphurated, 230 
 
 re'gia, 264 
 
 Asparagin, 611, 617 
 
 tartrated, 231 
 
 ro'sae, 556 
 
 Aspi'dium, 623 
 
 trioxide, 230 
 
 fo'rtior, 556 
 
 Aspidosamine, 459 
 
 trisulphide, 230 
 
 A'quae, 19 
 
 Aspidospe'rma, 459 
 
 wine of, 231 
 
 Arabin, 15, 614, 615 
 
 Aspidospermatine, 459 
 
 Antinervin, 321 
 
 Arachin, 605 
 
 Aspidospermine, 459 
 
 Antiparasitics, 51 
 
 Araroba powder, 660 
 
 Aspirin, 480 
 
 Antiperiodics, 51 
 
 Arbutin, 631, 636 
 
 Astringents, 63 
 
 Antipneumococcic serum, 
 
 Arge'nti cya'nidum, 171 
 
 intestinal, 95 
 
 709 
 
 io'didum, 172 
 
 Atropi'na, 373 
 
 Antipyretics, 71, 318 
 
 ni'tras, 170 
 
 Atropi'nae sul'phas, 373 
 
 Antipyrin, 321 
 
 dilu'tus, 171 
 
 Atropine, 372, 373 
 
 Antipyri'num, 321 
 
 fu'sus, 171 
 
 sulphate, 373 
 
 Antiseptics, 48, 328 
 
 o'xidum, 171 
 
 Atropurpurin, 513 
 
 gastric, 83 
 
 Argentamine, 173 
 
 Attar of rose, 556 
 
 intestinal, 94 
 
 Arge'ntum, 170 
 
 Aurantiamarin, 589 
 
 Antisialogogues, 80 
 
 Argol, 129 
 
 Aura'ntii ama'ri co'rtex, 589 
 
 Antispasmodics, 77 
 
 Argon in, 173 
 
 du'lcis co'rtex, 590 
 
 Antistreptococcic serum, 708 
 
 Aristol, 340 
 
 Au'riet so'dii chlo'ridum,2o9 
 
 Antitoxin, diphtheria, 705 
 
 Aristo'lum, 340 
 
 Au'rum, 209
 
 724 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 BAEL fruit, 678 
 
 Benzoylvinyldiacetonalka- 
 
 Black wash, 218 
 
 Baker's ammonia, 150 
 
 min hydrochlorate, 328 
 
 Bladder, action of drugs on, 70 
 
 Baking soda, 140 
 
 Benzoin, 656 
 
 Blaud's pills, 190 
 
 Balm, 661 
 
 Benzoinated lard, 656 
 
 Bleaching powder, 243 
 
 Balsam, of copaiba, 571 
 
 Benzoi'num, 656 
 
 Bliss' cure, 383 
 
 of fir, 524 
 
 Benzylic benzoate, 566 
 
 Blister beetles, 697 
 
 Friar's, 656 
 
 cinnamate, 566 
 
 Blistering collodion, 665 
 
 of Peru, 565 
 
 Berberine, 580, 640, 673 
 
 Blood, drugs acting on, 51 
 
 of Tolu, 566 
 
 Bergamot, oil of, 546 
 
 root, 450 
 
 Ba'lsamum Peruvia'num, 
 
 Beta-eucaine, 328 
 
 Blue cohosh, 643 
 
 565 
 
 Beta-naphtol, 342 
 
 flag, 512 
 
 Toluta'num, 566 
 
 Be'tula, volatile oil of, 480 
 
 mass, 210 
 
 Balsams, 14 
 
 Bhang, 387 
 
 methylene, 347 
 
 Barbadoes aloes, 496 
 
 Bile, drugs acting on, 96 
 
 ointment, 210 
 
 Barbaloin, 498 
 
 Bismuth, 181 
 
 pill, 210 
 
 Ba'rii dio'xidum, 161 
 
 Bismuth and ammonium ci- 
 
 stone, 179 
 
 Barium, 161 
 
 trate, 182 
 
 vitriol, 179 
 
 dioxide, 161 
 
 Bismuth citrate, 182 
 
 Bodily heat, drugs acting on, 
 
 peroxide, 161 
 
 naphtolate, 184 
 
 7' 
 
 sulphide, 161 
 
 oxide, 184 
 
 Boluses, 21 
 
 Barley, pearl, 620 
 
 phenolate, 184 
 
 Boneset, 487 
 
 Barosmin, 570 
 
 naphtolate, 184 
 
 Bone-black, 276 
 
 Barus camphor, 649 
 
 salicylate, 183 
 
 Boracic acid, 273 
 
 Basham's mixture, 192 
 
 subcarbonate, 181 
 
 Borax, 273 
 
 Basilicon, ointment, 523 
 
 subgallate, 183 
 
 Boric acid, 273 
 
 Basis, 41 
 
 subnitrate, 182 
 
 Borneo camphor, 550, 649 
 
 Bassorin, 15, 611, 614 
 
 tetra-iodo-phenol- 
 
 Borneol, 530, 557 
 
 Baths, 117 
 
 -phthaleinate, 185 
 
 Boro-glyceride, solution of, 
 
 cold, 1 20 
 
 tribromophenolate, 183 
 
 273 
 
 hot, 119 
 
 Bismu'thi ci'tras, 182 
 
 Boro-glycerin, glycerite of, 
 
 indifferent, 117 
 
 et ammon'ii, ci'tras, 182 
 
 273 
 
 tepid, 120 
 
 salicy'las, 183 
 
 Bougies, 36 
 
 warm, 119 
 
 subca'rbonas, 181 
 
 Bourboule water, 205 
 
 Battey's fluid, 247 
 
 subni'tras, 182 
 
 Brain, drugs acting on, 104 
 
 Battley's solution, 352 
 
 Bismu'thum, 181 
 
 extract, 704 
 
 Bay oil, 663 
 
 Bitter almond, 612 
 
 Brandy, 280 
 
 rum, 663 
 
 apple, 505 
 
 Braye'ra, 624 
 
 Bearberry, 631 
 
 cucumber, 505 
 
 Brazilian coca, 391 
 
 Beer, 281 
 
 gourd, 505 
 
 Bromides, 252 
 
 Be'lae fruc'tus, 678 
 
 orange peel, 589 
 
 Bromine, 252 
 
 Bellado'nna, 371 
 
 principles, 12 
 
 Bromoform, 302 
 
 Bellado'nnse fo'lia, 371 
 
 wine of iron, 196 
 
 Bromofo'rmum, 302 
 
 ra'dix, 372 
 
 Bitters, 580 
 
 Bro'mum, 252 
 
 Belladonine, 371 
 
 Bittersweet, 635 
 
 Bronchial secretion, drugs 
 
 Benne oil, 663 
 
 Black antimony purified, 230 
 
 affecting the, 77 
 
 Benzaconine, 437 
 
 berry, 602 
 
 vessels, drugs acting on, 
 
 Benzin, 279 
 
 cohosh, 587 
 
 78 
 
 Benzi'num, 279 
 
 draught, 493 
 
 spasm, 77 
 
 Benzoicacid, 565, 566,656 
 
 drop, 35 2 
 
 Broom, 434 
 
 Benzosol, 336 
 
 haw, 643 
 
 Brown mixture, 617 
 
 Benzoyl-guaiacol, 336 
 
 mustard, 524 
 
 Brucine, 393 
 
 Benzoyl-sulphonic-imide, 
 
 pepper, 537 
 
 Bryo'nia, 503 
 
 346 
 
 snake root, 587 
 
 Bryonin, y,j
 
 INDEX. 
 
 725 
 
 Bryony, 503 
 
 Ca'lcium, bromide, 254 
 
 Ca'ntharis, 697 
 
 Bucco, 570 
 
 carbonate, precipitated, 
 
 Caoutchouc, 667 
 
 Buchu, 370 
 
 155 
 
 Capronic acid, 531 
 
 Buckthorn, 495 
 
 chloride, 159 
 
 Caprylic acid, 531 
 
 Burdock, 674 
 
 glycerophosphate, 241 
 
 Capsaicin, 542 
 
 Burgundy, 281 
 
 hydrate solution of, 157 
 
 Capsicin, 542 
 
 pitch, 522 
 
 hypophosphite, 239 
 
 Ca'psicum, 541 
 
 plaster, 522 
 
 lacto-phosphate, syrup 
 
 Capsules, 36 
 
 Burned lime, 157 
 
 of, 158 
 
 Canquoin's paste, 176 
 
 Burnt alum, 186 
 
 phosphate, precipitated, 
 
 Caraway, 551 
 
 Burnett's fluid, 176 
 
 .58 
 
 oil of, 551 
 
 Burton's line, 170 
 
 sulphate, dried, 159 
 
 Ca'rbo, 276 
 
 Butternut, 492 
 
 sulphide, crude, 261 
 
 anima'lis, 276 
 
 Butter of cacao, 666 
 
 Cale'ndula, 676 
 
 purifica'tus, 276 
 
 of antimony, 233 
 
 Calendulin, 676 
 
 li'gni, 276 
 
 of zinc, 175 
 
 Calloxylin, 665 
 
 Carbolic acid, 328 
 
 Butyl-chloral hy'dras, 312 
 
 Calomel, 212 
 
 Carbon, 276 
 
 hydrati, 312 
 
 Calu'mba, 580 
 
 bisulphide, 262 
 
 Byne, 620 
 
 Calumbic acid, 580 
 
 disulphide, 262 
 
 Bynol, 621 
 
 Calumbin, 580 
 
 Carbo'nei disu'lphidum, 262 
 
 
 Calx, 157 
 
 Cardamom, 544 
 
 CACAO butter, 666 
 Cacodylic acid, 228 
 
 chlora'ta, 243 
 sulphura'ta, 261 
 
 Cardamo'mum, 544 
 Cardiac mechanism, drugs 
 
 Cactine 447 
 
 Cambo'gia, 508 
 
 acting on, 55 
 
 C ii'i'tus 447 
 
 Camphor, 648 
 
 Carlsbad water, 144 
 
 Cachets 36 
 
 Barus, 649 
 
 Carminic acid, 692 
 
 Cade oil of 522 
 
 Borneo, 649 
 
 Carminative tincture, 544 
 
 
 laurel, 648 
 
 Carminatives, 86 
 
 Caffei na, 38 
 citra'ta, 389 
 
 monobromated, 649 
 
 Carolina pink, 628 
 
 efferve'scens, 389 
 
 Sumatra, 649 
 
 Carragheen, 608 
 
 Caffeine, 388 
 
 Ca'mphora, 648 
 
 Carron oil, 157 
 
 citrated, 389 
 
 monobro'mata, 649 
 
 Ca'rum, 551 
 
 effervescent, 389 
 
 Camphorated oil, 649 
 
 Carvol, 548, 552 
 
 Cajuput, oil of, 527 
 
 Camphoric acid, 650 
 
 Caryophyllene, 534 
 
 Cajuputene, 527 
 Cajuputol, 527 
 
 Cannabin, 387 
 Cannabinine, 387 
 
 Caryophyllin, 534 
 Caryo'phyllus, 534 
 
 Calabar bean, 399 
 
 Cannabinon, 387 
 
 Casca bark, 435 
 
 Calabarine, 399 
 
 Canada balsam, 524 
 
 Casca'ra sagra'da, 495 
 
 Calamine, 582 
 
 turpentine, 524 
 
 Cascari'lla, 585 
 
 Ca'lamus, 582 
 
 Canadian hemp, 632 
 
 Cascarillin, 585 
 
 Ca'lcii bro'midum, 254 
 
 moonseed, 673 
 
 Cascarin, 496 
 
 car'bonas praecipita'tus, 
 
 Canadine, 641 
 
 Ca'ssia bark, '540 
 
 155 
 
 Candle fish, 684 
 
 cinnamon, 540 
 
 chlo'ridum, 159 
 
 Cane sugar, 619 
 
 fi'stula, 485 
 
 hypopho'sphis, 239 
 
 Cane'lla, 582 
 
 oil of, 540 
 
 pho'sphas praecipita'tus, 
 
 bark, 582 
 
 purging, 485 
 
 '58 
 
 Canellin, 582 
 
 Casta'nea, 458 
 
 su'lphas exsicca'tus, 
 
 Ca'nnabis, Indian, 386 
 
 Castile soap, white, 607 
 
 '59 
 
 i'ndica, 386 
 
 Castor oil, 487 
 
 Calcined magnesia, 163 
 
 Cantharidal collodion, 665 
 
 seeds, 487 
 
 Ca'lcium, 155 
 
 pitch plaster, 522 
 
 Catapla'smata, 36 
 
 beta-naphtol alpha-mono- 
 
 Cantha'rides, 697 
 
 Catechin, 597, 604 
 
 sulphonate, 343 
 
 Cantharidin, 697 
 
 Ca'techu, 597
 
 726 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Ca'techu, tannic acid, 597 
 Catechuic acid, 597 
 Cathartic acid, 485, 493 
 pills, compound, 212 
 
 vegetable, 506 
 Cathartics, 92 
 Cathartogenic acid, 493 
 Cathartomannit, 493 
 Cantharidal pitch plaster, 522 
 Caullophylline, 643 
 Caullophy'llum, 643 
 Caustic, lunar, 170 
 
 mitigated, 171 
 
 potash, 122 
 
 soda, 138 
 
 Vienna, 123 
 Caustics, 61 
 Cayenne pepper, 541 
 Celandine, 512 
 Cephaelic acid, 451 
 Cephaeline, 451 
 Ce'ra a'lba, 696 
 
 fla'va, 696 
 Cerasin, 15 
 Cera'ta, 20 
 Cerates, 20 
 Cerebral depressants, 106, 
 
 350 
 Cerebral excitants, 371 
 
 stimulants, 105 
 Ce'reus grandiflo'rus, 447 
 Ce'rii o'xalas, 165 
 Cerin, 696 
 Ce'rium, 165 
 
 oxalate, 165 
 Cerous oxalate, 165 
 Cerylic alcohol, 696 
 Ceta'ceum, 691 
 Cetin, 691 
 Cetra'ria, 621 
 Cetraric acid, 621 
 Cetylic alcohol, 691 
 Cevadine, 442 
 Ceylon cinnamon, 539 
 Chalk, drop, 155 
 
 mixture, 155 
 
 powder, compound, 155 
 
 prepared, 155 
 
 troches of, 155 
 Chalybeate pills, 190 
 Chamomile, 554 
 
 German, 555 
 
 oil of, 554 
 
 Champagne, 281 
 Charcoal, animal, 276 
 purified, 276 
 
 wood, 276 
 Charas, 387 
 Cha'rta, 20 
 
 pota'ssii nitra'tis, 131 
 
 si'napis, 521 
 Chaulmoogra oil, 678 
 Chelidonine, 512 
 Chelido'nium, 512 
 Chelerythrine, 450, 512 
 Chemical constitution, 47 
 
 incompatibility, 41 
 Chenopo'dium, 628 
 Cherry laurel, 655 
 
 wild, 462 
 Chestnut, 458 
 
 Cheyne-Stokes breathing, 
 drugs which produce, 79 
 Chima'phila, 636 
 Chimaphilin, 636 
 Chinese cinnamon, 540 
 Chira'ta, 585 
 Chiratin, 585 
 Chire'tta, 554 
 Chittem bark, 495 
 Chloral, 309 
 Chloral formamide, 313 
 
 hydrate, 309 
 Chlorolamide, 313 
 Chlora'lum formamida'tum, 
 
 3'3 
 
 Chloralose, 314 
 Chloretone, 314 
 Chloreto'num, 314 
 Chloric ether, 291 
 Chlorinated lime, 243 
 
 soda, solution of, 243 
 Chlorine, 243 
 
 water, 243 
 Chlorobrom, 314 
 Chlorodyne, 291 
 Chloroform, 290 
 Chlorofo'rmum, 290 
 
 bellado'nnaE, 379 
 
 purifica'tum, 290 
 Chlo'rum, 243 
 Cholagogues, 96 
 Cholera serum and inocula- 
 tion, 709 
 Choline, 387 
 Cbolesterin, 694 
 
 Cho'ndrus, 608 
 Chromic acid, 234 
 
 anhydride, 234 
 
 trioxide, 234 
 Chro'mium, 234 
 Chrysophan, 490, 660 
 Chrysophanic acid, 490, 493, 
 
 603, 660 
 
 Chrysarobin, 490, 660 
 Chrysarobi'num, 490, 660 
 Churrus, 387 
 Churchill's tincture, 247 
 Cicconardi's test, 170 
 Cigarettes, 36 
 Ciliary muscle, drugs acting 
 
 on, 112 
 
 Cimici'fuga, 587 
 Cimicifugin, 587 
 Cincho'na, 463 
 
 red, 464 
 
 ru'bra, 464 
 
 Cinchotannic acid, 464 
 Cinchonidi'nae su'lphas, 
 
 467 
 Cinchonidine, 463 
 
 sulphate, 467 
 Cinchoni'na, 467 
 Cinchoni'nx su'lphas, 467 
 Cinchonine, 463, 467 
 
 sulphate, 467 
 Cinchonism, 471 
 Cineol, 527, 528, 530, 626, 
 
 663 
 
 Cider, 281 
 Cinnabar, 210, 222 
 Cinnamein, 565 
 Cinnamene, 567 
 Cinnamo'mum ca'ssia, 540 
 
 saigo'nicum, 539 
 
 zeyla'nicum, 539 
 Cinnamon, 539 
 
 cassia, 540 
 
 Ceylon, 539 
 
 Chinese, 540 
 
 oil of, 540 
 
 saigon, 539 
 Cinnamic aldehyde, 540 
 
 acid, 540, 565, 566, 65$ 
 Cinnamyl cinnamate, 566 
 
 cocaine, 412 
 Citrated caffeine, 389 
 
 effervescent, 389 
 Citral, 654
 
 INDEX. 
 
 727 
 
 Citrene, 654 
 
 Colluna'ria, 36 
 
 Cotoin, 605 
 
 Citrine ointment, 213 
 
 Colly'ria, 36 
 
 Cotton, 665 
 
 Citric acid, 266, 655 
 
 Colocynth, 505 
 
 absorbent, 665 
 
 Citrullin, 506 
 
 Colocynthein, 506 
 
 purified, 665 
 
 Clarendon, 156 
 
 Colocynthin, 506 
 
 root bark, 643 
 
 Claret, 281 
 
 Colocy'nthis, 505 
 
 soluble gun, 665 
 
 Clarified honey, 681 
 
 Colocynthitin, 506 
 
 seed oil, 666 
 
 Clark's powdei,473 
 
 Colophony, 523 
 
 Couch grass, 633 
 
 Club moss, 668 
 
 Coloring agents, 664 
 
 Coumarin, 676 
 
 Cloves, 534 
 
 Columb'b, 580 
 
 Counter-irritant, 61 
 
 oi 1 of, 534 
 
 Common salt, 144 - 
 
 Court plaster, 695 
 
 Clysters, 36 
 
 Compound antimony pills, 
 
 Cramp bark, 644 
 
 Co'ca, 411 
 
 212 
 
 Cranberry, high bush, 644 
 
 Cocamania, 416 
 
 cathartic pills, 212 
 
 Cranesbill, 603 
 
 Cocai'nae hydrochlo'ras, 
 
 Condal, 144 
 
 Cream of tartar, 129 
 
 412 
 
 Condy's fluid, 208 
 
 Creams, 36 
 
 Cocaine, 412 
 
 Confe'ctio ro'sae, 556 
 
 Credo's method, 173 
 
 hydrochlorate, 412 
 
 se'nnae, 493 
 
 ointment, 174 
 
 Cocamine, 412 
 
 Confection of rose, 555 
 
 Cremora, 36 
 
 Coccogin, 532 
 
 senna, 493 
 
 Creolin, 337 
 
 Cocculus Indicus, 629 
 
 Confe'ctiones, 21 
 
 Greoli'num, 337 
 
 Co'ccus, 693 
 
 Confections, 21 
 
 Creosol, 334 
 
 Cochineal, 692 
 
 Conhydrine, 406 
 
 Creosote, 334 
 
 bug, 692 
 
 Coniine, 406 
 
 Creoso'tum, 334 
 
 Cocilla'na, 461 
 
 Coni'um, 405 
 
 Cre'ta praepara'ta, 155 
 
 Codamine, 350 
 
 Conserves, 21 
 
 Crocetin, 644 
 
 Codei'na, 366 
 
 Consti'tuens, 41 
 
 Crocin, 644 
 
 Codeine, 366 
 
 Consumptive's weed, 460 
 
 Crocose, 644 
 
 phosphate, 366 
 
 Contrex<?ville, 156 
 
 Cro'cus, 644 
 
 Cod liver oil, 684 
 
 Convallamarin, 432 
 
 Croton chloral hydrate, 312 
 
 Coffee, 389 
 
 Convalla'ria, 431 
 
 oil, 54 
 
 Cohosh, blue, 643 
 
 Convallarin, 432 
 
 seeds, 504 
 
 black, 587 
 
 Convolvulin, 502 
 
 Crotonol, 504 
 
 Colchiceine, 645 
 
 Copa'iba, 571 
 
 Crude calcium sulphide, 261 
 
 Colchicine, 645, 646 
 
 Copaiva, 571 
 
 carbolic acid, 328 
 
 Co'Ichicum, 645 
 
 Copaivic acid, 571 
 
 Cubeb, 574 
 
 root, 645 
 
 Copper, 179 
 
 camphor, 575 
 
 seed, 646 
 
 oleate, 180 
 
 Cube'ba, 574 
 
 Cold cream, 556 
 
 sulphate, 179 
 
 Cubebic acid, 574 
 
 pack, 118 
 
 Copperas, 189 
 
 Cubebin, 574 
 
 baths, 117 
 
 Coriander, 550 
 
 Cu'ca, 411 
 
 Collidine, 408 
 
 Coriandrol, 550 
 
 Cucumber, squirting, 507 
 
 Collo'dia, 20 
 
 Coria'ndrum, 550 
 
 bitter, 506 
 
 Collodion, 665 
 
 Coridine, 408 
 
 Culver's root, 511 
 
 blistering, 665 
 
 Corn-silk, 636 
 
 Cumulative action, 40 
 
 cantharidal, 665 
 
 Cornutine, 637 
 
 Cupreine, 464 
 
 styptic, 593 
 
 Co'rrigens, 41 
 
 Cu'pri su'lphas, 179 
 
 Collodions, 20 
 
 Corrosive mercuric chloride. 
 
 Cupric sulphate, 179 
 
 Collo'dium, 665 
 
 211 
 
 Cu'prum, 179 
 
 cantharida'tum, 665 
 
 sublimate, 211 
 
 Curacoa aloes, 496 
 
 flex'ile, 665 
 
 Corson's paint, 505 
 
 Cura'ra, 411 
 
 sty'pticum, 593 
 
 Coster's paste, 247 
 
 Curare, 411 
 
 Colloidal silver, 174 
 
 Coto, 604 
 
 Curari'na, 411
 
 728 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Curarine, 411 
 Curd soap, 693 
 Cuspa'ria, 586 
 
 co'rtex, 586 
 Cusparidine, 586 . 
 Cusparin, 586 
 Cusso, 624 
 Cutch, 597 
 Cymene, 528, 574 
 Cypripe'dium, 559 
 Cryptopine, 350 
 
 DAMIA'NA, 577 
 Dandelion, 588 
 Daphnin, 532 
 Daturic acid, 382 
 Daturin, 382 
 Deadly nightshade, 371 
 Deco'cta, 21 
 Deco'ctum ad icte'ricos 
 
 512 
 
 Decoctions, 21 
 Definitions, 9 
 Deliriants, 105 
 Delphinine, 629 
 Delphinoidine, 629 
 Delphi sine, 629 
 Demulcents, 64 
 Deodorants, 50 
 Deodorized alcohol, 280 
 
 opium, 352 
 
 Depressants, cerebral, 106 
 Dermatol, 183 
 Deuteropine. 350 
 Dextrin, 620 
 Dextropinene, 550 
 Dextrose, 681 
 Diachylon ointment, 166 
 
 plaster, 166 
 Dia'lysis, 15 
 Dialyzed iron, 196 
 Diaphoretics, 64 
 Diastase, 620 
 Dichloromethane, 682 
 Diethylenediamine, 348 
 Diethylsulphondimethyl- 
 
 methane, 317 
 Diethylsulphonmethylethyl- 
 
 methane, 317 
 Digallic acid, 593 
 Digestants, 682 
 Digestive apparatus, drugs 
 
 acting on, 79 
 
 Digitalein, 421 
 Digitalin, 421 
 Digitali'num pu'rum, 121 
 
 ve'rum, 421 
 Digita'lis, 421 
 Digitonin, 421 
 Digitoxin, 421 
 Di-iodosalicylic acid, 342 
 Di-isobutylorthocresol 
 
 iodide, 341 
 !>'", 552 
 
 Diluted alcohol, 279 
 Dimethylethylcarbinol, 315 
 Dinner pill, 499 
 Dionine, 363 
 Diosphenol, 570 
 Dipentene, 546 
 Diphtheria antitoxin, 705 
 Direct action, 46 
 Disinfectants, 48 
 Dispensing the prescription, 
 
 46 
 
 Dispermine, 348 
 Displacement, 15 
 Dissolution, law of, 104 
 Distilled water, 116 
 Dithymoldiiodide, 340 
 Diuretics, 66 
 Diuretin, 392 
 Dock, yellow, 603 
 Dog button, 393 
 Domestic measures, 18 
 Donovan's solution, 212 
 Doses, 19, 39 
 Dover's powder, 352 
 Drastic purgatives, 92 
 Draught, 37 
 Dried alum, 186 
 
 gypsum, 159 
 
 sodium carbonate, 140 
 Droitwich water, 145 
 Drop chalk, 155 
 Drops, 37 
 
 Drugs, administration of, 
 38 
 
 acting on the heart, 420 
 nervous system, 
 
 349. 6 79 
 
 Dubo'isinae su'lphas, 386 
 Duboisine sulphate, 386 
 Dulcama'ra, 635 
 Dulcamarin, 635 
 Dusart's syrup, 206 
 
 EARS, drugs acting on, na 
 pills, 205 
 
 Easton's syrup, 205 
 
 Eau de goudron, 521 
 
 Ebonite, 667 
 
 Ecbolics, 108 
 
 Ecboline, 637 
 
 Ecgonine, 412 
 
 Effervescent citrated caf- 
 feine, 389 
 lithium citrate, 153 
 magnesium citrate, 162 
 potassium citrate, 127 
 powder, compound, 143 
 
 Egg albumin, 691 
 yolk of, 691 
 
 Elaeoptens, 14 
 
 Ela'stica, 667 
 
 Elaterin, 507 
 
 Elateri'num, 507 
 
 Elder, 552 
 
 Elecampane, 458 
 
 Electrozone, 244 
 
 Electuaries, 21 
 
 Elemi, 533 
 
 Eli'xir aroma'ticum, 591 
 pho'sphori, 237 
 proprieta'tis Parace'lsi, 
 498 
 
 Eli'xira, 21 
 
 Elixiis, 21 
 
 Elm, 616 
 
 slippery, 616 
 
 Elutriation, 15 
 
 Emetics, 86, 129 
 
 Emetine, 451 
 
 hydrobromate, 451 
 hydrochlorate, 451 
 
 Emmenagogues, 113 
 
 Emodin, 490, 495 
 
 Emollients, 64 
 
 Empirical therapeutics, 9 
 
 Empla'stra, 21 
 
 Emu'lsa, 22 
 
 Emulsin, 612, 613 
 
 Emulsions, 22 
 
 Enemas, 36 
 
 Ene'mata, 36, 94 
 
 Epinephrin, 704 
 
 Epsom salt, 162 
 
 Ergot, 637 
 
 of rye, 637 
 
 Ergo'ta, 637
 
 INDEX. 
 
 729 
 
 Ergotic acid, 637 
 
 Eucal'yptus gum, 604 
 
 Ergotin, 637 
 
 Eudoxin, 185 
 
 Ergotine, 637 
 
 Eugenic acid, 534 
 
 Ergotinic acid, 637 
 
 Eugenin, 534 
 
 Ergotinine, 637 
 
 Eugenol, 534 
 
 Ergotism, 639 
 
 Eulachon oil, 684 
 
 Ericolin, 460, 631, 636 
 
 Eunatrol, 606 
 
 Eri'geron, oil of, 519 
 
 Euonymin, 513 
 
 Eriodi'ctyon, 460 
 
 Euo'nymus, 513 
 
 Erythrophloeine, 436 
 
 Eupatorin, 487 
 
 Erythro'phloeum, 436 
 
 Eupato'rium, 487 - 
 
 Erythroretin, 490 
 
 Europhen, 341 
 
 Erythrol ni'tras, 308 
 
 Exalgin, 324 
 
 nitrate, 308 
 
 Exalgi'num, 324 
 
 tetranitrate, 308 
 
 Expectorants, 78 
 
 Erythro'xylon, 411 
 
 depressing, 78 
 
 Escharotics, 61 
 
 stimulating, 78 
 
 Eseridine, 399 
 
 Experimental therapeutics.io 
 
 Eserine, 399 
 
 Expressed oil of nutmeg, 538 
 
 salicylate, 399 
 
 of almond, 613 
 
 sulphate, 399 
 
 Extract of meat, 689 
 
 Essence of nutmeg, 538 
 
 Extra'cta, 22 
 
 of peppermint, 547 
 
 flu'ida, 24 
 
 of spearmint, 548 
 
 organ'ica, 701 
 
 Essences, 37 
 
 Extracts, 22 
 
 Esse'ntiae, 37 
 
 Extra'ctum ca'rnis, 689 
 
 Essential oils, 13 
 
 pancreatis, 688 
 
 Ether, 297 
 
 Eye, drugs acting on, no 
 
 acetic, 300 
 
 
 chloric, 291 
 
 pABIA'NA, 636 
 
 ethylic, 297 
 
 r Fabianine, 636 
 
 hydrobromic, 301 
 
 False hellebore, 436 
 
 nitrous, spirit of, 304 
 
 Family pill, 232 
 
 spirit of, compound, 298 
 
 Fats, definition of, 13 
 
 sulphuric, 297 
 
 Fel bo'vis, 680 
 
 Ethereal oil, 298 
 
 purifica'tum, 680 
 
 Ethyl acetate, 300 
 
 tau'ri, 680 
 
 alcohol, 279 
 
 Fennel, 550 
 
 bromide, 301 
 
 Fern, male, 623 
 
 carbamate, 318 
 
 Ferratin, 206 
 
 chloride, 303 
 
 Fe'rri a'rsenas, 196 
 
 cinnamate, 567 
 
 ca'rbonas sacchara'tus. 
 
 oxide, 297 
 
 190 
 
 urethane, 318 
 
 chlo'ridum, 191 
 
 Ethylic alcohol, 279 
 
 ci'tras, 192 
 
 ether, 297 
 
 et ammo'nii ci'tras, 194 
 
 Eucai'na; hydrochlo'ras, 326 
 
 su'lphas, 193 
 
 alpha, 326 
 
 ta'rtras, 194 
 
 beta, 328 
 
 pota'ssii ta'rtras, 194 
 
 Eucaine hydrochlorate, 326 
 
 quini'nae ci'tras, 195 
 
 Eucalyptene, 528 
 
 solu'bilis, 195 
 
 Eucalyptol, 528 
 
 strychni'nac citras, 
 
 Eucal'yptus, 527 
 
 '95 
 
 Fe'rri hypopho'sphis, 240 
 io'didum sacchara'tum, 
 
 190 
 
 la'ctas, 191 
 
 o'xidum hydra'tum, 193 
 cum magne'sia, 
 
 '93 
 
 pho'sphas solu'bilis, 194 
 pyropho'sphas solu'bilis, 
 
 196 
 su'lphas. 189 
 
 exsicca'tus, 189 
 granula'tus, 189 
 valeria'nas, 557 
 Ferric acetate solution, 193 
 ammonium sulphate, 193 
 chloride, 191 
 
 solution of, 191 
 tincture of, 191 
 Weld's syrup of, 199 
 citrate, solution of, 192 
 hydrate, 193 
 
 with magnesia, 193 
 hydroxide, 193 
 hypophosphite, 240 
 nitrate, solution of, 192 
 phosphate, soluble, 194 
 pyrophosphate, soluble, 
 
 196 
 subsulphate, solution of, 
 
 192 
 
 valerianate, 557 
 Ferrous carbonate, mass of, 
 
 190 
 
 iodide, pills of, 190 
 saccharated, 190 
 syrup of, 190 
 lactate, 191 
 sulphate, 189 
 dried, 189 
 granulated, 189 
 Ferruginous pills, 190 
 Fe'rrum, 188 
 
 dialysa'tum, 106 
 redu'ctum, 188 
 Ferulic acid, 560 
 Fi'cus, 484 
 Fig, 484 
 Filicic acid, 623 
 Filicin, 623 
 Fi'lix-mas, 623 
 Fir wood oil, 567 
 balsam of, 524
 
 730 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Fish berry, 629 
 
 Gastro-intestinal irritants, 84 
 
 Glycogenic function, 98 
 
 Fixed oils, 12 
 
 Gaulthe'ria, oil of, 480 
 
 Glyconin, 609 
 
 Flag, sweet, 582 
 
 Gelatin, 696 
 
 Glycyramin, 617 
 
 Flaxseed, 618 
 
 Gelati'num, 696 
 
 Glycyrrhetin, 616 
 
 oil of, 618 
 
 Gelsemine, 403 
 
 Glycyrrhi'za, 616 
 
 Fleabane, oil of, 519 
 
 Gelseminic acid, 403 
 
 Glycyrrhizin, 616 
 
 Fleming's tincture, 437 
 
 Gelseminine, 403 
 
 ammoniated, 617 
 
 Flexible collodion, 665 
 
 Gelse'mium, 403 
 
 Glycosuria, 98 
 
 Flies, Spanish, 697 
 
 General therapeutics, 9 
 
 Gnoscopine, 350 
 
 Flitwick water, 205 
 
 Generation, action of drugs 
 
 Goa powder, 660 
 
 Flowers of sulphur, 258 
 
 on, 112 
 
 Gold, 209 
 
 Fluid extracts, 24 
 
 Gentian, 583 
 
 and sodium chloride, 209 
 
 Fly fungus, 402 
 
 Gentia'na, 583 
 
 Golden seal, 640 
 
 Fceni'culum, 550 
 
 Gentisic acid, 583 
 
 Gossy'pii ra'dicis co'rtex, 642 
 
 Fome'nta, 37 
 
 Gentiogenin, 583 
 
 Gossy'piumpurifica'tum, 665 
 
 Fomentations, 37 
 
 Gentiopicrin, 583 
 
 Goulard's cerate, 167 
 
 Foods, 684 
 
 Geraniol, 589 
 
 extract, 166 
 
 Formal, 344 
 
 Gera'nium, 602 
 
 Grana'tum, 624 
 
 Formaldehyde, 344 
 
 German chamomile, 555 
 
 Granulated ferrous sulphate, 
 
 Formaldehy'dum, 344 
 
 Gin, 281 
 
 ri, 
 
 Formalin, 344 
 
 Ginger, 543 
 
 Granules, 37 
 
 Formic aldehyde, 344 
 
 Gingerol, 543 
 
 Gray powder, 210 
 
 Foxglove, 421 
 
 Glacial acetic acid, 266 
 
 Gregory's powder, 490 
 
 Fowler's solution, 224 
 
 Glauber's salt, 142 
 
 Green mercurous iodide, 212 
 
 Fra'ngula, 495 
 
 Glonoin, 308 
 
 hellebore, 442 
 
 Frangulin, 495 
 
 spirit of, 308 
 
 Paris, 228 
 
 Frankincense, 523 
 
 Glonoi'num, 308 
 
 Scheele's, 228 
 
 Franz Joseph, 144 
 
 Glucose, 681 
 
 Schweinfurth's, 228 
 
 Friedrichshall, 144 
 
 Glucosides, 12 
 
 soap, 607 
 
 Friar's balsam, 656 
 
 Glucusimide, 346 
 
 solution, 479 
 
 Fuller's earth, 187 
 
 Gluside, 346 
 
 vitriol, 189 
 
 Fusel oil, 289 
 
 Glusi'dum, 346 
 
 Griffith's mixture, 189 
 
 
 Gluten, 695 
 
 Grinde'lia, 568 
 
 pADUIN,68 5 
 
 Glycerin, 608 
 
 Grindeline, 568 
 
 VJ Galactagogues, 114 
 
 suppositories, 609 
 
 Guaiac, 670 
 
 Galba'num, 561 
 
 Glyceri'num, 608 
 
 resin, 670 
 
 Galipeine, 586 
 
 Glyceri'ta, 26 
 
 wood, 669 
 
 Galipidine, 586 
 
 Glycerites, 26 
 
 Guai'aci li'gnum, 670 
 
 Gall, ox, 680 
 
 Glyceri'tum a'cidi carbo'lici, 
 
 resi'na, 670 
 
 Ga'lla, 592 
 
 329 
 
 Guaiacic acid, 670 
 
 Gallic acid, 592, 596, 602, 603 
 
 a'cidi ta'nnici, 593 
 
 Guaiacol, 336, 670 
 
 Gallotannic acid, 593 
 
 a'myli, 609 
 
 benzoate, 336 
 
 Gamboge, 508 
 
 boroglyceri'ni, 273 
 
 carbonate, 336 
 
 Gambogia, 508 
 
 hydra'stis, 641 
 
 salicylate, 337 
 
 Gambogic acid, 508 
 
 vite'lli, 609 
 
 Guaiaco'li be'nzoas, 336 
 
 Ganga, 387 
 
 Glycerol, 608 
 
 ca'rbonas, 336 
 
 Gargari'smata, 37 
 
 Glyceryl borate, glycerite of, 
 
 sali'cylas, 337 
 
 Gargles, 37 
 
 273 
 
 Guaiaconic acid, 670 
 
 Garlic, 455 
 
 butyrate, 538 
 
 Guaiaretic acid, 670 
 
 Gastric antiseptics, 84 
 
 myristate, 538 
 
 Guara'na, 391 
 
 juice, action of drugs on, 
 
 oleate, 538 
 
 Guaranine, 389, 392 
 
 82 
 
 trinitrate, 308 
 
 Guinea pepper, 541 
 
 sedatives, 8; 
 
 Glycogelatin, 696 
 
 Gum arable, 615
 
 INDEX. 
 
 731 
 
 Gum Benjamin, 656 
 
 camphor, 648 
 
 guaiac, 670 
 
 resins, 15 
 Gums, 15 
 
 Gun cotton, soluble, 665 
 Gunjah, 387 
 Gu'ttae, 37 
 Guy's pill, 220, 433 
 Gynocardic acid, 678 
 Gypsum, dried, 159 
 
 H^EMATIN, 600 
 Haematinics, 53 
 
 indirect, 53 
 Haematoxylin, 600 
 Haemato'xylon, 600 
 Haemostatics, 63 
 Hamame'lis, 601 
 Habit, 40 
 Hard soap, 607 
 Hard petrola'tum, 278 
 Harrogate water, 261 
 Haschisch, 387 
 Hartshorn, 150 
 Hau's"tus, 37 
 Hazeline, 601 
 
 Heart, drugs acting on, 56 
 Heavy magnesia, 163 
 Hedeo'ma, 553 
 Helenin, 459 
 Hellebore, American, 442 
 
 green, 442 
 
 false, 436 
 
 Hemidesmic acid, 676 
 Hemidesmine, 676 
 Hemide'smus, 676 
 Hemlock, 405 
 Hemp, Indian, 386 
 
 Canadian, 632 
 Henbane, 383 
 Hepatic stimulants, 96 
 
 aloes, 497 
 Heroine, 363 
 Hesperidene, 589 
 Hesperidin, 589 
 Hexamethylentetramine, 345 
 High bush cranberry, 644 
 Himrod's cure, 383 
 Hircin, 693 
 Hiru'do, 700 
 Hive syrup, 231 
 Hoang-Nan, 393 
 
 Hock, 281 
 
 Hoffmann's anodyne, 298 
 
 Homatropi'nae hydrobro'- 
 
 mas, 381 
 Homatropine hydrobromate, 
 
 Homochelidonine, 450 
 Homoquinine, 464 
 Homolle's digitalin, 421 
 Homopterocarpin, 664 
 Honey, 681 
 
 clarified, 681 
 
 of rose, 555 
 Honey, 28 
 Hops, 368 
 Ho'rdeum decortica'tum, 
 
 620 
 
 Horehound, 634 
 Horseradish, 541 
 Hot pack, 119 
 
 bath, 119 
 
 Huile de Cade, 522 
 Human milk, artificial, 687 
 Hu'mulus, 368 
 Hunyadi Janos, 93 
 Hydragogues, 93 
 Hydra'rgyri chlo'ridum 
 corrosi'vum, 211 
 
 chlo'ridum mi'te, 212 
 
 cya'nidum, 213 
 
 empla'strum, 210 
 
 io'didum fla'vum, 212 
 
 io'didum ru'brum, 212 
 
 o'xidum fla'vum, 211 
 
 o'xidum ru'brum, 210 
 Hydra'rgyri subsu'lphas 
 
 flavus, 214 
 Hydra'rgyrum, 210 
 
 ammonia'tum, 213 
 
 cum cre'ta, 210 
 Hydrastine, 641 
 Hydrastini'nae hydrochlo'- 
 
 ras, 641 
 Hydrastinine hydrochlo- 
 
 rate, 641 
 Hydra'stis, 641 
 Hydrated alu'mina, 186 
 
 ferric oxide, 193 
 Hydriodic acid, syrup of, 248 
 Hydrobromic acid, diluted, 
 258 
 
 ether, 301 
 Hydrochloric acid, 265 
 
 Hydrochloric ether, 303 
 Hydrocotarnine, 350 
 Hydrocyanic acid, diluted, 
 
 '34 
 Hydrogen dioxide, solution 
 
 of, 1 20 
 
 peroxide solution, 120 
 Hydrous wool-fat, 694 
 Hydroquebrachine, 459 
 Hydroxide, ferric, 193 
 potassium, 123 
 sodium, 138 
 
 Hydrophobia antidote, 710 
 Hyosci'nas hydrobro'mas, 
 
 38s 
 
 Hyoscine hydrobromate, 385 
 Hyoscyami'nae hydrobro'- 
 mas, 385 
 su'lphas, 384 
 Hyoscyamine hydrobromate, 
 
 3*5 
 
 sulphate, 384 
 Hyoscy'amus, 384 
 Hypnal, 312 
 Hypnotics, 106, 309 
 Hypodermatic injections, 
 
 38 
 
 Hypophosphites, 239 
 syrup of, 239 
 
 with iron, 240 
 Hypophosphorus acid, di- 
 luted, 240 
 
 ICE BAGS, 119 
 
 poultices, 118 
 Iceland moss, 621 
 Ichthyoco'lla, 694 
 Ichthyol, 699 
 Ichthy'olum, 699 
 Idiosyncrasy, 40 
 Igasuric acid, 393 
 llli'cium, 549 
 Imperial drink, 131 
 Incompatibility, chemical, 
 
 pharmacological, 43 
 
 physical, 43 
 Index, 721 
 India rubber, 667 
 
 senna, 493 
 Indian cannabis, 386 
 
 hemp, 386 
 
 tobacco, 456
 
 732 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Indian sarsaparilla, 676 
 
 Iron arsenate, 196 
 
 Kinovic acid, 464 
 
 
 Indifferent bath, 117 
 
 by hydrogen, 188 
 
 Kinovin, 464 
 
 
 Indirect action, 47 
 
 dialyzed, 196 
 
 Kissingen, 144 
 
 
 Indurated lard, 690 
 
 glycerophosphate, 242 
 
 Ko'la nut, 389 
 
 
 Ineine, 429 
 
 metallic, 188 
 
 Kombe poison, 431 
 
 
 Infu'sa, 26 
 
 mixture, compound, 
 
 Kombic acid, 429 
 
 
 Infusions, 26 
 
 189 
 
 Kooso, 624 
 
 
 Inhalations, 37, 74 
 
 plaster, 193 
 
 Kosin, 625 
 
 
 Inje'ctiones, 37 
 
 Quevenne's, 188 
 
 Koumiss, 688 
 
 
 Injections. 37 
 
 quinine, strychnine phos- 
 
 Koussin, 625 
 
 
 Insuffla'tiones, 37 
 
 phates, syrup of, 194 
 
 Kousso, 624 
 
 
 Insufflations, 37 
 
 reduced, 188 
 
 Krame'ria, 598 
 
 
 Intestinal antiseptics, 94 
 
 tartrated, 194 
 
 Kramero-tannic acid, 598 
 
 
 astringents, 95 
 
 troches of, 193 
 
 Kumyss, 281, 688 
 
 
 Intestines, drugs acting on, 
 
 wood, 459 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 Irritants, 61 
 
 
 
 Intra-ocular tension, 112 
 
 gastrointestinal, 84 
 
 LABARRAQUE'S solu- 
 
 
 I'nula, 458 
 
 Isinglass, 694 
 
 tion, 243 
 
 
 Inulin, 459 
 
 Isohesperidin, 589 
 
 La Bourboule, 205 
 
 
 Iodides, 247 
 
 Isopelletierine, 624 
 
 Lac, 687 
 
 
 Iodine, 245 
 
 Isotrophylcocaine, 412 
 
 su'lphuris, 259 
 
 
 compound solution of,24 5 
 
 Itrol, 173 
 
 Lactic acid, 267 
 
 
 ointment. 245 
 
 Ivy, poison, 660 
 
 Lactophenin, 324 
 
 
 tincture of, 245 
 
 Izal, 338 
 
 Lactopheni'num, 324 
 
 
 lo'dum, 245 
 
 
 Lactose, 695 
 
 
 lodoform, 338 
 lodofo'rmum, 338 
 
 jABORANDI, 417 
 *J Pernambuco, 417 
 
 Lactuca'rium, 370 
 Lactucerina, 370 
 
 
 lodol, 341 
 lodo'lum, 341 
 
 Rio Janeiro, 417 
 
 Lactucin, 370 
 Lactucon, 370 
 
 
 lodantipyrin, 323 
 
 Jaborine, 417 
 
 Lactylparaphenetidine, 324 
 
 
 lodopyrin, 323 
 
 Jalap, 501 
 
 Lady Webster's pill, 498 
 
 
 lodosalicylic acid, 342 
 
 Jala'pa, 501 
 
 Ladies' slipper, 559 
 
 
 lodothyrin, 703 
 
 Jalapin, 501, 502 
 
 Lame'llae, 37 
 
 
 Ipecac, 451 
 Ipecacua'nha, 451 
 Ipecacuanhic acid, 451 
 Iridin, 513 
 
 Jalapurgin, 502 
 James' powder, 231 
 Jamestown weed, 382 
 Jarisch's ointment, 597 
 
 Lanolin, 694 
 Lanthropine, 350 
 La'pis divi'nus, 180 
 inferna'lis, 171 
 
 
 Iridi'num, 513 
 
 Jasmine, yellow, 403 
 
 La'ppa, 674 
 
 
 Iris, 512 
 
 Jervine, 442 
 
 Lard, 690 
 
 
 Irish moss, 608 
 
 Jeyes 1 disinfectant, 338 
 
 benzoinated, 656 
 
 
 Irisin, 513 
 
 Jordan almond, 613 
 
 indurated, 690 
 
 
 Iron, 188 
 
 Juglandic acid, 492 
 
 oil, 690 
 
 
 and ammonium acetate, 
 
 Ju'glans, 492 
 
 Latin phrases, 719 
 
 
 solution of, 193 
 and ammonium citrate, 
 
 Juices, 37 
 Juniper tar oil, 522 
 
 Laudanine, 350 
 Laudanosine, 350 
 
 
 '94 
 
 
 Laudanum, 352 
 
 
 tartrate, 195 
 
 KAMA'LA, 625 
 
 Laurel camphor, 648 
 
 
 and potassium tartrate, 
 
 Kaolin, 187 
 
 Laurocerasin, 656 
 
 
 '94 
 
 Kermes mineral, 230 
 
 Lauroce'rasus, 655 
 
 
 and quinine citrate, 195 
 
 Kinic acid, 464 
 
 Lavender, oil of, 545 
 
 
 soluble, 195 
 
 Ki'no, 599 
 
 flowers, oil of, 545 
 
 
 and strychnine citrate, 
 
 Kinoin, 599 
 
 Law of dissolution, 104 
 
 
 '95 
 
 Kino-tannic acid, 599, 604 
 
 Laxatives, 91 

 
 INDEX. 733 
 
 Lead, 165 
 
 Liniments, 27 
 
 Lo'tio n'igra, 218 
 
 acetate, 166 
 
 Linime'ntum acon'iti com- 
 
 ru'bra, 178 
 
 carbonate, 166 
 
 positum, 440 
 
 spi'ritus, 287 
 
 ointment, 167 
 
 chlorofo'rmi, 291 
 
 Lotio'nes, 37 
 
 iodide, 167 
 
 Linolein, 618 
 
 Lotions, 37 
 
 ointment, 167 
 
 Linseed, 618 
 
 Lugol's solution, 245 
 
 nitrate, 167 
 
 oil of, 618 
 
 Lunar caustic, 170 
 
 oxide, 165 
 
 Li'num, 618 
 
 Lupulin, 369 
 
 plaster, 166 
 
 Liquid petrola'tum, 277 
 
 Lupulinic acid, 369 
 
 poisoning, 169 
 
 Liqueurs, 281 
 
 Lupuli'num, 369 
 
 subacetate, cerate of, 166 
 
 Li'quor ca'lcis, 157 
 
 Lutidine, 408 
 
 solution of, 167 
 
 carbo'nis dete'rgens, 521 
 
 I.ycopo'dium, 668 
 
 sugar of, 166 
 
 pancrea'tis, 688 
 
 Lye, 1 6 
 
 white, 167 
 
 pi'cis carbo'nis, 521 
 
 Lysol, 338 
 
 water, 166 
 
 pota'ssae, 123 
 
 Ly'solum, 338 
 
 Ledoyen's disinfecting fluid, 
 
 so'dae, 138 
 
 
 167 
 
 thyroi'dei, 701 
 
 MACE, 539 
 
 Leech, 700 
 
 Liquo'res, 27 
 
 Macene, 539 
 
 Leiter's coils, 119 
 
 Liquorice root, 616 
 
 Maceration, 16 
 
 Lemon, 654 
 
 powder, compound, 494 
 
 Macis, 539 
 
 juice, 654 
 
 Russian, 616 
 
 Madeira, 281 
 
 oil of, 654 
 
 Lister's ointment, 275 
 
 Macrotin, 588 
 
 peel, 654 
 
 Litharge, 165 
 
 Magendie's solution, 355 
 
 Leopardsbane, 530 
 
 Li'thii be'nzoas, 657 
 
 Magne'sia, 163 
 
 Lepta'ndra, 511 
 
 bro'midum, 253 
 
 calcined, 163 
 
 Leptandrin, 511 
 
 ca'rbonas, 153 
 
 heavy, 163 
 
 Lettuce, 370 
 
 ci'tras, 153 
 
 light, 163 
 
 Levant wormseed, 626 
 
 efferve'scens, 154 
 
 pondero'sa, 163 
 
 Levigation, 16 
 
 sali'cylas, 475 
 
 Magne'sii ca'rbonas, 162 
 
 Levico water, 205 
 
 Lithium, 153 
 
 ci'tras efferve'scens, 162 
 
 Lichenin, 621 
 
 benzoate, 657 
 
 su'Iphas, 162 
 
 Lichenstearic acid, 622 
 
 bromide, 253 
 
 Magne'sium, 162 
 
 Light magnesia, 163 
 
 carbonate, 153 
 
 carbonate, 162 
 
 Li'gnum vi'tae, 669 
 
 citrate, 153 
 
 citrate effervescent, 162 
 
 Lily of the valley, 431 
 
 effervescent, 154 
 
 solution of, 163 
 
 Lime, 157 
 
 glycerophosphate, 242 
 
 glycerophosphate, 242 
 
 chlorinated, 243 
 
 salicylate, 475 
 
 sulphate, 162 
 
 liniment, 157 
 
 Lithontriptics, 68 
 
 Maizenic acid, 633 
 
 phosphate, precipitated, 
 
 Liver, drugs acting on, 96 
 
 Male fern, 623 
 
 158 
 
 of sulphur, 261 
 
 Malic acid, 557 
 
 solution of, 157 
 
 Lixiviation, 16 
 
 Malt, 620 
 
 syrup of, 157 
 
 Llangammarch wells, 161 
 
 Maltose, 620 
 
 water, 157 
 
 Lobelacrin, 456 
 
 Ma'ltum, 620 
 
 Limonene, 654 
 
 Lob'elia, 456 
 
 Mancona bark, 435 
 
 Limonine, 546 
 
 Lobeline, 456 
 
 Mandrake, 509 
 
 Limo'nis co'rtex, 654 
 
 Local action, 46 
 
 Manganese, 206 
 
 su'ccus, 655 
 
 anodynes, 101 
 
 black oxide, 206 
 
 Linalool, 546 
 
 anaesthetics, 101 
 
 dioxide, 206 
 
 acetate, 546 
 
 Loganin, 393 
 
 sulphate, 207 
 
 Li'nctus, 37 
 
 Logwood, 600 
 
 Manga'ni dio'xidum, 206 
 
 opia'tus, 361 
 
 London paste, 157 
 
 su'Iphas, 207 
 
 Liniment, volatile, 149 
 
 Losophan, 342 
 
 Manganous sulphate, 207 
 
 Lanime'nta, 27 
 
 Lo'tiofla'va, 218 
 
 Manga'num, 206
 
 734 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Manilla elemi, 533 
 
 Mercuric chloride, cor- 
 
 Milk, 687 
 
 Ma'nna, 485 
 
 rosive, 211 
 
 artificial human, 687 
 
 Marc, 1 6 
 
 cyanide, 213 
 
 drugs acting on, 114 
 
 Marienbad, 144 
 
 iodide, red, 212 
 
 drugs excreted by, 114 
 
 Marigold, 676 
 
 nitrate, ointment of, 213 
 
 of almond, 613 
 
 Marrubiin, 634 
 
 solution of, 213 
 
 of asafetida, 560 
 
 Marru'bium, 634 
 
 oxide, red, 210 
 
 of sulphur, 259 
 
 Marsden's paste, 226 
 
 ointment of, 211 
 
 peptonized, 688 
 
 Marsh's test, 229 
 
 yellow, 211 
 
 sugar of, 695 
 
 Marshmallow, 612 
 
 ointment of, 211 
 
 Mindererus, spirit of, 152 
 
 Mass, blue, 210 
 
 subsulphate, yellow, 214 
 
 Mistu'ra amy'gdalae, 613 
 
 of copaiba, 571 
 
 sulphate, basic, 214 
 
 Mistu'rae, 28 
 
 of ferrous carbonate, 190 
 
 Mercurous chloride, mild. 
 
 Mixtures, 28 
 
 Vallet's, 190 
 
 212 
 
 Mitigated caustic, 171 
 
 Ma'ssa copa'ibae, 571 
 
 iodide, yellow, 212 
 
 Molli'num, 37 
 
 fe'rri carbona'tis, 190 
 
 tannate, 220 
 
 Monkshood, 437 
 
 hydr'argyri, 210 
 
 Mercuro-zinc cyanide, 221 
 
 Monobromated camphor, 
 
 Ma'ssae, 28 
 
 Mercurol, 220 
 
 649 
 
 Masses, 28 
 
 Mercury, 210 
 
 Monsel's solution, 193 
 
 Mastic, 666 
 
 administration of, 221 
 
 Moonseed, Canadian, 673 
 
 Mastiche, 666 
 
 i ammoniated, 213 
 
 Morphi'na, 353 
 
 Masticbic acid, 667 
 
 ointment, 213 
 
 Morphi'nae ace'tas, 354 
 
 Masticin, 667 
 
 bichloride, 211 
 
 hydrochlo'ras, 353 
 
 Mate, 389 
 
 biniodide, 212 
 
 su'lphas, 354 
 
 Mat'eria me'dica, 9 
 
 chloride, corrosive, 211 
 
 Morphine, 353 
 
 Ma'tico, 576 
 
 mild, 212 
 
 acetate, 354 
 
 Matrica'ria, 555 
 
 iodide, green, 212 
 
 benzylic ether hydro- 
 
 May apple, 509 
 
 red, 212 
 
 chlorate, 363 
 
 McDade's formula, 672 
 
 yellow, 212 
 
 diacetic ether, 363 
 
 Measures, 18 
 
 mass of, 210 
 
 hydrochlorate, 353 
 
 domestic, 18 
 
 oleate of, 211 
 
 monoethyl ether hydro- 
 
 Meadow saffron, 645 
 
 protiodide of, 212 
 
 chlorate, 363 
 
 Meat extract, 689 
 
 subchloride, 212 
 
 sulphate, 354 
 
 Meconic acid, 350, 353 
 
 tannate, 220 
 
 Morrhuol, 685 
 
 Meconidine, 350 
 
 with chalk, 210 
 
 Morton's fluid, 247 
 
 Meconin, 350 
 
 Metabolism, drugs acting on. 
 
 Mo'schus, 679 
 
 Meconoiasin, 350 
 
 "5 
 
 Mosquera-Julia beef meal. 
 
 Mel, 681 
 
 Metadioxybenzol, 344 
 
 689 
 
 despuma'tum, 681 
 
 Methyl acetanilid, 324 
 
 Moss, Iceland, 621 
 
 ro'sz, 555 
 
 amine, 663 
 
 Irish, 608 
 
 Me'llita, 28 
 
 benzoylecgonime, 412 
 
 Motor nerves, drugs acting 
 
 Meli'ssa, 661 
 
 coniine, 406 
 
 on, 99 
 
 Menispe'rmum, 673 
 
 morphine, 366 
 
 Moulded silver nitrate, 171 
 
 Menispine, 673 
 
 pelletierine, 624 
 
 Mountain balm, 460 
 
 Mental emotion, 40 
 
 pyrocatechin, 336 
 
 Mucilage, 28 
 
 Me'mha piperi'ta, 546 
 
 salicy'las, 481 
 
 Mucila'gines, 28 
 
 vi'ridis, 548 
 
 salicylate, 481 
 
 Muriatic acid, 264 
 
 Mentbene, 547, 548 
 
 Methylene blue, 347 
 
 diluted, 265 
 
 Menthol, 547, 652 
 
 Metrical system, 17 
 
 Muscari'na, 402 
 
 Mercurial ointment, 210 
 
 Mezerein, 532 
 
 Muscarine, 402 
 
 plaster, 210 
 
 Mezereon, 532 
 
 Muscles, drugs acting on. 
 
 Mercuric ammonium chlo- 
 
 Mezere'um, 532 
 
 99 
 
 ride, 213 
 
 Michel's paste, 268 
 
 Musk, 679
 
 INDEX. 
 
 735 
 
 Musk root, 544 
 
 Nitromuriafic acid, 264 
 
 Oil of juniper, 569 
 
 Mustard, 524 
 
 diluted, 264 
 
 lard, 690 
 
 black, 524 
 
 Nitrous ether, spirit of, 
 
 lavender, 545 
 
 paper, 525 
 
 34 
 
 flowers, 545 
 
 white, 524 
 
 Norwood's tincture, 442 
 
 lemon, 654 
 
 Mutton suet, 693 
 
 Nucin, 492 
 
 linseed, 618 
 
 Mydriatics, in 
 
 Nutgall, 592 
 
 mustard, volatile, 525 
 
 Myosin, 626 
 
 Nutmeg, 538 
 
 myrcia, 663 
 
 Myotics, in 
 
 Nutrient serum, 710 
 
 neroli, 591 
 
 My'rcia, oil of, 663 
 
 Nux vo'mica, 393 
 
 nutmeg, 538 
 
 Myricin, 696 
 
 
 expressed, 538 
 
 Myri'stica, 538 
 Myristicine, 538 
 
 OAK bark, 592 
 poison, 660 
 
 olive, 605, 606 
 orange flowers, 591 
 
 Myristicol, 538 
 
 white, 592 
 
 peel, 590 
 
 Myristin, 618 
 
 CE'sypum, 694 
 
 pennyroyal, 553 
 
 Myrosin, 524, 525 
 
 Oil of allspice, 536 
 
 peppermint, 547 
 
 Myrrh, 562 
 
 almond, expressed, 613 
 
 Chinese, 653 
 
 My'rrha, 562 
 
 American wormseed, 629 
 
 Japanese, 653 
 
 Myrrhin, 562 
 
 anise, 549 
 
 phosphorated, 237 
 
 Myrrhol, 562 
 
 bay, 663 
 
 pimenta, 536 
 
 
 benne, 663 
 
 pine, 567 
 
 NANTWICH water, 145 
 
 bergamot, 546 
 
 rose, 556 
 
 Napelline, 437 
 
 betula, volatile, 480 
 
 rosemary, 530 
 
 Naphtalin, 342 
 
 bitter almond, 612 
 
 rue, 579 
 
 Naphtali'num, 342 
 
 cade, 522 
 
 sandal wood, 576 
 
 Naphtol, 342 
 
 cajuput, 527 
 
 santal, 576 
 
 Narceine, 350, 366 
 
 caraway, 551 
 
 sassafras, 675 
 
 Narcotics, 106 
 
 carron, 157 
 
 savine, 578 
 
 Narcotine, 350, 366 
 
 cassia, 540 
 
 sesame, 663 
 
 Nativelle's digitalin, 421 
 
 castor, 487 
 
 sweet, 605 
 
 Natural orders, 692 
 
 chamomile, 555 
 
 spearmint, 548 
 
 Ne'bulae, 37 
 
 chaulmoogra, 678 
 
 sweet birch, 480 
 
 Nepenthe, 352 
 
 chenopodium, 629 
 
 tar, 520 
 
 Neroli, oil of, 591 
 
 cinnamon, 540 
 
 teel, 663 
 
 Nerves, drugs acting on, 99, 
 
 cloves, 534 
 
 theobroma, 666 
 
 405 
 
 cod liver, 684 
 
 thyme, 574 
 
 Neuritis, drugs causing, 
 
 copaiba, 571 
 
 turpentine, 515 
 
 IO2 
 
 coriander, 550 
 
 rectified, 516 
 
 Nicotianine, 408 
 
 cotton seed, 666 
 
 vitriol, 263 
 
 Nicotine, 408 
 
 croton, 503 
 
 wintergreen, 480 
 
 Night blooming cereus, 
 
 of cubeb, 575 
 
 artificial, 481 
 
 447 
 
 dill, 552 
 
 synthetic, 480 
 
 Nightshade, deadly, 371 
 
 erigeron, 519 
 
 Oils, 29 
 
 woody, 635 
 
 ethereal, 298 
 
 essential, 13 
 
 Nitric acid, 264 
 
 eucalyptus, 528 
 
 fixed, 12 
 
 diluted, 264 
 
 eulachon, 684 
 
 nitrogenated, 14 
 
 Nitrites, 303 
 
 fennel, 551 
 
 oxygenated, 14 
 
 Nitre, 131 
 
 firwood, 567 
 
 sulphurated, 14 
 
 sweet spirit of, 304 
 
 flaxseed, 618 
 
 volatile, 13 
 
 Nitroglycerin, 308 
 
 fleabane, 519 
 
 Ointments, 35 
 
 spirit of, 308 
 
 fusel, 290 
 
 O'lea, 29 
 
 Nitrohydrochloric acid, 264 
 
 gaultheria, 480 
 
 Olea'ta, 28 
 
 diluted, 264 
 
 hedeoma, 553 
 
 Oleate of mercury, 211
 
 736 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Oleate of veratrine, 445 
 
 O'leum phosphora'tum, 
 
 HACK, cold, 118 
 
 zinc, 177 
 
 237 
 
 ' hot, 119 
 
 Oleates, 28 
 
 pi'cis li'quidae, 520 
 
 Paint, 37 
 
 Olea'tum hydra'rgyri, 211 
 
 pime'ntae, 536 
 
 Pale rose, 555 
 
 veratri'nae, 445 
 
 pi'ni, 567 
 
 Palmitic acid, 691 
 
 zi'nci, 177 
 
 ri'cini, 487 
 
 Palmitin, 618, 666, 684, 693 
 
 Oleic acid, 611 
 
 ro'sae, 556 
 
 Panama bark, 668 
 
 Olein, 666, 684, 693 
 
 rosmar'ini, 530 
 
 Pancreatin, 683 
 
 Oleoresins, 14 
 
 ru'tae, 579 
 
 Pancreati'num, 683 
 
 CKleum a'dipis, 690 
 
 sabi'nae, 578 
 
 Papa'ver, 350 
 
 aethe'reum, 298 
 
 sa'ntali, 576 
 
 Papaverine, 350 
 
 amy'gdalae ama'rae, 
 
 sa'ssafras, 675 
 
 Paper, mustard, 525 
 
 612 
 
 se'sami, 663 
 
 potassium nitrate, 131 
 
 expre'ssum, 613 
 
 si'napis vola'tile, 525 
 
 Papers, 20 
 
 ane'thi, 552 
 
 terebi'nthinx, 515 
 
 Para-acetphenetidin, 323 
 
 ani'si, 549 
 
 rectifica'tum, 510 
 
 Paraguay tea, 389 
 
 anthe'midis, 554 
 
 theobro'matis, 666 
 
 Paraldehyde, 315 
 
 aura'ntii co'rticis, 590 
 
 thy'mi, 574 
 
 Paraldehy'dum, 315 
 
 flo'rum; 591 
 
 ti'glii, 503 
 
 Paramorphine, 366 
 
 berga'mii, 546 
 
 Olive oil, 605 
 
 Para rubber, 667 
 
 bergamo'ttae, 546 
 
 Ophelic acid, 585 
 
 Parasiticides, 51 
 
 be'tulae vola'tile, 480 
 
 O'pii pu'lvis, 351 
 
 Paregoric, 352 
 
 cadi'num, 522 
 
 Opium, 350 
 
 Scotch, 352 
 
 cajupu'ti, 527 
 
 Constantinople, 350 
 
 Pare'ira, 634 
 
 ca'ri, 551 
 
 Egyptian, 350 
 
 brava, 634 
 
 caryo'phylli, 534 
 
 Levant, 350 
 
 Pariglin, 672 
 
 chenopo'dii, 629 
 
 Patna, 351 
 
 Pari'lla, yellow, 673 
 
 cinnamo'mi, 540 
 
 Smyrna, 351 
 
 Parillin, 672 
 
 copai'bae, 571 
 
 Turkey, 350 
 
 Parillinic acid, 672 
 
 coria'ndri, 550 
 
 Opodeldoc, 607 
 
 Paris green, 228 
 
 cube'bae, 575 
 
 Orange peel, 589 
 
 Parish's food, 206 
 
 erigero'ntis, 519 
 
 bitter, 589 
 
 Parsley, 645 
 
 cucaly'pti, 528 
 
 oil of, 590 
 
 Parvoline, 408 
 
 foeni'culi, 551 
 
 sweet, 590 
 
 Paste, 37 
 
 gaulthe'riae, 480 
 
 Ordeal bark, 435 
 
 Coster's, 247 
 
 gossy'pii se'minis, 666 
 
 bean, 399 
 
 London, 157 
 
 gynoca'rdise, 678 
 
 Organic extracts, 701 
 
 Marsden's, 226 
 
 hede'omz, 553 
 
 Organs of generation, drugs 
 
 Ricord's, 268 
 
 jecoris ase'lli, 684 
 
 acting on, 112 
 
 Vienna, 123 
 
 juni'peri, 569 
 
 Ouabain, 416 
 
 Pasti'llus, 37 
 
 empyreuma'ticum, 
 
 Ouabai'num, 416 
 
 Pastils, 37 
 
 522 
 
 Ourari, 411 
 
 Pearl ash, 139 
 
 lave'ndulae, 545 
 
 O'vi a'lbumin, 691 
 
 barley, 620 
 
 lavendube florum, 545 
 
 Oxgall, 680 
 
 Pearson's solution, 134 
 
 limo'nis, 654 
 
 purified, 680 
 
 Pellitory, 533 
 
 li'ni, 618 
 
 Oxygen, 123 
 
 Pelletierine, 624 
 
 me'nthae piperi'tac, 547 
 
 Oxyge'nium, taa 
 
 Pelosine, 634 
 
 vi'ridis, 548 
 
 Oxymel, 681 
 
 Pellotine, 370 
 
 mo'rrhuz, 684 
 
 Oxyme'llita, 37 
 
 Pelloti'num, 370 
 
 my* re iz, 663 
 
 Oxynarcotine, 350 
 
 Pennyroyal, 553 
 
 myri'sticac, 538 
 
 Oxytocics, 113 
 
 Pental, 302 
 
 expre'ssum, 538 
 
 Oxytoluyltropine, 381 
 
 Pe'ntalum, 303 
 
 olj'vz, 605 
 
 
 Pe'po, 635
 
 INDEX. 737 
 
 Pepper, 537 Phenylacetamide, salicylate, Pilocarpidine, 417 
 
 African, 541 481 Pilocarpi'nae hydrochlo'ras, 
 
 black, 537 Physical incompatibility, 43 417 
 
 cayenne, 541 Phosphorated oil, 237 hydrochlorate, 417 
 
 guinea, 541 Phosphoric acid, 265 Pilocarpine, 417 
 
 Peppermint, 546 diluted, 265 Piloca'rpus, 417 
 
 Pepsin, 682 Pho'sphorus, 236 Pi'lula hydra'rgyri, 210 
 
 saccharated, 682 elixir of, 237 tri'um phospha'tum, 205 
 
 Pepsi'num, 682 pills of, 237 Pi'lulae, 30 
 
 sacchara'tum,>68a spirit of, 237 Pime'nta, 536 
 
 Peptonized milk, 688 Physosti'gma, 399! Pink, Carolina, 628 
 
 Percolation, 16 Physostigmi'nae salicy'las, Pink root, 628 
 
 Pe'rles, 37 399 Pinene, 663 
 
 Pernambuco Jaborandi, 417 su'lphas, 399 Pinol, 567 
 
 Peronine, 363 Physostigmine, 399 Pi'per, 537 
 
 Pessaries, 37 salicylate, 399 Piperidine, 537 
 
 Pe'ssus, 37 sulphate, 399 Piperazidine, 348 
 
 Petrola'tum, 277 Phytola'cca, 486 Piperazine, 348 
 
 hard, 278 fruit, 486 Pipera'zinum, 348 
 
 liquid, 270 root, 486 Piperin, 537 
 
 li'quidum, 277 Phytolaccic acid, 486 Piperi'num, 537 
 
 mo'lle, 278 Phytolaccin, 486 Piperonylic acid, 604 
 
 soft, 278 Pichi, 636 Pipsi'ssewa, 636 
 
 spi'ssum, 278 Picoline, 408 Pitch, Burgundy, 522 
 
 Petroleum benzin, 279 Picro-aconitine, 437 plaster, 522 
 
 ether, 279 crocin, 664 cantharidal, 522 
 
 ointment, soft, 278 podophyllin, 510 Pix Burgu'ndica, 522 
 
 hard, 278 Picrotoxin, 629 li'quida, 520 
 
 Phaeoretin, 490 Picrotoxi'num, 629 Plague serum and inocula- 
 
 Pharmaceutical processes, 15 Pigme'ntum, 37 tion, 709 
 
 Pharmacognosy, definition, 9 Pills, 30 Plasma, drugs acting on, 51 
 
 Pharmacological incompati- of aloes, 497 Plaster, adhesive, 523 
 
 bility, 43 and asafetida, 497 diachylon, 166 
 
 Pharmacology, definition, 9, and mastic, 498 lead, 166 
 
 38 and myrrh, 498 of Paris, ^59 
 
 Pharmacopoeia, definition, antimony, compound, Plasters, 21 
 
 10 212 Plait's chlorides, 176 
 
 preparations of the, 19 asafetida, 560 Pleurisy root, 457 
 
 Pharmaco-dynamics, 10 Blaud's, 190 Plu'mbi ace'tas, 166 
 
 Pharmacy, definition, 10 blue, 210 ca'rbonas, 167 
 
 Phellandrene, 516 cathartic, compound, 212 io'didum, 167 
 
 Phenacetin, 323 vegetable, 506 ni'tras, 167 
 
 Phenaceti'num, 323 chalybeate, 190. o'xidum, 165 
 
 Phenazo'num, 321 ferrous carbonate, 190 Plu'mbum, 165 
 
 Phenic acid, 329 iodide, 190 Plummer's pills, 212 
 
 Phenocoll hydrochloride, 325 ferruginous, 190 Pneumogastric, drugs acting 
 
 Phenoco'lli hydrochlo'ridum, opium, 351 on, 57 
 
 325 phosphorus, 237 Podophyllin, 509 
 
 Phenol. 329 Plummer's, 212 Podophyllic acid, 509, 510 
 
 Phenylacetamide, 319 rhubarb, 490 Podophy'llum, 509 
 
 dimethylpyrazolone, 321 compound, 490 Podophyllotoxin, 510 
 
 alcohol, 329 saccharated iron carbon- Poison ivy, 660 
 
 propylcinnamate, 567 ate, 190 nut, 393 
 
 47
 
 738 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Poison oak, 660 
 Poke berry, 486 
 
 root, 486 
 Polychroite, 664 
 Pomegranate, 624 
 Pond's extract, 601 
 Poppy capsules, 359 
 Port, 281 
 Porter, 281 
 Posology, 39 
 Potash, caustic, 123 
 
 yellow prussiate of, 134 
 Pota'ssa, 122 
 
 cum cal'ce, 123 
 
 solution of, 123 
 
 sulphura'ta, 261 
 
 with lime, 123 
 Pota'ssii ace'tas, 127 
 
 bica'rbonas, 126 
 
 bichro'mas, 138 
 
 bita'rtras, 129 
 
 bro'midum, 253 
 
 ca'rbonas, 125 
 
 chlo'ras, 132 
 
 ci'tras, 127 
 
 efferve'scens, 127 
 
 cya'nidum, 134 
 
 et so'dii ta'rtras, 143 
 
 ferrocya'nidum, 134 
 
 hypopho'sphis, 239 
 
 io'didum, 248 
 
 ni'tras, 133 
 
 perma'nganas, 207 
 
 su'lphas, 129 
 
 Potassio-ferric tartrate, 194 
 Pota'ssium, 133 
 
 acetate, 127 
 
 alum, 185 
 
 and sodium tartrate, 143 
 
 arsenite, solution of, 224 
 
 bicarbonate, 126 
 
 bichromate, 138 
 
 bitartrate, 129 
 
 bromide, 253 
 
 cantharidinate, 699 
 
 carbonate, 125 
 
 chlorate, 132 
 
 troches of, 132 
 
 citrate, 127 
 
 effervescent, 127 
 solution of, 127 
 
 cyanide, 134 
 
 dichromate, 235 
 
 Pota'ssium ferrocyanide, 
 
 134 
 
 glycerophosphate, 242 
 hydrate, 122 
 
 solution of, 123 
 hydroxide, 122 
 hypophosphite, 239 
 iodide, 248 
 
 ointment of, 248 
 oleate, 607 
 nitrate, 131 
 
 paper, 131 
 permanganate, 207 
 sulphate, 129 
 tartrate, acid, 129 
 Powder, antimonial, 231 
 aromatic, 540 
 compound chalk, 155 
 effervescent, 143 
 glycyrrhiza, 494 
 jalap, 502 . 
 morphine, 351 
 Dover's, 352 
 ipecac and opium, 352 
 James', 231 
 opium, 351 
 Seidlitz, 143 
 Tully's, 354 
 Powders, 31 
 Poultices, 36 
 Precipitate, red, 210 
 
 white, 213 
 
 Precipitated calcium carbon- 
 ate, 155 
 phosphate, 158 
 sulphur, 259 
 Preface, 5 
 Preparations, standardized, 
 
 16 
 
 pharmacopoeia), 19 
 Prepared chalk, 155 
 Prescribing, 41 
 Prescription, 44 
 Prickly ash, 671 
 Primary action, 46 
 Prince's pine, 636 
 Proof spirit, 279 
 Propenyl trinitrate, 308 
 Protopine, 350, 450, 513 
 Protargol, 173 
 Prune, 483 
 Pru'num, 483 
 Pru'nus Virginia'na, 463 
 
 Prussiate of potash, yellow, 
 
 134 
 
 Prussic acid, 134 
 Pseudo-aconitine, 437 
 
 aconine, 437 
 
 jervine, 442 
 
 morphine, 350 
 
 pelletierine, 624 
 Pterocarpin, 664 
 Pullna, 93, 144 
 Pulsati'lla, 456 
 Pu'lvis antimo'nialis, 231 
 
 aroma'ticus, 540 
 
 cre'tae compo'situs, 155 
 
 efferve'scens compo'si- 
 tus, 143 
 
 glycyrrhi'zse compo'si- 
 tus, 494 
 
 ipecacua'nhae et o'pii, 
 
 352 
 
 jala'px compo'situs, 502 
 morphi'nae compo'situs, 
 
 354 
 
 pu'rgans, 502 
 rhe'i compo'situs, 490 
 salicy'licus cum ta'lco, 
 
 479 
 
 Pu'lveres, 31 
 Pumiline, 567 
 Pumpkin seed, 625 
 Punicotannic acid, 624 
 Pupil, drugs acting on, no 
 Purgatives, 91, 483 
 
 drastic, 92 
 
 saline, 93 
 
 simple, 92 
 Purging cassia, 485 
 Purified cotton, 665 
 
 oxgall, 680 
 Pustulants, 61 
 Pyre'thrum, 533 
 Pyridine, 408 
 Pyrocatechin, 599, 604 
 Pyrogallic acid, 596 
 Pyrogallol, 596 
 Pyroxylin, 665 
 Pyroxyli'num, 665 
 
 /QUAKER BUTTON, 393 
 v^ Qua'ssia, 584 
 Quassiin, 584 
 Quebrachamine, 459 
 Quebracho, 459
 
 INDEX. 739 
 
 Queen's delight, 674 
 
 Remote action, 47 
 
 Rottle'ra, 625 
 
 root, 674 
 
 Remijia bark, 464 
 
 Rottlerin, 625 
 
 Quercin, 592 
 
 Repercolation, 16 
 
 Rubber, India, 667 
 
 Quercitannic acid, 592 
 
 Resin, 523 
 
 Para, 667 
 
 Quercite, 592 
 
 of copaiba, 572 
 
 Rubefacients, 60 
 
 Que'rcus a'lba, 592 
 
 of jalap, 502 
 
 Rubidine, 408 
 
 Quevenne's digitalin, 421 
 
 of podophyllin, 509 
 
 Rubidium and ammonium 
 
 iron, 1 88 
 
 of scammony, 500 
 
 bromide, 257 
 
 Quicksilver, 210 
 
 soap, 523 
 
 iodide, 252 
 
 Quillaic acid, 669 
 
 Resi'na, 523 
 
 Rubijervine, 443 
 
 Quilla'ja, 668 
 
 Resins, 14 
 
 Rubinat, 93 
 
 Quinamine, 463 
 
 Resorcin, 344 
 
 Condal, 144 
 
 Quinidi'nae su'lphas, 466 
 
 Resorcinol, 344 
 
 Ru'bus, 602 
 
 Quinidine, 463 
 
 Resorci'num, 344 
 
 idae'us, 662 
 
 sulphate, 466 
 
 Respiration, drugs acting on, 
 
 Rusbyine, 461 
 
 Quinic acid, 463 
 
 74 
 
 Rush's thunderbolt, 503 
 
 Quini'na, 465 
 
 Respiratory centre, drugs 
 
 Rum, 281 
 
 Quini'nae bisu'lphas, 466 
 
 acting on, 75 
 
 Ru'mex, 603 
 
 hydrobro'mas, 466 
 
 depressants, 76 
 
 Rumicin, 603 
 
 hydrochlo'ras, 466 
 
 disinfectants, 75 
 
 Russian liquorice, 616 
 
 su'lphas, 465 
 
 stimulants, 76 
 
 Rutin, 570 
 
 valeria'nas, 558 
 
 Rha'mnus, purshia'na, 495 
 
 
 Quinine, 463, 465 
 
 Rhamnose, 495 
 
 
 bisulphate, 466 
 
 Rhatanin, 598 
 
 ABI'NA, 577 
 
 carbamide, 473 
 
 Rhatany, 598 
 
 *J Saccharated ferrous car- 
 
 hydrobromate, 466 
 
 Rheotannic acid, 490 
 
 bonate, 190 
 
 hydrochlorate, 466 
 
 Rhe'um, 489 
 
 ferrous iodide, 190 
 
 sulphate, 465 
 
 Rhein, 490 
 
 pepsin, 682 
 
 valerianate, 558 
 
 Rhine wine, 283 
 
 Saccharin, 346 
 
 Quinovic acid, 464 
 
 Rnodinal, 556 
 
 Sacchari'num, 346 
 
 Quinovin, 464 
 
 Rhoeadine, 350 
 
 Sa'ccharum, 619 
 
 
 Rhubarb, 489 
 
 la'ctis, 695 
 
 RAISINS, 622 
 
 Ricinine, 487 
 
 Sacred bark, 495 
 
 Rash, drugs producing, 
 
 Ricinolein, 487 
 
 Saffron, 664 
 
 66 
 
 Rhus gla'bra, 601 
 
 meadow, 645 
 
 Raspberry, 662 
 
 toxicode'ndron, 660 
 
 Sage, 663 
 
 Rate of excretion, 40 
 
 Richfield Springs, 260 
 
 Saigon cinnamon, 539 
 
 Rational therapeutics, 9 
 
 Ricord's paste, 268 
 
 Sal alembroth, 220 
 
 Rectified oil of turpentine, 
 
 Rio Janeiro jaborandi, 417 
 
 ammoniac, 151 
 
 5'6 
 
 Rise of temperature, drugs 
 
 soda, 139 
 
 Red corpuscles, drugs acting 
 
 causing, 73 
 
 volatile, 150 
 
 on, 53 
 
 Rochelle salt, 142 
 
 Salicin, 474 
 
 cinchona, 464 
 
 Ro'sa, 556 
 
 Salici'num, 474 
 
 gum, 604 
 
 ga'llica, 555 
 
 Salicylic 'acid, 475 
 
 lotion, 178 
 
 centifo'lia, 555 
 
 ether of phenol, 481 
 
 precipitate, 210 
 
 Rose, 555 
 
 Salicylism, 478 
 
 rose, 555 
 
 attar of, 556 
 
 Saline purgatives, 93 
 
 saunders, 664 
 
 pale, 555 
 
 Salipyrin, 322 
 
 scale insect, 692 
 
 red, 555 
 
 Salivary glands, drugs act- 
 
 wine, 285 
 
 water, 556 
 
 ing on, 79 
 
 Reduced iron, 188 
 
 Rosemary, 530 
 
 Salol, 481 
 
 Refrigerants, 82 
 
 oil of, 530 
 
 Salophen, 483 
 
 Reinsch's test, 229 
 
 Rosin, 523 
 
 Salt, common, 144
 
 740 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Salt, Epsom, 162 
 
 Scopa'rius, 434 
 
 Si'napis, 524 
 
 Glauber's, 143 
 
 Scopolamine, 384 
 
 a'lba, 524 
 
 Rochelle, 149 
 
 Scotch paregoric, 352 
 
 ni'gra, 524 
 
 Salts of tartar, 125 
 
 Scott's ointment, 218 
 
 Sinigrin, 525 
 
 Saltpetre, 131 
 
 Scullcap, 677 
 
 Skin, drugs acting on, 64 
 
 Sa'lvia, 663 
 
 ^ Scutella'ria, 677 
 
 Slippery elm bark, 616 
 
 Salviol, 663 
 
 Sea onion, 432 
 
 Smedley's paste, 542 
 
 Sambu'cus, 552 
 
 Secondary action, 46 
 
 Smilacin, 672 
 
 Sandalwocd, oil of, 576 
 
 Secretion of milk, drugs act- 
 
 Snakeroot, black, 587 
 
 Sanguina'ria, 450 
 
 ing on, 114 
 
 senega, 448 
 
 Sanguinarine, 450, 519 
 
 Sedatives, gastric, 85 
 
 Virginia, 587 
 
 Sanitas, 518 
 
 Seidlitz powder, 143 
 
 Soap, 607 
 
 Santal, 664 
 
 water, 143 
 
 bark, 668 
 
 oil of, 576 
 
 Se'nega, 448 
 
 constitution of, 13 
 
 Santalal, 576 
 
 root, 448 
 
 curd, 693 
 
 Santalin, 664 
 
 Senegin, 448 
 
 green, 607 
 
 Santalol, 576 
 
 Se'nna, 493 
 
 hard, 607 
 
 Sa'ntalum ru'brum, 664 
 
 Alexandria, 493 
 
 lees, 139 
 
 Santo'nica, 626 
 
 Tinnivelly, 493 
 
 soft, 607 
 
 Santonin, 626 
 
 India, 493 
 
 white castile, 607 
 
 Santoni'num, 626 
 
 Sennacrol, 493 
 
 Socaloin, 498 
 
 Sa'po, 607 
 
 Sennapicrin, 485, 493 
 
 Socotrine aloes, 497 
 
 anima'lis, 693 
 
 Sensory nerves, drugs acting 
 
 Soda, 138 
 
 mo'llis, 607 
 
 on, 100 
 
 baking, 140 
 
 vi'ridis, 607 
 
 Serpenta'ria, 587 
 
 caustic, 138 
 
 Sapogenin, 448 
 
 Serum, antipneumococcic, 
 
 solution of, 138 
 
 Saponin, 421, 448, 643, 
 
 709 
 
 washing, 139 
 
 669 
 
 antistreptococcic, 708 
 
 tartrated, 142 
 
 Sapotoxin, 669 
 
 antivenomous, 709 
 
 So'dii ace'tas, 147 
 
 Sarsapari'lla, 672 
 
 nutrient, 710 
 
 a'rsenas, 224 
 
 Indian, 676 
 
 and inoculation, cholera* 
 
 be'nzoas, 657 
 
 Sa'ssafras, 675 
 
 709 
 
 bica'rbonas, 140 
 
 medu'lla, 675 
 
 plague, 709 
 
 bisu'lphis, 146 
 
 oil of, 675 
 
 typhoid, 710 
 
 bo'ras, 273 
 
 pith, 675 
 
 Sesame, oil of, 663 
 
 bro'midum, 253 
 
 Sassy bark, 435 
 
 Se'vum, 692 
 
 ca'rbonas, 139 
 
 Saunders red, 664 
 
 Sherry, 281 
 
 exsicca'tus, 140 
 
 Savanilla rhatany, 598 
 
 Sialogogues, 80 
 
 cblo'ras, 147 
 
 Savine, 577 
 
 Siddhi, 387 
 
 chlo'ridum, 144 
 
 Scaling, 16 
 
 Silver, 170 
 
 e'thylas, 148 
 
 Scammonin, 501, 502 
 
 caseinate, 173 
 
 hypopho'sphis, 239 
 
 Scammo'nium, 500 
 
 citrate, 173 
 
 hyposu'lphis, 146 
 
 ?cammony, 500 
 
 colloidal, 174 
 
 io'didum, 248 
 
 Ichcele's prussic acid, 134 
 
 cyanide, 171 
 
 ni'tras, 147 
 
 green, 228 
 
 iodide, 172 
 
 ni'tris, 303 
 
 ichleich's infiltration, 414 
 
 lactate, 173 
 
 pho'sphas, 142 
 
 Scbweinfurth's green, 228 
 
 nitrate, 170 
 
 pyropho'sphas, 148 
 
 Sci'lla, 432 
 
 diluted, 171 
 
 salicy'las, 475 
 
 Scillin, 432 
 
 moulded, 171 
 
 su'lphas, 142 
 
 Scillipicrin, 432 
 
 oxide, 175 
 
 su'lphis, 145 
 
 Wllitoxin, 432 
 
 soluble, 174 
 
 sulphoca'rbolas, 333 
 
 S*Wotinic acid, 603 
 
 Sinalbin, 524 
 
 valeria'nas, 558 
 
 * e-parin, 434 
 
 Sinapin, sulphate, 524 
 
 Sodium, 138
 
 INDEX. 741 
 
 Sodium acetate, 147 
 
 Sparteine sulphate, 434 
 
 Stro'ntii la'ctas, 160 
 
 arsenate, 224 
 
 Spermace'ti, 691 
 
 Stro'ntium, 160 
 
 solution of, 224 
 
 Spige'lia, 628 
 
 bromide, 254 
 
 benzoate, 657 
 
 Spigeline, 628 
 
 iodide, 249 
 
 bicarbonate, 140 
 
 Spinal cord, drugs acting on, 
 
 lactate, 160 
 
 troches, 140 
 
 102, 393 
 
 Strophanthidin. 429 
 
 bisulphite, 146 
 
 Spindle tree, 513 
 
 Strophanthin, 429 
 
 borate, 273 
 
 Sphacelic acid, 637 
 
 Stropha'nthus, 429 
 
 bromide, 253 
 
 Sphacelotoxin, 637 
 
 kombe, 429 
 
 cacodylate, 228 
 
 Spirit of nitrous ether, 304 
 
 Strychni'na, 393 
 
 carbonate, 139 
 
 mindere'rus, 152 ' 
 
 Strychni'nae su'lphas, 394 
 
 dried, 140 
 
 of wine, 279 
 
 Strychnine, 393 
 
 chlorate, 147 
 
 Spirits, 31, 281 
 
 sulphate, 394 
 
 chloride, 144 
 
 Spi'ritus, 31 
 
 Styptic collodion, 593 
 
 ethylate, 148 
 
 ae'theris nitro'si, 304 
 
 Styptics, 63 
 
 glycerophosphate, 241 
 
 frume'nti, 280 
 
 Styracin, 567 
 
 hydrate, 138 
 
 rectifica'tus, 281 
 
 Styrax, 567 
 
 solution, 138 
 
 te'nuior, 281 
 
 Styrol, 567 
 
 hydroxide, 138 
 
 vi'ni ga'llici, 280 
 
 Sublimate, corrosive, 2x1 
 
 hydropbosphite, 239 
 
 Sponging, cold, 118 
 
 Sublimed sulphur, 258 
 
 hyposulphite, 146 
 
 hot, 120 
 
 Su'cci, 37 
 
 iodide, 248 
 
 Spotted hemlock, 405 
 
 Sucrose, 619 
 
 nitrate, 147 
 
 Sprays, 37 
 
 Sudorifics, 65 
 
 nitrite, 303 
 
 Squaw root, 643 
 
 Suet, 692 
 
 oleate, 607 
 
 Squill, 432 
 
 mutton, 693 
 
 orthophosphate, 142 
 
 compound syrup of, 231 
 
 Sugar, 619 
 
 paraphenolsulphonate. 
 
 Squire's chemical food, 206 
 
 cane, 619 
 
 333 
 
 Squirting cucumber, 507 
 
 drugs causing it in urine, 
 
 phosphate, 149 
 
 Standardizing, 16 
 
 70 
 
 pyroborate, 273 
 
 Staphisa'gria, 629 
 
 of milk, 695 
 
 pyrophosphate, 148 
 
 Staphisagrine, 629 
 
 of lead, 166 
 
 salicylate, 475 
 
 Star anise, 549 
 
 Sulphanilic acid, 250 
 
 sesquicarbonate, 140 
 
 Starch, 667 
 
 Sulphonal, 317 
 
 sulphate, 142 
 
 Stavesacre, 629 
 
 Sulphona'lum, 317 
 
 sulphite, 145 
 
 Stearic acid, 693 
 
 Su'lphur, 258 
 
 sulphocarbolate, 333 
 
 Stearin, 666, 693 
 
 flowers of, 258 
 
 thiosulphate, 146 
 
 Stearoptens, 14, 648 
 
 iodide, 261 
 
 valerianate, 558 
 
 Stilli'ngia, 674 
 
 liver of, 261 
 
 Soft petrola'tum, 278 
 
 Stimulants, cerebral, 105 
 
 lo'tum, 259 
 
 petroleum ointment, 278 
 
 hepatic, 96 
 
 milk of, 259 
 
 soap, 607 
 
 Stinkweed, 382 
 
 ointment, 259 
 
 liniment, 607 
 
 Stomach, drugs acting on, 82 
 
 precipitated, 259 
 
 Solanine, 635 
 
 Stomachics, 82 
 
 precipita'tum, 259 
 
 Solidified copaiba, 571 
 
 Sto'rax, 567 
 
 sublima'tum, 258 
 
 Soluble silver, 174 
 
 Storesin, 567 
 
 sublimed, 258 
 
 Soporifics, 350 
 
 Stout, 281 
 
 vegetable, 668 
 
 Soja bean, 621 
 
 Stramo'nium, 382 
 
 washed, 259 
 
 Sorghum, 619 
 
 Stramo'nii fo'lia, 383 
 
 Sulphuric acid, 263 
 
 Sozo-iodol, 342 
 
 se'men, 382 
 
 aromatic, 264 
 
 Spanish flies, 697 
 
 Strengthening plaster, 193 
 
 diluted, 363 
 
 Spearmint, 548 
 
 Streptococcus antitoxin, 708 
 
 ether, 297 
 
 Spartei'na: su'lphas, 434 
 
 Stro'ntii bro'midum, 254 
 
 Sulphurated lime, 261 
 
 Sparteine, 434 
 
 io'didum, 249 
 
 potassa, 261
 
 742 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Sulphurated antimony, 230 
 
 Tartar emetic, 231 
 
 Su'lphuris io'didum, 261 
 
 cream of, 129 
 
 Sulphurous acid, 272 
 
 salts of, 125 
 
 Sumach, 601 
 
 Tartaric acid, 266 
 
 Sumatra camphor, 649 
 
 Tartrated antimony, 231 
 
 Sumbul, 544 
 
 iron, 195 
 
 Sumbulic acid, 545 
 
 Tea, 389 
 
 Supposito'ria, 32 
 
 Teel oil, 663 
 
 Suppositories, 32 
 
 Teeth, drugs acting < n, 79 
 
 Suprarenal extract, 704 
 
 Tepid bath, 120 
 
 Sweet almond, 613 
 
 Terebene, 564 
 
 flag, 582 
 
 Terebe'num, 564 
 
 oil, 605 
 
 Terebi'nthina, 515 
 
 orange peel, 590 
 
 canade'nsis, 524 
 
 spirit of nitre, 304 
 
 Terpenes, 14 
 
 Sydenham's laudanum, 351 
 
 Terpin hydrate, 564 
 
 Sylvacrol, 674 
 
 Terpi'ni hy'dras, 564 
 
 Symbols, 17 
 
 Terpinene, 544 
 
 Sympathetic system, drugs 
 
 Tertiary amylic alcohol 
 
 acting on, 112 
 
 315 
 
 Synthetic oil of wintergreen, 
 
 Testicular juice, 705 
 
 480 
 
 Tetanocannabine, 387 
 
 Syrup, 619 
 
 Tetanus antitoxin, 708 
 
 Sy'rupi, 32 
 
 Tetraiodopyrrol, 341 
 
 Syrups, 32 
 
 Tetronal, 318 
 
 Sy'rupus, 619 
 
 Tetramethylthionin chloride, 
 
 gluco'si, 619 
 
 347 
 
 sci'llae compo'situs, 231 
 
 Thalli'nae suHphas, 326 
 
 hypophosphi'tum cum 
 
 Thalline sulphate, 326 
 
 fe'rro, 240 
 
 Thebaine, 350, 366 
 
 tri'um phospha'tum, 194 
 
 Thebolactic acid, 351 
 
 
 Theine, 388 
 
 TABA'CUM, 408 
 
 Theobro'ma, oil of, 666 
 
 Tabe'llae, 37 
 
 Theobromi'nae sodio-salicy'- 
 
 Tablet triturates, 37 
 
 las, 392 
 
 Tablets, 37 
 
 Theobromine sodio-salicy- 
 
 Tabloids, 37 
 
 late, 392 
 
 Tamar indien, 495 
 
 Therapeutics, 38 
 
 Tamarind, 484 
 
 definition of, 9 
 
 Tamar'indus, 484 
 
 general, 9 
 
 Tanacetin, 579 
 
 rational, 9 
 
 Tanace'tum, 579 
 
 empirical, 9 
 
 Tannalbin, 596 
 
 experimental, 10 
 
 Tannic acid, 592, 593, 600, 
 
 Therapo-dynamics, 10 
 
 602, 603, 604 
 
 Thermogenesis, 71 
 
 Tannigen, 595 
 
 Thermolysis, 71 
 
 Tannin, 593 
 
 Thermotaxis, 71 
 
 Tansy, 579 
 
 Thiol, 700 
 
 Tar, 520 
 
 Thiersch's solution, 275 
 
 Tarasp, 144 
 
 Thompson's fluid, 275 
 
 Taraxacin, 589 
 
 solution, 237 
 
 Taraxacerin, 589 
 
 Thorn-apple, 382 
 
 Ta'raxacum, 588 
 
 Thoroughwort, 487 
 
 Thus America'num, 524 
 Thyme, oil of, 574 
 Thymene, 574 
 Thymol, 652 
 Thyroid, dry, 701 
 
 solution of, 701 
 Thyro'ideum si'ccum, 701 
 Thyroidin, 701 
 Tiglinic acid, 504 
 Tinctu'ra antiperio'dica, 474 
 
 carminati'va, 545 
 
 chloro'formi et morphi'- 
 nae compo'sita, 291 
 
 ergo'tae ammonia'ta, 638 
 
 laxati'va, 493 
 
 o'pii ammonia'ta, 352 
 
 sa'ponis vi'ridis, 607 
 Tinctu'rae, 32 
 Tinctures, 32 
 Tobacco, 408 
 
 Indian, 456 
 Tolu, balsam of, 566 
 Toluene, 566 
 Tonga, 677 
 Tongine, 677 
 Tonic, definition of, 115 
 Toxicodendric acid, 661 
 Toxicology, definition of, 10 
 Tragacanth, 614 
 Tragaca'ntha, 614 
 Tribromomethane, 302 
 Trichloromethane, 290 
 Trichlor-tertiary butyl-alco- 
 hol, 314 
 
 Tri-iodomethane, 338 
 Trimethylethylene, 302 
 Trinitrin, 308 
 Trional, 318 
 Trionalum, 318 
 Triple orange flower water, 
 
 59 1 
 
 rose water, 556 
 Triticin, 633 
 Tri'ticum, 633 
 Trituratio'nes, 34 
 Triturarions, 34 
 Troches, 35 
 Trochi'sci, 35 
 Tropine, 381 
 Trousseau's pill, 179 
 Trunks of nerves, drugs act- 
 ing on, 102 
 Tully's powder, 354
 
 INDEX. 
 
 743 
 
 Turpentine, 515 
 
 Vegetable cathartic pills, 
 
 Wash, yellow, 218 
 
 Canada, 524 
 
 56 
 
 Washed sulphur, 259 
 
 liniment, 516 
 
 drugs, 349 
 
 Washing soda, 139 
 
 rectified oil of, 516 
 
 mercury, 510 
 
 Water, 116 
 
 Turpeth mineral, 214 
 
 natural orders, 692 
 
 distilled, 116 
 
 Typhoid serum and inocula- 
 
 sulphur, 668 
 
 Waters, 19 
 
 tion, 710 
 
 Veratri'na, 444 
 
 Waukesha, 156 
 
 
 Veratrine, 444 
 
 Wax, 696 
 
 U'LMUS, 616 
 
 Verotroidine, 442 
 
 yellow, 696 
 
 Ungue'nta, 35 
 
 Vera'trum, vi'ride, 443 
 
 white, 696 
 
 Ungue'ntum metallo'rum, 
 
 Vermicides. 51 
 
 Weights, 17 
 
 178 
 
 Vermifuges, 51 
 
 Weld's syrup of ferric chlo- 
 
 United States Pharmaco- 
 
 Vesicants, 60 
 
 ride, 199 
 
 poeia, ii 
 
 Vessels, drugs acting on, 
 
 Whiskey, 280 
 
 Urari,4ii 
 
 59 
 
 White corpuscles, drugs act- 
 
 Urea, drugs acting on, 98 
 
 Viburnin, 644 
 
 ing on, 54 
 
 Urethane, 318 
 
 Vibu'rnum o'pulus, 644 
 
 arsenic. 223 
 
 Uretha'num, 318 
 
 prunifo'lium, 643 
 
 castile soap, 607 
 
 Urethra, drugs acting on, 70 
 
 Vienna caustic, 123 
 
 lead, 167 
 
 Urinary system, drugs act- 
 
 paste, 123 
 
 mustard, 524 
 
 ing on, 66 
 
 Villacabras, 93, 144 
 
 oak, 592 
 
 sedatives, 70 
 
 Villosin, 603 
 
 precipitate, 213 
 
 antiseptics, 69 
 
 Vi'na, 35 
 
 ointment, 213 
 
 Urine, composition altered, 
 
 Vinegars, 19 
 
 vitriol, 176 
 
 69 
 
 Vi'num, 280 
 
 wax, 696 
 
 increased, 66 
 
 antimo'nii, 231' 
 
 wine, 280 
 
 diminished, 68 
 
 a'lbum, 280 
 
 Wild cherry, 462 
 
 rendered acid, 68 
 
 fo'rtius, 281 
 
 Willow, 474 
 
 alkaline, 68 
 
 aura'ntii, 281 
 
 Wine of iron, bitter, 196 
 
 aseptic, 69 
 
 ru'brum, 281 
 
 red, 281 
 
 Urotropin, 345 
 
 Virginia snake root, 587 
 
 Rhine, 283 
 
 Urotropi'num, 345 
 
 Vitellin, 626 
 
 white, 280 
 
 Uterus, drugs acting on, 113 
 
 Vite'llus, 691 
 
 Wines, 35 
 
 Uterine action, substances 
 
 Vitriol, blue, 179 
 
 Wintergreen, oil of, 480 
 
 which depress, 114 
 
 elixir of, 264 
 
 artificial oil of, 480 
 
 U'va u'rsi, 631 
 
 green, 189 
 
 synthetic oil of, 480 
 
 U'vz, 622 
 
 oil of, 263 
 
 Witchhazel, 601 
 
 
 white, 176 
 
 Wolfsbane, 437 
 
 A /AGUS centre, drugs act- 
 
 Vittel, 156 
 
 Wood charcoal, 276 
 
 ing on, 58 
 
 Volatile liniment, 149 
 
 Woody nightshade, 635 
 
 Valerian, 556 
 
 oils, 13, 514 
 
 Wool-fat, 694 
 
 Valeria'na, 556 
 
 oil of betula, 480 
 
 hydrous, 694 
 
 Valerianic acid, 545, 553, 557, 
 
 oil of mustard, 525 
 
 Wormseed, American, 628 
 
 644 
 
 Vulcanite, 667 
 
 oil of, 629 
 
 Valerol, 369 
 
 
 Levant, 626 
 
 Vallet's mass, 190 
 
 
 Wormwood, 553 
 
 Vani'lla, 662 
 Vanillin, 567, 66a 
 
 WAHOO, 513 
 Warburg's tincture, 
 
 Woorara, 411 
 Wourara, 411 
 
 Vapo'res, 38 
 
 474 
 
 Wourali, 411 
 
 Vascular irritants, 61 
 
 Ward's paste, 538 
 
 Wourari, 411 
 
 Vaseli'num, 38 
 
 Warm baths, 119 
 
 
 Vasomotor centre, drugs 
 
 Warming plaster, 522 
 
 yANTHOXYLON, 671 
 
 acting on, 62 
 
 Wash, black. 218 
 
 * Xantho'xylum, 671
 
 744 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 YELLOW DOCK, 603 
 jasmine, 403 
 mercuric oxide, 211 
 
 subsulphate, 214 
 " mercurous iodide, 212 
 parilla, 673 
 
 Prussia te of potash, 134 
 puccoon, 640 
 wash, 218 
 wax, 696 
 
 Ye'rba Sa'nta, 460 
 Yolk of egg, 691 
 
 yfANZIRAR aloes, 498 
 
 L ^,633 
 
 Zinc, 175 
 
 acetate, 177 
 bromide, 254 
 butter of, 175 
 carbonate, precipitated, 
 
 176 
 chloride, 175 
 
 solution, 175 
 iodide, 249 
 oleate, 177 
 oxide, 176 
 
 ointment, 177 
 paraphenol sulphonate, 
 
 334 
 
 phosphide, 240 
 sulphate. 
 
 Zinc sulphocarbolate, 334 
 
 valerianate, 558 
 Zi'nci ace'tas, 177 
 
 bro'midum, 254 
 
 ca'rbonas praecipita'tus, 
 176 
 
 chlo'ridum, 175 
 
 io'didum, 249 
 
 o'xidum, 176 
 
 pho'sphidum, 240 
 
 su'lphas, 176 
 
 sulphoca'rbolas, 334 
 
 valeria'nas, 558 
 Zi'ncum, 175 
 Zi'ngiber, 543 
 Zymine, 683]
 
 Notices of the Press of Previous American Editions, 
 
 From the Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. This book is a 
 model of its kind. It gives a concise and thorough review of the subject of 
 materia medica, just such an one as should be of most use to the physician in 
 practical work. The therapeutics is thoroughly modern, and quite as practical 
 as the conditions of a work upon therapeutics pure and simple allow. 
 
 From the New York Medical Record. This well-known and really 
 excellent work has been made more useful by the thorough revision of the latest 
 English edition which the American editor has given us. 
 
 From the New York Medical Journal. The well-deserved success 
 this book has had is not likely to suffer diminution from any fault of the fourth 
 American edition. Such revision as pharmacological progress has demanded 
 has been conscientiously done, and the work is an admirable and useful pre- 
 sentation of a none too easy subject. For these reasons the popularity of the 
 book with teachers is not to be wondered at. 
 
 From the Medical News. As a note-book to refresh the memory of 
 the student, and as a quick reference-book for the experienced physician, who 
 merely wishes a concise statement of some certain point, the book is admirable. 
 Evidently no pains have been spared to make it accurate, and its arrangement is 
 scientific. It is the best of its class in the market, and it has been made so in 
 no slight degree by the additions and emendations of the American editor. 
 
 From the Vermont Medical Monthly. As a condensed, yet complete 
 work, containing in small compass the essential details of the whole subject, 
 his book stands without an equal. 
 
 From the Southern Practitioner. A most excellent, comprehensive, 
 complete, yet condensed work, containing in small compass the common and 
 accepted facts essential to the student and medical practitioner. The brevity 
 of expression throughout the work is remarkable, yet it is so practical and clear 
 that the dull and monotonous subject of Materia Medica is really made attrac- 
 tive. The work of the American editor has been well and satisfactorily exe- 
 cuted, and the more recent remedial agents of even this go-ahead country have 
 not been overlooked. 
 
 From the Texas Courier- Record of Medicine. By the labor and 
 skill of the editor, the work has been thoroughly adapted for the use of Ameri- 
 can physicians. The editor's additions and corrections are copious and note- 
 worthy, and change the character of the work more or less completely, so far 
 as American readers are concerned. These additions are distinguished from 
 the text by the use of brackets. The book has thus been transformed into a 
 work of the highest practical value, almost every drug in use, even down to 
 the most recent, having received due attention. The best results of all the 
 more recent developments in Therapeutics have been incorporated, and Dr. 
 Wilcox's labors have been performed with excellent judgment and skill. 
 
 From the Cleveland Medical Gazette. The care with which Dr. 
 Wilcox has performed his work is conspicuous on every page, and it is evident 
 that no recent drug possessing any merit has escaped his eye. We believe, on 
 the whole, this is the best book on Materia Medica and Therapeutics to place 
 in the hands of students, and the practitioner will find it a most satisfactory 
 work for daily use. 
 
 From the Medical Age. It is among the very best of reference text- 
 books, equally available for the student or the experienced physician, and its 
 conciseness is certainly very far from being the least of its merits. Another 
 notable feature is that the volume abounds in italicized notes calling attention 
 to errors or misunderstandings which experience has shown to be likely to
 
 arise in a work of this kind ; these notes constitute very important danger 
 signals. 
 
 From the Denver Medical Times. This is an excellent manual for sta- 
 dents particularly, being arranged systematically and showing, as well as the pres- 
 ent state of the science allows, the reasons for the administration of each certain 
 drug. The subject is presented in a terse, rational and perspicuous manner. 
 
 From the Pharmaceutical Era. We have taken considerable pains to 
 compare this book with the Pharmacopoeia, for we firmly believe that any work 
 to be used or studied as a text-book by the pharmacist or pharmacy student 
 should conform in its statements to those given by the official standard in 
 definition, description, solubilities, etc. And in this particular the editor is to 
 be congratulated, for he has painstakingly and satisfactorily done his work. 
 For study in the class-room or reference in the store, the book will certainly 
 be appreciated. We know of none better. 
 
 From the Virginia Medical Semi-Monthly. There is a conciseness 
 and clearness about the descriptions of drugs and their therapeutic effects and 
 uses that makes the book easy reading, and thus permits the teachings to be 
 easily remembered. It is in every respect a first-rate text-book. 
 
 From the Medical and Surgical Reporter. It is a well-arranged and 
 accurate text-book, especially in Therapeutics. 
 
 From the American Practitioner and News. It is a live book, con- 
 densed it is true, but one in which every line tells. As a reference-book to 
 refresh the memory on all important points it has no superior. It is represen- 
 tative of the highest authority and the most scrupulous care. 
 
 From the Buffalo Medical and Surgical Journal. The fourth edition 
 of this valuable work shows that its worth and excellence has been appreciated 
 by the profession, and in this new edition the confidence put in the former edi- 
 tions may be safely continued. The manner in which the action of various drugs 
 upon the various systems is discussed in the book is an admirable one, thus 
 enabling the busy practitioner to seek the desired information in a few moments. 
 
 From the Chicago Medical Recorder. In point of excellent arrange- 
 ment, accuracy, conciseness, practical usefulness and completeness, this hand- 
 book is without a peer. The author and editor both deserve congratulations. 
 
 From the Alumni Journal, New York. Preparations into which 
 articles or their preparations enter, though not mentioned in the list of prepa- 
 rations named in the Pharmacopoeia, are carefully introduced. Secondly, the 
 entire work abounds in italicized notes, calling attention to errors or misun- 
 derstandings which experience has shown to be likely to arise in the work of 
 either the pharmacist or the physician, and constitute a very important collec- 
 tion of danger signals. It will thus be seen that the second edition is made 
 even more characteristically a multum in parro than its predecessor, and that 
 properly used it must prove an invaluable aid to students of pharmacy. 
 
 From the Brooklyn Medical Journal. The editor's practical experi- 
 ence makes his reviewing of the unofficial preparations of especial value. 
 Taken as a whole, the volume seems to us to be most admirably adapted to be 
 both a text-book for students and a reference-book for physicians, a combina- 
 tion which is not found in all the works treating of these subjects. 
 
 From the Physician and Surgeon. Brevity and lucidity of expression 
 characterize the descriptive writing, and careful and scientific arrangement 
 enable the reader to avail himself expeditiously of the resources placed at his 
 command. 
 
 *.*The price of this book is $3.00 net in cloth binding, or $3.50 net in full leather. 
 It may be obtained through any bookseller, or upon receipt of price will be sent, 
 postpaid, to any address, by the publishers.

 
 ^ QjLs-bAS*-4u<S~ . 
 
 /? /* 
 
 O^xXUv-iCta^C -/(2u4/u5u, 
 
 T 
 
 r
 
 . > 
 
 p 
 
 
 Date Due 
 
 JUN2 
 
 8RECD 
 
 CAT. NO ?3 233 PRINTED IN U.S.A.
 
 
 r~L 
 
 A 000 500 567 3 
 
 
 QVU 
 W589m 
 
 1901 
 White. 
 
 Materia medica, pharmacy, 
 pharmacology and therapeutics 
 
 CALIFORNIA COLLEGE OF MEDICINE LIBRARY 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, IRVINE 
 
 IRVINE, CALIFORNIA 92664